development of a cast 50 ksi (345 mpa) yield strength …
TRANSCRIPT
Pennsylvania State University
The Graduate School
DEVELOPMENT OF A CAST 50 KSI (345 MPa) YIELD
STRENGTH LOW ALLOY STEEL WITH A LOW CARBON
EQUIVALENT
A Thesis in
Materials Science and Engineering
by
Cody Daniel Snyder
copy 2019 Cody Daniel Snyder
Submitted in Partial Fulfillment
of the Requirements
for the Degree of
Master of Science
December 2019
II
The thesis of Cody Daniel Snyder was reviewed and approved by the following
Robert C Voigt
Professor and Graduate Program Coordinator of Industrial Engineering
Thesis Advisor
Allison M Beese
Associate Professor of Materials Science and Engineering
Jingjing Li
Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering
Amy C Robinson
Associate Teaching Professor of Materials Science and Engineering
Special Signatory
John C Mauro
Professor of Materials Science and Engineering
Associate Head for Graduate Education of Materials Science and Engineering
Signatures are on file in the Graduate School
III
Abstract
The purpose of this research was to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength
(YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that
optimum weldability is maintained A database of conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM
A216 WCB grade specific cast steel) compositions and mechanical properties was
analyzed to determine if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying was
needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE requirements
Microalloying effects of vanadium were understood further with Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V cast steels that had compositions based on previous literature work1
These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F
(955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-
section analysis normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical
microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation hardening
observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted
chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high
CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
respectively Further work continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE
requirements Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C achieved a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
IV
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V
V
Table of Contents
List of Figures IX
List of Tables XIII
List of Equations XV
Acknowledgements XVI
Chapter 1 Introduction - 1 -
11 Project Overview - 1 -
12 Metals Casting Background - 2 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production - 3 -
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World - 4 -
1221 Contemporary Furnaces - 4 -
1222 Casting Techniques - 5 -
12221 Continuous Casting - 6 -
12222 Ingot Casting - 7 -
12223 Shape Casting - 8 -
122231 Green Sand Casting - 9 -
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting - 15 -
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World - 16 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures - 17 -
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C) - 17 -
132 Austenite (γ-Fe) - 17 -
133 Pearlite - 18 -
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels - 20 -
141 Increasing C Content - 21 -
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains - 24 -
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements - 26 -
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements - 27 -
145 Formation of Dislocations - 28 -
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal - 30 -
151 Cast Metal - 31 -
152 Wrought Metal - 32 -
VI
16 Solidification Dynamics - 32 -
161 Nucleation Mechanisms - 32 -
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation - 34 -
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation - 36 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal - 38 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy - 40 -
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting - 41 -
1641 Chill Zone - 41 -
1642 Columnar Zone - 42 -
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone - 43 -
17 Solidification Defects - 44 -
171 Macroporosity - 44 -
172 Macrosegregation - 46 -
173 Microporosity - 47 -
174 Microsegregation - 48 -
175 Gas Porosity - 48 -
18 Heat Treating of Steels - 50 -
181 Homogenization - 52 -
182 Full Anneal - 53 -
183 Process Anneal - 53 -
184 Normalization - 54 -
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper - 54 -
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability - 54 -
1852 Martensite - 56 -
1853 Tempering Kinetics - 59 -
186 Spheroidizing - 60 -
187 Stress Relieving - 60 -
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels - 60 -
191 Precipitation Hardening - 61 -
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 61 -
1101 Weldability - 61 -
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 62 -
VII
Chapter 2 Literature Review - 63 -
21 Microalloying of Steels - 63 -
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium - 63 -
22 HSLA Steels - 64 -
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys - 65 -
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides - 66 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions - 69 -
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition - 72 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions - 73 -
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels - 73 -
23 HSLA Cast Steels - 74 -
231 Temperaging - 76 -
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work - 76 -
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards - 78 -
234 Key Findings from Previous Work - 79 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work - 82 -
31 Hypothesis - 82 -
32 Statement of Work - 82 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure - 83 -
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 83 -
42 Tempering Study - 84 -
43 Special Heat-Treating Options - 85 -
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 85 -
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 85 -
433 Double Normalize - 86 -
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 86 -
45 Metallography of Samples - 87 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions - 89 -
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel - 89 -
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 98 -
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling - 100 -
54 Tempering Study - 103 -
VIII
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating - 109 -
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn - 109 -
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V - 112 -
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 115 -
56 Special Heat-Treating Options - 118 -
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 118 -
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 120 -
563 Double Normalize - 124 -
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 127 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F - 129 -
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis - 135 -
59 ASTM Considerations - 139 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work - 141 -
61 Summary - 141 -
62 Conclusion - 147 -
63 Future Work - 149 -
Appendix A - 150 -
Appendix B - 153 -
References - 154 -
IX
List of Figures
FIGURE PAGE
Figure 1 Continuous Casting Process Schematic 7
Figure 2 Hierarchy Chart of Shape Casting Processes 9
Figure 3 Horizontal Green Sand-Casting Mold Illustration11
Figure 4 Green Sand-Casting Flow Chart 12
Figure 5 Diagram of a Green Sand-Casting Shake-out System 14
Figure 6 Green Sand Reclamation and Cooling Diagram15
Figure 7 Graph of Casting Sales per Year 16
Figure 8 Eutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 18
Figure 9 Hypoeutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 19
Figure 10 Hypereutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 20
Figure 11 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCC α-Fe 22
Figure 12 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in FCC γ-Fe 23
Figure 13 Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram 23
Figure 14 Solid Solution Strengtheners Effecting Yield Strength 27
Figure 15 Illustration of an Edge Dislocation 29
Figure 16 Illustration of a Screw Dislocation 30
Figure 17 Graph of the Four Stages of Nucleation and Growth 34
Figure 18 Image of a Thermodynamically Stable Nuclei 35
Figure 19 Graph of Gibbs Free-Energy as a Function of Nuclei Radius 36
Figure 20 Wetting Diagram Showing Surface-Energy Affect 37
Figure 21 Graph of Nucleation Growth and Transformation Rates 37
Figure 22 Graph of Solidification Latent Heat Profile 38
Figure 23 Illustration of Primary and Secondary Dendritic Arms 39
Figure 24 Solidification Properties Influenced by Composition Graph 41
Figure 25 Illustration Depicting Different Casting Solidification Zones 42
Figure 26 Metal Shrinkage as a Function of Phase and Temperature 45
X
Figure 27 Illustration of Pipe Defect Formation Inside a Casting 46
Figure 28 Lever Rule Example for Two-Phase Region 47
Figure 29 Illustration of Microporosity in the Inner-Dendritic Region 48
Figure 30 Graph of Gas Solubility in Metal as a Function of Phase 49
Figure 31 Micrograph of Gas Hole Porosity 50
Figure 32 Heat Treating Temperature Ranges Fe-C Phase Diagram51
Figure 33 TTT Diagram for Steel 55
Figure 34 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCT Martensite 57
Figure 35 Diagram of Martensitic Bain Strain 58
Figure 36 Graph of MS Temperature and Lath vs Plate Martensite 59
Figure 37 Chart Displaying Common Stoichiometric Steel Carbides 68
Figure 38 Bar Chart of Carbide and Martensite Hardness 68
Figure 39 Graph of Mole Fraction of VCN vs Temperature 70
Figure 40 Recrystallization Temp vs Solute Content for Microalloys 72
Figure 41 Graph of Solubilities of Common Carbides vs Temperature 73
Figure 42 Optimum Alloying Range with Mechanical Properties 75
Figure 43 Complete Scatterplot Heat Treat vs CE for SFSA Sprdsht 90
Figure 44 YS vs C Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 45 YS vs Mn Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 46 Normalized Condition YS vs Weldability 93
Figure 47 NampT Condition YS vs Weldability 94
Figure 48 QampT Condition YS vs Weldability 95
Figure 49 Modified C-Mn Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 50 Modified C-Mn-V Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 51 Modified C-Mn-V with Nb Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction 102
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
XI
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
Figure 58 NampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 59 QampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 60 NampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 61 QampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 62 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in NampT Condition 111
Figure 63 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in QampT Condition 111
Figure 64 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in NampT Condition 114
Figure 65 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in QampT Condition 114
Figure 66 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn NampT Condition 116
Figure 67 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition 116
Figure 68 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition (2) 117
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 122
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 124
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 75 Alloy C in NampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 76 Alloy C in QampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 77 Alloy D in NampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 78 Alloy D in QampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 79 Alloy E in NampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 80 Alloy E in QampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 81 Alloy F in NampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 82 Alloy F in QampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 83 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 00 wt V 136
Figure 84 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 008 wt V 136
Figure 85 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 012 wt V 137
Figure 86 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 00 wt V 137
XII
Figure 87 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 008 wt V 138
Figure 88 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 012 wt V 138
Figure 89 Extra Micrograph of Cast Steel Appendix A
Figure 90 As-Cast HSLA Steel Micrograph Appendix A
Figure 91 Original Estimate for Vanadium ISO-YS Graph Appendix A
Figure 92 Original Attempt at YS Surface Appendix A
XIII
List of Tables
TABLE PAGE
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-C V-Alloyed Cast Steel 75
Table 2 SFSA Database Mechanical Property Extrema92
Table 3 SFSA Database Heat Treatment per Designation 93
Table 4 Normalized Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 94
Table 5 NampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 95
Table 6 QampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 96
Table 7 Top amp Bottom Quart Ave and Std Dev SFSA Database 96
Table 8 Summary of SFSA Database 97
Table 9 Spectro Comp of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 10 CE Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 11 Target C vs Mult Spectro Modified C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 99
Table 12 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn NampT and QampT 110
Table 13 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 11 110
Table 14 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn-V NampT and QampT 112
Table 15 Mechanical Property Averages from Table 13 113
Table 16 Brinell Hardness Profiles Across Keel Blocks119
Table 17 Brinell Hardness Profile Est Midway and Edge Values 119
Table 18 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Attached to Keel Block 121
Table 19 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 17 121
Table 20 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Separated from Keel Block 121
Table 21 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 19 121
Table 22 Mechanical Prop Double Normalize C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 125
Table 23 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 21 125
Table 24 Alloys C-F Designations 127
Table 25 Alloys C-F Compositional Targets 127
Table 26 Alloys C-F Spectrometer Composition 128
XIV
Table 27 CE Values for Alloys C-F 128
Table 28 Target C vs Multiple Spectro Data Alloys C-F128
Table 29 Mechanical Properties Alloy C NampT and QampT 129
Table 30 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 28 129
Table 31 Mechanical Properties Alloy D NampT and QampT 129
Table 32 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 30 129
Table 33 Mechanical Properties Alloy E NampT and QampT 129
Table 34 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 32 130
Table 35 Mechanical Properties Alloy F NampT and QampT 130
Table 36 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 34 130
Table 37 ASTM Standard Summary 139
Table 38 Alternate CE Table Mod C-Mn and Mod C-Mn-V Appendix B
Table 39 Alternate CE Table Alloys C-F Appendix B
Table 40 Original Database Quartile Analysis Data Appendix B
XV
List of Equations
EQUATION PAGE
Equation 1 Hall-Petch Yield Strength Grain Size Relation 26
Equation 2 Gibbs Free-Energy for a Sphere 34
Equation 3 ldquoYoungrsquos Equationrdquo for Wetting of a Material 37
Equation 4 AWS D11 CE 77
Equation 5 General ASTM and IIW CE 77
Equation 6 HSLA C-Mn Steels CET 77
Equation 7 ASTM A529 CE 77
Equation 8 Japanese Welding Engineering Society CE 77
Equation 9 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines NampT 135
Equation 10 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines QampT 135
XVI
Acknowledgements
First and foremost I have to thank the best advisor I could ever ask for Dr
Robert Voigt I cannot thank him enough for having faith in me and accepting me as a
graduate student Itrsquos an honor to learn from one of the best metallurgists in the field The
metals casting world owes you a great deal you are a great conduit supplying nearly
endless knowledge from academia to industry In addition to being a great advisor he
also has a job lined up for me at the Benton Foundry upon completion of my Masterrsquos
Next this research would not have gotten off the ground if it wasnrsquot for the
organizations foundries and partners who contributed funding heats of material and
other resources and services Raymond Monroe David Poweleit Ryan Moore and Diana
David from the SFSA Charlie and Greg from Regal Cast in Lebanon PA Bill and
Maynard from Effort Foundry in Bath PA my boy Robert Haldeman (shock the world)
with Car-Tech in Reading PA and Andrew and Ken who worked for Dr Voigt as
undergraduates and lent helping hands when they could
Next due to my limited computer literacy and my difficulty with coding I have to
thank the following Brandon Bocklund and Hongyeun Kim from Dr Luirsquos group (thanks
for the Thermo-Calc help) And most importantlyhellip my dear friend fulltime MatSE
partner and part-time math tutor Nick Clarks
Finally most importantly my family Thank you for your endless love constant
support enduring patience and never-ending encouragement I love you
Chapter 1 Introduction
11 Project Overview
This research was conducted in hopes of creating a cast steel alloy with a
minimum nominal yield strength (YS) of 50 ksi (345 MPa) and a maximum carbon
equivalent (CEAWS D11) of 045 wt C for military and construction applications This
is in response to the recent transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable wrought
steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) highly weldable wrought steels It is desired that complex
shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded into place to
expedite construction processes The CE limit will ensure a high weldability and prevent
preheating requirements for welding purposes A primary goal is creating an alloy that
can be readily cast at any steel foundry in the United States This implies simple
chemistries not requiring special furnaces or abnormal heat treatments to attain
mechanical properties Foundries often find difficulty with targeting chemistries
accurately thus detailed heat-treating protocols will be designed so a corrective heat
treatment can be performed by the foundry to correct variance with chemistry
Cast steels are not afforded the luxury of receiving strengthening and defect
correction from thermomechanical deformation as are wrought steels Therefore
mechanical properties of the cast steel developed will be influenced solely from
chemistry and heat treatments Additionally casting defects that otherwise could be
deformed out of a wrought steel will often remain with the casting There are multiple
advantages to using cast steels that justify the metallurgical hurdles such as cost savings
because of fewer production steps The strength of 50 ksi (345 MPa) will be reached by
- 2 -
developing a High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) steel This effectively uses microalloying
additions such as vanadium to refine strengthen and toughen the ferrite matrix while
maintaining a high weldability1
Finally since there are no current existing standards or codes for a 50 ksi (345
MPA) YS cast steel with CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE an attempt will be made to
establish composition ranges and heat-treating directions in a current American Society
for Testing of Materials (ASTM) Standard The newly developed material grade will
mimic an already existing wrought or cast standard such that it is compatible with
wrought steels with similar performance To enable the goal of casting the steel into its
final form and assembling via welding to come to fruition the cast steel must also be
introduced into the AWS D11 Structural Code for Steel
12 Metals Casting Background
Metals casting in the most generalized definition is the act of pouring molten
metal into a shaped mold such that upon solidification the metal retains the shape of the
mold in which it was poured In reality there are many mechanisms and unseen forces at
work during the melting pouring and solidification of a metal The art and science of
metals casting has its roots traced back to antiquity and it has been an ever-evolving
process ever since its inception Ancient metallurgists did not possess an extensive
knowledge of metallurgy thermodynamics kinetics fluid dynamics and heat transfer
however expertise in these areas are essential for modern metal casting facilities to be
competitive efficient and successful2
- 3 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production
The metallurgists of antiquity were only able to utilize seven metals copper lead
silver mercury tin iron and gold all but tin being in an elemental form Ancient
metallurgist called ldquoalchemistsrdquo at the time were first able to use elemental gold in
approximately 5000 BC3 Iron smiths at the time of approximately 1200 BC were able to
produce tools and weapons from iron and steel Surprisingly this was before technology
allowed for the melting of iron Metallurgists of this time period were aware that if iron
ore was heated with charcoal strength improved This is because carbon reduces the iron
ore into iron Consequently carbon migrated its way into the crystal of iron through solid
state diffusion and it increased the strength Then blacksmiths forged this primitive
version of steel into desired shapes which unknown to them also helped the mechanical
properties while creating a wrought iron34
Cast iron was first melted in the seventeenth century when coal replaced charcoal
in the smelting of iron because of the higher temperatures that were enabled by the coal
Cast iron due to its eutectic point at 41 wt C has a lower melting point as observed
in Figure 13 and was melted over a century before steel Metallurgists of the time soon
discovered that the cast iron was very brittle and efforts were made to remove some of
the carbon in the cast iron to decrease its brittleness Carbon was oxidized out of the cast
iron and wrought iron was created3
Even though steel has been used by peoples for over 3000 years similar to iron
the technology was not available to create steel in the modern sense until about 1740 AD
In 1856 Henry Bessemer created the process by which modern steel is produced The
ldquoBessemer Processrdquo forces heated air into the molten pig iron to initiate decarburization
- 4 -
This oxidized the carbon resulting in CO2 production and a reduction in the amount of
carbon content in the melt Now the remaining metal can be shape casted or cast as steel
into ingots and then forged into shapes3
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World
Today even though the principles of melting metals are unchanged the
metallurgy knowledge would be unrecognizable to a metallurgist of antiquity Metallurgy
in the past was utilitarian and even a poorly casted bronze tool was better than one made
of wood so improvement was easy to achieve Contemporary metallurgists have strict
requirements to follow and their products are met with a high demand for excellence by
consumers who require failure-free parts delivered at a competitive price Metallurgical
engineering of today focuses on producing lighter-weight materials to reduce the overall
weight of a system while obtaining optimal strength and performance levels without
sacrificing safety The reduced weight of an entire system will limit raw materials
consumed energy during production shipping costs while increasing fuel economy in a
progressively environmentally conscience world
1221 Contemporary Furnaces
In conjunction with advanced engineering teams the modern castings world
utilizes state-of-the-art furnaces to efficiently produce metals as pure and clean as
possible The furnace used is dependent upon type of metal produced desired tonnage of
metal production and the facility layout
Large modern steel facilities producing virgin steel ie do not re-melt scrap often
require two different furnaces First pig iron must be created in a blast furnace Iron ore
- 5 -
coke and lime are added to the blast furnace and hot air is forced into the furnace Coke
behaves as a reducing agent to iron ore producing what is known as pig iron which is a
high carbon content steel Additionally lime has an affinity for impurities and will bond
with them resulting in a slag compound less dense than molten pig iron Consequently it
floats to the top of the melt where it can be removed Next the pig iron is poured into
pigs In these holding vessels the pig iron will solidify be transported and await re-melt
in a Basic Oxygen Furnace A Basic Oxygen Furnace is a modern version of the
Bessemer Converter such that the molten pig iron is oxidized to reduce carbon and
impurities exothermically to produce steel45
Steel can also be created from scrap while being melted in Electric Arc Furnaces
which are the most common furnace used in todayrsquos iron and steel foundries They
provide better metallurgical control and are nearly emissions free The process for
melting in an Electric Arc Furnace is as follows A charge of scrap metal is loaded into
the furnace which is refractory lined with a high voltage coil surrounding the outer
refractory This coil produces a magnetic field inducing eddy currents in the metal such
that the inherent electrical resistance of the metal creates heat Given time the melting
temperature is reached Once the metal is in its liquid state the induction along with
buoyancy driven flow create currents inside the melt that encourage mixing of alloying
elements This type of furnace is scalable and it can be used to melt ferrous and non-
ferrous metals56
1222 Casting Techniques
Contemporary metals casting is completed in one of three ways continuous
casting ingot casting and shape-casting2
- 6 -
12221 Continuous Casting
Continuous casting is different from the other two forms of metals casting
because it is not a batch process It is normally performed in tandem with wrought
processing The process is as follows and a schematic can be observed in Figure 1
Molten metal from a furnace is transferred to a ladle which pours into a tundish The
tundish is a critical component to the continuous casting process because this
intermediate container enables a steady-state flow of molten metal to occur It drains
slowly into a highly thermally conductive mold of water-cooled copper while a crane
operator retrieves another ladle of molten metal The flow rate is timed perfectly such
upon exiting the copper mold the steel already has a solidified outer shell in the desired
shape of the slab that will be sold It continues on this line to a sizing mill where the slab
can be thermomechanically deformed to a more exact dimension2
- 7 -
Figure 1 Continuous casting process from start to finish Observe that it is not a batch process The entire
process will seamlessly transition via conveyor system such that from liquid metal to finished slab it is
continuous Over 75 percent of steel is created by this process2
12222 Ingot Casting
Most modern steel is manufactured via continuous casting methods however
ingot casting was the original primary method for raw steel production Currently ingot
casting has its niche in producing specialty steels tool steels re-melted steels and steels
for forging Ingots are created by pouring molten steel from a ladle into large ingot
molds Consequently ingots have high specific heat capacities resulting in extended
solidification times This leads to a broad array of microstructures within the ingot The
kinetics of casting solidification and its influence on microstructure will be discussed
extensively later However thermomechanical deformation additional processing and
subsequent heat treatments remedy the microstructural issues in ingots7
- 8 -
12223 Shape Casting
Ingot casting (as-casted) and continuous casting are severely limited in their
capable casting geometries Therefore shape casting is often the production method
chosen for any complex shape or any metal not sold as slab or bulk piece destined for
thermomechanical deformation This process is metal casting in the most traditional
sense such that the metal is casted directly into the final desired shape Once solidified
the microstructure can only be refined by heat treatment because a casting is not
subjected to any wrought processing such as forging as are ingots and slabs produced
via continuous casting2
All contemporary shape casting can be divided into two primary mold types
Expendable and Permanent Metal each with many sub-groups The hierarchy of this
system can be summarized in Figure 2 Although it is possible to produce the same end-
result with multiple casting methods the advantages and disadvantages must be
considered by the metallurgist to decide which method is most appropriate for each
situation In this report special interest will be devoted to discussion on the green sand-
casting process which is a specific sub-set of expendable molds The cast steel samples
for this project were produced exclusively via green sand casting therefore it is
important to have a comprehensive understanding of green sand casting28
- 9 -
Figure 2 Hierarchy chart of the many sub-sets of shape casting It splits from expendable mold and metal
(permanent) mold into many specific types of molds each with their own niche use The permanent mold
side is comprised mostly of the multiple variations of die casting while expendable molds are dominantly
sand molds Sand molds require much attention because of their implementation of cores and the multiple
ways to cure sand8
122231 Green Sand Casting
Expendable molds are not reusable the most common type of expendable mold
shape casting is green sand casting Other common methods of expendable mold shape
castings are lost foam and investment castings The following will be a summary of the
typical green sand molding process used by steel foundries Green sand casting is the
most basic and common type of shape casting method utilized today and accounts for
almost 75 of all shape casted metal Green sand casting utilizes pattern and mold
materials that are inexpensive cost-effective at high production rates and can be used for
ferrous and non-ferrous metals There are also disadvantages to using green sand casting
a new sand mold needs to be created for each casting the dimensional accuracy is not as
exact as for permanent molds and the entire green sand system introduces substantial
- 10 -
variation into the process and must be constantly monitored Additionally an engineering
team is needed to design the pattern which includes the gating risers chills and cores89
The primary ingredient in green sand mold material is sand however green sand
requires clay water seacoal and other additions to obtain properties conducive for ideal
metals casting The clay normally a southern or western bentonite or blend of both
behaves as a binder when mixed properly with water It binds to the sand enabling the
sand to retain its shape and provides strength such that the mold can support the weight of
liquid metal Seacoal is a biproduct of bituminous coal and behaves as a carbonaceous
material (reducing agent) Its addition will improve the surface finish of the casted metal
ie it will not be oxidized8910
A description of the typical green sand mold is as follows The mold itself is
always two-piece In horizontal green sand mold casting the upper-part of the mold is
called the cope and the lower-part of the mold is called the drag these two will meet at a
parting joint During the molding process the cope and drag will receive imprints on
their mating side from the pattern The pattern imprints the negative-space of the desired
part on the cope and drag such that any volume of the mold that is not sand will be filled
with metal Sand is compacted around the pattern thus filling the cope and the drag
Next the pattern is removed and the cope and drag are placed together again a flask is
necessary to ensure that the cope and drag remain aligned A schematic of the entire mold
and its parts can be observed in Figure 3 and a flow chart of its assembly is illustrated in
Figure 4 The assembly process must happen seamlessly in a production facility8910
The actual pattern itself is more complex than just the negative-space of the
desired part it must include liquid metal passageways In every green sand mold there is
- 11 -
a sprue which is the fill-hole through the cope where the molten metal can be poured
Liquid metal pathways called gates extend from the sprue and direct the liquid metal to
the casting itself Solidification defects predominantly exist in the last part of the casting
system that solidifies Effort is taken during design to ensure that the casting itself will
not solidify last A sacrificial riser is implemented into the system such that it becomes
the last to solidify and in theory should contain most of the systemrsquos solidification
defects The riser and the rest of the gating system which also includes the sprue and
gates will be removed from the casting later in the process A good design for the system
is to have the sprue opposite the riser such that directional solidification occurs to further
ensure that the riser is the last part to solidify8911
Figure 3 A typical horizontal green sand mold It should be observed that the riser is opposite of the sprue
This is to encourage directional solidification such that the riser is the last part of the mold to solidify This
helps to prevent solidification defects from forming inside the casting Often there is a need to apply mold
weights to the top of the mold to prevent the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid metal from pushing its way
through the parting joint This will be dependent upon the mold and the geometry and size of the casting10
- 12 -
Figure 4 Flow chart of the green sand molding and casting process for a part from its inception as the
mechanical drawing to the final casting that is ready for shipment to the customer This illustrates a manual
horizontal green sand molding process but the concept will always be similar In a high-production facility
a vertical molding system is sometimes used such that each cope is also a drag to the next part ie each
mold is double-sided such that it becomes a continuous line of molds that gets poured9
There are certain green sand castings that require additional attention Sometimes
implementation of a riser is not enough to ensure that complete solidification of the
casting occurs before all metal in the system is solidified In certain cases a chill may
need added during the molding process A chill is a piece of metal with appropriate
chemistry that is strategically placed inside the casting It behaves as an ldquoice cuberdquo to the
molten metal such that when the molten metal comes into contact with the chill it cools
the metal faster9
Green sand molding can also get more complex when a core is needed A core is
used to produce a cavity inside of the mold itself The core is also made of sand
however a green sand process is not normally utilized in its production but rather a resin
- 13 -
bonded sand This is because resin bonded sands are much more strongly bonded The
sand grains are coated with a resin that is either gas-catalyzed liquid-catalyzed or heat-
catalyzed These processes are colloquially known as core box no-bake and shell
process respectively The core needs to be placed inside of the mold prior to the
assembly of the cope to the drag911
In a production facility the sand molding system is on a conveyor such that one
mold follows the other All of the aforementioned steps happen in succession After the
mold is poured the next one in line pushes the already-poured molds farther down the
line This allows the mold ample time to cool At the end of this line the mold is dumped
onto another conveyor system to begin shake-out which begins the sand reclamation
process and recovery of the metal part Shake-out consists of tumblers and spring
conveyor systems that utilize resonance to break apart the mold separating the sand from
the casting The ldquocastingrdquo at this point includes the casting itself and the entire gating
system that is still attached gates risers and sprue9
Heat from the molten metal will dry and burn-out the clay surrounding the
casting This makes the mold disintegrate much easier The strength of the mold after the
metal is poured is known as the dry strength The casting continues through shake-out
where it may finish cooling and then it goes to the grinding room The casting at the time
of shake-out may still be at an elevated temperature because sand is insulative Slow
cooling for sand molds needs consideration because it influences the mechanical
properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo metal In the grinding room the sprue gating system and
risers are removed from the casting such that it can assume its final form Depending on
the toughness of the metal casted some of the gating system may be broken off during
- 14 -
shake-out but attention in the grinding room is always required Fig 5 illustrates the
shake-out process9
Figure 5 A typical shakeout system in a green sand mold metal casting facility The complete mold enters
the rotating drum from the left The sand subsequently breaks apart freeing the casting Depending on the
facilityrsquos machinery the finer clumps of sand fall through the rotating drum and get sent to reclamation
while the larger clumps and the complete casting move down the line The castings will enter tumblers
where ideally some gating and risers will break apart from the casting This is also dependent upon the
metal casted For example a gray iron gating system is more apt to breaking apart in the tumbling drum
than a ductile iron gating system This conveyor leads to the final line where workers separate the castings
Then the castings move to grinding room where the gating systems will be removed and the part will be
finished9
After the sand is separated from the casting in shake-out it is sent to sand
reclamation and recovery The pouring and shake-out processes are detrimental to the
sand grains which are slowly broken down into finer grains The first step in the
recovery system is to remove fines which are sand grains that have eroded beyond the
point of re-use Next because sand is a good insulator and has a high specific heat
capacity it must be cooled Cooling is normally done by pouring water over the sand
while on conveyor transport to the muller This is better understood with Figure 6 which
is a diagram of the cooling process The muller is the mixing machine where clay water
seacoal and other additives for the green sand mixture are combined This prepares fresh
green sand which is monitored by the on-site laboratory ensuring it is prepared
consistently When the fresh green sand meets laboratory approval it enter into the
molding machines to begin the process over again9
- 15 -
Figure 6 Cooling the sand as soon as possible is paramount for maintaining a healthy sand system This
ensures that sand is not too hot by the time it re-enters the muller This illustration is of a typical sand
cooler 1) The entry from hot shakeout 2) The rifling of the drum makes the sand cascade as the drum
rotates this accelerates cooling 3) Sand of the acceptable size falls through this grate where it falls to the
next screen 4) This screen discharges the acceptable sized sand to a conveyor where it will head to the
muller 5) Sand cores remain and other sand that did not dissociate will be removed through this area where
it will be discarded9
There is as much knowledge and effort dedicated to maintaining an efficient sand
system as there is to the metallurgy of the metal In fact a quality sand system is essential
in the production of quality green sand casted metal The foundryrsquos laboratory will need
to continually monitor clay percentages percentage of fines remaining in the sand
compactability of the green sand pH of the system and other factors9 The facility must
also consider seasonal effects on the sand For example sand will cool faster in the
winter than in the heat of summer9
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting
Permanent mold casting as the name implies utilizes a permanent reusable metal
mold The molten metal can be fed to the molds in a variety of ways gravity fed vacuum
- 16 -
fed or pressure fed Permanent metal molds are known for their very high initial cost
however when production numbers are high they become more cost-effective A
common form of permanent mold casting is die-casting These processes produce high
dimensional accuracy and precision as well as fast cooling rates due to the high thermal
conductivity of the metal mold Fast cooling rates create a fine grain size and a refined
microstructure which is favorable for mechanical properties512
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World
The United States is currently one of the world leaders in metals casting with
1915 foundries and a nationwide output of 14 million tons of castings per year In 2017
the United States produced 97 million metric tons while China and India shipped 494
and 1206 million metric tons respectively Figure 7 which is a graph of the production
volumes of select metals is shown13
Figure 7 The number of castings of aluminum ductile iron investment cast steel gray iron and steel as a
function of year It can be observed that casting production has increased in recent years and according to
the American Foundry Society (AFS) industry growth is projected into the following years Aluminumrsquos
high strength-to-weight-ratio places the metal in high-demand13
- 17 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures
A quick overview of relevant steel phases and microstructures will be covered for
a comprehensive metallurgical presentation It should be understood that in steels a
ldquophaserdquo is only accurate vernacular when it can be seen on the Fe-C phase diagram
everything else is a microstructure For all of the following the phase diagram in Figure
13 should be a reference Additionally the microstructure of martensite will be more
appropriately discussed in substantial detail in Chapter 1852
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C)
Ferrite is the pure form of iron colloquially called ldquoalpha-ironrdquo it exists in a
Body Centered Cubic (BCC) structure below temperatures of 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Its BCC
structure is only capable of handling 002 wt C in a solid solution once this limit is
exceeded carbon will create a second phase in the form of intermetallic cementite
(Fe3C) Cementite is characteristically hard and brittle but in small amounts it is a useful
strengthener to steel because α-Fe by itself is too weak to be structural14
132 Austenite (γ-Fe)
Austenite is the stable phase of ferrite that dominates the Fe-C phase diagram
above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Austenite with its Face Centered Cubic (FCC) structure is
capable of holding up to 21 wt C in a solid solution This region is important because
it is the starting point for common steel heat treatments If a Fe-C composition passes
through this region on the Fe-C phase diagram upon heating or cooling the Fe-C is
considered a form of steel If the carbon content exceeds the austenite carbon solubility
range then the Fe-C alloy is considered a form of cast iron14
- 18 -
Figure 8 Partial Fe-C phase diagram depicting the eutectoid composition (077 wt C) cooling from the
austenite region Notice how there is a sharp transition from the austenite grains to the pearlite lamellar
structure there is no cooling through a binary region of α+γ or γ+Fe3C 15
133 Pearlite
Pearlite is a microstructure not a phase however pearlite will commonly form in
the α+Fe3C region of the phase diagram given proper cooling Pearlite can only form
when a steel cools from the austenite region and it has a characteristic lamellar structure
that alternates between colonies of α-Fe and Fe3C The size and spacing of these lamellar
is dictated by cooling rates and composition A fast cooling rate will produce fine pearlite
and a slow cooling rate will produce coarse pearlite At modest cooling rates 077 wt
C the microstructure will be 100 percent pearlite because this is the eutectoid
composition of steel which does not cool through other proeutectoid ferrite or
proeutectoid cementite zones on the phase diagram If the composition of carbon is less
or more than 077 wt then it is known as either a hypoeutectoid or hypereutectoid
- 19 -
alloy respectively Upon cooling at a modest rate a hypoeutectoid alloy will form
proeutectoid ferrite and pearlite and a hypereutectoid alloy will form proeutectoid
cementite Figure 8-10 are partial Fe-C phase diagrams displaying the differences
between 100 percent pearlite hypoeutectoid (proeutectoid ferrite) and hypereutectoid
(proeutectoid cementite) respectively The microstructures displayed are assuming that a
modest cooling rate was observed ie no quench1415
Figure 9 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypoeutectoid alloy (less
than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region There is not a sharp transition between austenite
grains and pearlite but rather a solidification range through the α+γ region of the phase diagram First
proeutectoid ferrite will form at the triple points and grain boundaries Upon further cooling deeper in this
region the proeutectoid ferrite will continue to grow until cooling below the A1 temperature Once this
happens pearlite will begin to form its lamellar structure along all areas that are still austenite not
proeutectoid ferrite15
- 20 -
Figure 10 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypereutectoid alloy
(greater than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region Proeutectoid cementite is formed similarly to
proeutectoid ferrite Proeutectoid cementite can have an embrittling effect on the mechanical properties of
steels and is sometimes avoided15
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels
To fully appreciate the scope of this project and understand the science at work in
steel castings versus wrought steel products it is imperative to have a comprehensive
knowledge of the strengthening mechanisms used in steels The strength of low alloy
steels can be increased in the following ways higher carbon content ferrite grain
refinement addition of alloying elements that are solid solution strengtheners addition of
alloying elements capable of precipitation hardening and formation and locking of
dislocations Unfortunately increases of metalrsquos strength are normally associated with a
- 21 -
loss of toughness and it commonly becomes a metallurgical compromise between
strength and toughness1
141 Increasing C Content
Increasing the carbon content increases steelrsquos strength for two reasons The first
reason is because it enters the octahedral and tetrahedral sites in both the BCC structure
of α-Fe and the FCC structure of γ-Fe Each C atom fits snugly into the interstitial ferrite
lattice sites and induces strain fields which make slip (plastic deformation) more
difficult The location of the carbon atom interstitials in the BCC lattice and FCC lattice
are illustrated in Figures 11 and 12 respectively The solubility limit of carbon in the
BCC α-Fe phase is reached at 002 wt C due to interstitial size restraints The radius
of C is ~07 Å and the largest interstice in α-Fe is the tetrahedral site with a radius of
035 Å After this solubility point is exceeded the intermetallic compound of iron
carbide or cementite (Fe3C) is precipitated out of solution The precipitation of this
carbide into the matrix is the second reason why carbon content increases strength These
different phases and microstructures can be observed in Figure 13 which is the Fe-C
phase diagram Even though it is commonly called the Fe-C phase diagram when it
depicts cementite as a thermodynamically stable phase it is incorrect Given infinite
time metastable cementite will convert to its lowest energy state at room temperature
which is graphite However in industry and often times in academia when one mentions
the Fe-C phase diagram they generally mean carbon in the form of cementite because it
is more practical151617
- 22 -
Figure 11 Interstitial sites where carbon migrates to in the BCC structure of α-Fe below the A1
temperature transition line where the BCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume
these respective interstitial positions up to 002 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the BCC structure is the
tetrahedral site with a radius of 035 Å16
The FCC lattice of austenite (γ-Fe) which is thermodynamically stable above the
A1 temperature can accommodate up to ~21 wt C in a solid solution without needing
to precipitate out carbon as cementite The A1 temperature line is depicted on the partial
Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 15 and is 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)18 The FCC lattice can
accommodate more carbon than the BCC lattice because the interstitial sites are larger Its
largest being the octahedral site which has a radius of 052 Å Both the BCC and FCC
lattices have to strain to accommodate carbon interstitials because the carbon atomic
radius is larger than either of the biggest interstitial sites Counterintuitively the diffusion
rates of carbon is faster in the BCC lattice because it has more open channels despite
being the low temperature allotrope and having smaller interstitial spaces16
- 23 -
Figure 12 Interstitial sites where carbon atoms migrate to in the FCC structure of γ-Fe above the A1 phase
transition temperature where the FCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume these
interstitial positions in the FCC lattice up to ~21 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the FCC structure is the
octahedral site with a radius of 052 Å16
Figure 13 The standard iron-carbon phase diagram of temperature as a function of wt C It can be
observed from this phase diagram that the solubility limit of carbon in α-Fe is 002 wt C Given infinite
time the carbon depicted in the phase diagram will be in the thermodynamically stable form of graphite
however in normal steel production the carbon in the binary region is in its intermetallic metastable form
of cementite (Fe3C) There are certain heat treatments and certain cast iron processes that do produce
carbon in its graphite form however the distinction is not normally made from the diagram itself17
- 24 -
An over-abundance of carbon will make a steel brittle because it becomes overly
hard at the expense of ductility Additionally carbon increases the steelrsquos hardenability
which is defined as the steelrsquos ability to form martensite It should be noted that the
ultimate martensite hardness for a steel is a function of its carbon content alone Steels
with a high hardenability often require a pre-heat before welding to slow the cooling rate
such that martensite does not form A high carbon content also increases the ductile-to-
brittle transition temperature (DBTT) for steels A high DBTT makes a steel more
susceptible to catastrophic failures at low temperatures Hardenability will be discussed
in greater detail in Chapter 1851 which differentiates hardness and hardneability11920
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains
Refinement of ferrite grains can increase the strength of steels and can be
accomplished through various means In general a fine grain size increases yield strength
and ductility simultaneously Grain refinement is the only mechanism that can both
increase strength and toughness12122 This is commonly accomplished via a faster
cooling from above the A1 transition temperature during heat treating or initial cooling
Solid solution strengtheners or dispersed microalloy particles that are present before a
phase change may act as a heterogeneous nucleation site for a grain or mechanical
deformation can contribute to grain refinement211923
Faster cooling rates as seen with a normalizing heat treatment compared to a
furnace anneal encourage grain refinement because there is less time for the grain to
reach its lowest energy state which is a sphere without the presence of grain boundaries
because grain boundaries are a surface with a free-energy The kinetics involved in all
steel making do not provide sufficient time at a specific elevated temperature for a grain
- 25 -
to achieve its lowest possible energy state However longer durations at elevated
temperature will allow the grain to reduce its surface-area-to-volume-ratio This means
less grain boundaries and a coarser grain structure Faster cooling rates do not give
sufficient time for much free-energy reduction to occur and small grains limited by
kinetics are not able to grow into large grains Since small grains inherently have more
grain boundaries they are stronger because a grain boundary will interrupt slip
mechanisms due to the different orientations between grains at this interface1 However
more grain boundaries will increase diffusion along their boundaries which can increase
creep rates particularly Coble creep124
Finer ferrite grains can be obtained by other mechanisms that either work in
tandem with accelerated cooling rates or unaccompanied Increasing the number of
nucleation sites for grains will yield finer grains More nucleation sites will initiate more
simultaneous grain growth which limits overall size grain size because grains will
impede each otherrsquos growth The concept of seeding nucleation sites with inoculants is
known as heterogenous nucleation and it occurs in metals when a solute particle becomes
the nucleus of the solidifying phase These solute particles are often solid solution
strengtheners or dispersed microalloy elements such as vanadium with a higher melting
temperature than the ferrite grains Each of these nuclei will grow into a grain The ldquoas-
solidifiedrdquo grain size has an inverse relationship to the amount of heterogenous
nucleation sites ie more nucleation sites equate to a finer grain size21
The prior-austenite grain size will affect the ferrite grain size as well Prior-
austenite grains are formed in the FCC (austenite) phase of steel above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)
Like ferrite grains austenite grains increase in size with time and temperature Then
- 26 -
upon cooling below the A1 temperature ferrite grains will nucleate on the transforming
prior-austenite grain boundaries which have become heterogeneous nucleation sites
Therefore the smaller the prior-austenite grains the finer the resulting ferrite grains
because of more heterogeneous nucleation sites25 Prior-austenite grains can possess high
energy from being strained but not recovered This increases the driving force for more
ferrite grains to form simultaneously (resulting in a smaller grain size) because the
strained prior-austenite grains want recovery (strain-relief) and a phase change will
suffice26
The relationship between yield strength and grain size was first researched by
Hall and Petch The Hall-Petch Equation displayed in Equation 1 represents the inverse
relationship between grain size and yield strength when σy is the lower yield stress σi is
the friction stress Ky is the strengthening coefficient and d is the grain size This relation
exists because the grain boundary stops the slip plane which will help to arrest
dislocation motion The more grain boundaries that are present in a material will increase
the amount of energy needed to continue to propagate a dislocation23
120590119884 = 120590119894 + 119870119910119889minus1
2 Eq 1
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements
Elements that form a solid solution with ferrite must have a similar size and
electronic structure to iron ie will not form carbides or nitrides Carbon and nitrogen are
potent interstitial solid solution strengtheners present in every steel They are in solid
solution to a certain solubility limit at which point they will precipitate out as a second
phase For example the solubility limit of carbon in iron is 002 wt C Solid solution
- 27 -
strengtheners have two primary jobs grain refinement and initiating strain fields to
reduce the ease of plastic deformation Solid solution strengtheners refine grains because
they can provide a heterogeneous nucleation site for grain growth to occur if they are
solid before the dominant solidifying phase Solid solution strengtheners also initiate
strain fields similar to the way carbon strengthens steel as an interstitial Any size
difference in the radii of alloying elements creates a lattice strain which makes slip more
difficult Figure 14 presents the yield strength effect of common solid solution
strengtheners as a function of element percent123
Figure 14 Yield strength as a function of element percent for common solid solution strengtheners It can
be observed that the highest yield strengths are achieved by using carbon and nitrogen which are interstitial
solid solution elements Phosphorus is a potent substitutional solid solution strengthener that exchanges
positions iron atoms in the matrix This finite difference in size creates a strain in the lattice such that a
strengthening effect is seen because this strain impedes dislocation motion Other elements such as nickel
and aluminum have a negligible effect1
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements
Precipitation hardening also known as secondary hardening or age hardening is
the primary strengthening mechanism in non-ferrous alloys Plain carbon steels cannot
- 28 -
take advantage of precipitation hardening because of the limited solubility of carbon in
the α-Fe phase However steels alloyed with vanadium niobium titanium and a select
few other elements can precipitation harden because these elements have a high affinity
for carbon and have an overwhelming tendency to form complex carbides nitrides and
carbonitrides instead of Fe3C Precipitation hardening generally requires a two-step heat
treating process The elements are solutionized during an initial heating called
austenitizing and then the steel is rapidly cooled to trap these elements into a
supersaturated solid solution Subsequently the system is aged to precipitate out these
elements as a second phase which greatly increases the strength levels The diffusion and
mechanisms of this process will be discussed in great detail later as precipitation
hardening is the primary strengthener in High-Strength-Low-Alloy (HSLA) steels1
145 Formation of Dislocations
Dislocations are a crystallographic line defect that is a linear discontinuity in the
periodicity of the crystal Dislocation motion is the mechanism for slip which is plastic
deformation Alternatively it can be visualized as dislocations being created in a metal
whenever plastic deformation occurs All dislocations need a shear stress component in
order for them to propagate Metals are strengthened when dislocation motion is
impeded whether by grain boundaries alloying elements or other dislocations (assuming
that a metal can undergo plastic deformation without catastrophic failure) When steel is
plastically deformed below its recrystallization temperature dislocations will not anneal
away and they will remain inside of the microstructure The strength increase comes from
dislocation motion being impeded by other dislocations because they cannot slide well
over one-another Thus slip is restricted Dislocations will anneal away above the
- 29 -
recrystallization temperature because the crystal has enough thermal energy to allow
relaxation into a lower energy state thereby lowering the kinetic barrier to the lowest
free-energy for that crystal Figure 32 illustrates the annealing temperatures and
recrystallization regime316182327
There are two types of dislocations possible edge and screw dislocations The
magnitude and direction that the shear stresses displace the atoms is represented by the
Burgers vector Edge and screw dislocations are illustrated in Figures 15 and 16
respectively163 Both are activated by shear stresses however they react differently to
solid solution strengtheners and interstitial atoms An edge dislocation which is an
incomplete plane of atoms in a crystal will respond to both shear and hydrostatic
components while a screw dislocation will only react to a shear component23 The
implications are that solid solution strengthening elements give a hydrostatic distortion in
the lattice and therefore only impede edge dislocations23 Interstitial atoms initiate both a
hydrostatic and shear stress because they are asymmetrical within each unit cell
therefore these can interact with both edge and screw dislocations3162223
Figure 15 The movement of an edge dislocation along a slip plane Notice how the dislocation moves
parallel to the slip plane The ldquoextra half-planerdquo of atoms slides in response to a shear stress This type of
dislocation can be thought of as either an extra half-plane of atoms inserted into the lattice or a missing
half-plane An edge dislocation is constrained to a single slip plane16
- 30 -
Figure 16 A screw dislocation Contrary to edge dislocations there are no atoms missing from a screw
dislocation Notice how the screw dislocation rotates around its dislocation line like a spiral staircase A
screw dislocation is not confined to a single slip plane like an edge dislocation it can re-orientate itself onto
a new slip plane3
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal
To completely understand this project it is important to discern the differences
between metal that was shape casted nearly into its final form and metal that was casted
and subsequently thermomechanically deformed Metals that undergo thermomechanical
deformation are known as wrought metals All metals except those produced via additive
manufacturing or powder metallurgy are cast at some point in their existence eg in the
form of an initial ingot However not all metals that are cast can easily undergo
thermomechanical deformation because of their propensity for crack formation
Additionally some metals due to their composition are highly castable and are used in
their cast form as opposed to being wrought processed2
- 31 -
151 Cast Metal
Cast metal is metal that experienced some sort of shape casting and is nearly in its
final form and will not undergo thermomechanical deformation Sometimes metals are
chosen to be shape cast because the desired metal for the job consequently casts well or
it can be that the final design of the part is too complex for forging and fabricating and
that powder metallurgy and additive manufacturing are not the best choices
The fact that cast metals do not undergo any type of thermomechanical
deformation can act as both an advantage and a disadvantage It can be an obvious
disadvantage because cast metals are not afforded the luxury of the strengthening
mechanism associated with dislocation motion impedance Therefore all casting
strengthening must be done with alloying and heat treating Cast steels can be very cost
effective because fewer steps in production of the final product will allow for larger profit
margins This cost savings can also be passed along to consumers1
The most extensively shape cast metal is cast iron the tonnage of all other shape
cast metals can be summed together and it still would not surpass the annual tonnage of
cast iron Cast iron despite the name has a higher carbon content than steel normally in
the range of 17 to 35 wt C According to Figure 13 the Fe-C phase diagram the
carbon content creates a eutectic point for cast iron at ~42 wt C Eutectic and near
eutectic compositions cast well because there is a sharp transition between liquid and
solid The more deviation in the carbon content there is from the eutectic point the
broader the solidifying temperature range Then transport phenomena will increasingly
influence properties This will be discussed more later in Chapter 163 Solidification
Dynamics of an Alloy2
- 32 -
152 Wrought Metal
Wrought metal is any metal subjected to some form of thermomechanical
deformation Thermomechanical deformation means deforming the material to
manipulate its dimensions which by nature of the process will achieve better mechanical
properties through dislocation entanglement Some interpretations of thermomechanical
deformation strictly demand strain aging processes (when dislocations are pinned by
carbon atoms during deformation) and the work hardening of austenite not be included in
definition28 While other sources strictly dissect thermomechanical deformation into
different regimes Class I being deformation below the austenite temperature Class II
deformation during the austenite transition and Class III deformation above the austenite
transition2229
16 Solidification Dynamics
Cast metals ingots included are subjected to a multitude of kinetic mechanisms
inherent with the process There are certain considerations to be realized temperature
gradient of heat flowing outward from the center of the casting solidification temperature
range of the particular alloy cast type of casting process and its inherent thermal
properties and the structure-property relationships
161 Nucleation Mechanisms
Solidification from a liquid phase requires a nucleation event so a new phase can
propagate The method of Nucleation and growth describes how a precipitate grain or
phase comes into existence starting with the origin of the phase through the nascent
- 33 -
growth period until full grain formation Nucleation and growth occurs with two
mechanisms homogeneous nucleation andor heterogeneous nucleation303132
Essentially both homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation mechanisms can be
divided into four stages of growth either for initial cooling from a melt or nucleation of
new grains after a solid-to-solid phase change Stage I is named the incubation period
because no stable particles have formed yet At this stage only microscopic clusters or
embryos exist and they are metastable These clusters are randomly distributed
throughout the meltmatrix and they begin to grow by agglomeration It is likely that
many will revert back into the meltmatrix This is because of their small size they
inherently have a high surface-to-volume ratio and are not stable However if the embryo
grows large enough it reaches a critical size such that it becomes thermodynamically
stable then it becomes a particle These particles are now permanent and will continue to
grow Nucleation continues with Stage II which is the quasi-steady-state nucleation
regime As the name implies embryos are transitioning into particles at a constant rate
This steady-state of transitioning continues until a saturation point is reached in Stage III
By Stage IV the number of new particles decreases because as the pre-existing particles
continue to grow they devour the smaller particles This process can be described in
Figure 17 Then after a stable nucleus is formed whether by homogeneous or
heterogeneous nucleation its growth rate is determined by the degree of undercooling the
system is subjected to and how easily the existing crystal structure accommodates the
new growth3132
- 34 -
Figure 17 Nucleation rate as a function of time There is a finite amount of time that passes before the first
embryos come into existence in Stage 1 In Stage II nucleation growth increases rapidly until it hits the
saturation point in Stage III The growth of new nuclei starts to decline when smaller nuclei fall victim to
larger nuclei that are cannibalistic Thus larger nuclei grow at the expense of smaller ones31
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation
This is the primary nucleation mechanism in a one-component system It also
occurs in alloy systems but is less dominant than heterogeneous nucleation In
homogeneous nucleation the embryos are uniformly distributed throughout the entire
parent material and by randomness of agglomeration they begin to grow at the expense
of one-another If the embryos grow to reach the critical size they obtain a stable surface-
area-to-volume ratio are thermodynamically stable and known as particles The Gibbs
free-energy transitions from positive to negative at this point when the activation energy
for nucleation is reached This relation can be illustrated in Figure 18 and summarized in
Eq 2 where ∆119866 is the Gibbs free energy 4
31205871199033 is the volume of the spherical nucleus
∆119866119907 is the free energy of the volume and 41205871199032120574 is the surface area of the nucleus30
∆119866 =4
31205871199033∆119866119907 + 41205871199032120574 Eq 2
- 35 -
Figure 18 Image depicting a mathematically idealized form of nuclei such that it has a perfect volume and
area represented by 4
3πr3 and 4πr2γ respectively Once the nuclei grow large enough it becomes
thermodynamically stable and it will not dematerialize unless it sacrifices itself for the growth of a larger
nuclei30
This phenomenon is readily observed during solidification It is more
energetically favorable (larger negative Gibbs free energy) for particles to form via
homogeneous nucleation when a greater undercooling is performed ie faster and more
dramatic cooling rate Undercooling is defined as the offset of the cooling temperature
below the equilibrium temperature of solidification When the system experiences a large
undercooling the nucleation rate increases and this forms many solid nuclei
simultaneously Therefore many nuclei are growing concurrently and the growth rates
soon reach a saturation point where growth is impeded by competing nuclei When fewer
nuclei are growing because of a small undercooling the nuclei grow larger before
impeding one-another This can all be summarized with the graph in Figure 19 but
essentially faster cooling rates procure finer grains and smaller undercooling will be
conducive for coarse grain formation3033
- 36 -
Figure 19 Gibbs free energy of a nuclei as a function of radius of the nuclei The temperature determines
the stable radius (r) It can be observed that a larger undercooling makes nuclei more thermodynamically
stable because it forces the nuclei out of solution more easily at temperatures farther away from the melting
temperature30
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation
Heterogeneous nucleation dominates in alloys over homogeneous nucleation
because of the insoluble particles present in the material behaving as nucleation sites
Other nucleation sites will include mold walls grain boundaries and dislocations The
pre-existing surface that initiates nucleation and growth consequently lowers the required
undercooling for heterogeneous nucleation by several hundred degrees centigrade
compared to homogenous nucleation For high heterogeneous nucleation rates upon mold
walls the liquid metal must wet the mold walls This means that the liquid phase
disperses evenly over the mold walls and does not form droplets Figure 20 is an
illustration of the wetting phenomenon and the required free-energies to make it
favorable303132
Heterogenous nucleation can be promoted through the addition of inoculants
which behave as nucleation sites These solid particles have higher melting temperatures
- 37 -
than the primary metal composition and they will either solidify first upon cooling or
precipitate out of solution before another phase change Then these heterogenous
nucleation sites that are distributed throughout the solidifying or phase-changing metal
will begin to grow larger eventually becoming grains As in homogeneous nucleation
faster cooling rates are characteristic of finer grain sizes303132
120574119868119871 = 120574119878119868 + 120574119878119871119888119900119904(120579) Eq 3
Figure 20 Diagram showing the ldquowettingrdquo action of a droplet on a surface 120574119868119871 is the liquid-solid
interfacial energy 120574119878119868 is the solid surface energy 120574119878119871 is the liquid surface energy and 120579 is the wetting
angle The lower this angle the more wettable the surface30
Figure 21 Nucleation rate growth rate and overall transformation rate of nucleation and the effect that
temperature has on all three It should be observed that growth rate and nucleation rate will hit an optimized
rate when the overall transformation rate is the highest30
- 38 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal
Solidification in pure metal casting will occur via two different mechanisms
planar growth and dendritic growth The creation of a solid phase from a liquid phase
requires energy expenditure ie a surface-energy associated with the liquid-solid
interface The energy required to produce a solid phase from the liquid phase is produced
from undercooling Planar growth will only exist in a turbulent-free and alloy-free
solidifying system because other mechanisms for solidification will dominate under other
conditions such as the presence of alloys Planar growth as the name implies is the
propagation of a solidifying plane throughout the melt There are areas of the melt that
will solidify ahead of this plane however the outward heat flux flowing from the
solidifying plane will cause re-melting This is caused by the latent heat-of-fusion ie the
heat radiating from the solidifying structure will make the liquid next to it hotter than the
rest of the melt This is described graphically in Figure 22 This enables the planar
interface to be maintained but only when slow cooling rates are recognized234
Figure 22 Temperature profile of a metal casting mold Particular interest should be focused on the area of
ldquotemperature increase due to latent heatrdquo because this is how planar solidification is able to re-melt
solidified areas of the casting and re-solidify as a plane The latent heat of solidification is the release of
heat energy at the solidification temperature so that the metal can solidify2
- 39 -
Dendrites are defined as ldquotree-shaped crystalsrdquo that grow and solidify along
crystallographic preferred directions and are the dominant form of non-planar front
solidification In BCC and FCC crystal structures the preferred crystallographic growth
direction is along the lt100gt orientation Dendritic growth unlike planar solidification is
present in both pure metals and alloys but the mechanism for dendritic growth is
different in both cases In pure metals dendrites form due to thermal supercooling which
occurs more predominantly with higher cooling rates Akin to the effects of latent heat-
of-fusion in planar growth the liquid next to solidifying dendrites is hotter than the rest
of the melt If the solidifying dendrite is catalyzed by any perturbations in the
solidification it will have the propensity to grow past this solidifying wall to the cooler
temperatures (just a few tenths of a degree) beyond areas experiencing the latent heat of
solidification This creates a ldquotree-likerdquo crystal This process repeats again but on a
smaller scale for secondary dendrite ldquoarmsrdquo growing off of the primary dendrite ldquoarmrdquo
that originally grew past the solidification front Figure 23 illustrates both primary and
secondary dendritic arms273536
Figure 23 The difference between primary and secondary dendritic arms Primary dendritic arms the first
dendrites that grow through the solidification front in a crystallographic preferred direction and secondary
dendritic arms are dendrites that sprout from the primary arms7
- 40 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy
In a pure metal the entire system is homogenous The system will have a
solidification point but in an alloy system the solidification will occur over a range of
temperatures except at eutectic points This introduces a new solidification mechanism
which is constitutional supercooling The first solid to form will have a different
composition than the last solid to form when cooling through a dual-phase region (α+L
region) of the phase diagram It should be noted that when cooling happens through a
eutectic point solidification occurs at one temperature This can all be understood more
clearly by observing the Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 13 As the temperature falls
through the cooling range in a dual-phase area the solidifying composition at that cooling
range can be found by drawing an isothermal tie-line to the solidus line on the phase
diagram The first solid matrix to form tends to be deplete of solute while the final
composition to solidify tends to be solute rich This phenomenon of compositional
supercooling is intensified by equilibrium cooling rates therefore a faster cooling rate
will help to reduce its effect These dual-phase regions colloquially called ldquomushy
zonesrdquo are depicted in Figure 24 The more cooling that occurs through one of these
regions increases the likelihood for defects associated with long dendrites and difficulty
feeding the solidifying shrinking metal with liquid metal 23436
Constitutional supercooling is the predominant mechanism for dendrite growth in
alloys however the mechanism of thermal supercooling is still active The solute that
drops out of solution will lower the solidification temperature of the liquid and act as a
starting point for dendritic growth and it makes dendritic growth more pronounced
Especially those that cool through large two-phase regions2
- 41 -
Figure 24 The consequences of different cooling paths as dictated by composition on the phase diagram It
is observed that the best fluidity comes from a single-phase composition and a eutectic composition
because these do not have a freezing range but a freezing point This lowest fluidity (highest viscosity) is
observed with compositions that require cooling paths through the thickest region of the dual-phase β+L
region This path is characteristic of the largest freezing range such that certain solutes are solidified out of
that specific composition while liquid still remains37
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting
Both pure metals and alloys are subject to different solidification zones in castings
due to solidification kinetics Pure metals will see two solidification zones the chill zone
and the columnar zone Alloys will experience those two zones in addition to a third
central equiaxed zone It should be kept in mind that the casting will solidify from the
inside out and heat flows from hot to cold2
1641 Chill Zone
This is region ldquoardquo in Figure 25 Liquid metal nearest the mold will experience the
fastest cooling rates due to large undercooling because the mold radiates heat away from
- 42 -
itself This effect is exacerbated in permanent metal molds with a high thermal
conductivity because the mold behaves as a heat sink that removes heat rapidly from the
solidifying metal However some molds are insulative (green sand molds) and the
amount of undercooling that the outside of the casting experiences will be minimized In
general the faster cooling rates experienced at the outside of the mold will combine with
the heterogeneous nucleation occurring at the mold wall to form fine equiaxed grains2
Figure 25 There are three different solidification zones in a typical casting a) Is the ldquochill zonerdquo this
microstructure is characteristic of fine equiaxed grains initiated via quick cooling rates seen on the outside
of the casting at the mold wall b) In the ldquocolumnar zonerdquo long grains grow because of less undercooling
additionally dendrites grow perpendicular to the mold walls which is the reason for the columnar
orientation c) The ldquocentral equiaxed zonerdquo is at the center of alloy castings These smaller equiaxed grains
are created by the combined effects of constitutional supercooling and the heat gradients flowing outward
from the center
1642 Columnar Zone
The mold walls rapidly heat up and the degree of thermal undercooling will soon
start to diminish as solidification continues This happens in the moments after the chill
zone is formed The nucleation rates decrease inside the liquid metal adjacent to the chill
zone When there are fewer nucleation sites mixed with a slow cooling rate coarse grains
- 43 -
growth will dominate This area becomes known as the columnar zone because dendrites
and grains will grow perpendicular to the mold walls The large columnar grain
boundaries have a propensity to contain embrittling impurities and porosity which
degrades the mechanical properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo material Hence the reason
thermomechanical deformation is commonly used as a post-processing step after casting
for non-shape-cast metals Deformation will break apart the continuity of the inclusions
thus reducing the embrittlement However there are ways to improve the as-casted
microstructure in this region Grain refiners (inoculants) can be added to the melt As the
name implies these refine the grain size in the columnar zone and reduce grain sizes
These inoculants solidify before the parent material of the melt and behave as another
heterogeneous nucleation site therefore creating more nucleation that will grow
simultaneously This enables the system to reach its saturation point sooner and this
yields smaller grains2
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone
This zone is only present in alloys due to the combined effects of the
constitutionally supercooled regions from the mold walls converging at the center of the
casting and the temperature gradient flowing outward form the castingrsquos center thus
creating a large undercooling effect at the center of the casting The large undercooling
both from constitutional and thermal effects yield high nucleation rates which create
fine equiaxed grains Another effect that commonly contributes to a pronounced central
equiaxed zone is buoyancy-driven convection flow in the solidifying melt This has the
capacity to break-off already solidified dendrites and transport them around the
circulating melt These broken dendritic arms act as another heterogenous nucleation site
- 44 -
within the melt Melt circulation and convection of the liquid metal can also be
artificially induced with ultrasonic vibrations or alternating magnetic fields2
17 Solidification Defects
There are five primary defects that can occur in castings because of solidification
mechanisms and they are more pronounced in alloys due to constitutional supercooling
The five primary defects are macroporosity macrosegregation microporosity
microsegregation and gas porosity Defects are combated in different ways however
most commonly is with implementation of a riser which will solidify last and contain
most defects2
171 Macroporosity
Macroporosity formation in the casting is caused by shrinking of the metal as it
cools and the inability of fresh liquid metal to fill in the void The last part of the casting
system to solidify is subject to macroporosity because no liquid metal remains to fill in
voids created by the solidification shrinkage The mechanisms that contribute to
macroporosity are liquid shrinkage solidification shrinkage and solid shrinkage which
can be summarized graphically in Figure 26 Nearly all materials whether in their liquid
solid or gas state experience a volume expansion associated with heating and a volume
decrease associated with cooling The shrinking volume of the liquid during cooling is a
nonissue when there is more liquid metal available to replenish the volume An issue
develops because there is a shrinkage associated with the transition from a liquid to a
smaller volume crystal Additionally the casting will experience further shrinkage due to
- 45 -
the thermal expansion coefficient of the solid metal that will be active from the
solidification temperature to room temperature2
Macroporosity can be combated with the addition of risers chills and insulation
placed in key areas to ensure that the casting itself is not the last to solidify Ideally the
casting will directionally solidify towards the riser such that the riser is the last part to
solidify and that it can continue to feed the shrinking casting with its remaining liquid
metal Figure 27 illustrates the macroporosity solidification defect that forms at the top of
the riser known as a pipe2
Figure 26 Volume of metal in different phases as a function of temperature Most materials shrink as they
are cooled due to the mean vibration distances decreasing because there is less thermal energy in the
bonding There is an exceptional decrease in the volume of metal during solidification shrinkage due to the
formation of the crystal structures which is ordered2
- 46 -
Figure 27 Solidifying metal will shrink this shows how a pipe forms in a cube sand casting It will begin
by forming a solidified skin on top at the mold-casting interface which isolates this section from the rest of
the casting that is still liquid Thus liquid metal cannot replenish this void2
172 Macrosegregation
The last part of the actual casting to solidify not including the riser will be at the
centerline of the thickest mass section When an alloy solidifies unless it is a eutectic
composition it will solidify over a temperature range The exact composition solidifying
is represented by an isothermal line drawn from the alloyrsquos composition line (C0) to the
solidus line this can be best illustrated with Figure 28 This solidification range creates
solute migration because the first part of the casting to solidify will be solute poor and the
last part of the casting to solidify will be solute rich Macrosegregation can be combated
by a faster solidification rate so that there is not time allowed for solute migration Heat
treating the casting will also help reduce the segregation after the casting is solidified
however solid state diffusion rates are substantially slower than diffusion rates in the
liquid238
- 47 -
Figure 28 This is an example of a two-phase solidification region where solidification happens over a
range of temperatures The lever rule can be used to determine specific composition of the solute falling out
of solution at any point in time below the liquidus line38
173 Microporosity
Solidification shrinkage will also cause microporosity When the casting is
solidifying it is common for the dendrites to grow into one-another such that they
impede liquid metal flow in the inner-dendritic region Then solidification shrinkage
occurs within the dendritic region and since liquid metal is not available to replenish the
shrinking volume a micropore will form Figure 29 provides an illustration of this
phenomenon Microporosity is exacerbated by alloys that solidify through a larger two-
phase region because these have a higher propensity for form dendrites due to the larger
freezing range This defect can be combated with any mechanism that breaks up the
dendrites such as ultrasonic vibrations magnetic eddy currents or higher velocity
pouring metal2
- 48 -
Figure 29 Dendrites are the primary cause of microporosity because the dendritic arms grow together and
liquid metal cannot replenish the micropore that forms due to the solidifying metal This action is illustrated
above The kinetics of solidification in the space between inter-dendritic arms is also a leading cause for
microsegregation2
174 Microsegregation
Microsegregation is another byproduct of the solidification kinetics of an alloy
The last composition of the alloy to solidify will have a high solute content This can
cause intermetallic phases and inclusions to form primarily between dendrites These
both have the tendency to be brittle and should be avoided if possible The primary side-
effect to the intermetallic phase and inclusions is hot shortness which is cracking that
occurs during any subsequent hot working process Microsegregation can be rectified by
the same process alterations as for macrosegregation Additionally it was reported that a
homogenizing heat treatment works well to remedy the problem The secondary-dendritic
arm spacing normally has the largest effect on microsegregation and this spacing can be
used to determine the time and temperature of the homogenization that is needed23940
175 Gas Porosity
Gas porosity is also a common defect which is caused by the absorption of gases
into the liquid phase prior to solidification The primary gases that are responsible for gas
porosity in iron and steel are H2 N2 and CO The primary mechanism for gas porosity is
- 49 -
the dramatic decrease in gas solubility at the liquid-to-solid phase change which can be
illustrated in Figure 30 These gases are soluble in liquid metal and often times
solidification happens so quickly that when gases evolve out of the solidifying metal a
gas hole is left in their wake An example of a gas porosity hole in the solidified metal
can be observed in Figure 31 the nearly perfectly round hole is indicative of gas porosity
Gas porosity can be remedied by vacuum degassing the melt Hot-Isostatic-Pressing
(HIPrsquoing) the finished part the addition of inclusion formers and all around cleanliness
of the melt241
Figure 30 Hydrogen gas content in a metal as a function of temperature illustrates that the liquid form of a
metal has a much greater gas solubility than does the solid phase There is a sharp discontinuity in the
solubility graph at the solidification temperature and this is why gas hole porosity is seen in metals The
metal is solidifying with ample amounts of gas in it and often times it solidifies before the gas has a chance
to escape Thus leaving a gas hole in its wake
- 50 -
Figure 31 Round pores seen in micrographs commonly indicate gas porosity because the gas bubble is
round and when the metal solidifies around it as the gas is escaping it leaves its own trace in the metal41
18 Heat Treating of Steels
Heat treating is commonly performed on both cast and wrought steels Depending
on categorization there are arguably seven different heat treatments that are performed
on metals homogenization full anneal process anneal normalization austenitize-
quench-temper spheroidizing and stress relieve Consult the Fe-C phase diagram in
Figure 32 that has the temperature ranges for each heat treatments superimposed upon it
for reference during each of the following sections18
Common to most every heat treatment of steels is heating first above the A1
transition line to fully austenitize the steel This is important because the FCC structure
has a higher solubility for carbon and other alloying elements Austenite can be thought
of as the ldquoparent phaserdquo to most microstructures and phases in steels because most
microstructures are formed by cooling from the austenite region It is because of the
- 51 -
austenite region that there are so many heat treatments possible for steel Cooling rate
will control the diffusion which along with the composition dictate the resultant
microstructure in cast steels Slower cooling rates will allow phases solute and particles
that were stable in the austenite region but not stable in the α+Fe3C region to precipitate
out as second phases Faster cooling rates will keep these solutes in solution in a
metastable form2542
Figure 32 Partial phase diagram of temperature vs carbon wt illustrates the ranges for each type of heat
treating and thermomechanical processes up to 15 wt C Notice this depicts the A1 temperature line at
1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) so frequently referenced18
The austenite region in steels is important for other reasons too For example it is
single phase at most temperatures and compositions that are commonly used plus it is a
high-temperature phase that it naturally more ductile This increased ductility enables
thermomechanically deformation of steels in the austenite region to be cost-effective
- 52 -
Also the austenite phase forms its own grains by a standard nucleation and growth
process There is a kinetic barrier that needs overcome for them to start growing because
α+Fe3C needs to be transformed The final size that the austenite grains grow to will
affect how easily the microstructure can be transformed back into α+Fe3C upon cooling
Therefore they have an effect on ferrite microstructure For example toughness is
sensitive to prior-austenite grains and it is reduced as the size of the prior austenite grains
are increased Once cooled the remnants of the austenite grains are called prior-austenite
grains (these grains are visible when subjected to special etches and microscopy)2542
181 Homogenization
During solidification of an alloy microsegregation and macrosegregation can be
mitigated by subsequent homogenization heat treatments Compositional supercooling
creates a multitude of problems because there is not a uniform composition throughout
the solidified metal At ambient temperatures the solute atoms will not diffuse fast
enough to achieve an equilibrium composition throughout To quicken diffusion rates a
homogenization heat treatment is performed to enable the systemrsquos concentration
gradients to equilibrate across the matrix Most ingot castings are homogenized before
hot working to improve workability mechanical properties and repeatability because the
solute atoms are dissolved Homogenization is performed approximately in the 1830-
2190 ˚F (1000-1200 ˚C) temperature range followed by an air cool which produces
larger coarse grains upon completion as opposed to a quench Homogenization normally
happens simultaneously with the nucleation and growth of the austenite grains therefore
one could argue that austenitizing and homogenizing are the same heat treatment Often
- 53 -
thermomechanical deformation is performed directly after homogenization so that the
ingot does not have to be reheated later254243
182 Full Anneal
Performing a full anneal in steels will produce a microstructure characteristic of
equiaxed ferrite and coarse pearlite that will have soft and ductile mechanical properties
The temperature ranges involved are just above the A3 temperature line for hypoeutectoid
steels and just above the A1 temperature line for hypereutectoid steels If a hypereutectoid
steel is cooled slowly through the γ + Cementite region the steel will have a tendency to
form proeutectoid cementite along the grain boundaries which is too brittle for use A
full anneal is normally held at temperature for an hour per inch thick of steel and it
finishes with a furnace cool1844
183 Process Anneal
A process anneal is also called a recrystallization anneal and it is primarily used
to restore ductility to a piece of metal that has been cold worked As explained
previously when a steel is cold worked dislocations form and they impede each otherrsquos
flow This makes the material less ductile because dislocation motion is a mechanism for
slip A process anneal can annihilate these dislocations so cold working can continue
without damaging the steel additionally increased ductility can be achieved There are
three phases of a process anneal heat treatment 1) dislocation annihilation (recovery) 2)
recrystallization 3) new grain growth The recovery phase reduces strain in the matrix
and the recrystallization phase nucleates new strain-free grains It should be made clear
that no phase change is achieved during a process anneal the upper temperature limit is
less than A1 temperature line1844
- 54 -
184 Normalization
Normalizing is used to refine the grain structure of the steel typically after cold or
hot working Steel is commonly sold in this condition because it produces fine equiaxed
grains and fine pearlite that is desirable for good mechanical properties such as strength
and ductility Normalizing involves an air cool from temperatures above the A3
temperature line but still relatively low in the austenite region The cooling rate is
dependent upon ambient conditions casting size and casting geometry1844
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper
The highest strength and hardness microstructure in steels is called martensite
This is formed via a diffusionless transformation from the austenite region initiated via a
quench A quench is the act of cooling the material quickly in a medium that can be
water oil or brine A martensitic microstructure is not used without subsequently being
tempered due to un-tempered martensitersquos brittleness and lack of toughness that would
make the steel prone to catastrophic failure45
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability
It is important to distinguish the difference between hardness and hardenability
The ability of a steel to form martensite is called hardenability and hardness is a
materialrsquos resistance to deformation These also have different influences as well the
ultimate hardness potential of martensite is only a function of the carbon content of the
steel while hardenability is controlled by the following carbon content alloying
elements prior-austenite grain size cooling rate (severity of quench) and the size of the
steel being quenched192045
- 55 -
The factors affecting hardenability are straightforward The higher the carbon
content and alloying content the higher the hardenability because additives decrease
diffusion rates Since the formation of pearlite and bainite are diffusion dependent the
system will have a higher tendency to form martensite This can be observed on a Time-
Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram as seen in Figure 33 Any effect that slows
diffusion like the addition of alloying elements moves the curve to the right
Hardenability is increased with increasing prior-austenite grain size because there are
fewer grain boundaries with coarser grains which results in fewer nucleation sites for
pearlite formation19204647
Figure 33Time-Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram This particular TTT diagram has a Fe-C
phase diagram attached on the left This illustrates how martensite finish (Mf) decreases with C content
This is an isothermal diagram and therefore no kinetic effects during the cooling will be taken into
account ie it assumes infinitely fast cooling to the desired temperature46
Intuitively depth of hardness increases with increasing hardenability and the
severity of the quench The quenching medium affects the severity for example an oil
quench is less severe than a water quench which is the most common medium
Additionally section size will influence cooling rates A small sample will experience a
more severe quench1920454849
- 56 -
1852 Martensite
A martensitic structure in steels results from a diffusionless athermal and shear-
type formation To catalyze the formation of this hardest possible steel microstructure
the steel must undergo a severe quench from austenite to its room temperature stable
phase The austenite phase at 1674 ˚F (912 ˚C) is capable of handling up to 211 wt C
due to its more open FCC structure but the maximum carbon that the α-phase can handle
is 002 wt C because of its more enclosed BCC structure This means that with typical
cooling rates carbon will partition itself out of the α-ferrite and form the secondary phase
of Fe3C To form full martensite a quench must happen quickly such that carbon cannot
diffuse out of the octahedral sites in α-Fe into a second phase of Fe3C hence the
diffusionless transformation Carbon remains trapped in the BCC lattice however it
strains the BCC lattice deforming it into a Body Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice
where carbon is still in the octahedral sites This is observed in Figure 34 Martensite is
not a thermodynamically stable phase which means that martensite is metastable and that
the diffusion was only suppressed45
Martensite strengthens steel to such a high degree because of the Bain strain that
is induced by the carbon wedged into the BCT lattice The strain field that forms around
each carbon atom inhibits dislocation motion There is also a solid solution strengthening
effect from the carbon that contributes to the overall hardness of the martensite A surface
tilting is normally associated with martensite formation based upon which habit plane
that it forms upon from the austenite phase These habit planes will be dependent upon
alloy composition Figure 35 illustrates this habit plane relationship45
- 57 -
Figure 34 The Body-Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice of martensite Carbon atoms become stuck in the
interstices between larger atoms during the rapid quench from the FCC phase of austenite The system
wants to assume the BCC phase of ferrite however cooling happens so rapidly that carbon does not have
time to migrate and now it is trapped in this metastable phase45
It should be noted that martensite formation occurs over a range of temperatures
The alloy must first be quenched through its martensite start temperature (MS) This is
determined by a thermodynamic driving force that is required to start the shear
transformation from austenite to martensite The MS will vary directly with carbon
content the higher the carbon content the lower MS This may seem counterintuitive
because one method for increasing hardenability is to increase the carbon content
however since carbon is an interstitial alloying element in steels it places strain even on
the FCC lattice of austenite This increases austenitersquos resistance to shear Therefore
since martensite formation is a shear transformation there needs to be a larger
thermodynamic driving force to initiate this change which is catalyzed by a larger
undercooling There is also a MF which occurs when all of the austenite has transformed
into martensite Figure 36 illustrates martensite start temperature45
- 58 -
Figure 35 Martensite is characteristic of causing Bain strain The exceptionally high strains associated
with the shear transformation for the formation of martensite will twist and tilt the martensite surface to
start the formation The austenite phase that was not transformed yet has to be plastic enough to allow this
to happen45
There are two different types of martensite that exist lath and plate However
they do not exist exclusively and can mix together The type of martensite formed is
dependent upon composition Plate martensite will form above 10 wt C and lath
martensite will dominate below 06 wt C with a mix of both occurring between 06
and 10 wt C This relationship is illustrated in Figure 36 as well as the martensite start
temperature Plate martensite is characteristic of irrational habit planes macroscopic in
nature (can be seen with optical microscopy) and subject to mostly twinned planes Lath
martensite has the tendency to form in parallel packets with more dislocations than twins
and its habit plane is defined as 11145
- 59 -
Figure 36 There are two different types of martensite lath and plate Formation is dictated by carbon
content As observed a range up to 06 wt C will produce lath and a range upwards of 10 wt C will
produce plate martensite When the wt C is between these ranges a mixture of lath and plate martensite
can be expected45
1853 Tempering Kinetics
Martensitic steel must be tempered to restore ductility and toughness to prevent
possible catastrophic brittle failure Tempering must be performed cautiously because
over-tempering is possible such that the steel becomes too soft Since martensite is a
metastable phase whose diffusion was only suppressed due to kinetics it takes relatively
little thermal energy to enable the carbon to migrate out of the BCT lattice Thermal
energy is introduced to the system in the form of tempering Once carbon leaves the BCT
structure the lattice will relax and reform its thermodynamically stable BCC lattice that
has 002 wt C maximum Therefore the extra carbon that was supersaturated into the
BCT lattice will now precipitate out as the second phase of cementite (Fe3C) Since the
primary goal of tempering is to soften the metal at the expense of hardness it becomes a
balancing act between how long and at what temperatures tempering is conducted to
obtain the desired mechanical properties455051
- 60 -
186 Spheroidizing
Spheroidite is the softest and most ductile microstructure possible for a given steel
because of the formation of spherical carbides which have a low surface-area-to-volume
ratio relative to other carbide shapes Therefore there is less interaction area with the
matrix and in turn less of a strain field that is formed Steels subjected to this heat
treatment have great machining properties because of the increased ductility To achieve
this microstructure the steel is held just below the A1 temperature for multiple hours to
give ample time for carbon diffusion18
187 Stress Relieving
This heat treatment is performed to remove internal stresses induced by welding
machining cold-working etc There is no recrystallization or significant microstructural
changes as with process annealing The temperature for stress relieving is approximately
750 ˚F (400 ˚C) which is the temperature required for dislocation annihilation to
occur1844
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels
HSLA steels are low carbon content steels typically with pearlite and ferrite
microstructures that achieve relatively high strengths formability and toughness despite
the fact that they have a low carbon content Their weldability is also superb due to the
low carbon content To achieve strength an HSLA steel must be able to precipitation
harden the ferrite HSLA steels are commonly microalloyed with vanadium niobium
titanium or another strong carbide forming element and with a solid solution
strengthener such as silicon or manganese Another essential aspect to the strength of
- 61 -
HSLA steels is a fine grain structure Reduced grain size is an additional mechanism for
strength but it also increases toughness while lowering the DBTT5253
191 Precipitation Hardening
Commonly known as age hardening in non-ferrous alloys this secondary-
hardening process closely resembles an austenitize-quench-temper cycle for normal
steels Technically a solution-treat and age cannot be performed in conventional steels
because of the lack of carbon solubility However with the additions of microalloys a
true precipitation hardening can be achieved in HSLA steels A precipitation hardening
technique is similar to an austenitize-quench-temper in terms of its heat treatment cycle
During the quench the goal is to make a metastable supersaturated solid solution Then
when thermal energy is introduced to the system the precipitates (alloy carbides nitrides
and carbonitrides) age or precipitate into the matrix These processes occur at the same
time that the martensite is quenched and tempered54
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE)
A cornerstone of this project is ensuring that the alloy developed will have
superior weldability but first the term weldability must be defined such that it can be
understood The weldability of low alloy steels is commonly expressed in terms of
Carbon Equivalent (CE) which is calculated solely from the chemical composition of a
steel The following are the definitions adopted and how they are defined for this project
1101 Weldability
Weldability is defined by the American Welding Society (AWS) as ldquoThe capacity
of a material to be welded under fabrication techniques imposed in a specific suitably
- 62 -
designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended servicerdquo However there
are many characteristics of a steel that could influence its weldability55 Colloquially one
would just say that a steel which welds successfully without pre-heating has a good
weldability
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE)
One of the best metrics for weldability assessment is through an empirically
derived formula called the carbon equivalent (CE) This was created as a way to quantify
the relative likelihood of hydrogen induced cracking problems and heat affected zone
(HAZ) martensite formation in a steel A knowledgeable welder will use the CE value as
a tool to determine how the metal is going to weld and what welding procedures to follow
to avoid weld zone problems For example if the CE is high the welder will know to pre-
heat the metal to decrease the likelihood of martensite formation upon cooling after
welding In this sense a steel with good weldability (low CE) has poor hardenability56
- 63 -
Chapter 2 Literature Review
The essence of HSLA steels was briefly introduced in Chapter 19 however this
section will serve as a review of the development of HSLA wrought and cast steels
21 Microalloying of Steels
The importance of alloying steel was discovered early in the 20th century in
Europe One of the first microalloying elements added to steel was vanadium57
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium
Vanadium was the first element added to microalloy steels Research in the early
1900s in England and France lead to the first commercial microalloyed steel
Metallurgists at that time learned the strength of plain carbon steel could be increased
substantially with additions of vanadium especially when a quench and temper was
performed They did not understand the strengthening mechanisms at work but they
knew that vanadium increased strength and toughness57
Steel containing vanadium made its way to America in about 1910 when Henry
Ford spectated an auto race in France and saw a violent crash He was surprised at how
little damage occurred to the racecarrsquos crankshaft and this sparked his curiosity He
managed to get a sample of the steel tested and it was found to contain vanadium Ford
deduced that additions of vanadium to steel used in Ford vehicles would improve a steelrsquos
strength and shock resistance on American roads even though they did not understand
why Thus vanadium as a microalloy enters markets in the United States however it
would be years before serious focus was applied to development and integration of
microalloy HSLA steels into more areas57
- 64 -
World War II advanced welding technologies greatly Metallurgists soon
discovered that they could not just increase the strength of steels by increasing carbon
content due to the toughness decrease observed when higher carbon content steels are
welded This catalyzed a focus to develop alternative strengthening mechanism to carbon
which lead to the development of grain refining and microalloy precipitation for an
additional strengthening mechanism in steel that required a high weldability From this
deeper investigations into the metallurgy of microalloying continued to develop57
22 HSLA Steels
Even small additions of microalloys to low-carbon steel matched with simple heat
treatments can produce mechanical properties that are comparable to more expensive
steels low alloy steels that require advanced processing steps58 High-Strength-Low-Alloy
steels are based on the microalloying principles discussed previously The term
microalloying and HSLA are used synonymously The concept for strengthening in HSLA
steels is straightforward from a metallurgical point of view there needs to be 1) a refined
grain structure present such that it encourages strength and toughness 2) lower carbon
content to improve weldability 3) strength is achieved through the addition of
microalloys such as vanadium manganese and niobium 4) finally HSLA steels take
advantage of secondary hardening that disperses fine precipitates throughout the ferrite
matrix that further strengthens the steel53
One of the first large scale uses of HSLA steels in the United States was during
construction of the Alaskan Pipeline in 1969 and 1970 It was imperative that steels used
in this pipeline remained tough during the artic conditions so that they would not be
prone to brittle failure Equally important was weldability This caused metallurgists to
- 65 -
analyze previous work done with microalloying of steels and eventually the name
ldquoHSLA steelrdquo was adopted52 The Alaskan Pipeline success with microalloying steels
initiated many investigations into microalloying effects and jump-started broad use of
HSLA steels
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys
Microalloys work well for strengthening steel because they can combine the
strengthening mechanisms of grain refinement and precipitation hardening without
decreasing weldability These combined effects counteract the lower carbon content For
microalloys to be effective they must be able to alter the matrix of the ferrite by either
grain refinement or precipitation hardening (normally in the form of carbo-nitrides) or by
a combination of these two57
Grain refinement is the act of making the ferrite grains smaller after final
processing This is achieved when the dispersed microalloys solidify and create a
heterogeneous nucleation site to prevent prior-austenite grain growth During lower
temperature heat treatments in the austenite region often times the stable precipitates will
not fully solutionize and they act as heterogeneous nucleation sites upon cooling which
inhibits austenite grain growth Regardless the microalloying precipitate falls out of
solution before ferrite grains are nucleated57
Precipitation strengthening by microalloying occurs because the microalloys are
precipitated into the ferrite as carbonitrides (CN) but most commonly in HSLA steels as
vanadium-nitrides (VN) or vanadium-carbonitrides (VCN) through a secondary-
hardening process during aging or tempering57 Carbonitrides of vanadium niobium and
titanium can precipitate in both the austenite region and ferrite region59 Additionally
- 66 -
when some form of a CN or VCN is present and a subsequent heat treatment is
performed such as normalizing these carbonitrides will act as austenite grain stabilizers
that prevent grain growth This preserves grain refinement because smaller prior-
austenite grains lead to smaller final ferrite grains They will also pin the ferrite grains
from deformation and growth before the A1 temperature is reached during heating Both
of these mechanisms work together simultaneously to improve the microstructure6061 If
hot rolling is performed on wrought steel austenite grains become elongated which will
increase the grain boundary area Thus increasing the driving force for transformation in
addition to providing more heterogenous nucleation sites26 More nucleation sites are
added indirectly in a steel during hot rolling because it can make precipitation of carbides
happen more favorably60
Microalloying also has a profound effect on the recrystallization during hot
rolling This is important in wrought steels because if the prior-austenite grains are
pinned by microalloys and cannot coarsen then a finer ferrite structure will form upon
cooling There is also a developed argument that solute drag is responsible for limiting
recrystallization57
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides
Elements such as vanadium niobium and titanium have tendencies to form stable
carbides nitrides and carbonitrides in steel when precipitated through a secondary
hardening reaction They are the primary microalloying elements used today in HSLA
steels62 The formation of carbides and nitrides are diffusion dependent processes
Complex microalloy carbide and nitride and phases do not diffuse as rapidly as the
conventional Fe3C phase during heat treatment This has a few important consequences
- 67 -
metallurgically First carbides reduce the rate of softening effects such as a temper
because they inhibit the diffusion driven coarsening that Fe3C would experience
Secondly metal carbides that are formed will be resistant to coarsening This limits their
size and enables them to maintain a fine dispersion throughout the matrix Finally it
provides great creep resistance at high temperatures because they will combat steel
softening at elevated temperatures63
Carbides of vanadium niobium and titanium are commonly found in the form of
MC M2C M6C and M23C6 where ldquoMrdquo is comprised of various metals and ldquoCrdquo is
carbon the common stoichiometric carbides are summarized in Figure 37 These carbides
and carbonitrides have the FCC crystal structure and comparable lattice parameters thus
they have extensive mutual solubilities The carbides and nitrides formed by vanadium
niobium and titanium are also known to be harder than martensite This is quantified in
Figure 38 which displays the hardness values of common carbides and martensite63
- 68 -
Figure 37 Chart displaying compositions of some common stoichiometric carbides present in HSLA
steels ldquoMrdquo can vary with multiple chemistries63
Figure 38 Stoichiometric carbides formed with vanadium niobium and titanium that commonly have a
hardness greater than martensite this is important especially for the strengthening effects in prior-austenite
grain pinning63
- 69 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions
Vanadium is the workhorse in the microalloyed steel families and is more soluble
in the austenite phase than niobium and titanium It has a high affinity for nitrogen and
carbon and readily forms VN VC and VCN These stable carbides and nitrides of
vanadium will have high solubilities in austenite as well compared to niobium and
titanium These solubilities are summarized in Figure 39 Solutionizing of vanadium and
its carbides and nitrides occurs at approximately 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C) Upon cooling
vanadium will begin to precipitate out of solution at this temperature While cooling
passed the solutionizing temperature which is still in the austenite phase nearly pure VN
is the first to precipitate into the matrix Then when the nitrogen supply is all but
exhausted the system will transition precipitation of VN to VCN and finally to VC
(normally in the form of MC) as nitrogen is depleted There will be a sharp drop in the
solubility of VCN in the matrix around the A1 temperature because of the phase
transition Thus more VCNrsquos are precipitated at this temperature57 Vanadium is
commonly the alloying choice over niobium for precipitation strengthening because
niobium solutionizes at a higher temperature which means that it also precipitates out of
solution at higher temperatures It will fall out of solution during the upper region of the
austenite phase this provides the NbCN too much of an opportunity to coarsen during
cooling Therefore vanadium tends to form the finest precipitates in the ferrite matrix60
- 70 -
Figure 39 Mole fraction of nitrogen in the V-carbonitrides as a function of temperature Vanadium
preferentially bonds with nitrogen at higher temperatures until nitrogen is nearly depleted Then there is a
sharp transition at approximately 1470 ˚F (800 ˚C) to vanadium bonding with carbon preferentially over
nitrogen57
Previous work in the literature regarding microalloying with V in HSLA wrought
steels is extensive some key findings follow
bull Vanadium addition ranges from 003 to 010 wt V increase toughness in
HSLA steels because it will stabilize the dissolved nitrogen64
bull During thermomechanical deformation vanadium has been shown to
precipitate out of solution while the steel is being hot rolled in the form of a
VN60
bull VN will help to prevent austenitic grain growth and recrystallization of
austenite grains However if the solubility product of VN is too low or if the
cooling rates are too fast VN will not form in austenite It has been shown
- 71 -
that raising the nitrogen content will increase the amount of VN that
precipitates60
bull The presence of other alloying elements such as niobium titanium and
aluminum will affect how vanadium behaves Albeit vanadium has the
highest affinity for nitrogen but the other elements precipitate out sooner such
that they will consume all of the nitrogen before vanadium has precipitated60
bull Vanadium does not retard ferrite formation as do molybdenum therefore
vanadium steels are less prone to bainite formation and acicular ferrite
Vanadium reduces the embrittlement likelihood especially in high-carbon
steel Additionally vanadium alloys will not be as susceptible to Heat
Affected Zone (HAZ) embrittlement60
bull VCN precipitation in the austenite region is limited due to sluggish kinetics
therefore most VCN will be precipitated in the ferrite region57
bull Precipitation of VCN in low-carbon and low-nitrogen steels (010 wt C and
010 wt N) will occur mostly at 1292 ˚F (700 ˚C) and below57
bull VC has a higher solubility in austenite and ferrite compared to VN this is
because the thermodynamic driving force for VN precipitation is much
higher57
bull When nitrogen content is decreased the VN precipitate size increases
considerably This is an effect of nucleation rate similar to that observed in
pearlite formation The end-resulting grain size is based on the number of
nuclei57
- 72 -
bull Vanadium will form non-stoichiometric carbides and nitrides VC073 to VC089
are a common VC composition range65
bull Using orientation relationships it is possible to determine whether VCN was
precipitated during the austenite or ferrite phase When the VCN assumes the
Baker-Nutting orientation of 100α-Fe||100VCN and lt100gt α-
Fe||lt010gtVCN it was precipitated in the ferrite When the VCN assumes the
Kurdjumov-Sachs orientation of 110α-Fe||111VCN and lt111gt α-
Fe||lt110gtVCN it was precipitated in the austenite66
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition
Niobium solutionizes at higher temperatures than vanadium 2100 ˚F (1150 ˚C)
compared to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) respectively The implications are that niobium will pin
austenite grains from growing until much higher austenitizing temperatures resulting in
reduced prior-austenite grain size1 Niobium as shown in Figure 40 also works better
than vanadium or titanium for inhibiting recrystallization of austenite temperatures59
Figure 40 Niobium has the optimum effect on increasing the recrystallization temperature of austenite
Vanadium performs the worst in this category This is significant because larger prior-austenite grains will
increase hardenability as well as decrease grain refinement59
- 73 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions
Titanium forms the most stable nitrides in steel (TiN) of all microalloying
elements Most studies suggest that TiN will not solutionize at any temperature in the
austenite region57 Its insolubility in austenite ensures that it will prevent austenite grain
growth during welding and hot processing techniques It can be observed in Figure 41
that TiN has a very low solubility in the austenite phase compared to VC The addition of
titanium levels as low as 001 wt Ti are sufficient to perform its primary
microalloying functions57
Figure 41 Solubilities of common carbides and nitrides of HSLA steels This graph displays the logarithm
of the solubility constant (k) as a function of logarithmic temperature It should be observed that TiN has
very low solubility and that VC has the highest solubility In fact TiN has been known to resist
solutionizing even in the upper region of the austenite phase it is virtually insoluble57
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels
Manganese is an effective solid solution strengthener for ferrite in HSLA steels it
is usually in a range from 15-20 wt Mn67 Manganese will increase VN solubility in
- 74 -
austenite because it increases the activity coefficient of vanadium in tandem with
decreasing the activity coefficient of carbon This increases the amount of microalloying
precipitation during the phase transition from austenite to ferrite Additionally
manganese will lower the AR3 temperature which contributes to ferrite grain refinement
because ferrite grains will get less time to grow All of these factors make higher
manganese (08-14 wt Mn) HSLA steels more effective than low-carbon steels with
conventional manganese levels576063 It has also been shown that manganese additions
will not be detrimental to toughness as other microalloying elements68
23 HSLA Cast Steels
Cast steels can be considered to be at a disadvantage because they do not have the
luxury of being thermomechanically deformed to increase strength as do wrought steels
They must rely solely on heat treating and alloying Other than this there are relatively
minute differences between cast and wrought HSLA steels The 30-year development in
the metallurgy of HSLA wrought steels transcended to HSLA cast steels There are slight
differences in chemistry and heat treatment that must be considered to replace the
benefits of thermomechanical deformation in wrought HSLA steels but the
microalloying concepts between HSLA cast and wrought steels remains the same The
following will review past work specific to the development of HSLA cast steels
154676970
Most of the early work developing HSLA cast steels was done in Europe The
first major work in the United States was conducted by Voigt et al starting in 198671
The first review published on HSLA cast steels was by WJ Jackson in 1978 titled ldquoThe
Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings ndash A Review of the Literaturerdquo In this review the
- 75 -
author detailed past accounts of successful microalloying of cast steels with vanadium
compositions The optimal chemistry ranges for the mechanical properties of cast plain-
carbon and low-alloy steels reviewed by Jackson are shown in Table 1 The yield point
of these steels increased by 30 percent compared to similar plain carbon steel without
microalloying additions with only a negligible decrease in ductility and toughness
Limited research was carried out to identify optimum chemistries for these C-Mn steels
which are summarized in Figure 42 It was determined that the best properties were
obtained with 01 wt vanadium because it produced the finest ferrite grain structure72
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-Carbon Vanadium Alloyed Cast Steel72
Elements C Si Mn Cr V
Wt 012-050 03-06 09-15 04-06 007-015
Figure 42 Influence of vanadium on the properties of a C-Mn microalloyed steel Optimum chemistry
occurs at 01 wt V 130 wt Mn 034 wt Si and all carbon in the study was 032 or 033 wt C
At this chemistry it is evident that some properties of toughness decreased All samples were water
quenched and the subsequently tempered at 1202 ˚F (650 ˚C) The V-free steel was quenched from 1616 ˚F
(880 ˚C) and the vanadium steels were quenched from 1688 ˚F (920 ˚C)57
In this study normalizing between 1796-1976 ˚F (920-1080 ˚C) produced a
microstructure of bainite or acicular ferrite microstructure When a subsequent temper is
performed at 1112 ˚F (600 ˚C) an increase in hardness was found because of the
secondary-hardening effects of the precipitation of VCN However extended tempering
times at elevated temperature caused the system to overage which reduced hardness due
- 76 -
to coarsening of precipitates This is one of the reasons why Jacksonrsquos research suggested
that it is imperative to have better control when heat treating microalloyed steel compared
to conventional steels72
It was discussed previously that vanadium and other microalloying elements act
as grain refiners in the austenite region for wrought processed HSLA steels A similar
behavior was observed for cast steels upon initial cooling from the melt VCN acted as a
grain refiner because it fell out of solution slightly before grains grew72
231 Temperaging
To achieve the highest possible strength with HSLA steels they must be
subjected to a quench and temper heat treatment which initiates a precipitation hardening
effect The temper dually functions to soften martensite into ferrite and cementite while
simultaneously aging fine precipitates into the matrix This dual function has become
known to some metallurgists as the portmanteau ldquotemperagingrdquo17367
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work
There are different CE formulas for different welding applications however the
CE formula used in this project is AWSD11 that is displayed in Equation 4 The CE
formula which is most appropriate for structural steel welding varies between steels
because different alloying elements have different influences on weldability For
example how much they slow diffusion rates and whether or not they are carbide
formers In general the addition of other alloying elements to a C-Mn steel will have the
same hardenability and weldability influence of an increase in carbon content Individual
alloying elements directly affect the weldability of the steel to varying degrees This is
- 77 -
why the effect of each element on the CE is scaled by a factor that can be expressed as a
carbon equivalent factor for that steel This means that if a particular steel had been
alloyed with just carbon it would theoretically weld simularly56
119862119864119860119882119878 11986311 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 4
There are other CE formulae used throughout industry but they all have a similar
goal which is being a weldability predictor High carbon content steels have low
weldabilities therefore a high CE steel will also have a low weldability The most
common CE used in industry is displayed in Equation 5 is adopted by the International
Institute of Welding (IIW) as their official CE equation5473 The following ASTM
Standards also follow CE calculated by Equation 5 A216 A352 A709 (Grade 50s)
A913 and A1043 Both ASTM A216 and A352 are cast steel specific standards
Equation 6 is the typical HSLA CE for C-Mn steels Equation 7 is used in ASTM A529
and it is the only CE equation that includes Nb This is because Nb rarely contributes to
the cold-cracking of steels54 Equation 8 is utilized by the Japanese Welding Engineering
Society for low-carbon content steels (lt 011 wt C)74
119862119864119860119878119879119872 = 119862 +119872119899
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 5
119862119864119879 = 119862 +119872119899+119872119900
10+
119862119903+119862119906
20+
119873119894
40 Eq 6
119862119864119860119878119879119872 119860529 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881+119873119887
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 7
119875119862119872 = 119862 +119878119894
30+
119862119903+119862119906+119872119899
20+
119873119894
60+
119872119900
15+
119881
10+ 5119861 Eq 8
- 78 -
Jacksonrsquos Review analyzed CEASTM for HSLA cast steels and utilized Equation 5
with the following results72
bull CEASTM le 041 Good weldability and no need for preheating
bull CEASTM le 045 Good weldability when the welding is completed with low H2
electrodes
bull CEASTM ge 045 Preheating is required for welding use of low H2 electrodes is
required
bull CEASTM ge 060 Only specific conditions enable the steel to be weldable
One nuance that should be stressed to the reader is this project has a goal of
integrating a cast steel designed for structural applications into an existing wrought
ASTM Standard The implications are that a structural welding steel obeys the structural
welding code as seen in AWS D11 such as their CEAWS D11 in Equation 4 while most
ASTM Standards obey CEASTM as seen in Equation 5 This is bound to cause confusion
and all parties involved must be made aware
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards
There are ASTM Standards specifically for cast steel A27 A148 A216 A217
A352 A356 A487 and A958 Most relevant are ASTM A216 Standard Specification
for Steel Castings Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service
and its low-temperature counterpart of ASTM A352 Standard Specification for Steel
Castings Ferritic and Martensitic for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-
Temperature Service Both standards obey the CEASTM in Equation 5 and they have
CEASTM max values of 050 or 055 depending on the specific grade Grade WCB from
- 79 -
ASTM A216 is of particular interest because it was posited by the SFSA that the YS
requirements for this project could be attained through slight manipulation of chemistries
permitted in this standard
234 Key Findings from Previous Work
Previous work has found interesting differences between processing for HSLA
wrought steels and HSLA cast steels The key findings follow
bull It may be necessary to homogenize large casting sections for up to 6 hours at
temperatures ranging from 1740-2010 ˚F (950-1100 ˚C) to combat alloy
segregation Then an accelerated cooling is desired because it will yield a refined
ferrite grain structure73 The length of the homogenizing time and temperature in
general will dependent upon the casting size67
bull Austenitizing temperatures of greater than 1700 ˚F (930 ˚C) are required to
produce full strengthening of V-microalloys73
bull If an insufficient quench is performed coarse VCN will precipitate out during the
initial cooling Coarse VCN does not produce the high hardness that is seen with
finely dispersed precipitates However there is still a strengthening effect that is
seen when temperaging following a weak quench This implies that a temperaging
effect can be seen with thick casting sections as well 73
bull Rapid quench rates will produce the highest hardness however only a slight
decrease in hardness will be observed after temperaging because of the secondary
hardening effect This implies that the softening effect of martensite is more
dominant than the secondary hardening which is aging73
- 80 -
bull Non-heat-treated cast steels tend to have lower ductility compared to cast steel
subjected to heat treating Interestingly non-heat-treated steels have a higher yield
strength70
bull Minimal overaging in the temperaging process is acceptable and sometimes
desired to improve toughness at the expense of only a slight decrease in yield
strength67 Overaging is associated with decreasing the coherency of the
precipitates in the matrix54
bull Higher austenitizing temperatures will enable more precipitates to form during
temperaging because it increases the re-solution of microalloying elements while
in the austenite phase67 Austenitizing temperatures of 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) were
proven sufficient for normalize and temper (NampT) cast steels the strength levels
of quench and tempered (QampT) cast steels were greatly increased by austenitizing
at 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C)69
bull A typical NampT heat treatment can still precipitation harden during temperaging
however the resulting microstructure is less hard than a QampT67
bull According to early research with microalloying HSLA steels with niobium it will
increase strength more than vanadium when heat treating at high austenitizing
temperatures because it prevents austenite grains from coarsening However
coarsening of austenite grains was not observed by Voigt and Rassizadehghani in
1989 They proved this by austenitizing at high temperatures with and without
niobium and then performing the proper etch to display the prior-austenite
grains54
- 81 -
bull Intercritical heat treatments although not used in this body of work have yielded
promising results and high strength and toughness combinations in the past54
- 82 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work
31 Hypothesis
A 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength cast steel with a high weldability for structural
and military applications will be developed using high-strength-low-alloy (HSLA) steel
metallurgical techniques Finally the materialrsquos composition and properties can be
conveniently placed within an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels
allowing ready adoption of these cast steels for applications using cast-weld construction
techniques
32 Statement of Work
Weldable 50 ksi (350 MPa) yield strength cast steel composition and heat
treatment guidelines will be determined with four primary steps 1) examination of
composition heat treating and mechanical property data from the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of Americarsquos (SFSA) database of cast C-Mn steels to identify fundamental
structure-property relationships 2) Thermocalc modeling will define stable phases in
equilibrium and determine solutionizing temperatures for a range of C-Mn steel alloys
with vanadium and niobium microalloying additions 3) heat treating and mechanical
testing of various compositions of steel will provide a validation of how alloys respond to
respective heat treatments 4) Finally rational composition and processing guidelines will
be developed so that future work can establish appropriate ASTM and AWS placement
for this alloy system
- 83 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure
All samples in this study were standard ASTM keel block castings with two test
specimen legs donated by SFSA member foundries in the United States The keel blocks
used in this study had a thick body attached to two legs The keel block measured
approximately 60 in X 40 in X 40 in (1525 cm X 102 cm X 102 cm) and each leg
was approximately 60 in X 10 in X 20 in (1525 cm X 254 cm X 51 cm) The keel
block legs were halved lengthwise with a band saw such that the final dimensions of the
keel block legs used for heat treating were 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X 254 cm
X 254 cm) Thus each keel block could yield four keel block tensile test specimens All
times and temperatures for heat treating and tempers were obtained from the literature
notably from previous work completed by Voigt Rassizadehghani and the
SFSA154676973 Heat treating time was started when the temperature of the furnace
stabilized after loading the samples into the furnace
In all of the following sections keel blocks and keel block legs were heat treated
in a Thermo-Scientific Lindberg Blue M and the Brinell hardness tests were performed
with a NEWAGE Brinell NB3010 Additionally all mechanical testing conformed to
ASTM E8 Standard Test Method for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial alloys investigated in this study were reformulations of conventional
WCB C-Mn cast steel with and without vanadium ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo and ldquoModified C-
Mn-Vrdquo alloys were developed to obtain an understanding of C-Mn cast steel capabilities
and the effects of alloying a similar composition with small amounts of vanadium Keel
- 84 -
block legs were removed from the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V keel blocks
and halved lengthwise on a band saw Both the keel block and keel blocks legs which
become test bar specimens were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 10 hr Half of each
alloy were subjected to a normalizing air cool and the other half were water quenched
Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching was performed at
1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks and at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr for keel
block legs Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for both the
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
42 Tempering Study
An investigation into the temperaging response of the vanadium alloyed material
in particular was necessary to develop heat treating guidelines Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were used to compare a plain WCB type steel to one that should
experience a temperaging response respectively Keel block legs of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were cut from the keel blocks and austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for
20 hr Keel block legs were either normalized in an air cool or water quenched Then the
keel block legs were sliced into approximately 025 in (~6 mm) thick sections for
subsequent tempering such that different times and temperatures can be easily studied
for each alloy
bull A sample for each composition in the normalized and quenched conditions was
subjected to a specific temperature for either 10 hr or 40 hr These temperatures
ranged from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments
resulting in 56 total samples The furnace used for these small samples was a
Barnstead Thermolyne 47900
- 85 -
bull Each sample was then Rockwell hardness tested to develop an understanding of
temperaging for these alloys The machine used was a NEWAGE Rockwell
Digital ME-2
43 Special Heat-Treating Options
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
Heat treating has to be more controlled with HSLA steels than conventional steels
due to the microalloys and the secondary hardening72 A concern was that thicker sections
of castings could not be quenched quickly enough to produce a supersaturated solution of
microalloys without having them fall out of solution prior to tempering Keel blocks of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were heat treated as described in Chapter 41
Then they were cut at frac14 thickness and the cut faces were Brinell hardness tested
bull A range of 12-14 Brinell Hardness indentations were performed on each samplersquos
face to obtain a hardness profile from the edge to the center of these 40 in (102
cm) sections
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real world casting scenarios castings are not uniform in shape and
size such as a keel block leg This poses kinetic and thermal property issues associated
with cooling rates Theoretically a thin section of casting could form a completely
different microstructure than a thick section on the same casting cooled with the same
cooling media This was investigated with keel blocks of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V that were cut differently than for previous heat-treating studies A keel block for
each alloy had one of its legs removed from the keel block body This resulted in two
- 86 -
keel block legs of the dimensions used previously 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X
254 cm X 254 cm) and two identical to it still attached to the keel block body Each
keel block with legs attached and its separated legs were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C)
for 2 hr and then subjected to a normalized air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating the keel block legs still attached to the keel
blocks were removed and all keel block legs were subsequently tensile tested
433 Double Normalize
For some microalloyed steel alloys a double normalize heat treatment is
commonly used to improve mechanical properties such as increased ductility with a
relatively small strength penalty75 A keel block and keel block legs from Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to a double normalizing heat treatment The first
austenitizing was at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 05 hr followed by an air cool The second
austenitizing was at 1600 ˚F (871 ˚C) for 20 hr followed by another air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating these keel block legs were then subjected to
tensile testing
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
To obtain a better understanding of composition limits for carbon manganese
and vanadium Alloys C D E and F with variations in carbon manganese and
vanadium contents were created This enabled analysis into the influence that alloys
upon one-another and how effective one alloy is with and without others present Keel
block legs were removed from Alloys C D E and Frsquos keel blocks and halved lengthwise
on a band saw Both the keel block legs and keel blocks were austenitized to 1750 ˚F
- 87 -
(955 ˚C) for 10 hr Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching
was performed at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20
hr for keel block legs
bull Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for Alloys C D E and
F
45 Metallography of Samples
Samples prepared for metallography include Alloys A-F NampT and QampT Alloys
A and B double normalize and thick section normalized No metallography was
performed on tempering study 0250 in (~6 mm) thick wafers The samples prepared
were sliced sections of tensile test bar ends These were hot-pressed in Allied High-Tech
Products Inc Phenolic mounting powder using a ldquoTech Press 2rdquo manufactured by Allied
High-Tech Products Inc Samples were ground using automated grinding set to 150
RPMs with a pressing force of 18 N Each sample was ground for 30 s at each of the
following grits 240 320 400 and 600 (grinding with the 600-grit pad was performed
twice for a better surface finish)
Next the samples were polished using 1 μm diamond slurry polish for 5 min
followed by a subsequent polish using a 025 μm diamond slurry polish for 3 min After
each grinding and polishing step the samples were rinsed with distilled water The last
step of preparation was to etch both steel alloys using a 2 nital mix This mixture was 2
mL of nitric acid and 98 mL of methanol Upon etching the samples were rinsed with
ethanol
- 88 -
bull Optical microscopy was used to analyze the microstructures of all the steel
samples The microscope used was a Zeiss Axiovert 10 Inverted Microscope
- 89 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions
The United States has failed to dedicate the same effort to developing both HSLA
cast and wrought steels compared to Europe and Asia The largest body of work
currently is that created by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of America (SFSA) and Voigt et
al The following work was conducted as a continuation of previous work done as well as
a new attempt at integrating 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength HSLA cast steels into
existing HSLA wrought standards
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel
The SFSA has compiled a database of over 20000 C-Mn cast steel chemistries
and mechanical properties data from participating steel casting foundries in the United
States This spreadsheet consisted of WCB (ASTM A216) conventional C-Mn cast steel
that was either normalized NampT or QampT The data was analyzed to determine whether
or not it is possible to reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) with conventional C-Mn steel
compositions without microalloying with vanadium and niobium The data was cleaned
and the resulting spreadsheet contained approximately 2500 data entries It should be
noted that ASTM A216 grade WCB is for conventional C-Mn cast steel with a minimum
36 ksi (248 MPa) YS and a maximum CEASTM 050 wt CEASTM The CEASTM does not
consider the effects of silicon which the CEAWS D11 does Additionally as with most
ASTM standards for steel ASTM A216 grade WCB is based more on mechanical
properties than composition Albeit there are composition limits in this standard their
allowable ranges are rather large
- 90 -
The spreadsheet was organized by heat treatments performed on the cast steel test
bars normalized NampT and QampT Scatter plots were made from these data to determine
if correlations between YS composition and CEAWS D11 (weldability) could be detected
Figures 43-45 show the trends between YS and CEAWS D11 (not CEASTM) carbon content
and manganese content respectively
Figure 43 Scatterplot of YS vs CE for all heat treatments (normalize NampT and QampT) According to the
spreadsheet there is a broad range of weldabilities that produce a YS of 50 ksi (345 MPa)
Figure 43 suggests that high YS values of over 50 ksi (345 MPa) are possibly but
not when a CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE is maintained ASTM A215 grade WCB specifies
that a CEASTM le 050 wt CE be maintained this plot helps to show the decrease in
weldability when silicon is accounted for because there are copious samples that now
exceed the 050 wt CEAWS D11
- 91 -
Figure 44 YS vs Carbon Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment related
to YS There is negligible correlation The highest R2 value in this data set is 004 which gives a positive
correlation for increasing carbon content providing a higher YS in the QampT condition However a R2 value
this low should not be considered statistically significant
Figure 45 YS vs Manganese Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment
related to YS There is slightly better correlation with YS as a function of manganese content than as a
function of carbon content However the best correlation observed is an R2 value of 01 for a positive
correlation of QampT improving YS with increasing manganese content Likewise this should not be
considered statistically significant
- 92 -
Figures 43-45 do not suggest a statistically significant trend in YS as a function of
composition for any type of heat treatment Therefore to make possible trends of
chemical composition and mechanical properties more apparent the database was split
into two groups of high-strength-high-weldability and low-strength-low-weldability
Then the composition of materials with these extremes in mechanical properties and
weldability were compared in Table 2
Table 2 SFSA Spreadsheet Analysis of Mechanical Property Extremes to Detect Trends
in Composition
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0214 0687 00002 0384
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0231 0816 0006 0451
Despite the significant difference in mechanical properties the compositions
show little variance There is only a 0017 wt C difference between the YS less than or
equal to 45 ksi (3102 MPa) and a YS greater than or equal to 55 ksi (3792 MPa) The
difference in manganese and silicon is greater however this is still a small difference
These composition variations are smaller than most allowable composition ranges as
would be seen with an ASTM standard Even after these extrema of the spreadsheet data
have been analyzed there is no strong correlation between mechanical properties
weldability and composition
The correlation between normalize NampT and QampT heat treatments and YS CE
ranges is shown in Table 3 It should be noted that 55 ksi (3792 MPa) was chosen as the
upper range instead of 50 ksi (345 MPa) because 50 ksi (345 MPa) is the bare minimum
YS requirement This strength level must be achieved consistently so perturbations in the
YS distribution curve must be taken into account
- 93 -
Table 3 Percentage of Heat Treatments per Designation for the SFSA Spreadsheet
Designation Range Overall Normalize
NampT QampT
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 91 43 42 047
For the entire spreadsheet only 041 of all cast steels obtained 55 ksi (345 MPa)
while maintaining a maximum 042 CEAWS D11 Surprisingly a majority of these were
normalize heat treatment instead of QampT A possible contribution to this result is that the
normalized heat-treated steel samples in this spreadsheet greatly outnumbered the NampT
and QampT heat treated samples There were 1318 normalized samples 347 NampT samples
and only 51 QampT samples The difference in number of samples can also be observed in
Figures 46-48 which display YS as a function of normalized NampT and QampT heat
treatments respectively Tables 4-6 are paired with them as well
Figure 46 All normalized heat treatments and how their YS is a function of weldability The correlation is
poor for plain normalized There is not an increase in YS with increasing the CE but rather a slightly
negative trend
- 94 -
Table 4 Average Chemistries per Designation in the Normalized Condition Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0218 0669 00002 0392
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0243 0667 0004 0421
Figure 46 and Table 4 display normalized heat treatment data obtained from the
SFSA spreadsheet Figure 46 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS
D11) and there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content leading to an increase in YS Table 4 displays the average chemical composition
for each respective designation In this case there is only a 0035 wt C difference over
a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Figure 47 NampT heat treatments with YS as a function of weldability The correlation suggests that
increasing CE in this condition will decrease YS
- 95 -
Table 5 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the NampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0 0 0 0
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0218 0975 0006 0484
Figure 47 and Table 5 display NampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 47 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying content
leading to an increase in YS Table 5 displays the average chemical composition for each
respective designation In this case there were not any data points that met the high-
strength-low-CE designation
Figure 48 QampT heat treatments and their YS as a function of weldability The correlation is the best out of
normalize and NampT however there is a negative trend suggesting that increasing CE will decrease YS
- 96 -
Table 6 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the QampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE
0195 0795 0 0333
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE
0239 0740 0012 0427
Figure 48 and Table 6 display QampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 48 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is only a slight statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content and increasing YS This negative trend in the R2 of 01 suggests that there is a
slight correlation between increasing alloying elements and a decrease in YS Table 6
displays the average chemical composition for each respective designation In this case
there is a 0044 wt C difference over a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Finally the last analysis completed on this spreadsheet was dividing it up into
quartiles based on YS and then analyzing the average and standard deviation in chemical
composition for the top and bottom quartile The results are displayed in Table 7 The
middle 50 percent of data were ignored because the extreme differences in mechanical
properties from the database should better expose any existing chemical-property
relationships of WCB conventional C-Mn cast steels
Table 7 Weight Percent Addition of Primary Alloying Elements with Respective Total
Top Quartile and Bottom Quartile Average and Standard Deviation
YS Ave C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 023
plusmn 002
075
plusmn 014
043
plusmn 006
0003
plusmn 0004
030
plusmn 016
046
plusmn 005
49 (339)
plusmn 39 (27)
Top 25 023
plusmn 002
074
plusmn 010
042
plusmn 006
0002
plusmn 0004
032
plusmn 023
046
plusmn 004
54 (369)
plusmn 11 (78)
Bottom 25 023
plusmn 002
081
plusmn 020
044
plusmn 007
0005
plusmn 0004
028
plusmn 009
048
plusmn 005
44 (304)
plusmn 32 (219)
- 97 -
The results displayed in Table 7 support the previous analyses of the spreadsheet
The WCB conventional cast steel spreadsheet compiled by the SFSA suggests results that
do not make sense metallurgically It is highly improbable that an increase in carbon
content andor manganese content would not make a cast steel stronger There should be
positive correlations in YS with increasing carbon content and manganese content
however this was not observed The positive correlations that did exist had very small R2
values that were not statistically significant the largest being 01 for YS as a function of
manganese content as observed in Figure 45 In Table 7 the difference between the
average wt C for the top quartile of YS and the average wt C for the bottom
quartile of YS is only 0006 wt C This is because the overall ranges in composition in
this database was not large Table 8 is a summary table depicting the total percentages of
the spreadsheet that achieved certain strengths and weldability values
Table 8 Database Summary Table Depicting Percentages of Samples within YS and
Weldability Ranges
Designation Range Overall
Normalize
NampT
QampT
High Strength Low
CE
ge 55 ksi le 042
CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength High
CE
le 45 ksi ge 045
CE 91 43 42 047
The spreadsheet data suggests lack of composition correlation with mechanical
properties and variation in spectrometry and mechanical testing This was not a
controlled study that was conducted by the SFSA There were nine foundries that
participated in data collection each using their own spectrometer to provide a chemistry
analysis It would only take a slight variation between foundries data collection validity
for the values of this spreadsheet to be drastically different Additionally there was no
- 98 -
control of the mechanical testing It is unknown where each foundry sent their tensile test
bars for mechanical testing or if they were tested on-site by each foundry Nonetheless
more reputable data would have been obtained if all tensile test bars were sent to one
mechanical testing facility that would perform the mechanical test as well as retrieve an
official chemistry analysis Nonetheless since only 041 of samples in the entire
database reached YS and weldability requirements it can be concluded that conventional
C-Mn cast steels cannot achieve 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS and CEAWS D11 le 045 CE
consistently enough to be used Therefore microalloying is needed
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial two heats of material were designed to build off of previous work done
in the literature ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo is a reformulated version of conventional WCB C-Mn
cast steel ldquoModified C-Mn-Vrdquo is has less carbon content but more manganese and there
is a modest vanadium addition These alloys were meant to contrast a plain C-Mn cast
steel with a similar cast steel microalloyed with vanadium and slightly more manganese
The complete spectrometer readout is displayed in Table 9 and the CEAWS D11 and
CEASTM values are given in Table 10 Both CE values were computed with the data in
Table 8 not the ldquotarget carbonrdquo shown in Table 11
- 99 -
Table 9 Complete Spectrometer Readout for Compositions of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V
Element Modified C-Mn (wt addition) Modified C-Mn-V (wt addition)
C 0180 0153
Mn 117 123
P 0010 0017
S 0003 0003
Si 035 043
Cr 017 024
Ni 006 006
Mo 0020 002
Cu 0060 007
Al 0055 0057
W 0002 0002
V 0002 0097
Nb 0001 0006
Zr 0028 0023
N 0012 NA
Table 10 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-
Mn-V
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
Modified C-Mn 042 048 043 005
Modified C-Mn-V 044 051 043 008
Table 11 Target Carbon Weight Percent vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from
Multiple Foundries for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo)
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
LECO
Carbon
A 020 0180 0141 0196 0171
B 015 0153 0106 0166 0159
Table 11 displays inconsistent chemistry measurements for carbon content
between foundries and measurement methods This severely compromises a foundryrsquos
ability to accurately meet chemistry targets For example the target carbon composition
for Modified C-Mn is 020 wt C and according to all spectrometers used and the
LECO there is a up to a 059 wt C difference between all measures This could have
profound effects associated with inconsistencies Customers could be receiving steel that
- 100 -
both themselves and the casting foundry believe to be in spec when the actual chemistry
is significantly different This also has direct ramifications with the CE errors due
inaccurate carbon content reporting This could cause weld defects due to lack of
preheating when the CE calculated for that specific steel determined that no preheat was
needed Ultimately this reinforces the theory that variance in spectrometers between
foundries is probably one of the major contributing factors to such large scatter in the
spreadsheet data from the SFSA
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling
Due to the microalloy additions of vanadium a full austenitic transformation must
occur during austenitizing heat treatments such that all VC VN and VCN are
solutionized This will increase the propensity for fine dispersed precipitation of VC VN
and VCN during subsequent temperaging If a fully cohesive austenite phase it not
formed ie not all microalloying additions are solutionized then there will be unwanted
growth during cooling of non-quenched heat treatments as well as in all subsequent
tempers This produces overly large VC VN and VCN that will not have the same
strengthening effects in the ferrite matrix of fine dispersed precipitates This is because
many fine-dispersed precipitates have a greater surface area interaction with the matrix
than fewer larger precipitates57 Figures 49-51 are outputs from Thermo-Calc Software
TCFE SteelsFe-alloys database version 8 which show phase fraction as a function of
temperature for the Modified C-Mn chemistry Modified C-Mn-V chemistry and the
Modified C-Mn-V with 003 wt Nb respectively76 A niobium addition is modeled
such that an understanding can be developed for the difference in solutionizing
temperature between itself and vanadium
- 101 -
Figure 49 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn All carbides and other present
phases solutionize completely by 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
Figure 50 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V All carbides and other
present phases solutionize by 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C)
- 102 -
Figure 51 Phase Fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V with a 003 wt Nb
addition All carbides and other present phases solutionize by 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C)
Fully homogenous austenite occurs at 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn 2003
˚F (1095 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V and 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V with a
003 wt Nb addition The results for Modified C-Mn-V were not expected because it is
repeated throughout the literature that the solutionizing temperature for vanadium is
approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1 Admittedly these Thermo-Calc models were created
after all heat treating was completed because literature is so adamant about the
solutionizing temperatures of vanadium which is why austenitizing of the Modified C-
Mn-V samples was performed at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) This creates controversy because if
Thermo-Calc is correct the austenitizing temperature of 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) was not
adequate to fully solutionize the vanadium which could lead to oversized precipitates
It should be noted that there are limitations to the commercial databases used in
Thermo-Calc when full systems of alloying elements are modeled because of the program
has difficulty calculating the free energies of non-Fe elements Miscibility gaps can
siphon vanadium away from carbides and form different FCC sublattices These are
- 103 -
depicted in Figures 49-51 To create more accurate Thermo-Calc models a specific
database for all present elements would be needed Even when ldquoartifactrdquo phases are not
displayed graphically Thermo-Calc still calculates their existence even though it is not
visible on the graph Therefore the other phases that are depicted behave the same
whether ldquoartifactsrdquo are visible or not The major problem with this database when
modeling microalloying additions with vanadium is that it does not recognize the
introduction of nitrogen into the carbide which is a crucial component
54 Tempering Study
A tempering investigation was conducted to observe temperaging effects of the
microalloying elements present in Modified C-Mn-V versus Modified C-Mn which did
not contain vanadium These graphs should serve as heat treating guidelines for foundries
and metallurgists The curve drawn between the data points are suggestions rather than
ldquofitted curvesrdquo The Keel block legs from Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were
austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 20 hr and then normalized in an air cool or water
quenched Subsequent 10 hr or 40 hr tempers were performed with temperatures
ranging from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments as seen in
Figures 52-61 More specifically Figures 52-57 show the effect of the tempering times
and temperatures for each Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V Figures 57-61 show a
comparison between the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V so that effects of
vanadium during tempering can be more clearly seen
bull The hardness readings shown in each figure is the average hardness from multiple
readings on each sample
bull The reading at 00 hr is the initial hardness before any tempering is performed
- 104 -
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures There is no
temperaging response observed however a negligible increase in hardness happened for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
at 1 hr
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr tempering times for different
temperatures There was dramatic softening especially with the 1200 ˚F temperature at 4 hr due to
standard tempering mechanisms
- 105 -
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures Initially at 1
hr standard tempering softening occurs at all temperatures The most effective being 1100 ˚F (593 ˚C)
Then precipitation aging occurs before 4 hr and a hardness increase is observed
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT This is less straightforward than the NampT heat treatment however
similar results are obtained There was a drastic softening at 1 hr and a subsequent increased hardness due
to aging by 4 hr for 900 ˚F (482 ˚C) There was only a slight temperaging response for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
and the 1200 ˚F (649 ˚C) temperature only softened after 1 hr
- 106 -
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn where both NampT and QampT are placed on the same HRB scale such that a direct
comparison can be appreciated of the effects of a normalize and quench can have on starting hardness
values for the same material and their subsequent tempering responses
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V displaying both NampT and QampT on the same HRB scale enabling direct
comparison between the two heat treatments and their subsequent temper(aging) responses
- 107 -
Figure 58 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to NampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
1000 ˚F and 1100 ˚F (538 ˚C and 593 ˚C) The other results did not indicate temperaging
Figure 59 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to QampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
900 ˚F (482 ˚C) The other results did not indicate sufficient temperaging
- 108 -
Figure 60 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated A different sample was used for
each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn
Figure 61 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated for Modified C-Mn-V at 1 hr
temper time Modified C-Mn-V for 4 hr temper time behaves anomalously A different sample was used
for each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn at 4 hr
temper time
- 109 -
This tempering study showed that ldquotemperagingrdquo effects are simultaneous
martensite softening and precipitation strengthening produced when microalloying with
vanadium It is hopeful that these tempering graphs can serve as suggestions for foundry
heat treating applications of cast steels containing vanadium As expected a temperaging
response was not observed in Modified C-Mn due to its lack of vanadium however not
all Modified C-Mn-V tempering samples showed a complete temperaging response
depending on the tempering temperature chosen It is customary to not exceed 100 HRB
such that HRC is used after this hardness point however all measurements were
completed using HRB so all hardness values could be compared using the same scale
The validity of this study needs to be explored with a future tempering study at
more tempering times and temperatures than used in this study Additionally fitted
curves should be applied such that a more accurate times and temperatures can be
approximated for optimum temperaging
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments to establish benchmarks for behavior of conventional WCB C-Mn cast steel
alloys with and without vanadium additions
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn
Modified C-Mn alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
containing no vanadium Table 12 displays mechanical property data for Modified C-Mn
after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 13 displays the averages
of the mechanical properties from Table 12
- 110 -
Table 12 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 458 (3158) 768 (5295) 289 620 150
NampT 473 (3261) 773 (5330) 289 625 144
QampT 727 (5012) 939 (6474) 250 638 205
QampT 780 (5378) 968 (6674) 226 600 216
Table 13 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn with YS and TS in
ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 466 (3210) 771 (53130 289 623 147
QampT 754 (5195) 954 (6574) 238 619 211
The results displayed in Tables 12 and 13 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 288 ksi (1986 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 64 HB over the NampT condition but
a 51 EL decrease
It is expected that there is a YS and hardness increase from the NampT condition to
the QampT condition in the Modified C-MN alloy The full quench of a steel produces
martensite which is the hardest microstructure possible in steels According to the
tempering studies full hardness of the Modified C-Mn alloy in the QampT condition
produces a Brinell hardness of approximately 240 HB Then during tempering of the
keel blocks legs at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr the rapid diffusion and coarsening of
cementite softened the matrix to 211 HB This was a pure softening effect as no
secondary hardening effects were seen due to the lack of vanadium and other
microalloying elements50 The microstructures of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
and QampT condition are in Figures 62 and 63 respectively
- 111 -
Figure 62 Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
Figure 63 Modified C-Mn in the QampT Condition
- 112 -
Figures 62 and 63 show different microstructures of Modified C-Mn that are
induced by different heat-treating conditions Figure 62 indicates proeutectoid ferrite
(white) and pearlite (dark) According to Table 9 the carbon content of Modified C-Mn
is 018 wt C This composition places the alloy in the hypoeutectoid two-phase
cooling region far left of the eutectoid at 077 wt C which provides ample time for
proeutectoid ferrite nucleation and growth as seen in Figure 9 The slower cooling rates
of a NampT provide time for diffusion and nucleation and growth to enable this
microstructure The fast cooling of a quench does not allow for any diffusion to occur
Figure 63 is characteristic of a tempered martensite microstructure The dark regions are
cementite and the lighter areas are ferrite Tempering provided enough thermal energy for
some diffusion to occur and the laths of martensite are not visible
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V
Modified C-Mn-V alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
with the addition of vanadium Tables 14 displays the mechanical property data for
Modified C-Mn-V after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 15
displays the averages of the mechanical properties from Table 14
Table 14 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn-V with YS and
TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 590 (4068) 859 (5923) 289 587 172
NampT 597 (4116) 856 (5902) 289 636 165
QampT 976 (6729) 1142 (7874) 196 496 231
QampT 991 (6833) 1156 (7970) 211 576 231
- 113 -
Table 15 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn-V with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 594 (4092) 858 (5913) 289 612 169
QampT 984 (6781) 1149 (7922) 2035 536 231
The results displayed in Tables 14 and 15 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 390 ksi (2689 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 62 HB over the NampT condition but
an 86 EL decrease There is an increase in YS from Modified C-Mn to Modified C-
Mn-V for both the NampT and QampT condition 128 ksi (883 MPa) and 23 ksi (1586
MPa) respectively
It is logical that strength levels for the vanadium containing Modified C-Mn-V
alloy are higher than for the Modified C-Mn alloy Additionally there is a 390 ksi (2689
MPa) YS increase from the NampT condition to the QampT condition in Modified C-Mn-V
compared to a 288 ksi (1986 MPa) strength increase from the NampT condition to the
QampT condition in the Modified C-Mn alloy This difference suggests that a secondary
hardening event occurred during the QampT heat treating of the Modified C-Mn-V If
temperaging did not occur it would be expected that the difference in strength between
the NampT condition and QampT conditions would be similar to what is observed in
Modified C-Mn The microstructures of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition and the
QampT condition are in Figures 64 and 65 respectively
- 114 -
Figure 64 Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
Figure 65 Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition
- 115 -
Figure 64 has micro-specs (precipitates) that are evident throughout the
proeutectoid ferrite matrix This dispersion is not seen as well QampT condition in Figure
65 due to the amount of tempered martensite which obscures the view These
precipitates are not visible in the vanadium-free Modified C-Mn alloy in Figures 62 and
63 Due to the uniform nature of the precipitates displayed in Figure 64 it can be
concluded that a normalizing cool is sufficient to retain the precipitates in solution until
below the critical transformation temperature such that they do not de-solutionize during
initial cooling If a finite amount of precipitates would have de-solutionized during the
initial air cool then there would be large precipitates visible with the fine precipitates
because the larger precipitates would have grown during initial cooling
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
Analysis of microstructures with a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) was also
performed on the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V alloys to compare the
microalloying effects of vanadium at a more microscopic level This was in response to
the precipitates that are visible in Figure 64 and an attempt to verify the existence of VN
VC andor VCN precipitates in addition to comparing the relative size of the precipitates
to determine if some de-solutionized The precipitates that de-solutionized during the
normalizing air cool would be larger than those aged into the matrix Figures 66-68
display Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
at 5000X and 10000X respectively
- 116 -
Figure 66 SEM image of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition There are no precipitates in this alloy due
to the lack of microalloying additions
Figure 67 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
- 117 -
Figure 68 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition at a higher magnification than Figure
67 The Precipitates of vanadium are more defined in this image
There are no precipitates or dispersoids visible in the SEM micrograph of
Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition in Figure 66 However in the SEM micrographs in
Figures 67 and 68 there are precipitates present Figure 68 which is 10000X
magnification shows these precipitates better than Figure 67 Most of the precipitates in
the image appear to be uniform in size however there are a few larger precipitates This
size difference was not visible with just optical microscopy Therefore it can now be
postulated that a small finite number of precipitates de-solutionized during normalizing
air cool but it is a small percentage Thus the air cool is still adequate for a subsequent
temper to induce aging and not over-age precipitates
Electron Dispersion Spectroscopy (EDS) was also performed on these samples to
determine the composition of the precipitates However a proper balance in eV could not
- 118 -
be found such that the beam either over-penetrated the sample and was reading the
composition of the matrix or it was not strong enough to read the sample This is due to
the nm magnitude of the precipitates It is suggested that a surface technique such as X-
Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) be performed so that over-penetration does not
occur and a quantitative analysis of the composition can be acquired
56 Special Heat-Treating Options
There needs to be more metallurgical control in heat treating of microalloyed
HSLA steels than with conventional steels to ensure that a proper temperaging response
is observed72 An open question is the heat treatment response of heavy section castings
that will have slower cooling rates for NampT and QampT heat treatments
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
This thick-section study involves subjecting the keel block bodies of both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to NampT and QampT to better understand the
cooling rate effect of large section size Table 16 displays the results of a Brinell
Hardness testing profile across the 40 in (102 cm) face of keel blocks Table 17 also
displays the Brinell Hardness results but with an interpretation of the hardness at the
edge and center for each keel block
- 119 -
Table 16 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments Each ldquoIndentationrdquo Value is Represented as the Hardness Profile
Developed Across the Face
Indentation
Number
Alloy A
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy A
(QampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(QampT)
Hardness
1 136 189 169 260
2 153 182 182 215
3 153 183 173 214
4 141 169 162 211
5 141 167 164 219
6 153 168 155 217
7 150 179 150 218
8 131 168 165 218
9 159 171 164 219
10 153 178 151 224
11 149 185 166 228
12 153 179 172 229
13 NA 184 168 242
14 NA 176 NA NA
Table 17 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments
Sample and (HT) Midway Hardness (HB) Edge Hardness (HB)
Alloy A (NampT) 147 147
Alloy A (QampT) 172 180
Alloy B (NampT) 156 172
Alloy B (QampT) 216 234
The Brinell Hardness profiles across the 40 in (102 cm) faces of the keel blocks
determined that the edge hardness was greater for both conditions of Modified C-Mn-V
and the QampT condition of Modified C-Mn The NampT condition of Modified C-Mn did
not develop a profile
Cooling gradients are to be expected in thick-casting sizes due to the specific heat
capacity of the material Therefore the steel should be harder in areas near the edge of
the material where a faster cooling rate is observed than at the center where the material
- 120 -
is more insulated from severe quenches The results in Table 17 do not make sense for
the NampT condition of Modified C-Mn The QampT condition and both conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V have the expected profile
Additionally when the HRB values from the tempering study are converted to
HB values and applied to this data the results also are not consistent For example the
HB conversion value for the normalized condition of Modified C-Mn-V before a temper
is 180 HB (taken from tempering study) The hardest HB value in the thick-section data
is 182 for the same alloy after NampT Therefore the following are possible 1) incorrect
conversions from HRB to Brinell 2) a temperaging response increased the hardness in
the thick section meaning that the effects of age hardening overpowered the temper on a
slow cool which is very unlikely 3) the data is compromised and should be repeated
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real-life situations metal castings are complex in shape and do not
experience uniform cooling rates The kinetic and thermal property issues associated with
this will be addressed It is important to understand how the microstructure of one-section
of casting could be significantly different than another section of the same casting
because of cooling rates To study this effect keel block legs were normalized with and
without the keel blocks still attached for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
these results are displayed in Tables 18 and 20 respectively Tables 19 and 21 are
summary tables displaying the averages of the mechanical properties from Tables 18 and
20
- 121 -
Table 18 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 453 (3123) 769 (5302) 282 518 146
A 442 (3047) 770 (5309) 266 520 150
B 518 (3571) 805 (5550) 274 426 153
B 522 (3599 806 (5557) 250 388 152
Table 19 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel
Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and
TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 448 (3085) 770 (5306) 274 519 148
B 520 (3585) 8055 (5554) 262 407 153
Table 20 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 475 (3275) 784 (5405) 304 552 150
A 470 (3240) 782 (5392) 289 603 148
B 544 (3751) 829 (5716 234 458 166
B 542 (3737) 832 (5736) 274 516 168
Table 21 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from
Keel Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS
and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 473 (3258) 783 (5399) 297 578 149
B 543 (3744) 831 (5726) 254 487 167
The data from Part II of the thick-section study investigated the cooling rate
effects of a thin-section attached to a thick-section versus a thin-section cooling
autonomously This was conducted for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V The
data suggests that faster cooling rates are observed when the thin-section is autonomous
versus when the thin-section is attached to a thick-section (keel block) Faster cooling
rates yield finer grain structures which are consistently found to increase strength
Consequently the YS values for both alloys are higher in Table 21 when the thin-section
- 122 -
cooled autonomously To analyze the difference in grain structure between cooling rates
Figures 69-72 display micrographs of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V attached to
the keel block and cooled autonomously respectively
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn attached to the keel block
- 123 -
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V attached to keel block
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn normalized autonomously from keel block
- 124 -
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V normalized autonomously from keel block
There is an obvious difference in grain size between samples that were cooled
while attached to the keel block (Figures 69 and 70) and ones that were cooled
autonomously (Figures 71 and 72)
563 Double Normalize
Double normalizing heat treatments have been reported to increase toughness and
ductility while sacrificing relatively little strength75 Therefore it became a heat treatment
of interest Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were both subjected to the double
normalizing heat treatment There was no temper that followed either normalization heat
treatment Table 22 displays the mechanical properties of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V after a double normalize The averages are in Table 23
- 125 -
Table 22 Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment with
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 493 (3399) 794 (5474) 312 646 153
A 508 (3503) 795 (5481) 352 680 150
A 498 (3434) 793 (5468) 312 652 153
A 493 (3413) 801 (5523) 336 678 156
B 557 (3840) 835 (5757) 304 634 165
B 551 (3799) 834 (5750) 312 645 162
B 560 (3861) 835 (5757 320 643 165
B 549 (3785) 829 (5716) 320 629 162
Table 23 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment
with Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in
ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 498 (3437) 796 (5487) 328 664 153
B 554 (3821) 833 (5745) 314 638 164
The double normalizing heat treatment mechanical properties are best-compared
to the mechanical properties obtained by the single normalizing heat treatment of a keel
block leg in Table 21 The average YS for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in
single normalizing condition is 473 ksi (3258 MPa) and 543 ksi (3744 MPa)
respectively These are both slightly weaker than the YS values produced with a double
normalizing heat treatment for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 498 ksi (3437
MPa) and 554 ksi (3821 MPa) respectively Equally important was the EL increase
that was observed with the double normalizing heat treatment compared to the single
normalizing heat treatment These results are conducive with literature To analyze the
grain refinement that occurred Figures 73 and 74 are images of double normalized
condition Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
- 126 -
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn double normalize
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V double normalize
- 127 -
Figures 73 and 74 are micrographs of the double normalized condition of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
The Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V used in previous experiments had
chemical composition data from multiple sources that was not consistent Additionally
they did not meet the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement Therefore more compositional data
needed testing and validation Factorial design alloys were also produced to better
develop compositional understandings and how much variance is allowed in composition
to still maintain strength Table 24 displays the 4 new alloys (C-F) and their designations
Table 25 shows the compositional targets for Alloys C-F and the actual spectrometer
compositions are shown in Table 26 Then the data from Table 26 was used to calculate
the CE values for these alloys and this data is displayed in Table 27 Finally carbon
content comparisons were made with spectrometer data from multiple foundries and the
results are shown in Table 28
Table 24 Alloy Name and Designation for Factorial Design Alloys
Alloy Designation
C Lo-CLo-MnLo-V
D Hi-CLo-MnHi-V
E Lo-CHi-MnHi-V
F Hi-CHi-MnLo-V
Table 25 Alloy C-F Compositional Targets for Carbon Manganese Vanadium and
Silicon
Alloy C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
C 013 10 007 lt 04
D 017 10 011 lt 04
E 013 14 011 lt 04
F 017 14 007 lt 04
- 128 -
Table 26 Actual Chemical Compositions for Alloys C-F as Determined by
Spectrometry
Element Alloy C (wt
addition)
Alloy D (wt
addition)
Alloy E (wt
addition)
Alloy F (wt
addition)
C 014 017 012 0159
Mn 088 098 104 135
P 0007 001 0008 0008
S 0005 0005 0002 0004
Si 025 033 025 041
Cr 015 017 036 019
Ni 003 008 006 007
Mo 001 002 003 0018
Cu 006 007 006 009
Al NA NA NA NA
W NA NA NA NA
V 010 012 011 0075
Nb NA NA NA NA
Zr NA NA NA NA
N NA NA NA NA
Table 27 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
C 035 039 033 006
D 041 046 039 007
E 040 044 034 010
F 045 049 043 004
Table 28 Target Carbon Wt vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from Multiple
Foundries for Alloys C-F
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
Leco
Carbon
C 013 0140 0167 0149 0184
D 017 0170 0188 0180 0190
E 013 0120 0139 0134 0167
F 017 0159 0172 0165 0182
Alloys C-F faced similar compositional difficulties that Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V did The actual compositions do not match the target compositions
- 129 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F
Alloys C-F were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments and their
mechanical property data is dispersed in Tables 29-36
Table 29 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 435 (2999) 664 (4578) 336 655 130
NampT 464 (3199) 676 (4661) 328 655 137
QampT 828 (5709) 990 (6826) 242 603 216
QampT 785 (5412) 961 (6626) 234 606 222
Table 30 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 450 (3099) 670 (4620) 332 655 134
QampT 807 (5561) 976 (6726 238 605 219
Table 31 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 751 (5178) 297 589 156
NampT 520 (3585) 753 (5192) 312 620 156
QampT 964 (6647) 1117 (7701) 203 525 240
QampT 947 (6529) 1103 (7605) 203 525 240
Table 32 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 752 (5185) 305 605 156
QampT 956 (6588) 1110 (7653) 203 525 240
Table 33 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 501 (3454) 717 (4944) 320 666 141
NampT 521 (3592) 724 (4992) 336 675 141
QampT 905 (6240) 1061 (7315) 219 583 240
QampT 858 (5916) 1020 (7033) 203 581 228
- 130 -
Table 34 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 511 (3523) 721 (4968) 328 671 141
QampT 882 (6078) 1041 (7174) 211 582 234
Table 35 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 543 (3754) 802 (5530) 336 689 159
NampT 556 (3833) 807 (5564) 304 661 162
QampT 1013 (6984) 1142 (7873) 1795 561 258
QampT 1060 (7308) 1167 (8046) 1955 589 247
Table 36 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 550 (3794) 805 (5547) 320 675 161
QampT 1037 (7146) 1155 (7960) 188 575 253
Alloys C and E are the only two alloys that have an acceptable CE value (lt045
wt CE) including Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V In the QampT condition
Alloy C has adequate YS with 807 ksi (5561 MPa) Alloy E in both NampT and QampT
conditions exceeds the 50 ksi threshold with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078
MPa) respectively This can be attributed to their low carbon contents which helps to
limit CE moderate amounts of manganese and high vanadium contents An observation
of the micrographs for Alloys C-F in both the NampT and QampT conditions can be made
with Figures 74-82
- 131 -
Figure 75 Alloy C in the NampT condition
Figure 76 Alloy C in the QampT condition
- 132 -
Figure 77 Alloy D in the NampT condition
Figure 78 Alloy D in the QampT condition
- 133 -
Figure 79 Alloy E in the NampT condition
Figure 80 Alloy E in the QampT condition
- 134 -
Figure 81 Alloy F in the NampT condition
Figure 82 Alloy F in the QampT condition
- 135 -
There does not appear to be any significant difference between the QampT condition
micrographs amongst Alloys D-F The main difference to note between the alloys is the
grain refinement observed with Alloy E in the NampT condition which is noticeably more
than in the other alloyrsquos NampT conditions Additionally there appears to be more
precipitates dispersed throughout the ferrite comparatively Consequently Alloy E is the
only Alloy to reach both the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis
There is a need for an understanding of allowable compositional variance ie
how much can the composition of certain alloying elements deviate and still reach
required strength levels Furthermore this becomes important for standards where there
are large allowable composition windows which is common since most steel casting
standards are based on mechanical properties This analysis was completed using the
Factorial Design alloys (Alloys C-F) Figures 83-88 are graphs that have ISO-YS lines as
a function of carbon content (Y-Axis) and manganese content (X-Axis) Figures 83-85
are for the NampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V and 012 wt V
respectively Figures 86-88 are for the QampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V
and 012 wt V respectively Therefore if a metallurgist wants to maintain a certain
YS for a certain wt V then they just have to alloy the wt C and wt Mn
according to the X and Y axis on the graphs The regression equations used for NampT and
QampT are shown in Equations 9 and 10 respectively
119884119878 = 51547 + (42064 times 119862) + (284495 times 119872119899) + (999979 times 119881) Eq 9
119884119878 = minus157501 + (1548821 times 119862) + (543727 times 119872119899) + (2631891 times 119881) Eq 10
- 136 -
Figure 83 NampT with no vanadium content
Figure 84 NampT with 008 wt V
- 137 -
Figure 85 NampT with 012 wt V
Figure 86 QampT with no vanadium content
- 138 -
Figure 87 QampT with 008 wt V
Figure 88 QampT with 012 wt V
- 139 -
The graphs display ISO-YS lines such that if the composition of the alloy waivers
in between two YS lines which are a function of carbon content and manganese content
then the YS of the alloy with that specific heat treatment and vanadium content will fall
between the two lines The correlation (R2 value) for the accuracy of the regression
equations are 08662 and 09879 for NampT and QampT respectively
59 ASTM Considerations
The final goal of this project involves integration of the developed alloy (most
likely some slight variation of Alloy E) into an existing ASTM Standard Table 37
provides suggestions of possible ASTM Standards both for wrought and cast grades
where a 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS cast steel could be integrated
Table 37 ASTM Specification Summary
ASTM Form TS-YS-EL (2rdquo)-
CVN
CE Cmax Mnmax
A487 Steel cast pressure (W) 85-55-22-Yes No 030 100
A242 HSLA Structural (W) 70-50-21-No No 015 100
A500 Cold-Formed Welded Tube
(W)
62-50-21-No No 023 135
A529 High-Strength C-Mn (W) 65-50-21-No 055 027 135
A709 Structural Bridge Multiple
Grade (W)
65-50-21-Yes No 023 135
A913 HSLA QST Grade 50 (W) 65-50-21-No 038 012 160
A992 Structural Steel Shapes (W) 65-50-21-No 045 023 160
A1043 Structural Build Grade 50
(W)
65-50-21-Yes 045 020 160
A148 Carbon Steel (C) 80-50-22-No No NA NA
A216 WCB (C) 70-36-22-No 050 030 100
A217 High-P High-T (C) 105-50-18-No No 021 080
A356 Low Alloy Grade 8 (C) 80-50-18-No No 020 090
A958 Steel Multiple Grades (C) 80-50-22-No No
consult original standard for more information
(W) for Wrought
(C) for Cast
- 140 -
Table 37 just serves to display possibilities This is groundwork that can help
assist in future deliberations regarding the matter It should also be noted that the goal is
to integrate the alloy into both an ASTM Standard and the AWS D11 Structural Welding
Code for Steel Integration of the developed alloy into an ASTM Standard and AWS
D11 Structural Welding Code is a highly political decision that is not taken lightly
There will be many composition tests welding tests mechanical tests and deliberations
to emerge
- 141 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work
61 Summary
This research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength (YS)
cast steel alloy using common alloying elements complete with heat treating guidelines
such that any foundry in the United States can produce this alloy and consistently achieve
the strength requirements Interest for this research spawned from industry and the
militaryrsquos transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA wrought steels to 50
ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades Alloys investigated were
restricted to a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that optimum
weldability is maintained Introductory work was completed for implementation of this
alloy into an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels and certification of this
alloy into the AWS D11 Structural Welding Code for steel Implementation of the high
weldability 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel into these standards and codes will enable the full
potential of the developed cast steel to be realized It will enable complex shapes of 50
ksi (345 MPa) cast steel to be cast into the final form and welded into place to expedite
construction processes
The research began with analysis of a conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216
WCB grade specific cast steel) database that was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of America (SFSA) to determine whether or not it was possible to reach the
desired properties and CE requirements with conventional cast steels The database
consisted of mechanical property data composition and heat treatment for conventional
C-Mn cast steels produced by a multitude of foundries across North America
- 142 -
The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements This suggested that it is not possible to obtain the required YS while
maintaining the CE requirements with conventional C-Mn cast steel Additional findings
of the database analysis implied much variance in spectrometer data between foundries
because there was no significant correlation between increasing alloying content and an
increasing YS regardless of heat treatment
The second stage of research was conducted to compare and contrast the
microalloying effects of vanadium in Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steels
that had compositions based on previous literature work1 The compositions were
modeled using Thermo-Calc to verify austenitizing temperatures for complete
solutionizing of VCN These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments a
tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis
normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing The tempering study analyzed
hardness values of normalized or quenched wafers that were subjected to tempering times
of either 10 hr or 40 hr for various times These values were then plotted to obtain
tempering curves however these curves were not true ldquofitted curvesrdquo but merely
suggestions The thick-section analysis was completed with keel blocks to see the effects
of cooling rates because it was postulated that thick-sections may not cool fast enough for
vanadium to stay in solution Keel blocks were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments and were subsequently sliced at frac14 thickness Brinell hardness testing was then
perform across the freshly exposed keel block faces to develop hardness profiles The
normalizing cooling rate study was done to mimic real-world cooling of complex casting
shapes which may not cool uniformly One of the two keel block legs was removed from
- 143 -
a keel block and its mate remained on the keel block Then both the autonomous keel
block leg and the one still attached to the keel block were normalized The difference in
cooling rates divulged different properties These samples were not tempered Finally a
double normalizing heat treatment was performed because it is commonly done in
industry to HSLA cast steels to improve ductility with only a slight strength penalty75
bull Thermocalc modeling predicted that the full austenitizing temperatures for the full
solutionizing of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This is a contradiction with literature which
suggests that vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1
bull Optical microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation
hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT
conditions
bull The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry
this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-
Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
bull There was also substantial variance in spectrometer readings between foundries
bull The resulting average YS of the NampT condition for the Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V alloys were 466 ksi (3210 MPa) and 594 ksi (4092 MPa)
respectively Likewise the average YS of the QampT condition were 754 ksi (5195
MPa) and 984 ksi (6781 MPa) respectively
bull The tempering study found temperaging effects in the vanadium containing alloy
There was an initial softening at 10 hr due to tempering of martensite The
kinetics for aging take time to initiate and hardness increased on some samples at
- 144 -
40 hr Some C-Mn-V samples especially higher temperature samples did not
display an aging response at hour 40 however this was probably due to
overaging Therefore it can be posited that C-Mn-V samples exposed to higher
temperatures probably hit peak-age in between 10 and 40 hr
bull The thick-section study produced hardness profiles as expected (higher hardness
at the edge than at the center) in all samples except the Modified C-Mn in the
NampT condition Testing of this sample in particular should be repeated to verify
the results However the Brinell hardness of the Modified C-Mn thick-section in
the NampT condition identically matched its tensile test bar in the NampT condition
for hardness 147 HB
bull Other findings of the thick-section study were that the edge hardness values for
Modified C-Mn in the QampT condition were 180 HB compared to its tensile test
bar in the QampT condition which were 211 HB This can be attributed to slower
cooling rates for the keel block It allowed precipitates to de-solutionize during
the initial cooling from the austenite phase Both the NampT and QampT conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V had higher hardness at the edges of the keel blocks than their
respective tensile test bars average hardness 172 HB compared to 169 HB for the
NampT condition and 234 HB compared to 231 HB for QampT condition However
these results have a negligible difference This proves thicker sections can be
quenched rapidly enough to prevent precipitates from de-solutionizing
bull The normalizing cooling rate study found that test bars cooled autonomously had
a more refined grain structure and higher average YS values and higher average
hardness values Modified C-Mn had a YS of 448 ksi (3085 MPa) and hardness
- 145 -
of 148 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of 473 (3258 MPa) and a
hardness of 149 HB when cooled separately Modified C-Mn-v had a YS of 520
ksi (3585 MPa) and hardness of 153 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of
543 (3744 MPa) and a hardness of 167 HB when cooled separately
bull The double normalizing study found that average EL is increased for both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V when compared to NampT and QampT
conditions For Modified C-Mn in the NampT and QampT conditions the average EL
was 29 and 24 respectively while in the double normalized condition
the average EL was 328 For Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT and QampT
conditions the average EL was 29 and 30 respectively while in the
double normalized condition the average EL was 314
bull The double normalizing study also found that there was an increase in YS and EL
when compared to the single normalizing heat treatment that the autonomous
tensile test bars were subjected to in the normalizing cooling rate study The
average double normalizing YS values are 498 ksi (3437 MPa) and 554 ksi
(3821 MPa) for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively This is due
to a more refined grain structure that is present in the double normalizing
condition
The third stage of research was conducted to determine the compositional range
allowable to still maintain YS values Alloys C-F were created to further analyze this All
samples were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments to the same processing
parameters as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
- 146 -
bull Only Alloy C and Alloy E reached the CEAWS D11 requirement with 039 wt
CE and 044 wt CE respectively
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the NampT condition are 450 ksi (3099 MPa)
520 ksi (3585 MPa) 511 ksi (3523 MPa) 550 ksi (3794 MPa)
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the QampT condition are 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
956 ksi (6588 MPa) 882 ksi (6078 MPa) and 1037 ksi (7146 MPa)
respectively
bull Alloy C met both the CE requirement and YS requirement in its QampT condition
with 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
bull Alloy E met both the CE requirement and YS for both NampT and QampT conditions
with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078 MPa) respectively
bull Optical microscopy was performed on all samples and it was determined that
precipitation hardening occurred in both NampT and QampT conditions for Alloys C-
F
bull The compositions of Alloys C-F were not on target Therefore a full factorial
design could not be completed however this further bolsters the fact that it is
difficult for foundries to produce compositions accurately Additionally when the
spectrometer data was compared between foundries there was also a large
variance as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
bull Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345
MPa) YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt
Si 036 wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt
- 147 -
V Therefore this is the composition that should be investigated for its
inception into an ASTM Standard or AWS welding code
62 Conclusion
In conclusion this research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield
Strength (YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to
ensure that optimum weldability is maintained without preheating This is in response to
industry and the military transitioning from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA
wrought steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades It is desired
that complex shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded
into place to expedite construction processes Thus the reason for a high weldability
Additionally only common alloying elements are used to ensure that every steel foundry
in America has the capabilities to cast it To accomplish this an initial understanding of
conventional C-Mn cast steel capabilities needed to be developed A database of over
20000 conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216 WCB grade specific cast steel)
compositions and mechanical properties was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of
America (SFSA) It was analyzed to determine the limitations of conventional C-Mn cast
steel Ie if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying additions would
be needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS
and CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE
requirements
There was a need to develop a basic understanding of the microalloying effects of
vanadium when compared to a similar compositional sample without vanadium This was
accomplished with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steel samples that were
- 148 -
based upon compositions from previous literature work1 These alloys were subjected to
NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering
study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis normalizing
cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical microscopy was performed on both
samples and there was precipitation hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy
for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not
achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051
wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively Further work
continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE requirements Thermocalc
modeling of these alloys was completed to understand at what temperature the system
would fully solutionize It predicted the solutionizing temperatures of Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This
suggests that the vanadium in the Modified C-Mn-V would not have been fully
solutionized This is however a contradiction with literature which suggests that
vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) Future work should
investigate this disagreement
Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C earned a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
- 149 -
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V Therefore
this is the composition that should be investigated further for future implementation into
ASTM Standards and AWS Structural Welding Codes
63 Future Work
Future work must revisit the following to either validate the existing work or to
develop the theory more comprehensively
bull Tempering Study with larger samples of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to see if results are repeatable Then curves should be ldquofittedrdquo to obtain true
tempering profiles
bull Hardness Profiles for the thick-section study to see if the results are repeatable
and to compare how the hardness values compare to the ones produced in the
tempering study
bull Perform optical microscopy on the thick-section castings
bull Reinvestigate Thermo-Calc models with a specific database for HSLA steels
Future work must continue in the following areas that were either beyond the
scope of this project or not permitted with time and funding allotted
bull Double normalize and temper study with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to compare these results with the existing double normalizing heat treatment
results
bull Complete more investigations with variations of Alloy E
- 150 -
Appendix A
Figure 89 Comparing and contrasting a conventional cast steel microstructure with a microalloyed HSLA
cast steel microstructure1
- 151 -
Figure 90 As-Cast microstructure of HSLA steels vs normalized microstructure for HSLA cast steel1
- 152 -
Figure 91 Original estimate for vanadium content to obtain 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS as a function of carbon
content and manganese content
Figure 92 Original attempt at creating a 50 ksi (345 MPa) surface as a function of carbon content and
manganese content
- 153 -
Appendix B
Table 38 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys A and B
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
A (C-Mn) 048 0421 0312 0264 043
B (C-Mn-V) 051 0438 0295 0256 043
Table 39 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
C 0386 0345 024 0214 0328
D 046 0405 0284 0257 0388
E 0443 0401 025 0215 0335
F 0493 0451 0312 0259 0426
Table 40 Original Quartile Analysis for Database
C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS
D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 0229 0753 0425 0003 0304 046 49230 (339429)
Ave Top
025 YS 0232 0735 0420 0002 0316 046 53574 (369380)
Ave Bottom
025 YS 0226 0812 0441 0005 0278 048 44022 (303521)
Total Std
Dev 0022 0138 0065 0004 0162 0048 3917 (27007)
Std Dev
Top 025 YS 0022 0099 0063 0004 0225 0042 1137 (7839)
Std Dev
Bottom 025
YS
0018 0197 0067 0004 0091 0049 3182 (21939)
- 154 -
References
(1) Voigt Robert C Blair M and Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of
High-Strength Low-Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1994
(2) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoSolidification and Casting Processesrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 18ndash75
(3) Pakker E R Zackay V F Materials Science of Modern Steels Prog Solid State
Chem 1975 9 (C) 105ndash138
(4) Krauss G ldquoHistory and Primary Steel Processingrdquo In Steels-Processing
Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park
OH 2016 pp 9ndash16
(5) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoMetal Processing and Manufacturingrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 1ndash17
(6) Australian-Foundry-Association ldquoMelting Technologyrdquo In Cleaner Production
Manual for the Queensland Foundry Industry 1999 p Chapter 3
(7) Hurtuk D J ldquoSteel Ingot Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 911ndash917
(8) Jorstad J L Technologies J L J ldquoShape Casting ProcessesmdashAn Introductionrdquo
In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH
2018 pp 485ndash487
(9) ASM-International ldquoGreen Sand Moldingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting
ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 549ndash566
(10) What-When-How Sand Castings httpwhat-when-howcommaterialsparts-and-
finishessand-castings
(11) ECS-Staff Guide to Casting and Molding Processes 2006
(12) ASM-International ldquoPermanent Mold Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 1 pp 689ndash699
(13) AFS US Casting Sales Reach 331 Billion Modern Casting 2019 pp 27ndash29
(14) Krauss G ldquoPearlite Ferrite and Cementiterdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
39ndash62
(15) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Diagramsrdquo In Fundamentals of
Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp Sons
INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 359ndash420
(16) Krauss G ldquoPhases and Structuresrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
15ndash32
- 155 -
(17) Okamoto H The C-Fe (Carbon-Iron) System J Phase Equilibria 1992 13 (5)
543ndash565
(18) Krauss G ldquoNormalizing Annealing and Spheroidizing Treatments
FerritePearlite and Spherical Carbides In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
277ndash291
(19) Krauss G ldquoHardness and Hardenabilityrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
297ndash325
(20) Brooks C R ldquoHardenabilityrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
43ndash86
(21) Tuttle R Understanding the Mechanism of Grain Refinement in Plain Carbon
Steels Int J Met 2013 7 (4) 7ndash16
(22) Krauss G ldquoDeformation Strengthening and Fracture of Ferritic Microstructuresrdquo
In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 213ndash232
(23) Gladman T ldquoMicrostructure-Property Relationshipsrdquo In The Physical Metallurgy
of Microalloyed Steels The Institute of Materials London England 1997 pp 19ndash
79
(24) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoMorphological Evolution Due to
Capillary and Applied Forces Diffusional Creep and Sinteringrdquo In Kinetics of
Materials John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 387ndash418
(25) Krauss G ldquoAustenite in Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 133ndash162
(26) Smith R M Chandra T Dunne D P Ferrite Grain Refinement in HSLA Steels
Strength Mater Alloy 1983 1 235ndash240
(27) Brooks C R ldquoStructural Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
263ndash306
(28) Duckworth W E Thermomechanical Treatment of Metals J Met 1966 No
August 915ndash922
(29) Kula E B Radcliffe V Thermomechanical Treatment of Steel J Met 1963 52
(7) 96ndash97
(30) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Transformationsrdquo In Fundamentals
of Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp
Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 421ndash482
(31) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoNucleationrdquo In Kinetics of Materials
John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 459ndash500
(32) Kingery W D Bowen H K Uhlmann D ldquoPhase-Transformations Glass
- 156 -
Formation and Glass-Ceramicsrdquo In Introduction to Ceramics Second Edition
John Wiley amp Sons INC New York New York 1976 pp 320ndash380
(33) Perepezko J H Madison W ldquoNucleation Kinetics and Grain Refinementrdquo In
ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018
Vol 15 pp 276ndash287
(34) Kurz W Fe E P ldquoPlane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 293ndash298
(35) Krauss G ldquoPrimary Processing Effects on Steel Microstructure and Propertiesrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 163ndash196
(36) Trivedi R Sunseri E ldquoNon-Plane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2008 pp 299ndash306
(37) Edwards L Endean M ldquoManufacturing with Materialsrdquo Butterworth
Heinemann Oxford United Kingdom 1990
(38) Beckermann C ldquoMacrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 348ndash352
(39) Dantzig J A ldquoTransport Phenomena During Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook
Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 70ndash74
(40) Brody H D ldquoMicrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 338ndash347
(41) Han Q ldquoShrinkage Porosity and Gas Porosityrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 9 pp 370ndash374
(42) Brooks C R ldquoAustentization of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of
Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999
pp 205ndash234
(43) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHomogenizationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 402ndash403
(44) Brooks C R ldquoAnnealing Normalizing Martempering and Austemperingrdquo In
Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM
International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 235ndash262
(45) Krauss G ldquoMartensite In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 63ndash97
(46) Krauss G ldquoIsothermal and Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagramsrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 197ndash211
(47) Brooks C R ldquoThe Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Time-Temperature-
Transformation (TTT) Diagramsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
3ndash41
(48) Brooks C R ldquoQuenching of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
- 157 -
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
87ndash126
(49) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHeat Treatmentrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 404ndash407
(50) Krauss G ldquoTempering of Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
373ndash403
(51) Brooks C R ldquoTemperingrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon
and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 127ndash204
(52) Krauss G ldquoLow-Carbon Steelsrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
233ndash275
(53) Zackay V F Thermomechanical Processing Mater Sci Eng 1976 25 247ndash261
(54) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of HSLA Cast Steels
1989
(55) Lippold J C ldquoIntroductionrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and Weldability John Wiley
amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 1ndash8
(56) Lippold J C ldquoHydrogen-Induced Crackingrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and
Weldability John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 213ndash262
(57) Lagneborg R Siwecki T Zajac S Hutchinson B The Role of Vanadium in
Microalloyed Steels Scand J Metall 1999 28 (October) 186ndash241
(58) Purtscher PT Cheng Y-W Structure-Property Relationships in Microalloyed
Ferrite-Pearlite Steels Phase 1 Literature Review Research Plan and Initial
Results Gov Res Announc Index 1993 1ndash59
(59) Deardo A J Niobium in Modern Steels Int Mater Rev 2003 48 (6) 371ndash402
(60) Sage A M The Use of Vanadium in Low Alloy Structural Steels In Specialty
Steels and Hard Materials Proceedings of the International Conference on Recent
Developments in Specialty Steels and Hard Materials (Materials Development
rsquo82) held in Pretoria South Africa 8-12 November 1982 Pergamon Press Ltd
1983 pp 111ndash125
(61) Ohtani H Hillert M A Thermodynamic Assessment of the Fe-N-V System
Calphad 1991 15 (1) 25ndash39
(62) Liu Z Thermodynamic Calculations of Carbonitrides in Microalloyed Steels Scr
Mater 2004 50 601ndash606
(63) ASM-International ldquoHigh-Strength Structural and High-Strength Low-Alloy
Steelsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and
High-Performance Alloys ASM International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1
pp 389ndash423
(64) Wright P H ldquoHigh-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Forgingsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and High-Performance Alloys ASM
- 158 -
International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1 pp 358ndash362
(65) Jack D H Jack K H Invited Review Carbides and Nitrides in Steel Mater
Sci Eng 1973 11 1ndash27
(66) Baker T N Processes Microstructure and Properties of Vanadium Microalloyed
Steels Mater Sci Technol 2009 25 (9) 1083ndash1107
(67) Voigt Robert C Rassizadehhghani J Initial Investigation of Microalloyed Cast
Steel 1987
(68) Naylor D J Review of International Activity on Microalloyed Engineering Steels
Ironmak Steelmak 1989 16 (4) 246ndash252
(69) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Gattu R K The Development of High Strength
Low Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1988
(70) Voigt R C Tu C-H Rosmait R L Development of As-Cast Steels 1990
(71) Dutcher D E Production and Properties of Microalloyed Steel Castings 1987
(72) Jackson W J The Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings A Review of the Literature
1978
(73) Voigt R C Blair M Rassizadehhghani J High Stength Low Alloy Cast Steels
1990
(74) Collie-Welding Carbon Equivalent Calculators
httpwwwcollieweldingcomcecalculatorsphp (accessed Oct 15 2019)
(75) Panneer Selvi S Sakthivel T Parameswaran P Laha K Effect of
Normalization Heat Treatment on Creep and Tensile Properties of Modified 9Crndash
1Mo Steel Trans Indian Inst Met 2016 69 (2) 261ndash269
(76) Thermo-Calc Thermo-Calc Software TCFE SteelsFe-Alloys Database Version 8
2016
II
The thesis of Cody Daniel Snyder was reviewed and approved by the following
Robert C Voigt
Professor and Graduate Program Coordinator of Industrial Engineering
Thesis Advisor
Allison M Beese
Associate Professor of Materials Science and Engineering
Jingjing Li
Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering
Amy C Robinson
Associate Teaching Professor of Materials Science and Engineering
Special Signatory
John C Mauro
Professor of Materials Science and Engineering
Associate Head for Graduate Education of Materials Science and Engineering
Signatures are on file in the Graduate School
III
Abstract
The purpose of this research was to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength
(YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that
optimum weldability is maintained A database of conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM
A216 WCB grade specific cast steel) compositions and mechanical properties was
analyzed to determine if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying was
needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE requirements
Microalloying effects of vanadium were understood further with Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V cast steels that had compositions based on previous literature work1
These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F
(955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-
section analysis normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical
microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation hardening
observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted
chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high
CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
respectively Further work continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE
requirements Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C achieved a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
IV
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V
V
Table of Contents
List of Figures IX
List of Tables XIII
List of Equations XV
Acknowledgements XVI
Chapter 1 Introduction - 1 -
11 Project Overview - 1 -
12 Metals Casting Background - 2 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production - 3 -
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World - 4 -
1221 Contemporary Furnaces - 4 -
1222 Casting Techniques - 5 -
12221 Continuous Casting - 6 -
12222 Ingot Casting - 7 -
12223 Shape Casting - 8 -
122231 Green Sand Casting - 9 -
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting - 15 -
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World - 16 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures - 17 -
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C) - 17 -
132 Austenite (γ-Fe) - 17 -
133 Pearlite - 18 -
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels - 20 -
141 Increasing C Content - 21 -
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains - 24 -
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements - 26 -
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements - 27 -
145 Formation of Dislocations - 28 -
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal - 30 -
151 Cast Metal - 31 -
152 Wrought Metal - 32 -
VI
16 Solidification Dynamics - 32 -
161 Nucleation Mechanisms - 32 -
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation - 34 -
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation - 36 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal - 38 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy - 40 -
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting - 41 -
1641 Chill Zone - 41 -
1642 Columnar Zone - 42 -
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone - 43 -
17 Solidification Defects - 44 -
171 Macroporosity - 44 -
172 Macrosegregation - 46 -
173 Microporosity - 47 -
174 Microsegregation - 48 -
175 Gas Porosity - 48 -
18 Heat Treating of Steels - 50 -
181 Homogenization - 52 -
182 Full Anneal - 53 -
183 Process Anneal - 53 -
184 Normalization - 54 -
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper - 54 -
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability - 54 -
1852 Martensite - 56 -
1853 Tempering Kinetics - 59 -
186 Spheroidizing - 60 -
187 Stress Relieving - 60 -
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels - 60 -
191 Precipitation Hardening - 61 -
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 61 -
1101 Weldability - 61 -
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 62 -
VII
Chapter 2 Literature Review - 63 -
21 Microalloying of Steels - 63 -
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium - 63 -
22 HSLA Steels - 64 -
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys - 65 -
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides - 66 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions - 69 -
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition - 72 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions - 73 -
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels - 73 -
23 HSLA Cast Steels - 74 -
231 Temperaging - 76 -
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work - 76 -
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards - 78 -
234 Key Findings from Previous Work - 79 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work - 82 -
31 Hypothesis - 82 -
32 Statement of Work - 82 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure - 83 -
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 83 -
42 Tempering Study - 84 -
43 Special Heat-Treating Options - 85 -
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 85 -
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 85 -
433 Double Normalize - 86 -
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 86 -
45 Metallography of Samples - 87 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions - 89 -
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel - 89 -
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 98 -
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling - 100 -
54 Tempering Study - 103 -
VIII
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating - 109 -
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn - 109 -
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V - 112 -
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 115 -
56 Special Heat-Treating Options - 118 -
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 118 -
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 120 -
563 Double Normalize - 124 -
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 127 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F - 129 -
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis - 135 -
59 ASTM Considerations - 139 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work - 141 -
61 Summary - 141 -
62 Conclusion - 147 -
63 Future Work - 149 -
Appendix A - 150 -
Appendix B - 153 -
References - 154 -
IX
List of Figures
FIGURE PAGE
Figure 1 Continuous Casting Process Schematic 7
Figure 2 Hierarchy Chart of Shape Casting Processes 9
Figure 3 Horizontal Green Sand-Casting Mold Illustration11
Figure 4 Green Sand-Casting Flow Chart 12
Figure 5 Diagram of a Green Sand-Casting Shake-out System 14
Figure 6 Green Sand Reclamation and Cooling Diagram15
Figure 7 Graph of Casting Sales per Year 16
Figure 8 Eutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 18
Figure 9 Hypoeutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 19
Figure 10 Hypereutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 20
Figure 11 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCC α-Fe 22
Figure 12 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in FCC γ-Fe 23
Figure 13 Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram 23
Figure 14 Solid Solution Strengtheners Effecting Yield Strength 27
Figure 15 Illustration of an Edge Dislocation 29
Figure 16 Illustration of a Screw Dislocation 30
Figure 17 Graph of the Four Stages of Nucleation and Growth 34
Figure 18 Image of a Thermodynamically Stable Nuclei 35
Figure 19 Graph of Gibbs Free-Energy as a Function of Nuclei Radius 36
Figure 20 Wetting Diagram Showing Surface-Energy Affect 37
Figure 21 Graph of Nucleation Growth and Transformation Rates 37
Figure 22 Graph of Solidification Latent Heat Profile 38
Figure 23 Illustration of Primary and Secondary Dendritic Arms 39
Figure 24 Solidification Properties Influenced by Composition Graph 41
Figure 25 Illustration Depicting Different Casting Solidification Zones 42
Figure 26 Metal Shrinkage as a Function of Phase and Temperature 45
X
Figure 27 Illustration of Pipe Defect Formation Inside a Casting 46
Figure 28 Lever Rule Example for Two-Phase Region 47
Figure 29 Illustration of Microporosity in the Inner-Dendritic Region 48
Figure 30 Graph of Gas Solubility in Metal as a Function of Phase 49
Figure 31 Micrograph of Gas Hole Porosity 50
Figure 32 Heat Treating Temperature Ranges Fe-C Phase Diagram51
Figure 33 TTT Diagram for Steel 55
Figure 34 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCT Martensite 57
Figure 35 Diagram of Martensitic Bain Strain 58
Figure 36 Graph of MS Temperature and Lath vs Plate Martensite 59
Figure 37 Chart Displaying Common Stoichiometric Steel Carbides 68
Figure 38 Bar Chart of Carbide and Martensite Hardness 68
Figure 39 Graph of Mole Fraction of VCN vs Temperature 70
Figure 40 Recrystallization Temp vs Solute Content for Microalloys 72
Figure 41 Graph of Solubilities of Common Carbides vs Temperature 73
Figure 42 Optimum Alloying Range with Mechanical Properties 75
Figure 43 Complete Scatterplot Heat Treat vs CE for SFSA Sprdsht 90
Figure 44 YS vs C Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 45 YS vs Mn Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 46 Normalized Condition YS vs Weldability 93
Figure 47 NampT Condition YS vs Weldability 94
Figure 48 QampT Condition YS vs Weldability 95
Figure 49 Modified C-Mn Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 50 Modified C-Mn-V Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 51 Modified C-Mn-V with Nb Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction 102
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
XI
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
Figure 58 NampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 59 QampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 60 NampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 61 QampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 62 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in NampT Condition 111
Figure 63 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in QampT Condition 111
Figure 64 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in NampT Condition 114
Figure 65 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in QampT Condition 114
Figure 66 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn NampT Condition 116
Figure 67 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition 116
Figure 68 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition (2) 117
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 122
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 124
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 75 Alloy C in NampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 76 Alloy C in QampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 77 Alloy D in NampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 78 Alloy D in QampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 79 Alloy E in NampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 80 Alloy E in QampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 81 Alloy F in NampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 82 Alloy F in QampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 83 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 00 wt V 136
Figure 84 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 008 wt V 136
Figure 85 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 012 wt V 137
Figure 86 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 00 wt V 137
XII
Figure 87 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 008 wt V 138
Figure 88 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 012 wt V 138
Figure 89 Extra Micrograph of Cast Steel Appendix A
Figure 90 As-Cast HSLA Steel Micrograph Appendix A
Figure 91 Original Estimate for Vanadium ISO-YS Graph Appendix A
Figure 92 Original Attempt at YS Surface Appendix A
XIII
List of Tables
TABLE PAGE
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-C V-Alloyed Cast Steel 75
Table 2 SFSA Database Mechanical Property Extrema92
Table 3 SFSA Database Heat Treatment per Designation 93
Table 4 Normalized Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 94
Table 5 NampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 95
Table 6 QampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 96
Table 7 Top amp Bottom Quart Ave and Std Dev SFSA Database 96
Table 8 Summary of SFSA Database 97
Table 9 Spectro Comp of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 10 CE Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 11 Target C vs Mult Spectro Modified C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 99
Table 12 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn NampT and QampT 110
Table 13 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 11 110
Table 14 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn-V NampT and QampT 112
Table 15 Mechanical Property Averages from Table 13 113
Table 16 Brinell Hardness Profiles Across Keel Blocks119
Table 17 Brinell Hardness Profile Est Midway and Edge Values 119
Table 18 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Attached to Keel Block 121
Table 19 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 17 121
Table 20 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Separated from Keel Block 121
Table 21 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 19 121
Table 22 Mechanical Prop Double Normalize C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 125
Table 23 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 21 125
Table 24 Alloys C-F Designations 127
Table 25 Alloys C-F Compositional Targets 127
Table 26 Alloys C-F Spectrometer Composition 128
XIV
Table 27 CE Values for Alloys C-F 128
Table 28 Target C vs Multiple Spectro Data Alloys C-F128
Table 29 Mechanical Properties Alloy C NampT and QampT 129
Table 30 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 28 129
Table 31 Mechanical Properties Alloy D NampT and QampT 129
Table 32 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 30 129
Table 33 Mechanical Properties Alloy E NampT and QampT 129
Table 34 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 32 130
Table 35 Mechanical Properties Alloy F NampT and QampT 130
Table 36 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 34 130
Table 37 ASTM Standard Summary 139
Table 38 Alternate CE Table Mod C-Mn and Mod C-Mn-V Appendix B
Table 39 Alternate CE Table Alloys C-F Appendix B
Table 40 Original Database Quartile Analysis Data Appendix B
XV
List of Equations
EQUATION PAGE
Equation 1 Hall-Petch Yield Strength Grain Size Relation 26
Equation 2 Gibbs Free-Energy for a Sphere 34
Equation 3 ldquoYoungrsquos Equationrdquo for Wetting of a Material 37
Equation 4 AWS D11 CE 77
Equation 5 General ASTM and IIW CE 77
Equation 6 HSLA C-Mn Steels CET 77
Equation 7 ASTM A529 CE 77
Equation 8 Japanese Welding Engineering Society CE 77
Equation 9 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines NampT 135
Equation 10 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines QampT 135
XVI
Acknowledgements
First and foremost I have to thank the best advisor I could ever ask for Dr
Robert Voigt I cannot thank him enough for having faith in me and accepting me as a
graduate student Itrsquos an honor to learn from one of the best metallurgists in the field The
metals casting world owes you a great deal you are a great conduit supplying nearly
endless knowledge from academia to industry In addition to being a great advisor he
also has a job lined up for me at the Benton Foundry upon completion of my Masterrsquos
Next this research would not have gotten off the ground if it wasnrsquot for the
organizations foundries and partners who contributed funding heats of material and
other resources and services Raymond Monroe David Poweleit Ryan Moore and Diana
David from the SFSA Charlie and Greg from Regal Cast in Lebanon PA Bill and
Maynard from Effort Foundry in Bath PA my boy Robert Haldeman (shock the world)
with Car-Tech in Reading PA and Andrew and Ken who worked for Dr Voigt as
undergraduates and lent helping hands when they could
Next due to my limited computer literacy and my difficulty with coding I have to
thank the following Brandon Bocklund and Hongyeun Kim from Dr Luirsquos group (thanks
for the Thermo-Calc help) And most importantlyhellip my dear friend fulltime MatSE
partner and part-time math tutor Nick Clarks
Finally most importantly my family Thank you for your endless love constant
support enduring patience and never-ending encouragement I love you
Chapter 1 Introduction
11 Project Overview
This research was conducted in hopes of creating a cast steel alloy with a
minimum nominal yield strength (YS) of 50 ksi (345 MPa) and a maximum carbon
equivalent (CEAWS D11) of 045 wt C for military and construction applications This
is in response to the recent transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable wrought
steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) highly weldable wrought steels It is desired that complex
shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded into place to
expedite construction processes The CE limit will ensure a high weldability and prevent
preheating requirements for welding purposes A primary goal is creating an alloy that
can be readily cast at any steel foundry in the United States This implies simple
chemistries not requiring special furnaces or abnormal heat treatments to attain
mechanical properties Foundries often find difficulty with targeting chemistries
accurately thus detailed heat-treating protocols will be designed so a corrective heat
treatment can be performed by the foundry to correct variance with chemistry
Cast steels are not afforded the luxury of receiving strengthening and defect
correction from thermomechanical deformation as are wrought steels Therefore
mechanical properties of the cast steel developed will be influenced solely from
chemistry and heat treatments Additionally casting defects that otherwise could be
deformed out of a wrought steel will often remain with the casting There are multiple
advantages to using cast steels that justify the metallurgical hurdles such as cost savings
because of fewer production steps The strength of 50 ksi (345 MPa) will be reached by
- 2 -
developing a High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) steel This effectively uses microalloying
additions such as vanadium to refine strengthen and toughen the ferrite matrix while
maintaining a high weldability1
Finally since there are no current existing standards or codes for a 50 ksi (345
MPA) YS cast steel with CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE an attempt will be made to
establish composition ranges and heat-treating directions in a current American Society
for Testing of Materials (ASTM) Standard The newly developed material grade will
mimic an already existing wrought or cast standard such that it is compatible with
wrought steels with similar performance To enable the goal of casting the steel into its
final form and assembling via welding to come to fruition the cast steel must also be
introduced into the AWS D11 Structural Code for Steel
12 Metals Casting Background
Metals casting in the most generalized definition is the act of pouring molten
metal into a shaped mold such that upon solidification the metal retains the shape of the
mold in which it was poured In reality there are many mechanisms and unseen forces at
work during the melting pouring and solidification of a metal The art and science of
metals casting has its roots traced back to antiquity and it has been an ever-evolving
process ever since its inception Ancient metallurgists did not possess an extensive
knowledge of metallurgy thermodynamics kinetics fluid dynamics and heat transfer
however expertise in these areas are essential for modern metal casting facilities to be
competitive efficient and successful2
- 3 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production
The metallurgists of antiquity were only able to utilize seven metals copper lead
silver mercury tin iron and gold all but tin being in an elemental form Ancient
metallurgist called ldquoalchemistsrdquo at the time were first able to use elemental gold in
approximately 5000 BC3 Iron smiths at the time of approximately 1200 BC were able to
produce tools and weapons from iron and steel Surprisingly this was before technology
allowed for the melting of iron Metallurgists of this time period were aware that if iron
ore was heated with charcoal strength improved This is because carbon reduces the iron
ore into iron Consequently carbon migrated its way into the crystal of iron through solid
state diffusion and it increased the strength Then blacksmiths forged this primitive
version of steel into desired shapes which unknown to them also helped the mechanical
properties while creating a wrought iron34
Cast iron was first melted in the seventeenth century when coal replaced charcoal
in the smelting of iron because of the higher temperatures that were enabled by the coal
Cast iron due to its eutectic point at 41 wt C has a lower melting point as observed
in Figure 13 and was melted over a century before steel Metallurgists of the time soon
discovered that the cast iron was very brittle and efforts were made to remove some of
the carbon in the cast iron to decrease its brittleness Carbon was oxidized out of the cast
iron and wrought iron was created3
Even though steel has been used by peoples for over 3000 years similar to iron
the technology was not available to create steel in the modern sense until about 1740 AD
In 1856 Henry Bessemer created the process by which modern steel is produced The
ldquoBessemer Processrdquo forces heated air into the molten pig iron to initiate decarburization
- 4 -
This oxidized the carbon resulting in CO2 production and a reduction in the amount of
carbon content in the melt Now the remaining metal can be shape casted or cast as steel
into ingots and then forged into shapes3
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World
Today even though the principles of melting metals are unchanged the
metallurgy knowledge would be unrecognizable to a metallurgist of antiquity Metallurgy
in the past was utilitarian and even a poorly casted bronze tool was better than one made
of wood so improvement was easy to achieve Contemporary metallurgists have strict
requirements to follow and their products are met with a high demand for excellence by
consumers who require failure-free parts delivered at a competitive price Metallurgical
engineering of today focuses on producing lighter-weight materials to reduce the overall
weight of a system while obtaining optimal strength and performance levels without
sacrificing safety The reduced weight of an entire system will limit raw materials
consumed energy during production shipping costs while increasing fuel economy in a
progressively environmentally conscience world
1221 Contemporary Furnaces
In conjunction with advanced engineering teams the modern castings world
utilizes state-of-the-art furnaces to efficiently produce metals as pure and clean as
possible The furnace used is dependent upon type of metal produced desired tonnage of
metal production and the facility layout
Large modern steel facilities producing virgin steel ie do not re-melt scrap often
require two different furnaces First pig iron must be created in a blast furnace Iron ore
- 5 -
coke and lime are added to the blast furnace and hot air is forced into the furnace Coke
behaves as a reducing agent to iron ore producing what is known as pig iron which is a
high carbon content steel Additionally lime has an affinity for impurities and will bond
with them resulting in a slag compound less dense than molten pig iron Consequently it
floats to the top of the melt where it can be removed Next the pig iron is poured into
pigs In these holding vessels the pig iron will solidify be transported and await re-melt
in a Basic Oxygen Furnace A Basic Oxygen Furnace is a modern version of the
Bessemer Converter such that the molten pig iron is oxidized to reduce carbon and
impurities exothermically to produce steel45
Steel can also be created from scrap while being melted in Electric Arc Furnaces
which are the most common furnace used in todayrsquos iron and steel foundries They
provide better metallurgical control and are nearly emissions free The process for
melting in an Electric Arc Furnace is as follows A charge of scrap metal is loaded into
the furnace which is refractory lined with a high voltage coil surrounding the outer
refractory This coil produces a magnetic field inducing eddy currents in the metal such
that the inherent electrical resistance of the metal creates heat Given time the melting
temperature is reached Once the metal is in its liquid state the induction along with
buoyancy driven flow create currents inside the melt that encourage mixing of alloying
elements This type of furnace is scalable and it can be used to melt ferrous and non-
ferrous metals56
1222 Casting Techniques
Contemporary metals casting is completed in one of three ways continuous
casting ingot casting and shape-casting2
- 6 -
12221 Continuous Casting
Continuous casting is different from the other two forms of metals casting
because it is not a batch process It is normally performed in tandem with wrought
processing The process is as follows and a schematic can be observed in Figure 1
Molten metal from a furnace is transferred to a ladle which pours into a tundish The
tundish is a critical component to the continuous casting process because this
intermediate container enables a steady-state flow of molten metal to occur It drains
slowly into a highly thermally conductive mold of water-cooled copper while a crane
operator retrieves another ladle of molten metal The flow rate is timed perfectly such
upon exiting the copper mold the steel already has a solidified outer shell in the desired
shape of the slab that will be sold It continues on this line to a sizing mill where the slab
can be thermomechanically deformed to a more exact dimension2
- 7 -
Figure 1 Continuous casting process from start to finish Observe that it is not a batch process The entire
process will seamlessly transition via conveyor system such that from liquid metal to finished slab it is
continuous Over 75 percent of steel is created by this process2
12222 Ingot Casting
Most modern steel is manufactured via continuous casting methods however
ingot casting was the original primary method for raw steel production Currently ingot
casting has its niche in producing specialty steels tool steels re-melted steels and steels
for forging Ingots are created by pouring molten steel from a ladle into large ingot
molds Consequently ingots have high specific heat capacities resulting in extended
solidification times This leads to a broad array of microstructures within the ingot The
kinetics of casting solidification and its influence on microstructure will be discussed
extensively later However thermomechanical deformation additional processing and
subsequent heat treatments remedy the microstructural issues in ingots7
- 8 -
12223 Shape Casting
Ingot casting (as-casted) and continuous casting are severely limited in their
capable casting geometries Therefore shape casting is often the production method
chosen for any complex shape or any metal not sold as slab or bulk piece destined for
thermomechanical deformation This process is metal casting in the most traditional
sense such that the metal is casted directly into the final desired shape Once solidified
the microstructure can only be refined by heat treatment because a casting is not
subjected to any wrought processing such as forging as are ingots and slabs produced
via continuous casting2
All contemporary shape casting can be divided into two primary mold types
Expendable and Permanent Metal each with many sub-groups The hierarchy of this
system can be summarized in Figure 2 Although it is possible to produce the same end-
result with multiple casting methods the advantages and disadvantages must be
considered by the metallurgist to decide which method is most appropriate for each
situation In this report special interest will be devoted to discussion on the green sand-
casting process which is a specific sub-set of expendable molds The cast steel samples
for this project were produced exclusively via green sand casting therefore it is
important to have a comprehensive understanding of green sand casting28
- 9 -
Figure 2 Hierarchy chart of the many sub-sets of shape casting It splits from expendable mold and metal
(permanent) mold into many specific types of molds each with their own niche use The permanent mold
side is comprised mostly of the multiple variations of die casting while expendable molds are dominantly
sand molds Sand molds require much attention because of their implementation of cores and the multiple
ways to cure sand8
122231 Green Sand Casting
Expendable molds are not reusable the most common type of expendable mold
shape casting is green sand casting Other common methods of expendable mold shape
castings are lost foam and investment castings The following will be a summary of the
typical green sand molding process used by steel foundries Green sand casting is the
most basic and common type of shape casting method utilized today and accounts for
almost 75 of all shape casted metal Green sand casting utilizes pattern and mold
materials that are inexpensive cost-effective at high production rates and can be used for
ferrous and non-ferrous metals There are also disadvantages to using green sand casting
a new sand mold needs to be created for each casting the dimensional accuracy is not as
exact as for permanent molds and the entire green sand system introduces substantial
- 10 -
variation into the process and must be constantly monitored Additionally an engineering
team is needed to design the pattern which includes the gating risers chills and cores89
The primary ingredient in green sand mold material is sand however green sand
requires clay water seacoal and other additions to obtain properties conducive for ideal
metals casting The clay normally a southern or western bentonite or blend of both
behaves as a binder when mixed properly with water It binds to the sand enabling the
sand to retain its shape and provides strength such that the mold can support the weight of
liquid metal Seacoal is a biproduct of bituminous coal and behaves as a carbonaceous
material (reducing agent) Its addition will improve the surface finish of the casted metal
ie it will not be oxidized8910
A description of the typical green sand mold is as follows The mold itself is
always two-piece In horizontal green sand mold casting the upper-part of the mold is
called the cope and the lower-part of the mold is called the drag these two will meet at a
parting joint During the molding process the cope and drag will receive imprints on
their mating side from the pattern The pattern imprints the negative-space of the desired
part on the cope and drag such that any volume of the mold that is not sand will be filled
with metal Sand is compacted around the pattern thus filling the cope and the drag
Next the pattern is removed and the cope and drag are placed together again a flask is
necessary to ensure that the cope and drag remain aligned A schematic of the entire mold
and its parts can be observed in Figure 3 and a flow chart of its assembly is illustrated in
Figure 4 The assembly process must happen seamlessly in a production facility8910
The actual pattern itself is more complex than just the negative-space of the
desired part it must include liquid metal passageways In every green sand mold there is
- 11 -
a sprue which is the fill-hole through the cope where the molten metal can be poured
Liquid metal pathways called gates extend from the sprue and direct the liquid metal to
the casting itself Solidification defects predominantly exist in the last part of the casting
system that solidifies Effort is taken during design to ensure that the casting itself will
not solidify last A sacrificial riser is implemented into the system such that it becomes
the last to solidify and in theory should contain most of the systemrsquos solidification
defects The riser and the rest of the gating system which also includes the sprue and
gates will be removed from the casting later in the process A good design for the system
is to have the sprue opposite the riser such that directional solidification occurs to further
ensure that the riser is the last part to solidify8911
Figure 3 A typical horizontal green sand mold It should be observed that the riser is opposite of the sprue
This is to encourage directional solidification such that the riser is the last part of the mold to solidify This
helps to prevent solidification defects from forming inside the casting Often there is a need to apply mold
weights to the top of the mold to prevent the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid metal from pushing its way
through the parting joint This will be dependent upon the mold and the geometry and size of the casting10
- 12 -
Figure 4 Flow chart of the green sand molding and casting process for a part from its inception as the
mechanical drawing to the final casting that is ready for shipment to the customer This illustrates a manual
horizontal green sand molding process but the concept will always be similar In a high-production facility
a vertical molding system is sometimes used such that each cope is also a drag to the next part ie each
mold is double-sided such that it becomes a continuous line of molds that gets poured9
There are certain green sand castings that require additional attention Sometimes
implementation of a riser is not enough to ensure that complete solidification of the
casting occurs before all metal in the system is solidified In certain cases a chill may
need added during the molding process A chill is a piece of metal with appropriate
chemistry that is strategically placed inside the casting It behaves as an ldquoice cuberdquo to the
molten metal such that when the molten metal comes into contact with the chill it cools
the metal faster9
Green sand molding can also get more complex when a core is needed A core is
used to produce a cavity inside of the mold itself The core is also made of sand
however a green sand process is not normally utilized in its production but rather a resin
- 13 -
bonded sand This is because resin bonded sands are much more strongly bonded The
sand grains are coated with a resin that is either gas-catalyzed liquid-catalyzed or heat-
catalyzed These processes are colloquially known as core box no-bake and shell
process respectively The core needs to be placed inside of the mold prior to the
assembly of the cope to the drag911
In a production facility the sand molding system is on a conveyor such that one
mold follows the other All of the aforementioned steps happen in succession After the
mold is poured the next one in line pushes the already-poured molds farther down the
line This allows the mold ample time to cool At the end of this line the mold is dumped
onto another conveyor system to begin shake-out which begins the sand reclamation
process and recovery of the metal part Shake-out consists of tumblers and spring
conveyor systems that utilize resonance to break apart the mold separating the sand from
the casting The ldquocastingrdquo at this point includes the casting itself and the entire gating
system that is still attached gates risers and sprue9
Heat from the molten metal will dry and burn-out the clay surrounding the
casting This makes the mold disintegrate much easier The strength of the mold after the
metal is poured is known as the dry strength The casting continues through shake-out
where it may finish cooling and then it goes to the grinding room The casting at the time
of shake-out may still be at an elevated temperature because sand is insulative Slow
cooling for sand molds needs consideration because it influences the mechanical
properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo metal In the grinding room the sprue gating system and
risers are removed from the casting such that it can assume its final form Depending on
the toughness of the metal casted some of the gating system may be broken off during
- 14 -
shake-out but attention in the grinding room is always required Fig 5 illustrates the
shake-out process9
Figure 5 A typical shakeout system in a green sand mold metal casting facility The complete mold enters
the rotating drum from the left The sand subsequently breaks apart freeing the casting Depending on the
facilityrsquos machinery the finer clumps of sand fall through the rotating drum and get sent to reclamation
while the larger clumps and the complete casting move down the line The castings will enter tumblers
where ideally some gating and risers will break apart from the casting This is also dependent upon the
metal casted For example a gray iron gating system is more apt to breaking apart in the tumbling drum
than a ductile iron gating system This conveyor leads to the final line where workers separate the castings
Then the castings move to grinding room where the gating systems will be removed and the part will be
finished9
After the sand is separated from the casting in shake-out it is sent to sand
reclamation and recovery The pouring and shake-out processes are detrimental to the
sand grains which are slowly broken down into finer grains The first step in the
recovery system is to remove fines which are sand grains that have eroded beyond the
point of re-use Next because sand is a good insulator and has a high specific heat
capacity it must be cooled Cooling is normally done by pouring water over the sand
while on conveyor transport to the muller This is better understood with Figure 6 which
is a diagram of the cooling process The muller is the mixing machine where clay water
seacoal and other additives for the green sand mixture are combined This prepares fresh
green sand which is monitored by the on-site laboratory ensuring it is prepared
consistently When the fresh green sand meets laboratory approval it enter into the
molding machines to begin the process over again9
- 15 -
Figure 6 Cooling the sand as soon as possible is paramount for maintaining a healthy sand system This
ensures that sand is not too hot by the time it re-enters the muller This illustration is of a typical sand
cooler 1) The entry from hot shakeout 2) The rifling of the drum makes the sand cascade as the drum
rotates this accelerates cooling 3) Sand of the acceptable size falls through this grate where it falls to the
next screen 4) This screen discharges the acceptable sized sand to a conveyor where it will head to the
muller 5) Sand cores remain and other sand that did not dissociate will be removed through this area where
it will be discarded9
There is as much knowledge and effort dedicated to maintaining an efficient sand
system as there is to the metallurgy of the metal In fact a quality sand system is essential
in the production of quality green sand casted metal The foundryrsquos laboratory will need
to continually monitor clay percentages percentage of fines remaining in the sand
compactability of the green sand pH of the system and other factors9 The facility must
also consider seasonal effects on the sand For example sand will cool faster in the
winter than in the heat of summer9
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting
Permanent mold casting as the name implies utilizes a permanent reusable metal
mold The molten metal can be fed to the molds in a variety of ways gravity fed vacuum
- 16 -
fed or pressure fed Permanent metal molds are known for their very high initial cost
however when production numbers are high they become more cost-effective A
common form of permanent mold casting is die-casting These processes produce high
dimensional accuracy and precision as well as fast cooling rates due to the high thermal
conductivity of the metal mold Fast cooling rates create a fine grain size and a refined
microstructure which is favorable for mechanical properties512
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World
The United States is currently one of the world leaders in metals casting with
1915 foundries and a nationwide output of 14 million tons of castings per year In 2017
the United States produced 97 million metric tons while China and India shipped 494
and 1206 million metric tons respectively Figure 7 which is a graph of the production
volumes of select metals is shown13
Figure 7 The number of castings of aluminum ductile iron investment cast steel gray iron and steel as a
function of year It can be observed that casting production has increased in recent years and according to
the American Foundry Society (AFS) industry growth is projected into the following years Aluminumrsquos
high strength-to-weight-ratio places the metal in high-demand13
- 17 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures
A quick overview of relevant steel phases and microstructures will be covered for
a comprehensive metallurgical presentation It should be understood that in steels a
ldquophaserdquo is only accurate vernacular when it can be seen on the Fe-C phase diagram
everything else is a microstructure For all of the following the phase diagram in Figure
13 should be a reference Additionally the microstructure of martensite will be more
appropriately discussed in substantial detail in Chapter 1852
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C)
Ferrite is the pure form of iron colloquially called ldquoalpha-ironrdquo it exists in a
Body Centered Cubic (BCC) structure below temperatures of 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Its BCC
structure is only capable of handling 002 wt C in a solid solution once this limit is
exceeded carbon will create a second phase in the form of intermetallic cementite
(Fe3C) Cementite is characteristically hard and brittle but in small amounts it is a useful
strengthener to steel because α-Fe by itself is too weak to be structural14
132 Austenite (γ-Fe)
Austenite is the stable phase of ferrite that dominates the Fe-C phase diagram
above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Austenite with its Face Centered Cubic (FCC) structure is
capable of holding up to 21 wt C in a solid solution This region is important because
it is the starting point for common steel heat treatments If a Fe-C composition passes
through this region on the Fe-C phase diagram upon heating or cooling the Fe-C is
considered a form of steel If the carbon content exceeds the austenite carbon solubility
range then the Fe-C alloy is considered a form of cast iron14
- 18 -
Figure 8 Partial Fe-C phase diagram depicting the eutectoid composition (077 wt C) cooling from the
austenite region Notice how there is a sharp transition from the austenite grains to the pearlite lamellar
structure there is no cooling through a binary region of α+γ or γ+Fe3C 15
133 Pearlite
Pearlite is a microstructure not a phase however pearlite will commonly form in
the α+Fe3C region of the phase diagram given proper cooling Pearlite can only form
when a steel cools from the austenite region and it has a characteristic lamellar structure
that alternates between colonies of α-Fe and Fe3C The size and spacing of these lamellar
is dictated by cooling rates and composition A fast cooling rate will produce fine pearlite
and a slow cooling rate will produce coarse pearlite At modest cooling rates 077 wt
C the microstructure will be 100 percent pearlite because this is the eutectoid
composition of steel which does not cool through other proeutectoid ferrite or
proeutectoid cementite zones on the phase diagram If the composition of carbon is less
or more than 077 wt then it is known as either a hypoeutectoid or hypereutectoid
- 19 -
alloy respectively Upon cooling at a modest rate a hypoeutectoid alloy will form
proeutectoid ferrite and pearlite and a hypereutectoid alloy will form proeutectoid
cementite Figure 8-10 are partial Fe-C phase diagrams displaying the differences
between 100 percent pearlite hypoeutectoid (proeutectoid ferrite) and hypereutectoid
(proeutectoid cementite) respectively The microstructures displayed are assuming that a
modest cooling rate was observed ie no quench1415
Figure 9 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypoeutectoid alloy (less
than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region There is not a sharp transition between austenite
grains and pearlite but rather a solidification range through the α+γ region of the phase diagram First
proeutectoid ferrite will form at the triple points and grain boundaries Upon further cooling deeper in this
region the proeutectoid ferrite will continue to grow until cooling below the A1 temperature Once this
happens pearlite will begin to form its lamellar structure along all areas that are still austenite not
proeutectoid ferrite15
- 20 -
Figure 10 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypereutectoid alloy
(greater than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region Proeutectoid cementite is formed similarly to
proeutectoid ferrite Proeutectoid cementite can have an embrittling effect on the mechanical properties of
steels and is sometimes avoided15
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels
To fully appreciate the scope of this project and understand the science at work in
steel castings versus wrought steel products it is imperative to have a comprehensive
knowledge of the strengthening mechanisms used in steels The strength of low alloy
steels can be increased in the following ways higher carbon content ferrite grain
refinement addition of alloying elements that are solid solution strengtheners addition of
alloying elements capable of precipitation hardening and formation and locking of
dislocations Unfortunately increases of metalrsquos strength are normally associated with a
- 21 -
loss of toughness and it commonly becomes a metallurgical compromise between
strength and toughness1
141 Increasing C Content
Increasing the carbon content increases steelrsquos strength for two reasons The first
reason is because it enters the octahedral and tetrahedral sites in both the BCC structure
of α-Fe and the FCC structure of γ-Fe Each C atom fits snugly into the interstitial ferrite
lattice sites and induces strain fields which make slip (plastic deformation) more
difficult The location of the carbon atom interstitials in the BCC lattice and FCC lattice
are illustrated in Figures 11 and 12 respectively The solubility limit of carbon in the
BCC α-Fe phase is reached at 002 wt C due to interstitial size restraints The radius
of C is ~07 Å and the largest interstice in α-Fe is the tetrahedral site with a radius of
035 Å After this solubility point is exceeded the intermetallic compound of iron
carbide or cementite (Fe3C) is precipitated out of solution The precipitation of this
carbide into the matrix is the second reason why carbon content increases strength These
different phases and microstructures can be observed in Figure 13 which is the Fe-C
phase diagram Even though it is commonly called the Fe-C phase diagram when it
depicts cementite as a thermodynamically stable phase it is incorrect Given infinite
time metastable cementite will convert to its lowest energy state at room temperature
which is graphite However in industry and often times in academia when one mentions
the Fe-C phase diagram they generally mean carbon in the form of cementite because it
is more practical151617
- 22 -
Figure 11 Interstitial sites where carbon migrates to in the BCC structure of α-Fe below the A1
temperature transition line where the BCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume
these respective interstitial positions up to 002 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the BCC structure is the
tetrahedral site with a radius of 035 Å16
The FCC lattice of austenite (γ-Fe) which is thermodynamically stable above the
A1 temperature can accommodate up to ~21 wt C in a solid solution without needing
to precipitate out carbon as cementite The A1 temperature line is depicted on the partial
Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 15 and is 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)18 The FCC lattice can
accommodate more carbon than the BCC lattice because the interstitial sites are larger Its
largest being the octahedral site which has a radius of 052 Å Both the BCC and FCC
lattices have to strain to accommodate carbon interstitials because the carbon atomic
radius is larger than either of the biggest interstitial sites Counterintuitively the diffusion
rates of carbon is faster in the BCC lattice because it has more open channels despite
being the low temperature allotrope and having smaller interstitial spaces16
- 23 -
Figure 12 Interstitial sites where carbon atoms migrate to in the FCC structure of γ-Fe above the A1 phase
transition temperature where the FCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume these
interstitial positions in the FCC lattice up to ~21 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the FCC structure is the
octahedral site with a radius of 052 Å16
Figure 13 The standard iron-carbon phase diagram of temperature as a function of wt C It can be
observed from this phase diagram that the solubility limit of carbon in α-Fe is 002 wt C Given infinite
time the carbon depicted in the phase diagram will be in the thermodynamically stable form of graphite
however in normal steel production the carbon in the binary region is in its intermetallic metastable form
of cementite (Fe3C) There are certain heat treatments and certain cast iron processes that do produce
carbon in its graphite form however the distinction is not normally made from the diagram itself17
- 24 -
An over-abundance of carbon will make a steel brittle because it becomes overly
hard at the expense of ductility Additionally carbon increases the steelrsquos hardenability
which is defined as the steelrsquos ability to form martensite It should be noted that the
ultimate martensite hardness for a steel is a function of its carbon content alone Steels
with a high hardenability often require a pre-heat before welding to slow the cooling rate
such that martensite does not form A high carbon content also increases the ductile-to-
brittle transition temperature (DBTT) for steels A high DBTT makes a steel more
susceptible to catastrophic failures at low temperatures Hardenability will be discussed
in greater detail in Chapter 1851 which differentiates hardness and hardneability11920
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains
Refinement of ferrite grains can increase the strength of steels and can be
accomplished through various means In general a fine grain size increases yield strength
and ductility simultaneously Grain refinement is the only mechanism that can both
increase strength and toughness12122 This is commonly accomplished via a faster
cooling from above the A1 transition temperature during heat treating or initial cooling
Solid solution strengtheners or dispersed microalloy particles that are present before a
phase change may act as a heterogeneous nucleation site for a grain or mechanical
deformation can contribute to grain refinement211923
Faster cooling rates as seen with a normalizing heat treatment compared to a
furnace anneal encourage grain refinement because there is less time for the grain to
reach its lowest energy state which is a sphere without the presence of grain boundaries
because grain boundaries are a surface with a free-energy The kinetics involved in all
steel making do not provide sufficient time at a specific elevated temperature for a grain
- 25 -
to achieve its lowest possible energy state However longer durations at elevated
temperature will allow the grain to reduce its surface-area-to-volume-ratio This means
less grain boundaries and a coarser grain structure Faster cooling rates do not give
sufficient time for much free-energy reduction to occur and small grains limited by
kinetics are not able to grow into large grains Since small grains inherently have more
grain boundaries they are stronger because a grain boundary will interrupt slip
mechanisms due to the different orientations between grains at this interface1 However
more grain boundaries will increase diffusion along their boundaries which can increase
creep rates particularly Coble creep124
Finer ferrite grains can be obtained by other mechanisms that either work in
tandem with accelerated cooling rates or unaccompanied Increasing the number of
nucleation sites for grains will yield finer grains More nucleation sites will initiate more
simultaneous grain growth which limits overall size grain size because grains will
impede each otherrsquos growth The concept of seeding nucleation sites with inoculants is
known as heterogenous nucleation and it occurs in metals when a solute particle becomes
the nucleus of the solidifying phase These solute particles are often solid solution
strengtheners or dispersed microalloy elements such as vanadium with a higher melting
temperature than the ferrite grains Each of these nuclei will grow into a grain The ldquoas-
solidifiedrdquo grain size has an inverse relationship to the amount of heterogenous
nucleation sites ie more nucleation sites equate to a finer grain size21
The prior-austenite grain size will affect the ferrite grain size as well Prior-
austenite grains are formed in the FCC (austenite) phase of steel above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)
Like ferrite grains austenite grains increase in size with time and temperature Then
- 26 -
upon cooling below the A1 temperature ferrite grains will nucleate on the transforming
prior-austenite grain boundaries which have become heterogeneous nucleation sites
Therefore the smaller the prior-austenite grains the finer the resulting ferrite grains
because of more heterogeneous nucleation sites25 Prior-austenite grains can possess high
energy from being strained but not recovered This increases the driving force for more
ferrite grains to form simultaneously (resulting in a smaller grain size) because the
strained prior-austenite grains want recovery (strain-relief) and a phase change will
suffice26
The relationship between yield strength and grain size was first researched by
Hall and Petch The Hall-Petch Equation displayed in Equation 1 represents the inverse
relationship between grain size and yield strength when σy is the lower yield stress σi is
the friction stress Ky is the strengthening coefficient and d is the grain size This relation
exists because the grain boundary stops the slip plane which will help to arrest
dislocation motion The more grain boundaries that are present in a material will increase
the amount of energy needed to continue to propagate a dislocation23
120590119884 = 120590119894 + 119870119910119889minus1
2 Eq 1
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements
Elements that form a solid solution with ferrite must have a similar size and
electronic structure to iron ie will not form carbides or nitrides Carbon and nitrogen are
potent interstitial solid solution strengtheners present in every steel They are in solid
solution to a certain solubility limit at which point they will precipitate out as a second
phase For example the solubility limit of carbon in iron is 002 wt C Solid solution
- 27 -
strengtheners have two primary jobs grain refinement and initiating strain fields to
reduce the ease of plastic deformation Solid solution strengtheners refine grains because
they can provide a heterogeneous nucleation site for grain growth to occur if they are
solid before the dominant solidifying phase Solid solution strengtheners also initiate
strain fields similar to the way carbon strengthens steel as an interstitial Any size
difference in the radii of alloying elements creates a lattice strain which makes slip more
difficult Figure 14 presents the yield strength effect of common solid solution
strengtheners as a function of element percent123
Figure 14 Yield strength as a function of element percent for common solid solution strengtheners It can
be observed that the highest yield strengths are achieved by using carbon and nitrogen which are interstitial
solid solution elements Phosphorus is a potent substitutional solid solution strengthener that exchanges
positions iron atoms in the matrix This finite difference in size creates a strain in the lattice such that a
strengthening effect is seen because this strain impedes dislocation motion Other elements such as nickel
and aluminum have a negligible effect1
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements
Precipitation hardening also known as secondary hardening or age hardening is
the primary strengthening mechanism in non-ferrous alloys Plain carbon steels cannot
- 28 -
take advantage of precipitation hardening because of the limited solubility of carbon in
the α-Fe phase However steels alloyed with vanadium niobium titanium and a select
few other elements can precipitation harden because these elements have a high affinity
for carbon and have an overwhelming tendency to form complex carbides nitrides and
carbonitrides instead of Fe3C Precipitation hardening generally requires a two-step heat
treating process The elements are solutionized during an initial heating called
austenitizing and then the steel is rapidly cooled to trap these elements into a
supersaturated solid solution Subsequently the system is aged to precipitate out these
elements as a second phase which greatly increases the strength levels The diffusion and
mechanisms of this process will be discussed in great detail later as precipitation
hardening is the primary strengthener in High-Strength-Low-Alloy (HSLA) steels1
145 Formation of Dislocations
Dislocations are a crystallographic line defect that is a linear discontinuity in the
periodicity of the crystal Dislocation motion is the mechanism for slip which is plastic
deformation Alternatively it can be visualized as dislocations being created in a metal
whenever plastic deformation occurs All dislocations need a shear stress component in
order for them to propagate Metals are strengthened when dislocation motion is
impeded whether by grain boundaries alloying elements or other dislocations (assuming
that a metal can undergo plastic deformation without catastrophic failure) When steel is
plastically deformed below its recrystallization temperature dislocations will not anneal
away and they will remain inside of the microstructure The strength increase comes from
dislocation motion being impeded by other dislocations because they cannot slide well
over one-another Thus slip is restricted Dislocations will anneal away above the
- 29 -
recrystallization temperature because the crystal has enough thermal energy to allow
relaxation into a lower energy state thereby lowering the kinetic barrier to the lowest
free-energy for that crystal Figure 32 illustrates the annealing temperatures and
recrystallization regime316182327
There are two types of dislocations possible edge and screw dislocations The
magnitude and direction that the shear stresses displace the atoms is represented by the
Burgers vector Edge and screw dislocations are illustrated in Figures 15 and 16
respectively163 Both are activated by shear stresses however they react differently to
solid solution strengtheners and interstitial atoms An edge dislocation which is an
incomplete plane of atoms in a crystal will respond to both shear and hydrostatic
components while a screw dislocation will only react to a shear component23 The
implications are that solid solution strengthening elements give a hydrostatic distortion in
the lattice and therefore only impede edge dislocations23 Interstitial atoms initiate both a
hydrostatic and shear stress because they are asymmetrical within each unit cell
therefore these can interact with both edge and screw dislocations3162223
Figure 15 The movement of an edge dislocation along a slip plane Notice how the dislocation moves
parallel to the slip plane The ldquoextra half-planerdquo of atoms slides in response to a shear stress This type of
dislocation can be thought of as either an extra half-plane of atoms inserted into the lattice or a missing
half-plane An edge dislocation is constrained to a single slip plane16
- 30 -
Figure 16 A screw dislocation Contrary to edge dislocations there are no atoms missing from a screw
dislocation Notice how the screw dislocation rotates around its dislocation line like a spiral staircase A
screw dislocation is not confined to a single slip plane like an edge dislocation it can re-orientate itself onto
a new slip plane3
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal
To completely understand this project it is important to discern the differences
between metal that was shape casted nearly into its final form and metal that was casted
and subsequently thermomechanically deformed Metals that undergo thermomechanical
deformation are known as wrought metals All metals except those produced via additive
manufacturing or powder metallurgy are cast at some point in their existence eg in the
form of an initial ingot However not all metals that are cast can easily undergo
thermomechanical deformation because of their propensity for crack formation
Additionally some metals due to their composition are highly castable and are used in
their cast form as opposed to being wrought processed2
- 31 -
151 Cast Metal
Cast metal is metal that experienced some sort of shape casting and is nearly in its
final form and will not undergo thermomechanical deformation Sometimes metals are
chosen to be shape cast because the desired metal for the job consequently casts well or
it can be that the final design of the part is too complex for forging and fabricating and
that powder metallurgy and additive manufacturing are not the best choices
The fact that cast metals do not undergo any type of thermomechanical
deformation can act as both an advantage and a disadvantage It can be an obvious
disadvantage because cast metals are not afforded the luxury of the strengthening
mechanism associated with dislocation motion impedance Therefore all casting
strengthening must be done with alloying and heat treating Cast steels can be very cost
effective because fewer steps in production of the final product will allow for larger profit
margins This cost savings can also be passed along to consumers1
The most extensively shape cast metal is cast iron the tonnage of all other shape
cast metals can be summed together and it still would not surpass the annual tonnage of
cast iron Cast iron despite the name has a higher carbon content than steel normally in
the range of 17 to 35 wt C According to Figure 13 the Fe-C phase diagram the
carbon content creates a eutectic point for cast iron at ~42 wt C Eutectic and near
eutectic compositions cast well because there is a sharp transition between liquid and
solid The more deviation in the carbon content there is from the eutectic point the
broader the solidifying temperature range Then transport phenomena will increasingly
influence properties This will be discussed more later in Chapter 163 Solidification
Dynamics of an Alloy2
- 32 -
152 Wrought Metal
Wrought metal is any metal subjected to some form of thermomechanical
deformation Thermomechanical deformation means deforming the material to
manipulate its dimensions which by nature of the process will achieve better mechanical
properties through dislocation entanglement Some interpretations of thermomechanical
deformation strictly demand strain aging processes (when dislocations are pinned by
carbon atoms during deformation) and the work hardening of austenite not be included in
definition28 While other sources strictly dissect thermomechanical deformation into
different regimes Class I being deformation below the austenite temperature Class II
deformation during the austenite transition and Class III deformation above the austenite
transition2229
16 Solidification Dynamics
Cast metals ingots included are subjected to a multitude of kinetic mechanisms
inherent with the process There are certain considerations to be realized temperature
gradient of heat flowing outward from the center of the casting solidification temperature
range of the particular alloy cast type of casting process and its inherent thermal
properties and the structure-property relationships
161 Nucleation Mechanisms
Solidification from a liquid phase requires a nucleation event so a new phase can
propagate The method of Nucleation and growth describes how a precipitate grain or
phase comes into existence starting with the origin of the phase through the nascent
- 33 -
growth period until full grain formation Nucleation and growth occurs with two
mechanisms homogeneous nucleation andor heterogeneous nucleation303132
Essentially both homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation mechanisms can be
divided into four stages of growth either for initial cooling from a melt or nucleation of
new grains after a solid-to-solid phase change Stage I is named the incubation period
because no stable particles have formed yet At this stage only microscopic clusters or
embryos exist and they are metastable These clusters are randomly distributed
throughout the meltmatrix and they begin to grow by agglomeration It is likely that
many will revert back into the meltmatrix This is because of their small size they
inherently have a high surface-to-volume ratio and are not stable However if the embryo
grows large enough it reaches a critical size such that it becomes thermodynamically
stable then it becomes a particle These particles are now permanent and will continue to
grow Nucleation continues with Stage II which is the quasi-steady-state nucleation
regime As the name implies embryos are transitioning into particles at a constant rate
This steady-state of transitioning continues until a saturation point is reached in Stage III
By Stage IV the number of new particles decreases because as the pre-existing particles
continue to grow they devour the smaller particles This process can be described in
Figure 17 Then after a stable nucleus is formed whether by homogeneous or
heterogeneous nucleation its growth rate is determined by the degree of undercooling the
system is subjected to and how easily the existing crystal structure accommodates the
new growth3132
- 34 -
Figure 17 Nucleation rate as a function of time There is a finite amount of time that passes before the first
embryos come into existence in Stage 1 In Stage II nucleation growth increases rapidly until it hits the
saturation point in Stage III The growth of new nuclei starts to decline when smaller nuclei fall victim to
larger nuclei that are cannibalistic Thus larger nuclei grow at the expense of smaller ones31
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation
This is the primary nucleation mechanism in a one-component system It also
occurs in alloy systems but is less dominant than heterogeneous nucleation In
homogeneous nucleation the embryos are uniformly distributed throughout the entire
parent material and by randomness of agglomeration they begin to grow at the expense
of one-another If the embryos grow to reach the critical size they obtain a stable surface-
area-to-volume ratio are thermodynamically stable and known as particles The Gibbs
free-energy transitions from positive to negative at this point when the activation energy
for nucleation is reached This relation can be illustrated in Figure 18 and summarized in
Eq 2 where ∆119866 is the Gibbs free energy 4
31205871199033 is the volume of the spherical nucleus
∆119866119907 is the free energy of the volume and 41205871199032120574 is the surface area of the nucleus30
∆119866 =4
31205871199033∆119866119907 + 41205871199032120574 Eq 2
- 35 -
Figure 18 Image depicting a mathematically idealized form of nuclei such that it has a perfect volume and
area represented by 4
3πr3 and 4πr2γ respectively Once the nuclei grow large enough it becomes
thermodynamically stable and it will not dematerialize unless it sacrifices itself for the growth of a larger
nuclei30
This phenomenon is readily observed during solidification It is more
energetically favorable (larger negative Gibbs free energy) for particles to form via
homogeneous nucleation when a greater undercooling is performed ie faster and more
dramatic cooling rate Undercooling is defined as the offset of the cooling temperature
below the equilibrium temperature of solidification When the system experiences a large
undercooling the nucleation rate increases and this forms many solid nuclei
simultaneously Therefore many nuclei are growing concurrently and the growth rates
soon reach a saturation point where growth is impeded by competing nuclei When fewer
nuclei are growing because of a small undercooling the nuclei grow larger before
impeding one-another This can all be summarized with the graph in Figure 19 but
essentially faster cooling rates procure finer grains and smaller undercooling will be
conducive for coarse grain formation3033
- 36 -
Figure 19 Gibbs free energy of a nuclei as a function of radius of the nuclei The temperature determines
the stable radius (r) It can be observed that a larger undercooling makes nuclei more thermodynamically
stable because it forces the nuclei out of solution more easily at temperatures farther away from the melting
temperature30
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation
Heterogeneous nucleation dominates in alloys over homogeneous nucleation
because of the insoluble particles present in the material behaving as nucleation sites
Other nucleation sites will include mold walls grain boundaries and dislocations The
pre-existing surface that initiates nucleation and growth consequently lowers the required
undercooling for heterogeneous nucleation by several hundred degrees centigrade
compared to homogenous nucleation For high heterogeneous nucleation rates upon mold
walls the liquid metal must wet the mold walls This means that the liquid phase
disperses evenly over the mold walls and does not form droplets Figure 20 is an
illustration of the wetting phenomenon and the required free-energies to make it
favorable303132
Heterogenous nucleation can be promoted through the addition of inoculants
which behave as nucleation sites These solid particles have higher melting temperatures
- 37 -
than the primary metal composition and they will either solidify first upon cooling or
precipitate out of solution before another phase change Then these heterogenous
nucleation sites that are distributed throughout the solidifying or phase-changing metal
will begin to grow larger eventually becoming grains As in homogeneous nucleation
faster cooling rates are characteristic of finer grain sizes303132
120574119868119871 = 120574119878119868 + 120574119878119871119888119900119904(120579) Eq 3
Figure 20 Diagram showing the ldquowettingrdquo action of a droplet on a surface 120574119868119871 is the liquid-solid
interfacial energy 120574119878119868 is the solid surface energy 120574119878119871 is the liquid surface energy and 120579 is the wetting
angle The lower this angle the more wettable the surface30
Figure 21 Nucleation rate growth rate and overall transformation rate of nucleation and the effect that
temperature has on all three It should be observed that growth rate and nucleation rate will hit an optimized
rate when the overall transformation rate is the highest30
- 38 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal
Solidification in pure metal casting will occur via two different mechanisms
planar growth and dendritic growth The creation of a solid phase from a liquid phase
requires energy expenditure ie a surface-energy associated with the liquid-solid
interface The energy required to produce a solid phase from the liquid phase is produced
from undercooling Planar growth will only exist in a turbulent-free and alloy-free
solidifying system because other mechanisms for solidification will dominate under other
conditions such as the presence of alloys Planar growth as the name implies is the
propagation of a solidifying plane throughout the melt There are areas of the melt that
will solidify ahead of this plane however the outward heat flux flowing from the
solidifying plane will cause re-melting This is caused by the latent heat-of-fusion ie the
heat radiating from the solidifying structure will make the liquid next to it hotter than the
rest of the melt This is described graphically in Figure 22 This enables the planar
interface to be maintained but only when slow cooling rates are recognized234
Figure 22 Temperature profile of a metal casting mold Particular interest should be focused on the area of
ldquotemperature increase due to latent heatrdquo because this is how planar solidification is able to re-melt
solidified areas of the casting and re-solidify as a plane The latent heat of solidification is the release of
heat energy at the solidification temperature so that the metal can solidify2
- 39 -
Dendrites are defined as ldquotree-shaped crystalsrdquo that grow and solidify along
crystallographic preferred directions and are the dominant form of non-planar front
solidification In BCC and FCC crystal structures the preferred crystallographic growth
direction is along the lt100gt orientation Dendritic growth unlike planar solidification is
present in both pure metals and alloys but the mechanism for dendritic growth is
different in both cases In pure metals dendrites form due to thermal supercooling which
occurs more predominantly with higher cooling rates Akin to the effects of latent heat-
of-fusion in planar growth the liquid next to solidifying dendrites is hotter than the rest
of the melt If the solidifying dendrite is catalyzed by any perturbations in the
solidification it will have the propensity to grow past this solidifying wall to the cooler
temperatures (just a few tenths of a degree) beyond areas experiencing the latent heat of
solidification This creates a ldquotree-likerdquo crystal This process repeats again but on a
smaller scale for secondary dendrite ldquoarmsrdquo growing off of the primary dendrite ldquoarmrdquo
that originally grew past the solidification front Figure 23 illustrates both primary and
secondary dendritic arms273536
Figure 23 The difference between primary and secondary dendritic arms Primary dendritic arms the first
dendrites that grow through the solidification front in a crystallographic preferred direction and secondary
dendritic arms are dendrites that sprout from the primary arms7
- 40 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy
In a pure metal the entire system is homogenous The system will have a
solidification point but in an alloy system the solidification will occur over a range of
temperatures except at eutectic points This introduces a new solidification mechanism
which is constitutional supercooling The first solid to form will have a different
composition than the last solid to form when cooling through a dual-phase region (α+L
region) of the phase diagram It should be noted that when cooling happens through a
eutectic point solidification occurs at one temperature This can all be understood more
clearly by observing the Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 13 As the temperature falls
through the cooling range in a dual-phase area the solidifying composition at that cooling
range can be found by drawing an isothermal tie-line to the solidus line on the phase
diagram The first solid matrix to form tends to be deplete of solute while the final
composition to solidify tends to be solute rich This phenomenon of compositional
supercooling is intensified by equilibrium cooling rates therefore a faster cooling rate
will help to reduce its effect These dual-phase regions colloquially called ldquomushy
zonesrdquo are depicted in Figure 24 The more cooling that occurs through one of these
regions increases the likelihood for defects associated with long dendrites and difficulty
feeding the solidifying shrinking metal with liquid metal 23436
Constitutional supercooling is the predominant mechanism for dendrite growth in
alloys however the mechanism of thermal supercooling is still active The solute that
drops out of solution will lower the solidification temperature of the liquid and act as a
starting point for dendritic growth and it makes dendritic growth more pronounced
Especially those that cool through large two-phase regions2
- 41 -
Figure 24 The consequences of different cooling paths as dictated by composition on the phase diagram It
is observed that the best fluidity comes from a single-phase composition and a eutectic composition
because these do not have a freezing range but a freezing point This lowest fluidity (highest viscosity) is
observed with compositions that require cooling paths through the thickest region of the dual-phase β+L
region This path is characteristic of the largest freezing range such that certain solutes are solidified out of
that specific composition while liquid still remains37
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting
Both pure metals and alloys are subject to different solidification zones in castings
due to solidification kinetics Pure metals will see two solidification zones the chill zone
and the columnar zone Alloys will experience those two zones in addition to a third
central equiaxed zone It should be kept in mind that the casting will solidify from the
inside out and heat flows from hot to cold2
1641 Chill Zone
This is region ldquoardquo in Figure 25 Liquid metal nearest the mold will experience the
fastest cooling rates due to large undercooling because the mold radiates heat away from
- 42 -
itself This effect is exacerbated in permanent metal molds with a high thermal
conductivity because the mold behaves as a heat sink that removes heat rapidly from the
solidifying metal However some molds are insulative (green sand molds) and the
amount of undercooling that the outside of the casting experiences will be minimized In
general the faster cooling rates experienced at the outside of the mold will combine with
the heterogeneous nucleation occurring at the mold wall to form fine equiaxed grains2
Figure 25 There are three different solidification zones in a typical casting a) Is the ldquochill zonerdquo this
microstructure is characteristic of fine equiaxed grains initiated via quick cooling rates seen on the outside
of the casting at the mold wall b) In the ldquocolumnar zonerdquo long grains grow because of less undercooling
additionally dendrites grow perpendicular to the mold walls which is the reason for the columnar
orientation c) The ldquocentral equiaxed zonerdquo is at the center of alloy castings These smaller equiaxed grains
are created by the combined effects of constitutional supercooling and the heat gradients flowing outward
from the center
1642 Columnar Zone
The mold walls rapidly heat up and the degree of thermal undercooling will soon
start to diminish as solidification continues This happens in the moments after the chill
zone is formed The nucleation rates decrease inside the liquid metal adjacent to the chill
zone When there are fewer nucleation sites mixed with a slow cooling rate coarse grains
- 43 -
growth will dominate This area becomes known as the columnar zone because dendrites
and grains will grow perpendicular to the mold walls The large columnar grain
boundaries have a propensity to contain embrittling impurities and porosity which
degrades the mechanical properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo material Hence the reason
thermomechanical deformation is commonly used as a post-processing step after casting
for non-shape-cast metals Deformation will break apart the continuity of the inclusions
thus reducing the embrittlement However there are ways to improve the as-casted
microstructure in this region Grain refiners (inoculants) can be added to the melt As the
name implies these refine the grain size in the columnar zone and reduce grain sizes
These inoculants solidify before the parent material of the melt and behave as another
heterogeneous nucleation site therefore creating more nucleation that will grow
simultaneously This enables the system to reach its saturation point sooner and this
yields smaller grains2
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone
This zone is only present in alloys due to the combined effects of the
constitutionally supercooled regions from the mold walls converging at the center of the
casting and the temperature gradient flowing outward form the castingrsquos center thus
creating a large undercooling effect at the center of the casting The large undercooling
both from constitutional and thermal effects yield high nucleation rates which create
fine equiaxed grains Another effect that commonly contributes to a pronounced central
equiaxed zone is buoyancy-driven convection flow in the solidifying melt This has the
capacity to break-off already solidified dendrites and transport them around the
circulating melt These broken dendritic arms act as another heterogenous nucleation site
- 44 -
within the melt Melt circulation and convection of the liquid metal can also be
artificially induced with ultrasonic vibrations or alternating magnetic fields2
17 Solidification Defects
There are five primary defects that can occur in castings because of solidification
mechanisms and they are more pronounced in alloys due to constitutional supercooling
The five primary defects are macroporosity macrosegregation microporosity
microsegregation and gas porosity Defects are combated in different ways however
most commonly is with implementation of a riser which will solidify last and contain
most defects2
171 Macroporosity
Macroporosity formation in the casting is caused by shrinking of the metal as it
cools and the inability of fresh liquid metal to fill in the void The last part of the casting
system to solidify is subject to macroporosity because no liquid metal remains to fill in
voids created by the solidification shrinkage The mechanisms that contribute to
macroporosity are liquid shrinkage solidification shrinkage and solid shrinkage which
can be summarized graphically in Figure 26 Nearly all materials whether in their liquid
solid or gas state experience a volume expansion associated with heating and a volume
decrease associated with cooling The shrinking volume of the liquid during cooling is a
nonissue when there is more liquid metal available to replenish the volume An issue
develops because there is a shrinkage associated with the transition from a liquid to a
smaller volume crystal Additionally the casting will experience further shrinkage due to
- 45 -
the thermal expansion coefficient of the solid metal that will be active from the
solidification temperature to room temperature2
Macroporosity can be combated with the addition of risers chills and insulation
placed in key areas to ensure that the casting itself is not the last to solidify Ideally the
casting will directionally solidify towards the riser such that the riser is the last part to
solidify and that it can continue to feed the shrinking casting with its remaining liquid
metal Figure 27 illustrates the macroporosity solidification defect that forms at the top of
the riser known as a pipe2
Figure 26 Volume of metal in different phases as a function of temperature Most materials shrink as they
are cooled due to the mean vibration distances decreasing because there is less thermal energy in the
bonding There is an exceptional decrease in the volume of metal during solidification shrinkage due to the
formation of the crystal structures which is ordered2
- 46 -
Figure 27 Solidifying metal will shrink this shows how a pipe forms in a cube sand casting It will begin
by forming a solidified skin on top at the mold-casting interface which isolates this section from the rest of
the casting that is still liquid Thus liquid metal cannot replenish this void2
172 Macrosegregation
The last part of the actual casting to solidify not including the riser will be at the
centerline of the thickest mass section When an alloy solidifies unless it is a eutectic
composition it will solidify over a temperature range The exact composition solidifying
is represented by an isothermal line drawn from the alloyrsquos composition line (C0) to the
solidus line this can be best illustrated with Figure 28 This solidification range creates
solute migration because the first part of the casting to solidify will be solute poor and the
last part of the casting to solidify will be solute rich Macrosegregation can be combated
by a faster solidification rate so that there is not time allowed for solute migration Heat
treating the casting will also help reduce the segregation after the casting is solidified
however solid state diffusion rates are substantially slower than diffusion rates in the
liquid238
- 47 -
Figure 28 This is an example of a two-phase solidification region where solidification happens over a
range of temperatures The lever rule can be used to determine specific composition of the solute falling out
of solution at any point in time below the liquidus line38
173 Microporosity
Solidification shrinkage will also cause microporosity When the casting is
solidifying it is common for the dendrites to grow into one-another such that they
impede liquid metal flow in the inner-dendritic region Then solidification shrinkage
occurs within the dendritic region and since liquid metal is not available to replenish the
shrinking volume a micropore will form Figure 29 provides an illustration of this
phenomenon Microporosity is exacerbated by alloys that solidify through a larger two-
phase region because these have a higher propensity for form dendrites due to the larger
freezing range This defect can be combated with any mechanism that breaks up the
dendrites such as ultrasonic vibrations magnetic eddy currents or higher velocity
pouring metal2
- 48 -
Figure 29 Dendrites are the primary cause of microporosity because the dendritic arms grow together and
liquid metal cannot replenish the micropore that forms due to the solidifying metal This action is illustrated
above The kinetics of solidification in the space between inter-dendritic arms is also a leading cause for
microsegregation2
174 Microsegregation
Microsegregation is another byproduct of the solidification kinetics of an alloy
The last composition of the alloy to solidify will have a high solute content This can
cause intermetallic phases and inclusions to form primarily between dendrites These
both have the tendency to be brittle and should be avoided if possible The primary side-
effect to the intermetallic phase and inclusions is hot shortness which is cracking that
occurs during any subsequent hot working process Microsegregation can be rectified by
the same process alterations as for macrosegregation Additionally it was reported that a
homogenizing heat treatment works well to remedy the problem The secondary-dendritic
arm spacing normally has the largest effect on microsegregation and this spacing can be
used to determine the time and temperature of the homogenization that is needed23940
175 Gas Porosity
Gas porosity is also a common defect which is caused by the absorption of gases
into the liquid phase prior to solidification The primary gases that are responsible for gas
porosity in iron and steel are H2 N2 and CO The primary mechanism for gas porosity is
- 49 -
the dramatic decrease in gas solubility at the liquid-to-solid phase change which can be
illustrated in Figure 30 These gases are soluble in liquid metal and often times
solidification happens so quickly that when gases evolve out of the solidifying metal a
gas hole is left in their wake An example of a gas porosity hole in the solidified metal
can be observed in Figure 31 the nearly perfectly round hole is indicative of gas porosity
Gas porosity can be remedied by vacuum degassing the melt Hot-Isostatic-Pressing
(HIPrsquoing) the finished part the addition of inclusion formers and all around cleanliness
of the melt241
Figure 30 Hydrogen gas content in a metal as a function of temperature illustrates that the liquid form of a
metal has a much greater gas solubility than does the solid phase There is a sharp discontinuity in the
solubility graph at the solidification temperature and this is why gas hole porosity is seen in metals The
metal is solidifying with ample amounts of gas in it and often times it solidifies before the gas has a chance
to escape Thus leaving a gas hole in its wake
- 50 -
Figure 31 Round pores seen in micrographs commonly indicate gas porosity because the gas bubble is
round and when the metal solidifies around it as the gas is escaping it leaves its own trace in the metal41
18 Heat Treating of Steels
Heat treating is commonly performed on both cast and wrought steels Depending
on categorization there are arguably seven different heat treatments that are performed
on metals homogenization full anneal process anneal normalization austenitize-
quench-temper spheroidizing and stress relieve Consult the Fe-C phase diagram in
Figure 32 that has the temperature ranges for each heat treatments superimposed upon it
for reference during each of the following sections18
Common to most every heat treatment of steels is heating first above the A1
transition line to fully austenitize the steel This is important because the FCC structure
has a higher solubility for carbon and other alloying elements Austenite can be thought
of as the ldquoparent phaserdquo to most microstructures and phases in steels because most
microstructures are formed by cooling from the austenite region It is because of the
- 51 -
austenite region that there are so many heat treatments possible for steel Cooling rate
will control the diffusion which along with the composition dictate the resultant
microstructure in cast steels Slower cooling rates will allow phases solute and particles
that were stable in the austenite region but not stable in the α+Fe3C region to precipitate
out as second phases Faster cooling rates will keep these solutes in solution in a
metastable form2542
Figure 32 Partial phase diagram of temperature vs carbon wt illustrates the ranges for each type of heat
treating and thermomechanical processes up to 15 wt C Notice this depicts the A1 temperature line at
1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) so frequently referenced18
The austenite region in steels is important for other reasons too For example it is
single phase at most temperatures and compositions that are commonly used plus it is a
high-temperature phase that it naturally more ductile This increased ductility enables
thermomechanically deformation of steels in the austenite region to be cost-effective
- 52 -
Also the austenite phase forms its own grains by a standard nucleation and growth
process There is a kinetic barrier that needs overcome for them to start growing because
α+Fe3C needs to be transformed The final size that the austenite grains grow to will
affect how easily the microstructure can be transformed back into α+Fe3C upon cooling
Therefore they have an effect on ferrite microstructure For example toughness is
sensitive to prior-austenite grains and it is reduced as the size of the prior austenite grains
are increased Once cooled the remnants of the austenite grains are called prior-austenite
grains (these grains are visible when subjected to special etches and microscopy)2542
181 Homogenization
During solidification of an alloy microsegregation and macrosegregation can be
mitigated by subsequent homogenization heat treatments Compositional supercooling
creates a multitude of problems because there is not a uniform composition throughout
the solidified metal At ambient temperatures the solute atoms will not diffuse fast
enough to achieve an equilibrium composition throughout To quicken diffusion rates a
homogenization heat treatment is performed to enable the systemrsquos concentration
gradients to equilibrate across the matrix Most ingot castings are homogenized before
hot working to improve workability mechanical properties and repeatability because the
solute atoms are dissolved Homogenization is performed approximately in the 1830-
2190 ˚F (1000-1200 ˚C) temperature range followed by an air cool which produces
larger coarse grains upon completion as opposed to a quench Homogenization normally
happens simultaneously with the nucleation and growth of the austenite grains therefore
one could argue that austenitizing and homogenizing are the same heat treatment Often
- 53 -
thermomechanical deformation is performed directly after homogenization so that the
ingot does not have to be reheated later254243
182 Full Anneal
Performing a full anneal in steels will produce a microstructure characteristic of
equiaxed ferrite and coarse pearlite that will have soft and ductile mechanical properties
The temperature ranges involved are just above the A3 temperature line for hypoeutectoid
steels and just above the A1 temperature line for hypereutectoid steels If a hypereutectoid
steel is cooled slowly through the γ + Cementite region the steel will have a tendency to
form proeutectoid cementite along the grain boundaries which is too brittle for use A
full anneal is normally held at temperature for an hour per inch thick of steel and it
finishes with a furnace cool1844
183 Process Anneal
A process anneal is also called a recrystallization anneal and it is primarily used
to restore ductility to a piece of metal that has been cold worked As explained
previously when a steel is cold worked dislocations form and they impede each otherrsquos
flow This makes the material less ductile because dislocation motion is a mechanism for
slip A process anneal can annihilate these dislocations so cold working can continue
without damaging the steel additionally increased ductility can be achieved There are
three phases of a process anneal heat treatment 1) dislocation annihilation (recovery) 2)
recrystallization 3) new grain growth The recovery phase reduces strain in the matrix
and the recrystallization phase nucleates new strain-free grains It should be made clear
that no phase change is achieved during a process anneal the upper temperature limit is
less than A1 temperature line1844
- 54 -
184 Normalization
Normalizing is used to refine the grain structure of the steel typically after cold or
hot working Steel is commonly sold in this condition because it produces fine equiaxed
grains and fine pearlite that is desirable for good mechanical properties such as strength
and ductility Normalizing involves an air cool from temperatures above the A3
temperature line but still relatively low in the austenite region The cooling rate is
dependent upon ambient conditions casting size and casting geometry1844
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper
The highest strength and hardness microstructure in steels is called martensite
This is formed via a diffusionless transformation from the austenite region initiated via a
quench A quench is the act of cooling the material quickly in a medium that can be
water oil or brine A martensitic microstructure is not used without subsequently being
tempered due to un-tempered martensitersquos brittleness and lack of toughness that would
make the steel prone to catastrophic failure45
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability
It is important to distinguish the difference between hardness and hardenability
The ability of a steel to form martensite is called hardenability and hardness is a
materialrsquos resistance to deformation These also have different influences as well the
ultimate hardness potential of martensite is only a function of the carbon content of the
steel while hardenability is controlled by the following carbon content alloying
elements prior-austenite grain size cooling rate (severity of quench) and the size of the
steel being quenched192045
- 55 -
The factors affecting hardenability are straightforward The higher the carbon
content and alloying content the higher the hardenability because additives decrease
diffusion rates Since the formation of pearlite and bainite are diffusion dependent the
system will have a higher tendency to form martensite This can be observed on a Time-
Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram as seen in Figure 33 Any effect that slows
diffusion like the addition of alloying elements moves the curve to the right
Hardenability is increased with increasing prior-austenite grain size because there are
fewer grain boundaries with coarser grains which results in fewer nucleation sites for
pearlite formation19204647
Figure 33Time-Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram This particular TTT diagram has a Fe-C
phase diagram attached on the left This illustrates how martensite finish (Mf) decreases with C content
This is an isothermal diagram and therefore no kinetic effects during the cooling will be taken into
account ie it assumes infinitely fast cooling to the desired temperature46
Intuitively depth of hardness increases with increasing hardenability and the
severity of the quench The quenching medium affects the severity for example an oil
quench is less severe than a water quench which is the most common medium
Additionally section size will influence cooling rates A small sample will experience a
more severe quench1920454849
- 56 -
1852 Martensite
A martensitic structure in steels results from a diffusionless athermal and shear-
type formation To catalyze the formation of this hardest possible steel microstructure
the steel must undergo a severe quench from austenite to its room temperature stable
phase The austenite phase at 1674 ˚F (912 ˚C) is capable of handling up to 211 wt C
due to its more open FCC structure but the maximum carbon that the α-phase can handle
is 002 wt C because of its more enclosed BCC structure This means that with typical
cooling rates carbon will partition itself out of the α-ferrite and form the secondary phase
of Fe3C To form full martensite a quench must happen quickly such that carbon cannot
diffuse out of the octahedral sites in α-Fe into a second phase of Fe3C hence the
diffusionless transformation Carbon remains trapped in the BCC lattice however it
strains the BCC lattice deforming it into a Body Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice
where carbon is still in the octahedral sites This is observed in Figure 34 Martensite is
not a thermodynamically stable phase which means that martensite is metastable and that
the diffusion was only suppressed45
Martensite strengthens steel to such a high degree because of the Bain strain that
is induced by the carbon wedged into the BCT lattice The strain field that forms around
each carbon atom inhibits dislocation motion There is also a solid solution strengthening
effect from the carbon that contributes to the overall hardness of the martensite A surface
tilting is normally associated with martensite formation based upon which habit plane
that it forms upon from the austenite phase These habit planes will be dependent upon
alloy composition Figure 35 illustrates this habit plane relationship45
- 57 -
Figure 34 The Body-Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice of martensite Carbon atoms become stuck in the
interstices between larger atoms during the rapid quench from the FCC phase of austenite The system
wants to assume the BCC phase of ferrite however cooling happens so rapidly that carbon does not have
time to migrate and now it is trapped in this metastable phase45
It should be noted that martensite formation occurs over a range of temperatures
The alloy must first be quenched through its martensite start temperature (MS) This is
determined by a thermodynamic driving force that is required to start the shear
transformation from austenite to martensite The MS will vary directly with carbon
content the higher the carbon content the lower MS This may seem counterintuitive
because one method for increasing hardenability is to increase the carbon content
however since carbon is an interstitial alloying element in steels it places strain even on
the FCC lattice of austenite This increases austenitersquos resistance to shear Therefore
since martensite formation is a shear transformation there needs to be a larger
thermodynamic driving force to initiate this change which is catalyzed by a larger
undercooling There is also a MF which occurs when all of the austenite has transformed
into martensite Figure 36 illustrates martensite start temperature45
- 58 -
Figure 35 Martensite is characteristic of causing Bain strain The exceptionally high strains associated
with the shear transformation for the formation of martensite will twist and tilt the martensite surface to
start the formation The austenite phase that was not transformed yet has to be plastic enough to allow this
to happen45
There are two different types of martensite that exist lath and plate However
they do not exist exclusively and can mix together The type of martensite formed is
dependent upon composition Plate martensite will form above 10 wt C and lath
martensite will dominate below 06 wt C with a mix of both occurring between 06
and 10 wt C This relationship is illustrated in Figure 36 as well as the martensite start
temperature Plate martensite is characteristic of irrational habit planes macroscopic in
nature (can be seen with optical microscopy) and subject to mostly twinned planes Lath
martensite has the tendency to form in parallel packets with more dislocations than twins
and its habit plane is defined as 11145
- 59 -
Figure 36 There are two different types of martensite lath and plate Formation is dictated by carbon
content As observed a range up to 06 wt C will produce lath and a range upwards of 10 wt C will
produce plate martensite When the wt C is between these ranges a mixture of lath and plate martensite
can be expected45
1853 Tempering Kinetics
Martensitic steel must be tempered to restore ductility and toughness to prevent
possible catastrophic brittle failure Tempering must be performed cautiously because
over-tempering is possible such that the steel becomes too soft Since martensite is a
metastable phase whose diffusion was only suppressed due to kinetics it takes relatively
little thermal energy to enable the carbon to migrate out of the BCT lattice Thermal
energy is introduced to the system in the form of tempering Once carbon leaves the BCT
structure the lattice will relax and reform its thermodynamically stable BCC lattice that
has 002 wt C maximum Therefore the extra carbon that was supersaturated into the
BCT lattice will now precipitate out as the second phase of cementite (Fe3C) Since the
primary goal of tempering is to soften the metal at the expense of hardness it becomes a
balancing act between how long and at what temperatures tempering is conducted to
obtain the desired mechanical properties455051
- 60 -
186 Spheroidizing
Spheroidite is the softest and most ductile microstructure possible for a given steel
because of the formation of spherical carbides which have a low surface-area-to-volume
ratio relative to other carbide shapes Therefore there is less interaction area with the
matrix and in turn less of a strain field that is formed Steels subjected to this heat
treatment have great machining properties because of the increased ductility To achieve
this microstructure the steel is held just below the A1 temperature for multiple hours to
give ample time for carbon diffusion18
187 Stress Relieving
This heat treatment is performed to remove internal stresses induced by welding
machining cold-working etc There is no recrystallization or significant microstructural
changes as with process annealing The temperature for stress relieving is approximately
750 ˚F (400 ˚C) which is the temperature required for dislocation annihilation to
occur1844
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels
HSLA steels are low carbon content steels typically with pearlite and ferrite
microstructures that achieve relatively high strengths formability and toughness despite
the fact that they have a low carbon content Their weldability is also superb due to the
low carbon content To achieve strength an HSLA steel must be able to precipitation
harden the ferrite HSLA steels are commonly microalloyed with vanadium niobium
titanium or another strong carbide forming element and with a solid solution
strengthener such as silicon or manganese Another essential aspect to the strength of
- 61 -
HSLA steels is a fine grain structure Reduced grain size is an additional mechanism for
strength but it also increases toughness while lowering the DBTT5253
191 Precipitation Hardening
Commonly known as age hardening in non-ferrous alloys this secondary-
hardening process closely resembles an austenitize-quench-temper cycle for normal
steels Technically a solution-treat and age cannot be performed in conventional steels
because of the lack of carbon solubility However with the additions of microalloys a
true precipitation hardening can be achieved in HSLA steels A precipitation hardening
technique is similar to an austenitize-quench-temper in terms of its heat treatment cycle
During the quench the goal is to make a metastable supersaturated solid solution Then
when thermal energy is introduced to the system the precipitates (alloy carbides nitrides
and carbonitrides) age or precipitate into the matrix These processes occur at the same
time that the martensite is quenched and tempered54
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE)
A cornerstone of this project is ensuring that the alloy developed will have
superior weldability but first the term weldability must be defined such that it can be
understood The weldability of low alloy steels is commonly expressed in terms of
Carbon Equivalent (CE) which is calculated solely from the chemical composition of a
steel The following are the definitions adopted and how they are defined for this project
1101 Weldability
Weldability is defined by the American Welding Society (AWS) as ldquoThe capacity
of a material to be welded under fabrication techniques imposed in a specific suitably
- 62 -
designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended servicerdquo However there
are many characteristics of a steel that could influence its weldability55 Colloquially one
would just say that a steel which welds successfully without pre-heating has a good
weldability
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE)
One of the best metrics for weldability assessment is through an empirically
derived formula called the carbon equivalent (CE) This was created as a way to quantify
the relative likelihood of hydrogen induced cracking problems and heat affected zone
(HAZ) martensite formation in a steel A knowledgeable welder will use the CE value as
a tool to determine how the metal is going to weld and what welding procedures to follow
to avoid weld zone problems For example if the CE is high the welder will know to pre-
heat the metal to decrease the likelihood of martensite formation upon cooling after
welding In this sense a steel with good weldability (low CE) has poor hardenability56
- 63 -
Chapter 2 Literature Review
The essence of HSLA steels was briefly introduced in Chapter 19 however this
section will serve as a review of the development of HSLA wrought and cast steels
21 Microalloying of Steels
The importance of alloying steel was discovered early in the 20th century in
Europe One of the first microalloying elements added to steel was vanadium57
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium
Vanadium was the first element added to microalloy steels Research in the early
1900s in England and France lead to the first commercial microalloyed steel
Metallurgists at that time learned the strength of plain carbon steel could be increased
substantially with additions of vanadium especially when a quench and temper was
performed They did not understand the strengthening mechanisms at work but they
knew that vanadium increased strength and toughness57
Steel containing vanadium made its way to America in about 1910 when Henry
Ford spectated an auto race in France and saw a violent crash He was surprised at how
little damage occurred to the racecarrsquos crankshaft and this sparked his curiosity He
managed to get a sample of the steel tested and it was found to contain vanadium Ford
deduced that additions of vanadium to steel used in Ford vehicles would improve a steelrsquos
strength and shock resistance on American roads even though they did not understand
why Thus vanadium as a microalloy enters markets in the United States however it
would be years before serious focus was applied to development and integration of
microalloy HSLA steels into more areas57
- 64 -
World War II advanced welding technologies greatly Metallurgists soon
discovered that they could not just increase the strength of steels by increasing carbon
content due to the toughness decrease observed when higher carbon content steels are
welded This catalyzed a focus to develop alternative strengthening mechanism to carbon
which lead to the development of grain refining and microalloy precipitation for an
additional strengthening mechanism in steel that required a high weldability From this
deeper investigations into the metallurgy of microalloying continued to develop57
22 HSLA Steels
Even small additions of microalloys to low-carbon steel matched with simple heat
treatments can produce mechanical properties that are comparable to more expensive
steels low alloy steels that require advanced processing steps58 High-Strength-Low-Alloy
steels are based on the microalloying principles discussed previously The term
microalloying and HSLA are used synonymously The concept for strengthening in HSLA
steels is straightforward from a metallurgical point of view there needs to be 1) a refined
grain structure present such that it encourages strength and toughness 2) lower carbon
content to improve weldability 3) strength is achieved through the addition of
microalloys such as vanadium manganese and niobium 4) finally HSLA steels take
advantage of secondary hardening that disperses fine precipitates throughout the ferrite
matrix that further strengthens the steel53
One of the first large scale uses of HSLA steels in the United States was during
construction of the Alaskan Pipeline in 1969 and 1970 It was imperative that steels used
in this pipeline remained tough during the artic conditions so that they would not be
prone to brittle failure Equally important was weldability This caused metallurgists to
- 65 -
analyze previous work done with microalloying of steels and eventually the name
ldquoHSLA steelrdquo was adopted52 The Alaskan Pipeline success with microalloying steels
initiated many investigations into microalloying effects and jump-started broad use of
HSLA steels
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys
Microalloys work well for strengthening steel because they can combine the
strengthening mechanisms of grain refinement and precipitation hardening without
decreasing weldability These combined effects counteract the lower carbon content For
microalloys to be effective they must be able to alter the matrix of the ferrite by either
grain refinement or precipitation hardening (normally in the form of carbo-nitrides) or by
a combination of these two57
Grain refinement is the act of making the ferrite grains smaller after final
processing This is achieved when the dispersed microalloys solidify and create a
heterogeneous nucleation site to prevent prior-austenite grain growth During lower
temperature heat treatments in the austenite region often times the stable precipitates will
not fully solutionize and they act as heterogeneous nucleation sites upon cooling which
inhibits austenite grain growth Regardless the microalloying precipitate falls out of
solution before ferrite grains are nucleated57
Precipitation strengthening by microalloying occurs because the microalloys are
precipitated into the ferrite as carbonitrides (CN) but most commonly in HSLA steels as
vanadium-nitrides (VN) or vanadium-carbonitrides (VCN) through a secondary-
hardening process during aging or tempering57 Carbonitrides of vanadium niobium and
titanium can precipitate in both the austenite region and ferrite region59 Additionally
- 66 -
when some form of a CN or VCN is present and a subsequent heat treatment is
performed such as normalizing these carbonitrides will act as austenite grain stabilizers
that prevent grain growth This preserves grain refinement because smaller prior-
austenite grains lead to smaller final ferrite grains They will also pin the ferrite grains
from deformation and growth before the A1 temperature is reached during heating Both
of these mechanisms work together simultaneously to improve the microstructure6061 If
hot rolling is performed on wrought steel austenite grains become elongated which will
increase the grain boundary area Thus increasing the driving force for transformation in
addition to providing more heterogenous nucleation sites26 More nucleation sites are
added indirectly in a steel during hot rolling because it can make precipitation of carbides
happen more favorably60
Microalloying also has a profound effect on the recrystallization during hot
rolling This is important in wrought steels because if the prior-austenite grains are
pinned by microalloys and cannot coarsen then a finer ferrite structure will form upon
cooling There is also a developed argument that solute drag is responsible for limiting
recrystallization57
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides
Elements such as vanadium niobium and titanium have tendencies to form stable
carbides nitrides and carbonitrides in steel when precipitated through a secondary
hardening reaction They are the primary microalloying elements used today in HSLA
steels62 The formation of carbides and nitrides are diffusion dependent processes
Complex microalloy carbide and nitride and phases do not diffuse as rapidly as the
conventional Fe3C phase during heat treatment This has a few important consequences
- 67 -
metallurgically First carbides reduce the rate of softening effects such as a temper
because they inhibit the diffusion driven coarsening that Fe3C would experience
Secondly metal carbides that are formed will be resistant to coarsening This limits their
size and enables them to maintain a fine dispersion throughout the matrix Finally it
provides great creep resistance at high temperatures because they will combat steel
softening at elevated temperatures63
Carbides of vanadium niobium and titanium are commonly found in the form of
MC M2C M6C and M23C6 where ldquoMrdquo is comprised of various metals and ldquoCrdquo is
carbon the common stoichiometric carbides are summarized in Figure 37 These carbides
and carbonitrides have the FCC crystal structure and comparable lattice parameters thus
they have extensive mutual solubilities The carbides and nitrides formed by vanadium
niobium and titanium are also known to be harder than martensite This is quantified in
Figure 38 which displays the hardness values of common carbides and martensite63
- 68 -
Figure 37 Chart displaying compositions of some common stoichiometric carbides present in HSLA
steels ldquoMrdquo can vary with multiple chemistries63
Figure 38 Stoichiometric carbides formed with vanadium niobium and titanium that commonly have a
hardness greater than martensite this is important especially for the strengthening effects in prior-austenite
grain pinning63
- 69 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions
Vanadium is the workhorse in the microalloyed steel families and is more soluble
in the austenite phase than niobium and titanium It has a high affinity for nitrogen and
carbon and readily forms VN VC and VCN These stable carbides and nitrides of
vanadium will have high solubilities in austenite as well compared to niobium and
titanium These solubilities are summarized in Figure 39 Solutionizing of vanadium and
its carbides and nitrides occurs at approximately 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C) Upon cooling
vanadium will begin to precipitate out of solution at this temperature While cooling
passed the solutionizing temperature which is still in the austenite phase nearly pure VN
is the first to precipitate into the matrix Then when the nitrogen supply is all but
exhausted the system will transition precipitation of VN to VCN and finally to VC
(normally in the form of MC) as nitrogen is depleted There will be a sharp drop in the
solubility of VCN in the matrix around the A1 temperature because of the phase
transition Thus more VCNrsquos are precipitated at this temperature57 Vanadium is
commonly the alloying choice over niobium for precipitation strengthening because
niobium solutionizes at a higher temperature which means that it also precipitates out of
solution at higher temperatures It will fall out of solution during the upper region of the
austenite phase this provides the NbCN too much of an opportunity to coarsen during
cooling Therefore vanadium tends to form the finest precipitates in the ferrite matrix60
- 70 -
Figure 39 Mole fraction of nitrogen in the V-carbonitrides as a function of temperature Vanadium
preferentially bonds with nitrogen at higher temperatures until nitrogen is nearly depleted Then there is a
sharp transition at approximately 1470 ˚F (800 ˚C) to vanadium bonding with carbon preferentially over
nitrogen57
Previous work in the literature regarding microalloying with V in HSLA wrought
steels is extensive some key findings follow
bull Vanadium addition ranges from 003 to 010 wt V increase toughness in
HSLA steels because it will stabilize the dissolved nitrogen64
bull During thermomechanical deformation vanadium has been shown to
precipitate out of solution while the steel is being hot rolled in the form of a
VN60
bull VN will help to prevent austenitic grain growth and recrystallization of
austenite grains However if the solubility product of VN is too low or if the
cooling rates are too fast VN will not form in austenite It has been shown
- 71 -
that raising the nitrogen content will increase the amount of VN that
precipitates60
bull The presence of other alloying elements such as niobium titanium and
aluminum will affect how vanadium behaves Albeit vanadium has the
highest affinity for nitrogen but the other elements precipitate out sooner such
that they will consume all of the nitrogen before vanadium has precipitated60
bull Vanadium does not retard ferrite formation as do molybdenum therefore
vanadium steels are less prone to bainite formation and acicular ferrite
Vanadium reduces the embrittlement likelihood especially in high-carbon
steel Additionally vanadium alloys will not be as susceptible to Heat
Affected Zone (HAZ) embrittlement60
bull VCN precipitation in the austenite region is limited due to sluggish kinetics
therefore most VCN will be precipitated in the ferrite region57
bull Precipitation of VCN in low-carbon and low-nitrogen steels (010 wt C and
010 wt N) will occur mostly at 1292 ˚F (700 ˚C) and below57
bull VC has a higher solubility in austenite and ferrite compared to VN this is
because the thermodynamic driving force for VN precipitation is much
higher57
bull When nitrogen content is decreased the VN precipitate size increases
considerably This is an effect of nucleation rate similar to that observed in
pearlite formation The end-resulting grain size is based on the number of
nuclei57
- 72 -
bull Vanadium will form non-stoichiometric carbides and nitrides VC073 to VC089
are a common VC composition range65
bull Using orientation relationships it is possible to determine whether VCN was
precipitated during the austenite or ferrite phase When the VCN assumes the
Baker-Nutting orientation of 100α-Fe||100VCN and lt100gt α-
Fe||lt010gtVCN it was precipitated in the ferrite When the VCN assumes the
Kurdjumov-Sachs orientation of 110α-Fe||111VCN and lt111gt α-
Fe||lt110gtVCN it was precipitated in the austenite66
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition
Niobium solutionizes at higher temperatures than vanadium 2100 ˚F (1150 ˚C)
compared to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) respectively The implications are that niobium will pin
austenite grains from growing until much higher austenitizing temperatures resulting in
reduced prior-austenite grain size1 Niobium as shown in Figure 40 also works better
than vanadium or titanium for inhibiting recrystallization of austenite temperatures59
Figure 40 Niobium has the optimum effect on increasing the recrystallization temperature of austenite
Vanadium performs the worst in this category This is significant because larger prior-austenite grains will
increase hardenability as well as decrease grain refinement59
- 73 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions
Titanium forms the most stable nitrides in steel (TiN) of all microalloying
elements Most studies suggest that TiN will not solutionize at any temperature in the
austenite region57 Its insolubility in austenite ensures that it will prevent austenite grain
growth during welding and hot processing techniques It can be observed in Figure 41
that TiN has a very low solubility in the austenite phase compared to VC The addition of
titanium levels as low as 001 wt Ti are sufficient to perform its primary
microalloying functions57
Figure 41 Solubilities of common carbides and nitrides of HSLA steels This graph displays the logarithm
of the solubility constant (k) as a function of logarithmic temperature It should be observed that TiN has
very low solubility and that VC has the highest solubility In fact TiN has been known to resist
solutionizing even in the upper region of the austenite phase it is virtually insoluble57
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels
Manganese is an effective solid solution strengthener for ferrite in HSLA steels it
is usually in a range from 15-20 wt Mn67 Manganese will increase VN solubility in
- 74 -
austenite because it increases the activity coefficient of vanadium in tandem with
decreasing the activity coefficient of carbon This increases the amount of microalloying
precipitation during the phase transition from austenite to ferrite Additionally
manganese will lower the AR3 temperature which contributes to ferrite grain refinement
because ferrite grains will get less time to grow All of these factors make higher
manganese (08-14 wt Mn) HSLA steels more effective than low-carbon steels with
conventional manganese levels576063 It has also been shown that manganese additions
will not be detrimental to toughness as other microalloying elements68
23 HSLA Cast Steels
Cast steels can be considered to be at a disadvantage because they do not have the
luxury of being thermomechanically deformed to increase strength as do wrought steels
They must rely solely on heat treating and alloying Other than this there are relatively
minute differences between cast and wrought HSLA steels The 30-year development in
the metallurgy of HSLA wrought steels transcended to HSLA cast steels There are slight
differences in chemistry and heat treatment that must be considered to replace the
benefits of thermomechanical deformation in wrought HSLA steels but the
microalloying concepts between HSLA cast and wrought steels remains the same The
following will review past work specific to the development of HSLA cast steels
154676970
Most of the early work developing HSLA cast steels was done in Europe The
first major work in the United States was conducted by Voigt et al starting in 198671
The first review published on HSLA cast steels was by WJ Jackson in 1978 titled ldquoThe
Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings ndash A Review of the Literaturerdquo In this review the
- 75 -
author detailed past accounts of successful microalloying of cast steels with vanadium
compositions The optimal chemistry ranges for the mechanical properties of cast plain-
carbon and low-alloy steels reviewed by Jackson are shown in Table 1 The yield point
of these steels increased by 30 percent compared to similar plain carbon steel without
microalloying additions with only a negligible decrease in ductility and toughness
Limited research was carried out to identify optimum chemistries for these C-Mn steels
which are summarized in Figure 42 It was determined that the best properties were
obtained with 01 wt vanadium because it produced the finest ferrite grain structure72
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-Carbon Vanadium Alloyed Cast Steel72
Elements C Si Mn Cr V
Wt 012-050 03-06 09-15 04-06 007-015
Figure 42 Influence of vanadium on the properties of a C-Mn microalloyed steel Optimum chemistry
occurs at 01 wt V 130 wt Mn 034 wt Si and all carbon in the study was 032 or 033 wt C
At this chemistry it is evident that some properties of toughness decreased All samples were water
quenched and the subsequently tempered at 1202 ˚F (650 ˚C) The V-free steel was quenched from 1616 ˚F
(880 ˚C) and the vanadium steels were quenched from 1688 ˚F (920 ˚C)57
In this study normalizing between 1796-1976 ˚F (920-1080 ˚C) produced a
microstructure of bainite or acicular ferrite microstructure When a subsequent temper is
performed at 1112 ˚F (600 ˚C) an increase in hardness was found because of the
secondary-hardening effects of the precipitation of VCN However extended tempering
times at elevated temperature caused the system to overage which reduced hardness due
- 76 -
to coarsening of precipitates This is one of the reasons why Jacksonrsquos research suggested
that it is imperative to have better control when heat treating microalloyed steel compared
to conventional steels72
It was discussed previously that vanadium and other microalloying elements act
as grain refiners in the austenite region for wrought processed HSLA steels A similar
behavior was observed for cast steels upon initial cooling from the melt VCN acted as a
grain refiner because it fell out of solution slightly before grains grew72
231 Temperaging
To achieve the highest possible strength with HSLA steels they must be
subjected to a quench and temper heat treatment which initiates a precipitation hardening
effect The temper dually functions to soften martensite into ferrite and cementite while
simultaneously aging fine precipitates into the matrix This dual function has become
known to some metallurgists as the portmanteau ldquotemperagingrdquo17367
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work
There are different CE formulas for different welding applications however the
CE formula used in this project is AWSD11 that is displayed in Equation 4 The CE
formula which is most appropriate for structural steel welding varies between steels
because different alloying elements have different influences on weldability For
example how much they slow diffusion rates and whether or not they are carbide
formers In general the addition of other alloying elements to a C-Mn steel will have the
same hardenability and weldability influence of an increase in carbon content Individual
alloying elements directly affect the weldability of the steel to varying degrees This is
- 77 -
why the effect of each element on the CE is scaled by a factor that can be expressed as a
carbon equivalent factor for that steel This means that if a particular steel had been
alloyed with just carbon it would theoretically weld simularly56
119862119864119860119882119878 11986311 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 4
There are other CE formulae used throughout industry but they all have a similar
goal which is being a weldability predictor High carbon content steels have low
weldabilities therefore a high CE steel will also have a low weldability The most
common CE used in industry is displayed in Equation 5 is adopted by the International
Institute of Welding (IIW) as their official CE equation5473 The following ASTM
Standards also follow CE calculated by Equation 5 A216 A352 A709 (Grade 50s)
A913 and A1043 Both ASTM A216 and A352 are cast steel specific standards
Equation 6 is the typical HSLA CE for C-Mn steels Equation 7 is used in ASTM A529
and it is the only CE equation that includes Nb This is because Nb rarely contributes to
the cold-cracking of steels54 Equation 8 is utilized by the Japanese Welding Engineering
Society for low-carbon content steels (lt 011 wt C)74
119862119864119860119878119879119872 = 119862 +119872119899
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 5
119862119864119879 = 119862 +119872119899+119872119900
10+
119862119903+119862119906
20+
119873119894
40 Eq 6
119862119864119860119878119879119872 119860529 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881+119873119887
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 7
119875119862119872 = 119862 +119878119894
30+
119862119903+119862119906+119872119899
20+
119873119894
60+
119872119900
15+
119881
10+ 5119861 Eq 8
- 78 -
Jacksonrsquos Review analyzed CEASTM for HSLA cast steels and utilized Equation 5
with the following results72
bull CEASTM le 041 Good weldability and no need for preheating
bull CEASTM le 045 Good weldability when the welding is completed with low H2
electrodes
bull CEASTM ge 045 Preheating is required for welding use of low H2 electrodes is
required
bull CEASTM ge 060 Only specific conditions enable the steel to be weldable
One nuance that should be stressed to the reader is this project has a goal of
integrating a cast steel designed for structural applications into an existing wrought
ASTM Standard The implications are that a structural welding steel obeys the structural
welding code as seen in AWS D11 such as their CEAWS D11 in Equation 4 while most
ASTM Standards obey CEASTM as seen in Equation 5 This is bound to cause confusion
and all parties involved must be made aware
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards
There are ASTM Standards specifically for cast steel A27 A148 A216 A217
A352 A356 A487 and A958 Most relevant are ASTM A216 Standard Specification
for Steel Castings Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service
and its low-temperature counterpart of ASTM A352 Standard Specification for Steel
Castings Ferritic and Martensitic for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-
Temperature Service Both standards obey the CEASTM in Equation 5 and they have
CEASTM max values of 050 or 055 depending on the specific grade Grade WCB from
- 79 -
ASTM A216 is of particular interest because it was posited by the SFSA that the YS
requirements for this project could be attained through slight manipulation of chemistries
permitted in this standard
234 Key Findings from Previous Work
Previous work has found interesting differences between processing for HSLA
wrought steels and HSLA cast steels The key findings follow
bull It may be necessary to homogenize large casting sections for up to 6 hours at
temperatures ranging from 1740-2010 ˚F (950-1100 ˚C) to combat alloy
segregation Then an accelerated cooling is desired because it will yield a refined
ferrite grain structure73 The length of the homogenizing time and temperature in
general will dependent upon the casting size67
bull Austenitizing temperatures of greater than 1700 ˚F (930 ˚C) are required to
produce full strengthening of V-microalloys73
bull If an insufficient quench is performed coarse VCN will precipitate out during the
initial cooling Coarse VCN does not produce the high hardness that is seen with
finely dispersed precipitates However there is still a strengthening effect that is
seen when temperaging following a weak quench This implies that a temperaging
effect can be seen with thick casting sections as well 73
bull Rapid quench rates will produce the highest hardness however only a slight
decrease in hardness will be observed after temperaging because of the secondary
hardening effect This implies that the softening effect of martensite is more
dominant than the secondary hardening which is aging73
- 80 -
bull Non-heat-treated cast steels tend to have lower ductility compared to cast steel
subjected to heat treating Interestingly non-heat-treated steels have a higher yield
strength70
bull Minimal overaging in the temperaging process is acceptable and sometimes
desired to improve toughness at the expense of only a slight decrease in yield
strength67 Overaging is associated with decreasing the coherency of the
precipitates in the matrix54
bull Higher austenitizing temperatures will enable more precipitates to form during
temperaging because it increases the re-solution of microalloying elements while
in the austenite phase67 Austenitizing temperatures of 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) were
proven sufficient for normalize and temper (NampT) cast steels the strength levels
of quench and tempered (QampT) cast steels were greatly increased by austenitizing
at 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C)69
bull A typical NampT heat treatment can still precipitation harden during temperaging
however the resulting microstructure is less hard than a QampT67
bull According to early research with microalloying HSLA steels with niobium it will
increase strength more than vanadium when heat treating at high austenitizing
temperatures because it prevents austenite grains from coarsening However
coarsening of austenite grains was not observed by Voigt and Rassizadehghani in
1989 They proved this by austenitizing at high temperatures with and without
niobium and then performing the proper etch to display the prior-austenite
grains54
- 81 -
bull Intercritical heat treatments although not used in this body of work have yielded
promising results and high strength and toughness combinations in the past54
- 82 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work
31 Hypothesis
A 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength cast steel with a high weldability for structural
and military applications will be developed using high-strength-low-alloy (HSLA) steel
metallurgical techniques Finally the materialrsquos composition and properties can be
conveniently placed within an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels
allowing ready adoption of these cast steels for applications using cast-weld construction
techniques
32 Statement of Work
Weldable 50 ksi (350 MPa) yield strength cast steel composition and heat
treatment guidelines will be determined with four primary steps 1) examination of
composition heat treating and mechanical property data from the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of Americarsquos (SFSA) database of cast C-Mn steels to identify fundamental
structure-property relationships 2) Thermocalc modeling will define stable phases in
equilibrium and determine solutionizing temperatures for a range of C-Mn steel alloys
with vanadium and niobium microalloying additions 3) heat treating and mechanical
testing of various compositions of steel will provide a validation of how alloys respond to
respective heat treatments 4) Finally rational composition and processing guidelines will
be developed so that future work can establish appropriate ASTM and AWS placement
for this alloy system
- 83 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure
All samples in this study were standard ASTM keel block castings with two test
specimen legs donated by SFSA member foundries in the United States The keel blocks
used in this study had a thick body attached to two legs The keel block measured
approximately 60 in X 40 in X 40 in (1525 cm X 102 cm X 102 cm) and each leg
was approximately 60 in X 10 in X 20 in (1525 cm X 254 cm X 51 cm) The keel
block legs were halved lengthwise with a band saw such that the final dimensions of the
keel block legs used for heat treating were 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X 254 cm
X 254 cm) Thus each keel block could yield four keel block tensile test specimens All
times and temperatures for heat treating and tempers were obtained from the literature
notably from previous work completed by Voigt Rassizadehghani and the
SFSA154676973 Heat treating time was started when the temperature of the furnace
stabilized after loading the samples into the furnace
In all of the following sections keel blocks and keel block legs were heat treated
in a Thermo-Scientific Lindberg Blue M and the Brinell hardness tests were performed
with a NEWAGE Brinell NB3010 Additionally all mechanical testing conformed to
ASTM E8 Standard Test Method for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial alloys investigated in this study were reformulations of conventional
WCB C-Mn cast steel with and without vanadium ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo and ldquoModified C-
Mn-Vrdquo alloys were developed to obtain an understanding of C-Mn cast steel capabilities
and the effects of alloying a similar composition with small amounts of vanadium Keel
- 84 -
block legs were removed from the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V keel blocks
and halved lengthwise on a band saw Both the keel block and keel blocks legs which
become test bar specimens were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 10 hr Half of each
alloy were subjected to a normalizing air cool and the other half were water quenched
Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching was performed at
1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks and at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr for keel
block legs Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for both the
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
42 Tempering Study
An investigation into the temperaging response of the vanadium alloyed material
in particular was necessary to develop heat treating guidelines Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were used to compare a plain WCB type steel to one that should
experience a temperaging response respectively Keel block legs of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were cut from the keel blocks and austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for
20 hr Keel block legs were either normalized in an air cool or water quenched Then the
keel block legs were sliced into approximately 025 in (~6 mm) thick sections for
subsequent tempering such that different times and temperatures can be easily studied
for each alloy
bull A sample for each composition in the normalized and quenched conditions was
subjected to a specific temperature for either 10 hr or 40 hr These temperatures
ranged from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments
resulting in 56 total samples The furnace used for these small samples was a
Barnstead Thermolyne 47900
- 85 -
bull Each sample was then Rockwell hardness tested to develop an understanding of
temperaging for these alloys The machine used was a NEWAGE Rockwell
Digital ME-2
43 Special Heat-Treating Options
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
Heat treating has to be more controlled with HSLA steels than conventional steels
due to the microalloys and the secondary hardening72 A concern was that thicker sections
of castings could not be quenched quickly enough to produce a supersaturated solution of
microalloys without having them fall out of solution prior to tempering Keel blocks of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were heat treated as described in Chapter 41
Then they were cut at frac14 thickness and the cut faces were Brinell hardness tested
bull A range of 12-14 Brinell Hardness indentations were performed on each samplersquos
face to obtain a hardness profile from the edge to the center of these 40 in (102
cm) sections
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real world casting scenarios castings are not uniform in shape and
size such as a keel block leg This poses kinetic and thermal property issues associated
with cooling rates Theoretically a thin section of casting could form a completely
different microstructure than a thick section on the same casting cooled with the same
cooling media This was investigated with keel blocks of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V that were cut differently than for previous heat-treating studies A keel block for
each alloy had one of its legs removed from the keel block body This resulted in two
- 86 -
keel block legs of the dimensions used previously 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X
254 cm X 254 cm) and two identical to it still attached to the keel block body Each
keel block with legs attached and its separated legs were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C)
for 2 hr and then subjected to a normalized air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating the keel block legs still attached to the keel
blocks were removed and all keel block legs were subsequently tensile tested
433 Double Normalize
For some microalloyed steel alloys a double normalize heat treatment is
commonly used to improve mechanical properties such as increased ductility with a
relatively small strength penalty75 A keel block and keel block legs from Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to a double normalizing heat treatment The first
austenitizing was at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 05 hr followed by an air cool The second
austenitizing was at 1600 ˚F (871 ˚C) for 20 hr followed by another air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating these keel block legs were then subjected to
tensile testing
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
To obtain a better understanding of composition limits for carbon manganese
and vanadium Alloys C D E and F with variations in carbon manganese and
vanadium contents were created This enabled analysis into the influence that alloys
upon one-another and how effective one alloy is with and without others present Keel
block legs were removed from Alloys C D E and Frsquos keel blocks and halved lengthwise
on a band saw Both the keel block legs and keel blocks were austenitized to 1750 ˚F
- 87 -
(955 ˚C) for 10 hr Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching
was performed at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20
hr for keel block legs
bull Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for Alloys C D E and
F
45 Metallography of Samples
Samples prepared for metallography include Alloys A-F NampT and QampT Alloys
A and B double normalize and thick section normalized No metallography was
performed on tempering study 0250 in (~6 mm) thick wafers The samples prepared
were sliced sections of tensile test bar ends These were hot-pressed in Allied High-Tech
Products Inc Phenolic mounting powder using a ldquoTech Press 2rdquo manufactured by Allied
High-Tech Products Inc Samples were ground using automated grinding set to 150
RPMs with a pressing force of 18 N Each sample was ground for 30 s at each of the
following grits 240 320 400 and 600 (grinding with the 600-grit pad was performed
twice for a better surface finish)
Next the samples were polished using 1 μm diamond slurry polish for 5 min
followed by a subsequent polish using a 025 μm diamond slurry polish for 3 min After
each grinding and polishing step the samples were rinsed with distilled water The last
step of preparation was to etch both steel alloys using a 2 nital mix This mixture was 2
mL of nitric acid and 98 mL of methanol Upon etching the samples were rinsed with
ethanol
- 88 -
bull Optical microscopy was used to analyze the microstructures of all the steel
samples The microscope used was a Zeiss Axiovert 10 Inverted Microscope
- 89 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions
The United States has failed to dedicate the same effort to developing both HSLA
cast and wrought steels compared to Europe and Asia The largest body of work
currently is that created by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of America (SFSA) and Voigt et
al The following work was conducted as a continuation of previous work done as well as
a new attempt at integrating 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength HSLA cast steels into
existing HSLA wrought standards
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel
The SFSA has compiled a database of over 20000 C-Mn cast steel chemistries
and mechanical properties data from participating steel casting foundries in the United
States This spreadsheet consisted of WCB (ASTM A216) conventional C-Mn cast steel
that was either normalized NampT or QampT The data was analyzed to determine whether
or not it is possible to reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) with conventional C-Mn steel
compositions without microalloying with vanadium and niobium The data was cleaned
and the resulting spreadsheet contained approximately 2500 data entries It should be
noted that ASTM A216 grade WCB is for conventional C-Mn cast steel with a minimum
36 ksi (248 MPa) YS and a maximum CEASTM 050 wt CEASTM The CEASTM does not
consider the effects of silicon which the CEAWS D11 does Additionally as with most
ASTM standards for steel ASTM A216 grade WCB is based more on mechanical
properties than composition Albeit there are composition limits in this standard their
allowable ranges are rather large
- 90 -
The spreadsheet was organized by heat treatments performed on the cast steel test
bars normalized NampT and QampT Scatter plots were made from these data to determine
if correlations between YS composition and CEAWS D11 (weldability) could be detected
Figures 43-45 show the trends between YS and CEAWS D11 (not CEASTM) carbon content
and manganese content respectively
Figure 43 Scatterplot of YS vs CE for all heat treatments (normalize NampT and QampT) According to the
spreadsheet there is a broad range of weldabilities that produce a YS of 50 ksi (345 MPa)
Figure 43 suggests that high YS values of over 50 ksi (345 MPa) are possibly but
not when a CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE is maintained ASTM A215 grade WCB specifies
that a CEASTM le 050 wt CE be maintained this plot helps to show the decrease in
weldability when silicon is accounted for because there are copious samples that now
exceed the 050 wt CEAWS D11
- 91 -
Figure 44 YS vs Carbon Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment related
to YS There is negligible correlation The highest R2 value in this data set is 004 which gives a positive
correlation for increasing carbon content providing a higher YS in the QampT condition However a R2 value
this low should not be considered statistically significant
Figure 45 YS vs Manganese Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment
related to YS There is slightly better correlation with YS as a function of manganese content than as a
function of carbon content However the best correlation observed is an R2 value of 01 for a positive
correlation of QampT improving YS with increasing manganese content Likewise this should not be
considered statistically significant
- 92 -
Figures 43-45 do not suggest a statistically significant trend in YS as a function of
composition for any type of heat treatment Therefore to make possible trends of
chemical composition and mechanical properties more apparent the database was split
into two groups of high-strength-high-weldability and low-strength-low-weldability
Then the composition of materials with these extremes in mechanical properties and
weldability were compared in Table 2
Table 2 SFSA Spreadsheet Analysis of Mechanical Property Extremes to Detect Trends
in Composition
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0214 0687 00002 0384
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0231 0816 0006 0451
Despite the significant difference in mechanical properties the compositions
show little variance There is only a 0017 wt C difference between the YS less than or
equal to 45 ksi (3102 MPa) and a YS greater than or equal to 55 ksi (3792 MPa) The
difference in manganese and silicon is greater however this is still a small difference
These composition variations are smaller than most allowable composition ranges as
would be seen with an ASTM standard Even after these extrema of the spreadsheet data
have been analyzed there is no strong correlation between mechanical properties
weldability and composition
The correlation between normalize NampT and QampT heat treatments and YS CE
ranges is shown in Table 3 It should be noted that 55 ksi (3792 MPa) was chosen as the
upper range instead of 50 ksi (345 MPa) because 50 ksi (345 MPa) is the bare minimum
YS requirement This strength level must be achieved consistently so perturbations in the
YS distribution curve must be taken into account
- 93 -
Table 3 Percentage of Heat Treatments per Designation for the SFSA Spreadsheet
Designation Range Overall Normalize
NampT QampT
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 91 43 42 047
For the entire spreadsheet only 041 of all cast steels obtained 55 ksi (345 MPa)
while maintaining a maximum 042 CEAWS D11 Surprisingly a majority of these were
normalize heat treatment instead of QampT A possible contribution to this result is that the
normalized heat-treated steel samples in this spreadsheet greatly outnumbered the NampT
and QampT heat treated samples There were 1318 normalized samples 347 NampT samples
and only 51 QampT samples The difference in number of samples can also be observed in
Figures 46-48 which display YS as a function of normalized NampT and QampT heat
treatments respectively Tables 4-6 are paired with them as well
Figure 46 All normalized heat treatments and how their YS is a function of weldability The correlation is
poor for plain normalized There is not an increase in YS with increasing the CE but rather a slightly
negative trend
- 94 -
Table 4 Average Chemistries per Designation in the Normalized Condition Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0218 0669 00002 0392
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0243 0667 0004 0421
Figure 46 and Table 4 display normalized heat treatment data obtained from the
SFSA spreadsheet Figure 46 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS
D11) and there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content leading to an increase in YS Table 4 displays the average chemical composition
for each respective designation In this case there is only a 0035 wt C difference over
a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Figure 47 NampT heat treatments with YS as a function of weldability The correlation suggests that
increasing CE in this condition will decrease YS
- 95 -
Table 5 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the NampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0 0 0 0
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0218 0975 0006 0484
Figure 47 and Table 5 display NampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 47 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying content
leading to an increase in YS Table 5 displays the average chemical composition for each
respective designation In this case there were not any data points that met the high-
strength-low-CE designation
Figure 48 QampT heat treatments and their YS as a function of weldability The correlation is the best out of
normalize and NampT however there is a negative trend suggesting that increasing CE will decrease YS
- 96 -
Table 6 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the QampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE
0195 0795 0 0333
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE
0239 0740 0012 0427
Figure 48 and Table 6 display QampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 48 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is only a slight statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content and increasing YS This negative trend in the R2 of 01 suggests that there is a
slight correlation between increasing alloying elements and a decrease in YS Table 6
displays the average chemical composition for each respective designation In this case
there is a 0044 wt C difference over a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Finally the last analysis completed on this spreadsheet was dividing it up into
quartiles based on YS and then analyzing the average and standard deviation in chemical
composition for the top and bottom quartile The results are displayed in Table 7 The
middle 50 percent of data were ignored because the extreme differences in mechanical
properties from the database should better expose any existing chemical-property
relationships of WCB conventional C-Mn cast steels
Table 7 Weight Percent Addition of Primary Alloying Elements with Respective Total
Top Quartile and Bottom Quartile Average and Standard Deviation
YS Ave C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 023
plusmn 002
075
plusmn 014
043
plusmn 006
0003
plusmn 0004
030
plusmn 016
046
plusmn 005
49 (339)
plusmn 39 (27)
Top 25 023
plusmn 002
074
plusmn 010
042
plusmn 006
0002
plusmn 0004
032
plusmn 023
046
plusmn 004
54 (369)
plusmn 11 (78)
Bottom 25 023
plusmn 002
081
plusmn 020
044
plusmn 007
0005
plusmn 0004
028
plusmn 009
048
plusmn 005
44 (304)
plusmn 32 (219)
- 97 -
The results displayed in Table 7 support the previous analyses of the spreadsheet
The WCB conventional cast steel spreadsheet compiled by the SFSA suggests results that
do not make sense metallurgically It is highly improbable that an increase in carbon
content andor manganese content would not make a cast steel stronger There should be
positive correlations in YS with increasing carbon content and manganese content
however this was not observed The positive correlations that did exist had very small R2
values that were not statistically significant the largest being 01 for YS as a function of
manganese content as observed in Figure 45 In Table 7 the difference between the
average wt C for the top quartile of YS and the average wt C for the bottom
quartile of YS is only 0006 wt C This is because the overall ranges in composition in
this database was not large Table 8 is a summary table depicting the total percentages of
the spreadsheet that achieved certain strengths and weldability values
Table 8 Database Summary Table Depicting Percentages of Samples within YS and
Weldability Ranges
Designation Range Overall
Normalize
NampT
QampT
High Strength Low
CE
ge 55 ksi le 042
CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength High
CE
le 45 ksi ge 045
CE 91 43 42 047
The spreadsheet data suggests lack of composition correlation with mechanical
properties and variation in spectrometry and mechanical testing This was not a
controlled study that was conducted by the SFSA There were nine foundries that
participated in data collection each using their own spectrometer to provide a chemistry
analysis It would only take a slight variation between foundries data collection validity
for the values of this spreadsheet to be drastically different Additionally there was no
- 98 -
control of the mechanical testing It is unknown where each foundry sent their tensile test
bars for mechanical testing or if they were tested on-site by each foundry Nonetheless
more reputable data would have been obtained if all tensile test bars were sent to one
mechanical testing facility that would perform the mechanical test as well as retrieve an
official chemistry analysis Nonetheless since only 041 of samples in the entire
database reached YS and weldability requirements it can be concluded that conventional
C-Mn cast steels cannot achieve 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS and CEAWS D11 le 045 CE
consistently enough to be used Therefore microalloying is needed
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial two heats of material were designed to build off of previous work done
in the literature ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo is a reformulated version of conventional WCB C-Mn
cast steel ldquoModified C-Mn-Vrdquo is has less carbon content but more manganese and there
is a modest vanadium addition These alloys were meant to contrast a plain C-Mn cast
steel with a similar cast steel microalloyed with vanadium and slightly more manganese
The complete spectrometer readout is displayed in Table 9 and the CEAWS D11 and
CEASTM values are given in Table 10 Both CE values were computed with the data in
Table 8 not the ldquotarget carbonrdquo shown in Table 11
- 99 -
Table 9 Complete Spectrometer Readout for Compositions of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V
Element Modified C-Mn (wt addition) Modified C-Mn-V (wt addition)
C 0180 0153
Mn 117 123
P 0010 0017
S 0003 0003
Si 035 043
Cr 017 024
Ni 006 006
Mo 0020 002
Cu 0060 007
Al 0055 0057
W 0002 0002
V 0002 0097
Nb 0001 0006
Zr 0028 0023
N 0012 NA
Table 10 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-
Mn-V
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
Modified C-Mn 042 048 043 005
Modified C-Mn-V 044 051 043 008
Table 11 Target Carbon Weight Percent vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from
Multiple Foundries for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo)
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
LECO
Carbon
A 020 0180 0141 0196 0171
B 015 0153 0106 0166 0159
Table 11 displays inconsistent chemistry measurements for carbon content
between foundries and measurement methods This severely compromises a foundryrsquos
ability to accurately meet chemistry targets For example the target carbon composition
for Modified C-Mn is 020 wt C and according to all spectrometers used and the
LECO there is a up to a 059 wt C difference between all measures This could have
profound effects associated with inconsistencies Customers could be receiving steel that
- 100 -
both themselves and the casting foundry believe to be in spec when the actual chemistry
is significantly different This also has direct ramifications with the CE errors due
inaccurate carbon content reporting This could cause weld defects due to lack of
preheating when the CE calculated for that specific steel determined that no preheat was
needed Ultimately this reinforces the theory that variance in spectrometers between
foundries is probably one of the major contributing factors to such large scatter in the
spreadsheet data from the SFSA
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling
Due to the microalloy additions of vanadium a full austenitic transformation must
occur during austenitizing heat treatments such that all VC VN and VCN are
solutionized This will increase the propensity for fine dispersed precipitation of VC VN
and VCN during subsequent temperaging If a fully cohesive austenite phase it not
formed ie not all microalloying additions are solutionized then there will be unwanted
growth during cooling of non-quenched heat treatments as well as in all subsequent
tempers This produces overly large VC VN and VCN that will not have the same
strengthening effects in the ferrite matrix of fine dispersed precipitates This is because
many fine-dispersed precipitates have a greater surface area interaction with the matrix
than fewer larger precipitates57 Figures 49-51 are outputs from Thermo-Calc Software
TCFE SteelsFe-alloys database version 8 which show phase fraction as a function of
temperature for the Modified C-Mn chemistry Modified C-Mn-V chemistry and the
Modified C-Mn-V with 003 wt Nb respectively76 A niobium addition is modeled
such that an understanding can be developed for the difference in solutionizing
temperature between itself and vanadium
- 101 -
Figure 49 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn All carbides and other present
phases solutionize completely by 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
Figure 50 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V All carbides and other
present phases solutionize by 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C)
- 102 -
Figure 51 Phase Fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V with a 003 wt Nb
addition All carbides and other present phases solutionize by 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C)
Fully homogenous austenite occurs at 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn 2003
˚F (1095 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V and 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V with a
003 wt Nb addition The results for Modified C-Mn-V were not expected because it is
repeated throughout the literature that the solutionizing temperature for vanadium is
approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1 Admittedly these Thermo-Calc models were created
after all heat treating was completed because literature is so adamant about the
solutionizing temperatures of vanadium which is why austenitizing of the Modified C-
Mn-V samples was performed at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) This creates controversy because if
Thermo-Calc is correct the austenitizing temperature of 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) was not
adequate to fully solutionize the vanadium which could lead to oversized precipitates
It should be noted that there are limitations to the commercial databases used in
Thermo-Calc when full systems of alloying elements are modeled because of the program
has difficulty calculating the free energies of non-Fe elements Miscibility gaps can
siphon vanadium away from carbides and form different FCC sublattices These are
- 103 -
depicted in Figures 49-51 To create more accurate Thermo-Calc models a specific
database for all present elements would be needed Even when ldquoartifactrdquo phases are not
displayed graphically Thermo-Calc still calculates their existence even though it is not
visible on the graph Therefore the other phases that are depicted behave the same
whether ldquoartifactsrdquo are visible or not The major problem with this database when
modeling microalloying additions with vanadium is that it does not recognize the
introduction of nitrogen into the carbide which is a crucial component
54 Tempering Study
A tempering investigation was conducted to observe temperaging effects of the
microalloying elements present in Modified C-Mn-V versus Modified C-Mn which did
not contain vanadium These graphs should serve as heat treating guidelines for foundries
and metallurgists The curve drawn between the data points are suggestions rather than
ldquofitted curvesrdquo The Keel block legs from Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were
austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 20 hr and then normalized in an air cool or water
quenched Subsequent 10 hr or 40 hr tempers were performed with temperatures
ranging from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments as seen in
Figures 52-61 More specifically Figures 52-57 show the effect of the tempering times
and temperatures for each Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V Figures 57-61 show a
comparison between the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V so that effects of
vanadium during tempering can be more clearly seen
bull The hardness readings shown in each figure is the average hardness from multiple
readings on each sample
bull The reading at 00 hr is the initial hardness before any tempering is performed
- 104 -
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures There is no
temperaging response observed however a negligible increase in hardness happened for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
at 1 hr
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr tempering times for different
temperatures There was dramatic softening especially with the 1200 ˚F temperature at 4 hr due to
standard tempering mechanisms
- 105 -
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures Initially at 1
hr standard tempering softening occurs at all temperatures The most effective being 1100 ˚F (593 ˚C)
Then precipitation aging occurs before 4 hr and a hardness increase is observed
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT This is less straightforward than the NampT heat treatment however
similar results are obtained There was a drastic softening at 1 hr and a subsequent increased hardness due
to aging by 4 hr for 900 ˚F (482 ˚C) There was only a slight temperaging response for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
and the 1200 ˚F (649 ˚C) temperature only softened after 1 hr
- 106 -
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn where both NampT and QampT are placed on the same HRB scale such that a direct
comparison can be appreciated of the effects of a normalize and quench can have on starting hardness
values for the same material and their subsequent tempering responses
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V displaying both NampT and QampT on the same HRB scale enabling direct
comparison between the two heat treatments and their subsequent temper(aging) responses
- 107 -
Figure 58 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to NampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
1000 ˚F and 1100 ˚F (538 ˚C and 593 ˚C) The other results did not indicate temperaging
Figure 59 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to QampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
900 ˚F (482 ˚C) The other results did not indicate sufficient temperaging
- 108 -
Figure 60 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated A different sample was used for
each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn
Figure 61 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated for Modified C-Mn-V at 1 hr
temper time Modified C-Mn-V for 4 hr temper time behaves anomalously A different sample was used
for each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn at 4 hr
temper time
- 109 -
This tempering study showed that ldquotemperagingrdquo effects are simultaneous
martensite softening and precipitation strengthening produced when microalloying with
vanadium It is hopeful that these tempering graphs can serve as suggestions for foundry
heat treating applications of cast steels containing vanadium As expected a temperaging
response was not observed in Modified C-Mn due to its lack of vanadium however not
all Modified C-Mn-V tempering samples showed a complete temperaging response
depending on the tempering temperature chosen It is customary to not exceed 100 HRB
such that HRC is used after this hardness point however all measurements were
completed using HRB so all hardness values could be compared using the same scale
The validity of this study needs to be explored with a future tempering study at
more tempering times and temperatures than used in this study Additionally fitted
curves should be applied such that a more accurate times and temperatures can be
approximated for optimum temperaging
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments to establish benchmarks for behavior of conventional WCB C-Mn cast steel
alloys with and without vanadium additions
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn
Modified C-Mn alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
containing no vanadium Table 12 displays mechanical property data for Modified C-Mn
after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 13 displays the averages
of the mechanical properties from Table 12
- 110 -
Table 12 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 458 (3158) 768 (5295) 289 620 150
NampT 473 (3261) 773 (5330) 289 625 144
QampT 727 (5012) 939 (6474) 250 638 205
QampT 780 (5378) 968 (6674) 226 600 216
Table 13 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn with YS and TS in
ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 466 (3210) 771 (53130 289 623 147
QampT 754 (5195) 954 (6574) 238 619 211
The results displayed in Tables 12 and 13 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 288 ksi (1986 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 64 HB over the NampT condition but
a 51 EL decrease
It is expected that there is a YS and hardness increase from the NampT condition to
the QampT condition in the Modified C-MN alloy The full quench of a steel produces
martensite which is the hardest microstructure possible in steels According to the
tempering studies full hardness of the Modified C-Mn alloy in the QampT condition
produces a Brinell hardness of approximately 240 HB Then during tempering of the
keel blocks legs at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr the rapid diffusion and coarsening of
cementite softened the matrix to 211 HB This was a pure softening effect as no
secondary hardening effects were seen due to the lack of vanadium and other
microalloying elements50 The microstructures of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
and QampT condition are in Figures 62 and 63 respectively
- 111 -
Figure 62 Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
Figure 63 Modified C-Mn in the QampT Condition
- 112 -
Figures 62 and 63 show different microstructures of Modified C-Mn that are
induced by different heat-treating conditions Figure 62 indicates proeutectoid ferrite
(white) and pearlite (dark) According to Table 9 the carbon content of Modified C-Mn
is 018 wt C This composition places the alloy in the hypoeutectoid two-phase
cooling region far left of the eutectoid at 077 wt C which provides ample time for
proeutectoid ferrite nucleation and growth as seen in Figure 9 The slower cooling rates
of a NampT provide time for diffusion and nucleation and growth to enable this
microstructure The fast cooling of a quench does not allow for any diffusion to occur
Figure 63 is characteristic of a tempered martensite microstructure The dark regions are
cementite and the lighter areas are ferrite Tempering provided enough thermal energy for
some diffusion to occur and the laths of martensite are not visible
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V
Modified C-Mn-V alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
with the addition of vanadium Tables 14 displays the mechanical property data for
Modified C-Mn-V after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 15
displays the averages of the mechanical properties from Table 14
Table 14 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn-V with YS and
TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 590 (4068) 859 (5923) 289 587 172
NampT 597 (4116) 856 (5902) 289 636 165
QampT 976 (6729) 1142 (7874) 196 496 231
QampT 991 (6833) 1156 (7970) 211 576 231
- 113 -
Table 15 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn-V with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 594 (4092) 858 (5913) 289 612 169
QampT 984 (6781) 1149 (7922) 2035 536 231
The results displayed in Tables 14 and 15 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 390 ksi (2689 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 62 HB over the NampT condition but
an 86 EL decrease There is an increase in YS from Modified C-Mn to Modified C-
Mn-V for both the NampT and QampT condition 128 ksi (883 MPa) and 23 ksi (1586
MPa) respectively
It is logical that strength levels for the vanadium containing Modified C-Mn-V
alloy are higher than for the Modified C-Mn alloy Additionally there is a 390 ksi (2689
MPa) YS increase from the NampT condition to the QampT condition in Modified C-Mn-V
compared to a 288 ksi (1986 MPa) strength increase from the NampT condition to the
QampT condition in the Modified C-Mn alloy This difference suggests that a secondary
hardening event occurred during the QampT heat treating of the Modified C-Mn-V If
temperaging did not occur it would be expected that the difference in strength between
the NampT condition and QampT conditions would be similar to what is observed in
Modified C-Mn The microstructures of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition and the
QampT condition are in Figures 64 and 65 respectively
- 114 -
Figure 64 Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
Figure 65 Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition
- 115 -
Figure 64 has micro-specs (precipitates) that are evident throughout the
proeutectoid ferrite matrix This dispersion is not seen as well QampT condition in Figure
65 due to the amount of tempered martensite which obscures the view These
precipitates are not visible in the vanadium-free Modified C-Mn alloy in Figures 62 and
63 Due to the uniform nature of the precipitates displayed in Figure 64 it can be
concluded that a normalizing cool is sufficient to retain the precipitates in solution until
below the critical transformation temperature such that they do not de-solutionize during
initial cooling If a finite amount of precipitates would have de-solutionized during the
initial air cool then there would be large precipitates visible with the fine precipitates
because the larger precipitates would have grown during initial cooling
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
Analysis of microstructures with a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) was also
performed on the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V alloys to compare the
microalloying effects of vanadium at a more microscopic level This was in response to
the precipitates that are visible in Figure 64 and an attempt to verify the existence of VN
VC andor VCN precipitates in addition to comparing the relative size of the precipitates
to determine if some de-solutionized The precipitates that de-solutionized during the
normalizing air cool would be larger than those aged into the matrix Figures 66-68
display Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
at 5000X and 10000X respectively
- 116 -
Figure 66 SEM image of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition There are no precipitates in this alloy due
to the lack of microalloying additions
Figure 67 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
- 117 -
Figure 68 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition at a higher magnification than Figure
67 The Precipitates of vanadium are more defined in this image
There are no precipitates or dispersoids visible in the SEM micrograph of
Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition in Figure 66 However in the SEM micrographs in
Figures 67 and 68 there are precipitates present Figure 68 which is 10000X
magnification shows these precipitates better than Figure 67 Most of the precipitates in
the image appear to be uniform in size however there are a few larger precipitates This
size difference was not visible with just optical microscopy Therefore it can now be
postulated that a small finite number of precipitates de-solutionized during normalizing
air cool but it is a small percentage Thus the air cool is still adequate for a subsequent
temper to induce aging and not over-age precipitates
Electron Dispersion Spectroscopy (EDS) was also performed on these samples to
determine the composition of the precipitates However a proper balance in eV could not
- 118 -
be found such that the beam either over-penetrated the sample and was reading the
composition of the matrix or it was not strong enough to read the sample This is due to
the nm magnitude of the precipitates It is suggested that a surface technique such as X-
Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) be performed so that over-penetration does not
occur and a quantitative analysis of the composition can be acquired
56 Special Heat-Treating Options
There needs to be more metallurgical control in heat treating of microalloyed
HSLA steels than with conventional steels to ensure that a proper temperaging response
is observed72 An open question is the heat treatment response of heavy section castings
that will have slower cooling rates for NampT and QampT heat treatments
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
This thick-section study involves subjecting the keel block bodies of both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to NampT and QampT to better understand the
cooling rate effect of large section size Table 16 displays the results of a Brinell
Hardness testing profile across the 40 in (102 cm) face of keel blocks Table 17 also
displays the Brinell Hardness results but with an interpretation of the hardness at the
edge and center for each keel block
- 119 -
Table 16 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments Each ldquoIndentationrdquo Value is Represented as the Hardness Profile
Developed Across the Face
Indentation
Number
Alloy A
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy A
(QampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(QampT)
Hardness
1 136 189 169 260
2 153 182 182 215
3 153 183 173 214
4 141 169 162 211
5 141 167 164 219
6 153 168 155 217
7 150 179 150 218
8 131 168 165 218
9 159 171 164 219
10 153 178 151 224
11 149 185 166 228
12 153 179 172 229
13 NA 184 168 242
14 NA 176 NA NA
Table 17 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments
Sample and (HT) Midway Hardness (HB) Edge Hardness (HB)
Alloy A (NampT) 147 147
Alloy A (QampT) 172 180
Alloy B (NampT) 156 172
Alloy B (QampT) 216 234
The Brinell Hardness profiles across the 40 in (102 cm) faces of the keel blocks
determined that the edge hardness was greater for both conditions of Modified C-Mn-V
and the QampT condition of Modified C-Mn The NampT condition of Modified C-Mn did
not develop a profile
Cooling gradients are to be expected in thick-casting sizes due to the specific heat
capacity of the material Therefore the steel should be harder in areas near the edge of
the material where a faster cooling rate is observed than at the center where the material
- 120 -
is more insulated from severe quenches The results in Table 17 do not make sense for
the NampT condition of Modified C-Mn The QampT condition and both conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V have the expected profile
Additionally when the HRB values from the tempering study are converted to
HB values and applied to this data the results also are not consistent For example the
HB conversion value for the normalized condition of Modified C-Mn-V before a temper
is 180 HB (taken from tempering study) The hardest HB value in the thick-section data
is 182 for the same alloy after NampT Therefore the following are possible 1) incorrect
conversions from HRB to Brinell 2) a temperaging response increased the hardness in
the thick section meaning that the effects of age hardening overpowered the temper on a
slow cool which is very unlikely 3) the data is compromised and should be repeated
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real-life situations metal castings are complex in shape and do not
experience uniform cooling rates The kinetic and thermal property issues associated with
this will be addressed It is important to understand how the microstructure of one-section
of casting could be significantly different than another section of the same casting
because of cooling rates To study this effect keel block legs were normalized with and
without the keel blocks still attached for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
these results are displayed in Tables 18 and 20 respectively Tables 19 and 21 are
summary tables displaying the averages of the mechanical properties from Tables 18 and
20
- 121 -
Table 18 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 453 (3123) 769 (5302) 282 518 146
A 442 (3047) 770 (5309) 266 520 150
B 518 (3571) 805 (5550) 274 426 153
B 522 (3599 806 (5557) 250 388 152
Table 19 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel
Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and
TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 448 (3085) 770 (5306) 274 519 148
B 520 (3585) 8055 (5554) 262 407 153
Table 20 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 475 (3275) 784 (5405) 304 552 150
A 470 (3240) 782 (5392) 289 603 148
B 544 (3751) 829 (5716 234 458 166
B 542 (3737) 832 (5736) 274 516 168
Table 21 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from
Keel Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS
and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 473 (3258) 783 (5399) 297 578 149
B 543 (3744) 831 (5726) 254 487 167
The data from Part II of the thick-section study investigated the cooling rate
effects of a thin-section attached to a thick-section versus a thin-section cooling
autonomously This was conducted for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V The
data suggests that faster cooling rates are observed when the thin-section is autonomous
versus when the thin-section is attached to a thick-section (keel block) Faster cooling
rates yield finer grain structures which are consistently found to increase strength
Consequently the YS values for both alloys are higher in Table 21 when the thin-section
- 122 -
cooled autonomously To analyze the difference in grain structure between cooling rates
Figures 69-72 display micrographs of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V attached to
the keel block and cooled autonomously respectively
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn attached to the keel block
- 123 -
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V attached to keel block
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn normalized autonomously from keel block
- 124 -
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V normalized autonomously from keel block
There is an obvious difference in grain size between samples that were cooled
while attached to the keel block (Figures 69 and 70) and ones that were cooled
autonomously (Figures 71 and 72)
563 Double Normalize
Double normalizing heat treatments have been reported to increase toughness and
ductility while sacrificing relatively little strength75 Therefore it became a heat treatment
of interest Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were both subjected to the double
normalizing heat treatment There was no temper that followed either normalization heat
treatment Table 22 displays the mechanical properties of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V after a double normalize The averages are in Table 23
- 125 -
Table 22 Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment with
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 493 (3399) 794 (5474) 312 646 153
A 508 (3503) 795 (5481) 352 680 150
A 498 (3434) 793 (5468) 312 652 153
A 493 (3413) 801 (5523) 336 678 156
B 557 (3840) 835 (5757) 304 634 165
B 551 (3799) 834 (5750) 312 645 162
B 560 (3861) 835 (5757 320 643 165
B 549 (3785) 829 (5716) 320 629 162
Table 23 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment
with Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in
ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 498 (3437) 796 (5487) 328 664 153
B 554 (3821) 833 (5745) 314 638 164
The double normalizing heat treatment mechanical properties are best-compared
to the mechanical properties obtained by the single normalizing heat treatment of a keel
block leg in Table 21 The average YS for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in
single normalizing condition is 473 ksi (3258 MPa) and 543 ksi (3744 MPa)
respectively These are both slightly weaker than the YS values produced with a double
normalizing heat treatment for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 498 ksi (3437
MPa) and 554 ksi (3821 MPa) respectively Equally important was the EL increase
that was observed with the double normalizing heat treatment compared to the single
normalizing heat treatment These results are conducive with literature To analyze the
grain refinement that occurred Figures 73 and 74 are images of double normalized
condition Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
- 126 -
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn double normalize
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V double normalize
- 127 -
Figures 73 and 74 are micrographs of the double normalized condition of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
The Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V used in previous experiments had
chemical composition data from multiple sources that was not consistent Additionally
they did not meet the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement Therefore more compositional data
needed testing and validation Factorial design alloys were also produced to better
develop compositional understandings and how much variance is allowed in composition
to still maintain strength Table 24 displays the 4 new alloys (C-F) and their designations
Table 25 shows the compositional targets for Alloys C-F and the actual spectrometer
compositions are shown in Table 26 Then the data from Table 26 was used to calculate
the CE values for these alloys and this data is displayed in Table 27 Finally carbon
content comparisons were made with spectrometer data from multiple foundries and the
results are shown in Table 28
Table 24 Alloy Name and Designation for Factorial Design Alloys
Alloy Designation
C Lo-CLo-MnLo-V
D Hi-CLo-MnHi-V
E Lo-CHi-MnHi-V
F Hi-CHi-MnLo-V
Table 25 Alloy C-F Compositional Targets for Carbon Manganese Vanadium and
Silicon
Alloy C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
C 013 10 007 lt 04
D 017 10 011 lt 04
E 013 14 011 lt 04
F 017 14 007 lt 04
- 128 -
Table 26 Actual Chemical Compositions for Alloys C-F as Determined by
Spectrometry
Element Alloy C (wt
addition)
Alloy D (wt
addition)
Alloy E (wt
addition)
Alloy F (wt
addition)
C 014 017 012 0159
Mn 088 098 104 135
P 0007 001 0008 0008
S 0005 0005 0002 0004
Si 025 033 025 041
Cr 015 017 036 019
Ni 003 008 006 007
Mo 001 002 003 0018
Cu 006 007 006 009
Al NA NA NA NA
W NA NA NA NA
V 010 012 011 0075
Nb NA NA NA NA
Zr NA NA NA NA
N NA NA NA NA
Table 27 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
C 035 039 033 006
D 041 046 039 007
E 040 044 034 010
F 045 049 043 004
Table 28 Target Carbon Wt vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from Multiple
Foundries for Alloys C-F
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
Leco
Carbon
C 013 0140 0167 0149 0184
D 017 0170 0188 0180 0190
E 013 0120 0139 0134 0167
F 017 0159 0172 0165 0182
Alloys C-F faced similar compositional difficulties that Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V did The actual compositions do not match the target compositions
- 129 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F
Alloys C-F were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments and their
mechanical property data is dispersed in Tables 29-36
Table 29 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 435 (2999) 664 (4578) 336 655 130
NampT 464 (3199) 676 (4661) 328 655 137
QampT 828 (5709) 990 (6826) 242 603 216
QampT 785 (5412) 961 (6626) 234 606 222
Table 30 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 450 (3099) 670 (4620) 332 655 134
QampT 807 (5561) 976 (6726 238 605 219
Table 31 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 751 (5178) 297 589 156
NampT 520 (3585) 753 (5192) 312 620 156
QampT 964 (6647) 1117 (7701) 203 525 240
QampT 947 (6529) 1103 (7605) 203 525 240
Table 32 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 752 (5185) 305 605 156
QampT 956 (6588) 1110 (7653) 203 525 240
Table 33 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 501 (3454) 717 (4944) 320 666 141
NampT 521 (3592) 724 (4992) 336 675 141
QampT 905 (6240) 1061 (7315) 219 583 240
QampT 858 (5916) 1020 (7033) 203 581 228
- 130 -
Table 34 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 511 (3523) 721 (4968) 328 671 141
QampT 882 (6078) 1041 (7174) 211 582 234
Table 35 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 543 (3754) 802 (5530) 336 689 159
NampT 556 (3833) 807 (5564) 304 661 162
QampT 1013 (6984) 1142 (7873) 1795 561 258
QampT 1060 (7308) 1167 (8046) 1955 589 247
Table 36 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 550 (3794) 805 (5547) 320 675 161
QampT 1037 (7146) 1155 (7960) 188 575 253
Alloys C and E are the only two alloys that have an acceptable CE value (lt045
wt CE) including Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V In the QampT condition
Alloy C has adequate YS with 807 ksi (5561 MPa) Alloy E in both NampT and QampT
conditions exceeds the 50 ksi threshold with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078
MPa) respectively This can be attributed to their low carbon contents which helps to
limit CE moderate amounts of manganese and high vanadium contents An observation
of the micrographs for Alloys C-F in both the NampT and QampT conditions can be made
with Figures 74-82
- 131 -
Figure 75 Alloy C in the NampT condition
Figure 76 Alloy C in the QampT condition
- 132 -
Figure 77 Alloy D in the NampT condition
Figure 78 Alloy D in the QampT condition
- 133 -
Figure 79 Alloy E in the NampT condition
Figure 80 Alloy E in the QampT condition
- 134 -
Figure 81 Alloy F in the NampT condition
Figure 82 Alloy F in the QampT condition
- 135 -
There does not appear to be any significant difference between the QampT condition
micrographs amongst Alloys D-F The main difference to note between the alloys is the
grain refinement observed with Alloy E in the NampT condition which is noticeably more
than in the other alloyrsquos NampT conditions Additionally there appears to be more
precipitates dispersed throughout the ferrite comparatively Consequently Alloy E is the
only Alloy to reach both the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis
There is a need for an understanding of allowable compositional variance ie
how much can the composition of certain alloying elements deviate and still reach
required strength levels Furthermore this becomes important for standards where there
are large allowable composition windows which is common since most steel casting
standards are based on mechanical properties This analysis was completed using the
Factorial Design alloys (Alloys C-F) Figures 83-88 are graphs that have ISO-YS lines as
a function of carbon content (Y-Axis) and manganese content (X-Axis) Figures 83-85
are for the NampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V and 012 wt V
respectively Figures 86-88 are for the QampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V
and 012 wt V respectively Therefore if a metallurgist wants to maintain a certain
YS for a certain wt V then they just have to alloy the wt C and wt Mn
according to the X and Y axis on the graphs The regression equations used for NampT and
QampT are shown in Equations 9 and 10 respectively
119884119878 = 51547 + (42064 times 119862) + (284495 times 119872119899) + (999979 times 119881) Eq 9
119884119878 = minus157501 + (1548821 times 119862) + (543727 times 119872119899) + (2631891 times 119881) Eq 10
- 136 -
Figure 83 NampT with no vanadium content
Figure 84 NampT with 008 wt V
- 137 -
Figure 85 NampT with 012 wt V
Figure 86 QampT with no vanadium content
- 138 -
Figure 87 QampT with 008 wt V
Figure 88 QampT with 012 wt V
- 139 -
The graphs display ISO-YS lines such that if the composition of the alloy waivers
in between two YS lines which are a function of carbon content and manganese content
then the YS of the alloy with that specific heat treatment and vanadium content will fall
between the two lines The correlation (R2 value) for the accuracy of the regression
equations are 08662 and 09879 for NampT and QampT respectively
59 ASTM Considerations
The final goal of this project involves integration of the developed alloy (most
likely some slight variation of Alloy E) into an existing ASTM Standard Table 37
provides suggestions of possible ASTM Standards both for wrought and cast grades
where a 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS cast steel could be integrated
Table 37 ASTM Specification Summary
ASTM Form TS-YS-EL (2rdquo)-
CVN
CE Cmax Mnmax
A487 Steel cast pressure (W) 85-55-22-Yes No 030 100
A242 HSLA Structural (W) 70-50-21-No No 015 100
A500 Cold-Formed Welded Tube
(W)
62-50-21-No No 023 135
A529 High-Strength C-Mn (W) 65-50-21-No 055 027 135
A709 Structural Bridge Multiple
Grade (W)
65-50-21-Yes No 023 135
A913 HSLA QST Grade 50 (W) 65-50-21-No 038 012 160
A992 Structural Steel Shapes (W) 65-50-21-No 045 023 160
A1043 Structural Build Grade 50
(W)
65-50-21-Yes 045 020 160
A148 Carbon Steel (C) 80-50-22-No No NA NA
A216 WCB (C) 70-36-22-No 050 030 100
A217 High-P High-T (C) 105-50-18-No No 021 080
A356 Low Alloy Grade 8 (C) 80-50-18-No No 020 090
A958 Steel Multiple Grades (C) 80-50-22-No No
consult original standard for more information
(W) for Wrought
(C) for Cast
- 140 -
Table 37 just serves to display possibilities This is groundwork that can help
assist in future deliberations regarding the matter It should also be noted that the goal is
to integrate the alloy into both an ASTM Standard and the AWS D11 Structural Welding
Code for Steel Integration of the developed alloy into an ASTM Standard and AWS
D11 Structural Welding Code is a highly political decision that is not taken lightly
There will be many composition tests welding tests mechanical tests and deliberations
to emerge
- 141 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work
61 Summary
This research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength (YS)
cast steel alloy using common alloying elements complete with heat treating guidelines
such that any foundry in the United States can produce this alloy and consistently achieve
the strength requirements Interest for this research spawned from industry and the
militaryrsquos transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA wrought steels to 50
ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades Alloys investigated were
restricted to a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that optimum
weldability is maintained Introductory work was completed for implementation of this
alloy into an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels and certification of this
alloy into the AWS D11 Structural Welding Code for steel Implementation of the high
weldability 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel into these standards and codes will enable the full
potential of the developed cast steel to be realized It will enable complex shapes of 50
ksi (345 MPa) cast steel to be cast into the final form and welded into place to expedite
construction processes
The research began with analysis of a conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216
WCB grade specific cast steel) database that was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of America (SFSA) to determine whether or not it was possible to reach the
desired properties and CE requirements with conventional cast steels The database
consisted of mechanical property data composition and heat treatment for conventional
C-Mn cast steels produced by a multitude of foundries across North America
- 142 -
The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements This suggested that it is not possible to obtain the required YS while
maintaining the CE requirements with conventional C-Mn cast steel Additional findings
of the database analysis implied much variance in spectrometer data between foundries
because there was no significant correlation between increasing alloying content and an
increasing YS regardless of heat treatment
The second stage of research was conducted to compare and contrast the
microalloying effects of vanadium in Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steels
that had compositions based on previous literature work1 The compositions were
modeled using Thermo-Calc to verify austenitizing temperatures for complete
solutionizing of VCN These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments a
tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis
normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing The tempering study analyzed
hardness values of normalized or quenched wafers that were subjected to tempering times
of either 10 hr or 40 hr for various times These values were then plotted to obtain
tempering curves however these curves were not true ldquofitted curvesrdquo but merely
suggestions The thick-section analysis was completed with keel blocks to see the effects
of cooling rates because it was postulated that thick-sections may not cool fast enough for
vanadium to stay in solution Keel blocks were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments and were subsequently sliced at frac14 thickness Brinell hardness testing was then
perform across the freshly exposed keel block faces to develop hardness profiles The
normalizing cooling rate study was done to mimic real-world cooling of complex casting
shapes which may not cool uniformly One of the two keel block legs was removed from
- 143 -
a keel block and its mate remained on the keel block Then both the autonomous keel
block leg and the one still attached to the keel block were normalized The difference in
cooling rates divulged different properties These samples were not tempered Finally a
double normalizing heat treatment was performed because it is commonly done in
industry to HSLA cast steels to improve ductility with only a slight strength penalty75
bull Thermocalc modeling predicted that the full austenitizing temperatures for the full
solutionizing of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This is a contradiction with literature which
suggests that vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1
bull Optical microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation
hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT
conditions
bull The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry
this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-
Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
bull There was also substantial variance in spectrometer readings between foundries
bull The resulting average YS of the NampT condition for the Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V alloys were 466 ksi (3210 MPa) and 594 ksi (4092 MPa)
respectively Likewise the average YS of the QampT condition were 754 ksi (5195
MPa) and 984 ksi (6781 MPa) respectively
bull The tempering study found temperaging effects in the vanadium containing alloy
There was an initial softening at 10 hr due to tempering of martensite The
kinetics for aging take time to initiate and hardness increased on some samples at
- 144 -
40 hr Some C-Mn-V samples especially higher temperature samples did not
display an aging response at hour 40 however this was probably due to
overaging Therefore it can be posited that C-Mn-V samples exposed to higher
temperatures probably hit peak-age in between 10 and 40 hr
bull The thick-section study produced hardness profiles as expected (higher hardness
at the edge than at the center) in all samples except the Modified C-Mn in the
NampT condition Testing of this sample in particular should be repeated to verify
the results However the Brinell hardness of the Modified C-Mn thick-section in
the NampT condition identically matched its tensile test bar in the NampT condition
for hardness 147 HB
bull Other findings of the thick-section study were that the edge hardness values for
Modified C-Mn in the QampT condition were 180 HB compared to its tensile test
bar in the QampT condition which were 211 HB This can be attributed to slower
cooling rates for the keel block It allowed precipitates to de-solutionize during
the initial cooling from the austenite phase Both the NampT and QampT conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V had higher hardness at the edges of the keel blocks than their
respective tensile test bars average hardness 172 HB compared to 169 HB for the
NampT condition and 234 HB compared to 231 HB for QampT condition However
these results have a negligible difference This proves thicker sections can be
quenched rapidly enough to prevent precipitates from de-solutionizing
bull The normalizing cooling rate study found that test bars cooled autonomously had
a more refined grain structure and higher average YS values and higher average
hardness values Modified C-Mn had a YS of 448 ksi (3085 MPa) and hardness
- 145 -
of 148 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of 473 (3258 MPa) and a
hardness of 149 HB when cooled separately Modified C-Mn-v had a YS of 520
ksi (3585 MPa) and hardness of 153 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of
543 (3744 MPa) and a hardness of 167 HB when cooled separately
bull The double normalizing study found that average EL is increased for both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V when compared to NampT and QampT
conditions For Modified C-Mn in the NampT and QampT conditions the average EL
was 29 and 24 respectively while in the double normalized condition
the average EL was 328 For Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT and QampT
conditions the average EL was 29 and 30 respectively while in the
double normalized condition the average EL was 314
bull The double normalizing study also found that there was an increase in YS and EL
when compared to the single normalizing heat treatment that the autonomous
tensile test bars were subjected to in the normalizing cooling rate study The
average double normalizing YS values are 498 ksi (3437 MPa) and 554 ksi
(3821 MPa) for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively This is due
to a more refined grain structure that is present in the double normalizing
condition
The third stage of research was conducted to determine the compositional range
allowable to still maintain YS values Alloys C-F were created to further analyze this All
samples were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments to the same processing
parameters as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
- 146 -
bull Only Alloy C and Alloy E reached the CEAWS D11 requirement with 039 wt
CE and 044 wt CE respectively
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the NampT condition are 450 ksi (3099 MPa)
520 ksi (3585 MPa) 511 ksi (3523 MPa) 550 ksi (3794 MPa)
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the QampT condition are 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
956 ksi (6588 MPa) 882 ksi (6078 MPa) and 1037 ksi (7146 MPa)
respectively
bull Alloy C met both the CE requirement and YS requirement in its QampT condition
with 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
bull Alloy E met both the CE requirement and YS for both NampT and QampT conditions
with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078 MPa) respectively
bull Optical microscopy was performed on all samples and it was determined that
precipitation hardening occurred in both NampT and QampT conditions for Alloys C-
F
bull The compositions of Alloys C-F were not on target Therefore a full factorial
design could not be completed however this further bolsters the fact that it is
difficult for foundries to produce compositions accurately Additionally when the
spectrometer data was compared between foundries there was also a large
variance as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
bull Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345
MPa) YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt
Si 036 wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt
- 147 -
V Therefore this is the composition that should be investigated for its
inception into an ASTM Standard or AWS welding code
62 Conclusion
In conclusion this research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield
Strength (YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to
ensure that optimum weldability is maintained without preheating This is in response to
industry and the military transitioning from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA
wrought steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades It is desired
that complex shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded
into place to expedite construction processes Thus the reason for a high weldability
Additionally only common alloying elements are used to ensure that every steel foundry
in America has the capabilities to cast it To accomplish this an initial understanding of
conventional C-Mn cast steel capabilities needed to be developed A database of over
20000 conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216 WCB grade specific cast steel)
compositions and mechanical properties was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of
America (SFSA) It was analyzed to determine the limitations of conventional C-Mn cast
steel Ie if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying additions would
be needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS
and CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE
requirements
There was a need to develop a basic understanding of the microalloying effects of
vanadium when compared to a similar compositional sample without vanadium This was
accomplished with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steel samples that were
- 148 -
based upon compositions from previous literature work1 These alloys were subjected to
NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering
study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis normalizing
cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical microscopy was performed on both
samples and there was precipitation hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy
for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not
achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051
wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively Further work
continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE requirements Thermocalc
modeling of these alloys was completed to understand at what temperature the system
would fully solutionize It predicted the solutionizing temperatures of Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This
suggests that the vanadium in the Modified C-Mn-V would not have been fully
solutionized This is however a contradiction with literature which suggests that
vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) Future work should
investigate this disagreement
Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C earned a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
- 149 -
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V Therefore
this is the composition that should be investigated further for future implementation into
ASTM Standards and AWS Structural Welding Codes
63 Future Work
Future work must revisit the following to either validate the existing work or to
develop the theory more comprehensively
bull Tempering Study with larger samples of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to see if results are repeatable Then curves should be ldquofittedrdquo to obtain true
tempering profiles
bull Hardness Profiles for the thick-section study to see if the results are repeatable
and to compare how the hardness values compare to the ones produced in the
tempering study
bull Perform optical microscopy on the thick-section castings
bull Reinvestigate Thermo-Calc models with a specific database for HSLA steels
Future work must continue in the following areas that were either beyond the
scope of this project or not permitted with time and funding allotted
bull Double normalize and temper study with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to compare these results with the existing double normalizing heat treatment
results
bull Complete more investigations with variations of Alloy E
- 150 -
Appendix A
Figure 89 Comparing and contrasting a conventional cast steel microstructure with a microalloyed HSLA
cast steel microstructure1
- 151 -
Figure 90 As-Cast microstructure of HSLA steels vs normalized microstructure for HSLA cast steel1
- 152 -
Figure 91 Original estimate for vanadium content to obtain 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS as a function of carbon
content and manganese content
Figure 92 Original attempt at creating a 50 ksi (345 MPa) surface as a function of carbon content and
manganese content
- 153 -
Appendix B
Table 38 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys A and B
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
A (C-Mn) 048 0421 0312 0264 043
B (C-Mn-V) 051 0438 0295 0256 043
Table 39 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
C 0386 0345 024 0214 0328
D 046 0405 0284 0257 0388
E 0443 0401 025 0215 0335
F 0493 0451 0312 0259 0426
Table 40 Original Quartile Analysis for Database
C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS
D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 0229 0753 0425 0003 0304 046 49230 (339429)
Ave Top
025 YS 0232 0735 0420 0002 0316 046 53574 (369380)
Ave Bottom
025 YS 0226 0812 0441 0005 0278 048 44022 (303521)
Total Std
Dev 0022 0138 0065 0004 0162 0048 3917 (27007)
Std Dev
Top 025 YS 0022 0099 0063 0004 0225 0042 1137 (7839)
Std Dev
Bottom 025
YS
0018 0197 0067 0004 0091 0049 3182 (21939)
- 154 -
References
(1) Voigt Robert C Blair M and Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of
High-Strength Low-Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1994
(2) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoSolidification and Casting Processesrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 18ndash75
(3) Pakker E R Zackay V F Materials Science of Modern Steels Prog Solid State
Chem 1975 9 (C) 105ndash138
(4) Krauss G ldquoHistory and Primary Steel Processingrdquo In Steels-Processing
Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park
OH 2016 pp 9ndash16
(5) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoMetal Processing and Manufacturingrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 1ndash17
(6) Australian-Foundry-Association ldquoMelting Technologyrdquo In Cleaner Production
Manual for the Queensland Foundry Industry 1999 p Chapter 3
(7) Hurtuk D J ldquoSteel Ingot Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 911ndash917
(8) Jorstad J L Technologies J L J ldquoShape Casting ProcessesmdashAn Introductionrdquo
In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH
2018 pp 485ndash487
(9) ASM-International ldquoGreen Sand Moldingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting
ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 549ndash566
(10) What-When-How Sand Castings httpwhat-when-howcommaterialsparts-and-
finishessand-castings
(11) ECS-Staff Guide to Casting and Molding Processes 2006
(12) ASM-International ldquoPermanent Mold Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 1 pp 689ndash699
(13) AFS US Casting Sales Reach 331 Billion Modern Casting 2019 pp 27ndash29
(14) Krauss G ldquoPearlite Ferrite and Cementiterdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
39ndash62
(15) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Diagramsrdquo In Fundamentals of
Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp Sons
INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 359ndash420
(16) Krauss G ldquoPhases and Structuresrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
15ndash32
- 155 -
(17) Okamoto H The C-Fe (Carbon-Iron) System J Phase Equilibria 1992 13 (5)
543ndash565
(18) Krauss G ldquoNormalizing Annealing and Spheroidizing Treatments
FerritePearlite and Spherical Carbides In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
277ndash291
(19) Krauss G ldquoHardness and Hardenabilityrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
297ndash325
(20) Brooks C R ldquoHardenabilityrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
43ndash86
(21) Tuttle R Understanding the Mechanism of Grain Refinement in Plain Carbon
Steels Int J Met 2013 7 (4) 7ndash16
(22) Krauss G ldquoDeformation Strengthening and Fracture of Ferritic Microstructuresrdquo
In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 213ndash232
(23) Gladman T ldquoMicrostructure-Property Relationshipsrdquo In The Physical Metallurgy
of Microalloyed Steels The Institute of Materials London England 1997 pp 19ndash
79
(24) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoMorphological Evolution Due to
Capillary and Applied Forces Diffusional Creep and Sinteringrdquo In Kinetics of
Materials John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 387ndash418
(25) Krauss G ldquoAustenite in Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 133ndash162
(26) Smith R M Chandra T Dunne D P Ferrite Grain Refinement in HSLA Steels
Strength Mater Alloy 1983 1 235ndash240
(27) Brooks C R ldquoStructural Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
263ndash306
(28) Duckworth W E Thermomechanical Treatment of Metals J Met 1966 No
August 915ndash922
(29) Kula E B Radcliffe V Thermomechanical Treatment of Steel J Met 1963 52
(7) 96ndash97
(30) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Transformationsrdquo In Fundamentals
of Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp
Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 421ndash482
(31) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoNucleationrdquo In Kinetics of Materials
John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 459ndash500
(32) Kingery W D Bowen H K Uhlmann D ldquoPhase-Transformations Glass
- 156 -
Formation and Glass-Ceramicsrdquo In Introduction to Ceramics Second Edition
John Wiley amp Sons INC New York New York 1976 pp 320ndash380
(33) Perepezko J H Madison W ldquoNucleation Kinetics and Grain Refinementrdquo In
ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018
Vol 15 pp 276ndash287
(34) Kurz W Fe E P ldquoPlane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 293ndash298
(35) Krauss G ldquoPrimary Processing Effects on Steel Microstructure and Propertiesrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 163ndash196
(36) Trivedi R Sunseri E ldquoNon-Plane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2008 pp 299ndash306
(37) Edwards L Endean M ldquoManufacturing with Materialsrdquo Butterworth
Heinemann Oxford United Kingdom 1990
(38) Beckermann C ldquoMacrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 348ndash352
(39) Dantzig J A ldquoTransport Phenomena During Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook
Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 70ndash74
(40) Brody H D ldquoMicrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 338ndash347
(41) Han Q ldquoShrinkage Porosity and Gas Porosityrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 9 pp 370ndash374
(42) Brooks C R ldquoAustentization of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of
Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999
pp 205ndash234
(43) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHomogenizationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 402ndash403
(44) Brooks C R ldquoAnnealing Normalizing Martempering and Austemperingrdquo In
Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM
International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 235ndash262
(45) Krauss G ldquoMartensite In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 63ndash97
(46) Krauss G ldquoIsothermal and Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagramsrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 197ndash211
(47) Brooks C R ldquoThe Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Time-Temperature-
Transformation (TTT) Diagramsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
3ndash41
(48) Brooks C R ldquoQuenching of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
- 157 -
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
87ndash126
(49) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHeat Treatmentrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 404ndash407
(50) Krauss G ldquoTempering of Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
373ndash403
(51) Brooks C R ldquoTemperingrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon
and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 127ndash204
(52) Krauss G ldquoLow-Carbon Steelsrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
233ndash275
(53) Zackay V F Thermomechanical Processing Mater Sci Eng 1976 25 247ndash261
(54) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of HSLA Cast Steels
1989
(55) Lippold J C ldquoIntroductionrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and Weldability John Wiley
amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 1ndash8
(56) Lippold J C ldquoHydrogen-Induced Crackingrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and
Weldability John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 213ndash262
(57) Lagneborg R Siwecki T Zajac S Hutchinson B The Role of Vanadium in
Microalloyed Steels Scand J Metall 1999 28 (October) 186ndash241
(58) Purtscher PT Cheng Y-W Structure-Property Relationships in Microalloyed
Ferrite-Pearlite Steels Phase 1 Literature Review Research Plan and Initial
Results Gov Res Announc Index 1993 1ndash59
(59) Deardo A J Niobium in Modern Steels Int Mater Rev 2003 48 (6) 371ndash402
(60) Sage A M The Use of Vanadium in Low Alloy Structural Steels In Specialty
Steels and Hard Materials Proceedings of the International Conference on Recent
Developments in Specialty Steels and Hard Materials (Materials Development
rsquo82) held in Pretoria South Africa 8-12 November 1982 Pergamon Press Ltd
1983 pp 111ndash125
(61) Ohtani H Hillert M A Thermodynamic Assessment of the Fe-N-V System
Calphad 1991 15 (1) 25ndash39
(62) Liu Z Thermodynamic Calculations of Carbonitrides in Microalloyed Steels Scr
Mater 2004 50 601ndash606
(63) ASM-International ldquoHigh-Strength Structural and High-Strength Low-Alloy
Steelsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and
High-Performance Alloys ASM International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1
pp 389ndash423
(64) Wright P H ldquoHigh-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Forgingsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and High-Performance Alloys ASM
- 158 -
International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1 pp 358ndash362
(65) Jack D H Jack K H Invited Review Carbides and Nitrides in Steel Mater
Sci Eng 1973 11 1ndash27
(66) Baker T N Processes Microstructure and Properties of Vanadium Microalloyed
Steels Mater Sci Technol 2009 25 (9) 1083ndash1107
(67) Voigt Robert C Rassizadehhghani J Initial Investigation of Microalloyed Cast
Steel 1987
(68) Naylor D J Review of International Activity on Microalloyed Engineering Steels
Ironmak Steelmak 1989 16 (4) 246ndash252
(69) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Gattu R K The Development of High Strength
Low Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1988
(70) Voigt R C Tu C-H Rosmait R L Development of As-Cast Steels 1990
(71) Dutcher D E Production and Properties of Microalloyed Steel Castings 1987
(72) Jackson W J The Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings A Review of the Literature
1978
(73) Voigt R C Blair M Rassizadehhghani J High Stength Low Alloy Cast Steels
1990
(74) Collie-Welding Carbon Equivalent Calculators
httpwwwcollieweldingcomcecalculatorsphp (accessed Oct 15 2019)
(75) Panneer Selvi S Sakthivel T Parameswaran P Laha K Effect of
Normalization Heat Treatment on Creep and Tensile Properties of Modified 9Crndash
1Mo Steel Trans Indian Inst Met 2016 69 (2) 261ndash269
(76) Thermo-Calc Thermo-Calc Software TCFE SteelsFe-Alloys Database Version 8
2016
III
Abstract
The purpose of this research was to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength
(YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that
optimum weldability is maintained A database of conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM
A216 WCB grade specific cast steel) compositions and mechanical properties was
analyzed to determine if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying was
needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE requirements
Microalloying effects of vanadium were understood further with Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V cast steels that had compositions based on previous literature work1
These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F
(955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-
section analysis normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical
microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation hardening
observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted
chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high
CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
respectively Further work continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE
requirements Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C achieved a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
IV
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V
V
Table of Contents
List of Figures IX
List of Tables XIII
List of Equations XV
Acknowledgements XVI
Chapter 1 Introduction - 1 -
11 Project Overview - 1 -
12 Metals Casting Background - 2 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production - 3 -
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World - 4 -
1221 Contemporary Furnaces - 4 -
1222 Casting Techniques - 5 -
12221 Continuous Casting - 6 -
12222 Ingot Casting - 7 -
12223 Shape Casting - 8 -
122231 Green Sand Casting - 9 -
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting - 15 -
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World - 16 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures - 17 -
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C) - 17 -
132 Austenite (γ-Fe) - 17 -
133 Pearlite - 18 -
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels - 20 -
141 Increasing C Content - 21 -
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains - 24 -
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements - 26 -
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements - 27 -
145 Formation of Dislocations - 28 -
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal - 30 -
151 Cast Metal - 31 -
152 Wrought Metal - 32 -
VI
16 Solidification Dynamics - 32 -
161 Nucleation Mechanisms - 32 -
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation - 34 -
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation - 36 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal - 38 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy - 40 -
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting - 41 -
1641 Chill Zone - 41 -
1642 Columnar Zone - 42 -
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone - 43 -
17 Solidification Defects - 44 -
171 Macroporosity - 44 -
172 Macrosegregation - 46 -
173 Microporosity - 47 -
174 Microsegregation - 48 -
175 Gas Porosity - 48 -
18 Heat Treating of Steels - 50 -
181 Homogenization - 52 -
182 Full Anneal - 53 -
183 Process Anneal - 53 -
184 Normalization - 54 -
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper - 54 -
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability - 54 -
1852 Martensite - 56 -
1853 Tempering Kinetics - 59 -
186 Spheroidizing - 60 -
187 Stress Relieving - 60 -
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels - 60 -
191 Precipitation Hardening - 61 -
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 61 -
1101 Weldability - 61 -
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 62 -
VII
Chapter 2 Literature Review - 63 -
21 Microalloying of Steels - 63 -
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium - 63 -
22 HSLA Steels - 64 -
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys - 65 -
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides - 66 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions - 69 -
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition - 72 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions - 73 -
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels - 73 -
23 HSLA Cast Steels - 74 -
231 Temperaging - 76 -
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work - 76 -
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards - 78 -
234 Key Findings from Previous Work - 79 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work - 82 -
31 Hypothesis - 82 -
32 Statement of Work - 82 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure - 83 -
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 83 -
42 Tempering Study - 84 -
43 Special Heat-Treating Options - 85 -
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 85 -
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 85 -
433 Double Normalize - 86 -
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 86 -
45 Metallography of Samples - 87 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions - 89 -
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel - 89 -
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 98 -
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling - 100 -
54 Tempering Study - 103 -
VIII
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating - 109 -
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn - 109 -
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V - 112 -
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 115 -
56 Special Heat-Treating Options - 118 -
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 118 -
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 120 -
563 Double Normalize - 124 -
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 127 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F - 129 -
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis - 135 -
59 ASTM Considerations - 139 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work - 141 -
61 Summary - 141 -
62 Conclusion - 147 -
63 Future Work - 149 -
Appendix A - 150 -
Appendix B - 153 -
References - 154 -
IX
List of Figures
FIGURE PAGE
Figure 1 Continuous Casting Process Schematic 7
Figure 2 Hierarchy Chart of Shape Casting Processes 9
Figure 3 Horizontal Green Sand-Casting Mold Illustration11
Figure 4 Green Sand-Casting Flow Chart 12
Figure 5 Diagram of a Green Sand-Casting Shake-out System 14
Figure 6 Green Sand Reclamation and Cooling Diagram15
Figure 7 Graph of Casting Sales per Year 16
Figure 8 Eutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 18
Figure 9 Hypoeutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 19
Figure 10 Hypereutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 20
Figure 11 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCC α-Fe 22
Figure 12 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in FCC γ-Fe 23
Figure 13 Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram 23
Figure 14 Solid Solution Strengtheners Effecting Yield Strength 27
Figure 15 Illustration of an Edge Dislocation 29
Figure 16 Illustration of a Screw Dislocation 30
Figure 17 Graph of the Four Stages of Nucleation and Growth 34
Figure 18 Image of a Thermodynamically Stable Nuclei 35
Figure 19 Graph of Gibbs Free-Energy as a Function of Nuclei Radius 36
Figure 20 Wetting Diagram Showing Surface-Energy Affect 37
Figure 21 Graph of Nucleation Growth and Transformation Rates 37
Figure 22 Graph of Solidification Latent Heat Profile 38
Figure 23 Illustration of Primary and Secondary Dendritic Arms 39
Figure 24 Solidification Properties Influenced by Composition Graph 41
Figure 25 Illustration Depicting Different Casting Solidification Zones 42
Figure 26 Metal Shrinkage as a Function of Phase and Temperature 45
X
Figure 27 Illustration of Pipe Defect Formation Inside a Casting 46
Figure 28 Lever Rule Example for Two-Phase Region 47
Figure 29 Illustration of Microporosity in the Inner-Dendritic Region 48
Figure 30 Graph of Gas Solubility in Metal as a Function of Phase 49
Figure 31 Micrograph of Gas Hole Porosity 50
Figure 32 Heat Treating Temperature Ranges Fe-C Phase Diagram51
Figure 33 TTT Diagram for Steel 55
Figure 34 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCT Martensite 57
Figure 35 Diagram of Martensitic Bain Strain 58
Figure 36 Graph of MS Temperature and Lath vs Plate Martensite 59
Figure 37 Chart Displaying Common Stoichiometric Steel Carbides 68
Figure 38 Bar Chart of Carbide and Martensite Hardness 68
Figure 39 Graph of Mole Fraction of VCN vs Temperature 70
Figure 40 Recrystallization Temp vs Solute Content for Microalloys 72
Figure 41 Graph of Solubilities of Common Carbides vs Temperature 73
Figure 42 Optimum Alloying Range with Mechanical Properties 75
Figure 43 Complete Scatterplot Heat Treat vs CE for SFSA Sprdsht 90
Figure 44 YS vs C Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 45 YS vs Mn Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 46 Normalized Condition YS vs Weldability 93
Figure 47 NampT Condition YS vs Weldability 94
Figure 48 QampT Condition YS vs Weldability 95
Figure 49 Modified C-Mn Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 50 Modified C-Mn-V Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 51 Modified C-Mn-V with Nb Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction 102
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
XI
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
Figure 58 NampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 59 QampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 60 NampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 61 QampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 62 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in NampT Condition 111
Figure 63 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in QampT Condition 111
Figure 64 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in NampT Condition 114
Figure 65 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in QampT Condition 114
Figure 66 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn NampT Condition 116
Figure 67 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition 116
Figure 68 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition (2) 117
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 122
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 124
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 75 Alloy C in NampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 76 Alloy C in QampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 77 Alloy D in NampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 78 Alloy D in QampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 79 Alloy E in NampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 80 Alloy E in QampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 81 Alloy F in NampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 82 Alloy F in QampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 83 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 00 wt V 136
Figure 84 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 008 wt V 136
Figure 85 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 012 wt V 137
Figure 86 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 00 wt V 137
XII
Figure 87 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 008 wt V 138
Figure 88 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 012 wt V 138
Figure 89 Extra Micrograph of Cast Steel Appendix A
Figure 90 As-Cast HSLA Steel Micrograph Appendix A
Figure 91 Original Estimate for Vanadium ISO-YS Graph Appendix A
Figure 92 Original Attempt at YS Surface Appendix A
XIII
List of Tables
TABLE PAGE
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-C V-Alloyed Cast Steel 75
Table 2 SFSA Database Mechanical Property Extrema92
Table 3 SFSA Database Heat Treatment per Designation 93
Table 4 Normalized Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 94
Table 5 NampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 95
Table 6 QampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 96
Table 7 Top amp Bottom Quart Ave and Std Dev SFSA Database 96
Table 8 Summary of SFSA Database 97
Table 9 Spectro Comp of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 10 CE Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 11 Target C vs Mult Spectro Modified C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 99
Table 12 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn NampT and QampT 110
Table 13 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 11 110
Table 14 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn-V NampT and QampT 112
Table 15 Mechanical Property Averages from Table 13 113
Table 16 Brinell Hardness Profiles Across Keel Blocks119
Table 17 Brinell Hardness Profile Est Midway and Edge Values 119
Table 18 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Attached to Keel Block 121
Table 19 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 17 121
Table 20 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Separated from Keel Block 121
Table 21 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 19 121
Table 22 Mechanical Prop Double Normalize C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 125
Table 23 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 21 125
Table 24 Alloys C-F Designations 127
Table 25 Alloys C-F Compositional Targets 127
Table 26 Alloys C-F Spectrometer Composition 128
XIV
Table 27 CE Values for Alloys C-F 128
Table 28 Target C vs Multiple Spectro Data Alloys C-F128
Table 29 Mechanical Properties Alloy C NampT and QampT 129
Table 30 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 28 129
Table 31 Mechanical Properties Alloy D NampT and QampT 129
Table 32 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 30 129
Table 33 Mechanical Properties Alloy E NampT and QampT 129
Table 34 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 32 130
Table 35 Mechanical Properties Alloy F NampT and QampT 130
Table 36 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 34 130
Table 37 ASTM Standard Summary 139
Table 38 Alternate CE Table Mod C-Mn and Mod C-Mn-V Appendix B
Table 39 Alternate CE Table Alloys C-F Appendix B
Table 40 Original Database Quartile Analysis Data Appendix B
XV
List of Equations
EQUATION PAGE
Equation 1 Hall-Petch Yield Strength Grain Size Relation 26
Equation 2 Gibbs Free-Energy for a Sphere 34
Equation 3 ldquoYoungrsquos Equationrdquo for Wetting of a Material 37
Equation 4 AWS D11 CE 77
Equation 5 General ASTM and IIW CE 77
Equation 6 HSLA C-Mn Steels CET 77
Equation 7 ASTM A529 CE 77
Equation 8 Japanese Welding Engineering Society CE 77
Equation 9 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines NampT 135
Equation 10 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines QampT 135
XVI
Acknowledgements
First and foremost I have to thank the best advisor I could ever ask for Dr
Robert Voigt I cannot thank him enough for having faith in me and accepting me as a
graduate student Itrsquos an honor to learn from one of the best metallurgists in the field The
metals casting world owes you a great deal you are a great conduit supplying nearly
endless knowledge from academia to industry In addition to being a great advisor he
also has a job lined up for me at the Benton Foundry upon completion of my Masterrsquos
Next this research would not have gotten off the ground if it wasnrsquot for the
organizations foundries and partners who contributed funding heats of material and
other resources and services Raymond Monroe David Poweleit Ryan Moore and Diana
David from the SFSA Charlie and Greg from Regal Cast in Lebanon PA Bill and
Maynard from Effort Foundry in Bath PA my boy Robert Haldeman (shock the world)
with Car-Tech in Reading PA and Andrew and Ken who worked for Dr Voigt as
undergraduates and lent helping hands when they could
Next due to my limited computer literacy and my difficulty with coding I have to
thank the following Brandon Bocklund and Hongyeun Kim from Dr Luirsquos group (thanks
for the Thermo-Calc help) And most importantlyhellip my dear friend fulltime MatSE
partner and part-time math tutor Nick Clarks
Finally most importantly my family Thank you for your endless love constant
support enduring patience and never-ending encouragement I love you
Chapter 1 Introduction
11 Project Overview
This research was conducted in hopes of creating a cast steel alloy with a
minimum nominal yield strength (YS) of 50 ksi (345 MPa) and a maximum carbon
equivalent (CEAWS D11) of 045 wt C for military and construction applications This
is in response to the recent transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable wrought
steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) highly weldable wrought steels It is desired that complex
shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded into place to
expedite construction processes The CE limit will ensure a high weldability and prevent
preheating requirements for welding purposes A primary goal is creating an alloy that
can be readily cast at any steel foundry in the United States This implies simple
chemistries not requiring special furnaces or abnormal heat treatments to attain
mechanical properties Foundries often find difficulty with targeting chemistries
accurately thus detailed heat-treating protocols will be designed so a corrective heat
treatment can be performed by the foundry to correct variance with chemistry
Cast steels are not afforded the luxury of receiving strengthening and defect
correction from thermomechanical deformation as are wrought steels Therefore
mechanical properties of the cast steel developed will be influenced solely from
chemistry and heat treatments Additionally casting defects that otherwise could be
deformed out of a wrought steel will often remain with the casting There are multiple
advantages to using cast steels that justify the metallurgical hurdles such as cost savings
because of fewer production steps The strength of 50 ksi (345 MPa) will be reached by
- 2 -
developing a High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) steel This effectively uses microalloying
additions such as vanadium to refine strengthen and toughen the ferrite matrix while
maintaining a high weldability1
Finally since there are no current existing standards or codes for a 50 ksi (345
MPA) YS cast steel with CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE an attempt will be made to
establish composition ranges and heat-treating directions in a current American Society
for Testing of Materials (ASTM) Standard The newly developed material grade will
mimic an already existing wrought or cast standard such that it is compatible with
wrought steels with similar performance To enable the goal of casting the steel into its
final form and assembling via welding to come to fruition the cast steel must also be
introduced into the AWS D11 Structural Code for Steel
12 Metals Casting Background
Metals casting in the most generalized definition is the act of pouring molten
metal into a shaped mold such that upon solidification the metal retains the shape of the
mold in which it was poured In reality there are many mechanisms and unseen forces at
work during the melting pouring and solidification of a metal The art and science of
metals casting has its roots traced back to antiquity and it has been an ever-evolving
process ever since its inception Ancient metallurgists did not possess an extensive
knowledge of metallurgy thermodynamics kinetics fluid dynamics and heat transfer
however expertise in these areas are essential for modern metal casting facilities to be
competitive efficient and successful2
- 3 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production
The metallurgists of antiquity were only able to utilize seven metals copper lead
silver mercury tin iron and gold all but tin being in an elemental form Ancient
metallurgist called ldquoalchemistsrdquo at the time were first able to use elemental gold in
approximately 5000 BC3 Iron smiths at the time of approximately 1200 BC were able to
produce tools and weapons from iron and steel Surprisingly this was before technology
allowed for the melting of iron Metallurgists of this time period were aware that if iron
ore was heated with charcoal strength improved This is because carbon reduces the iron
ore into iron Consequently carbon migrated its way into the crystal of iron through solid
state diffusion and it increased the strength Then blacksmiths forged this primitive
version of steel into desired shapes which unknown to them also helped the mechanical
properties while creating a wrought iron34
Cast iron was first melted in the seventeenth century when coal replaced charcoal
in the smelting of iron because of the higher temperatures that were enabled by the coal
Cast iron due to its eutectic point at 41 wt C has a lower melting point as observed
in Figure 13 and was melted over a century before steel Metallurgists of the time soon
discovered that the cast iron was very brittle and efforts were made to remove some of
the carbon in the cast iron to decrease its brittleness Carbon was oxidized out of the cast
iron and wrought iron was created3
Even though steel has been used by peoples for over 3000 years similar to iron
the technology was not available to create steel in the modern sense until about 1740 AD
In 1856 Henry Bessemer created the process by which modern steel is produced The
ldquoBessemer Processrdquo forces heated air into the molten pig iron to initiate decarburization
- 4 -
This oxidized the carbon resulting in CO2 production and a reduction in the amount of
carbon content in the melt Now the remaining metal can be shape casted or cast as steel
into ingots and then forged into shapes3
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World
Today even though the principles of melting metals are unchanged the
metallurgy knowledge would be unrecognizable to a metallurgist of antiquity Metallurgy
in the past was utilitarian and even a poorly casted bronze tool was better than one made
of wood so improvement was easy to achieve Contemporary metallurgists have strict
requirements to follow and their products are met with a high demand for excellence by
consumers who require failure-free parts delivered at a competitive price Metallurgical
engineering of today focuses on producing lighter-weight materials to reduce the overall
weight of a system while obtaining optimal strength and performance levels without
sacrificing safety The reduced weight of an entire system will limit raw materials
consumed energy during production shipping costs while increasing fuel economy in a
progressively environmentally conscience world
1221 Contemporary Furnaces
In conjunction with advanced engineering teams the modern castings world
utilizes state-of-the-art furnaces to efficiently produce metals as pure and clean as
possible The furnace used is dependent upon type of metal produced desired tonnage of
metal production and the facility layout
Large modern steel facilities producing virgin steel ie do not re-melt scrap often
require two different furnaces First pig iron must be created in a blast furnace Iron ore
- 5 -
coke and lime are added to the blast furnace and hot air is forced into the furnace Coke
behaves as a reducing agent to iron ore producing what is known as pig iron which is a
high carbon content steel Additionally lime has an affinity for impurities and will bond
with them resulting in a slag compound less dense than molten pig iron Consequently it
floats to the top of the melt where it can be removed Next the pig iron is poured into
pigs In these holding vessels the pig iron will solidify be transported and await re-melt
in a Basic Oxygen Furnace A Basic Oxygen Furnace is a modern version of the
Bessemer Converter such that the molten pig iron is oxidized to reduce carbon and
impurities exothermically to produce steel45
Steel can also be created from scrap while being melted in Electric Arc Furnaces
which are the most common furnace used in todayrsquos iron and steel foundries They
provide better metallurgical control and are nearly emissions free The process for
melting in an Electric Arc Furnace is as follows A charge of scrap metal is loaded into
the furnace which is refractory lined with a high voltage coil surrounding the outer
refractory This coil produces a magnetic field inducing eddy currents in the metal such
that the inherent electrical resistance of the metal creates heat Given time the melting
temperature is reached Once the metal is in its liquid state the induction along with
buoyancy driven flow create currents inside the melt that encourage mixing of alloying
elements This type of furnace is scalable and it can be used to melt ferrous and non-
ferrous metals56
1222 Casting Techniques
Contemporary metals casting is completed in one of three ways continuous
casting ingot casting and shape-casting2
- 6 -
12221 Continuous Casting
Continuous casting is different from the other two forms of metals casting
because it is not a batch process It is normally performed in tandem with wrought
processing The process is as follows and a schematic can be observed in Figure 1
Molten metal from a furnace is transferred to a ladle which pours into a tundish The
tundish is a critical component to the continuous casting process because this
intermediate container enables a steady-state flow of molten metal to occur It drains
slowly into a highly thermally conductive mold of water-cooled copper while a crane
operator retrieves another ladle of molten metal The flow rate is timed perfectly such
upon exiting the copper mold the steel already has a solidified outer shell in the desired
shape of the slab that will be sold It continues on this line to a sizing mill where the slab
can be thermomechanically deformed to a more exact dimension2
- 7 -
Figure 1 Continuous casting process from start to finish Observe that it is not a batch process The entire
process will seamlessly transition via conveyor system such that from liquid metal to finished slab it is
continuous Over 75 percent of steel is created by this process2
12222 Ingot Casting
Most modern steel is manufactured via continuous casting methods however
ingot casting was the original primary method for raw steel production Currently ingot
casting has its niche in producing specialty steels tool steels re-melted steels and steels
for forging Ingots are created by pouring molten steel from a ladle into large ingot
molds Consequently ingots have high specific heat capacities resulting in extended
solidification times This leads to a broad array of microstructures within the ingot The
kinetics of casting solidification and its influence on microstructure will be discussed
extensively later However thermomechanical deformation additional processing and
subsequent heat treatments remedy the microstructural issues in ingots7
- 8 -
12223 Shape Casting
Ingot casting (as-casted) and continuous casting are severely limited in their
capable casting geometries Therefore shape casting is often the production method
chosen for any complex shape or any metal not sold as slab or bulk piece destined for
thermomechanical deformation This process is metal casting in the most traditional
sense such that the metal is casted directly into the final desired shape Once solidified
the microstructure can only be refined by heat treatment because a casting is not
subjected to any wrought processing such as forging as are ingots and slabs produced
via continuous casting2
All contemporary shape casting can be divided into two primary mold types
Expendable and Permanent Metal each with many sub-groups The hierarchy of this
system can be summarized in Figure 2 Although it is possible to produce the same end-
result with multiple casting methods the advantages and disadvantages must be
considered by the metallurgist to decide which method is most appropriate for each
situation In this report special interest will be devoted to discussion on the green sand-
casting process which is a specific sub-set of expendable molds The cast steel samples
for this project were produced exclusively via green sand casting therefore it is
important to have a comprehensive understanding of green sand casting28
- 9 -
Figure 2 Hierarchy chart of the many sub-sets of shape casting It splits from expendable mold and metal
(permanent) mold into many specific types of molds each with their own niche use The permanent mold
side is comprised mostly of the multiple variations of die casting while expendable molds are dominantly
sand molds Sand molds require much attention because of their implementation of cores and the multiple
ways to cure sand8
122231 Green Sand Casting
Expendable molds are not reusable the most common type of expendable mold
shape casting is green sand casting Other common methods of expendable mold shape
castings are lost foam and investment castings The following will be a summary of the
typical green sand molding process used by steel foundries Green sand casting is the
most basic and common type of shape casting method utilized today and accounts for
almost 75 of all shape casted metal Green sand casting utilizes pattern and mold
materials that are inexpensive cost-effective at high production rates and can be used for
ferrous and non-ferrous metals There are also disadvantages to using green sand casting
a new sand mold needs to be created for each casting the dimensional accuracy is not as
exact as for permanent molds and the entire green sand system introduces substantial
- 10 -
variation into the process and must be constantly monitored Additionally an engineering
team is needed to design the pattern which includes the gating risers chills and cores89
The primary ingredient in green sand mold material is sand however green sand
requires clay water seacoal and other additions to obtain properties conducive for ideal
metals casting The clay normally a southern or western bentonite or blend of both
behaves as a binder when mixed properly with water It binds to the sand enabling the
sand to retain its shape and provides strength such that the mold can support the weight of
liquid metal Seacoal is a biproduct of bituminous coal and behaves as a carbonaceous
material (reducing agent) Its addition will improve the surface finish of the casted metal
ie it will not be oxidized8910
A description of the typical green sand mold is as follows The mold itself is
always two-piece In horizontal green sand mold casting the upper-part of the mold is
called the cope and the lower-part of the mold is called the drag these two will meet at a
parting joint During the molding process the cope and drag will receive imprints on
their mating side from the pattern The pattern imprints the negative-space of the desired
part on the cope and drag such that any volume of the mold that is not sand will be filled
with metal Sand is compacted around the pattern thus filling the cope and the drag
Next the pattern is removed and the cope and drag are placed together again a flask is
necessary to ensure that the cope and drag remain aligned A schematic of the entire mold
and its parts can be observed in Figure 3 and a flow chart of its assembly is illustrated in
Figure 4 The assembly process must happen seamlessly in a production facility8910
The actual pattern itself is more complex than just the negative-space of the
desired part it must include liquid metal passageways In every green sand mold there is
- 11 -
a sprue which is the fill-hole through the cope where the molten metal can be poured
Liquid metal pathways called gates extend from the sprue and direct the liquid metal to
the casting itself Solidification defects predominantly exist in the last part of the casting
system that solidifies Effort is taken during design to ensure that the casting itself will
not solidify last A sacrificial riser is implemented into the system such that it becomes
the last to solidify and in theory should contain most of the systemrsquos solidification
defects The riser and the rest of the gating system which also includes the sprue and
gates will be removed from the casting later in the process A good design for the system
is to have the sprue opposite the riser such that directional solidification occurs to further
ensure that the riser is the last part to solidify8911
Figure 3 A typical horizontal green sand mold It should be observed that the riser is opposite of the sprue
This is to encourage directional solidification such that the riser is the last part of the mold to solidify This
helps to prevent solidification defects from forming inside the casting Often there is a need to apply mold
weights to the top of the mold to prevent the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid metal from pushing its way
through the parting joint This will be dependent upon the mold and the geometry and size of the casting10
- 12 -
Figure 4 Flow chart of the green sand molding and casting process for a part from its inception as the
mechanical drawing to the final casting that is ready for shipment to the customer This illustrates a manual
horizontal green sand molding process but the concept will always be similar In a high-production facility
a vertical molding system is sometimes used such that each cope is also a drag to the next part ie each
mold is double-sided such that it becomes a continuous line of molds that gets poured9
There are certain green sand castings that require additional attention Sometimes
implementation of a riser is not enough to ensure that complete solidification of the
casting occurs before all metal in the system is solidified In certain cases a chill may
need added during the molding process A chill is a piece of metal with appropriate
chemistry that is strategically placed inside the casting It behaves as an ldquoice cuberdquo to the
molten metal such that when the molten metal comes into contact with the chill it cools
the metal faster9
Green sand molding can also get more complex when a core is needed A core is
used to produce a cavity inside of the mold itself The core is also made of sand
however a green sand process is not normally utilized in its production but rather a resin
- 13 -
bonded sand This is because resin bonded sands are much more strongly bonded The
sand grains are coated with a resin that is either gas-catalyzed liquid-catalyzed or heat-
catalyzed These processes are colloquially known as core box no-bake and shell
process respectively The core needs to be placed inside of the mold prior to the
assembly of the cope to the drag911
In a production facility the sand molding system is on a conveyor such that one
mold follows the other All of the aforementioned steps happen in succession After the
mold is poured the next one in line pushes the already-poured molds farther down the
line This allows the mold ample time to cool At the end of this line the mold is dumped
onto another conveyor system to begin shake-out which begins the sand reclamation
process and recovery of the metal part Shake-out consists of tumblers and spring
conveyor systems that utilize resonance to break apart the mold separating the sand from
the casting The ldquocastingrdquo at this point includes the casting itself and the entire gating
system that is still attached gates risers and sprue9
Heat from the molten metal will dry and burn-out the clay surrounding the
casting This makes the mold disintegrate much easier The strength of the mold after the
metal is poured is known as the dry strength The casting continues through shake-out
where it may finish cooling and then it goes to the grinding room The casting at the time
of shake-out may still be at an elevated temperature because sand is insulative Slow
cooling for sand molds needs consideration because it influences the mechanical
properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo metal In the grinding room the sprue gating system and
risers are removed from the casting such that it can assume its final form Depending on
the toughness of the metal casted some of the gating system may be broken off during
- 14 -
shake-out but attention in the grinding room is always required Fig 5 illustrates the
shake-out process9
Figure 5 A typical shakeout system in a green sand mold metal casting facility The complete mold enters
the rotating drum from the left The sand subsequently breaks apart freeing the casting Depending on the
facilityrsquos machinery the finer clumps of sand fall through the rotating drum and get sent to reclamation
while the larger clumps and the complete casting move down the line The castings will enter tumblers
where ideally some gating and risers will break apart from the casting This is also dependent upon the
metal casted For example a gray iron gating system is more apt to breaking apart in the tumbling drum
than a ductile iron gating system This conveyor leads to the final line where workers separate the castings
Then the castings move to grinding room where the gating systems will be removed and the part will be
finished9
After the sand is separated from the casting in shake-out it is sent to sand
reclamation and recovery The pouring and shake-out processes are detrimental to the
sand grains which are slowly broken down into finer grains The first step in the
recovery system is to remove fines which are sand grains that have eroded beyond the
point of re-use Next because sand is a good insulator and has a high specific heat
capacity it must be cooled Cooling is normally done by pouring water over the sand
while on conveyor transport to the muller This is better understood with Figure 6 which
is a diagram of the cooling process The muller is the mixing machine where clay water
seacoal and other additives for the green sand mixture are combined This prepares fresh
green sand which is monitored by the on-site laboratory ensuring it is prepared
consistently When the fresh green sand meets laboratory approval it enter into the
molding machines to begin the process over again9
- 15 -
Figure 6 Cooling the sand as soon as possible is paramount for maintaining a healthy sand system This
ensures that sand is not too hot by the time it re-enters the muller This illustration is of a typical sand
cooler 1) The entry from hot shakeout 2) The rifling of the drum makes the sand cascade as the drum
rotates this accelerates cooling 3) Sand of the acceptable size falls through this grate where it falls to the
next screen 4) This screen discharges the acceptable sized sand to a conveyor where it will head to the
muller 5) Sand cores remain and other sand that did not dissociate will be removed through this area where
it will be discarded9
There is as much knowledge and effort dedicated to maintaining an efficient sand
system as there is to the metallurgy of the metal In fact a quality sand system is essential
in the production of quality green sand casted metal The foundryrsquos laboratory will need
to continually monitor clay percentages percentage of fines remaining in the sand
compactability of the green sand pH of the system and other factors9 The facility must
also consider seasonal effects on the sand For example sand will cool faster in the
winter than in the heat of summer9
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting
Permanent mold casting as the name implies utilizes a permanent reusable metal
mold The molten metal can be fed to the molds in a variety of ways gravity fed vacuum
- 16 -
fed or pressure fed Permanent metal molds are known for their very high initial cost
however when production numbers are high they become more cost-effective A
common form of permanent mold casting is die-casting These processes produce high
dimensional accuracy and precision as well as fast cooling rates due to the high thermal
conductivity of the metal mold Fast cooling rates create a fine grain size and a refined
microstructure which is favorable for mechanical properties512
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World
The United States is currently one of the world leaders in metals casting with
1915 foundries and a nationwide output of 14 million tons of castings per year In 2017
the United States produced 97 million metric tons while China and India shipped 494
and 1206 million metric tons respectively Figure 7 which is a graph of the production
volumes of select metals is shown13
Figure 7 The number of castings of aluminum ductile iron investment cast steel gray iron and steel as a
function of year It can be observed that casting production has increased in recent years and according to
the American Foundry Society (AFS) industry growth is projected into the following years Aluminumrsquos
high strength-to-weight-ratio places the metal in high-demand13
- 17 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures
A quick overview of relevant steel phases and microstructures will be covered for
a comprehensive metallurgical presentation It should be understood that in steels a
ldquophaserdquo is only accurate vernacular when it can be seen on the Fe-C phase diagram
everything else is a microstructure For all of the following the phase diagram in Figure
13 should be a reference Additionally the microstructure of martensite will be more
appropriately discussed in substantial detail in Chapter 1852
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C)
Ferrite is the pure form of iron colloquially called ldquoalpha-ironrdquo it exists in a
Body Centered Cubic (BCC) structure below temperatures of 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Its BCC
structure is only capable of handling 002 wt C in a solid solution once this limit is
exceeded carbon will create a second phase in the form of intermetallic cementite
(Fe3C) Cementite is characteristically hard and brittle but in small amounts it is a useful
strengthener to steel because α-Fe by itself is too weak to be structural14
132 Austenite (γ-Fe)
Austenite is the stable phase of ferrite that dominates the Fe-C phase diagram
above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Austenite with its Face Centered Cubic (FCC) structure is
capable of holding up to 21 wt C in a solid solution This region is important because
it is the starting point for common steel heat treatments If a Fe-C composition passes
through this region on the Fe-C phase diagram upon heating or cooling the Fe-C is
considered a form of steel If the carbon content exceeds the austenite carbon solubility
range then the Fe-C alloy is considered a form of cast iron14
- 18 -
Figure 8 Partial Fe-C phase diagram depicting the eutectoid composition (077 wt C) cooling from the
austenite region Notice how there is a sharp transition from the austenite grains to the pearlite lamellar
structure there is no cooling through a binary region of α+γ or γ+Fe3C 15
133 Pearlite
Pearlite is a microstructure not a phase however pearlite will commonly form in
the α+Fe3C region of the phase diagram given proper cooling Pearlite can only form
when a steel cools from the austenite region and it has a characteristic lamellar structure
that alternates between colonies of α-Fe and Fe3C The size and spacing of these lamellar
is dictated by cooling rates and composition A fast cooling rate will produce fine pearlite
and a slow cooling rate will produce coarse pearlite At modest cooling rates 077 wt
C the microstructure will be 100 percent pearlite because this is the eutectoid
composition of steel which does not cool through other proeutectoid ferrite or
proeutectoid cementite zones on the phase diagram If the composition of carbon is less
or more than 077 wt then it is known as either a hypoeutectoid or hypereutectoid
- 19 -
alloy respectively Upon cooling at a modest rate a hypoeutectoid alloy will form
proeutectoid ferrite and pearlite and a hypereutectoid alloy will form proeutectoid
cementite Figure 8-10 are partial Fe-C phase diagrams displaying the differences
between 100 percent pearlite hypoeutectoid (proeutectoid ferrite) and hypereutectoid
(proeutectoid cementite) respectively The microstructures displayed are assuming that a
modest cooling rate was observed ie no quench1415
Figure 9 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypoeutectoid alloy (less
than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region There is not a sharp transition between austenite
grains and pearlite but rather a solidification range through the α+γ region of the phase diagram First
proeutectoid ferrite will form at the triple points and grain boundaries Upon further cooling deeper in this
region the proeutectoid ferrite will continue to grow until cooling below the A1 temperature Once this
happens pearlite will begin to form its lamellar structure along all areas that are still austenite not
proeutectoid ferrite15
- 20 -
Figure 10 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypereutectoid alloy
(greater than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region Proeutectoid cementite is formed similarly to
proeutectoid ferrite Proeutectoid cementite can have an embrittling effect on the mechanical properties of
steels and is sometimes avoided15
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels
To fully appreciate the scope of this project and understand the science at work in
steel castings versus wrought steel products it is imperative to have a comprehensive
knowledge of the strengthening mechanisms used in steels The strength of low alloy
steels can be increased in the following ways higher carbon content ferrite grain
refinement addition of alloying elements that are solid solution strengtheners addition of
alloying elements capable of precipitation hardening and formation and locking of
dislocations Unfortunately increases of metalrsquos strength are normally associated with a
- 21 -
loss of toughness and it commonly becomes a metallurgical compromise between
strength and toughness1
141 Increasing C Content
Increasing the carbon content increases steelrsquos strength for two reasons The first
reason is because it enters the octahedral and tetrahedral sites in both the BCC structure
of α-Fe and the FCC structure of γ-Fe Each C atom fits snugly into the interstitial ferrite
lattice sites and induces strain fields which make slip (plastic deformation) more
difficult The location of the carbon atom interstitials in the BCC lattice and FCC lattice
are illustrated in Figures 11 and 12 respectively The solubility limit of carbon in the
BCC α-Fe phase is reached at 002 wt C due to interstitial size restraints The radius
of C is ~07 Å and the largest interstice in α-Fe is the tetrahedral site with a radius of
035 Å After this solubility point is exceeded the intermetallic compound of iron
carbide or cementite (Fe3C) is precipitated out of solution The precipitation of this
carbide into the matrix is the second reason why carbon content increases strength These
different phases and microstructures can be observed in Figure 13 which is the Fe-C
phase diagram Even though it is commonly called the Fe-C phase diagram when it
depicts cementite as a thermodynamically stable phase it is incorrect Given infinite
time metastable cementite will convert to its lowest energy state at room temperature
which is graphite However in industry and often times in academia when one mentions
the Fe-C phase diagram they generally mean carbon in the form of cementite because it
is more practical151617
- 22 -
Figure 11 Interstitial sites where carbon migrates to in the BCC structure of α-Fe below the A1
temperature transition line where the BCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume
these respective interstitial positions up to 002 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the BCC structure is the
tetrahedral site with a radius of 035 Å16
The FCC lattice of austenite (γ-Fe) which is thermodynamically stable above the
A1 temperature can accommodate up to ~21 wt C in a solid solution without needing
to precipitate out carbon as cementite The A1 temperature line is depicted on the partial
Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 15 and is 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)18 The FCC lattice can
accommodate more carbon than the BCC lattice because the interstitial sites are larger Its
largest being the octahedral site which has a radius of 052 Å Both the BCC and FCC
lattices have to strain to accommodate carbon interstitials because the carbon atomic
radius is larger than either of the biggest interstitial sites Counterintuitively the diffusion
rates of carbon is faster in the BCC lattice because it has more open channels despite
being the low temperature allotrope and having smaller interstitial spaces16
- 23 -
Figure 12 Interstitial sites where carbon atoms migrate to in the FCC structure of γ-Fe above the A1 phase
transition temperature where the FCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume these
interstitial positions in the FCC lattice up to ~21 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the FCC structure is the
octahedral site with a radius of 052 Å16
Figure 13 The standard iron-carbon phase diagram of temperature as a function of wt C It can be
observed from this phase diagram that the solubility limit of carbon in α-Fe is 002 wt C Given infinite
time the carbon depicted in the phase diagram will be in the thermodynamically stable form of graphite
however in normal steel production the carbon in the binary region is in its intermetallic metastable form
of cementite (Fe3C) There are certain heat treatments and certain cast iron processes that do produce
carbon in its graphite form however the distinction is not normally made from the diagram itself17
- 24 -
An over-abundance of carbon will make a steel brittle because it becomes overly
hard at the expense of ductility Additionally carbon increases the steelrsquos hardenability
which is defined as the steelrsquos ability to form martensite It should be noted that the
ultimate martensite hardness for a steel is a function of its carbon content alone Steels
with a high hardenability often require a pre-heat before welding to slow the cooling rate
such that martensite does not form A high carbon content also increases the ductile-to-
brittle transition temperature (DBTT) for steels A high DBTT makes a steel more
susceptible to catastrophic failures at low temperatures Hardenability will be discussed
in greater detail in Chapter 1851 which differentiates hardness and hardneability11920
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains
Refinement of ferrite grains can increase the strength of steels and can be
accomplished through various means In general a fine grain size increases yield strength
and ductility simultaneously Grain refinement is the only mechanism that can both
increase strength and toughness12122 This is commonly accomplished via a faster
cooling from above the A1 transition temperature during heat treating or initial cooling
Solid solution strengtheners or dispersed microalloy particles that are present before a
phase change may act as a heterogeneous nucleation site for a grain or mechanical
deformation can contribute to grain refinement211923
Faster cooling rates as seen with a normalizing heat treatment compared to a
furnace anneal encourage grain refinement because there is less time for the grain to
reach its lowest energy state which is a sphere without the presence of grain boundaries
because grain boundaries are a surface with a free-energy The kinetics involved in all
steel making do not provide sufficient time at a specific elevated temperature for a grain
- 25 -
to achieve its lowest possible energy state However longer durations at elevated
temperature will allow the grain to reduce its surface-area-to-volume-ratio This means
less grain boundaries and a coarser grain structure Faster cooling rates do not give
sufficient time for much free-energy reduction to occur and small grains limited by
kinetics are not able to grow into large grains Since small grains inherently have more
grain boundaries they are stronger because a grain boundary will interrupt slip
mechanisms due to the different orientations between grains at this interface1 However
more grain boundaries will increase diffusion along their boundaries which can increase
creep rates particularly Coble creep124
Finer ferrite grains can be obtained by other mechanisms that either work in
tandem with accelerated cooling rates or unaccompanied Increasing the number of
nucleation sites for grains will yield finer grains More nucleation sites will initiate more
simultaneous grain growth which limits overall size grain size because grains will
impede each otherrsquos growth The concept of seeding nucleation sites with inoculants is
known as heterogenous nucleation and it occurs in metals when a solute particle becomes
the nucleus of the solidifying phase These solute particles are often solid solution
strengtheners or dispersed microalloy elements such as vanadium with a higher melting
temperature than the ferrite grains Each of these nuclei will grow into a grain The ldquoas-
solidifiedrdquo grain size has an inverse relationship to the amount of heterogenous
nucleation sites ie more nucleation sites equate to a finer grain size21
The prior-austenite grain size will affect the ferrite grain size as well Prior-
austenite grains are formed in the FCC (austenite) phase of steel above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)
Like ferrite grains austenite grains increase in size with time and temperature Then
- 26 -
upon cooling below the A1 temperature ferrite grains will nucleate on the transforming
prior-austenite grain boundaries which have become heterogeneous nucleation sites
Therefore the smaller the prior-austenite grains the finer the resulting ferrite grains
because of more heterogeneous nucleation sites25 Prior-austenite grains can possess high
energy from being strained but not recovered This increases the driving force for more
ferrite grains to form simultaneously (resulting in a smaller grain size) because the
strained prior-austenite grains want recovery (strain-relief) and a phase change will
suffice26
The relationship between yield strength and grain size was first researched by
Hall and Petch The Hall-Petch Equation displayed in Equation 1 represents the inverse
relationship between grain size and yield strength when σy is the lower yield stress σi is
the friction stress Ky is the strengthening coefficient and d is the grain size This relation
exists because the grain boundary stops the slip plane which will help to arrest
dislocation motion The more grain boundaries that are present in a material will increase
the amount of energy needed to continue to propagate a dislocation23
120590119884 = 120590119894 + 119870119910119889minus1
2 Eq 1
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements
Elements that form a solid solution with ferrite must have a similar size and
electronic structure to iron ie will not form carbides or nitrides Carbon and nitrogen are
potent interstitial solid solution strengtheners present in every steel They are in solid
solution to a certain solubility limit at which point they will precipitate out as a second
phase For example the solubility limit of carbon in iron is 002 wt C Solid solution
- 27 -
strengtheners have two primary jobs grain refinement and initiating strain fields to
reduce the ease of plastic deformation Solid solution strengtheners refine grains because
they can provide a heterogeneous nucleation site for grain growth to occur if they are
solid before the dominant solidifying phase Solid solution strengtheners also initiate
strain fields similar to the way carbon strengthens steel as an interstitial Any size
difference in the radii of alloying elements creates a lattice strain which makes slip more
difficult Figure 14 presents the yield strength effect of common solid solution
strengtheners as a function of element percent123
Figure 14 Yield strength as a function of element percent for common solid solution strengtheners It can
be observed that the highest yield strengths are achieved by using carbon and nitrogen which are interstitial
solid solution elements Phosphorus is a potent substitutional solid solution strengthener that exchanges
positions iron atoms in the matrix This finite difference in size creates a strain in the lattice such that a
strengthening effect is seen because this strain impedes dislocation motion Other elements such as nickel
and aluminum have a negligible effect1
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements
Precipitation hardening also known as secondary hardening or age hardening is
the primary strengthening mechanism in non-ferrous alloys Plain carbon steels cannot
- 28 -
take advantage of precipitation hardening because of the limited solubility of carbon in
the α-Fe phase However steels alloyed with vanadium niobium titanium and a select
few other elements can precipitation harden because these elements have a high affinity
for carbon and have an overwhelming tendency to form complex carbides nitrides and
carbonitrides instead of Fe3C Precipitation hardening generally requires a two-step heat
treating process The elements are solutionized during an initial heating called
austenitizing and then the steel is rapidly cooled to trap these elements into a
supersaturated solid solution Subsequently the system is aged to precipitate out these
elements as a second phase which greatly increases the strength levels The diffusion and
mechanisms of this process will be discussed in great detail later as precipitation
hardening is the primary strengthener in High-Strength-Low-Alloy (HSLA) steels1
145 Formation of Dislocations
Dislocations are a crystallographic line defect that is a linear discontinuity in the
periodicity of the crystal Dislocation motion is the mechanism for slip which is plastic
deformation Alternatively it can be visualized as dislocations being created in a metal
whenever plastic deformation occurs All dislocations need a shear stress component in
order for them to propagate Metals are strengthened when dislocation motion is
impeded whether by grain boundaries alloying elements or other dislocations (assuming
that a metal can undergo plastic deformation without catastrophic failure) When steel is
plastically deformed below its recrystallization temperature dislocations will not anneal
away and they will remain inside of the microstructure The strength increase comes from
dislocation motion being impeded by other dislocations because they cannot slide well
over one-another Thus slip is restricted Dislocations will anneal away above the
- 29 -
recrystallization temperature because the crystal has enough thermal energy to allow
relaxation into a lower energy state thereby lowering the kinetic barrier to the lowest
free-energy for that crystal Figure 32 illustrates the annealing temperatures and
recrystallization regime316182327
There are two types of dislocations possible edge and screw dislocations The
magnitude and direction that the shear stresses displace the atoms is represented by the
Burgers vector Edge and screw dislocations are illustrated in Figures 15 and 16
respectively163 Both are activated by shear stresses however they react differently to
solid solution strengtheners and interstitial atoms An edge dislocation which is an
incomplete plane of atoms in a crystal will respond to both shear and hydrostatic
components while a screw dislocation will only react to a shear component23 The
implications are that solid solution strengthening elements give a hydrostatic distortion in
the lattice and therefore only impede edge dislocations23 Interstitial atoms initiate both a
hydrostatic and shear stress because they are asymmetrical within each unit cell
therefore these can interact with both edge and screw dislocations3162223
Figure 15 The movement of an edge dislocation along a slip plane Notice how the dislocation moves
parallel to the slip plane The ldquoextra half-planerdquo of atoms slides in response to a shear stress This type of
dislocation can be thought of as either an extra half-plane of atoms inserted into the lattice or a missing
half-plane An edge dislocation is constrained to a single slip plane16
- 30 -
Figure 16 A screw dislocation Contrary to edge dislocations there are no atoms missing from a screw
dislocation Notice how the screw dislocation rotates around its dislocation line like a spiral staircase A
screw dislocation is not confined to a single slip plane like an edge dislocation it can re-orientate itself onto
a new slip plane3
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal
To completely understand this project it is important to discern the differences
between metal that was shape casted nearly into its final form and metal that was casted
and subsequently thermomechanically deformed Metals that undergo thermomechanical
deformation are known as wrought metals All metals except those produced via additive
manufacturing or powder metallurgy are cast at some point in their existence eg in the
form of an initial ingot However not all metals that are cast can easily undergo
thermomechanical deformation because of their propensity for crack formation
Additionally some metals due to their composition are highly castable and are used in
their cast form as opposed to being wrought processed2
- 31 -
151 Cast Metal
Cast metal is metal that experienced some sort of shape casting and is nearly in its
final form and will not undergo thermomechanical deformation Sometimes metals are
chosen to be shape cast because the desired metal for the job consequently casts well or
it can be that the final design of the part is too complex for forging and fabricating and
that powder metallurgy and additive manufacturing are not the best choices
The fact that cast metals do not undergo any type of thermomechanical
deformation can act as both an advantage and a disadvantage It can be an obvious
disadvantage because cast metals are not afforded the luxury of the strengthening
mechanism associated with dislocation motion impedance Therefore all casting
strengthening must be done with alloying and heat treating Cast steels can be very cost
effective because fewer steps in production of the final product will allow for larger profit
margins This cost savings can also be passed along to consumers1
The most extensively shape cast metal is cast iron the tonnage of all other shape
cast metals can be summed together and it still would not surpass the annual tonnage of
cast iron Cast iron despite the name has a higher carbon content than steel normally in
the range of 17 to 35 wt C According to Figure 13 the Fe-C phase diagram the
carbon content creates a eutectic point for cast iron at ~42 wt C Eutectic and near
eutectic compositions cast well because there is a sharp transition between liquid and
solid The more deviation in the carbon content there is from the eutectic point the
broader the solidifying temperature range Then transport phenomena will increasingly
influence properties This will be discussed more later in Chapter 163 Solidification
Dynamics of an Alloy2
- 32 -
152 Wrought Metal
Wrought metal is any metal subjected to some form of thermomechanical
deformation Thermomechanical deformation means deforming the material to
manipulate its dimensions which by nature of the process will achieve better mechanical
properties through dislocation entanglement Some interpretations of thermomechanical
deformation strictly demand strain aging processes (when dislocations are pinned by
carbon atoms during deformation) and the work hardening of austenite not be included in
definition28 While other sources strictly dissect thermomechanical deformation into
different regimes Class I being deformation below the austenite temperature Class II
deformation during the austenite transition and Class III deformation above the austenite
transition2229
16 Solidification Dynamics
Cast metals ingots included are subjected to a multitude of kinetic mechanisms
inherent with the process There are certain considerations to be realized temperature
gradient of heat flowing outward from the center of the casting solidification temperature
range of the particular alloy cast type of casting process and its inherent thermal
properties and the structure-property relationships
161 Nucleation Mechanisms
Solidification from a liquid phase requires a nucleation event so a new phase can
propagate The method of Nucleation and growth describes how a precipitate grain or
phase comes into existence starting with the origin of the phase through the nascent
- 33 -
growth period until full grain formation Nucleation and growth occurs with two
mechanisms homogeneous nucleation andor heterogeneous nucleation303132
Essentially both homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation mechanisms can be
divided into four stages of growth either for initial cooling from a melt or nucleation of
new grains after a solid-to-solid phase change Stage I is named the incubation period
because no stable particles have formed yet At this stage only microscopic clusters or
embryos exist and they are metastable These clusters are randomly distributed
throughout the meltmatrix and they begin to grow by agglomeration It is likely that
many will revert back into the meltmatrix This is because of their small size they
inherently have a high surface-to-volume ratio and are not stable However if the embryo
grows large enough it reaches a critical size such that it becomes thermodynamically
stable then it becomes a particle These particles are now permanent and will continue to
grow Nucleation continues with Stage II which is the quasi-steady-state nucleation
regime As the name implies embryos are transitioning into particles at a constant rate
This steady-state of transitioning continues until a saturation point is reached in Stage III
By Stage IV the number of new particles decreases because as the pre-existing particles
continue to grow they devour the smaller particles This process can be described in
Figure 17 Then after a stable nucleus is formed whether by homogeneous or
heterogeneous nucleation its growth rate is determined by the degree of undercooling the
system is subjected to and how easily the existing crystal structure accommodates the
new growth3132
- 34 -
Figure 17 Nucleation rate as a function of time There is a finite amount of time that passes before the first
embryos come into existence in Stage 1 In Stage II nucleation growth increases rapidly until it hits the
saturation point in Stage III The growth of new nuclei starts to decline when smaller nuclei fall victim to
larger nuclei that are cannibalistic Thus larger nuclei grow at the expense of smaller ones31
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation
This is the primary nucleation mechanism in a one-component system It also
occurs in alloy systems but is less dominant than heterogeneous nucleation In
homogeneous nucleation the embryos are uniformly distributed throughout the entire
parent material and by randomness of agglomeration they begin to grow at the expense
of one-another If the embryos grow to reach the critical size they obtain a stable surface-
area-to-volume ratio are thermodynamically stable and known as particles The Gibbs
free-energy transitions from positive to negative at this point when the activation energy
for nucleation is reached This relation can be illustrated in Figure 18 and summarized in
Eq 2 where ∆119866 is the Gibbs free energy 4
31205871199033 is the volume of the spherical nucleus
∆119866119907 is the free energy of the volume and 41205871199032120574 is the surface area of the nucleus30
∆119866 =4
31205871199033∆119866119907 + 41205871199032120574 Eq 2
- 35 -
Figure 18 Image depicting a mathematically idealized form of nuclei such that it has a perfect volume and
area represented by 4
3πr3 and 4πr2γ respectively Once the nuclei grow large enough it becomes
thermodynamically stable and it will not dematerialize unless it sacrifices itself for the growth of a larger
nuclei30
This phenomenon is readily observed during solidification It is more
energetically favorable (larger negative Gibbs free energy) for particles to form via
homogeneous nucleation when a greater undercooling is performed ie faster and more
dramatic cooling rate Undercooling is defined as the offset of the cooling temperature
below the equilibrium temperature of solidification When the system experiences a large
undercooling the nucleation rate increases and this forms many solid nuclei
simultaneously Therefore many nuclei are growing concurrently and the growth rates
soon reach a saturation point where growth is impeded by competing nuclei When fewer
nuclei are growing because of a small undercooling the nuclei grow larger before
impeding one-another This can all be summarized with the graph in Figure 19 but
essentially faster cooling rates procure finer grains and smaller undercooling will be
conducive for coarse grain formation3033
- 36 -
Figure 19 Gibbs free energy of a nuclei as a function of radius of the nuclei The temperature determines
the stable radius (r) It can be observed that a larger undercooling makes nuclei more thermodynamically
stable because it forces the nuclei out of solution more easily at temperatures farther away from the melting
temperature30
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation
Heterogeneous nucleation dominates in alloys over homogeneous nucleation
because of the insoluble particles present in the material behaving as nucleation sites
Other nucleation sites will include mold walls grain boundaries and dislocations The
pre-existing surface that initiates nucleation and growth consequently lowers the required
undercooling for heterogeneous nucleation by several hundred degrees centigrade
compared to homogenous nucleation For high heterogeneous nucleation rates upon mold
walls the liquid metal must wet the mold walls This means that the liquid phase
disperses evenly over the mold walls and does not form droplets Figure 20 is an
illustration of the wetting phenomenon and the required free-energies to make it
favorable303132
Heterogenous nucleation can be promoted through the addition of inoculants
which behave as nucleation sites These solid particles have higher melting temperatures
- 37 -
than the primary metal composition and they will either solidify first upon cooling or
precipitate out of solution before another phase change Then these heterogenous
nucleation sites that are distributed throughout the solidifying or phase-changing metal
will begin to grow larger eventually becoming grains As in homogeneous nucleation
faster cooling rates are characteristic of finer grain sizes303132
120574119868119871 = 120574119878119868 + 120574119878119871119888119900119904(120579) Eq 3
Figure 20 Diagram showing the ldquowettingrdquo action of a droplet on a surface 120574119868119871 is the liquid-solid
interfacial energy 120574119878119868 is the solid surface energy 120574119878119871 is the liquid surface energy and 120579 is the wetting
angle The lower this angle the more wettable the surface30
Figure 21 Nucleation rate growth rate and overall transformation rate of nucleation and the effect that
temperature has on all three It should be observed that growth rate and nucleation rate will hit an optimized
rate when the overall transformation rate is the highest30
- 38 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal
Solidification in pure metal casting will occur via two different mechanisms
planar growth and dendritic growth The creation of a solid phase from a liquid phase
requires energy expenditure ie a surface-energy associated with the liquid-solid
interface The energy required to produce a solid phase from the liquid phase is produced
from undercooling Planar growth will only exist in a turbulent-free and alloy-free
solidifying system because other mechanisms for solidification will dominate under other
conditions such as the presence of alloys Planar growth as the name implies is the
propagation of a solidifying plane throughout the melt There are areas of the melt that
will solidify ahead of this plane however the outward heat flux flowing from the
solidifying plane will cause re-melting This is caused by the latent heat-of-fusion ie the
heat radiating from the solidifying structure will make the liquid next to it hotter than the
rest of the melt This is described graphically in Figure 22 This enables the planar
interface to be maintained but only when slow cooling rates are recognized234
Figure 22 Temperature profile of a metal casting mold Particular interest should be focused on the area of
ldquotemperature increase due to latent heatrdquo because this is how planar solidification is able to re-melt
solidified areas of the casting and re-solidify as a plane The latent heat of solidification is the release of
heat energy at the solidification temperature so that the metal can solidify2
- 39 -
Dendrites are defined as ldquotree-shaped crystalsrdquo that grow and solidify along
crystallographic preferred directions and are the dominant form of non-planar front
solidification In BCC and FCC crystal structures the preferred crystallographic growth
direction is along the lt100gt orientation Dendritic growth unlike planar solidification is
present in both pure metals and alloys but the mechanism for dendritic growth is
different in both cases In pure metals dendrites form due to thermal supercooling which
occurs more predominantly with higher cooling rates Akin to the effects of latent heat-
of-fusion in planar growth the liquid next to solidifying dendrites is hotter than the rest
of the melt If the solidifying dendrite is catalyzed by any perturbations in the
solidification it will have the propensity to grow past this solidifying wall to the cooler
temperatures (just a few tenths of a degree) beyond areas experiencing the latent heat of
solidification This creates a ldquotree-likerdquo crystal This process repeats again but on a
smaller scale for secondary dendrite ldquoarmsrdquo growing off of the primary dendrite ldquoarmrdquo
that originally grew past the solidification front Figure 23 illustrates both primary and
secondary dendritic arms273536
Figure 23 The difference between primary and secondary dendritic arms Primary dendritic arms the first
dendrites that grow through the solidification front in a crystallographic preferred direction and secondary
dendritic arms are dendrites that sprout from the primary arms7
- 40 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy
In a pure metal the entire system is homogenous The system will have a
solidification point but in an alloy system the solidification will occur over a range of
temperatures except at eutectic points This introduces a new solidification mechanism
which is constitutional supercooling The first solid to form will have a different
composition than the last solid to form when cooling through a dual-phase region (α+L
region) of the phase diagram It should be noted that when cooling happens through a
eutectic point solidification occurs at one temperature This can all be understood more
clearly by observing the Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 13 As the temperature falls
through the cooling range in a dual-phase area the solidifying composition at that cooling
range can be found by drawing an isothermal tie-line to the solidus line on the phase
diagram The first solid matrix to form tends to be deplete of solute while the final
composition to solidify tends to be solute rich This phenomenon of compositional
supercooling is intensified by equilibrium cooling rates therefore a faster cooling rate
will help to reduce its effect These dual-phase regions colloquially called ldquomushy
zonesrdquo are depicted in Figure 24 The more cooling that occurs through one of these
regions increases the likelihood for defects associated with long dendrites and difficulty
feeding the solidifying shrinking metal with liquid metal 23436
Constitutional supercooling is the predominant mechanism for dendrite growth in
alloys however the mechanism of thermal supercooling is still active The solute that
drops out of solution will lower the solidification temperature of the liquid and act as a
starting point for dendritic growth and it makes dendritic growth more pronounced
Especially those that cool through large two-phase regions2
- 41 -
Figure 24 The consequences of different cooling paths as dictated by composition on the phase diagram It
is observed that the best fluidity comes from a single-phase composition and a eutectic composition
because these do not have a freezing range but a freezing point This lowest fluidity (highest viscosity) is
observed with compositions that require cooling paths through the thickest region of the dual-phase β+L
region This path is characteristic of the largest freezing range such that certain solutes are solidified out of
that specific composition while liquid still remains37
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting
Both pure metals and alloys are subject to different solidification zones in castings
due to solidification kinetics Pure metals will see two solidification zones the chill zone
and the columnar zone Alloys will experience those two zones in addition to a third
central equiaxed zone It should be kept in mind that the casting will solidify from the
inside out and heat flows from hot to cold2
1641 Chill Zone
This is region ldquoardquo in Figure 25 Liquid metal nearest the mold will experience the
fastest cooling rates due to large undercooling because the mold radiates heat away from
- 42 -
itself This effect is exacerbated in permanent metal molds with a high thermal
conductivity because the mold behaves as a heat sink that removes heat rapidly from the
solidifying metal However some molds are insulative (green sand molds) and the
amount of undercooling that the outside of the casting experiences will be minimized In
general the faster cooling rates experienced at the outside of the mold will combine with
the heterogeneous nucleation occurring at the mold wall to form fine equiaxed grains2
Figure 25 There are three different solidification zones in a typical casting a) Is the ldquochill zonerdquo this
microstructure is characteristic of fine equiaxed grains initiated via quick cooling rates seen on the outside
of the casting at the mold wall b) In the ldquocolumnar zonerdquo long grains grow because of less undercooling
additionally dendrites grow perpendicular to the mold walls which is the reason for the columnar
orientation c) The ldquocentral equiaxed zonerdquo is at the center of alloy castings These smaller equiaxed grains
are created by the combined effects of constitutional supercooling and the heat gradients flowing outward
from the center
1642 Columnar Zone
The mold walls rapidly heat up and the degree of thermal undercooling will soon
start to diminish as solidification continues This happens in the moments after the chill
zone is formed The nucleation rates decrease inside the liquid metal adjacent to the chill
zone When there are fewer nucleation sites mixed with a slow cooling rate coarse grains
- 43 -
growth will dominate This area becomes known as the columnar zone because dendrites
and grains will grow perpendicular to the mold walls The large columnar grain
boundaries have a propensity to contain embrittling impurities and porosity which
degrades the mechanical properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo material Hence the reason
thermomechanical deformation is commonly used as a post-processing step after casting
for non-shape-cast metals Deformation will break apart the continuity of the inclusions
thus reducing the embrittlement However there are ways to improve the as-casted
microstructure in this region Grain refiners (inoculants) can be added to the melt As the
name implies these refine the grain size in the columnar zone and reduce grain sizes
These inoculants solidify before the parent material of the melt and behave as another
heterogeneous nucleation site therefore creating more nucleation that will grow
simultaneously This enables the system to reach its saturation point sooner and this
yields smaller grains2
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone
This zone is only present in alloys due to the combined effects of the
constitutionally supercooled regions from the mold walls converging at the center of the
casting and the temperature gradient flowing outward form the castingrsquos center thus
creating a large undercooling effect at the center of the casting The large undercooling
both from constitutional and thermal effects yield high nucleation rates which create
fine equiaxed grains Another effect that commonly contributes to a pronounced central
equiaxed zone is buoyancy-driven convection flow in the solidifying melt This has the
capacity to break-off already solidified dendrites and transport them around the
circulating melt These broken dendritic arms act as another heterogenous nucleation site
- 44 -
within the melt Melt circulation and convection of the liquid metal can also be
artificially induced with ultrasonic vibrations or alternating magnetic fields2
17 Solidification Defects
There are five primary defects that can occur in castings because of solidification
mechanisms and they are more pronounced in alloys due to constitutional supercooling
The five primary defects are macroporosity macrosegregation microporosity
microsegregation and gas porosity Defects are combated in different ways however
most commonly is with implementation of a riser which will solidify last and contain
most defects2
171 Macroporosity
Macroporosity formation in the casting is caused by shrinking of the metal as it
cools and the inability of fresh liquid metal to fill in the void The last part of the casting
system to solidify is subject to macroporosity because no liquid metal remains to fill in
voids created by the solidification shrinkage The mechanisms that contribute to
macroporosity are liquid shrinkage solidification shrinkage and solid shrinkage which
can be summarized graphically in Figure 26 Nearly all materials whether in their liquid
solid or gas state experience a volume expansion associated with heating and a volume
decrease associated with cooling The shrinking volume of the liquid during cooling is a
nonissue when there is more liquid metal available to replenish the volume An issue
develops because there is a shrinkage associated with the transition from a liquid to a
smaller volume crystal Additionally the casting will experience further shrinkage due to
- 45 -
the thermal expansion coefficient of the solid metal that will be active from the
solidification temperature to room temperature2
Macroporosity can be combated with the addition of risers chills and insulation
placed in key areas to ensure that the casting itself is not the last to solidify Ideally the
casting will directionally solidify towards the riser such that the riser is the last part to
solidify and that it can continue to feed the shrinking casting with its remaining liquid
metal Figure 27 illustrates the macroporosity solidification defect that forms at the top of
the riser known as a pipe2
Figure 26 Volume of metal in different phases as a function of temperature Most materials shrink as they
are cooled due to the mean vibration distances decreasing because there is less thermal energy in the
bonding There is an exceptional decrease in the volume of metal during solidification shrinkage due to the
formation of the crystal structures which is ordered2
- 46 -
Figure 27 Solidifying metal will shrink this shows how a pipe forms in a cube sand casting It will begin
by forming a solidified skin on top at the mold-casting interface which isolates this section from the rest of
the casting that is still liquid Thus liquid metal cannot replenish this void2
172 Macrosegregation
The last part of the actual casting to solidify not including the riser will be at the
centerline of the thickest mass section When an alloy solidifies unless it is a eutectic
composition it will solidify over a temperature range The exact composition solidifying
is represented by an isothermal line drawn from the alloyrsquos composition line (C0) to the
solidus line this can be best illustrated with Figure 28 This solidification range creates
solute migration because the first part of the casting to solidify will be solute poor and the
last part of the casting to solidify will be solute rich Macrosegregation can be combated
by a faster solidification rate so that there is not time allowed for solute migration Heat
treating the casting will also help reduce the segregation after the casting is solidified
however solid state diffusion rates are substantially slower than diffusion rates in the
liquid238
- 47 -
Figure 28 This is an example of a two-phase solidification region where solidification happens over a
range of temperatures The lever rule can be used to determine specific composition of the solute falling out
of solution at any point in time below the liquidus line38
173 Microporosity
Solidification shrinkage will also cause microporosity When the casting is
solidifying it is common for the dendrites to grow into one-another such that they
impede liquid metal flow in the inner-dendritic region Then solidification shrinkage
occurs within the dendritic region and since liquid metal is not available to replenish the
shrinking volume a micropore will form Figure 29 provides an illustration of this
phenomenon Microporosity is exacerbated by alloys that solidify through a larger two-
phase region because these have a higher propensity for form dendrites due to the larger
freezing range This defect can be combated with any mechanism that breaks up the
dendrites such as ultrasonic vibrations magnetic eddy currents or higher velocity
pouring metal2
- 48 -
Figure 29 Dendrites are the primary cause of microporosity because the dendritic arms grow together and
liquid metal cannot replenish the micropore that forms due to the solidifying metal This action is illustrated
above The kinetics of solidification in the space between inter-dendritic arms is also a leading cause for
microsegregation2
174 Microsegregation
Microsegregation is another byproduct of the solidification kinetics of an alloy
The last composition of the alloy to solidify will have a high solute content This can
cause intermetallic phases and inclusions to form primarily between dendrites These
both have the tendency to be brittle and should be avoided if possible The primary side-
effect to the intermetallic phase and inclusions is hot shortness which is cracking that
occurs during any subsequent hot working process Microsegregation can be rectified by
the same process alterations as for macrosegregation Additionally it was reported that a
homogenizing heat treatment works well to remedy the problem The secondary-dendritic
arm spacing normally has the largest effect on microsegregation and this spacing can be
used to determine the time and temperature of the homogenization that is needed23940
175 Gas Porosity
Gas porosity is also a common defect which is caused by the absorption of gases
into the liquid phase prior to solidification The primary gases that are responsible for gas
porosity in iron and steel are H2 N2 and CO The primary mechanism for gas porosity is
- 49 -
the dramatic decrease in gas solubility at the liquid-to-solid phase change which can be
illustrated in Figure 30 These gases are soluble in liquid metal and often times
solidification happens so quickly that when gases evolve out of the solidifying metal a
gas hole is left in their wake An example of a gas porosity hole in the solidified metal
can be observed in Figure 31 the nearly perfectly round hole is indicative of gas porosity
Gas porosity can be remedied by vacuum degassing the melt Hot-Isostatic-Pressing
(HIPrsquoing) the finished part the addition of inclusion formers and all around cleanliness
of the melt241
Figure 30 Hydrogen gas content in a metal as a function of temperature illustrates that the liquid form of a
metal has a much greater gas solubility than does the solid phase There is a sharp discontinuity in the
solubility graph at the solidification temperature and this is why gas hole porosity is seen in metals The
metal is solidifying with ample amounts of gas in it and often times it solidifies before the gas has a chance
to escape Thus leaving a gas hole in its wake
- 50 -
Figure 31 Round pores seen in micrographs commonly indicate gas porosity because the gas bubble is
round and when the metal solidifies around it as the gas is escaping it leaves its own trace in the metal41
18 Heat Treating of Steels
Heat treating is commonly performed on both cast and wrought steels Depending
on categorization there are arguably seven different heat treatments that are performed
on metals homogenization full anneal process anneal normalization austenitize-
quench-temper spheroidizing and stress relieve Consult the Fe-C phase diagram in
Figure 32 that has the temperature ranges for each heat treatments superimposed upon it
for reference during each of the following sections18
Common to most every heat treatment of steels is heating first above the A1
transition line to fully austenitize the steel This is important because the FCC structure
has a higher solubility for carbon and other alloying elements Austenite can be thought
of as the ldquoparent phaserdquo to most microstructures and phases in steels because most
microstructures are formed by cooling from the austenite region It is because of the
- 51 -
austenite region that there are so many heat treatments possible for steel Cooling rate
will control the diffusion which along with the composition dictate the resultant
microstructure in cast steels Slower cooling rates will allow phases solute and particles
that were stable in the austenite region but not stable in the α+Fe3C region to precipitate
out as second phases Faster cooling rates will keep these solutes in solution in a
metastable form2542
Figure 32 Partial phase diagram of temperature vs carbon wt illustrates the ranges for each type of heat
treating and thermomechanical processes up to 15 wt C Notice this depicts the A1 temperature line at
1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) so frequently referenced18
The austenite region in steels is important for other reasons too For example it is
single phase at most temperatures and compositions that are commonly used plus it is a
high-temperature phase that it naturally more ductile This increased ductility enables
thermomechanically deformation of steels in the austenite region to be cost-effective
- 52 -
Also the austenite phase forms its own grains by a standard nucleation and growth
process There is a kinetic barrier that needs overcome for them to start growing because
α+Fe3C needs to be transformed The final size that the austenite grains grow to will
affect how easily the microstructure can be transformed back into α+Fe3C upon cooling
Therefore they have an effect on ferrite microstructure For example toughness is
sensitive to prior-austenite grains and it is reduced as the size of the prior austenite grains
are increased Once cooled the remnants of the austenite grains are called prior-austenite
grains (these grains are visible when subjected to special etches and microscopy)2542
181 Homogenization
During solidification of an alloy microsegregation and macrosegregation can be
mitigated by subsequent homogenization heat treatments Compositional supercooling
creates a multitude of problems because there is not a uniform composition throughout
the solidified metal At ambient temperatures the solute atoms will not diffuse fast
enough to achieve an equilibrium composition throughout To quicken diffusion rates a
homogenization heat treatment is performed to enable the systemrsquos concentration
gradients to equilibrate across the matrix Most ingot castings are homogenized before
hot working to improve workability mechanical properties and repeatability because the
solute atoms are dissolved Homogenization is performed approximately in the 1830-
2190 ˚F (1000-1200 ˚C) temperature range followed by an air cool which produces
larger coarse grains upon completion as opposed to a quench Homogenization normally
happens simultaneously with the nucleation and growth of the austenite grains therefore
one could argue that austenitizing and homogenizing are the same heat treatment Often
- 53 -
thermomechanical deformation is performed directly after homogenization so that the
ingot does not have to be reheated later254243
182 Full Anneal
Performing a full anneal in steels will produce a microstructure characteristic of
equiaxed ferrite and coarse pearlite that will have soft and ductile mechanical properties
The temperature ranges involved are just above the A3 temperature line for hypoeutectoid
steels and just above the A1 temperature line for hypereutectoid steels If a hypereutectoid
steel is cooled slowly through the γ + Cementite region the steel will have a tendency to
form proeutectoid cementite along the grain boundaries which is too brittle for use A
full anneal is normally held at temperature for an hour per inch thick of steel and it
finishes with a furnace cool1844
183 Process Anneal
A process anneal is also called a recrystallization anneal and it is primarily used
to restore ductility to a piece of metal that has been cold worked As explained
previously when a steel is cold worked dislocations form and they impede each otherrsquos
flow This makes the material less ductile because dislocation motion is a mechanism for
slip A process anneal can annihilate these dislocations so cold working can continue
without damaging the steel additionally increased ductility can be achieved There are
three phases of a process anneal heat treatment 1) dislocation annihilation (recovery) 2)
recrystallization 3) new grain growth The recovery phase reduces strain in the matrix
and the recrystallization phase nucleates new strain-free grains It should be made clear
that no phase change is achieved during a process anneal the upper temperature limit is
less than A1 temperature line1844
- 54 -
184 Normalization
Normalizing is used to refine the grain structure of the steel typically after cold or
hot working Steel is commonly sold in this condition because it produces fine equiaxed
grains and fine pearlite that is desirable for good mechanical properties such as strength
and ductility Normalizing involves an air cool from temperatures above the A3
temperature line but still relatively low in the austenite region The cooling rate is
dependent upon ambient conditions casting size and casting geometry1844
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper
The highest strength and hardness microstructure in steels is called martensite
This is formed via a diffusionless transformation from the austenite region initiated via a
quench A quench is the act of cooling the material quickly in a medium that can be
water oil or brine A martensitic microstructure is not used without subsequently being
tempered due to un-tempered martensitersquos brittleness and lack of toughness that would
make the steel prone to catastrophic failure45
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability
It is important to distinguish the difference between hardness and hardenability
The ability of a steel to form martensite is called hardenability and hardness is a
materialrsquos resistance to deformation These also have different influences as well the
ultimate hardness potential of martensite is only a function of the carbon content of the
steel while hardenability is controlled by the following carbon content alloying
elements prior-austenite grain size cooling rate (severity of quench) and the size of the
steel being quenched192045
- 55 -
The factors affecting hardenability are straightforward The higher the carbon
content and alloying content the higher the hardenability because additives decrease
diffusion rates Since the formation of pearlite and bainite are diffusion dependent the
system will have a higher tendency to form martensite This can be observed on a Time-
Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram as seen in Figure 33 Any effect that slows
diffusion like the addition of alloying elements moves the curve to the right
Hardenability is increased with increasing prior-austenite grain size because there are
fewer grain boundaries with coarser grains which results in fewer nucleation sites for
pearlite formation19204647
Figure 33Time-Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram This particular TTT diagram has a Fe-C
phase diagram attached on the left This illustrates how martensite finish (Mf) decreases with C content
This is an isothermal diagram and therefore no kinetic effects during the cooling will be taken into
account ie it assumes infinitely fast cooling to the desired temperature46
Intuitively depth of hardness increases with increasing hardenability and the
severity of the quench The quenching medium affects the severity for example an oil
quench is less severe than a water quench which is the most common medium
Additionally section size will influence cooling rates A small sample will experience a
more severe quench1920454849
- 56 -
1852 Martensite
A martensitic structure in steels results from a diffusionless athermal and shear-
type formation To catalyze the formation of this hardest possible steel microstructure
the steel must undergo a severe quench from austenite to its room temperature stable
phase The austenite phase at 1674 ˚F (912 ˚C) is capable of handling up to 211 wt C
due to its more open FCC structure but the maximum carbon that the α-phase can handle
is 002 wt C because of its more enclosed BCC structure This means that with typical
cooling rates carbon will partition itself out of the α-ferrite and form the secondary phase
of Fe3C To form full martensite a quench must happen quickly such that carbon cannot
diffuse out of the octahedral sites in α-Fe into a second phase of Fe3C hence the
diffusionless transformation Carbon remains trapped in the BCC lattice however it
strains the BCC lattice deforming it into a Body Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice
where carbon is still in the octahedral sites This is observed in Figure 34 Martensite is
not a thermodynamically stable phase which means that martensite is metastable and that
the diffusion was only suppressed45
Martensite strengthens steel to such a high degree because of the Bain strain that
is induced by the carbon wedged into the BCT lattice The strain field that forms around
each carbon atom inhibits dislocation motion There is also a solid solution strengthening
effect from the carbon that contributes to the overall hardness of the martensite A surface
tilting is normally associated with martensite formation based upon which habit plane
that it forms upon from the austenite phase These habit planes will be dependent upon
alloy composition Figure 35 illustrates this habit plane relationship45
- 57 -
Figure 34 The Body-Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice of martensite Carbon atoms become stuck in the
interstices between larger atoms during the rapid quench from the FCC phase of austenite The system
wants to assume the BCC phase of ferrite however cooling happens so rapidly that carbon does not have
time to migrate and now it is trapped in this metastable phase45
It should be noted that martensite formation occurs over a range of temperatures
The alloy must first be quenched through its martensite start temperature (MS) This is
determined by a thermodynamic driving force that is required to start the shear
transformation from austenite to martensite The MS will vary directly with carbon
content the higher the carbon content the lower MS This may seem counterintuitive
because one method for increasing hardenability is to increase the carbon content
however since carbon is an interstitial alloying element in steels it places strain even on
the FCC lattice of austenite This increases austenitersquos resistance to shear Therefore
since martensite formation is a shear transformation there needs to be a larger
thermodynamic driving force to initiate this change which is catalyzed by a larger
undercooling There is also a MF which occurs when all of the austenite has transformed
into martensite Figure 36 illustrates martensite start temperature45
- 58 -
Figure 35 Martensite is characteristic of causing Bain strain The exceptionally high strains associated
with the shear transformation for the formation of martensite will twist and tilt the martensite surface to
start the formation The austenite phase that was not transformed yet has to be plastic enough to allow this
to happen45
There are two different types of martensite that exist lath and plate However
they do not exist exclusively and can mix together The type of martensite formed is
dependent upon composition Plate martensite will form above 10 wt C and lath
martensite will dominate below 06 wt C with a mix of both occurring between 06
and 10 wt C This relationship is illustrated in Figure 36 as well as the martensite start
temperature Plate martensite is characteristic of irrational habit planes macroscopic in
nature (can be seen with optical microscopy) and subject to mostly twinned planes Lath
martensite has the tendency to form in parallel packets with more dislocations than twins
and its habit plane is defined as 11145
- 59 -
Figure 36 There are two different types of martensite lath and plate Formation is dictated by carbon
content As observed a range up to 06 wt C will produce lath and a range upwards of 10 wt C will
produce plate martensite When the wt C is between these ranges a mixture of lath and plate martensite
can be expected45
1853 Tempering Kinetics
Martensitic steel must be tempered to restore ductility and toughness to prevent
possible catastrophic brittle failure Tempering must be performed cautiously because
over-tempering is possible such that the steel becomes too soft Since martensite is a
metastable phase whose diffusion was only suppressed due to kinetics it takes relatively
little thermal energy to enable the carbon to migrate out of the BCT lattice Thermal
energy is introduced to the system in the form of tempering Once carbon leaves the BCT
structure the lattice will relax and reform its thermodynamically stable BCC lattice that
has 002 wt C maximum Therefore the extra carbon that was supersaturated into the
BCT lattice will now precipitate out as the second phase of cementite (Fe3C) Since the
primary goal of tempering is to soften the metal at the expense of hardness it becomes a
balancing act between how long and at what temperatures tempering is conducted to
obtain the desired mechanical properties455051
- 60 -
186 Spheroidizing
Spheroidite is the softest and most ductile microstructure possible for a given steel
because of the formation of spherical carbides which have a low surface-area-to-volume
ratio relative to other carbide shapes Therefore there is less interaction area with the
matrix and in turn less of a strain field that is formed Steels subjected to this heat
treatment have great machining properties because of the increased ductility To achieve
this microstructure the steel is held just below the A1 temperature for multiple hours to
give ample time for carbon diffusion18
187 Stress Relieving
This heat treatment is performed to remove internal stresses induced by welding
machining cold-working etc There is no recrystallization or significant microstructural
changes as with process annealing The temperature for stress relieving is approximately
750 ˚F (400 ˚C) which is the temperature required for dislocation annihilation to
occur1844
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels
HSLA steels are low carbon content steels typically with pearlite and ferrite
microstructures that achieve relatively high strengths formability and toughness despite
the fact that they have a low carbon content Their weldability is also superb due to the
low carbon content To achieve strength an HSLA steel must be able to precipitation
harden the ferrite HSLA steels are commonly microalloyed with vanadium niobium
titanium or another strong carbide forming element and with a solid solution
strengthener such as silicon or manganese Another essential aspect to the strength of
- 61 -
HSLA steels is a fine grain structure Reduced grain size is an additional mechanism for
strength but it also increases toughness while lowering the DBTT5253
191 Precipitation Hardening
Commonly known as age hardening in non-ferrous alloys this secondary-
hardening process closely resembles an austenitize-quench-temper cycle for normal
steels Technically a solution-treat and age cannot be performed in conventional steels
because of the lack of carbon solubility However with the additions of microalloys a
true precipitation hardening can be achieved in HSLA steels A precipitation hardening
technique is similar to an austenitize-quench-temper in terms of its heat treatment cycle
During the quench the goal is to make a metastable supersaturated solid solution Then
when thermal energy is introduced to the system the precipitates (alloy carbides nitrides
and carbonitrides) age or precipitate into the matrix These processes occur at the same
time that the martensite is quenched and tempered54
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE)
A cornerstone of this project is ensuring that the alloy developed will have
superior weldability but first the term weldability must be defined such that it can be
understood The weldability of low alloy steels is commonly expressed in terms of
Carbon Equivalent (CE) which is calculated solely from the chemical composition of a
steel The following are the definitions adopted and how they are defined for this project
1101 Weldability
Weldability is defined by the American Welding Society (AWS) as ldquoThe capacity
of a material to be welded under fabrication techniques imposed in a specific suitably
- 62 -
designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended servicerdquo However there
are many characteristics of a steel that could influence its weldability55 Colloquially one
would just say that a steel which welds successfully without pre-heating has a good
weldability
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE)
One of the best metrics for weldability assessment is through an empirically
derived formula called the carbon equivalent (CE) This was created as a way to quantify
the relative likelihood of hydrogen induced cracking problems and heat affected zone
(HAZ) martensite formation in a steel A knowledgeable welder will use the CE value as
a tool to determine how the metal is going to weld and what welding procedures to follow
to avoid weld zone problems For example if the CE is high the welder will know to pre-
heat the metal to decrease the likelihood of martensite formation upon cooling after
welding In this sense a steel with good weldability (low CE) has poor hardenability56
- 63 -
Chapter 2 Literature Review
The essence of HSLA steels was briefly introduced in Chapter 19 however this
section will serve as a review of the development of HSLA wrought and cast steels
21 Microalloying of Steels
The importance of alloying steel was discovered early in the 20th century in
Europe One of the first microalloying elements added to steel was vanadium57
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium
Vanadium was the first element added to microalloy steels Research in the early
1900s in England and France lead to the first commercial microalloyed steel
Metallurgists at that time learned the strength of plain carbon steel could be increased
substantially with additions of vanadium especially when a quench and temper was
performed They did not understand the strengthening mechanisms at work but they
knew that vanadium increased strength and toughness57
Steel containing vanadium made its way to America in about 1910 when Henry
Ford spectated an auto race in France and saw a violent crash He was surprised at how
little damage occurred to the racecarrsquos crankshaft and this sparked his curiosity He
managed to get a sample of the steel tested and it was found to contain vanadium Ford
deduced that additions of vanadium to steel used in Ford vehicles would improve a steelrsquos
strength and shock resistance on American roads even though they did not understand
why Thus vanadium as a microalloy enters markets in the United States however it
would be years before serious focus was applied to development and integration of
microalloy HSLA steels into more areas57
- 64 -
World War II advanced welding technologies greatly Metallurgists soon
discovered that they could not just increase the strength of steels by increasing carbon
content due to the toughness decrease observed when higher carbon content steels are
welded This catalyzed a focus to develop alternative strengthening mechanism to carbon
which lead to the development of grain refining and microalloy precipitation for an
additional strengthening mechanism in steel that required a high weldability From this
deeper investigations into the metallurgy of microalloying continued to develop57
22 HSLA Steels
Even small additions of microalloys to low-carbon steel matched with simple heat
treatments can produce mechanical properties that are comparable to more expensive
steels low alloy steels that require advanced processing steps58 High-Strength-Low-Alloy
steels are based on the microalloying principles discussed previously The term
microalloying and HSLA are used synonymously The concept for strengthening in HSLA
steels is straightforward from a metallurgical point of view there needs to be 1) a refined
grain structure present such that it encourages strength and toughness 2) lower carbon
content to improve weldability 3) strength is achieved through the addition of
microalloys such as vanadium manganese and niobium 4) finally HSLA steels take
advantage of secondary hardening that disperses fine precipitates throughout the ferrite
matrix that further strengthens the steel53
One of the first large scale uses of HSLA steels in the United States was during
construction of the Alaskan Pipeline in 1969 and 1970 It was imperative that steels used
in this pipeline remained tough during the artic conditions so that they would not be
prone to brittle failure Equally important was weldability This caused metallurgists to
- 65 -
analyze previous work done with microalloying of steels and eventually the name
ldquoHSLA steelrdquo was adopted52 The Alaskan Pipeline success with microalloying steels
initiated many investigations into microalloying effects and jump-started broad use of
HSLA steels
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys
Microalloys work well for strengthening steel because they can combine the
strengthening mechanisms of grain refinement and precipitation hardening without
decreasing weldability These combined effects counteract the lower carbon content For
microalloys to be effective they must be able to alter the matrix of the ferrite by either
grain refinement or precipitation hardening (normally in the form of carbo-nitrides) or by
a combination of these two57
Grain refinement is the act of making the ferrite grains smaller after final
processing This is achieved when the dispersed microalloys solidify and create a
heterogeneous nucleation site to prevent prior-austenite grain growth During lower
temperature heat treatments in the austenite region often times the stable precipitates will
not fully solutionize and they act as heterogeneous nucleation sites upon cooling which
inhibits austenite grain growth Regardless the microalloying precipitate falls out of
solution before ferrite grains are nucleated57
Precipitation strengthening by microalloying occurs because the microalloys are
precipitated into the ferrite as carbonitrides (CN) but most commonly in HSLA steels as
vanadium-nitrides (VN) or vanadium-carbonitrides (VCN) through a secondary-
hardening process during aging or tempering57 Carbonitrides of vanadium niobium and
titanium can precipitate in both the austenite region and ferrite region59 Additionally
- 66 -
when some form of a CN or VCN is present and a subsequent heat treatment is
performed such as normalizing these carbonitrides will act as austenite grain stabilizers
that prevent grain growth This preserves grain refinement because smaller prior-
austenite grains lead to smaller final ferrite grains They will also pin the ferrite grains
from deformation and growth before the A1 temperature is reached during heating Both
of these mechanisms work together simultaneously to improve the microstructure6061 If
hot rolling is performed on wrought steel austenite grains become elongated which will
increase the grain boundary area Thus increasing the driving force for transformation in
addition to providing more heterogenous nucleation sites26 More nucleation sites are
added indirectly in a steel during hot rolling because it can make precipitation of carbides
happen more favorably60
Microalloying also has a profound effect on the recrystallization during hot
rolling This is important in wrought steels because if the prior-austenite grains are
pinned by microalloys and cannot coarsen then a finer ferrite structure will form upon
cooling There is also a developed argument that solute drag is responsible for limiting
recrystallization57
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides
Elements such as vanadium niobium and titanium have tendencies to form stable
carbides nitrides and carbonitrides in steel when precipitated through a secondary
hardening reaction They are the primary microalloying elements used today in HSLA
steels62 The formation of carbides and nitrides are diffusion dependent processes
Complex microalloy carbide and nitride and phases do not diffuse as rapidly as the
conventional Fe3C phase during heat treatment This has a few important consequences
- 67 -
metallurgically First carbides reduce the rate of softening effects such as a temper
because they inhibit the diffusion driven coarsening that Fe3C would experience
Secondly metal carbides that are formed will be resistant to coarsening This limits their
size and enables them to maintain a fine dispersion throughout the matrix Finally it
provides great creep resistance at high temperatures because they will combat steel
softening at elevated temperatures63
Carbides of vanadium niobium and titanium are commonly found in the form of
MC M2C M6C and M23C6 where ldquoMrdquo is comprised of various metals and ldquoCrdquo is
carbon the common stoichiometric carbides are summarized in Figure 37 These carbides
and carbonitrides have the FCC crystal structure and comparable lattice parameters thus
they have extensive mutual solubilities The carbides and nitrides formed by vanadium
niobium and titanium are also known to be harder than martensite This is quantified in
Figure 38 which displays the hardness values of common carbides and martensite63
- 68 -
Figure 37 Chart displaying compositions of some common stoichiometric carbides present in HSLA
steels ldquoMrdquo can vary with multiple chemistries63
Figure 38 Stoichiometric carbides formed with vanadium niobium and titanium that commonly have a
hardness greater than martensite this is important especially for the strengthening effects in prior-austenite
grain pinning63
- 69 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions
Vanadium is the workhorse in the microalloyed steel families and is more soluble
in the austenite phase than niobium and titanium It has a high affinity for nitrogen and
carbon and readily forms VN VC and VCN These stable carbides and nitrides of
vanadium will have high solubilities in austenite as well compared to niobium and
titanium These solubilities are summarized in Figure 39 Solutionizing of vanadium and
its carbides and nitrides occurs at approximately 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C) Upon cooling
vanadium will begin to precipitate out of solution at this temperature While cooling
passed the solutionizing temperature which is still in the austenite phase nearly pure VN
is the first to precipitate into the matrix Then when the nitrogen supply is all but
exhausted the system will transition precipitation of VN to VCN and finally to VC
(normally in the form of MC) as nitrogen is depleted There will be a sharp drop in the
solubility of VCN in the matrix around the A1 temperature because of the phase
transition Thus more VCNrsquos are precipitated at this temperature57 Vanadium is
commonly the alloying choice over niobium for precipitation strengthening because
niobium solutionizes at a higher temperature which means that it also precipitates out of
solution at higher temperatures It will fall out of solution during the upper region of the
austenite phase this provides the NbCN too much of an opportunity to coarsen during
cooling Therefore vanadium tends to form the finest precipitates in the ferrite matrix60
- 70 -
Figure 39 Mole fraction of nitrogen in the V-carbonitrides as a function of temperature Vanadium
preferentially bonds with nitrogen at higher temperatures until nitrogen is nearly depleted Then there is a
sharp transition at approximately 1470 ˚F (800 ˚C) to vanadium bonding with carbon preferentially over
nitrogen57
Previous work in the literature regarding microalloying with V in HSLA wrought
steels is extensive some key findings follow
bull Vanadium addition ranges from 003 to 010 wt V increase toughness in
HSLA steels because it will stabilize the dissolved nitrogen64
bull During thermomechanical deformation vanadium has been shown to
precipitate out of solution while the steel is being hot rolled in the form of a
VN60
bull VN will help to prevent austenitic grain growth and recrystallization of
austenite grains However if the solubility product of VN is too low or if the
cooling rates are too fast VN will not form in austenite It has been shown
- 71 -
that raising the nitrogen content will increase the amount of VN that
precipitates60
bull The presence of other alloying elements such as niobium titanium and
aluminum will affect how vanadium behaves Albeit vanadium has the
highest affinity for nitrogen but the other elements precipitate out sooner such
that they will consume all of the nitrogen before vanadium has precipitated60
bull Vanadium does not retard ferrite formation as do molybdenum therefore
vanadium steels are less prone to bainite formation and acicular ferrite
Vanadium reduces the embrittlement likelihood especially in high-carbon
steel Additionally vanadium alloys will not be as susceptible to Heat
Affected Zone (HAZ) embrittlement60
bull VCN precipitation in the austenite region is limited due to sluggish kinetics
therefore most VCN will be precipitated in the ferrite region57
bull Precipitation of VCN in low-carbon and low-nitrogen steels (010 wt C and
010 wt N) will occur mostly at 1292 ˚F (700 ˚C) and below57
bull VC has a higher solubility in austenite and ferrite compared to VN this is
because the thermodynamic driving force for VN precipitation is much
higher57
bull When nitrogen content is decreased the VN precipitate size increases
considerably This is an effect of nucleation rate similar to that observed in
pearlite formation The end-resulting grain size is based on the number of
nuclei57
- 72 -
bull Vanadium will form non-stoichiometric carbides and nitrides VC073 to VC089
are a common VC composition range65
bull Using orientation relationships it is possible to determine whether VCN was
precipitated during the austenite or ferrite phase When the VCN assumes the
Baker-Nutting orientation of 100α-Fe||100VCN and lt100gt α-
Fe||lt010gtVCN it was precipitated in the ferrite When the VCN assumes the
Kurdjumov-Sachs orientation of 110α-Fe||111VCN and lt111gt α-
Fe||lt110gtVCN it was precipitated in the austenite66
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition
Niobium solutionizes at higher temperatures than vanadium 2100 ˚F (1150 ˚C)
compared to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) respectively The implications are that niobium will pin
austenite grains from growing until much higher austenitizing temperatures resulting in
reduced prior-austenite grain size1 Niobium as shown in Figure 40 also works better
than vanadium or titanium for inhibiting recrystallization of austenite temperatures59
Figure 40 Niobium has the optimum effect on increasing the recrystallization temperature of austenite
Vanadium performs the worst in this category This is significant because larger prior-austenite grains will
increase hardenability as well as decrease grain refinement59
- 73 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions
Titanium forms the most stable nitrides in steel (TiN) of all microalloying
elements Most studies suggest that TiN will not solutionize at any temperature in the
austenite region57 Its insolubility in austenite ensures that it will prevent austenite grain
growth during welding and hot processing techniques It can be observed in Figure 41
that TiN has a very low solubility in the austenite phase compared to VC The addition of
titanium levels as low as 001 wt Ti are sufficient to perform its primary
microalloying functions57
Figure 41 Solubilities of common carbides and nitrides of HSLA steels This graph displays the logarithm
of the solubility constant (k) as a function of logarithmic temperature It should be observed that TiN has
very low solubility and that VC has the highest solubility In fact TiN has been known to resist
solutionizing even in the upper region of the austenite phase it is virtually insoluble57
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels
Manganese is an effective solid solution strengthener for ferrite in HSLA steels it
is usually in a range from 15-20 wt Mn67 Manganese will increase VN solubility in
- 74 -
austenite because it increases the activity coefficient of vanadium in tandem with
decreasing the activity coefficient of carbon This increases the amount of microalloying
precipitation during the phase transition from austenite to ferrite Additionally
manganese will lower the AR3 temperature which contributes to ferrite grain refinement
because ferrite grains will get less time to grow All of these factors make higher
manganese (08-14 wt Mn) HSLA steels more effective than low-carbon steels with
conventional manganese levels576063 It has also been shown that manganese additions
will not be detrimental to toughness as other microalloying elements68
23 HSLA Cast Steels
Cast steels can be considered to be at a disadvantage because they do not have the
luxury of being thermomechanically deformed to increase strength as do wrought steels
They must rely solely on heat treating and alloying Other than this there are relatively
minute differences between cast and wrought HSLA steels The 30-year development in
the metallurgy of HSLA wrought steels transcended to HSLA cast steels There are slight
differences in chemistry and heat treatment that must be considered to replace the
benefits of thermomechanical deformation in wrought HSLA steels but the
microalloying concepts between HSLA cast and wrought steels remains the same The
following will review past work specific to the development of HSLA cast steels
154676970
Most of the early work developing HSLA cast steels was done in Europe The
first major work in the United States was conducted by Voigt et al starting in 198671
The first review published on HSLA cast steels was by WJ Jackson in 1978 titled ldquoThe
Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings ndash A Review of the Literaturerdquo In this review the
- 75 -
author detailed past accounts of successful microalloying of cast steels with vanadium
compositions The optimal chemistry ranges for the mechanical properties of cast plain-
carbon and low-alloy steels reviewed by Jackson are shown in Table 1 The yield point
of these steels increased by 30 percent compared to similar plain carbon steel without
microalloying additions with only a negligible decrease in ductility and toughness
Limited research was carried out to identify optimum chemistries for these C-Mn steels
which are summarized in Figure 42 It was determined that the best properties were
obtained with 01 wt vanadium because it produced the finest ferrite grain structure72
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-Carbon Vanadium Alloyed Cast Steel72
Elements C Si Mn Cr V
Wt 012-050 03-06 09-15 04-06 007-015
Figure 42 Influence of vanadium on the properties of a C-Mn microalloyed steel Optimum chemistry
occurs at 01 wt V 130 wt Mn 034 wt Si and all carbon in the study was 032 or 033 wt C
At this chemistry it is evident that some properties of toughness decreased All samples were water
quenched and the subsequently tempered at 1202 ˚F (650 ˚C) The V-free steel was quenched from 1616 ˚F
(880 ˚C) and the vanadium steels were quenched from 1688 ˚F (920 ˚C)57
In this study normalizing between 1796-1976 ˚F (920-1080 ˚C) produced a
microstructure of bainite or acicular ferrite microstructure When a subsequent temper is
performed at 1112 ˚F (600 ˚C) an increase in hardness was found because of the
secondary-hardening effects of the precipitation of VCN However extended tempering
times at elevated temperature caused the system to overage which reduced hardness due
- 76 -
to coarsening of precipitates This is one of the reasons why Jacksonrsquos research suggested
that it is imperative to have better control when heat treating microalloyed steel compared
to conventional steels72
It was discussed previously that vanadium and other microalloying elements act
as grain refiners in the austenite region for wrought processed HSLA steels A similar
behavior was observed for cast steels upon initial cooling from the melt VCN acted as a
grain refiner because it fell out of solution slightly before grains grew72
231 Temperaging
To achieve the highest possible strength with HSLA steels they must be
subjected to a quench and temper heat treatment which initiates a precipitation hardening
effect The temper dually functions to soften martensite into ferrite and cementite while
simultaneously aging fine precipitates into the matrix This dual function has become
known to some metallurgists as the portmanteau ldquotemperagingrdquo17367
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work
There are different CE formulas for different welding applications however the
CE formula used in this project is AWSD11 that is displayed in Equation 4 The CE
formula which is most appropriate for structural steel welding varies between steels
because different alloying elements have different influences on weldability For
example how much they slow diffusion rates and whether or not they are carbide
formers In general the addition of other alloying elements to a C-Mn steel will have the
same hardenability and weldability influence of an increase in carbon content Individual
alloying elements directly affect the weldability of the steel to varying degrees This is
- 77 -
why the effect of each element on the CE is scaled by a factor that can be expressed as a
carbon equivalent factor for that steel This means that if a particular steel had been
alloyed with just carbon it would theoretically weld simularly56
119862119864119860119882119878 11986311 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 4
There are other CE formulae used throughout industry but they all have a similar
goal which is being a weldability predictor High carbon content steels have low
weldabilities therefore a high CE steel will also have a low weldability The most
common CE used in industry is displayed in Equation 5 is adopted by the International
Institute of Welding (IIW) as their official CE equation5473 The following ASTM
Standards also follow CE calculated by Equation 5 A216 A352 A709 (Grade 50s)
A913 and A1043 Both ASTM A216 and A352 are cast steel specific standards
Equation 6 is the typical HSLA CE for C-Mn steels Equation 7 is used in ASTM A529
and it is the only CE equation that includes Nb This is because Nb rarely contributes to
the cold-cracking of steels54 Equation 8 is utilized by the Japanese Welding Engineering
Society for low-carbon content steels (lt 011 wt C)74
119862119864119860119878119879119872 = 119862 +119872119899
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 5
119862119864119879 = 119862 +119872119899+119872119900
10+
119862119903+119862119906
20+
119873119894
40 Eq 6
119862119864119860119878119879119872 119860529 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881+119873119887
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 7
119875119862119872 = 119862 +119878119894
30+
119862119903+119862119906+119872119899
20+
119873119894
60+
119872119900
15+
119881
10+ 5119861 Eq 8
- 78 -
Jacksonrsquos Review analyzed CEASTM for HSLA cast steels and utilized Equation 5
with the following results72
bull CEASTM le 041 Good weldability and no need for preheating
bull CEASTM le 045 Good weldability when the welding is completed with low H2
electrodes
bull CEASTM ge 045 Preheating is required for welding use of low H2 electrodes is
required
bull CEASTM ge 060 Only specific conditions enable the steel to be weldable
One nuance that should be stressed to the reader is this project has a goal of
integrating a cast steel designed for structural applications into an existing wrought
ASTM Standard The implications are that a structural welding steel obeys the structural
welding code as seen in AWS D11 such as their CEAWS D11 in Equation 4 while most
ASTM Standards obey CEASTM as seen in Equation 5 This is bound to cause confusion
and all parties involved must be made aware
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards
There are ASTM Standards specifically for cast steel A27 A148 A216 A217
A352 A356 A487 and A958 Most relevant are ASTM A216 Standard Specification
for Steel Castings Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service
and its low-temperature counterpart of ASTM A352 Standard Specification for Steel
Castings Ferritic and Martensitic for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-
Temperature Service Both standards obey the CEASTM in Equation 5 and they have
CEASTM max values of 050 or 055 depending on the specific grade Grade WCB from
- 79 -
ASTM A216 is of particular interest because it was posited by the SFSA that the YS
requirements for this project could be attained through slight manipulation of chemistries
permitted in this standard
234 Key Findings from Previous Work
Previous work has found interesting differences between processing for HSLA
wrought steels and HSLA cast steels The key findings follow
bull It may be necessary to homogenize large casting sections for up to 6 hours at
temperatures ranging from 1740-2010 ˚F (950-1100 ˚C) to combat alloy
segregation Then an accelerated cooling is desired because it will yield a refined
ferrite grain structure73 The length of the homogenizing time and temperature in
general will dependent upon the casting size67
bull Austenitizing temperatures of greater than 1700 ˚F (930 ˚C) are required to
produce full strengthening of V-microalloys73
bull If an insufficient quench is performed coarse VCN will precipitate out during the
initial cooling Coarse VCN does not produce the high hardness that is seen with
finely dispersed precipitates However there is still a strengthening effect that is
seen when temperaging following a weak quench This implies that a temperaging
effect can be seen with thick casting sections as well 73
bull Rapid quench rates will produce the highest hardness however only a slight
decrease in hardness will be observed after temperaging because of the secondary
hardening effect This implies that the softening effect of martensite is more
dominant than the secondary hardening which is aging73
- 80 -
bull Non-heat-treated cast steels tend to have lower ductility compared to cast steel
subjected to heat treating Interestingly non-heat-treated steels have a higher yield
strength70
bull Minimal overaging in the temperaging process is acceptable and sometimes
desired to improve toughness at the expense of only a slight decrease in yield
strength67 Overaging is associated with decreasing the coherency of the
precipitates in the matrix54
bull Higher austenitizing temperatures will enable more precipitates to form during
temperaging because it increases the re-solution of microalloying elements while
in the austenite phase67 Austenitizing temperatures of 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) were
proven sufficient for normalize and temper (NampT) cast steels the strength levels
of quench and tempered (QampT) cast steels were greatly increased by austenitizing
at 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C)69
bull A typical NampT heat treatment can still precipitation harden during temperaging
however the resulting microstructure is less hard than a QampT67
bull According to early research with microalloying HSLA steels with niobium it will
increase strength more than vanadium when heat treating at high austenitizing
temperatures because it prevents austenite grains from coarsening However
coarsening of austenite grains was not observed by Voigt and Rassizadehghani in
1989 They proved this by austenitizing at high temperatures with and without
niobium and then performing the proper etch to display the prior-austenite
grains54
- 81 -
bull Intercritical heat treatments although not used in this body of work have yielded
promising results and high strength and toughness combinations in the past54
- 82 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work
31 Hypothesis
A 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength cast steel with a high weldability for structural
and military applications will be developed using high-strength-low-alloy (HSLA) steel
metallurgical techniques Finally the materialrsquos composition and properties can be
conveniently placed within an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels
allowing ready adoption of these cast steels for applications using cast-weld construction
techniques
32 Statement of Work
Weldable 50 ksi (350 MPa) yield strength cast steel composition and heat
treatment guidelines will be determined with four primary steps 1) examination of
composition heat treating and mechanical property data from the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of Americarsquos (SFSA) database of cast C-Mn steels to identify fundamental
structure-property relationships 2) Thermocalc modeling will define stable phases in
equilibrium and determine solutionizing temperatures for a range of C-Mn steel alloys
with vanadium and niobium microalloying additions 3) heat treating and mechanical
testing of various compositions of steel will provide a validation of how alloys respond to
respective heat treatments 4) Finally rational composition and processing guidelines will
be developed so that future work can establish appropriate ASTM and AWS placement
for this alloy system
- 83 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure
All samples in this study were standard ASTM keel block castings with two test
specimen legs donated by SFSA member foundries in the United States The keel blocks
used in this study had a thick body attached to two legs The keel block measured
approximately 60 in X 40 in X 40 in (1525 cm X 102 cm X 102 cm) and each leg
was approximately 60 in X 10 in X 20 in (1525 cm X 254 cm X 51 cm) The keel
block legs were halved lengthwise with a band saw such that the final dimensions of the
keel block legs used for heat treating were 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X 254 cm
X 254 cm) Thus each keel block could yield four keel block tensile test specimens All
times and temperatures for heat treating and tempers were obtained from the literature
notably from previous work completed by Voigt Rassizadehghani and the
SFSA154676973 Heat treating time was started when the temperature of the furnace
stabilized after loading the samples into the furnace
In all of the following sections keel blocks and keel block legs were heat treated
in a Thermo-Scientific Lindberg Blue M and the Brinell hardness tests were performed
with a NEWAGE Brinell NB3010 Additionally all mechanical testing conformed to
ASTM E8 Standard Test Method for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial alloys investigated in this study were reformulations of conventional
WCB C-Mn cast steel with and without vanadium ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo and ldquoModified C-
Mn-Vrdquo alloys were developed to obtain an understanding of C-Mn cast steel capabilities
and the effects of alloying a similar composition with small amounts of vanadium Keel
- 84 -
block legs were removed from the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V keel blocks
and halved lengthwise on a band saw Both the keel block and keel blocks legs which
become test bar specimens were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 10 hr Half of each
alloy were subjected to a normalizing air cool and the other half were water quenched
Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching was performed at
1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks and at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr for keel
block legs Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for both the
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
42 Tempering Study
An investigation into the temperaging response of the vanadium alloyed material
in particular was necessary to develop heat treating guidelines Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were used to compare a plain WCB type steel to one that should
experience a temperaging response respectively Keel block legs of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were cut from the keel blocks and austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for
20 hr Keel block legs were either normalized in an air cool or water quenched Then the
keel block legs were sliced into approximately 025 in (~6 mm) thick sections for
subsequent tempering such that different times and temperatures can be easily studied
for each alloy
bull A sample for each composition in the normalized and quenched conditions was
subjected to a specific temperature for either 10 hr or 40 hr These temperatures
ranged from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments
resulting in 56 total samples The furnace used for these small samples was a
Barnstead Thermolyne 47900
- 85 -
bull Each sample was then Rockwell hardness tested to develop an understanding of
temperaging for these alloys The machine used was a NEWAGE Rockwell
Digital ME-2
43 Special Heat-Treating Options
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
Heat treating has to be more controlled with HSLA steels than conventional steels
due to the microalloys and the secondary hardening72 A concern was that thicker sections
of castings could not be quenched quickly enough to produce a supersaturated solution of
microalloys without having them fall out of solution prior to tempering Keel blocks of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were heat treated as described in Chapter 41
Then they were cut at frac14 thickness and the cut faces were Brinell hardness tested
bull A range of 12-14 Brinell Hardness indentations were performed on each samplersquos
face to obtain a hardness profile from the edge to the center of these 40 in (102
cm) sections
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real world casting scenarios castings are not uniform in shape and
size such as a keel block leg This poses kinetic and thermal property issues associated
with cooling rates Theoretically a thin section of casting could form a completely
different microstructure than a thick section on the same casting cooled with the same
cooling media This was investigated with keel blocks of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V that were cut differently than for previous heat-treating studies A keel block for
each alloy had one of its legs removed from the keel block body This resulted in two
- 86 -
keel block legs of the dimensions used previously 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X
254 cm X 254 cm) and two identical to it still attached to the keel block body Each
keel block with legs attached and its separated legs were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C)
for 2 hr and then subjected to a normalized air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating the keel block legs still attached to the keel
blocks were removed and all keel block legs were subsequently tensile tested
433 Double Normalize
For some microalloyed steel alloys a double normalize heat treatment is
commonly used to improve mechanical properties such as increased ductility with a
relatively small strength penalty75 A keel block and keel block legs from Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to a double normalizing heat treatment The first
austenitizing was at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 05 hr followed by an air cool The second
austenitizing was at 1600 ˚F (871 ˚C) for 20 hr followed by another air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating these keel block legs were then subjected to
tensile testing
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
To obtain a better understanding of composition limits for carbon manganese
and vanadium Alloys C D E and F with variations in carbon manganese and
vanadium contents were created This enabled analysis into the influence that alloys
upon one-another and how effective one alloy is with and without others present Keel
block legs were removed from Alloys C D E and Frsquos keel blocks and halved lengthwise
on a band saw Both the keel block legs and keel blocks were austenitized to 1750 ˚F
- 87 -
(955 ˚C) for 10 hr Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching
was performed at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20
hr for keel block legs
bull Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for Alloys C D E and
F
45 Metallography of Samples
Samples prepared for metallography include Alloys A-F NampT and QampT Alloys
A and B double normalize and thick section normalized No metallography was
performed on tempering study 0250 in (~6 mm) thick wafers The samples prepared
were sliced sections of tensile test bar ends These were hot-pressed in Allied High-Tech
Products Inc Phenolic mounting powder using a ldquoTech Press 2rdquo manufactured by Allied
High-Tech Products Inc Samples were ground using automated grinding set to 150
RPMs with a pressing force of 18 N Each sample was ground for 30 s at each of the
following grits 240 320 400 and 600 (grinding with the 600-grit pad was performed
twice for a better surface finish)
Next the samples were polished using 1 μm diamond slurry polish for 5 min
followed by a subsequent polish using a 025 μm diamond slurry polish for 3 min After
each grinding and polishing step the samples were rinsed with distilled water The last
step of preparation was to etch both steel alloys using a 2 nital mix This mixture was 2
mL of nitric acid and 98 mL of methanol Upon etching the samples were rinsed with
ethanol
- 88 -
bull Optical microscopy was used to analyze the microstructures of all the steel
samples The microscope used was a Zeiss Axiovert 10 Inverted Microscope
- 89 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions
The United States has failed to dedicate the same effort to developing both HSLA
cast and wrought steels compared to Europe and Asia The largest body of work
currently is that created by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of America (SFSA) and Voigt et
al The following work was conducted as a continuation of previous work done as well as
a new attempt at integrating 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength HSLA cast steels into
existing HSLA wrought standards
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel
The SFSA has compiled a database of over 20000 C-Mn cast steel chemistries
and mechanical properties data from participating steel casting foundries in the United
States This spreadsheet consisted of WCB (ASTM A216) conventional C-Mn cast steel
that was either normalized NampT or QampT The data was analyzed to determine whether
or not it is possible to reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) with conventional C-Mn steel
compositions without microalloying with vanadium and niobium The data was cleaned
and the resulting spreadsheet contained approximately 2500 data entries It should be
noted that ASTM A216 grade WCB is for conventional C-Mn cast steel with a minimum
36 ksi (248 MPa) YS and a maximum CEASTM 050 wt CEASTM The CEASTM does not
consider the effects of silicon which the CEAWS D11 does Additionally as with most
ASTM standards for steel ASTM A216 grade WCB is based more on mechanical
properties than composition Albeit there are composition limits in this standard their
allowable ranges are rather large
- 90 -
The spreadsheet was organized by heat treatments performed on the cast steel test
bars normalized NampT and QampT Scatter plots were made from these data to determine
if correlations between YS composition and CEAWS D11 (weldability) could be detected
Figures 43-45 show the trends between YS and CEAWS D11 (not CEASTM) carbon content
and manganese content respectively
Figure 43 Scatterplot of YS vs CE for all heat treatments (normalize NampT and QampT) According to the
spreadsheet there is a broad range of weldabilities that produce a YS of 50 ksi (345 MPa)
Figure 43 suggests that high YS values of over 50 ksi (345 MPa) are possibly but
not when a CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE is maintained ASTM A215 grade WCB specifies
that a CEASTM le 050 wt CE be maintained this plot helps to show the decrease in
weldability when silicon is accounted for because there are copious samples that now
exceed the 050 wt CEAWS D11
- 91 -
Figure 44 YS vs Carbon Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment related
to YS There is negligible correlation The highest R2 value in this data set is 004 which gives a positive
correlation for increasing carbon content providing a higher YS in the QampT condition However a R2 value
this low should not be considered statistically significant
Figure 45 YS vs Manganese Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment
related to YS There is slightly better correlation with YS as a function of manganese content than as a
function of carbon content However the best correlation observed is an R2 value of 01 for a positive
correlation of QampT improving YS with increasing manganese content Likewise this should not be
considered statistically significant
- 92 -
Figures 43-45 do not suggest a statistically significant trend in YS as a function of
composition for any type of heat treatment Therefore to make possible trends of
chemical composition and mechanical properties more apparent the database was split
into two groups of high-strength-high-weldability and low-strength-low-weldability
Then the composition of materials with these extremes in mechanical properties and
weldability were compared in Table 2
Table 2 SFSA Spreadsheet Analysis of Mechanical Property Extremes to Detect Trends
in Composition
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0214 0687 00002 0384
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0231 0816 0006 0451
Despite the significant difference in mechanical properties the compositions
show little variance There is only a 0017 wt C difference between the YS less than or
equal to 45 ksi (3102 MPa) and a YS greater than or equal to 55 ksi (3792 MPa) The
difference in manganese and silicon is greater however this is still a small difference
These composition variations are smaller than most allowable composition ranges as
would be seen with an ASTM standard Even after these extrema of the spreadsheet data
have been analyzed there is no strong correlation between mechanical properties
weldability and composition
The correlation between normalize NampT and QampT heat treatments and YS CE
ranges is shown in Table 3 It should be noted that 55 ksi (3792 MPa) was chosen as the
upper range instead of 50 ksi (345 MPa) because 50 ksi (345 MPa) is the bare minimum
YS requirement This strength level must be achieved consistently so perturbations in the
YS distribution curve must be taken into account
- 93 -
Table 3 Percentage of Heat Treatments per Designation for the SFSA Spreadsheet
Designation Range Overall Normalize
NampT QampT
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 91 43 42 047
For the entire spreadsheet only 041 of all cast steels obtained 55 ksi (345 MPa)
while maintaining a maximum 042 CEAWS D11 Surprisingly a majority of these were
normalize heat treatment instead of QampT A possible contribution to this result is that the
normalized heat-treated steel samples in this spreadsheet greatly outnumbered the NampT
and QampT heat treated samples There were 1318 normalized samples 347 NampT samples
and only 51 QampT samples The difference in number of samples can also be observed in
Figures 46-48 which display YS as a function of normalized NampT and QampT heat
treatments respectively Tables 4-6 are paired with them as well
Figure 46 All normalized heat treatments and how their YS is a function of weldability The correlation is
poor for plain normalized There is not an increase in YS with increasing the CE but rather a slightly
negative trend
- 94 -
Table 4 Average Chemistries per Designation in the Normalized Condition Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0218 0669 00002 0392
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0243 0667 0004 0421
Figure 46 and Table 4 display normalized heat treatment data obtained from the
SFSA spreadsheet Figure 46 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS
D11) and there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content leading to an increase in YS Table 4 displays the average chemical composition
for each respective designation In this case there is only a 0035 wt C difference over
a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Figure 47 NampT heat treatments with YS as a function of weldability The correlation suggests that
increasing CE in this condition will decrease YS
- 95 -
Table 5 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the NampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0 0 0 0
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0218 0975 0006 0484
Figure 47 and Table 5 display NampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 47 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying content
leading to an increase in YS Table 5 displays the average chemical composition for each
respective designation In this case there were not any data points that met the high-
strength-low-CE designation
Figure 48 QampT heat treatments and their YS as a function of weldability The correlation is the best out of
normalize and NampT however there is a negative trend suggesting that increasing CE will decrease YS
- 96 -
Table 6 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the QampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE
0195 0795 0 0333
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE
0239 0740 0012 0427
Figure 48 and Table 6 display QampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 48 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is only a slight statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content and increasing YS This negative trend in the R2 of 01 suggests that there is a
slight correlation between increasing alloying elements and a decrease in YS Table 6
displays the average chemical composition for each respective designation In this case
there is a 0044 wt C difference over a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Finally the last analysis completed on this spreadsheet was dividing it up into
quartiles based on YS and then analyzing the average and standard deviation in chemical
composition for the top and bottom quartile The results are displayed in Table 7 The
middle 50 percent of data were ignored because the extreme differences in mechanical
properties from the database should better expose any existing chemical-property
relationships of WCB conventional C-Mn cast steels
Table 7 Weight Percent Addition of Primary Alloying Elements with Respective Total
Top Quartile and Bottom Quartile Average and Standard Deviation
YS Ave C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 023
plusmn 002
075
plusmn 014
043
plusmn 006
0003
plusmn 0004
030
plusmn 016
046
plusmn 005
49 (339)
plusmn 39 (27)
Top 25 023
plusmn 002
074
plusmn 010
042
plusmn 006
0002
plusmn 0004
032
plusmn 023
046
plusmn 004
54 (369)
plusmn 11 (78)
Bottom 25 023
plusmn 002
081
plusmn 020
044
plusmn 007
0005
plusmn 0004
028
plusmn 009
048
plusmn 005
44 (304)
plusmn 32 (219)
- 97 -
The results displayed in Table 7 support the previous analyses of the spreadsheet
The WCB conventional cast steel spreadsheet compiled by the SFSA suggests results that
do not make sense metallurgically It is highly improbable that an increase in carbon
content andor manganese content would not make a cast steel stronger There should be
positive correlations in YS with increasing carbon content and manganese content
however this was not observed The positive correlations that did exist had very small R2
values that were not statistically significant the largest being 01 for YS as a function of
manganese content as observed in Figure 45 In Table 7 the difference between the
average wt C for the top quartile of YS and the average wt C for the bottom
quartile of YS is only 0006 wt C This is because the overall ranges in composition in
this database was not large Table 8 is a summary table depicting the total percentages of
the spreadsheet that achieved certain strengths and weldability values
Table 8 Database Summary Table Depicting Percentages of Samples within YS and
Weldability Ranges
Designation Range Overall
Normalize
NampT
QampT
High Strength Low
CE
ge 55 ksi le 042
CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength High
CE
le 45 ksi ge 045
CE 91 43 42 047
The spreadsheet data suggests lack of composition correlation with mechanical
properties and variation in spectrometry and mechanical testing This was not a
controlled study that was conducted by the SFSA There were nine foundries that
participated in data collection each using their own spectrometer to provide a chemistry
analysis It would only take a slight variation between foundries data collection validity
for the values of this spreadsheet to be drastically different Additionally there was no
- 98 -
control of the mechanical testing It is unknown where each foundry sent their tensile test
bars for mechanical testing or if they were tested on-site by each foundry Nonetheless
more reputable data would have been obtained if all tensile test bars were sent to one
mechanical testing facility that would perform the mechanical test as well as retrieve an
official chemistry analysis Nonetheless since only 041 of samples in the entire
database reached YS and weldability requirements it can be concluded that conventional
C-Mn cast steels cannot achieve 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS and CEAWS D11 le 045 CE
consistently enough to be used Therefore microalloying is needed
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial two heats of material were designed to build off of previous work done
in the literature ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo is a reformulated version of conventional WCB C-Mn
cast steel ldquoModified C-Mn-Vrdquo is has less carbon content but more manganese and there
is a modest vanadium addition These alloys were meant to contrast a plain C-Mn cast
steel with a similar cast steel microalloyed with vanadium and slightly more manganese
The complete spectrometer readout is displayed in Table 9 and the CEAWS D11 and
CEASTM values are given in Table 10 Both CE values were computed with the data in
Table 8 not the ldquotarget carbonrdquo shown in Table 11
- 99 -
Table 9 Complete Spectrometer Readout for Compositions of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V
Element Modified C-Mn (wt addition) Modified C-Mn-V (wt addition)
C 0180 0153
Mn 117 123
P 0010 0017
S 0003 0003
Si 035 043
Cr 017 024
Ni 006 006
Mo 0020 002
Cu 0060 007
Al 0055 0057
W 0002 0002
V 0002 0097
Nb 0001 0006
Zr 0028 0023
N 0012 NA
Table 10 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-
Mn-V
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
Modified C-Mn 042 048 043 005
Modified C-Mn-V 044 051 043 008
Table 11 Target Carbon Weight Percent vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from
Multiple Foundries for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo)
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
LECO
Carbon
A 020 0180 0141 0196 0171
B 015 0153 0106 0166 0159
Table 11 displays inconsistent chemistry measurements for carbon content
between foundries and measurement methods This severely compromises a foundryrsquos
ability to accurately meet chemistry targets For example the target carbon composition
for Modified C-Mn is 020 wt C and according to all spectrometers used and the
LECO there is a up to a 059 wt C difference between all measures This could have
profound effects associated with inconsistencies Customers could be receiving steel that
- 100 -
both themselves and the casting foundry believe to be in spec when the actual chemistry
is significantly different This also has direct ramifications with the CE errors due
inaccurate carbon content reporting This could cause weld defects due to lack of
preheating when the CE calculated for that specific steel determined that no preheat was
needed Ultimately this reinforces the theory that variance in spectrometers between
foundries is probably one of the major contributing factors to such large scatter in the
spreadsheet data from the SFSA
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling
Due to the microalloy additions of vanadium a full austenitic transformation must
occur during austenitizing heat treatments such that all VC VN and VCN are
solutionized This will increase the propensity for fine dispersed precipitation of VC VN
and VCN during subsequent temperaging If a fully cohesive austenite phase it not
formed ie not all microalloying additions are solutionized then there will be unwanted
growth during cooling of non-quenched heat treatments as well as in all subsequent
tempers This produces overly large VC VN and VCN that will not have the same
strengthening effects in the ferrite matrix of fine dispersed precipitates This is because
many fine-dispersed precipitates have a greater surface area interaction with the matrix
than fewer larger precipitates57 Figures 49-51 are outputs from Thermo-Calc Software
TCFE SteelsFe-alloys database version 8 which show phase fraction as a function of
temperature for the Modified C-Mn chemistry Modified C-Mn-V chemistry and the
Modified C-Mn-V with 003 wt Nb respectively76 A niobium addition is modeled
such that an understanding can be developed for the difference in solutionizing
temperature between itself and vanadium
- 101 -
Figure 49 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn All carbides and other present
phases solutionize completely by 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
Figure 50 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V All carbides and other
present phases solutionize by 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C)
- 102 -
Figure 51 Phase Fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V with a 003 wt Nb
addition All carbides and other present phases solutionize by 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C)
Fully homogenous austenite occurs at 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn 2003
˚F (1095 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V and 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V with a
003 wt Nb addition The results for Modified C-Mn-V were not expected because it is
repeated throughout the literature that the solutionizing temperature for vanadium is
approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1 Admittedly these Thermo-Calc models were created
after all heat treating was completed because literature is so adamant about the
solutionizing temperatures of vanadium which is why austenitizing of the Modified C-
Mn-V samples was performed at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) This creates controversy because if
Thermo-Calc is correct the austenitizing temperature of 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) was not
adequate to fully solutionize the vanadium which could lead to oversized precipitates
It should be noted that there are limitations to the commercial databases used in
Thermo-Calc when full systems of alloying elements are modeled because of the program
has difficulty calculating the free energies of non-Fe elements Miscibility gaps can
siphon vanadium away from carbides and form different FCC sublattices These are
- 103 -
depicted in Figures 49-51 To create more accurate Thermo-Calc models a specific
database for all present elements would be needed Even when ldquoartifactrdquo phases are not
displayed graphically Thermo-Calc still calculates their existence even though it is not
visible on the graph Therefore the other phases that are depicted behave the same
whether ldquoartifactsrdquo are visible or not The major problem with this database when
modeling microalloying additions with vanadium is that it does not recognize the
introduction of nitrogen into the carbide which is a crucial component
54 Tempering Study
A tempering investigation was conducted to observe temperaging effects of the
microalloying elements present in Modified C-Mn-V versus Modified C-Mn which did
not contain vanadium These graphs should serve as heat treating guidelines for foundries
and metallurgists The curve drawn between the data points are suggestions rather than
ldquofitted curvesrdquo The Keel block legs from Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were
austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 20 hr and then normalized in an air cool or water
quenched Subsequent 10 hr or 40 hr tempers were performed with temperatures
ranging from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments as seen in
Figures 52-61 More specifically Figures 52-57 show the effect of the tempering times
and temperatures for each Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V Figures 57-61 show a
comparison between the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V so that effects of
vanadium during tempering can be more clearly seen
bull The hardness readings shown in each figure is the average hardness from multiple
readings on each sample
bull The reading at 00 hr is the initial hardness before any tempering is performed
- 104 -
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures There is no
temperaging response observed however a negligible increase in hardness happened for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
at 1 hr
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr tempering times for different
temperatures There was dramatic softening especially with the 1200 ˚F temperature at 4 hr due to
standard tempering mechanisms
- 105 -
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures Initially at 1
hr standard tempering softening occurs at all temperatures The most effective being 1100 ˚F (593 ˚C)
Then precipitation aging occurs before 4 hr and a hardness increase is observed
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT This is less straightforward than the NampT heat treatment however
similar results are obtained There was a drastic softening at 1 hr and a subsequent increased hardness due
to aging by 4 hr for 900 ˚F (482 ˚C) There was only a slight temperaging response for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
and the 1200 ˚F (649 ˚C) temperature only softened after 1 hr
- 106 -
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn where both NampT and QampT are placed on the same HRB scale such that a direct
comparison can be appreciated of the effects of a normalize and quench can have on starting hardness
values for the same material and their subsequent tempering responses
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V displaying both NampT and QampT on the same HRB scale enabling direct
comparison between the two heat treatments and their subsequent temper(aging) responses
- 107 -
Figure 58 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to NampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
1000 ˚F and 1100 ˚F (538 ˚C and 593 ˚C) The other results did not indicate temperaging
Figure 59 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to QampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
900 ˚F (482 ˚C) The other results did not indicate sufficient temperaging
- 108 -
Figure 60 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated A different sample was used for
each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn
Figure 61 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated for Modified C-Mn-V at 1 hr
temper time Modified C-Mn-V for 4 hr temper time behaves anomalously A different sample was used
for each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn at 4 hr
temper time
- 109 -
This tempering study showed that ldquotemperagingrdquo effects are simultaneous
martensite softening and precipitation strengthening produced when microalloying with
vanadium It is hopeful that these tempering graphs can serve as suggestions for foundry
heat treating applications of cast steels containing vanadium As expected a temperaging
response was not observed in Modified C-Mn due to its lack of vanadium however not
all Modified C-Mn-V tempering samples showed a complete temperaging response
depending on the tempering temperature chosen It is customary to not exceed 100 HRB
such that HRC is used after this hardness point however all measurements were
completed using HRB so all hardness values could be compared using the same scale
The validity of this study needs to be explored with a future tempering study at
more tempering times and temperatures than used in this study Additionally fitted
curves should be applied such that a more accurate times and temperatures can be
approximated for optimum temperaging
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments to establish benchmarks for behavior of conventional WCB C-Mn cast steel
alloys with and without vanadium additions
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn
Modified C-Mn alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
containing no vanadium Table 12 displays mechanical property data for Modified C-Mn
after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 13 displays the averages
of the mechanical properties from Table 12
- 110 -
Table 12 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 458 (3158) 768 (5295) 289 620 150
NampT 473 (3261) 773 (5330) 289 625 144
QampT 727 (5012) 939 (6474) 250 638 205
QampT 780 (5378) 968 (6674) 226 600 216
Table 13 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn with YS and TS in
ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 466 (3210) 771 (53130 289 623 147
QampT 754 (5195) 954 (6574) 238 619 211
The results displayed in Tables 12 and 13 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 288 ksi (1986 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 64 HB over the NampT condition but
a 51 EL decrease
It is expected that there is a YS and hardness increase from the NampT condition to
the QampT condition in the Modified C-MN alloy The full quench of a steel produces
martensite which is the hardest microstructure possible in steels According to the
tempering studies full hardness of the Modified C-Mn alloy in the QampT condition
produces a Brinell hardness of approximately 240 HB Then during tempering of the
keel blocks legs at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr the rapid diffusion and coarsening of
cementite softened the matrix to 211 HB This was a pure softening effect as no
secondary hardening effects were seen due to the lack of vanadium and other
microalloying elements50 The microstructures of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
and QampT condition are in Figures 62 and 63 respectively
- 111 -
Figure 62 Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
Figure 63 Modified C-Mn in the QampT Condition
- 112 -
Figures 62 and 63 show different microstructures of Modified C-Mn that are
induced by different heat-treating conditions Figure 62 indicates proeutectoid ferrite
(white) and pearlite (dark) According to Table 9 the carbon content of Modified C-Mn
is 018 wt C This composition places the alloy in the hypoeutectoid two-phase
cooling region far left of the eutectoid at 077 wt C which provides ample time for
proeutectoid ferrite nucleation and growth as seen in Figure 9 The slower cooling rates
of a NampT provide time for diffusion and nucleation and growth to enable this
microstructure The fast cooling of a quench does not allow for any diffusion to occur
Figure 63 is characteristic of a tempered martensite microstructure The dark regions are
cementite and the lighter areas are ferrite Tempering provided enough thermal energy for
some diffusion to occur and the laths of martensite are not visible
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V
Modified C-Mn-V alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
with the addition of vanadium Tables 14 displays the mechanical property data for
Modified C-Mn-V after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 15
displays the averages of the mechanical properties from Table 14
Table 14 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn-V with YS and
TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 590 (4068) 859 (5923) 289 587 172
NampT 597 (4116) 856 (5902) 289 636 165
QampT 976 (6729) 1142 (7874) 196 496 231
QampT 991 (6833) 1156 (7970) 211 576 231
- 113 -
Table 15 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn-V with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 594 (4092) 858 (5913) 289 612 169
QampT 984 (6781) 1149 (7922) 2035 536 231
The results displayed in Tables 14 and 15 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 390 ksi (2689 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 62 HB over the NampT condition but
an 86 EL decrease There is an increase in YS from Modified C-Mn to Modified C-
Mn-V for both the NampT and QampT condition 128 ksi (883 MPa) and 23 ksi (1586
MPa) respectively
It is logical that strength levels for the vanadium containing Modified C-Mn-V
alloy are higher than for the Modified C-Mn alloy Additionally there is a 390 ksi (2689
MPa) YS increase from the NampT condition to the QampT condition in Modified C-Mn-V
compared to a 288 ksi (1986 MPa) strength increase from the NampT condition to the
QampT condition in the Modified C-Mn alloy This difference suggests that a secondary
hardening event occurred during the QampT heat treating of the Modified C-Mn-V If
temperaging did not occur it would be expected that the difference in strength between
the NampT condition and QampT conditions would be similar to what is observed in
Modified C-Mn The microstructures of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition and the
QampT condition are in Figures 64 and 65 respectively
- 114 -
Figure 64 Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
Figure 65 Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition
- 115 -
Figure 64 has micro-specs (precipitates) that are evident throughout the
proeutectoid ferrite matrix This dispersion is not seen as well QampT condition in Figure
65 due to the amount of tempered martensite which obscures the view These
precipitates are not visible in the vanadium-free Modified C-Mn alloy in Figures 62 and
63 Due to the uniform nature of the precipitates displayed in Figure 64 it can be
concluded that a normalizing cool is sufficient to retain the precipitates in solution until
below the critical transformation temperature such that they do not de-solutionize during
initial cooling If a finite amount of precipitates would have de-solutionized during the
initial air cool then there would be large precipitates visible with the fine precipitates
because the larger precipitates would have grown during initial cooling
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
Analysis of microstructures with a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) was also
performed on the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V alloys to compare the
microalloying effects of vanadium at a more microscopic level This was in response to
the precipitates that are visible in Figure 64 and an attempt to verify the existence of VN
VC andor VCN precipitates in addition to comparing the relative size of the precipitates
to determine if some de-solutionized The precipitates that de-solutionized during the
normalizing air cool would be larger than those aged into the matrix Figures 66-68
display Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
at 5000X and 10000X respectively
- 116 -
Figure 66 SEM image of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition There are no precipitates in this alloy due
to the lack of microalloying additions
Figure 67 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
- 117 -
Figure 68 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition at a higher magnification than Figure
67 The Precipitates of vanadium are more defined in this image
There are no precipitates or dispersoids visible in the SEM micrograph of
Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition in Figure 66 However in the SEM micrographs in
Figures 67 and 68 there are precipitates present Figure 68 which is 10000X
magnification shows these precipitates better than Figure 67 Most of the precipitates in
the image appear to be uniform in size however there are a few larger precipitates This
size difference was not visible with just optical microscopy Therefore it can now be
postulated that a small finite number of precipitates de-solutionized during normalizing
air cool but it is a small percentage Thus the air cool is still adequate for a subsequent
temper to induce aging and not over-age precipitates
Electron Dispersion Spectroscopy (EDS) was also performed on these samples to
determine the composition of the precipitates However a proper balance in eV could not
- 118 -
be found such that the beam either over-penetrated the sample and was reading the
composition of the matrix or it was not strong enough to read the sample This is due to
the nm magnitude of the precipitates It is suggested that a surface technique such as X-
Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) be performed so that over-penetration does not
occur and a quantitative analysis of the composition can be acquired
56 Special Heat-Treating Options
There needs to be more metallurgical control in heat treating of microalloyed
HSLA steels than with conventional steels to ensure that a proper temperaging response
is observed72 An open question is the heat treatment response of heavy section castings
that will have slower cooling rates for NampT and QampT heat treatments
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
This thick-section study involves subjecting the keel block bodies of both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to NampT and QampT to better understand the
cooling rate effect of large section size Table 16 displays the results of a Brinell
Hardness testing profile across the 40 in (102 cm) face of keel blocks Table 17 also
displays the Brinell Hardness results but with an interpretation of the hardness at the
edge and center for each keel block
- 119 -
Table 16 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments Each ldquoIndentationrdquo Value is Represented as the Hardness Profile
Developed Across the Face
Indentation
Number
Alloy A
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy A
(QampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(QampT)
Hardness
1 136 189 169 260
2 153 182 182 215
3 153 183 173 214
4 141 169 162 211
5 141 167 164 219
6 153 168 155 217
7 150 179 150 218
8 131 168 165 218
9 159 171 164 219
10 153 178 151 224
11 149 185 166 228
12 153 179 172 229
13 NA 184 168 242
14 NA 176 NA NA
Table 17 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments
Sample and (HT) Midway Hardness (HB) Edge Hardness (HB)
Alloy A (NampT) 147 147
Alloy A (QampT) 172 180
Alloy B (NampT) 156 172
Alloy B (QampT) 216 234
The Brinell Hardness profiles across the 40 in (102 cm) faces of the keel blocks
determined that the edge hardness was greater for both conditions of Modified C-Mn-V
and the QampT condition of Modified C-Mn The NampT condition of Modified C-Mn did
not develop a profile
Cooling gradients are to be expected in thick-casting sizes due to the specific heat
capacity of the material Therefore the steel should be harder in areas near the edge of
the material where a faster cooling rate is observed than at the center where the material
- 120 -
is more insulated from severe quenches The results in Table 17 do not make sense for
the NampT condition of Modified C-Mn The QampT condition and both conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V have the expected profile
Additionally when the HRB values from the tempering study are converted to
HB values and applied to this data the results also are not consistent For example the
HB conversion value for the normalized condition of Modified C-Mn-V before a temper
is 180 HB (taken from tempering study) The hardest HB value in the thick-section data
is 182 for the same alloy after NampT Therefore the following are possible 1) incorrect
conversions from HRB to Brinell 2) a temperaging response increased the hardness in
the thick section meaning that the effects of age hardening overpowered the temper on a
slow cool which is very unlikely 3) the data is compromised and should be repeated
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real-life situations metal castings are complex in shape and do not
experience uniform cooling rates The kinetic and thermal property issues associated with
this will be addressed It is important to understand how the microstructure of one-section
of casting could be significantly different than another section of the same casting
because of cooling rates To study this effect keel block legs were normalized with and
without the keel blocks still attached for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
these results are displayed in Tables 18 and 20 respectively Tables 19 and 21 are
summary tables displaying the averages of the mechanical properties from Tables 18 and
20
- 121 -
Table 18 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 453 (3123) 769 (5302) 282 518 146
A 442 (3047) 770 (5309) 266 520 150
B 518 (3571) 805 (5550) 274 426 153
B 522 (3599 806 (5557) 250 388 152
Table 19 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel
Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and
TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 448 (3085) 770 (5306) 274 519 148
B 520 (3585) 8055 (5554) 262 407 153
Table 20 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 475 (3275) 784 (5405) 304 552 150
A 470 (3240) 782 (5392) 289 603 148
B 544 (3751) 829 (5716 234 458 166
B 542 (3737) 832 (5736) 274 516 168
Table 21 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from
Keel Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS
and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 473 (3258) 783 (5399) 297 578 149
B 543 (3744) 831 (5726) 254 487 167
The data from Part II of the thick-section study investigated the cooling rate
effects of a thin-section attached to a thick-section versus a thin-section cooling
autonomously This was conducted for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V The
data suggests that faster cooling rates are observed when the thin-section is autonomous
versus when the thin-section is attached to a thick-section (keel block) Faster cooling
rates yield finer grain structures which are consistently found to increase strength
Consequently the YS values for both alloys are higher in Table 21 when the thin-section
- 122 -
cooled autonomously To analyze the difference in grain structure between cooling rates
Figures 69-72 display micrographs of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V attached to
the keel block and cooled autonomously respectively
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn attached to the keel block
- 123 -
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V attached to keel block
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn normalized autonomously from keel block
- 124 -
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V normalized autonomously from keel block
There is an obvious difference in grain size between samples that were cooled
while attached to the keel block (Figures 69 and 70) and ones that were cooled
autonomously (Figures 71 and 72)
563 Double Normalize
Double normalizing heat treatments have been reported to increase toughness and
ductility while sacrificing relatively little strength75 Therefore it became a heat treatment
of interest Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were both subjected to the double
normalizing heat treatment There was no temper that followed either normalization heat
treatment Table 22 displays the mechanical properties of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V after a double normalize The averages are in Table 23
- 125 -
Table 22 Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment with
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 493 (3399) 794 (5474) 312 646 153
A 508 (3503) 795 (5481) 352 680 150
A 498 (3434) 793 (5468) 312 652 153
A 493 (3413) 801 (5523) 336 678 156
B 557 (3840) 835 (5757) 304 634 165
B 551 (3799) 834 (5750) 312 645 162
B 560 (3861) 835 (5757 320 643 165
B 549 (3785) 829 (5716) 320 629 162
Table 23 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment
with Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in
ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 498 (3437) 796 (5487) 328 664 153
B 554 (3821) 833 (5745) 314 638 164
The double normalizing heat treatment mechanical properties are best-compared
to the mechanical properties obtained by the single normalizing heat treatment of a keel
block leg in Table 21 The average YS for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in
single normalizing condition is 473 ksi (3258 MPa) and 543 ksi (3744 MPa)
respectively These are both slightly weaker than the YS values produced with a double
normalizing heat treatment for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 498 ksi (3437
MPa) and 554 ksi (3821 MPa) respectively Equally important was the EL increase
that was observed with the double normalizing heat treatment compared to the single
normalizing heat treatment These results are conducive with literature To analyze the
grain refinement that occurred Figures 73 and 74 are images of double normalized
condition Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
- 126 -
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn double normalize
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V double normalize
- 127 -
Figures 73 and 74 are micrographs of the double normalized condition of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
The Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V used in previous experiments had
chemical composition data from multiple sources that was not consistent Additionally
they did not meet the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement Therefore more compositional data
needed testing and validation Factorial design alloys were also produced to better
develop compositional understandings and how much variance is allowed in composition
to still maintain strength Table 24 displays the 4 new alloys (C-F) and their designations
Table 25 shows the compositional targets for Alloys C-F and the actual spectrometer
compositions are shown in Table 26 Then the data from Table 26 was used to calculate
the CE values for these alloys and this data is displayed in Table 27 Finally carbon
content comparisons were made with spectrometer data from multiple foundries and the
results are shown in Table 28
Table 24 Alloy Name and Designation for Factorial Design Alloys
Alloy Designation
C Lo-CLo-MnLo-V
D Hi-CLo-MnHi-V
E Lo-CHi-MnHi-V
F Hi-CHi-MnLo-V
Table 25 Alloy C-F Compositional Targets for Carbon Manganese Vanadium and
Silicon
Alloy C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
C 013 10 007 lt 04
D 017 10 011 lt 04
E 013 14 011 lt 04
F 017 14 007 lt 04
- 128 -
Table 26 Actual Chemical Compositions for Alloys C-F as Determined by
Spectrometry
Element Alloy C (wt
addition)
Alloy D (wt
addition)
Alloy E (wt
addition)
Alloy F (wt
addition)
C 014 017 012 0159
Mn 088 098 104 135
P 0007 001 0008 0008
S 0005 0005 0002 0004
Si 025 033 025 041
Cr 015 017 036 019
Ni 003 008 006 007
Mo 001 002 003 0018
Cu 006 007 006 009
Al NA NA NA NA
W NA NA NA NA
V 010 012 011 0075
Nb NA NA NA NA
Zr NA NA NA NA
N NA NA NA NA
Table 27 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
C 035 039 033 006
D 041 046 039 007
E 040 044 034 010
F 045 049 043 004
Table 28 Target Carbon Wt vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from Multiple
Foundries for Alloys C-F
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
Leco
Carbon
C 013 0140 0167 0149 0184
D 017 0170 0188 0180 0190
E 013 0120 0139 0134 0167
F 017 0159 0172 0165 0182
Alloys C-F faced similar compositional difficulties that Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V did The actual compositions do not match the target compositions
- 129 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F
Alloys C-F were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments and their
mechanical property data is dispersed in Tables 29-36
Table 29 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 435 (2999) 664 (4578) 336 655 130
NampT 464 (3199) 676 (4661) 328 655 137
QampT 828 (5709) 990 (6826) 242 603 216
QampT 785 (5412) 961 (6626) 234 606 222
Table 30 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 450 (3099) 670 (4620) 332 655 134
QampT 807 (5561) 976 (6726 238 605 219
Table 31 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 751 (5178) 297 589 156
NampT 520 (3585) 753 (5192) 312 620 156
QampT 964 (6647) 1117 (7701) 203 525 240
QampT 947 (6529) 1103 (7605) 203 525 240
Table 32 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 752 (5185) 305 605 156
QampT 956 (6588) 1110 (7653) 203 525 240
Table 33 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 501 (3454) 717 (4944) 320 666 141
NampT 521 (3592) 724 (4992) 336 675 141
QampT 905 (6240) 1061 (7315) 219 583 240
QampT 858 (5916) 1020 (7033) 203 581 228
- 130 -
Table 34 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 511 (3523) 721 (4968) 328 671 141
QampT 882 (6078) 1041 (7174) 211 582 234
Table 35 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 543 (3754) 802 (5530) 336 689 159
NampT 556 (3833) 807 (5564) 304 661 162
QampT 1013 (6984) 1142 (7873) 1795 561 258
QampT 1060 (7308) 1167 (8046) 1955 589 247
Table 36 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 550 (3794) 805 (5547) 320 675 161
QampT 1037 (7146) 1155 (7960) 188 575 253
Alloys C and E are the only two alloys that have an acceptable CE value (lt045
wt CE) including Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V In the QampT condition
Alloy C has adequate YS with 807 ksi (5561 MPa) Alloy E in both NampT and QampT
conditions exceeds the 50 ksi threshold with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078
MPa) respectively This can be attributed to their low carbon contents which helps to
limit CE moderate amounts of manganese and high vanadium contents An observation
of the micrographs for Alloys C-F in both the NampT and QampT conditions can be made
with Figures 74-82
- 131 -
Figure 75 Alloy C in the NampT condition
Figure 76 Alloy C in the QampT condition
- 132 -
Figure 77 Alloy D in the NampT condition
Figure 78 Alloy D in the QampT condition
- 133 -
Figure 79 Alloy E in the NampT condition
Figure 80 Alloy E in the QampT condition
- 134 -
Figure 81 Alloy F in the NampT condition
Figure 82 Alloy F in the QampT condition
- 135 -
There does not appear to be any significant difference between the QampT condition
micrographs amongst Alloys D-F The main difference to note between the alloys is the
grain refinement observed with Alloy E in the NampT condition which is noticeably more
than in the other alloyrsquos NampT conditions Additionally there appears to be more
precipitates dispersed throughout the ferrite comparatively Consequently Alloy E is the
only Alloy to reach both the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis
There is a need for an understanding of allowable compositional variance ie
how much can the composition of certain alloying elements deviate and still reach
required strength levels Furthermore this becomes important for standards where there
are large allowable composition windows which is common since most steel casting
standards are based on mechanical properties This analysis was completed using the
Factorial Design alloys (Alloys C-F) Figures 83-88 are graphs that have ISO-YS lines as
a function of carbon content (Y-Axis) and manganese content (X-Axis) Figures 83-85
are for the NampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V and 012 wt V
respectively Figures 86-88 are for the QampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V
and 012 wt V respectively Therefore if a metallurgist wants to maintain a certain
YS for a certain wt V then they just have to alloy the wt C and wt Mn
according to the X and Y axis on the graphs The regression equations used for NampT and
QampT are shown in Equations 9 and 10 respectively
119884119878 = 51547 + (42064 times 119862) + (284495 times 119872119899) + (999979 times 119881) Eq 9
119884119878 = minus157501 + (1548821 times 119862) + (543727 times 119872119899) + (2631891 times 119881) Eq 10
- 136 -
Figure 83 NampT with no vanadium content
Figure 84 NampT with 008 wt V
- 137 -
Figure 85 NampT with 012 wt V
Figure 86 QampT with no vanadium content
- 138 -
Figure 87 QampT with 008 wt V
Figure 88 QampT with 012 wt V
- 139 -
The graphs display ISO-YS lines such that if the composition of the alloy waivers
in between two YS lines which are a function of carbon content and manganese content
then the YS of the alloy with that specific heat treatment and vanadium content will fall
between the two lines The correlation (R2 value) for the accuracy of the regression
equations are 08662 and 09879 for NampT and QampT respectively
59 ASTM Considerations
The final goal of this project involves integration of the developed alloy (most
likely some slight variation of Alloy E) into an existing ASTM Standard Table 37
provides suggestions of possible ASTM Standards both for wrought and cast grades
where a 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS cast steel could be integrated
Table 37 ASTM Specification Summary
ASTM Form TS-YS-EL (2rdquo)-
CVN
CE Cmax Mnmax
A487 Steel cast pressure (W) 85-55-22-Yes No 030 100
A242 HSLA Structural (W) 70-50-21-No No 015 100
A500 Cold-Formed Welded Tube
(W)
62-50-21-No No 023 135
A529 High-Strength C-Mn (W) 65-50-21-No 055 027 135
A709 Structural Bridge Multiple
Grade (W)
65-50-21-Yes No 023 135
A913 HSLA QST Grade 50 (W) 65-50-21-No 038 012 160
A992 Structural Steel Shapes (W) 65-50-21-No 045 023 160
A1043 Structural Build Grade 50
(W)
65-50-21-Yes 045 020 160
A148 Carbon Steel (C) 80-50-22-No No NA NA
A216 WCB (C) 70-36-22-No 050 030 100
A217 High-P High-T (C) 105-50-18-No No 021 080
A356 Low Alloy Grade 8 (C) 80-50-18-No No 020 090
A958 Steel Multiple Grades (C) 80-50-22-No No
consult original standard for more information
(W) for Wrought
(C) for Cast
- 140 -
Table 37 just serves to display possibilities This is groundwork that can help
assist in future deliberations regarding the matter It should also be noted that the goal is
to integrate the alloy into both an ASTM Standard and the AWS D11 Structural Welding
Code for Steel Integration of the developed alloy into an ASTM Standard and AWS
D11 Structural Welding Code is a highly political decision that is not taken lightly
There will be many composition tests welding tests mechanical tests and deliberations
to emerge
- 141 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work
61 Summary
This research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength (YS)
cast steel alloy using common alloying elements complete with heat treating guidelines
such that any foundry in the United States can produce this alloy and consistently achieve
the strength requirements Interest for this research spawned from industry and the
militaryrsquos transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA wrought steels to 50
ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades Alloys investigated were
restricted to a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that optimum
weldability is maintained Introductory work was completed for implementation of this
alloy into an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels and certification of this
alloy into the AWS D11 Structural Welding Code for steel Implementation of the high
weldability 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel into these standards and codes will enable the full
potential of the developed cast steel to be realized It will enable complex shapes of 50
ksi (345 MPa) cast steel to be cast into the final form and welded into place to expedite
construction processes
The research began with analysis of a conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216
WCB grade specific cast steel) database that was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of America (SFSA) to determine whether or not it was possible to reach the
desired properties and CE requirements with conventional cast steels The database
consisted of mechanical property data composition and heat treatment for conventional
C-Mn cast steels produced by a multitude of foundries across North America
- 142 -
The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements This suggested that it is not possible to obtain the required YS while
maintaining the CE requirements with conventional C-Mn cast steel Additional findings
of the database analysis implied much variance in spectrometer data between foundries
because there was no significant correlation between increasing alloying content and an
increasing YS regardless of heat treatment
The second stage of research was conducted to compare and contrast the
microalloying effects of vanadium in Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steels
that had compositions based on previous literature work1 The compositions were
modeled using Thermo-Calc to verify austenitizing temperatures for complete
solutionizing of VCN These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments a
tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis
normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing The tempering study analyzed
hardness values of normalized or quenched wafers that were subjected to tempering times
of either 10 hr or 40 hr for various times These values were then plotted to obtain
tempering curves however these curves were not true ldquofitted curvesrdquo but merely
suggestions The thick-section analysis was completed with keel blocks to see the effects
of cooling rates because it was postulated that thick-sections may not cool fast enough for
vanadium to stay in solution Keel blocks were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments and were subsequently sliced at frac14 thickness Brinell hardness testing was then
perform across the freshly exposed keel block faces to develop hardness profiles The
normalizing cooling rate study was done to mimic real-world cooling of complex casting
shapes which may not cool uniformly One of the two keel block legs was removed from
- 143 -
a keel block and its mate remained on the keel block Then both the autonomous keel
block leg and the one still attached to the keel block were normalized The difference in
cooling rates divulged different properties These samples were not tempered Finally a
double normalizing heat treatment was performed because it is commonly done in
industry to HSLA cast steels to improve ductility with only a slight strength penalty75
bull Thermocalc modeling predicted that the full austenitizing temperatures for the full
solutionizing of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This is a contradiction with literature which
suggests that vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1
bull Optical microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation
hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT
conditions
bull The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry
this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-
Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
bull There was also substantial variance in spectrometer readings between foundries
bull The resulting average YS of the NampT condition for the Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V alloys were 466 ksi (3210 MPa) and 594 ksi (4092 MPa)
respectively Likewise the average YS of the QampT condition were 754 ksi (5195
MPa) and 984 ksi (6781 MPa) respectively
bull The tempering study found temperaging effects in the vanadium containing alloy
There was an initial softening at 10 hr due to tempering of martensite The
kinetics for aging take time to initiate and hardness increased on some samples at
- 144 -
40 hr Some C-Mn-V samples especially higher temperature samples did not
display an aging response at hour 40 however this was probably due to
overaging Therefore it can be posited that C-Mn-V samples exposed to higher
temperatures probably hit peak-age in between 10 and 40 hr
bull The thick-section study produced hardness profiles as expected (higher hardness
at the edge than at the center) in all samples except the Modified C-Mn in the
NampT condition Testing of this sample in particular should be repeated to verify
the results However the Brinell hardness of the Modified C-Mn thick-section in
the NampT condition identically matched its tensile test bar in the NampT condition
for hardness 147 HB
bull Other findings of the thick-section study were that the edge hardness values for
Modified C-Mn in the QampT condition were 180 HB compared to its tensile test
bar in the QampT condition which were 211 HB This can be attributed to slower
cooling rates for the keel block It allowed precipitates to de-solutionize during
the initial cooling from the austenite phase Both the NampT and QampT conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V had higher hardness at the edges of the keel blocks than their
respective tensile test bars average hardness 172 HB compared to 169 HB for the
NampT condition and 234 HB compared to 231 HB for QampT condition However
these results have a negligible difference This proves thicker sections can be
quenched rapidly enough to prevent precipitates from de-solutionizing
bull The normalizing cooling rate study found that test bars cooled autonomously had
a more refined grain structure and higher average YS values and higher average
hardness values Modified C-Mn had a YS of 448 ksi (3085 MPa) and hardness
- 145 -
of 148 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of 473 (3258 MPa) and a
hardness of 149 HB when cooled separately Modified C-Mn-v had a YS of 520
ksi (3585 MPa) and hardness of 153 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of
543 (3744 MPa) and a hardness of 167 HB when cooled separately
bull The double normalizing study found that average EL is increased for both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V when compared to NampT and QampT
conditions For Modified C-Mn in the NampT and QampT conditions the average EL
was 29 and 24 respectively while in the double normalized condition
the average EL was 328 For Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT and QampT
conditions the average EL was 29 and 30 respectively while in the
double normalized condition the average EL was 314
bull The double normalizing study also found that there was an increase in YS and EL
when compared to the single normalizing heat treatment that the autonomous
tensile test bars were subjected to in the normalizing cooling rate study The
average double normalizing YS values are 498 ksi (3437 MPa) and 554 ksi
(3821 MPa) for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively This is due
to a more refined grain structure that is present in the double normalizing
condition
The third stage of research was conducted to determine the compositional range
allowable to still maintain YS values Alloys C-F were created to further analyze this All
samples were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments to the same processing
parameters as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
- 146 -
bull Only Alloy C and Alloy E reached the CEAWS D11 requirement with 039 wt
CE and 044 wt CE respectively
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the NampT condition are 450 ksi (3099 MPa)
520 ksi (3585 MPa) 511 ksi (3523 MPa) 550 ksi (3794 MPa)
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the QampT condition are 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
956 ksi (6588 MPa) 882 ksi (6078 MPa) and 1037 ksi (7146 MPa)
respectively
bull Alloy C met both the CE requirement and YS requirement in its QampT condition
with 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
bull Alloy E met both the CE requirement and YS for both NampT and QampT conditions
with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078 MPa) respectively
bull Optical microscopy was performed on all samples and it was determined that
precipitation hardening occurred in both NampT and QampT conditions for Alloys C-
F
bull The compositions of Alloys C-F were not on target Therefore a full factorial
design could not be completed however this further bolsters the fact that it is
difficult for foundries to produce compositions accurately Additionally when the
spectrometer data was compared between foundries there was also a large
variance as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
bull Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345
MPa) YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt
Si 036 wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt
- 147 -
V Therefore this is the composition that should be investigated for its
inception into an ASTM Standard or AWS welding code
62 Conclusion
In conclusion this research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield
Strength (YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to
ensure that optimum weldability is maintained without preheating This is in response to
industry and the military transitioning from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA
wrought steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades It is desired
that complex shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded
into place to expedite construction processes Thus the reason for a high weldability
Additionally only common alloying elements are used to ensure that every steel foundry
in America has the capabilities to cast it To accomplish this an initial understanding of
conventional C-Mn cast steel capabilities needed to be developed A database of over
20000 conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216 WCB grade specific cast steel)
compositions and mechanical properties was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of
America (SFSA) It was analyzed to determine the limitations of conventional C-Mn cast
steel Ie if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying additions would
be needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS
and CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE
requirements
There was a need to develop a basic understanding of the microalloying effects of
vanadium when compared to a similar compositional sample without vanadium This was
accomplished with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steel samples that were
- 148 -
based upon compositions from previous literature work1 These alloys were subjected to
NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering
study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis normalizing
cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical microscopy was performed on both
samples and there was precipitation hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy
for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not
achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051
wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively Further work
continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE requirements Thermocalc
modeling of these alloys was completed to understand at what temperature the system
would fully solutionize It predicted the solutionizing temperatures of Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This
suggests that the vanadium in the Modified C-Mn-V would not have been fully
solutionized This is however a contradiction with literature which suggests that
vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) Future work should
investigate this disagreement
Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C earned a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
- 149 -
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V Therefore
this is the composition that should be investigated further for future implementation into
ASTM Standards and AWS Structural Welding Codes
63 Future Work
Future work must revisit the following to either validate the existing work or to
develop the theory more comprehensively
bull Tempering Study with larger samples of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to see if results are repeatable Then curves should be ldquofittedrdquo to obtain true
tempering profiles
bull Hardness Profiles for the thick-section study to see if the results are repeatable
and to compare how the hardness values compare to the ones produced in the
tempering study
bull Perform optical microscopy on the thick-section castings
bull Reinvestigate Thermo-Calc models with a specific database for HSLA steels
Future work must continue in the following areas that were either beyond the
scope of this project or not permitted with time and funding allotted
bull Double normalize and temper study with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to compare these results with the existing double normalizing heat treatment
results
bull Complete more investigations with variations of Alloy E
- 150 -
Appendix A
Figure 89 Comparing and contrasting a conventional cast steel microstructure with a microalloyed HSLA
cast steel microstructure1
- 151 -
Figure 90 As-Cast microstructure of HSLA steels vs normalized microstructure for HSLA cast steel1
- 152 -
Figure 91 Original estimate for vanadium content to obtain 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS as a function of carbon
content and manganese content
Figure 92 Original attempt at creating a 50 ksi (345 MPa) surface as a function of carbon content and
manganese content
- 153 -
Appendix B
Table 38 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys A and B
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
A (C-Mn) 048 0421 0312 0264 043
B (C-Mn-V) 051 0438 0295 0256 043
Table 39 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
C 0386 0345 024 0214 0328
D 046 0405 0284 0257 0388
E 0443 0401 025 0215 0335
F 0493 0451 0312 0259 0426
Table 40 Original Quartile Analysis for Database
C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS
D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 0229 0753 0425 0003 0304 046 49230 (339429)
Ave Top
025 YS 0232 0735 0420 0002 0316 046 53574 (369380)
Ave Bottom
025 YS 0226 0812 0441 0005 0278 048 44022 (303521)
Total Std
Dev 0022 0138 0065 0004 0162 0048 3917 (27007)
Std Dev
Top 025 YS 0022 0099 0063 0004 0225 0042 1137 (7839)
Std Dev
Bottom 025
YS
0018 0197 0067 0004 0091 0049 3182 (21939)
- 154 -
References
(1) Voigt Robert C Blair M and Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of
High-Strength Low-Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1994
(2) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoSolidification and Casting Processesrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 18ndash75
(3) Pakker E R Zackay V F Materials Science of Modern Steels Prog Solid State
Chem 1975 9 (C) 105ndash138
(4) Krauss G ldquoHistory and Primary Steel Processingrdquo In Steels-Processing
Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park
OH 2016 pp 9ndash16
(5) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoMetal Processing and Manufacturingrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 1ndash17
(6) Australian-Foundry-Association ldquoMelting Technologyrdquo In Cleaner Production
Manual for the Queensland Foundry Industry 1999 p Chapter 3
(7) Hurtuk D J ldquoSteel Ingot Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 911ndash917
(8) Jorstad J L Technologies J L J ldquoShape Casting ProcessesmdashAn Introductionrdquo
In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH
2018 pp 485ndash487
(9) ASM-International ldquoGreen Sand Moldingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting
ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 549ndash566
(10) What-When-How Sand Castings httpwhat-when-howcommaterialsparts-and-
finishessand-castings
(11) ECS-Staff Guide to Casting and Molding Processes 2006
(12) ASM-International ldquoPermanent Mold Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 1 pp 689ndash699
(13) AFS US Casting Sales Reach 331 Billion Modern Casting 2019 pp 27ndash29
(14) Krauss G ldquoPearlite Ferrite and Cementiterdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
39ndash62
(15) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Diagramsrdquo In Fundamentals of
Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp Sons
INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 359ndash420
(16) Krauss G ldquoPhases and Structuresrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
15ndash32
- 155 -
(17) Okamoto H The C-Fe (Carbon-Iron) System J Phase Equilibria 1992 13 (5)
543ndash565
(18) Krauss G ldquoNormalizing Annealing and Spheroidizing Treatments
FerritePearlite and Spherical Carbides In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
277ndash291
(19) Krauss G ldquoHardness and Hardenabilityrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
297ndash325
(20) Brooks C R ldquoHardenabilityrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
43ndash86
(21) Tuttle R Understanding the Mechanism of Grain Refinement in Plain Carbon
Steels Int J Met 2013 7 (4) 7ndash16
(22) Krauss G ldquoDeformation Strengthening and Fracture of Ferritic Microstructuresrdquo
In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 213ndash232
(23) Gladman T ldquoMicrostructure-Property Relationshipsrdquo In The Physical Metallurgy
of Microalloyed Steels The Institute of Materials London England 1997 pp 19ndash
79
(24) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoMorphological Evolution Due to
Capillary and Applied Forces Diffusional Creep and Sinteringrdquo In Kinetics of
Materials John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 387ndash418
(25) Krauss G ldquoAustenite in Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 133ndash162
(26) Smith R M Chandra T Dunne D P Ferrite Grain Refinement in HSLA Steels
Strength Mater Alloy 1983 1 235ndash240
(27) Brooks C R ldquoStructural Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
263ndash306
(28) Duckworth W E Thermomechanical Treatment of Metals J Met 1966 No
August 915ndash922
(29) Kula E B Radcliffe V Thermomechanical Treatment of Steel J Met 1963 52
(7) 96ndash97
(30) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Transformationsrdquo In Fundamentals
of Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp
Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 421ndash482
(31) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoNucleationrdquo In Kinetics of Materials
John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 459ndash500
(32) Kingery W D Bowen H K Uhlmann D ldquoPhase-Transformations Glass
- 156 -
Formation and Glass-Ceramicsrdquo In Introduction to Ceramics Second Edition
John Wiley amp Sons INC New York New York 1976 pp 320ndash380
(33) Perepezko J H Madison W ldquoNucleation Kinetics and Grain Refinementrdquo In
ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018
Vol 15 pp 276ndash287
(34) Kurz W Fe E P ldquoPlane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 293ndash298
(35) Krauss G ldquoPrimary Processing Effects on Steel Microstructure and Propertiesrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 163ndash196
(36) Trivedi R Sunseri E ldquoNon-Plane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2008 pp 299ndash306
(37) Edwards L Endean M ldquoManufacturing with Materialsrdquo Butterworth
Heinemann Oxford United Kingdom 1990
(38) Beckermann C ldquoMacrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 348ndash352
(39) Dantzig J A ldquoTransport Phenomena During Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook
Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 70ndash74
(40) Brody H D ldquoMicrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 338ndash347
(41) Han Q ldquoShrinkage Porosity and Gas Porosityrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 9 pp 370ndash374
(42) Brooks C R ldquoAustentization of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of
Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999
pp 205ndash234
(43) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHomogenizationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 402ndash403
(44) Brooks C R ldquoAnnealing Normalizing Martempering and Austemperingrdquo In
Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM
International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 235ndash262
(45) Krauss G ldquoMartensite In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 63ndash97
(46) Krauss G ldquoIsothermal and Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagramsrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 197ndash211
(47) Brooks C R ldquoThe Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Time-Temperature-
Transformation (TTT) Diagramsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
3ndash41
(48) Brooks C R ldquoQuenching of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
- 157 -
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
87ndash126
(49) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHeat Treatmentrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 404ndash407
(50) Krauss G ldquoTempering of Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
373ndash403
(51) Brooks C R ldquoTemperingrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon
and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 127ndash204
(52) Krauss G ldquoLow-Carbon Steelsrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
233ndash275
(53) Zackay V F Thermomechanical Processing Mater Sci Eng 1976 25 247ndash261
(54) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of HSLA Cast Steels
1989
(55) Lippold J C ldquoIntroductionrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and Weldability John Wiley
amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 1ndash8
(56) Lippold J C ldquoHydrogen-Induced Crackingrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and
Weldability John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 213ndash262
(57) Lagneborg R Siwecki T Zajac S Hutchinson B The Role of Vanadium in
Microalloyed Steels Scand J Metall 1999 28 (October) 186ndash241
(58) Purtscher PT Cheng Y-W Structure-Property Relationships in Microalloyed
Ferrite-Pearlite Steels Phase 1 Literature Review Research Plan and Initial
Results Gov Res Announc Index 1993 1ndash59
(59) Deardo A J Niobium in Modern Steels Int Mater Rev 2003 48 (6) 371ndash402
(60) Sage A M The Use of Vanadium in Low Alloy Structural Steels In Specialty
Steels and Hard Materials Proceedings of the International Conference on Recent
Developments in Specialty Steels and Hard Materials (Materials Development
rsquo82) held in Pretoria South Africa 8-12 November 1982 Pergamon Press Ltd
1983 pp 111ndash125
(61) Ohtani H Hillert M A Thermodynamic Assessment of the Fe-N-V System
Calphad 1991 15 (1) 25ndash39
(62) Liu Z Thermodynamic Calculations of Carbonitrides in Microalloyed Steels Scr
Mater 2004 50 601ndash606
(63) ASM-International ldquoHigh-Strength Structural and High-Strength Low-Alloy
Steelsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and
High-Performance Alloys ASM International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1
pp 389ndash423
(64) Wright P H ldquoHigh-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Forgingsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and High-Performance Alloys ASM
- 158 -
International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1 pp 358ndash362
(65) Jack D H Jack K H Invited Review Carbides and Nitrides in Steel Mater
Sci Eng 1973 11 1ndash27
(66) Baker T N Processes Microstructure and Properties of Vanadium Microalloyed
Steels Mater Sci Technol 2009 25 (9) 1083ndash1107
(67) Voigt Robert C Rassizadehhghani J Initial Investigation of Microalloyed Cast
Steel 1987
(68) Naylor D J Review of International Activity on Microalloyed Engineering Steels
Ironmak Steelmak 1989 16 (4) 246ndash252
(69) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Gattu R K The Development of High Strength
Low Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1988
(70) Voigt R C Tu C-H Rosmait R L Development of As-Cast Steels 1990
(71) Dutcher D E Production and Properties of Microalloyed Steel Castings 1987
(72) Jackson W J The Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings A Review of the Literature
1978
(73) Voigt R C Blair M Rassizadehhghani J High Stength Low Alloy Cast Steels
1990
(74) Collie-Welding Carbon Equivalent Calculators
httpwwwcollieweldingcomcecalculatorsphp (accessed Oct 15 2019)
(75) Panneer Selvi S Sakthivel T Parameswaran P Laha K Effect of
Normalization Heat Treatment on Creep and Tensile Properties of Modified 9Crndash
1Mo Steel Trans Indian Inst Met 2016 69 (2) 261ndash269
(76) Thermo-Calc Thermo-Calc Software TCFE SteelsFe-Alloys Database Version 8
2016
IV
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V
V
Table of Contents
List of Figures IX
List of Tables XIII
List of Equations XV
Acknowledgements XVI
Chapter 1 Introduction - 1 -
11 Project Overview - 1 -
12 Metals Casting Background - 2 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production - 3 -
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World - 4 -
1221 Contemporary Furnaces - 4 -
1222 Casting Techniques - 5 -
12221 Continuous Casting - 6 -
12222 Ingot Casting - 7 -
12223 Shape Casting - 8 -
122231 Green Sand Casting - 9 -
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting - 15 -
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World - 16 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures - 17 -
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C) - 17 -
132 Austenite (γ-Fe) - 17 -
133 Pearlite - 18 -
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels - 20 -
141 Increasing C Content - 21 -
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains - 24 -
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements - 26 -
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements - 27 -
145 Formation of Dislocations - 28 -
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal - 30 -
151 Cast Metal - 31 -
152 Wrought Metal - 32 -
VI
16 Solidification Dynamics - 32 -
161 Nucleation Mechanisms - 32 -
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation - 34 -
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation - 36 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal - 38 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy - 40 -
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting - 41 -
1641 Chill Zone - 41 -
1642 Columnar Zone - 42 -
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone - 43 -
17 Solidification Defects - 44 -
171 Macroporosity - 44 -
172 Macrosegregation - 46 -
173 Microporosity - 47 -
174 Microsegregation - 48 -
175 Gas Porosity - 48 -
18 Heat Treating of Steels - 50 -
181 Homogenization - 52 -
182 Full Anneal - 53 -
183 Process Anneal - 53 -
184 Normalization - 54 -
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper - 54 -
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability - 54 -
1852 Martensite - 56 -
1853 Tempering Kinetics - 59 -
186 Spheroidizing - 60 -
187 Stress Relieving - 60 -
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels - 60 -
191 Precipitation Hardening - 61 -
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 61 -
1101 Weldability - 61 -
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 62 -
VII
Chapter 2 Literature Review - 63 -
21 Microalloying of Steels - 63 -
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium - 63 -
22 HSLA Steels - 64 -
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys - 65 -
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides - 66 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions - 69 -
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition - 72 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions - 73 -
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels - 73 -
23 HSLA Cast Steels - 74 -
231 Temperaging - 76 -
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work - 76 -
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards - 78 -
234 Key Findings from Previous Work - 79 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work - 82 -
31 Hypothesis - 82 -
32 Statement of Work - 82 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure - 83 -
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 83 -
42 Tempering Study - 84 -
43 Special Heat-Treating Options - 85 -
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 85 -
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 85 -
433 Double Normalize - 86 -
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 86 -
45 Metallography of Samples - 87 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions - 89 -
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel - 89 -
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 98 -
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling - 100 -
54 Tempering Study - 103 -
VIII
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating - 109 -
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn - 109 -
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V - 112 -
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 115 -
56 Special Heat-Treating Options - 118 -
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 118 -
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 120 -
563 Double Normalize - 124 -
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 127 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F - 129 -
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis - 135 -
59 ASTM Considerations - 139 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work - 141 -
61 Summary - 141 -
62 Conclusion - 147 -
63 Future Work - 149 -
Appendix A - 150 -
Appendix B - 153 -
References - 154 -
IX
List of Figures
FIGURE PAGE
Figure 1 Continuous Casting Process Schematic 7
Figure 2 Hierarchy Chart of Shape Casting Processes 9
Figure 3 Horizontal Green Sand-Casting Mold Illustration11
Figure 4 Green Sand-Casting Flow Chart 12
Figure 5 Diagram of a Green Sand-Casting Shake-out System 14
Figure 6 Green Sand Reclamation and Cooling Diagram15
Figure 7 Graph of Casting Sales per Year 16
Figure 8 Eutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 18
Figure 9 Hypoeutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 19
Figure 10 Hypereutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 20
Figure 11 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCC α-Fe 22
Figure 12 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in FCC γ-Fe 23
Figure 13 Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram 23
Figure 14 Solid Solution Strengtheners Effecting Yield Strength 27
Figure 15 Illustration of an Edge Dislocation 29
Figure 16 Illustration of a Screw Dislocation 30
Figure 17 Graph of the Four Stages of Nucleation and Growth 34
Figure 18 Image of a Thermodynamically Stable Nuclei 35
Figure 19 Graph of Gibbs Free-Energy as a Function of Nuclei Radius 36
Figure 20 Wetting Diagram Showing Surface-Energy Affect 37
Figure 21 Graph of Nucleation Growth and Transformation Rates 37
Figure 22 Graph of Solidification Latent Heat Profile 38
Figure 23 Illustration of Primary and Secondary Dendritic Arms 39
Figure 24 Solidification Properties Influenced by Composition Graph 41
Figure 25 Illustration Depicting Different Casting Solidification Zones 42
Figure 26 Metal Shrinkage as a Function of Phase and Temperature 45
X
Figure 27 Illustration of Pipe Defect Formation Inside a Casting 46
Figure 28 Lever Rule Example for Two-Phase Region 47
Figure 29 Illustration of Microporosity in the Inner-Dendritic Region 48
Figure 30 Graph of Gas Solubility in Metal as a Function of Phase 49
Figure 31 Micrograph of Gas Hole Porosity 50
Figure 32 Heat Treating Temperature Ranges Fe-C Phase Diagram51
Figure 33 TTT Diagram for Steel 55
Figure 34 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCT Martensite 57
Figure 35 Diagram of Martensitic Bain Strain 58
Figure 36 Graph of MS Temperature and Lath vs Plate Martensite 59
Figure 37 Chart Displaying Common Stoichiometric Steel Carbides 68
Figure 38 Bar Chart of Carbide and Martensite Hardness 68
Figure 39 Graph of Mole Fraction of VCN vs Temperature 70
Figure 40 Recrystallization Temp vs Solute Content for Microalloys 72
Figure 41 Graph of Solubilities of Common Carbides vs Temperature 73
Figure 42 Optimum Alloying Range with Mechanical Properties 75
Figure 43 Complete Scatterplot Heat Treat vs CE for SFSA Sprdsht 90
Figure 44 YS vs C Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 45 YS vs Mn Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 46 Normalized Condition YS vs Weldability 93
Figure 47 NampT Condition YS vs Weldability 94
Figure 48 QampT Condition YS vs Weldability 95
Figure 49 Modified C-Mn Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 50 Modified C-Mn-V Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 51 Modified C-Mn-V with Nb Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction 102
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
XI
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
Figure 58 NampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 59 QampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 60 NampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 61 QampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 62 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in NampT Condition 111
Figure 63 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in QampT Condition 111
Figure 64 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in NampT Condition 114
Figure 65 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in QampT Condition 114
Figure 66 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn NampT Condition 116
Figure 67 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition 116
Figure 68 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition (2) 117
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 122
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 124
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 75 Alloy C in NampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 76 Alloy C in QampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 77 Alloy D in NampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 78 Alloy D in QampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 79 Alloy E in NampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 80 Alloy E in QampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 81 Alloy F in NampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 82 Alloy F in QampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 83 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 00 wt V 136
Figure 84 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 008 wt V 136
Figure 85 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 012 wt V 137
Figure 86 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 00 wt V 137
XII
Figure 87 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 008 wt V 138
Figure 88 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 012 wt V 138
Figure 89 Extra Micrograph of Cast Steel Appendix A
Figure 90 As-Cast HSLA Steel Micrograph Appendix A
Figure 91 Original Estimate for Vanadium ISO-YS Graph Appendix A
Figure 92 Original Attempt at YS Surface Appendix A
XIII
List of Tables
TABLE PAGE
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-C V-Alloyed Cast Steel 75
Table 2 SFSA Database Mechanical Property Extrema92
Table 3 SFSA Database Heat Treatment per Designation 93
Table 4 Normalized Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 94
Table 5 NampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 95
Table 6 QampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 96
Table 7 Top amp Bottom Quart Ave and Std Dev SFSA Database 96
Table 8 Summary of SFSA Database 97
Table 9 Spectro Comp of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 10 CE Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 11 Target C vs Mult Spectro Modified C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 99
Table 12 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn NampT and QampT 110
Table 13 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 11 110
Table 14 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn-V NampT and QampT 112
Table 15 Mechanical Property Averages from Table 13 113
Table 16 Brinell Hardness Profiles Across Keel Blocks119
Table 17 Brinell Hardness Profile Est Midway and Edge Values 119
Table 18 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Attached to Keel Block 121
Table 19 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 17 121
Table 20 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Separated from Keel Block 121
Table 21 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 19 121
Table 22 Mechanical Prop Double Normalize C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 125
Table 23 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 21 125
Table 24 Alloys C-F Designations 127
Table 25 Alloys C-F Compositional Targets 127
Table 26 Alloys C-F Spectrometer Composition 128
XIV
Table 27 CE Values for Alloys C-F 128
Table 28 Target C vs Multiple Spectro Data Alloys C-F128
Table 29 Mechanical Properties Alloy C NampT and QampT 129
Table 30 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 28 129
Table 31 Mechanical Properties Alloy D NampT and QampT 129
Table 32 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 30 129
Table 33 Mechanical Properties Alloy E NampT and QampT 129
Table 34 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 32 130
Table 35 Mechanical Properties Alloy F NampT and QampT 130
Table 36 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 34 130
Table 37 ASTM Standard Summary 139
Table 38 Alternate CE Table Mod C-Mn and Mod C-Mn-V Appendix B
Table 39 Alternate CE Table Alloys C-F Appendix B
Table 40 Original Database Quartile Analysis Data Appendix B
XV
List of Equations
EQUATION PAGE
Equation 1 Hall-Petch Yield Strength Grain Size Relation 26
Equation 2 Gibbs Free-Energy for a Sphere 34
Equation 3 ldquoYoungrsquos Equationrdquo for Wetting of a Material 37
Equation 4 AWS D11 CE 77
Equation 5 General ASTM and IIW CE 77
Equation 6 HSLA C-Mn Steels CET 77
Equation 7 ASTM A529 CE 77
Equation 8 Japanese Welding Engineering Society CE 77
Equation 9 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines NampT 135
Equation 10 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines QampT 135
XVI
Acknowledgements
First and foremost I have to thank the best advisor I could ever ask for Dr
Robert Voigt I cannot thank him enough for having faith in me and accepting me as a
graduate student Itrsquos an honor to learn from one of the best metallurgists in the field The
metals casting world owes you a great deal you are a great conduit supplying nearly
endless knowledge from academia to industry In addition to being a great advisor he
also has a job lined up for me at the Benton Foundry upon completion of my Masterrsquos
Next this research would not have gotten off the ground if it wasnrsquot for the
organizations foundries and partners who contributed funding heats of material and
other resources and services Raymond Monroe David Poweleit Ryan Moore and Diana
David from the SFSA Charlie and Greg from Regal Cast in Lebanon PA Bill and
Maynard from Effort Foundry in Bath PA my boy Robert Haldeman (shock the world)
with Car-Tech in Reading PA and Andrew and Ken who worked for Dr Voigt as
undergraduates and lent helping hands when they could
Next due to my limited computer literacy and my difficulty with coding I have to
thank the following Brandon Bocklund and Hongyeun Kim from Dr Luirsquos group (thanks
for the Thermo-Calc help) And most importantlyhellip my dear friend fulltime MatSE
partner and part-time math tutor Nick Clarks
Finally most importantly my family Thank you for your endless love constant
support enduring patience and never-ending encouragement I love you
Chapter 1 Introduction
11 Project Overview
This research was conducted in hopes of creating a cast steel alloy with a
minimum nominal yield strength (YS) of 50 ksi (345 MPa) and a maximum carbon
equivalent (CEAWS D11) of 045 wt C for military and construction applications This
is in response to the recent transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable wrought
steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) highly weldable wrought steels It is desired that complex
shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded into place to
expedite construction processes The CE limit will ensure a high weldability and prevent
preheating requirements for welding purposes A primary goal is creating an alloy that
can be readily cast at any steel foundry in the United States This implies simple
chemistries not requiring special furnaces or abnormal heat treatments to attain
mechanical properties Foundries often find difficulty with targeting chemistries
accurately thus detailed heat-treating protocols will be designed so a corrective heat
treatment can be performed by the foundry to correct variance with chemistry
Cast steels are not afforded the luxury of receiving strengthening and defect
correction from thermomechanical deformation as are wrought steels Therefore
mechanical properties of the cast steel developed will be influenced solely from
chemistry and heat treatments Additionally casting defects that otherwise could be
deformed out of a wrought steel will often remain with the casting There are multiple
advantages to using cast steels that justify the metallurgical hurdles such as cost savings
because of fewer production steps The strength of 50 ksi (345 MPa) will be reached by
- 2 -
developing a High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) steel This effectively uses microalloying
additions such as vanadium to refine strengthen and toughen the ferrite matrix while
maintaining a high weldability1
Finally since there are no current existing standards or codes for a 50 ksi (345
MPA) YS cast steel with CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE an attempt will be made to
establish composition ranges and heat-treating directions in a current American Society
for Testing of Materials (ASTM) Standard The newly developed material grade will
mimic an already existing wrought or cast standard such that it is compatible with
wrought steels with similar performance To enable the goal of casting the steel into its
final form and assembling via welding to come to fruition the cast steel must also be
introduced into the AWS D11 Structural Code for Steel
12 Metals Casting Background
Metals casting in the most generalized definition is the act of pouring molten
metal into a shaped mold such that upon solidification the metal retains the shape of the
mold in which it was poured In reality there are many mechanisms and unseen forces at
work during the melting pouring and solidification of a metal The art and science of
metals casting has its roots traced back to antiquity and it has been an ever-evolving
process ever since its inception Ancient metallurgists did not possess an extensive
knowledge of metallurgy thermodynamics kinetics fluid dynamics and heat transfer
however expertise in these areas are essential for modern metal casting facilities to be
competitive efficient and successful2
- 3 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production
The metallurgists of antiquity were only able to utilize seven metals copper lead
silver mercury tin iron and gold all but tin being in an elemental form Ancient
metallurgist called ldquoalchemistsrdquo at the time were first able to use elemental gold in
approximately 5000 BC3 Iron smiths at the time of approximately 1200 BC were able to
produce tools and weapons from iron and steel Surprisingly this was before technology
allowed for the melting of iron Metallurgists of this time period were aware that if iron
ore was heated with charcoal strength improved This is because carbon reduces the iron
ore into iron Consequently carbon migrated its way into the crystal of iron through solid
state diffusion and it increased the strength Then blacksmiths forged this primitive
version of steel into desired shapes which unknown to them also helped the mechanical
properties while creating a wrought iron34
Cast iron was first melted in the seventeenth century when coal replaced charcoal
in the smelting of iron because of the higher temperatures that were enabled by the coal
Cast iron due to its eutectic point at 41 wt C has a lower melting point as observed
in Figure 13 and was melted over a century before steel Metallurgists of the time soon
discovered that the cast iron was very brittle and efforts were made to remove some of
the carbon in the cast iron to decrease its brittleness Carbon was oxidized out of the cast
iron and wrought iron was created3
Even though steel has been used by peoples for over 3000 years similar to iron
the technology was not available to create steel in the modern sense until about 1740 AD
In 1856 Henry Bessemer created the process by which modern steel is produced The
ldquoBessemer Processrdquo forces heated air into the molten pig iron to initiate decarburization
- 4 -
This oxidized the carbon resulting in CO2 production and a reduction in the amount of
carbon content in the melt Now the remaining metal can be shape casted or cast as steel
into ingots and then forged into shapes3
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World
Today even though the principles of melting metals are unchanged the
metallurgy knowledge would be unrecognizable to a metallurgist of antiquity Metallurgy
in the past was utilitarian and even a poorly casted bronze tool was better than one made
of wood so improvement was easy to achieve Contemporary metallurgists have strict
requirements to follow and their products are met with a high demand for excellence by
consumers who require failure-free parts delivered at a competitive price Metallurgical
engineering of today focuses on producing lighter-weight materials to reduce the overall
weight of a system while obtaining optimal strength and performance levels without
sacrificing safety The reduced weight of an entire system will limit raw materials
consumed energy during production shipping costs while increasing fuel economy in a
progressively environmentally conscience world
1221 Contemporary Furnaces
In conjunction with advanced engineering teams the modern castings world
utilizes state-of-the-art furnaces to efficiently produce metals as pure and clean as
possible The furnace used is dependent upon type of metal produced desired tonnage of
metal production and the facility layout
Large modern steel facilities producing virgin steel ie do not re-melt scrap often
require two different furnaces First pig iron must be created in a blast furnace Iron ore
- 5 -
coke and lime are added to the blast furnace and hot air is forced into the furnace Coke
behaves as a reducing agent to iron ore producing what is known as pig iron which is a
high carbon content steel Additionally lime has an affinity for impurities and will bond
with them resulting in a slag compound less dense than molten pig iron Consequently it
floats to the top of the melt where it can be removed Next the pig iron is poured into
pigs In these holding vessels the pig iron will solidify be transported and await re-melt
in a Basic Oxygen Furnace A Basic Oxygen Furnace is a modern version of the
Bessemer Converter such that the molten pig iron is oxidized to reduce carbon and
impurities exothermically to produce steel45
Steel can also be created from scrap while being melted in Electric Arc Furnaces
which are the most common furnace used in todayrsquos iron and steel foundries They
provide better metallurgical control and are nearly emissions free The process for
melting in an Electric Arc Furnace is as follows A charge of scrap metal is loaded into
the furnace which is refractory lined with a high voltage coil surrounding the outer
refractory This coil produces a magnetic field inducing eddy currents in the metal such
that the inherent electrical resistance of the metal creates heat Given time the melting
temperature is reached Once the metal is in its liquid state the induction along with
buoyancy driven flow create currents inside the melt that encourage mixing of alloying
elements This type of furnace is scalable and it can be used to melt ferrous and non-
ferrous metals56
1222 Casting Techniques
Contemporary metals casting is completed in one of three ways continuous
casting ingot casting and shape-casting2
- 6 -
12221 Continuous Casting
Continuous casting is different from the other two forms of metals casting
because it is not a batch process It is normally performed in tandem with wrought
processing The process is as follows and a schematic can be observed in Figure 1
Molten metal from a furnace is transferred to a ladle which pours into a tundish The
tundish is a critical component to the continuous casting process because this
intermediate container enables a steady-state flow of molten metal to occur It drains
slowly into a highly thermally conductive mold of water-cooled copper while a crane
operator retrieves another ladle of molten metal The flow rate is timed perfectly such
upon exiting the copper mold the steel already has a solidified outer shell in the desired
shape of the slab that will be sold It continues on this line to a sizing mill where the slab
can be thermomechanically deformed to a more exact dimension2
- 7 -
Figure 1 Continuous casting process from start to finish Observe that it is not a batch process The entire
process will seamlessly transition via conveyor system such that from liquid metal to finished slab it is
continuous Over 75 percent of steel is created by this process2
12222 Ingot Casting
Most modern steel is manufactured via continuous casting methods however
ingot casting was the original primary method for raw steel production Currently ingot
casting has its niche in producing specialty steels tool steels re-melted steels and steels
for forging Ingots are created by pouring molten steel from a ladle into large ingot
molds Consequently ingots have high specific heat capacities resulting in extended
solidification times This leads to a broad array of microstructures within the ingot The
kinetics of casting solidification and its influence on microstructure will be discussed
extensively later However thermomechanical deformation additional processing and
subsequent heat treatments remedy the microstructural issues in ingots7
- 8 -
12223 Shape Casting
Ingot casting (as-casted) and continuous casting are severely limited in their
capable casting geometries Therefore shape casting is often the production method
chosen for any complex shape or any metal not sold as slab or bulk piece destined for
thermomechanical deformation This process is metal casting in the most traditional
sense such that the metal is casted directly into the final desired shape Once solidified
the microstructure can only be refined by heat treatment because a casting is not
subjected to any wrought processing such as forging as are ingots and slabs produced
via continuous casting2
All contemporary shape casting can be divided into two primary mold types
Expendable and Permanent Metal each with many sub-groups The hierarchy of this
system can be summarized in Figure 2 Although it is possible to produce the same end-
result with multiple casting methods the advantages and disadvantages must be
considered by the metallurgist to decide which method is most appropriate for each
situation In this report special interest will be devoted to discussion on the green sand-
casting process which is a specific sub-set of expendable molds The cast steel samples
for this project were produced exclusively via green sand casting therefore it is
important to have a comprehensive understanding of green sand casting28
- 9 -
Figure 2 Hierarchy chart of the many sub-sets of shape casting It splits from expendable mold and metal
(permanent) mold into many specific types of molds each with their own niche use The permanent mold
side is comprised mostly of the multiple variations of die casting while expendable molds are dominantly
sand molds Sand molds require much attention because of their implementation of cores and the multiple
ways to cure sand8
122231 Green Sand Casting
Expendable molds are not reusable the most common type of expendable mold
shape casting is green sand casting Other common methods of expendable mold shape
castings are lost foam and investment castings The following will be a summary of the
typical green sand molding process used by steel foundries Green sand casting is the
most basic and common type of shape casting method utilized today and accounts for
almost 75 of all shape casted metal Green sand casting utilizes pattern and mold
materials that are inexpensive cost-effective at high production rates and can be used for
ferrous and non-ferrous metals There are also disadvantages to using green sand casting
a new sand mold needs to be created for each casting the dimensional accuracy is not as
exact as for permanent molds and the entire green sand system introduces substantial
- 10 -
variation into the process and must be constantly monitored Additionally an engineering
team is needed to design the pattern which includes the gating risers chills and cores89
The primary ingredient in green sand mold material is sand however green sand
requires clay water seacoal and other additions to obtain properties conducive for ideal
metals casting The clay normally a southern or western bentonite or blend of both
behaves as a binder when mixed properly with water It binds to the sand enabling the
sand to retain its shape and provides strength such that the mold can support the weight of
liquid metal Seacoal is a biproduct of bituminous coal and behaves as a carbonaceous
material (reducing agent) Its addition will improve the surface finish of the casted metal
ie it will not be oxidized8910
A description of the typical green sand mold is as follows The mold itself is
always two-piece In horizontal green sand mold casting the upper-part of the mold is
called the cope and the lower-part of the mold is called the drag these two will meet at a
parting joint During the molding process the cope and drag will receive imprints on
their mating side from the pattern The pattern imprints the negative-space of the desired
part on the cope and drag such that any volume of the mold that is not sand will be filled
with metal Sand is compacted around the pattern thus filling the cope and the drag
Next the pattern is removed and the cope and drag are placed together again a flask is
necessary to ensure that the cope and drag remain aligned A schematic of the entire mold
and its parts can be observed in Figure 3 and a flow chart of its assembly is illustrated in
Figure 4 The assembly process must happen seamlessly in a production facility8910
The actual pattern itself is more complex than just the negative-space of the
desired part it must include liquid metal passageways In every green sand mold there is
- 11 -
a sprue which is the fill-hole through the cope where the molten metal can be poured
Liquid metal pathways called gates extend from the sprue and direct the liquid metal to
the casting itself Solidification defects predominantly exist in the last part of the casting
system that solidifies Effort is taken during design to ensure that the casting itself will
not solidify last A sacrificial riser is implemented into the system such that it becomes
the last to solidify and in theory should contain most of the systemrsquos solidification
defects The riser and the rest of the gating system which also includes the sprue and
gates will be removed from the casting later in the process A good design for the system
is to have the sprue opposite the riser such that directional solidification occurs to further
ensure that the riser is the last part to solidify8911
Figure 3 A typical horizontal green sand mold It should be observed that the riser is opposite of the sprue
This is to encourage directional solidification such that the riser is the last part of the mold to solidify This
helps to prevent solidification defects from forming inside the casting Often there is a need to apply mold
weights to the top of the mold to prevent the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid metal from pushing its way
through the parting joint This will be dependent upon the mold and the geometry and size of the casting10
- 12 -
Figure 4 Flow chart of the green sand molding and casting process for a part from its inception as the
mechanical drawing to the final casting that is ready for shipment to the customer This illustrates a manual
horizontal green sand molding process but the concept will always be similar In a high-production facility
a vertical molding system is sometimes used such that each cope is also a drag to the next part ie each
mold is double-sided such that it becomes a continuous line of molds that gets poured9
There are certain green sand castings that require additional attention Sometimes
implementation of a riser is not enough to ensure that complete solidification of the
casting occurs before all metal in the system is solidified In certain cases a chill may
need added during the molding process A chill is a piece of metal with appropriate
chemistry that is strategically placed inside the casting It behaves as an ldquoice cuberdquo to the
molten metal such that when the molten metal comes into contact with the chill it cools
the metal faster9
Green sand molding can also get more complex when a core is needed A core is
used to produce a cavity inside of the mold itself The core is also made of sand
however a green sand process is not normally utilized in its production but rather a resin
- 13 -
bonded sand This is because resin bonded sands are much more strongly bonded The
sand grains are coated with a resin that is either gas-catalyzed liquid-catalyzed or heat-
catalyzed These processes are colloquially known as core box no-bake and shell
process respectively The core needs to be placed inside of the mold prior to the
assembly of the cope to the drag911
In a production facility the sand molding system is on a conveyor such that one
mold follows the other All of the aforementioned steps happen in succession After the
mold is poured the next one in line pushes the already-poured molds farther down the
line This allows the mold ample time to cool At the end of this line the mold is dumped
onto another conveyor system to begin shake-out which begins the sand reclamation
process and recovery of the metal part Shake-out consists of tumblers and spring
conveyor systems that utilize resonance to break apart the mold separating the sand from
the casting The ldquocastingrdquo at this point includes the casting itself and the entire gating
system that is still attached gates risers and sprue9
Heat from the molten metal will dry and burn-out the clay surrounding the
casting This makes the mold disintegrate much easier The strength of the mold after the
metal is poured is known as the dry strength The casting continues through shake-out
where it may finish cooling and then it goes to the grinding room The casting at the time
of shake-out may still be at an elevated temperature because sand is insulative Slow
cooling for sand molds needs consideration because it influences the mechanical
properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo metal In the grinding room the sprue gating system and
risers are removed from the casting such that it can assume its final form Depending on
the toughness of the metal casted some of the gating system may be broken off during
- 14 -
shake-out but attention in the grinding room is always required Fig 5 illustrates the
shake-out process9
Figure 5 A typical shakeout system in a green sand mold metal casting facility The complete mold enters
the rotating drum from the left The sand subsequently breaks apart freeing the casting Depending on the
facilityrsquos machinery the finer clumps of sand fall through the rotating drum and get sent to reclamation
while the larger clumps and the complete casting move down the line The castings will enter tumblers
where ideally some gating and risers will break apart from the casting This is also dependent upon the
metal casted For example a gray iron gating system is more apt to breaking apart in the tumbling drum
than a ductile iron gating system This conveyor leads to the final line where workers separate the castings
Then the castings move to grinding room where the gating systems will be removed and the part will be
finished9
After the sand is separated from the casting in shake-out it is sent to sand
reclamation and recovery The pouring and shake-out processes are detrimental to the
sand grains which are slowly broken down into finer grains The first step in the
recovery system is to remove fines which are sand grains that have eroded beyond the
point of re-use Next because sand is a good insulator and has a high specific heat
capacity it must be cooled Cooling is normally done by pouring water over the sand
while on conveyor transport to the muller This is better understood with Figure 6 which
is a diagram of the cooling process The muller is the mixing machine where clay water
seacoal and other additives for the green sand mixture are combined This prepares fresh
green sand which is monitored by the on-site laboratory ensuring it is prepared
consistently When the fresh green sand meets laboratory approval it enter into the
molding machines to begin the process over again9
- 15 -
Figure 6 Cooling the sand as soon as possible is paramount for maintaining a healthy sand system This
ensures that sand is not too hot by the time it re-enters the muller This illustration is of a typical sand
cooler 1) The entry from hot shakeout 2) The rifling of the drum makes the sand cascade as the drum
rotates this accelerates cooling 3) Sand of the acceptable size falls through this grate where it falls to the
next screen 4) This screen discharges the acceptable sized sand to a conveyor where it will head to the
muller 5) Sand cores remain and other sand that did not dissociate will be removed through this area where
it will be discarded9
There is as much knowledge and effort dedicated to maintaining an efficient sand
system as there is to the metallurgy of the metal In fact a quality sand system is essential
in the production of quality green sand casted metal The foundryrsquos laboratory will need
to continually monitor clay percentages percentage of fines remaining in the sand
compactability of the green sand pH of the system and other factors9 The facility must
also consider seasonal effects on the sand For example sand will cool faster in the
winter than in the heat of summer9
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting
Permanent mold casting as the name implies utilizes a permanent reusable metal
mold The molten metal can be fed to the molds in a variety of ways gravity fed vacuum
- 16 -
fed or pressure fed Permanent metal molds are known for their very high initial cost
however when production numbers are high they become more cost-effective A
common form of permanent mold casting is die-casting These processes produce high
dimensional accuracy and precision as well as fast cooling rates due to the high thermal
conductivity of the metal mold Fast cooling rates create a fine grain size and a refined
microstructure which is favorable for mechanical properties512
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World
The United States is currently one of the world leaders in metals casting with
1915 foundries and a nationwide output of 14 million tons of castings per year In 2017
the United States produced 97 million metric tons while China and India shipped 494
and 1206 million metric tons respectively Figure 7 which is a graph of the production
volumes of select metals is shown13
Figure 7 The number of castings of aluminum ductile iron investment cast steel gray iron and steel as a
function of year It can be observed that casting production has increased in recent years and according to
the American Foundry Society (AFS) industry growth is projected into the following years Aluminumrsquos
high strength-to-weight-ratio places the metal in high-demand13
- 17 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures
A quick overview of relevant steel phases and microstructures will be covered for
a comprehensive metallurgical presentation It should be understood that in steels a
ldquophaserdquo is only accurate vernacular when it can be seen on the Fe-C phase diagram
everything else is a microstructure For all of the following the phase diagram in Figure
13 should be a reference Additionally the microstructure of martensite will be more
appropriately discussed in substantial detail in Chapter 1852
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C)
Ferrite is the pure form of iron colloquially called ldquoalpha-ironrdquo it exists in a
Body Centered Cubic (BCC) structure below temperatures of 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Its BCC
structure is only capable of handling 002 wt C in a solid solution once this limit is
exceeded carbon will create a second phase in the form of intermetallic cementite
(Fe3C) Cementite is characteristically hard and brittle but in small amounts it is a useful
strengthener to steel because α-Fe by itself is too weak to be structural14
132 Austenite (γ-Fe)
Austenite is the stable phase of ferrite that dominates the Fe-C phase diagram
above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Austenite with its Face Centered Cubic (FCC) structure is
capable of holding up to 21 wt C in a solid solution This region is important because
it is the starting point for common steel heat treatments If a Fe-C composition passes
through this region on the Fe-C phase diagram upon heating or cooling the Fe-C is
considered a form of steel If the carbon content exceeds the austenite carbon solubility
range then the Fe-C alloy is considered a form of cast iron14
- 18 -
Figure 8 Partial Fe-C phase diagram depicting the eutectoid composition (077 wt C) cooling from the
austenite region Notice how there is a sharp transition from the austenite grains to the pearlite lamellar
structure there is no cooling through a binary region of α+γ or γ+Fe3C 15
133 Pearlite
Pearlite is a microstructure not a phase however pearlite will commonly form in
the α+Fe3C region of the phase diagram given proper cooling Pearlite can only form
when a steel cools from the austenite region and it has a characteristic lamellar structure
that alternates between colonies of α-Fe and Fe3C The size and spacing of these lamellar
is dictated by cooling rates and composition A fast cooling rate will produce fine pearlite
and a slow cooling rate will produce coarse pearlite At modest cooling rates 077 wt
C the microstructure will be 100 percent pearlite because this is the eutectoid
composition of steel which does not cool through other proeutectoid ferrite or
proeutectoid cementite zones on the phase diagram If the composition of carbon is less
or more than 077 wt then it is known as either a hypoeutectoid or hypereutectoid
- 19 -
alloy respectively Upon cooling at a modest rate a hypoeutectoid alloy will form
proeutectoid ferrite and pearlite and a hypereutectoid alloy will form proeutectoid
cementite Figure 8-10 are partial Fe-C phase diagrams displaying the differences
between 100 percent pearlite hypoeutectoid (proeutectoid ferrite) and hypereutectoid
(proeutectoid cementite) respectively The microstructures displayed are assuming that a
modest cooling rate was observed ie no quench1415
Figure 9 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypoeutectoid alloy (less
than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region There is not a sharp transition between austenite
grains and pearlite but rather a solidification range through the α+γ region of the phase diagram First
proeutectoid ferrite will form at the triple points and grain boundaries Upon further cooling deeper in this
region the proeutectoid ferrite will continue to grow until cooling below the A1 temperature Once this
happens pearlite will begin to form its lamellar structure along all areas that are still austenite not
proeutectoid ferrite15
- 20 -
Figure 10 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypereutectoid alloy
(greater than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region Proeutectoid cementite is formed similarly to
proeutectoid ferrite Proeutectoid cementite can have an embrittling effect on the mechanical properties of
steels and is sometimes avoided15
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels
To fully appreciate the scope of this project and understand the science at work in
steel castings versus wrought steel products it is imperative to have a comprehensive
knowledge of the strengthening mechanisms used in steels The strength of low alloy
steels can be increased in the following ways higher carbon content ferrite grain
refinement addition of alloying elements that are solid solution strengtheners addition of
alloying elements capable of precipitation hardening and formation and locking of
dislocations Unfortunately increases of metalrsquos strength are normally associated with a
- 21 -
loss of toughness and it commonly becomes a metallurgical compromise between
strength and toughness1
141 Increasing C Content
Increasing the carbon content increases steelrsquos strength for two reasons The first
reason is because it enters the octahedral and tetrahedral sites in both the BCC structure
of α-Fe and the FCC structure of γ-Fe Each C atom fits snugly into the interstitial ferrite
lattice sites and induces strain fields which make slip (plastic deformation) more
difficult The location of the carbon atom interstitials in the BCC lattice and FCC lattice
are illustrated in Figures 11 and 12 respectively The solubility limit of carbon in the
BCC α-Fe phase is reached at 002 wt C due to interstitial size restraints The radius
of C is ~07 Å and the largest interstice in α-Fe is the tetrahedral site with a radius of
035 Å After this solubility point is exceeded the intermetallic compound of iron
carbide or cementite (Fe3C) is precipitated out of solution The precipitation of this
carbide into the matrix is the second reason why carbon content increases strength These
different phases and microstructures can be observed in Figure 13 which is the Fe-C
phase diagram Even though it is commonly called the Fe-C phase diagram when it
depicts cementite as a thermodynamically stable phase it is incorrect Given infinite
time metastable cementite will convert to its lowest energy state at room temperature
which is graphite However in industry and often times in academia when one mentions
the Fe-C phase diagram they generally mean carbon in the form of cementite because it
is more practical151617
- 22 -
Figure 11 Interstitial sites where carbon migrates to in the BCC structure of α-Fe below the A1
temperature transition line where the BCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume
these respective interstitial positions up to 002 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the BCC structure is the
tetrahedral site with a radius of 035 Å16
The FCC lattice of austenite (γ-Fe) which is thermodynamically stable above the
A1 temperature can accommodate up to ~21 wt C in a solid solution without needing
to precipitate out carbon as cementite The A1 temperature line is depicted on the partial
Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 15 and is 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)18 The FCC lattice can
accommodate more carbon than the BCC lattice because the interstitial sites are larger Its
largest being the octahedral site which has a radius of 052 Å Both the BCC and FCC
lattices have to strain to accommodate carbon interstitials because the carbon atomic
radius is larger than either of the biggest interstitial sites Counterintuitively the diffusion
rates of carbon is faster in the BCC lattice because it has more open channels despite
being the low temperature allotrope and having smaller interstitial spaces16
- 23 -
Figure 12 Interstitial sites where carbon atoms migrate to in the FCC structure of γ-Fe above the A1 phase
transition temperature where the FCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume these
interstitial positions in the FCC lattice up to ~21 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the FCC structure is the
octahedral site with a radius of 052 Å16
Figure 13 The standard iron-carbon phase diagram of temperature as a function of wt C It can be
observed from this phase diagram that the solubility limit of carbon in α-Fe is 002 wt C Given infinite
time the carbon depicted in the phase diagram will be in the thermodynamically stable form of graphite
however in normal steel production the carbon in the binary region is in its intermetallic metastable form
of cementite (Fe3C) There are certain heat treatments and certain cast iron processes that do produce
carbon in its graphite form however the distinction is not normally made from the diagram itself17
- 24 -
An over-abundance of carbon will make a steel brittle because it becomes overly
hard at the expense of ductility Additionally carbon increases the steelrsquos hardenability
which is defined as the steelrsquos ability to form martensite It should be noted that the
ultimate martensite hardness for a steel is a function of its carbon content alone Steels
with a high hardenability often require a pre-heat before welding to slow the cooling rate
such that martensite does not form A high carbon content also increases the ductile-to-
brittle transition temperature (DBTT) for steels A high DBTT makes a steel more
susceptible to catastrophic failures at low temperatures Hardenability will be discussed
in greater detail in Chapter 1851 which differentiates hardness and hardneability11920
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains
Refinement of ferrite grains can increase the strength of steels and can be
accomplished through various means In general a fine grain size increases yield strength
and ductility simultaneously Grain refinement is the only mechanism that can both
increase strength and toughness12122 This is commonly accomplished via a faster
cooling from above the A1 transition temperature during heat treating or initial cooling
Solid solution strengtheners or dispersed microalloy particles that are present before a
phase change may act as a heterogeneous nucleation site for a grain or mechanical
deformation can contribute to grain refinement211923
Faster cooling rates as seen with a normalizing heat treatment compared to a
furnace anneal encourage grain refinement because there is less time for the grain to
reach its lowest energy state which is a sphere without the presence of grain boundaries
because grain boundaries are a surface with a free-energy The kinetics involved in all
steel making do not provide sufficient time at a specific elevated temperature for a grain
- 25 -
to achieve its lowest possible energy state However longer durations at elevated
temperature will allow the grain to reduce its surface-area-to-volume-ratio This means
less grain boundaries and a coarser grain structure Faster cooling rates do not give
sufficient time for much free-energy reduction to occur and small grains limited by
kinetics are not able to grow into large grains Since small grains inherently have more
grain boundaries they are stronger because a grain boundary will interrupt slip
mechanisms due to the different orientations between grains at this interface1 However
more grain boundaries will increase diffusion along their boundaries which can increase
creep rates particularly Coble creep124
Finer ferrite grains can be obtained by other mechanisms that either work in
tandem with accelerated cooling rates or unaccompanied Increasing the number of
nucleation sites for grains will yield finer grains More nucleation sites will initiate more
simultaneous grain growth which limits overall size grain size because grains will
impede each otherrsquos growth The concept of seeding nucleation sites with inoculants is
known as heterogenous nucleation and it occurs in metals when a solute particle becomes
the nucleus of the solidifying phase These solute particles are often solid solution
strengtheners or dispersed microalloy elements such as vanadium with a higher melting
temperature than the ferrite grains Each of these nuclei will grow into a grain The ldquoas-
solidifiedrdquo grain size has an inverse relationship to the amount of heterogenous
nucleation sites ie more nucleation sites equate to a finer grain size21
The prior-austenite grain size will affect the ferrite grain size as well Prior-
austenite grains are formed in the FCC (austenite) phase of steel above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)
Like ferrite grains austenite grains increase in size with time and temperature Then
- 26 -
upon cooling below the A1 temperature ferrite grains will nucleate on the transforming
prior-austenite grain boundaries which have become heterogeneous nucleation sites
Therefore the smaller the prior-austenite grains the finer the resulting ferrite grains
because of more heterogeneous nucleation sites25 Prior-austenite grains can possess high
energy from being strained but not recovered This increases the driving force for more
ferrite grains to form simultaneously (resulting in a smaller grain size) because the
strained prior-austenite grains want recovery (strain-relief) and a phase change will
suffice26
The relationship between yield strength and grain size was first researched by
Hall and Petch The Hall-Petch Equation displayed in Equation 1 represents the inverse
relationship between grain size and yield strength when σy is the lower yield stress σi is
the friction stress Ky is the strengthening coefficient and d is the grain size This relation
exists because the grain boundary stops the slip plane which will help to arrest
dislocation motion The more grain boundaries that are present in a material will increase
the amount of energy needed to continue to propagate a dislocation23
120590119884 = 120590119894 + 119870119910119889minus1
2 Eq 1
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements
Elements that form a solid solution with ferrite must have a similar size and
electronic structure to iron ie will not form carbides or nitrides Carbon and nitrogen are
potent interstitial solid solution strengtheners present in every steel They are in solid
solution to a certain solubility limit at which point they will precipitate out as a second
phase For example the solubility limit of carbon in iron is 002 wt C Solid solution
- 27 -
strengtheners have two primary jobs grain refinement and initiating strain fields to
reduce the ease of plastic deformation Solid solution strengtheners refine grains because
they can provide a heterogeneous nucleation site for grain growth to occur if they are
solid before the dominant solidifying phase Solid solution strengtheners also initiate
strain fields similar to the way carbon strengthens steel as an interstitial Any size
difference in the radii of alloying elements creates a lattice strain which makes slip more
difficult Figure 14 presents the yield strength effect of common solid solution
strengtheners as a function of element percent123
Figure 14 Yield strength as a function of element percent for common solid solution strengtheners It can
be observed that the highest yield strengths are achieved by using carbon and nitrogen which are interstitial
solid solution elements Phosphorus is a potent substitutional solid solution strengthener that exchanges
positions iron atoms in the matrix This finite difference in size creates a strain in the lattice such that a
strengthening effect is seen because this strain impedes dislocation motion Other elements such as nickel
and aluminum have a negligible effect1
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements
Precipitation hardening also known as secondary hardening or age hardening is
the primary strengthening mechanism in non-ferrous alloys Plain carbon steels cannot
- 28 -
take advantage of precipitation hardening because of the limited solubility of carbon in
the α-Fe phase However steels alloyed with vanadium niobium titanium and a select
few other elements can precipitation harden because these elements have a high affinity
for carbon and have an overwhelming tendency to form complex carbides nitrides and
carbonitrides instead of Fe3C Precipitation hardening generally requires a two-step heat
treating process The elements are solutionized during an initial heating called
austenitizing and then the steel is rapidly cooled to trap these elements into a
supersaturated solid solution Subsequently the system is aged to precipitate out these
elements as a second phase which greatly increases the strength levels The diffusion and
mechanisms of this process will be discussed in great detail later as precipitation
hardening is the primary strengthener in High-Strength-Low-Alloy (HSLA) steels1
145 Formation of Dislocations
Dislocations are a crystallographic line defect that is a linear discontinuity in the
periodicity of the crystal Dislocation motion is the mechanism for slip which is plastic
deformation Alternatively it can be visualized as dislocations being created in a metal
whenever plastic deformation occurs All dislocations need a shear stress component in
order for them to propagate Metals are strengthened when dislocation motion is
impeded whether by grain boundaries alloying elements or other dislocations (assuming
that a metal can undergo plastic deformation without catastrophic failure) When steel is
plastically deformed below its recrystallization temperature dislocations will not anneal
away and they will remain inside of the microstructure The strength increase comes from
dislocation motion being impeded by other dislocations because they cannot slide well
over one-another Thus slip is restricted Dislocations will anneal away above the
- 29 -
recrystallization temperature because the crystal has enough thermal energy to allow
relaxation into a lower energy state thereby lowering the kinetic barrier to the lowest
free-energy for that crystal Figure 32 illustrates the annealing temperatures and
recrystallization regime316182327
There are two types of dislocations possible edge and screw dislocations The
magnitude and direction that the shear stresses displace the atoms is represented by the
Burgers vector Edge and screw dislocations are illustrated in Figures 15 and 16
respectively163 Both are activated by shear stresses however they react differently to
solid solution strengtheners and interstitial atoms An edge dislocation which is an
incomplete plane of atoms in a crystal will respond to both shear and hydrostatic
components while a screw dislocation will only react to a shear component23 The
implications are that solid solution strengthening elements give a hydrostatic distortion in
the lattice and therefore only impede edge dislocations23 Interstitial atoms initiate both a
hydrostatic and shear stress because they are asymmetrical within each unit cell
therefore these can interact with both edge and screw dislocations3162223
Figure 15 The movement of an edge dislocation along a slip plane Notice how the dislocation moves
parallel to the slip plane The ldquoextra half-planerdquo of atoms slides in response to a shear stress This type of
dislocation can be thought of as either an extra half-plane of atoms inserted into the lattice or a missing
half-plane An edge dislocation is constrained to a single slip plane16
- 30 -
Figure 16 A screw dislocation Contrary to edge dislocations there are no atoms missing from a screw
dislocation Notice how the screw dislocation rotates around its dislocation line like a spiral staircase A
screw dislocation is not confined to a single slip plane like an edge dislocation it can re-orientate itself onto
a new slip plane3
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal
To completely understand this project it is important to discern the differences
between metal that was shape casted nearly into its final form and metal that was casted
and subsequently thermomechanically deformed Metals that undergo thermomechanical
deformation are known as wrought metals All metals except those produced via additive
manufacturing or powder metallurgy are cast at some point in their existence eg in the
form of an initial ingot However not all metals that are cast can easily undergo
thermomechanical deformation because of their propensity for crack formation
Additionally some metals due to their composition are highly castable and are used in
their cast form as opposed to being wrought processed2
- 31 -
151 Cast Metal
Cast metal is metal that experienced some sort of shape casting and is nearly in its
final form and will not undergo thermomechanical deformation Sometimes metals are
chosen to be shape cast because the desired metal for the job consequently casts well or
it can be that the final design of the part is too complex for forging and fabricating and
that powder metallurgy and additive manufacturing are not the best choices
The fact that cast metals do not undergo any type of thermomechanical
deformation can act as both an advantage and a disadvantage It can be an obvious
disadvantage because cast metals are not afforded the luxury of the strengthening
mechanism associated with dislocation motion impedance Therefore all casting
strengthening must be done with alloying and heat treating Cast steels can be very cost
effective because fewer steps in production of the final product will allow for larger profit
margins This cost savings can also be passed along to consumers1
The most extensively shape cast metal is cast iron the tonnage of all other shape
cast metals can be summed together and it still would not surpass the annual tonnage of
cast iron Cast iron despite the name has a higher carbon content than steel normally in
the range of 17 to 35 wt C According to Figure 13 the Fe-C phase diagram the
carbon content creates a eutectic point for cast iron at ~42 wt C Eutectic and near
eutectic compositions cast well because there is a sharp transition between liquid and
solid The more deviation in the carbon content there is from the eutectic point the
broader the solidifying temperature range Then transport phenomena will increasingly
influence properties This will be discussed more later in Chapter 163 Solidification
Dynamics of an Alloy2
- 32 -
152 Wrought Metal
Wrought metal is any metal subjected to some form of thermomechanical
deformation Thermomechanical deformation means deforming the material to
manipulate its dimensions which by nature of the process will achieve better mechanical
properties through dislocation entanglement Some interpretations of thermomechanical
deformation strictly demand strain aging processes (when dislocations are pinned by
carbon atoms during deformation) and the work hardening of austenite not be included in
definition28 While other sources strictly dissect thermomechanical deformation into
different regimes Class I being deformation below the austenite temperature Class II
deformation during the austenite transition and Class III deformation above the austenite
transition2229
16 Solidification Dynamics
Cast metals ingots included are subjected to a multitude of kinetic mechanisms
inherent with the process There are certain considerations to be realized temperature
gradient of heat flowing outward from the center of the casting solidification temperature
range of the particular alloy cast type of casting process and its inherent thermal
properties and the structure-property relationships
161 Nucleation Mechanisms
Solidification from a liquid phase requires a nucleation event so a new phase can
propagate The method of Nucleation and growth describes how a precipitate grain or
phase comes into existence starting with the origin of the phase through the nascent
- 33 -
growth period until full grain formation Nucleation and growth occurs with two
mechanisms homogeneous nucleation andor heterogeneous nucleation303132
Essentially both homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation mechanisms can be
divided into four stages of growth either for initial cooling from a melt or nucleation of
new grains after a solid-to-solid phase change Stage I is named the incubation period
because no stable particles have formed yet At this stage only microscopic clusters or
embryos exist and they are metastable These clusters are randomly distributed
throughout the meltmatrix and they begin to grow by agglomeration It is likely that
many will revert back into the meltmatrix This is because of their small size they
inherently have a high surface-to-volume ratio and are not stable However if the embryo
grows large enough it reaches a critical size such that it becomes thermodynamically
stable then it becomes a particle These particles are now permanent and will continue to
grow Nucleation continues with Stage II which is the quasi-steady-state nucleation
regime As the name implies embryos are transitioning into particles at a constant rate
This steady-state of transitioning continues until a saturation point is reached in Stage III
By Stage IV the number of new particles decreases because as the pre-existing particles
continue to grow they devour the smaller particles This process can be described in
Figure 17 Then after a stable nucleus is formed whether by homogeneous or
heterogeneous nucleation its growth rate is determined by the degree of undercooling the
system is subjected to and how easily the existing crystal structure accommodates the
new growth3132
- 34 -
Figure 17 Nucleation rate as a function of time There is a finite amount of time that passes before the first
embryos come into existence in Stage 1 In Stage II nucleation growth increases rapidly until it hits the
saturation point in Stage III The growth of new nuclei starts to decline when smaller nuclei fall victim to
larger nuclei that are cannibalistic Thus larger nuclei grow at the expense of smaller ones31
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation
This is the primary nucleation mechanism in a one-component system It also
occurs in alloy systems but is less dominant than heterogeneous nucleation In
homogeneous nucleation the embryos are uniformly distributed throughout the entire
parent material and by randomness of agglomeration they begin to grow at the expense
of one-another If the embryos grow to reach the critical size they obtain a stable surface-
area-to-volume ratio are thermodynamically stable and known as particles The Gibbs
free-energy transitions from positive to negative at this point when the activation energy
for nucleation is reached This relation can be illustrated in Figure 18 and summarized in
Eq 2 where ∆119866 is the Gibbs free energy 4
31205871199033 is the volume of the spherical nucleus
∆119866119907 is the free energy of the volume and 41205871199032120574 is the surface area of the nucleus30
∆119866 =4
31205871199033∆119866119907 + 41205871199032120574 Eq 2
- 35 -
Figure 18 Image depicting a mathematically idealized form of nuclei such that it has a perfect volume and
area represented by 4
3πr3 and 4πr2γ respectively Once the nuclei grow large enough it becomes
thermodynamically stable and it will not dematerialize unless it sacrifices itself for the growth of a larger
nuclei30
This phenomenon is readily observed during solidification It is more
energetically favorable (larger negative Gibbs free energy) for particles to form via
homogeneous nucleation when a greater undercooling is performed ie faster and more
dramatic cooling rate Undercooling is defined as the offset of the cooling temperature
below the equilibrium temperature of solidification When the system experiences a large
undercooling the nucleation rate increases and this forms many solid nuclei
simultaneously Therefore many nuclei are growing concurrently and the growth rates
soon reach a saturation point where growth is impeded by competing nuclei When fewer
nuclei are growing because of a small undercooling the nuclei grow larger before
impeding one-another This can all be summarized with the graph in Figure 19 but
essentially faster cooling rates procure finer grains and smaller undercooling will be
conducive for coarse grain formation3033
- 36 -
Figure 19 Gibbs free energy of a nuclei as a function of radius of the nuclei The temperature determines
the stable radius (r) It can be observed that a larger undercooling makes nuclei more thermodynamically
stable because it forces the nuclei out of solution more easily at temperatures farther away from the melting
temperature30
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation
Heterogeneous nucleation dominates in alloys over homogeneous nucleation
because of the insoluble particles present in the material behaving as nucleation sites
Other nucleation sites will include mold walls grain boundaries and dislocations The
pre-existing surface that initiates nucleation and growth consequently lowers the required
undercooling for heterogeneous nucleation by several hundred degrees centigrade
compared to homogenous nucleation For high heterogeneous nucleation rates upon mold
walls the liquid metal must wet the mold walls This means that the liquid phase
disperses evenly over the mold walls and does not form droplets Figure 20 is an
illustration of the wetting phenomenon and the required free-energies to make it
favorable303132
Heterogenous nucleation can be promoted through the addition of inoculants
which behave as nucleation sites These solid particles have higher melting temperatures
- 37 -
than the primary metal composition and they will either solidify first upon cooling or
precipitate out of solution before another phase change Then these heterogenous
nucleation sites that are distributed throughout the solidifying or phase-changing metal
will begin to grow larger eventually becoming grains As in homogeneous nucleation
faster cooling rates are characteristic of finer grain sizes303132
120574119868119871 = 120574119878119868 + 120574119878119871119888119900119904(120579) Eq 3
Figure 20 Diagram showing the ldquowettingrdquo action of a droplet on a surface 120574119868119871 is the liquid-solid
interfacial energy 120574119878119868 is the solid surface energy 120574119878119871 is the liquid surface energy and 120579 is the wetting
angle The lower this angle the more wettable the surface30
Figure 21 Nucleation rate growth rate and overall transformation rate of nucleation and the effect that
temperature has on all three It should be observed that growth rate and nucleation rate will hit an optimized
rate when the overall transformation rate is the highest30
- 38 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal
Solidification in pure metal casting will occur via two different mechanisms
planar growth and dendritic growth The creation of a solid phase from a liquid phase
requires energy expenditure ie a surface-energy associated with the liquid-solid
interface The energy required to produce a solid phase from the liquid phase is produced
from undercooling Planar growth will only exist in a turbulent-free and alloy-free
solidifying system because other mechanisms for solidification will dominate under other
conditions such as the presence of alloys Planar growth as the name implies is the
propagation of a solidifying plane throughout the melt There are areas of the melt that
will solidify ahead of this plane however the outward heat flux flowing from the
solidifying plane will cause re-melting This is caused by the latent heat-of-fusion ie the
heat radiating from the solidifying structure will make the liquid next to it hotter than the
rest of the melt This is described graphically in Figure 22 This enables the planar
interface to be maintained but only when slow cooling rates are recognized234
Figure 22 Temperature profile of a metal casting mold Particular interest should be focused on the area of
ldquotemperature increase due to latent heatrdquo because this is how planar solidification is able to re-melt
solidified areas of the casting and re-solidify as a plane The latent heat of solidification is the release of
heat energy at the solidification temperature so that the metal can solidify2
- 39 -
Dendrites are defined as ldquotree-shaped crystalsrdquo that grow and solidify along
crystallographic preferred directions and are the dominant form of non-planar front
solidification In BCC and FCC crystal structures the preferred crystallographic growth
direction is along the lt100gt orientation Dendritic growth unlike planar solidification is
present in both pure metals and alloys but the mechanism for dendritic growth is
different in both cases In pure metals dendrites form due to thermal supercooling which
occurs more predominantly with higher cooling rates Akin to the effects of latent heat-
of-fusion in planar growth the liquid next to solidifying dendrites is hotter than the rest
of the melt If the solidifying dendrite is catalyzed by any perturbations in the
solidification it will have the propensity to grow past this solidifying wall to the cooler
temperatures (just a few tenths of a degree) beyond areas experiencing the latent heat of
solidification This creates a ldquotree-likerdquo crystal This process repeats again but on a
smaller scale for secondary dendrite ldquoarmsrdquo growing off of the primary dendrite ldquoarmrdquo
that originally grew past the solidification front Figure 23 illustrates both primary and
secondary dendritic arms273536
Figure 23 The difference between primary and secondary dendritic arms Primary dendritic arms the first
dendrites that grow through the solidification front in a crystallographic preferred direction and secondary
dendritic arms are dendrites that sprout from the primary arms7
- 40 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy
In a pure metal the entire system is homogenous The system will have a
solidification point but in an alloy system the solidification will occur over a range of
temperatures except at eutectic points This introduces a new solidification mechanism
which is constitutional supercooling The first solid to form will have a different
composition than the last solid to form when cooling through a dual-phase region (α+L
region) of the phase diagram It should be noted that when cooling happens through a
eutectic point solidification occurs at one temperature This can all be understood more
clearly by observing the Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 13 As the temperature falls
through the cooling range in a dual-phase area the solidifying composition at that cooling
range can be found by drawing an isothermal tie-line to the solidus line on the phase
diagram The first solid matrix to form tends to be deplete of solute while the final
composition to solidify tends to be solute rich This phenomenon of compositional
supercooling is intensified by equilibrium cooling rates therefore a faster cooling rate
will help to reduce its effect These dual-phase regions colloquially called ldquomushy
zonesrdquo are depicted in Figure 24 The more cooling that occurs through one of these
regions increases the likelihood for defects associated with long dendrites and difficulty
feeding the solidifying shrinking metal with liquid metal 23436
Constitutional supercooling is the predominant mechanism for dendrite growth in
alloys however the mechanism of thermal supercooling is still active The solute that
drops out of solution will lower the solidification temperature of the liquid and act as a
starting point for dendritic growth and it makes dendritic growth more pronounced
Especially those that cool through large two-phase regions2
- 41 -
Figure 24 The consequences of different cooling paths as dictated by composition on the phase diagram It
is observed that the best fluidity comes from a single-phase composition and a eutectic composition
because these do not have a freezing range but a freezing point This lowest fluidity (highest viscosity) is
observed with compositions that require cooling paths through the thickest region of the dual-phase β+L
region This path is characteristic of the largest freezing range such that certain solutes are solidified out of
that specific composition while liquid still remains37
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting
Both pure metals and alloys are subject to different solidification zones in castings
due to solidification kinetics Pure metals will see two solidification zones the chill zone
and the columnar zone Alloys will experience those two zones in addition to a third
central equiaxed zone It should be kept in mind that the casting will solidify from the
inside out and heat flows from hot to cold2
1641 Chill Zone
This is region ldquoardquo in Figure 25 Liquid metal nearest the mold will experience the
fastest cooling rates due to large undercooling because the mold radiates heat away from
- 42 -
itself This effect is exacerbated in permanent metal molds with a high thermal
conductivity because the mold behaves as a heat sink that removes heat rapidly from the
solidifying metal However some molds are insulative (green sand molds) and the
amount of undercooling that the outside of the casting experiences will be minimized In
general the faster cooling rates experienced at the outside of the mold will combine with
the heterogeneous nucleation occurring at the mold wall to form fine equiaxed grains2
Figure 25 There are three different solidification zones in a typical casting a) Is the ldquochill zonerdquo this
microstructure is characteristic of fine equiaxed grains initiated via quick cooling rates seen on the outside
of the casting at the mold wall b) In the ldquocolumnar zonerdquo long grains grow because of less undercooling
additionally dendrites grow perpendicular to the mold walls which is the reason for the columnar
orientation c) The ldquocentral equiaxed zonerdquo is at the center of alloy castings These smaller equiaxed grains
are created by the combined effects of constitutional supercooling and the heat gradients flowing outward
from the center
1642 Columnar Zone
The mold walls rapidly heat up and the degree of thermal undercooling will soon
start to diminish as solidification continues This happens in the moments after the chill
zone is formed The nucleation rates decrease inside the liquid metal adjacent to the chill
zone When there are fewer nucleation sites mixed with a slow cooling rate coarse grains
- 43 -
growth will dominate This area becomes known as the columnar zone because dendrites
and grains will grow perpendicular to the mold walls The large columnar grain
boundaries have a propensity to contain embrittling impurities and porosity which
degrades the mechanical properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo material Hence the reason
thermomechanical deformation is commonly used as a post-processing step after casting
for non-shape-cast metals Deformation will break apart the continuity of the inclusions
thus reducing the embrittlement However there are ways to improve the as-casted
microstructure in this region Grain refiners (inoculants) can be added to the melt As the
name implies these refine the grain size in the columnar zone and reduce grain sizes
These inoculants solidify before the parent material of the melt and behave as another
heterogeneous nucleation site therefore creating more nucleation that will grow
simultaneously This enables the system to reach its saturation point sooner and this
yields smaller grains2
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone
This zone is only present in alloys due to the combined effects of the
constitutionally supercooled regions from the mold walls converging at the center of the
casting and the temperature gradient flowing outward form the castingrsquos center thus
creating a large undercooling effect at the center of the casting The large undercooling
both from constitutional and thermal effects yield high nucleation rates which create
fine equiaxed grains Another effect that commonly contributes to a pronounced central
equiaxed zone is buoyancy-driven convection flow in the solidifying melt This has the
capacity to break-off already solidified dendrites and transport them around the
circulating melt These broken dendritic arms act as another heterogenous nucleation site
- 44 -
within the melt Melt circulation and convection of the liquid metal can also be
artificially induced with ultrasonic vibrations or alternating magnetic fields2
17 Solidification Defects
There are five primary defects that can occur in castings because of solidification
mechanisms and they are more pronounced in alloys due to constitutional supercooling
The five primary defects are macroporosity macrosegregation microporosity
microsegregation and gas porosity Defects are combated in different ways however
most commonly is with implementation of a riser which will solidify last and contain
most defects2
171 Macroporosity
Macroporosity formation in the casting is caused by shrinking of the metal as it
cools and the inability of fresh liquid metal to fill in the void The last part of the casting
system to solidify is subject to macroporosity because no liquid metal remains to fill in
voids created by the solidification shrinkage The mechanisms that contribute to
macroporosity are liquid shrinkage solidification shrinkage and solid shrinkage which
can be summarized graphically in Figure 26 Nearly all materials whether in their liquid
solid or gas state experience a volume expansion associated with heating and a volume
decrease associated with cooling The shrinking volume of the liquid during cooling is a
nonissue when there is more liquid metal available to replenish the volume An issue
develops because there is a shrinkage associated with the transition from a liquid to a
smaller volume crystal Additionally the casting will experience further shrinkage due to
- 45 -
the thermal expansion coefficient of the solid metal that will be active from the
solidification temperature to room temperature2
Macroporosity can be combated with the addition of risers chills and insulation
placed in key areas to ensure that the casting itself is not the last to solidify Ideally the
casting will directionally solidify towards the riser such that the riser is the last part to
solidify and that it can continue to feed the shrinking casting with its remaining liquid
metal Figure 27 illustrates the macroporosity solidification defect that forms at the top of
the riser known as a pipe2
Figure 26 Volume of metal in different phases as a function of temperature Most materials shrink as they
are cooled due to the mean vibration distances decreasing because there is less thermal energy in the
bonding There is an exceptional decrease in the volume of metal during solidification shrinkage due to the
formation of the crystal structures which is ordered2
- 46 -
Figure 27 Solidifying metal will shrink this shows how a pipe forms in a cube sand casting It will begin
by forming a solidified skin on top at the mold-casting interface which isolates this section from the rest of
the casting that is still liquid Thus liquid metal cannot replenish this void2
172 Macrosegregation
The last part of the actual casting to solidify not including the riser will be at the
centerline of the thickest mass section When an alloy solidifies unless it is a eutectic
composition it will solidify over a temperature range The exact composition solidifying
is represented by an isothermal line drawn from the alloyrsquos composition line (C0) to the
solidus line this can be best illustrated with Figure 28 This solidification range creates
solute migration because the first part of the casting to solidify will be solute poor and the
last part of the casting to solidify will be solute rich Macrosegregation can be combated
by a faster solidification rate so that there is not time allowed for solute migration Heat
treating the casting will also help reduce the segregation after the casting is solidified
however solid state diffusion rates are substantially slower than diffusion rates in the
liquid238
- 47 -
Figure 28 This is an example of a two-phase solidification region where solidification happens over a
range of temperatures The lever rule can be used to determine specific composition of the solute falling out
of solution at any point in time below the liquidus line38
173 Microporosity
Solidification shrinkage will also cause microporosity When the casting is
solidifying it is common for the dendrites to grow into one-another such that they
impede liquid metal flow in the inner-dendritic region Then solidification shrinkage
occurs within the dendritic region and since liquid metal is not available to replenish the
shrinking volume a micropore will form Figure 29 provides an illustration of this
phenomenon Microporosity is exacerbated by alloys that solidify through a larger two-
phase region because these have a higher propensity for form dendrites due to the larger
freezing range This defect can be combated with any mechanism that breaks up the
dendrites such as ultrasonic vibrations magnetic eddy currents or higher velocity
pouring metal2
- 48 -
Figure 29 Dendrites are the primary cause of microporosity because the dendritic arms grow together and
liquid metal cannot replenish the micropore that forms due to the solidifying metal This action is illustrated
above The kinetics of solidification in the space between inter-dendritic arms is also a leading cause for
microsegregation2
174 Microsegregation
Microsegregation is another byproduct of the solidification kinetics of an alloy
The last composition of the alloy to solidify will have a high solute content This can
cause intermetallic phases and inclusions to form primarily between dendrites These
both have the tendency to be brittle and should be avoided if possible The primary side-
effect to the intermetallic phase and inclusions is hot shortness which is cracking that
occurs during any subsequent hot working process Microsegregation can be rectified by
the same process alterations as for macrosegregation Additionally it was reported that a
homogenizing heat treatment works well to remedy the problem The secondary-dendritic
arm spacing normally has the largest effect on microsegregation and this spacing can be
used to determine the time and temperature of the homogenization that is needed23940
175 Gas Porosity
Gas porosity is also a common defect which is caused by the absorption of gases
into the liquid phase prior to solidification The primary gases that are responsible for gas
porosity in iron and steel are H2 N2 and CO The primary mechanism for gas porosity is
- 49 -
the dramatic decrease in gas solubility at the liquid-to-solid phase change which can be
illustrated in Figure 30 These gases are soluble in liquid metal and often times
solidification happens so quickly that when gases evolve out of the solidifying metal a
gas hole is left in their wake An example of a gas porosity hole in the solidified metal
can be observed in Figure 31 the nearly perfectly round hole is indicative of gas porosity
Gas porosity can be remedied by vacuum degassing the melt Hot-Isostatic-Pressing
(HIPrsquoing) the finished part the addition of inclusion formers and all around cleanliness
of the melt241
Figure 30 Hydrogen gas content in a metal as a function of temperature illustrates that the liquid form of a
metal has a much greater gas solubility than does the solid phase There is a sharp discontinuity in the
solubility graph at the solidification temperature and this is why gas hole porosity is seen in metals The
metal is solidifying with ample amounts of gas in it and often times it solidifies before the gas has a chance
to escape Thus leaving a gas hole in its wake
- 50 -
Figure 31 Round pores seen in micrographs commonly indicate gas porosity because the gas bubble is
round and when the metal solidifies around it as the gas is escaping it leaves its own trace in the metal41
18 Heat Treating of Steels
Heat treating is commonly performed on both cast and wrought steels Depending
on categorization there are arguably seven different heat treatments that are performed
on metals homogenization full anneal process anneal normalization austenitize-
quench-temper spheroidizing and stress relieve Consult the Fe-C phase diagram in
Figure 32 that has the temperature ranges for each heat treatments superimposed upon it
for reference during each of the following sections18
Common to most every heat treatment of steels is heating first above the A1
transition line to fully austenitize the steel This is important because the FCC structure
has a higher solubility for carbon and other alloying elements Austenite can be thought
of as the ldquoparent phaserdquo to most microstructures and phases in steels because most
microstructures are formed by cooling from the austenite region It is because of the
- 51 -
austenite region that there are so many heat treatments possible for steel Cooling rate
will control the diffusion which along with the composition dictate the resultant
microstructure in cast steels Slower cooling rates will allow phases solute and particles
that were stable in the austenite region but not stable in the α+Fe3C region to precipitate
out as second phases Faster cooling rates will keep these solutes in solution in a
metastable form2542
Figure 32 Partial phase diagram of temperature vs carbon wt illustrates the ranges for each type of heat
treating and thermomechanical processes up to 15 wt C Notice this depicts the A1 temperature line at
1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) so frequently referenced18
The austenite region in steels is important for other reasons too For example it is
single phase at most temperatures and compositions that are commonly used plus it is a
high-temperature phase that it naturally more ductile This increased ductility enables
thermomechanically deformation of steels in the austenite region to be cost-effective
- 52 -
Also the austenite phase forms its own grains by a standard nucleation and growth
process There is a kinetic barrier that needs overcome for them to start growing because
α+Fe3C needs to be transformed The final size that the austenite grains grow to will
affect how easily the microstructure can be transformed back into α+Fe3C upon cooling
Therefore they have an effect on ferrite microstructure For example toughness is
sensitive to prior-austenite grains and it is reduced as the size of the prior austenite grains
are increased Once cooled the remnants of the austenite grains are called prior-austenite
grains (these grains are visible when subjected to special etches and microscopy)2542
181 Homogenization
During solidification of an alloy microsegregation and macrosegregation can be
mitigated by subsequent homogenization heat treatments Compositional supercooling
creates a multitude of problems because there is not a uniform composition throughout
the solidified metal At ambient temperatures the solute atoms will not diffuse fast
enough to achieve an equilibrium composition throughout To quicken diffusion rates a
homogenization heat treatment is performed to enable the systemrsquos concentration
gradients to equilibrate across the matrix Most ingot castings are homogenized before
hot working to improve workability mechanical properties and repeatability because the
solute atoms are dissolved Homogenization is performed approximately in the 1830-
2190 ˚F (1000-1200 ˚C) temperature range followed by an air cool which produces
larger coarse grains upon completion as opposed to a quench Homogenization normally
happens simultaneously with the nucleation and growth of the austenite grains therefore
one could argue that austenitizing and homogenizing are the same heat treatment Often
- 53 -
thermomechanical deformation is performed directly after homogenization so that the
ingot does not have to be reheated later254243
182 Full Anneal
Performing a full anneal in steels will produce a microstructure characteristic of
equiaxed ferrite and coarse pearlite that will have soft and ductile mechanical properties
The temperature ranges involved are just above the A3 temperature line for hypoeutectoid
steels and just above the A1 temperature line for hypereutectoid steels If a hypereutectoid
steel is cooled slowly through the γ + Cementite region the steel will have a tendency to
form proeutectoid cementite along the grain boundaries which is too brittle for use A
full anneal is normally held at temperature for an hour per inch thick of steel and it
finishes with a furnace cool1844
183 Process Anneal
A process anneal is also called a recrystallization anneal and it is primarily used
to restore ductility to a piece of metal that has been cold worked As explained
previously when a steel is cold worked dislocations form and they impede each otherrsquos
flow This makes the material less ductile because dislocation motion is a mechanism for
slip A process anneal can annihilate these dislocations so cold working can continue
without damaging the steel additionally increased ductility can be achieved There are
three phases of a process anneal heat treatment 1) dislocation annihilation (recovery) 2)
recrystallization 3) new grain growth The recovery phase reduces strain in the matrix
and the recrystallization phase nucleates new strain-free grains It should be made clear
that no phase change is achieved during a process anneal the upper temperature limit is
less than A1 temperature line1844
- 54 -
184 Normalization
Normalizing is used to refine the grain structure of the steel typically after cold or
hot working Steel is commonly sold in this condition because it produces fine equiaxed
grains and fine pearlite that is desirable for good mechanical properties such as strength
and ductility Normalizing involves an air cool from temperatures above the A3
temperature line but still relatively low in the austenite region The cooling rate is
dependent upon ambient conditions casting size and casting geometry1844
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper
The highest strength and hardness microstructure in steels is called martensite
This is formed via a diffusionless transformation from the austenite region initiated via a
quench A quench is the act of cooling the material quickly in a medium that can be
water oil or brine A martensitic microstructure is not used without subsequently being
tempered due to un-tempered martensitersquos brittleness and lack of toughness that would
make the steel prone to catastrophic failure45
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability
It is important to distinguish the difference between hardness and hardenability
The ability of a steel to form martensite is called hardenability and hardness is a
materialrsquos resistance to deformation These also have different influences as well the
ultimate hardness potential of martensite is only a function of the carbon content of the
steel while hardenability is controlled by the following carbon content alloying
elements prior-austenite grain size cooling rate (severity of quench) and the size of the
steel being quenched192045
- 55 -
The factors affecting hardenability are straightforward The higher the carbon
content and alloying content the higher the hardenability because additives decrease
diffusion rates Since the formation of pearlite and bainite are diffusion dependent the
system will have a higher tendency to form martensite This can be observed on a Time-
Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram as seen in Figure 33 Any effect that slows
diffusion like the addition of alloying elements moves the curve to the right
Hardenability is increased with increasing prior-austenite grain size because there are
fewer grain boundaries with coarser grains which results in fewer nucleation sites for
pearlite formation19204647
Figure 33Time-Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram This particular TTT diagram has a Fe-C
phase diagram attached on the left This illustrates how martensite finish (Mf) decreases with C content
This is an isothermal diagram and therefore no kinetic effects during the cooling will be taken into
account ie it assumes infinitely fast cooling to the desired temperature46
Intuitively depth of hardness increases with increasing hardenability and the
severity of the quench The quenching medium affects the severity for example an oil
quench is less severe than a water quench which is the most common medium
Additionally section size will influence cooling rates A small sample will experience a
more severe quench1920454849
- 56 -
1852 Martensite
A martensitic structure in steels results from a diffusionless athermal and shear-
type formation To catalyze the formation of this hardest possible steel microstructure
the steel must undergo a severe quench from austenite to its room temperature stable
phase The austenite phase at 1674 ˚F (912 ˚C) is capable of handling up to 211 wt C
due to its more open FCC structure but the maximum carbon that the α-phase can handle
is 002 wt C because of its more enclosed BCC structure This means that with typical
cooling rates carbon will partition itself out of the α-ferrite and form the secondary phase
of Fe3C To form full martensite a quench must happen quickly such that carbon cannot
diffuse out of the octahedral sites in α-Fe into a second phase of Fe3C hence the
diffusionless transformation Carbon remains trapped in the BCC lattice however it
strains the BCC lattice deforming it into a Body Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice
where carbon is still in the octahedral sites This is observed in Figure 34 Martensite is
not a thermodynamically stable phase which means that martensite is metastable and that
the diffusion was only suppressed45
Martensite strengthens steel to such a high degree because of the Bain strain that
is induced by the carbon wedged into the BCT lattice The strain field that forms around
each carbon atom inhibits dislocation motion There is also a solid solution strengthening
effect from the carbon that contributes to the overall hardness of the martensite A surface
tilting is normally associated with martensite formation based upon which habit plane
that it forms upon from the austenite phase These habit planes will be dependent upon
alloy composition Figure 35 illustrates this habit plane relationship45
- 57 -
Figure 34 The Body-Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice of martensite Carbon atoms become stuck in the
interstices between larger atoms during the rapid quench from the FCC phase of austenite The system
wants to assume the BCC phase of ferrite however cooling happens so rapidly that carbon does not have
time to migrate and now it is trapped in this metastable phase45
It should be noted that martensite formation occurs over a range of temperatures
The alloy must first be quenched through its martensite start temperature (MS) This is
determined by a thermodynamic driving force that is required to start the shear
transformation from austenite to martensite The MS will vary directly with carbon
content the higher the carbon content the lower MS This may seem counterintuitive
because one method for increasing hardenability is to increase the carbon content
however since carbon is an interstitial alloying element in steels it places strain even on
the FCC lattice of austenite This increases austenitersquos resistance to shear Therefore
since martensite formation is a shear transformation there needs to be a larger
thermodynamic driving force to initiate this change which is catalyzed by a larger
undercooling There is also a MF which occurs when all of the austenite has transformed
into martensite Figure 36 illustrates martensite start temperature45
- 58 -
Figure 35 Martensite is characteristic of causing Bain strain The exceptionally high strains associated
with the shear transformation for the formation of martensite will twist and tilt the martensite surface to
start the formation The austenite phase that was not transformed yet has to be plastic enough to allow this
to happen45
There are two different types of martensite that exist lath and plate However
they do not exist exclusively and can mix together The type of martensite formed is
dependent upon composition Plate martensite will form above 10 wt C and lath
martensite will dominate below 06 wt C with a mix of both occurring between 06
and 10 wt C This relationship is illustrated in Figure 36 as well as the martensite start
temperature Plate martensite is characteristic of irrational habit planes macroscopic in
nature (can be seen with optical microscopy) and subject to mostly twinned planes Lath
martensite has the tendency to form in parallel packets with more dislocations than twins
and its habit plane is defined as 11145
- 59 -
Figure 36 There are two different types of martensite lath and plate Formation is dictated by carbon
content As observed a range up to 06 wt C will produce lath and a range upwards of 10 wt C will
produce plate martensite When the wt C is between these ranges a mixture of lath and plate martensite
can be expected45
1853 Tempering Kinetics
Martensitic steel must be tempered to restore ductility and toughness to prevent
possible catastrophic brittle failure Tempering must be performed cautiously because
over-tempering is possible such that the steel becomes too soft Since martensite is a
metastable phase whose diffusion was only suppressed due to kinetics it takes relatively
little thermal energy to enable the carbon to migrate out of the BCT lattice Thermal
energy is introduced to the system in the form of tempering Once carbon leaves the BCT
structure the lattice will relax and reform its thermodynamically stable BCC lattice that
has 002 wt C maximum Therefore the extra carbon that was supersaturated into the
BCT lattice will now precipitate out as the second phase of cementite (Fe3C) Since the
primary goal of tempering is to soften the metal at the expense of hardness it becomes a
balancing act between how long and at what temperatures tempering is conducted to
obtain the desired mechanical properties455051
- 60 -
186 Spheroidizing
Spheroidite is the softest and most ductile microstructure possible for a given steel
because of the formation of spherical carbides which have a low surface-area-to-volume
ratio relative to other carbide shapes Therefore there is less interaction area with the
matrix and in turn less of a strain field that is formed Steels subjected to this heat
treatment have great machining properties because of the increased ductility To achieve
this microstructure the steel is held just below the A1 temperature for multiple hours to
give ample time for carbon diffusion18
187 Stress Relieving
This heat treatment is performed to remove internal stresses induced by welding
machining cold-working etc There is no recrystallization or significant microstructural
changes as with process annealing The temperature for stress relieving is approximately
750 ˚F (400 ˚C) which is the temperature required for dislocation annihilation to
occur1844
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels
HSLA steels are low carbon content steels typically with pearlite and ferrite
microstructures that achieve relatively high strengths formability and toughness despite
the fact that they have a low carbon content Their weldability is also superb due to the
low carbon content To achieve strength an HSLA steel must be able to precipitation
harden the ferrite HSLA steels are commonly microalloyed with vanadium niobium
titanium or another strong carbide forming element and with a solid solution
strengthener such as silicon or manganese Another essential aspect to the strength of
- 61 -
HSLA steels is a fine grain structure Reduced grain size is an additional mechanism for
strength but it also increases toughness while lowering the DBTT5253
191 Precipitation Hardening
Commonly known as age hardening in non-ferrous alloys this secondary-
hardening process closely resembles an austenitize-quench-temper cycle for normal
steels Technically a solution-treat and age cannot be performed in conventional steels
because of the lack of carbon solubility However with the additions of microalloys a
true precipitation hardening can be achieved in HSLA steels A precipitation hardening
technique is similar to an austenitize-quench-temper in terms of its heat treatment cycle
During the quench the goal is to make a metastable supersaturated solid solution Then
when thermal energy is introduced to the system the precipitates (alloy carbides nitrides
and carbonitrides) age or precipitate into the matrix These processes occur at the same
time that the martensite is quenched and tempered54
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE)
A cornerstone of this project is ensuring that the alloy developed will have
superior weldability but first the term weldability must be defined such that it can be
understood The weldability of low alloy steels is commonly expressed in terms of
Carbon Equivalent (CE) which is calculated solely from the chemical composition of a
steel The following are the definitions adopted and how they are defined for this project
1101 Weldability
Weldability is defined by the American Welding Society (AWS) as ldquoThe capacity
of a material to be welded under fabrication techniques imposed in a specific suitably
- 62 -
designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended servicerdquo However there
are many characteristics of a steel that could influence its weldability55 Colloquially one
would just say that a steel which welds successfully without pre-heating has a good
weldability
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE)
One of the best metrics for weldability assessment is through an empirically
derived formula called the carbon equivalent (CE) This was created as a way to quantify
the relative likelihood of hydrogen induced cracking problems and heat affected zone
(HAZ) martensite formation in a steel A knowledgeable welder will use the CE value as
a tool to determine how the metal is going to weld and what welding procedures to follow
to avoid weld zone problems For example if the CE is high the welder will know to pre-
heat the metal to decrease the likelihood of martensite formation upon cooling after
welding In this sense a steel with good weldability (low CE) has poor hardenability56
- 63 -
Chapter 2 Literature Review
The essence of HSLA steels was briefly introduced in Chapter 19 however this
section will serve as a review of the development of HSLA wrought and cast steels
21 Microalloying of Steels
The importance of alloying steel was discovered early in the 20th century in
Europe One of the first microalloying elements added to steel was vanadium57
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium
Vanadium was the first element added to microalloy steels Research in the early
1900s in England and France lead to the first commercial microalloyed steel
Metallurgists at that time learned the strength of plain carbon steel could be increased
substantially with additions of vanadium especially when a quench and temper was
performed They did not understand the strengthening mechanisms at work but they
knew that vanadium increased strength and toughness57
Steel containing vanadium made its way to America in about 1910 when Henry
Ford spectated an auto race in France and saw a violent crash He was surprised at how
little damage occurred to the racecarrsquos crankshaft and this sparked his curiosity He
managed to get a sample of the steel tested and it was found to contain vanadium Ford
deduced that additions of vanadium to steel used in Ford vehicles would improve a steelrsquos
strength and shock resistance on American roads even though they did not understand
why Thus vanadium as a microalloy enters markets in the United States however it
would be years before serious focus was applied to development and integration of
microalloy HSLA steels into more areas57
- 64 -
World War II advanced welding technologies greatly Metallurgists soon
discovered that they could not just increase the strength of steels by increasing carbon
content due to the toughness decrease observed when higher carbon content steels are
welded This catalyzed a focus to develop alternative strengthening mechanism to carbon
which lead to the development of grain refining and microalloy precipitation for an
additional strengthening mechanism in steel that required a high weldability From this
deeper investigations into the metallurgy of microalloying continued to develop57
22 HSLA Steels
Even small additions of microalloys to low-carbon steel matched with simple heat
treatments can produce mechanical properties that are comparable to more expensive
steels low alloy steels that require advanced processing steps58 High-Strength-Low-Alloy
steels are based on the microalloying principles discussed previously The term
microalloying and HSLA are used synonymously The concept for strengthening in HSLA
steels is straightforward from a metallurgical point of view there needs to be 1) a refined
grain structure present such that it encourages strength and toughness 2) lower carbon
content to improve weldability 3) strength is achieved through the addition of
microalloys such as vanadium manganese and niobium 4) finally HSLA steels take
advantage of secondary hardening that disperses fine precipitates throughout the ferrite
matrix that further strengthens the steel53
One of the first large scale uses of HSLA steels in the United States was during
construction of the Alaskan Pipeline in 1969 and 1970 It was imperative that steels used
in this pipeline remained tough during the artic conditions so that they would not be
prone to brittle failure Equally important was weldability This caused metallurgists to
- 65 -
analyze previous work done with microalloying of steels and eventually the name
ldquoHSLA steelrdquo was adopted52 The Alaskan Pipeline success with microalloying steels
initiated many investigations into microalloying effects and jump-started broad use of
HSLA steels
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys
Microalloys work well for strengthening steel because they can combine the
strengthening mechanisms of grain refinement and precipitation hardening without
decreasing weldability These combined effects counteract the lower carbon content For
microalloys to be effective they must be able to alter the matrix of the ferrite by either
grain refinement or precipitation hardening (normally in the form of carbo-nitrides) or by
a combination of these two57
Grain refinement is the act of making the ferrite grains smaller after final
processing This is achieved when the dispersed microalloys solidify and create a
heterogeneous nucleation site to prevent prior-austenite grain growth During lower
temperature heat treatments in the austenite region often times the stable precipitates will
not fully solutionize and they act as heterogeneous nucleation sites upon cooling which
inhibits austenite grain growth Regardless the microalloying precipitate falls out of
solution before ferrite grains are nucleated57
Precipitation strengthening by microalloying occurs because the microalloys are
precipitated into the ferrite as carbonitrides (CN) but most commonly in HSLA steels as
vanadium-nitrides (VN) or vanadium-carbonitrides (VCN) through a secondary-
hardening process during aging or tempering57 Carbonitrides of vanadium niobium and
titanium can precipitate in both the austenite region and ferrite region59 Additionally
- 66 -
when some form of a CN or VCN is present and a subsequent heat treatment is
performed such as normalizing these carbonitrides will act as austenite grain stabilizers
that prevent grain growth This preserves grain refinement because smaller prior-
austenite grains lead to smaller final ferrite grains They will also pin the ferrite grains
from deformation and growth before the A1 temperature is reached during heating Both
of these mechanisms work together simultaneously to improve the microstructure6061 If
hot rolling is performed on wrought steel austenite grains become elongated which will
increase the grain boundary area Thus increasing the driving force for transformation in
addition to providing more heterogenous nucleation sites26 More nucleation sites are
added indirectly in a steel during hot rolling because it can make precipitation of carbides
happen more favorably60
Microalloying also has a profound effect on the recrystallization during hot
rolling This is important in wrought steels because if the prior-austenite grains are
pinned by microalloys and cannot coarsen then a finer ferrite structure will form upon
cooling There is also a developed argument that solute drag is responsible for limiting
recrystallization57
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides
Elements such as vanadium niobium and titanium have tendencies to form stable
carbides nitrides and carbonitrides in steel when precipitated through a secondary
hardening reaction They are the primary microalloying elements used today in HSLA
steels62 The formation of carbides and nitrides are diffusion dependent processes
Complex microalloy carbide and nitride and phases do not diffuse as rapidly as the
conventional Fe3C phase during heat treatment This has a few important consequences
- 67 -
metallurgically First carbides reduce the rate of softening effects such as a temper
because they inhibit the diffusion driven coarsening that Fe3C would experience
Secondly metal carbides that are formed will be resistant to coarsening This limits their
size and enables them to maintain a fine dispersion throughout the matrix Finally it
provides great creep resistance at high temperatures because they will combat steel
softening at elevated temperatures63
Carbides of vanadium niobium and titanium are commonly found in the form of
MC M2C M6C and M23C6 where ldquoMrdquo is comprised of various metals and ldquoCrdquo is
carbon the common stoichiometric carbides are summarized in Figure 37 These carbides
and carbonitrides have the FCC crystal structure and comparable lattice parameters thus
they have extensive mutual solubilities The carbides and nitrides formed by vanadium
niobium and titanium are also known to be harder than martensite This is quantified in
Figure 38 which displays the hardness values of common carbides and martensite63
- 68 -
Figure 37 Chart displaying compositions of some common stoichiometric carbides present in HSLA
steels ldquoMrdquo can vary with multiple chemistries63
Figure 38 Stoichiometric carbides formed with vanadium niobium and titanium that commonly have a
hardness greater than martensite this is important especially for the strengthening effects in prior-austenite
grain pinning63
- 69 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions
Vanadium is the workhorse in the microalloyed steel families and is more soluble
in the austenite phase than niobium and titanium It has a high affinity for nitrogen and
carbon and readily forms VN VC and VCN These stable carbides and nitrides of
vanadium will have high solubilities in austenite as well compared to niobium and
titanium These solubilities are summarized in Figure 39 Solutionizing of vanadium and
its carbides and nitrides occurs at approximately 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C) Upon cooling
vanadium will begin to precipitate out of solution at this temperature While cooling
passed the solutionizing temperature which is still in the austenite phase nearly pure VN
is the first to precipitate into the matrix Then when the nitrogen supply is all but
exhausted the system will transition precipitation of VN to VCN and finally to VC
(normally in the form of MC) as nitrogen is depleted There will be a sharp drop in the
solubility of VCN in the matrix around the A1 temperature because of the phase
transition Thus more VCNrsquos are precipitated at this temperature57 Vanadium is
commonly the alloying choice over niobium for precipitation strengthening because
niobium solutionizes at a higher temperature which means that it also precipitates out of
solution at higher temperatures It will fall out of solution during the upper region of the
austenite phase this provides the NbCN too much of an opportunity to coarsen during
cooling Therefore vanadium tends to form the finest precipitates in the ferrite matrix60
- 70 -
Figure 39 Mole fraction of nitrogen in the V-carbonitrides as a function of temperature Vanadium
preferentially bonds with nitrogen at higher temperatures until nitrogen is nearly depleted Then there is a
sharp transition at approximately 1470 ˚F (800 ˚C) to vanadium bonding with carbon preferentially over
nitrogen57
Previous work in the literature regarding microalloying with V in HSLA wrought
steels is extensive some key findings follow
bull Vanadium addition ranges from 003 to 010 wt V increase toughness in
HSLA steels because it will stabilize the dissolved nitrogen64
bull During thermomechanical deformation vanadium has been shown to
precipitate out of solution while the steel is being hot rolled in the form of a
VN60
bull VN will help to prevent austenitic grain growth and recrystallization of
austenite grains However if the solubility product of VN is too low or if the
cooling rates are too fast VN will not form in austenite It has been shown
- 71 -
that raising the nitrogen content will increase the amount of VN that
precipitates60
bull The presence of other alloying elements such as niobium titanium and
aluminum will affect how vanadium behaves Albeit vanadium has the
highest affinity for nitrogen but the other elements precipitate out sooner such
that they will consume all of the nitrogen before vanadium has precipitated60
bull Vanadium does not retard ferrite formation as do molybdenum therefore
vanadium steels are less prone to bainite formation and acicular ferrite
Vanadium reduces the embrittlement likelihood especially in high-carbon
steel Additionally vanadium alloys will not be as susceptible to Heat
Affected Zone (HAZ) embrittlement60
bull VCN precipitation in the austenite region is limited due to sluggish kinetics
therefore most VCN will be precipitated in the ferrite region57
bull Precipitation of VCN in low-carbon and low-nitrogen steels (010 wt C and
010 wt N) will occur mostly at 1292 ˚F (700 ˚C) and below57
bull VC has a higher solubility in austenite and ferrite compared to VN this is
because the thermodynamic driving force for VN precipitation is much
higher57
bull When nitrogen content is decreased the VN precipitate size increases
considerably This is an effect of nucleation rate similar to that observed in
pearlite formation The end-resulting grain size is based on the number of
nuclei57
- 72 -
bull Vanadium will form non-stoichiometric carbides and nitrides VC073 to VC089
are a common VC composition range65
bull Using orientation relationships it is possible to determine whether VCN was
precipitated during the austenite or ferrite phase When the VCN assumes the
Baker-Nutting orientation of 100α-Fe||100VCN and lt100gt α-
Fe||lt010gtVCN it was precipitated in the ferrite When the VCN assumes the
Kurdjumov-Sachs orientation of 110α-Fe||111VCN and lt111gt α-
Fe||lt110gtVCN it was precipitated in the austenite66
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition
Niobium solutionizes at higher temperatures than vanadium 2100 ˚F (1150 ˚C)
compared to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) respectively The implications are that niobium will pin
austenite grains from growing until much higher austenitizing temperatures resulting in
reduced prior-austenite grain size1 Niobium as shown in Figure 40 also works better
than vanadium or titanium for inhibiting recrystallization of austenite temperatures59
Figure 40 Niobium has the optimum effect on increasing the recrystallization temperature of austenite
Vanadium performs the worst in this category This is significant because larger prior-austenite grains will
increase hardenability as well as decrease grain refinement59
- 73 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions
Titanium forms the most stable nitrides in steel (TiN) of all microalloying
elements Most studies suggest that TiN will not solutionize at any temperature in the
austenite region57 Its insolubility in austenite ensures that it will prevent austenite grain
growth during welding and hot processing techniques It can be observed in Figure 41
that TiN has a very low solubility in the austenite phase compared to VC The addition of
titanium levels as low as 001 wt Ti are sufficient to perform its primary
microalloying functions57
Figure 41 Solubilities of common carbides and nitrides of HSLA steels This graph displays the logarithm
of the solubility constant (k) as a function of logarithmic temperature It should be observed that TiN has
very low solubility and that VC has the highest solubility In fact TiN has been known to resist
solutionizing even in the upper region of the austenite phase it is virtually insoluble57
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels
Manganese is an effective solid solution strengthener for ferrite in HSLA steels it
is usually in a range from 15-20 wt Mn67 Manganese will increase VN solubility in
- 74 -
austenite because it increases the activity coefficient of vanadium in tandem with
decreasing the activity coefficient of carbon This increases the amount of microalloying
precipitation during the phase transition from austenite to ferrite Additionally
manganese will lower the AR3 temperature which contributes to ferrite grain refinement
because ferrite grains will get less time to grow All of these factors make higher
manganese (08-14 wt Mn) HSLA steels more effective than low-carbon steels with
conventional manganese levels576063 It has also been shown that manganese additions
will not be detrimental to toughness as other microalloying elements68
23 HSLA Cast Steels
Cast steels can be considered to be at a disadvantage because they do not have the
luxury of being thermomechanically deformed to increase strength as do wrought steels
They must rely solely on heat treating and alloying Other than this there are relatively
minute differences between cast and wrought HSLA steels The 30-year development in
the metallurgy of HSLA wrought steels transcended to HSLA cast steels There are slight
differences in chemistry and heat treatment that must be considered to replace the
benefits of thermomechanical deformation in wrought HSLA steels but the
microalloying concepts between HSLA cast and wrought steels remains the same The
following will review past work specific to the development of HSLA cast steels
154676970
Most of the early work developing HSLA cast steels was done in Europe The
first major work in the United States was conducted by Voigt et al starting in 198671
The first review published on HSLA cast steels was by WJ Jackson in 1978 titled ldquoThe
Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings ndash A Review of the Literaturerdquo In this review the
- 75 -
author detailed past accounts of successful microalloying of cast steels with vanadium
compositions The optimal chemistry ranges for the mechanical properties of cast plain-
carbon and low-alloy steels reviewed by Jackson are shown in Table 1 The yield point
of these steels increased by 30 percent compared to similar plain carbon steel without
microalloying additions with only a negligible decrease in ductility and toughness
Limited research was carried out to identify optimum chemistries for these C-Mn steels
which are summarized in Figure 42 It was determined that the best properties were
obtained with 01 wt vanadium because it produced the finest ferrite grain structure72
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-Carbon Vanadium Alloyed Cast Steel72
Elements C Si Mn Cr V
Wt 012-050 03-06 09-15 04-06 007-015
Figure 42 Influence of vanadium on the properties of a C-Mn microalloyed steel Optimum chemistry
occurs at 01 wt V 130 wt Mn 034 wt Si and all carbon in the study was 032 or 033 wt C
At this chemistry it is evident that some properties of toughness decreased All samples were water
quenched and the subsequently tempered at 1202 ˚F (650 ˚C) The V-free steel was quenched from 1616 ˚F
(880 ˚C) and the vanadium steels were quenched from 1688 ˚F (920 ˚C)57
In this study normalizing between 1796-1976 ˚F (920-1080 ˚C) produced a
microstructure of bainite or acicular ferrite microstructure When a subsequent temper is
performed at 1112 ˚F (600 ˚C) an increase in hardness was found because of the
secondary-hardening effects of the precipitation of VCN However extended tempering
times at elevated temperature caused the system to overage which reduced hardness due
- 76 -
to coarsening of precipitates This is one of the reasons why Jacksonrsquos research suggested
that it is imperative to have better control when heat treating microalloyed steel compared
to conventional steels72
It was discussed previously that vanadium and other microalloying elements act
as grain refiners in the austenite region for wrought processed HSLA steels A similar
behavior was observed for cast steels upon initial cooling from the melt VCN acted as a
grain refiner because it fell out of solution slightly before grains grew72
231 Temperaging
To achieve the highest possible strength with HSLA steels they must be
subjected to a quench and temper heat treatment which initiates a precipitation hardening
effect The temper dually functions to soften martensite into ferrite and cementite while
simultaneously aging fine precipitates into the matrix This dual function has become
known to some metallurgists as the portmanteau ldquotemperagingrdquo17367
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work
There are different CE formulas for different welding applications however the
CE formula used in this project is AWSD11 that is displayed in Equation 4 The CE
formula which is most appropriate for structural steel welding varies between steels
because different alloying elements have different influences on weldability For
example how much they slow diffusion rates and whether or not they are carbide
formers In general the addition of other alloying elements to a C-Mn steel will have the
same hardenability and weldability influence of an increase in carbon content Individual
alloying elements directly affect the weldability of the steel to varying degrees This is
- 77 -
why the effect of each element on the CE is scaled by a factor that can be expressed as a
carbon equivalent factor for that steel This means that if a particular steel had been
alloyed with just carbon it would theoretically weld simularly56
119862119864119860119882119878 11986311 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 4
There are other CE formulae used throughout industry but they all have a similar
goal which is being a weldability predictor High carbon content steels have low
weldabilities therefore a high CE steel will also have a low weldability The most
common CE used in industry is displayed in Equation 5 is adopted by the International
Institute of Welding (IIW) as their official CE equation5473 The following ASTM
Standards also follow CE calculated by Equation 5 A216 A352 A709 (Grade 50s)
A913 and A1043 Both ASTM A216 and A352 are cast steel specific standards
Equation 6 is the typical HSLA CE for C-Mn steels Equation 7 is used in ASTM A529
and it is the only CE equation that includes Nb This is because Nb rarely contributes to
the cold-cracking of steels54 Equation 8 is utilized by the Japanese Welding Engineering
Society for low-carbon content steels (lt 011 wt C)74
119862119864119860119878119879119872 = 119862 +119872119899
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 5
119862119864119879 = 119862 +119872119899+119872119900
10+
119862119903+119862119906
20+
119873119894
40 Eq 6
119862119864119860119878119879119872 119860529 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881+119873119887
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 7
119875119862119872 = 119862 +119878119894
30+
119862119903+119862119906+119872119899
20+
119873119894
60+
119872119900
15+
119881
10+ 5119861 Eq 8
- 78 -
Jacksonrsquos Review analyzed CEASTM for HSLA cast steels and utilized Equation 5
with the following results72
bull CEASTM le 041 Good weldability and no need for preheating
bull CEASTM le 045 Good weldability when the welding is completed with low H2
electrodes
bull CEASTM ge 045 Preheating is required for welding use of low H2 electrodes is
required
bull CEASTM ge 060 Only specific conditions enable the steel to be weldable
One nuance that should be stressed to the reader is this project has a goal of
integrating a cast steel designed for structural applications into an existing wrought
ASTM Standard The implications are that a structural welding steel obeys the structural
welding code as seen in AWS D11 such as their CEAWS D11 in Equation 4 while most
ASTM Standards obey CEASTM as seen in Equation 5 This is bound to cause confusion
and all parties involved must be made aware
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards
There are ASTM Standards specifically for cast steel A27 A148 A216 A217
A352 A356 A487 and A958 Most relevant are ASTM A216 Standard Specification
for Steel Castings Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service
and its low-temperature counterpart of ASTM A352 Standard Specification for Steel
Castings Ferritic and Martensitic for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-
Temperature Service Both standards obey the CEASTM in Equation 5 and they have
CEASTM max values of 050 or 055 depending on the specific grade Grade WCB from
- 79 -
ASTM A216 is of particular interest because it was posited by the SFSA that the YS
requirements for this project could be attained through slight manipulation of chemistries
permitted in this standard
234 Key Findings from Previous Work
Previous work has found interesting differences between processing for HSLA
wrought steels and HSLA cast steels The key findings follow
bull It may be necessary to homogenize large casting sections for up to 6 hours at
temperatures ranging from 1740-2010 ˚F (950-1100 ˚C) to combat alloy
segregation Then an accelerated cooling is desired because it will yield a refined
ferrite grain structure73 The length of the homogenizing time and temperature in
general will dependent upon the casting size67
bull Austenitizing temperatures of greater than 1700 ˚F (930 ˚C) are required to
produce full strengthening of V-microalloys73
bull If an insufficient quench is performed coarse VCN will precipitate out during the
initial cooling Coarse VCN does not produce the high hardness that is seen with
finely dispersed precipitates However there is still a strengthening effect that is
seen when temperaging following a weak quench This implies that a temperaging
effect can be seen with thick casting sections as well 73
bull Rapid quench rates will produce the highest hardness however only a slight
decrease in hardness will be observed after temperaging because of the secondary
hardening effect This implies that the softening effect of martensite is more
dominant than the secondary hardening which is aging73
- 80 -
bull Non-heat-treated cast steels tend to have lower ductility compared to cast steel
subjected to heat treating Interestingly non-heat-treated steels have a higher yield
strength70
bull Minimal overaging in the temperaging process is acceptable and sometimes
desired to improve toughness at the expense of only a slight decrease in yield
strength67 Overaging is associated with decreasing the coherency of the
precipitates in the matrix54
bull Higher austenitizing temperatures will enable more precipitates to form during
temperaging because it increases the re-solution of microalloying elements while
in the austenite phase67 Austenitizing temperatures of 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) were
proven sufficient for normalize and temper (NampT) cast steels the strength levels
of quench and tempered (QampT) cast steels were greatly increased by austenitizing
at 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C)69
bull A typical NampT heat treatment can still precipitation harden during temperaging
however the resulting microstructure is less hard than a QampT67
bull According to early research with microalloying HSLA steels with niobium it will
increase strength more than vanadium when heat treating at high austenitizing
temperatures because it prevents austenite grains from coarsening However
coarsening of austenite grains was not observed by Voigt and Rassizadehghani in
1989 They proved this by austenitizing at high temperatures with and without
niobium and then performing the proper etch to display the prior-austenite
grains54
- 81 -
bull Intercritical heat treatments although not used in this body of work have yielded
promising results and high strength and toughness combinations in the past54
- 82 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work
31 Hypothesis
A 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength cast steel with a high weldability for structural
and military applications will be developed using high-strength-low-alloy (HSLA) steel
metallurgical techniques Finally the materialrsquos composition and properties can be
conveniently placed within an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels
allowing ready adoption of these cast steels for applications using cast-weld construction
techniques
32 Statement of Work
Weldable 50 ksi (350 MPa) yield strength cast steel composition and heat
treatment guidelines will be determined with four primary steps 1) examination of
composition heat treating and mechanical property data from the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of Americarsquos (SFSA) database of cast C-Mn steels to identify fundamental
structure-property relationships 2) Thermocalc modeling will define stable phases in
equilibrium and determine solutionizing temperatures for a range of C-Mn steel alloys
with vanadium and niobium microalloying additions 3) heat treating and mechanical
testing of various compositions of steel will provide a validation of how alloys respond to
respective heat treatments 4) Finally rational composition and processing guidelines will
be developed so that future work can establish appropriate ASTM and AWS placement
for this alloy system
- 83 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure
All samples in this study were standard ASTM keel block castings with two test
specimen legs donated by SFSA member foundries in the United States The keel blocks
used in this study had a thick body attached to two legs The keel block measured
approximately 60 in X 40 in X 40 in (1525 cm X 102 cm X 102 cm) and each leg
was approximately 60 in X 10 in X 20 in (1525 cm X 254 cm X 51 cm) The keel
block legs were halved lengthwise with a band saw such that the final dimensions of the
keel block legs used for heat treating were 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X 254 cm
X 254 cm) Thus each keel block could yield four keel block tensile test specimens All
times and temperatures for heat treating and tempers were obtained from the literature
notably from previous work completed by Voigt Rassizadehghani and the
SFSA154676973 Heat treating time was started when the temperature of the furnace
stabilized after loading the samples into the furnace
In all of the following sections keel blocks and keel block legs were heat treated
in a Thermo-Scientific Lindberg Blue M and the Brinell hardness tests were performed
with a NEWAGE Brinell NB3010 Additionally all mechanical testing conformed to
ASTM E8 Standard Test Method for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial alloys investigated in this study were reformulations of conventional
WCB C-Mn cast steel with and without vanadium ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo and ldquoModified C-
Mn-Vrdquo alloys were developed to obtain an understanding of C-Mn cast steel capabilities
and the effects of alloying a similar composition with small amounts of vanadium Keel
- 84 -
block legs were removed from the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V keel blocks
and halved lengthwise on a band saw Both the keel block and keel blocks legs which
become test bar specimens were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 10 hr Half of each
alloy were subjected to a normalizing air cool and the other half were water quenched
Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching was performed at
1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks and at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr for keel
block legs Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for both the
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
42 Tempering Study
An investigation into the temperaging response of the vanadium alloyed material
in particular was necessary to develop heat treating guidelines Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were used to compare a plain WCB type steel to one that should
experience a temperaging response respectively Keel block legs of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were cut from the keel blocks and austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for
20 hr Keel block legs were either normalized in an air cool or water quenched Then the
keel block legs were sliced into approximately 025 in (~6 mm) thick sections for
subsequent tempering such that different times and temperatures can be easily studied
for each alloy
bull A sample for each composition in the normalized and quenched conditions was
subjected to a specific temperature for either 10 hr or 40 hr These temperatures
ranged from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments
resulting in 56 total samples The furnace used for these small samples was a
Barnstead Thermolyne 47900
- 85 -
bull Each sample was then Rockwell hardness tested to develop an understanding of
temperaging for these alloys The machine used was a NEWAGE Rockwell
Digital ME-2
43 Special Heat-Treating Options
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
Heat treating has to be more controlled with HSLA steels than conventional steels
due to the microalloys and the secondary hardening72 A concern was that thicker sections
of castings could not be quenched quickly enough to produce a supersaturated solution of
microalloys without having them fall out of solution prior to tempering Keel blocks of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were heat treated as described in Chapter 41
Then they were cut at frac14 thickness and the cut faces were Brinell hardness tested
bull A range of 12-14 Brinell Hardness indentations were performed on each samplersquos
face to obtain a hardness profile from the edge to the center of these 40 in (102
cm) sections
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real world casting scenarios castings are not uniform in shape and
size such as a keel block leg This poses kinetic and thermal property issues associated
with cooling rates Theoretically a thin section of casting could form a completely
different microstructure than a thick section on the same casting cooled with the same
cooling media This was investigated with keel blocks of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V that were cut differently than for previous heat-treating studies A keel block for
each alloy had one of its legs removed from the keel block body This resulted in two
- 86 -
keel block legs of the dimensions used previously 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X
254 cm X 254 cm) and two identical to it still attached to the keel block body Each
keel block with legs attached and its separated legs were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C)
for 2 hr and then subjected to a normalized air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating the keel block legs still attached to the keel
blocks were removed and all keel block legs were subsequently tensile tested
433 Double Normalize
For some microalloyed steel alloys a double normalize heat treatment is
commonly used to improve mechanical properties such as increased ductility with a
relatively small strength penalty75 A keel block and keel block legs from Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to a double normalizing heat treatment The first
austenitizing was at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 05 hr followed by an air cool The second
austenitizing was at 1600 ˚F (871 ˚C) for 20 hr followed by another air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating these keel block legs were then subjected to
tensile testing
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
To obtain a better understanding of composition limits for carbon manganese
and vanadium Alloys C D E and F with variations in carbon manganese and
vanadium contents were created This enabled analysis into the influence that alloys
upon one-another and how effective one alloy is with and without others present Keel
block legs were removed from Alloys C D E and Frsquos keel blocks and halved lengthwise
on a band saw Both the keel block legs and keel blocks were austenitized to 1750 ˚F
- 87 -
(955 ˚C) for 10 hr Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching
was performed at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20
hr for keel block legs
bull Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for Alloys C D E and
F
45 Metallography of Samples
Samples prepared for metallography include Alloys A-F NampT and QampT Alloys
A and B double normalize and thick section normalized No metallography was
performed on tempering study 0250 in (~6 mm) thick wafers The samples prepared
were sliced sections of tensile test bar ends These were hot-pressed in Allied High-Tech
Products Inc Phenolic mounting powder using a ldquoTech Press 2rdquo manufactured by Allied
High-Tech Products Inc Samples were ground using automated grinding set to 150
RPMs with a pressing force of 18 N Each sample was ground for 30 s at each of the
following grits 240 320 400 and 600 (grinding with the 600-grit pad was performed
twice for a better surface finish)
Next the samples were polished using 1 μm diamond slurry polish for 5 min
followed by a subsequent polish using a 025 μm diamond slurry polish for 3 min After
each grinding and polishing step the samples were rinsed with distilled water The last
step of preparation was to etch both steel alloys using a 2 nital mix This mixture was 2
mL of nitric acid and 98 mL of methanol Upon etching the samples were rinsed with
ethanol
- 88 -
bull Optical microscopy was used to analyze the microstructures of all the steel
samples The microscope used was a Zeiss Axiovert 10 Inverted Microscope
- 89 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions
The United States has failed to dedicate the same effort to developing both HSLA
cast and wrought steels compared to Europe and Asia The largest body of work
currently is that created by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of America (SFSA) and Voigt et
al The following work was conducted as a continuation of previous work done as well as
a new attempt at integrating 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength HSLA cast steels into
existing HSLA wrought standards
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel
The SFSA has compiled a database of over 20000 C-Mn cast steel chemistries
and mechanical properties data from participating steel casting foundries in the United
States This spreadsheet consisted of WCB (ASTM A216) conventional C-Mn cast steel
that was either normalized NampT or QampT The data was analyzed to determine whether
or not it is possible to reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) with conventional C-Mn steel
compositions without microalloying with vanadium and niobium The data was cleaned
and the resulting spreadsheet contained approximately 2500 data entries It should be
noted that ASTM A216 grade WCB is for conventional C-Mn cast steel with a minimum
36 ksi (248 MPa) YS and a maximum CEASTM 050 wt CEASTM The CEASTM does not
consider the effects of silicon which the CEAWS D11 does Additionally as with most
ASTM standards for steel ASTM A216 grade WCB is based more on mechanical
properties than composition Albeit there are composition limits in this standard their
allowable ranges are rather large
- 90 -
The spreadsheet was organized by heat treatments performed on the cast steel test
bars normalized NampT and QampT Scatter plots were made from these data to determine
if correlations between YS composition and CEAWS D11 (weldability) could be detected
Figures 43-45 show the trends between YS and CEAWS D11 (not CEASTM) carbon content
and manganese content respectively
Figure 43 Scatterplot of YS vs CE for all heat treatments (normalize NampT and QampT) According to the
spreadsheet there is a broad range of weldabilities that produce a YS of 50 ksi (345 MPa)
Figure 43 suggests that high YS values of over 50 ksi (345 MPa) are possibly but
not when a CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE is maintained ASTM A215 grade WCB specifies
that a CEASTM le 050 wt CE be maintained this plot helps to show the decrease in
weldability when silicon is accounted for because there are copious samples that now
exceed the 050 wt CEAWS D11
- 91 -
Figure 44 YS vs Carbon Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment related
to YS There is negligible correlation The highest R2 value in this data set is 004 which gives a positive
correlation for increasing carbon content providing a higher YS in the QampT condition However a R2 value
this low should not be considered statistically significant
Figure 45 YS vs Manganese Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment
related to YS There is slightly better correlation with YS as a function of manganese content than as a
function of carbon content However the best correlation observed is an R2 value of 01 for a positive
correlation of QampT improving YS with increasing manganese content Likewise this should not be
considered statistically significant
- 92 -
Figures 43-45 do not suggest a statistically significant trend in YS as a function of
composition for any type of heat treatment Therefore to make possible trends of
chemical composition and mechanical properties more apparent the database was split
into two groups of high-strength-high-weldability and low-strength-low-weldability
Then the composition of materials with these extremes in mechanical properties and
weldability were compared in Table 2
Table 2 SFSA Spreadsheet Analysis of Mechanical Property Extremes to Detect Trends
in Composition
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0214 0687 00002 0384
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0231 0816 0006 0451
Despite the significant difference in mechanical properties the compositions
show little variance There is only a 0017 wt C difference between the YS less than or
equal to 45 ksi (3102 MPa) and a YS greater than or equal to 55 ksi (3792 MPa) The
difference in manganese and silicon is greater however this is still a small difference
These composition variations are smaller than most allowable composition ranges as
would be seen with an ASTM standard Even after these extrema of the spreadsheet data
have been analyzed there is no strong correlation between mechanical properties
weldability and composition
The correlation between normalize NampT and QampT heat treatments and YS CE
ranges is shown in Table 3 It should be noted that 55 ksi (3792 MPa) was chosen as the
upper range instead of 50 ksi (345 MPa) because 50 ksi (345 MPa) is the bare minimum
YS requirement This strength level must be achieved consistently so perturbations in the
YS distribution curve must be taken into account
- 93 -
Table 3 Percentage of Heat Treatments per Designation for the SFSA Spreadsheet
Designation Range Overall Normalize
NampT QampT
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 91 43 42 047
For the entire spreadsheet only 041 of all cast steels obtained 55 ksi (345 MPa)
while maintaining a maximum 042 CEAWS D11 Surprisingly a majority of these were
normalize heat treatment instead of QampT A possible contribution to this result is that the
normalized heat-treated steel samples in this spreadsheet greatly outnumbered the NampT
and QampT heat treated samples There were 1318 normalized samples 347 NampT samples
and only 51 QampT samples The difference in number of samples can also be observed in
Figures 46-48 which display YS as a function of normalized NampT and QampT heat
treatments respectively Tables 4-6 are paired with them as well
Figure 46 All normalized heat treatments and how their YS is a function of weldability The correlation is
poor for plain normalized There is not an increase in YS with increasing the CE but rather a slightly
negative trend
- 94 -
Table 4 Average Chemistries per Designation in the Normalized Condition Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0218 0669 00002 0392
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0243 0667 0004 0421
Figure 46 and Table 4 display normalized heat treatment data obtained from the
SFSA spreadsheet Figure 46 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS
D11) and there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content leading to an increase in YS Table 4 displays the average chemical composition
for each respective designation In this case there is only a 0035 wt C difference over
a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Figure 47 NampT heat treatments with YS as a function of weldability The correlation suggests that
increasing CE in this condition will decrease YS
- 95 -
Table 5 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the NampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0 0 0 0
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0218 0975 0006 0484
Figure 47 and Table 5 display NampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 47 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying content
leading to an increase in YS Table 5 displays the average chemical composition for each
respective designation In this case there were not any data points that met the high-
strength-low-CE designation
Figure 48 QampT heat treatments and their YS as a function of weldability The correlation is the best out of
normalize and NampT however there is a negative trend suggesting that increasing CE will decrease YS
- 96 -
Table 6 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the QampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE
0195 0795 0 0333
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE
0239 0740 0012 0427
Figure 48 and Table 6 display QampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 48 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is only a slight statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content and increasing YS This negative trend in the R2 of 01 suggests that there is a
slight correlation between increasing alloying elements and a decrease in YS Table 6
displays the average chemical composition for each respective designation In this case
there is a 0044 wt C difference over a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Finally the last analysis completed on this spreadsheet was dividing it up into
quartiles based on YS and then analyzing the average and standard deviation in chemical
composition for the top and bottom quartile The results are displayed in Table 7 The
middle 50 percent of data were ignored because the extreme differences in mechanical
properties from the database should better expose any existing chemical-property
relationships of WCB conventional C-Mn cast steels
Table 7 Weight Percent Addition of Primary Alloying Elements with Respective Total
Top Quartile and Bottom Quartile Average and Standard Deviation
YS Ave C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 023
plusmn 002
075
plusmn 014
043
plusmn 006
0003
plusmn 0004
030
plusmn 016
046
plusmn 005
49 (339)
plusmn 39 (27)
Top 25 023
plusmn 002
074
plusmn 010
042
plusmn 006
0002
plusmn 0004
032
plusmn 023
046
plusmn 004
54 (369)
plusmn 11 (78)
Bottom 25 023
plusmn 002
081
plusmn 020
044
plusmn 007
0005
plusmn 0004
028
plusmn 009
048
plusmn 005
44 (304)
plusmn 32 (219)
- 97 -
The results displayed in Table 7 support the previous analyses of the spreadsheet
The WCB conventional cast steel spreadsheet compiled by the SFSA suggests results that
do not make sense metallurgically It is highly improbable that an increase in carbon
content andor manganese content would not make a cast steel stronger There should be
positive correlations in YS with increasing carbon content and manganese content
however this was not observed The positive correlations that did exist had very small R2
values that were not statistically significant the largest being 01 for YS as a function of
manganese content as observed in Figure 45 In Table 7 the difference between the
average wt C for the top quartile of YS and the average wt C for the bottom
quartile of YS is only 0006 wt C This is because the overall ranges in composition in
this database was not large Table 8 is a summary table depicting the total percentages of
the spreadsheet that achieved certain strengths and weldability values
Table 8 Database Summary Table Depicting Percentages of Samples within YS and
Weldability Ranges
Designation Range Overall
Normalize
NampT
QampT
High Strength Low
CE
ge 55 ksi le 042
CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength High
CE
le 45 ksi ge 045
CE 91 43 42 047
The spreadsheet data suggests lack of composition correlation with mechanical
properties and variation in spectrometry and mechanical testing This was not a
controlled study that was conducted by the SFSA There were nine foundries that
participated in data collection each using their own spectrometer to provide a chemistry
analysis It would only take a slight variation between foundries data collection validity
for the values of this spreadsheet to be drastically different Additionally there was no
- 98 -
control of the mechanical testing It is unknown where each foundry sent their tensile test
bars for mechanical testing or if they were tested on-site by each foundry Nonetheless
more reputable data would have been obtained if all tensile test bars were sent to one
mechanical testing facility that would perform the mechanical test as well as retrieve an
official chemistry analysis Nonetheless since only 041 of samples in the entire
database reached YS and weldability requirements it can be concluded that conventional
C-Mn cast steels cannot achieve 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS and CEAWS D11 le 045 CE
consistently enough to be used Therefore microalloying is needed
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial two heats of material were designed to build off of previous work done
in the literature ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo is a reformulated version of conventional WCB C-Mn
cast steel ldquoModified C-Mn-Vrdquo is has less carbon content but more manganese and there
is a modest vanadium addition These alloys were meant to contrast a plain C-Mn cast
steel with a similar cast steel microalloyed with vanadium and slightly more manganese
The complete spectrometer readout is displayed in Table 9 and the CEAWS D11 and
CEASTM values are given in Table 10 Both CE values were computed with the data in
Table 8 not the ldquotarget carbonrdquo shown in Table 11
- 99 -
Table 9 Complete Spectrometer Readout for Compositions of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V
Element Modified C-Mn (wt addition) Modified C-Mn-V (wt addition)
C 0180 0153
Mn 117 123
P 0010 0017
S 0003 0003
Si 035 043
Cr 017 024
Ni 006 006
Mo 0020 002
Cu 0060 007
Al 0055 0057
W 0002 0002
V 0002 0097
Nb 0001 0006
Zr 0028 0023
N 0012 NA
Table 10 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-
Mn-V
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
Modified C-Mn 042 048 043 005
Modified C-Mn-V 044 051 043 008
Table 11 Target Carbon Weight Percent vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from
Multiple Foundries for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo)
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
LECO
Carbon
A 020 0180 0141 0196 0171
B 015 0153 0106 0166 0159
Table 11 displays inconsistent chemistry measurements for carbon content
between foundries and measurement methods This severely compromises a foundryrsquos
ability to accurately meet chemistry targets For example the target carbon composition
for Modified C-Mn is 020 wt C and according to all spectrometers used and the
LECO there is a up to a 059 wt C difference between all measures This could have
profound effects associated with inconsistencies Customers could be receiving steel that
- 100 -
both themselves and the casting foundry believe to be in spec when the actual chemistry
is significantly different This also has direct ramifications with the CE errors due
inaccurate carbon content reporting This could cause weld defects due to lack of
preheating when the CE calculated for that specific steel determined that no preheat was
needed Ultimately this reinforces the theory that variance in spectrometers between
foundries is probably one of the major contributing factors to such large scatter in the
spreadsheet data from the SFSA
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling
Due to the microalloy additions of vanadium a full austenitic transformation must
occur during austenitizing heat treatments such that all VC VN and VCN are
solutionized This will increase the propensity for fine dispersed precipitation of VC VN
and VCN during subsequent temperaging If a fully cohesive austenite phase it not
formed ie not all microalloying additions are solutionized then there will be unwanted
growth during cooling of non-quenched heat treatments as well as in all subsequent
tempers This produces overly large VC VN and VCN that will not have the same
strengthening effects in the ferrite matrix of fine dispersed precipitates This is because
many fine-dispersed precipitates have a greater surface area interaction with the matrix
than fewer larger precipitates57 Figures 49-51 are outputs from Thermo-Calc Software
TCFE SteelsFe-alloys database version 8 which show phase fraction as a function of
temperature for the Modified C-Mn chemistry Modified C-Mn-V chemistry and the
Modified C-Mn-V with 003 wt Nb respectively76 A niobium addition is modeled
such that an understanding can be developed for the difference in solutionizing
temperature between itself and vanadium
- 101 -
Figure 49 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn All carbides and other present
phases solutionize completely by 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
Figure 50 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V All carbides and other
present phases solutionize by 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C)
- 102 -
Figure 51 Phase Fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V with a 003 wt Nb
addition All carbides and other present phases solutionize by 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C)
Fully homogenous austenite occurs at 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn 2003
˚F (1095 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V and 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V with a
003 wt Nb addition The results for Modified C-Mn-V were not expected because it is
repeated throughout the literature that the solutionizing temperature for vanadium is
approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1 Admittedly these Thermo-Calc models were created
after all heat treating was completed because literature is so adamant about the
solutionizing temperatures of vanadium which is why austenitizing of the Modified C-
Mn-V samples was performed at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) This creates controversy because if
Thermo-Calc is correct the austenitizing temperature of 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) was not
adequate to fully solutionize the vanadium which could lead to oversized precipitates
It should be noted that there are limitations to the commercial databases used in
Thermo-Calc when full systems of alloying elements are modeled because of the program
has difficulty calculating the free energies of non-Fe elements Miscibility gaps can
siphon vanadium away from carbides and form different FCC sublattices These are
- 103 -
depicted in Figures 49-51 To create more accurate Thermo-Calc models a specific
database for all present elements would be needed Even when ldquoartifactrdquo phases are not
displayed graphically Thermo-Calc still calculates their existence even though it is not
visible on the graph Therefore the other phases that are depicted behave the same
whether ldquoartifactsrdquo are visible or not The major problem with this database when
modeling microalloying additions with vanadium is that it does not recognize the
introduction of nitrogen into the carbide which is a crucial component
54 Tempering Study
A tempering investigation was conducted to observe temperaging effects of the
microalloying elements present in Modified C-Mn-V versus Modified C-Mn which did
not contain vanadium These graphs should serve as heat treating guidelines for foundries
and metallurgists The curve drawn between the data points are suggestions rather than
ldquofitted curvesrdquo The Keel block legs from Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were
austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 20 hr and then normalized in an air cool or water
quenched Subsequent 10 hr or 40 hr tempers were performed with temperatures
ranging from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments as seen in
Figures 52-61 More specifically Figures 52-57 show the effect of the tempering times
and temperatures for each Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V Figures 57-61 show a
comparison between the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V so that effects of
vanadium during tempering can be more clearly seen
bull The hardness readings shown in each figure is the average hardness from multiple
readings on each sample
bull The reading at 00 hr is the initial hardness before any tempering is performed
- 104 -
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures There is no
temperaging response observed however a negligible increase in hardness happened for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
at 1 hr
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr tempering times for different
temperatures There was dramatic softening especially with the 1200 ˚F temperature at 4 hr due to
standard tempering mechanisms
- 105 -
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures Initially at 1
hr standard tempering softening occurs at all temperatures The most effective being 1100 ˚F (593 ˚C)
Then precipitation aging occurs before 4 hr and a hardness increase is observed
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT This is less straightforward than the NampT heat treatment however
similar results are obtained There was a drastic softening at 1 hr and a subsequent increased hardness due
to aging by 4 hr for 900 ˚F (482 ˚C) There was only a slight temperaging response for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
and the 1200 ˚F (649 ˚C) temperature only softened after 1 hr
- 106 -
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn where both NampT and QampT are placed on the same HRB scale such that a direct
comparison can be appreciated of the effects of a normalize and quench can have on starting hardness
values for the same material and their subsequent tempering responses
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V displaying both NampT and QampT on the same HRB scale enabling direct
comparison between the two heat treatments and their subsequent temper(aging) responses
- 107 -
Figure 58 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to NampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
1000 ˚F and 1100 ˚F (538 ˚C and 593 ˚C) The other results did not indicate temperaging
Figure 59 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to QampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
900 ˚F (482 ˚C) The other results did not indicate sufficient temperaging
- 108 -
Figure 60 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated A different sample was used for
each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn
Figure 61 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated for Modified C-Mn-V at 1 hr
temper time Modified C-Mn-V for 4 hr temper time behaves anomalously A different sample was used
for each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn at 4 hr
temper time
- 109 -
This tempering study showed that ldquotemperagingrdquo effects are simultaneous
martensite softening and precipitation strengthening produced when microalloying with
vanadium It is hopeful that these tempering graphs can serve as suggestions for foundry
heat treating applications of cast steels containing vanadium As expected a temperaging
response was not observed in Modified C-Mn due to its lack of vanadium however not
all Modified C-Mn-V tempering samples showed a complete temperaging response
depending on the tempering temperature chosen It is customary to not exceed 100 HRB
such that HRC is used after this hardness point however all measurements were
completed using HRB so all hardness values could be compared using the same scale
The validity of this study needs to be explored with a future tempering study at
more tempering times and temperatures than used in this study Additionally fitted
curves should be applied such that a more accurate times and temperatures can be
approximated for optimum temperaging
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments to establish benchmarks for behavior of conventional WCB C-Mn cast steel
alloys with and without vanadium additions
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn
Modified C-Mn alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
containing no vanadium Table 12 displays mechanical property data for Modified C-Mn
after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 13 displays the averages
of the mechanical properties from Table 12
- 110 -
Table 12 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 458 (3158) 768 (5295) 289 620 150
NampT 473 (3261) 773 (5330) 289 625 144
QampT 727 (5012) 939 (6474) 250 638 205
QampT 780 (5378) 968 (6674) 226 600 216
Table 13 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn with YS and TS in
ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 466 (3210) 771 (53130 289 623 147
QampT 754 (5195) 954 (6574) 238 619 211
The results displayed in Tables 12 and 13 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 288 ksi (1986 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 64 HB over the NampT condition but
a 51 EL decrease
It is expected that there is a YS and hardness increase from the NampT condition to
the QampT condition in the Modified C-MN alloy The full quench of a steel produces
martensite which is the hardest microstructure possible in steels According to the
tempering studies full hardness of the Modified C-Mn alloy in the QampT condition
produces a Brinell hardness of approximately 240 HB Then during tempering of the
keel blocks legs at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr the rapid diffusion and coarsening of
cementite softened the matrix to 211 HB This was a pure softening effect as no
secondary hardening effects were seen due to the lack of vanadium and other
microalloying elements50 The microstructures of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
and QampT condition are in Figures 62 and 63 respectively
- 111 -
Figure 62 Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
Figure 63 Modified C-Mn in the QampT Condition
- 112 -
Figures 62 and 63 show different microstructures of Modified C-Mn that are
induced by different heat-treating conditions Figure 62 indicates proeutectoid ferrite
(white) and pearlite (dark) According to Table 9 the carbon content of Modified C-Mn
is 018 wt C This composition places the alloy in the hypoeutectoid two-phase
cooling region far left of the eutectoid at 077 wt C which provides ample time for
proeutectoid ferrite nucleation and growth as seen in Figure 9 The slower cooling rates
of a NampT provide time for diffusion and nucleation and growth to enable this
microstructure The fast cooling of a quench does not allow for any diffusion to occur
Figure 63 is characteristic of a tempered martensite microstructure The dark regions are
cementite and the lighter areas are ferrite Tempering provided enough thermal energy for
some diffusion to occur and the laths of martensite are not visible
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V
Modified C-Mn-V alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
with the addition of vanadium Tables 14 displays the mechanical property data for
Modified C-Mn-V after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 15
displays the averages of the mechanical properties from Table 14
Table 14 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn-V with YS and
TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 590 (4068) 859 (5923) 289 587 172
NampT 597 (4116) 856 (5902) 289 636 165
QampT 976 (6729) 1142 (7874) 196 496 231
QampT 991 (6833) 1156 (7970) 211 576 231
- 113 -
Table 15 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn-V with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 594 (4092) 858 (5913) 289 612 169
QampT 984 (6781) 1149 (7922) 2035 536 231
The results displayed in Tables 14 and 15 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 390 ksi (2689 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 62 HB over the NampT condition but
an 86 EL decrease There is an increase in YS from Modified C-Mn to Modified C-
Mn-V for both the NampT and QampT condition 128 ksi (883 MPa) and 23 ksi (1586
MPa) respectively
It is logical that strength levels for the vanadium containing Modified C-Mn-V
alloy are higher than for the Modified C-Mn alloy Additionally there is a 390 ksi (2689
MPa) YS increase from the NampT condition to the QampT condition in Modified C-Mn-V
compared to a 288 ksi (1986 MPa) strength increase from the NampT condition to the
QampT condition in the Modified C-Mn alloy This difference suggests that a secondary
hardening event occurred during the QampT heat treating of the Modified C-Mn-V If
temperaging did not occur it would be expected that the difference in strength between
the NampT condition and QampT conditions would be similar to what is observed in
Modified C-Mn The microstructures of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition and the
QampT condition are in Figures 64 and 65 respectively
- 114 -
Figure 64 Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
Figure 65 Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition
- 115 -
Figure 64 has micro-specs (precipitates) that are evident throughout the
proeutectoid ferrite matrix This dispersion is not seen as well QampT condition in Figure
65 due to the amount of tempered martensite which obscures the view These
precipitates are not visible in the vanadium-free Modified C-Mn alloy in Figures 62 and
63 Due to the uniform nature of the precipitates displayed in Figure 64 it can be
concluded that a normalizing cool is sufficient to retain the precipitates in solution until
below the critical transformation temperature such that they do not de-solutionize during
initial cooling If a finite amount of precipitates would have de-solutionized during the
initial air cool then there would be large precipitates visible with the fine precipitates
because the larger precipitates would have grown during initial cooling
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
Analysis of microstructures with a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) was also
performed on the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V alloys to compare the
microalloying effects of vanadium at a more microscopic level This was in response to
the precipitates that are visible in Figure 64 and an attempt to verify the existence of VN
VC andor VCN precipitates in addition to comparing the relative size of the precipitates
to determine if some de-solutionized The precipitates that de-solutionized during the
normalizing air cool would be larger than those aged into the matrix Figures 66-68
display Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
at 5000X and 10000X respectively
- 116 -
Figure 66 SEM image of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition There are no precipitates in this alloy due
to the lack of microalloying additions
Figure 67 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
- 117 -
Figure 68 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition at a higher magnification than Figure
67 The Precipitates of vanadium are more defined in this image
There are no precipitates or dispersoids visible in the SEM micrograph of
Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition in Figure 66 However in the SEM micrographs in
Figures 67 and 68 there are precipitates present Figure 68 which is 10000X
magnification shows these precipitates better than Figure 67 Most of the precipitates in
the image appear to be uniform in size however there are a few larger precipitates This
size difference was not visible with just optical microscopy Therefore it can now be
postulated that a small finite number of precipitates de-solutionized during normalizing
air cool but it is a small percentage Thus the air cool is still adequate for a subsequent
temper to induce aging and not over-age precipitates
Electron Dispersion Spectroscopy (EDS) was also performed on these samples to
determine the composition of the precipitates However a proper balance in eV could not
- 118 -
be found such that the beam either over-penetrated the sample and was reading the
composition of the matrix or it was not strong enough to read the sample This is due to
the nm magnitude of the precipitates It is suggested that a surface technique such as X-
Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) be performed so that over-penetration does not
occur and a quantitative analysis of the composition can be acquired
56 Special Heat-Treating Options
There needs to be more metallurgical control in heat treating of microalloyed
HSLA steels than with conventional steels to ensure that a proper temperaging response
is observed72 An open question is the heat treatment response of heavy section castings
that will have slower cooling rates for NampT and QampT heat treatments
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
This thick-section study involves subjecting the keel block bodies of both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to NampT and QampT to better understand the
cooling rate effect of large section size Table 16 displays the results of a Brinell
Hardness testing profile across the 40 in (102 cm) face of keel blocks Table 17 also
displays the Brinell Hardness results but with an interpretation of the hardness at the
edge and center for each keel block
- 119 -
Table 16 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments Each ldquoIndentationrdquo Value is Represented as the Hardness Profile
Developed Across the Face
Indentation
Number
Alloy A
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy A
(QampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(QampT)
Hardness
1 136 189 169 260
2 153 182 182 215
3 153 183 173 214
4 141 169 162 211
5 141 167 164 219
6 153 168 155 217
7 150 179 150 218
8 131 168 165 218
9 159 171 164 219
10 153 178 151 224
11 149 185 166 228
12 153 179 172 229
13 NA 184 168 242
14 NA 176 NA NA
Table 17 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments
Sample and (HT) Midway Hardness (HB) Edge Hardness (HB)
Alloy A (NampT) 147 147
Alloy A (QampT) 172 180
Alloy B (NampT) 156 172
Alloy B (QampT) 216 234
The Brinell Hardness profiles across the 40 in (102 cm) faces of the keel blocks
determined that the edge hardness was greater for both conditions of Modified C-Mn-V
and the QampT condition of Modified C-Mn The NampT condition of Modified C-Mn did
not develop a profile
Cooling gradients are to be expected in thick-casting sizes due to the specific heat
capacity of the material Therefore the steel should be harder in areas near the edge of
the material where a faster cooling rate is observed than at the center where the material
- 120 -
is more insulated from severe quenches The results in Table 17 do not make sense for
the NampT condition of Modified C-Mn The QampT condition and both conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V have the expected profile
Additionally when the HRB values from the tempering study are converted to
HB values and applied to this data the results also are not consistent For example the
HB conversion value for the normalized condition of Modified C-Mn-V before a temper
is 180 HB (taken from tempering study) The hardest HB value in the thick-section data
is 182 for the same alloy after NampT Therefore the following are possible 1) incorrect
conversions from HRB to Brinell 2) a temperaging response increased the hardness in
the thick section meaning that the effects of age hardening overpowered the temper on a
slow cool which is very unlikely 3) the data is compromised and should be repeated
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real-life situations metal castings are complex in shape and do not
experience uniform cooling rates The kinetic and thermal property issues associated with
this will be addressed It is important to understand how the microstructure of one-section
of casting could be significantly different than another section of the same casting
because of cooling rates To study this effect keel block legs were normalized with and
without the keel blocks still attached for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
these results are displayed in Tables 18 and 20 respectively Tables 19 and 21 are
summary tables displaying the averages of the mechanical properties from Tables 18 and
20
- 121 -
Table 18 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 453 (3123) 769 (5302) 282 518 146
A 442 (3047) 770 (5309) 266 520 150
B 518 (3571) 805 (5550) 274 426 153
B 522 (3599 806 (5557) 250 388 152
Table 19 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel
Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and
TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 448 (3085) 770 (5306) 274 519 148
B 520 (3585) 8055 (5554) 262 407 153
Table 20 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 475 (3275) 784 (5405) 304 552 150
A 470 (3240) 782 (5392) 289 603 148
B 544 (3751) 829 (5716 234 458 166
B 542 (3737) 832 (5736) 274 516 168
Table 21 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from
Keel Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS
and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 473 (3258) 783 (5399) 297 578 149
B 543 (3744) 831 (5726) 254 487 167
The data from Part II of the thick-section study investigated the cooling rate
effects of a thin-section attached to a thick-section versus a thin-section cooling
autonomously This was conducted for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V The
data suggests that faster cooling rates are observed when the thin-section is autonomous
versus when the thin-section is attached to a thick-section (keel block) Faster cooling
rates yield finer grain structures which are consistently found to increase strength
Consequently the YS values for both alloys are higher in Table 21 when the thin-section
- 122 -
cooled autonomously To analyze the difference in grain structure between cooling rates
Figures 69-72 display micrographs of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V attached to
the keel block and cooled autonomously respectively
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn attached to the keel block
- 123 -
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V attached to keel block
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn normalized autonomously from keel block
- 124 -
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V normalized autonomously from keel block
There is an obvious difference in grain size between samples that were cooled
while attached to the keel block (Figures 69 and 70) and ones that were cooled
autonomously (Figures 71 and 72)
563 Double Normalize
Double normalizing heat treatments have been reported to increase toughness and
ductility while sacrificing relatively little strength75 Therefore it became a heat treatment
of interest Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were both subjected to the double
normalizing heat treatment There was no temper that followed either normalization heat
treatment Table 22 displays the mechanical properties of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V after a double normalize The averages are in Table 23
- 125 -
Table 22 Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment with
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 493 (3399) 794 (5474) 312 646 153
A 508 (3503) 795 (5481) 352 680 150
A 498 (3434) 793 (5468) 312 652 153
A 493 (3413) 801 (5523) 336 678 156
B 557 (3840) 835 (5757) 304 634 165
B 551 (3799) 834 (5750) 312 645 162
B 560 (3861) 835 (5757 320 643 165
B 549 (3785) 829 (5716) 320 629 162
Table 23 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment
with Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in
ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 498 (3437) 796 (5487) 328 664 153
B 554 (3821) 833 (5745) 314 638 164
The double normalizing heat treatment mechanical properties are best-compared
to the mechanical properties obtained by the single normalizing heat treatment of a keel
block leg in Table 21 The average YS for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in
single normalizing condition is 473 ksi (3258 MPa) and 543 ksi (3744 MPa)
respectively These are both slightly weaker than the YS values produced with a double
normalizing heat treatment for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 498 ksi (3437
MPa) and 554 ksi (3821 MPa) respectively Equally important was the EL increase
that was observed with the double normalizing heat treatment compared to the single
normalizing heat treatment These results are conducive with literature To analyze the
grain refinement that occurred Figures 73 and 74 are images of double normalized
condition Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
- 126 -
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn double normalize
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V double normalize
- 127 -
Figures 73 and 74 are micrographs of the double normalized condition of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
The Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V used in previous experiments had
chemical composition data from multiple sources that was not consistent Additionally
they did not meet the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement Therefore more compositional data
needed testing and validation Factorial design alloys were also produced to better
develop compositional understandings and how much variance is allowed in composition
to still maintain strength Table 24 displays the 4 new alloys (C-F) and their designations
Table 25 shows the compositional targets for Alloys C-F and the actual spectrometer
compositions are shown in Table 26 Then the data from Table 26 was used to calculate
the CE values for these alloys and this data is displayed in Table 27 Finally carbon
content comparisons were made with spectrometer data from multiple foundries and the
results are shown in Table 28
Table 24 Alloy Name and Designation for Factorial Design Alloys
Alloy Designation
C Lo-CLo-MnLo-V
D Hi-CLo-MnHi-V
E Lo-CHi-MnHi-V
F Hi-CHi-MnLo-V
Table 25 Alloy C-F Compositional Targets for Carbon Manganese Vanadium and
Silicon
Alloy C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
C 013 10 007 lt 04
D 017 10 011 lt 04
E 013 14 011 lt 04
F 017 14 007 lt 04
- 128 -
Table 26 Actual Chemical Compositions for Alloys C-F as Determined by
Spectrometry
Element Alloy C (wt
addition)
Alloy D (wt
addition)
Alloy E (wt
addition)
Alloy F (wt
addition)
C 014 017 012 0159
Mn 088 098 104 135
P 0007 001 0008 0008
S 0005 0005 0002 0004
Si 025 033 025 041
Cr 015 017 036 019
Ni 003 008 006 007
Mo 001 002 003 0018
Cu 006 007 006 009
Al NA NA NA NA
W NA NA NA NA
V 010 012 011 0075
Nb NA NA NA NA
Zr NA NA NA NA
N NA NA NA NA
Table 27 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
C 035 039 033 006
D 041 046 039 007
E 040 044 034 010
F 045 049 043 004
Table 28 Target Carbon Wt vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from Multiple
Foundries for Alloys C-F
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
Leco
Carbon
C 013 0140 0167 0149 0184
D 017 0170 0188 0180 0190
E 013 0120 0139 0134 0167
F 017 0159 0172 0165 0182
Alloys C-F faced similar compositional difficulties that Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V did The actual compositions do not match the target compositions
- 129 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F
Alloys C-F were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments and their
mechanical property data is dispersed in Tables 29-36
Table 29 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 435 (2999) 664 (4578) 336 655 130
NampT 464 (3199) 676 (4661) 328 655 137
QampT 828 (5709) 990 (6826) 242 603 216
QampT 785 (5412) 961 (6626) 234 606 222
Table 30 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 450 (3099) 670 (4620) 332 655 134
QampT 807 (5561) 976 (6726 238 605 219
Table 31 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 751 (5178) 297 589 156
NampT 520 (3585) 753 (5192) 312 620 156
QampT 964 (6647) 1117 (7701) 203 525 240
QampT 947 (6529) 1103 (7605) 203 525 240
Table 32 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 752 (5185) 305 605 156
QampT 956 (6588) 1110 (7653) 203 525 240
Table 33 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 501 (3454) 717 (4944) 320 666 141
NampT 521 (3592) 724 (4992) 336 675 141
QampT 905 (6240) 1061 (7315) 219 583 240
QampT 858 (5916) 1020 (7033) 203 581 228
- 130 -
Table 34 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 511 (3523) 721 (4968) 328 671 141
QampT 882 (6078) 1041 (7174) 211 582 234
Table 35 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 543 (3754) 802 (5530) 336 689 159
NampT 556 (3833) 807 (5564) 304 661 162
QampT 1013 (6984) 1142 (7873) 1795 561 258
QampT 1060 (7308) 1167 (8046) 1955 589 247
Table 36 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 550 (3794) 805 (5547) 320 675 161
QampT 1037 (7146) 1155 (7960) 188 575 253
Alloys C and E are the only two alloys that have an acceptable CE value (lt045
wt CE) including Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V In the QampT condition
Alloy C has adequate YS with 807 ksi (5561 MPa) Alloy E in both NampT and QampT
conditions exceeds the 50 ksi threshold with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078
MPa) respectively This can be attributed to their low carbon contents which helps to
limit CE moderate amounts of manganese and high vanadium contents An observation
of the micrographs for Alloys C-F in both the NampT and QampT conditions can be made
with Figures 74-82
- 131 -
Figure 75 Alloy C in the NampT condition
Figure 76 Alloy C in the QampT condition
- 132 -
Figure 77 Alloy D in the NampT condition
Figure 78 Alloy D in the QampT condition
- 133 -
Figure 79 Alloy E in the NampT condition
Figure 80 Alloy E in the QampT condition
- 134 -
Figure 81 Alloy F in the NampT condition
Figure 82 Alloy F in the QampT condition
- 135 -
There does not appear to be any significant difference between the QampT condition
micrographs amongst Alloys D-F The main difference to note between the alloys is the
grain refinement observed with Alloy E in the NampT condition which is noticeably more
than in the other alloyrsquos NampT conditions Additionally there appears to be more
precipitates dispersed throughout the ferrite comparatively Consequently Alloy E is the
only Alloy to reach both the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis
There is a need for an understanding of allowable compositional variance ie
how much can the composition of certain alloying elements deviate and still reach
required strength levels Furthermore this becomes important for standards where there
are large allowable composition windows which is common since most steel casting
standards are based on mechanical properties This analysis was completed using the
Factorial Design alloys (Alloys C-F) Figures 83-88 are graphs that have ISO-YS lines as
a function of carbon content (Y-Axis) and manganese content (X-Axis) Figures 83-85
are for the NampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V and 012 wt V
respectively Figures 86-88 are for the QampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V
and 012 wt V respectively Therefore if a metallurgist wants to maintain a certain
YS for a certain wt V then they just have to alloy the wt C and wt Mn
according to the X and Y axis on the graphs The regression equations used for NampT and
QampT are shown in Equations 9 and 10 respectively
119884119878 = 51547 + (42064 times 119862) + (284495 times 119872119899) + (999979 times 119881) Eq 9
119884119878 = minus157501 + (1548821 times 119862) + (543727 times 119872119899) + (2631891 times 119881) Eq 10
- 136 -
Figure 83 NampT with no vanadium content
Figure 84 NampT with 008 wt V
- 137 -
Figure 85 NampT with 012 wt V
Figure 86 QampT with no vanadium content
- 138 -
Figure 87 QampT with 008 wt V
Figure 88 QampT with 012 wt V
- 139 -
The graphs display ISO-YS lines such that if the composition of the alloy waivers
in between two YS lines which are a function of carbon content and manganese content
then the YS of the alloy with that specific heat treatment and vanadium content will fall
between the two lines The correlation (R2 value) for the accuracy of the regression
equations are 08662 and 09879 for NampT and QampT respectively
59 ASTM Considerations
The final goal of this project involves integration of the developed alloy (most
likely some slight variation of Alloy E) into an existing ASTM Standard Table 37
provides suggestions of possible ASTM Standards both for wrought and cast grades
where a 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS cast steel could be integrated
Table 37 ASTM Specification Summary
ASTM Form TS-YS-EL (2rdquo)-
CVN
CE Cmax Mnmax
A487 Steel cast pressure (W) 85-55-22-Yes No 030 100
A242 HSLA Structural (W) 70-50-21-No No 015 100
A500 Cold-Formed Welded Tube
(W)
62-50-21-No No 023 135
A529 High-Strength C-Mn (W) 65-50-21-No 055 027 135
A709 Structural Bridge Multiple
Grade (W)
65-50-21-Yes No 023 135
A913 HSLA QST Grade 50 (W) 65-50-21-No 038 012 160
A992 Structural Steel Shapes (W) 65-50-21-No 045 023 160
A1043 Structural Build Grade 50
(W)
65-50-21-Yes 045 020 160
A148 Carbon Steel (C) 80-50-22-No No NA NA
A216 WCB (C) 70-36-22-No 050 030 100
A217 High-P High-T (C) 105-50-18-No No 021 080
A356 Low Alloy Grade 8 (C) 80-50-18-No No 020 090
A958 Steel Multiple Grades (C) 80-50-22-No No
consult original standard for more information
(W) for Wrought
(C) for Cast
- 140 -
Table 37 just serves to display possibilities This is groundwork that can help
assist in future deliberations regarding the matter It should also be noted that the goal is
to integrate the alloy into both an ASTM Standard and the AWS D11 Structural Welding
Code for Steel Integration of the developed alloy into an ASTM Standard and AWS
D11 Structural Welding Code is a highly political decision that is not taken lightly
There will be many composition tests welding tests mechanical tests and deliberations
to emerge
- 141 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work
61 Summary
This research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength (YS)
cast steel alloy using common alloying elements complete with heat treating guidelines
such that any foundry in the United States can produce this alloy and consistently achieve
the strength requirements Interest for this research spawned from industry and the
militaryrsquos transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA wrought steels to 50
ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades Alloys investigated were
restricted to a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that optimum
weldability is maintained Introductory work was completed for implementation of this
alloy into an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels and certification of this
alloy into the AWS D11 Structural Welding Code for steel Implementation of the high
weldability 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel into these standards and codes will enable the full
potential of the developed cast steel to be realized It will enable complex shapes of 50
ksi (345 MPa) cast steel to be cast into the final form and welded into place to expedite
construction processes
The research began with analysis of a conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216
WCB grade specific cast steel) database that was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of America (SFSA) to determine whether or not it was possible to reach the
desired properties and CE requirements with conventional cast steels The database
consisted of mechanical property data composition and heat treatment for conventional
C-Mn cast steels produced by a multitude of foundries across North America
- 142 -
The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements This suggested that it is not possible to obtain the required YS while
maintaining the CE requirements with conventional C-Mn cast steel Additional findings
of the database analysis implied much variance in spectrometer data between foundries
because there was no significant correlation between increasing alloying content and an
increasing YS regardless of heat treatment
The second stage of research was conducted to compare and contrast the
microalloying effects of vanadium in Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steels
that had compositions based on previous literature work1 The compositions were
modeled using Thermo-Calc to verify austenitizing temperatures for complete
solutionizing of VCN These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments a
tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis
normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing The tempering study analyzed
hardness values of normalized or quenched wafers that were subjected to tempering times
of either 10 hr or 40 hr for various times These values were then plotted to obtain
tempering curves however these curves were not true ldquofitted curvesrdquo but merely
suggestions The thick-section analysis was completed with keel blocks to see the effects
of cooling rates because it was postulated that thick-sections may not cool fast enough for
vanadium to stay in solution Keel blocks were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments and were subsequently sliced at frac14 thickness Brinell hardness testing was then
perform across the freshly exposed keel block faces to develop hardness profiles The
normalizing cooling rate study was done to mimic real-world cooling of complex casting
shapes which may not cool uniformly One of the two keel block legs was removed from
- 143 -
a keel block and its mate remained on the keel block Then both the autonomous keel
block leg and the one still attached to the keel block were normalized The difference in
cooling rates divulged different properties These samples were not tempered Finally a
double normalizing heat treatment was performed because it is commonly done in
industry to HSLA cast steels to improve ductility with only a slight strength penalty75
bull Thermocalc modeling predicted that the full austenitizing temperatures for the full
solutionizing of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This is a contradiction with literature which
suggests that vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1
bull Optical microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation
hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT
conditions
bull The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry
this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-
Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
bull There was also substantial variance in spectrometer readings between foundries
bull The resulting average YS of the NampT condition for the Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V alloys were 466 ksi (3210 MPa) and 594 ksi (4092 MPa)
respectively Likewise the average YS of the QampT condition were 754 ksi (5195
MPa) and 984 ksi (6781 MPa) respectively
bull The tempering study found temperaging effects in the vanadium containing alloy
There was an initial softening at 10 hr due to tempering of martensite The
kinetics for aging take time to initiate and hardness increased on some samples at
- 144 -
40 hr Some C-Mn-V samples especially higher temperature samples did not
display an aging response at hour 40 however this was probably due to
overaging Therefore it can be posited that C-Mn-V samples exposed to higher
temperatures probably hit peak-age in between 10 and 40 hr
bull The thick-section study produced hardness profiles as expected (higher hardness
at the edge than at the center) in all samples except the Modified C-Mn in the
NampT condition Testing of this sample in particular should be repeated to verify
the results However the Brinell hardness of the Modified C-Mn thick-section in
the NampT condition identically matched its tensile test bar in the NampT condition
for hardness 147 HB
bull Other findings of the thick-section study were that the edge hardness values for
Modified C-Mn in the QampT condition were 180 HB compared to its tensile test
bar in the QampT condition which were 211 HB This can be attributed to slower
cooling rates for the keel block It allowed precipitates to de-solutionize during
the initial cooling from the austenite phase Both the NampT and QampT conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V had higher hardness at the edges of the keel blocks than their
respective tensile test bars average hardness 172 HB compared to 169 HB for the
NampT condition and 234 HB compared to 231 HB for QampT condition However
these results have a negligible difference This proves thicker sections can be
quenched rapidly enough to prevent precipitates from de-solutionizing
bull The normalizing cooling rate study found that test bars cooled autonomously had
a more refined grain structure and higher average YS values and higher average
hardness values Modified C-Mn had a YS of 448 ksi (3085 MPa) and hardness
- 145 -
of 148 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of 473 (3258 MPa) and a
hardness of 149 HB when cooled separately Modified C-Mn-v had a YS of 520
ksi (3585 MPa) and hardness of 153 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of
543 (3744 MPa) and a hardness of 167 HB when cooled separately
bull The double normalizing study found that average EL is increased for both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V when compared to NampT and QampT
conditions For Modified C-Mn in the NampT and QampT conditions the average EL
was 29 and 24 respectively while in the double normalized condition
the average EL was 328 For Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT and QampT
conditions the average EL was 29 and 30 respectively while in the
double normalized condition the average EL was 314
bull The double normalizing study also found that there was an increase in YS and EL
when compared to the single normalizing heat treatment that the autonomous
tensile test bars were subjected to in the normalizing cooling rate study The
average double normalizing YS values are 498 ksi (3437 MPa) and 554 ksi
(3821 MPa) for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively This is due
to a more refined grain structure that is present in the double normalizing
condition
The third stage of research was conducted to determine the compositional range
allowable to still maintain YS values Alloys C-F were created to further analyze this All
samples were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments to the same processing
parameters as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
- 146 -
bull Only Alloy C and Alloy E reached the CEAWS D11 requirement with 039 wt
CE and 044 wt CE respectively
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the NampT condition are 450 ksi (3099 MPa)
520 ksi (3585 MPa) 511 ksi (3523 MPa) 550 ksi (3794 MPa)
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the QampT condition are 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
956 ksi (6588 MPa) 882 ksi (6078 MPa) and 1037 ksi (7146 MPa)
respectively
bull Alloy C met both the CE requirement and YS requirement in its QampT condition
with 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
bull Alloy E met both the CE requirement and YS for both NampT and QampT conditions
with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078 MPa) respectively
bull Optical microscopy was performed on all samples and it was determined that
precipitation hardening occurred in both NampT and QampT conditions for Alloys C-
F
bull The compositions of Alloys C-F were not on target Therefore a full factorial
design could not be completed however this further bolsters the fact that it is
difficult for foundries to produce compositions accurately Additionally when the
spectrometer data was compared between foundries there was also a large
variance as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
bull Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345
MPa) YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt
Si 036 wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt
- 147 -
V Therefore this is the composition that should be investigated for its
inception into an ASTM Standard or AWS welding code
62 Conclusion
In conclusion this research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield
Strength (YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to
ensure that optimum weldability is maintained without preheating This is in response to
industry and the military transitioning from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA
wrought steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades It is desired
that complex shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded
into place to expedite construction processes Thus the reason for a high weldability
Additionally only common alloying elements are used to ensure that every steel foundry
in America has the capabilities to cast it To accomplish this an initial understanding of
conventional C-Mn cast steel capabilities needed to be developed A database of over
20000 conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216 WCB grade specific cast steel)
compositions and mechanical properties was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of
America (SFSA) It was analyzed to determine the limitations of conventional C-Mn cast
steel Ie if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying additions would
be needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS
and CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE
requirements
There was a need to develop a basic understanding of the microalloying effects of
vanadium when compared to a similar compositional sample without vanadium This was
accomplished with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steel samples that were
- 148 -
based upon compositions from previous literature work1 These alloys were subjected to
NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering
study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis normalizing
cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical microscopy was performed on both
samples and there was precipitation hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy
for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not
achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051
wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively Further work
continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE requirements Thermocalc
modeling of these alloys was completed to understand at what temperature the system
would fully solutionize It predicted the solutionizing temperatures of Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This
suggests that the vanadium in the Modified C-Mn-V would not have been fully
solutionized This is however a contradiction with literature which suggests that
vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) Future work should
investigate this disagreement
Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C earned a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
- 149 -
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V Therefore
this is the composition that should be investigated further for future implementation into
ASTM Standards and AWS Structural Welding Codes
63 Future Work
Future work must revisit the following to either validate the existing work or to
develop the theory more comprehensively
bull Tempering Study with larger samples of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to see if results are repeatable Then curves should be ldquofittedrdquo to obtain true
tempering profiles
bull Hardness Profiles for the thick-section study to see if the results are repeatable
and to compare how the hardness values compare to the ones produced in the
tempering study
bull Perform optical microscopy on the thick-section castings
bull Reinvestigate Thermo-Calc models with a specific database for HSLA steels
Future work must continue in the following areas that were either beyond the
scope of this project or not permitted with time and funding allotted
bull Double normalize and temper study with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to compare these results with the existing double normalizing heat treatment
results
bull Complete more investigations with variations of Alloy E
- 150 -
Appendix A
Figure 89 Comparing and contrasting a conventional cast steel microstructure with a microalloyed HSLA
cast steel microstructure1
- 151 -
Figure 90 As-Cast microstructure of HSLA steels vs normalized microstructure for HSLA cast steel1
- 152 -
Figure 91 Original estimate for vanadium content to obtain 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS as a function of carbon
content and manganese content
Figure 92 Original attempt at creating a 50 ksi (345 MPa) surface as a function of carbon content and
manganese content
- 153 -
Appendix B
Table 38 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys A and B
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
A (C-Mn) 048 0421 0312 0264 043
B (C-Mn-V) 051 0438 0295 0256 043
Table 39 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
C 0386 0345 024 0214 0328
D 046 0405 0284 0257 0388
E 0443 0401 025 0215 0335
F 0493 0451 0312 0259 0426
Table 40 Original Quartile Analysis for Database
C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS
D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 0229 0753 0425 0003 0304 046 49230 (339429)
Ave Top
025 YS 0232 0735 0420 0002 0316 046 53574 (369380)
Ave Bottom
025 YS 0226 0812 0441 0005 0278 048 44022 (303521)
Total Std
Dev 0022 0138 0065 0004 0162 0048 3917 (27007)
Std Dev
Top 025 YS 0022 0099 0063 0004 0225 0042 1137 (7839)
Std Dev
Bottom 025
YS
0018 0197 0067 0004 0091 0049 3182 (21939)
- 154 -
References
(1) Voigt Robert C Blair M and Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of
High-Strength Low-Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1994
(2) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoSolidification and Casting Processesrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 18ndash75
(3) Pakker E R Zackay V F Materials Science of Modern Steels Prog Solid State
Chem 1975 9 (C) 105ndash138
(4) Krauss G ldquoHistory and Primary Steel Processingrdquo In Steels-Processing
Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park
OH 2016 pp 9ndash16
(5) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoMetal Processing and Manufacturingrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 1ndash17
(6) Australian-Foundry-Association ldquoMelting Technologyrdquo In Cleaner Production
Manual for the Queensland Foundry Industry 1999 p Chapter 3
(7) Hurtuk D J ldquoSteel Ingot Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 911ndash917
(8) Jorstad J L Technologies J L J ldquoShape Casting ProcessesmdashAn Introductionrdquo
In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH
2018 pp 485ndash487
(9) ASM-International ldquoGreen Sand Moldingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting
ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 549ndash566
(10) What-When-How Sand Castings httpwhat-when-howcommaterialsparts-and-
finishessand-castings
(11) ECS-Staff Guide to Casting and Molding Processes 2006
(12) ASM-International ldquoPermanent Mold Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 1 pp 689ndash699
(13) AFS US Casting Sales Reach 331 Billion Modern Casting 2019 pp 27ndash29
(14) Krauss G ldquoPearlite Ferrite and Cementiterdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
39ndash62
(15) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Diagramsrdquo In Fundamentals of
Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp Sons
INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 359ndash420
(16) Krauss G ldquoPhases and Structuresrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
15ndash32
- 155 -
(17) Okamoto H The C-Fe (Carbon-Iron) System J Phase Equilibria 1992 13 (5)
543ndash565
(18) Krauss G ldquoNormalizing Annealing and Spheroidizing Treatments
FerritePearlite and Spherical Carbides In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
277ndash291
(19) Krauss G ldquoHardness and Hardenabilityrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
297ndash325
(20) Brooks C R ldquoHardenabilityrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
43ndash86
(21) Tuttle R Understanding the Mechanism of Grain Refinement in Plain Carbon
Steels Int J Met 2013 7 (4) 7ndash16
(22) Krauss G ldquoDeformation Strengthening and Fracture of Ferritic Microstructuresrdquo
In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 213ndash232
(23) Gladman T ldquoMicrostructure-Property Relationshipsrdquo In The Physical Metallurgy
of Microalloyed Steels The Institute of Materials London England 1997 pp 19ndash
79
(24) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoMorphological Evolution Due to
Capillary and Applied Forces Diffusional Creep and Sinteringrdquo In Kinetics of
Materials John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 387ndash418
(25) Krauss G ldquoAustenite in Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 133ndash162
(26) Smith R M Chandra T Dunne D P Ferrite Grain Refinement in HSLA Steels
Strength Mater Alloy 1983 1 235ndash240
(27) Brooks C R ldquoStructural Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
263ndash306
(28) Duckworth W E Thermomechanical Treatment of Metals J Met 1966 No
August 915ndash922
(29) Kula E B Radcliffe V Thermomechanical Treatment of Steel J Met 1963 52
(7) 96ndash97
(30) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Transformationsrdquo In Fundamentals
of Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp
Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 421ndash482
(31) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoNucleationrdquo In Kinetics of Materials
John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 459ndash500
(32) Kingery W D Bowen H K Uhlmann D ldquoPhase-Transformations Glass
- 156 -
Formation and Glass-Ceramicsrdquo In Introduction to Ceramics Second Edition
John Wiley amp Sons INC New York New York 1976 pp 320ndash380
(33) Perepezko J H Madison W ldquoNucleation Kinetics and Grain Refinementrdquo In
ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018
Vol 15 pp 276ndash287
(34) Kurz W Fe E P ldquoPlane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 293ndash298
(35) Krauss G ldquoPrimary Processing Effects on Steel Microstructure and Propertiesrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 163ndash196
(36) Trivedi R Sunseri E ldquoNon-Plane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2008 pp 299ndash306
(37) Edwards L Endean M ldquoManufacturing with Materialsrdquo Butterworth
Heinemann Oxford United Kingdom 1990
(38) Beckermann C ldquoMacrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 348ndash352
(39) Dantzig J A ldquoTransport Phenomena During Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook
Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 70ndash74
(40) Brody H D ldquoMicrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 338ndash347
(41) Han Q ldquoShrinkage Porosity and Gas Porosityrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 9 pp 370ndash374
(42) Brooks C R ldquoAustentization of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of
Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999
pp 205ndash234
(43) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHomogenizationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 402ndash403
(44) Brooks C R ldquoAnnealing Normalizing Martempering and Austemperingrdquo In
Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM
International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 235ndash262
(45) Krauss G ldquoMartensite In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 63ndash97
(46) Krauss G ldquoIsothermal and Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagramsrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 197ndash211
(47) Brooks C R ldquoThe Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Time-Temperature-
Transformation (TTT) Diagramsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
3ndash41
(48) Brooks C R ldquoQuenching of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
- 157 -
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
87ndash126
(49) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHeat Treatmentrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 404ndash407
(50) Krauss G ldquoTempering of Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
373ndash403
(51) Brooks C R ldquoTemperingrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon
and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 127ndash204
(52) Krauss G ldquoLow-Carbon Steelsrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
233ndash275
(53) Zackay V F Thermomechanical Processing Mater Sci Eng 1976 25 247ndash261
(54) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of HSLA Cast Steels
1989
(55) Lippold J C ldquoIntroductionrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and Weldability John Wiley
amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 1ndash8
(56) Lippold J C ldquoHydrogen-Induced Crackingrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and
Weldability John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 213ndash262
(57) Lagneborg R Siwecki T Zajac S Hutchinson B The Role of Vanadium in
Microalloyed Steels Scand J Metall 1999 28 (October) 186ndash241
(58) Purtscher PT Cheng Y-W Structure-Property Relationships in Microalloyed
Ferrite-Pearlite Steels Phase 1 Literature Review Research Plan and Initial
Results Gov Res Announc Index 1993 1ndash59
(59) Deardo A J Niobium in Modern Steels Int Mater Rev 2003 48 (6) 371ndash402
(60) Sage A M The Use of Vanadium in Low Alloy Structural Steels In Specialty
Steels and Hard Materials Proceedings of the International Conference on Recent
Developments in Specialty Steels and Hard Materials (Materials Development
rsquo82) held in Pretoria South Africa 8-12 November 1982 Pergamon Press Ltd
1983 pp 111ndash125
(61) Ohtani H Hillert M A Thermodynamic Assessment of the Fe-N-V System
Calphad 1991 15 (1) 25ndash39
(62) Liu Z Thermodynamic Calculations of Carbonitrides in Microalloyed Steels Scr
Mater 2004 50 601ndash606
(63) ASM-International ldquoHigh-Strength Structural and High-Strength Low-Alloy
Steelsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and
High-Performance Alloys ASM International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1
pp 389ndash423
(64) Wright P H ldquoHigh-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Forgingsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and High-Performance Alloys ASM
- 158 -
International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1 pp 358ndash362
(65) Jack D H Jack K H Invited Review Carbides and Nitrides in Steel Mater
Sci Eng 1973 11 1ndash27
(66) Baker T N Processes Microstructure and Properties of Vanadium Microalloyed
Steels Mater Sci Technol 2009 25 (9) 1083ndash1107
(67) Voigt Robert C Rassizadehhghani J Initial Investigation of Microalloyed Cast
Steel 1987
(68) Naylor D J Review of International Activity on Microalloyed Engineering Steels
Ironmak Steelmak 1989 16 (4) 246ndash252
(69) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Gattu R K The Development of High Strength
Low Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1988
(70) Voigt R C Tu C-H Rosmait R L Development of As-Cast Steels 1990
(71) Dutcher D E Production and Properties of Microalloyed Steel Castings 1987
(72) Jackson W J The Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings A Review of the Literature
1978
(73) Voigt R C Blair M Rassizadehhghani J High Stength Low Alloy Cast Steels
1990
(74) Collie-Welding Carbon Equivalent Calculators
httpwwwcollieweldingcomcecalculatorsphp (accessed Oct 15 2019)
(75) Panneer Selvi S Sakthivel T Parameswaran P Laha K Effect of
Normalization Heat Treatment on Creep and Tensile Properties of Modified 9Crndash
1Mo Steel Trans Indian Inst Met 2016 69 (2) 261ndash269
(76) Thermo-Calc Thermo-Calc Software TCFE SteelsFe-Alloys Database Version 8
2016
V
Table of Contents
List of Figures IX
List of Tables XIII
List of Equations XV
Acknowledgements XVI
Chapter 1 Introduction - 1 -
11 Project Overview - 1 -
12 Metals Casting Background - 2 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production - 3 -
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World - 4 -
1221 Contemporary Furnaces - 4 -
1222 Casting Techniques - 5 -
12221 Continuous Casting - 6 -
12222 Ingot Casting - 7 -
12223 Shape Casting - 8 -
122231 Green Sand Casting - 9 -
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting - 15 -
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World - 16 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures - 17 -
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C) - 17 -
132 Austenite (γ-Fe) - 17 -
133 Pearlite - 18 -
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels - 20 -
141 Increasing C Content - 21 -
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains - 24 -
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements - 26 -
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements - 27 -
145 Formation of Dislocations - 28 -
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal - 30 -
151 Cast Metal - 31 -
152 Wrought Metal - 32 -
VI
16 Solidification Dynamics - 32 -
161 Nucleation Mechanisms - 32 -
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation - 34 -
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation - 36 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal - 38 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy - 40 -
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting - 41 -
1641 Chill Zone - 41 -
1642 Columnar Zone - 42 -
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone - 43 -
17 Solidification Defects - 44 -
171 Macroporosity - 44 -
172 Macrosegregation - 46 -
173 Microporosity - 47 -
174 Microsegregation - 48 -
175 Gas Porosity - 48 -
18 Heat Treating of Steels - 50 -
181 Homogenization - 52 -
182 Full Anneal - 53 -
183 Process Anneal - 53 -
184 Normalization - 54 -
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper - 54 -
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability - 54 -
1852 Martensite - 56 -
1853 Tempering Kinetics - 59 -
186 Spheroidizing - 60 -
187 Stress Relieving - 60 -
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels - 60 -
191 Precipitation Hardening - 61 -
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 61 -
1101 Weldability - 61 -
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 62 -
VII
Chapter 2 Literature Review - 63 -
21 Microalloying of Steels - 63 -
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium - 63 -
22 HSLA Steels - 64 -
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys - 65 -
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides - 66 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions - 69 -
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition - 72 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions - 73 -
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels - 73 -
23 HSLA Cast Steels - 74 -
231 Temperaging - 76 -
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work - 76 -
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards - 78 -
234 Key Findings from Previous Work - 79 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work - 82 -
31 Hypothesis - 82 -
32 Statement of Work - 82 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure - 83 -
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 83 -
42 Tempering Study - 84 -
43 Special Heat-Treating Options - 85 -
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 85 -
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 85 -
433 Double Normalize - 86 -
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 86 -
45 Metallography of Samples - 87 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions - 89 -
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel - 89 -
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 98 -
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling - 100 -
54 Tempering Study - 103 -
VIII
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating - 109 -
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn - 109 -
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V - 112 -
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 115 -
56 Special Heat-Treating Options - 118 -
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 118 -
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 120 -
563 Double Normalize - 124 -
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 127 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F - 129 -
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis - 135 -
59 ASTM Considerations - 139 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work - 141 -
61 Summary - 141 -
62 Conclusion - 147 -
63 Future Work - 149 -
Appendix A - 150 -
Appendix B - 153 -
References - 154 -
IX
List of Figures
FIGURE PAGE
Figure 1 Continuous Casting Process Schematic 7
Figure 2 Hierarchy Chart of Shape Casting Processes 9
Figure 3 Horizontal Green Sand-Casting Mold Illustration11
Figure 4 Green Sand-Casting Flow Chart 12
Figure 5 Diagram of a Green Sand-Casting Shake-out System 14
Figure 6 Green Sand Reclamation and Cooling Diagram15
Figure 7 Graph of Casting Sales per Year 16
Figure 8 Eutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 18
Figure 9 Hypoeutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 19
Figure 10 Hypereutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 20
Figure 11 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCC α-Fe 22
Figure 12 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in FCC γ-Fe 23
Figure 13 Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram 23
Figure 14 Solid Solution Strengtheners Effecting Yield Strength 27
Figure 15 Illustration of an Edge Dislocation 29
Figure 16 Illustration of a Screw Dislocation 30
Figure 17 Graph of the Four Stages of Nucleation and Growth 34
Figure 18 Image of a Thermodynamically Stable Nuclei 35
Figure 19 Graph of Gibbs Free-Energy as a Function of Nuclei Radius 36
Figure 20 Wetting Diagram Showing Surface-Energy Affect 37
Figure 21 Graph of Nucleation Growth and Transformation Rates 37
Figure 22 Graph of Solidification Latent Heat Profile 38
Figure 23 Illustration of Primary and Secondary Dendritic Arms 39
Figure 24 Solidification Properties Influenced by Composition Graph 41
Figure 25 Illustration Depicting Different Casting Solidification Zones 42
Figure 26 Metal Shrinkage as a Function of Phase and Temperature 45
X
Figure 27 Illustration of Pipe Defect Formation Inside a Casting 46
Figure 28 Lever Rule Example for Two-Phase Region 47
Figure 29 Illustration of Microporosity in the Inner-Dendritic Region 48
Figure 30 Graph of Gas Solubility in Metal as a Function of Phase 49
Figure 31 Micrograph of Gas Hole Porosity 50
Figure 32 Heat Treating Temperature Ranges Fe-C Phase Diagram51
Figure 33 TTT Diagram for Steel 55
Figure 34 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCT Martensite 57
Figure 35 Diagram of Martensitic Bain Strain 58
Figure 36 Graph of MS Temperature and Lath vs Plate Martensite 59
Figure 37 Chart Displaying Common Stoichiometric Steel Carbides 68
Figure 38 Bar Chart of Carbide and Martensite Hardness 68
Figure 39 Graph of Mole Fraction of VCN vs Temperature 70
Figure 40 Recrystallization Temp vs Solute Content for Microalloys 72
Figure 41 Graph of Solubilities of Common Carbides vs Temperature 73
Figure 42 Optimum Alloying Range with Mechanical Properties 75
Figure 43 Complete Scatterplot Heat Treat vs CE for SFSA Sprdsht 90
Figure 44 YS vs C Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 45 YS vs Mn Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 46 Normalized Condition YS vs Weldability 93
Figure 47 NampT Condition YS vs Weldability 94
Figure 48 QampT Condition YS vs Weldability 95
Figure 49 Modified C-Mn Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 50 Modified C-Mn-V Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 51 Modified C-Mn-V with Nb Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction 102
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
XI
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
Figure 58 NampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 59 QampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 60 NampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 61 QampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 62 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in NampT Condition 111
Figure 63 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in QampT Condition 111
Figure 64 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in NampT Condition 114
Figure 65 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in QampT Condition 114
Figure 66 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn NampT Condition 116
Figure 67 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition 116
Figure 68 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition (2) 117
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 122
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 124
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 75 Alloy C in NampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 76 Alloy C in QampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 77 Alloy D in NampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 78 Alloy D in QampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 79 Alloy E in NampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 80 Alloy E in QampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 81 Alloy F in NampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 82 Alloy F in QampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 83 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 00 wt V 136
Figure 84 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 008 wt V 136
Figure 85 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 012 wt V 137
Figure 86 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 00 wt V 137
XII
Figure 87 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 008 wt V 138
Figure 88 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 012 wt V 138
Figure 89 Extra Micrograph of Cast Steel Appendix A
Figure 90 As-Cast HSLA Steel Micrograph Appendix A
Figure 91 Original Estimate for Vanadium ISO-YS Graph Appendix A
Figure 92 Original Attempt at YS Surface Appendix A
XIII
List of Tables
TABLE PAGE
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-C V-Alloyed Cast Steel 75
Table 2 SFSA Database Mechanical Property Extrema92
Table 3 SFSA Database Heat Treatment per Designation 93
Table 4 Normalized Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 94
Table 5 NampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 95
Table 6 QampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 96
Table 7 Top amp Bottom Quart Ave and Std Dev SFSA Database 96
Table 8 Summary of SFSA Database 97
Table 9 Spectro Comp of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 10 CE Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 11 Target C vs Mult Spectro Modified C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 99
Table 12 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn NampT and QampT 110
Table 13 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 11 110
Table 14 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn-V NampT and QampT 112
Table 15 Mechanical Property Averages from Table 13 113
Table 16 Brinell Hardness Profiles Across Keel Blocks119
Table 17 Brinell Hardness Profile Est Midway and Edge Values 119
Table 18 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Attached to Keel Block 121
Table 19 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 17 121
Table 20 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Separated from Keel Block 121
Table 21 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 19 121
Table 22 Mechanical Prop Double Normalize C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 125
Table 23 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 21 125
Table 24 Alloys C-F Designations 127
Table 25 Alloys C-F Compositional Targets 127
Table 26 Alloys C-F Spectrometer Composition 128
XIV
Table 27 CE Values for Alloys C-F 128
Table 28 Target C vs Multiple Spectro Data Alloys C-F128
Table 29 Mechanical Properties Alloy C NampT and QampT 129
Table 30 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 28 129
Table 31 Mechanical Properties Alloy D NampT and QampT 129
Table 32 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 30 129
Table 33 Mechanical Properties Alloy E NampT and QampT 129
Table 34 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 32 130
Table 35 Mechanical Properties Alloy F NampT and QampT 130
Table 36 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 34 130
Table 37 ASTM Standard Summary 139
Table 38 Alternate CE Table Mod C-Mn and Mod C-Mn-V Appendix B
Table 39 Alternate CE Table Alloys C-F Appendix B
Table 40 Original Database Quartile Analysis Data Appendix B
XV
List of Equations
EQUATION PAGE
Equation 1 Hall-Petch Yield Strength Grain Size Relation 26
Equation 2 Gibbs Free-Energy for a Sphere 34
Equation 3 ldquoYoungrsquos Equationrdquo for Wetting of a Material 37
Equation 4 AWS D11 CE 77
Equation 5 General ASTM and IIW CE 77
Equation 6 HSLA C-Mn Steels CET 77
Equation 7 ASTM A529 CE 77
Equation 8 Japanese Welding Engineering Society CE 77
Equation 9 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines NampT 135
Equation 10 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines QampT 135
XVI
Acknowledgements
First and foremost I have to thank the best advisor I could ever ask for Dr
Robert Voigt I cannot thank him enough for having faith in me and accepting me as a
graduate student Itrsquos an honor to learn from one of the best metallurgists in the field The
metals casting world owes you a great deal you are a great conduit supplying nearly
endless knowledge from academia to industry In addition to being a great advisor he
also has a job lined up for me at the Benton Foundry upon completion of my Masterrsquos
Next this research would not have gotten off the ground if it wasnrsquot for the
organizations foundries and partners who contributed funding heats of material and
other resources and services Raymond Monroe David Poweleit Ryan Moore and Diana
David from the SFSA Charlie and Greg from Regal Cast in Lebanon PA Bill and
Maynard from Effort Foundry in Bath PA my boy Robert Haldeman (shock the world)
with Car-Tech in Reading PA and Andrew and Ken who worked for Dr Voigt as
undergraduates and lent helping hands when they could
Next due to my limited computer literacy and my difficulty with coding I have to
thank the following Brandon Bocklund and Hongyeun Kim from Dr Luirsquos group (thanks
for the Thermo-Calc help) And most importantlyhellip my dear friend fulltime MatSE
partner and part-time math tutor Nick Clarks
Finally most importantly my family Thank you for your endless love constant
support enduring patience and never-ending encouragement I love you
Chapter 1 Introduction
11 Project Overview
This research was conducted in hopes of creating a cast steel alloy with a
minimum nominal yield strength (YS) of 50 ksi (345 MPa) and a maximum carbon
equivalent (CEAWS D11) of 045 wt C for military and construction applications This
is in response to the recent transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable wrought
steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) highly weldable wrought steels It is desired that complex
shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded into place to
expedite construction processes The CE limit will ensure a high weldability and prevent
preheating requirements for welding purposes A primary goal is creating an alloy that
can be readily cast at any steel foundry in the United States This implies simple
chemistries not requiring special furnaces or abnormal heat treatments to attain
mechanical properties Foundries often find difficulty with targeting chemistries
accurately thus detailed heat-treating protocols will be designed so a corrective heat
treatment can be performed by the foundry to correct variance with chemistry
Cast steels are not afforded the luxury of receiving strengthening and defect
correction from thermomechanical deformation as are wrought steels Therefore
mechanical properties of the cast steel developed will be influenced solely from
chemistry and heat treatments Additionally casting defects that otherwise could be
deformed out of a wrought steel will often remain with the casting There are multiple
advantages to using cast steels that justify the metallurgical hurdles such as cost savings
because of fewer production steps The strength of 50 ksi (345 MPa) will be reached by
- 2 -
developing a High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) steel This effectively uses microalloying
additions such as vanadium to refine strengthen and toughen the ferrite matrix while
maintaining a high weldability1
Finally since there are no current existing standards or codes for a 50 ksi (345
MPA) YS cast steel with CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE an attempt will be made to
establish composition ranges and heat-treating directions in a current American Society
for Testing of Materials (ASTM) Standard The newly developed material grade will
mimic an already existing wrought or cast standard such that it is compatible with
wrought steels with similar performance To enable the goal of casting the steel into its
final form and assembling via welding to come to fruition the cast steel must also be
introduced into the AWS D11 Structural Code for Steel
12 Metals Casting Background
Metals casting in the most generalized definition is the act of pouring molten
metal into a shaped mold such that upon solidification the metal retains the shape of the
mold in which it was poured In reality there are many mechanisms and unseen forces at
work during the melting pouring and solidification of a metal The art and science of
metals casting has its roots traced back to antiquity and it has been an ever-evolving
process ever since its inception Ancient metallurgists did not possess an extensive
knowledge of metallurgy thermodynamics kinetics fluid dynamics and heat transfer
however expertise in these areas are essential for modern metal casting facilities to be
competitive efficient and successful2
- 3 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production
The metallurgists of antiquity were only able to utilize seven metals copper lead
silver mercury tin iron and gold all but tin being in an elemental form Ancient
metallurgist called ldquoalchemistsrdquo at the time were first able to use elemental gold in
approximately 5000 BC3 Iron smiths at the time of approximately 1200 BC were able to
produce tools and weapons from iron and steel Surprisingly this was before technology
allowed for the melting of iron Metallurgists of this time period were aware that if iron
ore was heated with charcoal strength improved This is because carbon reduces the iron
ore into iron Consequently carbon migrated its way into the crystal of iron through solid
state diffusion and it increased the strength Then blacksmiths forged this primitive
version of steel into desired shapes which unknown to them also helped the mechanical
properties while creating a wrought iron34
Cast iron was first melted in the seventeenth century when coal replaced charcoal
in the smelting of iron because of the higher temperatures that were enabled by the coal
Cast iron due to its eutectic point at 41 wt C has a lower melting point as observed
in Figure 13 and was melted over a century before steel Metallurgists of the time soon
discovered that the cast iron was very brittle and efforts were made to remove some of
the carbon in the cast iron to decrease its brittleness Carbon was oxidized out of the cast
iron and wrought iron was created3
Even though steel has been used by peoples for over 3000 years similar to iron
the technology was not available to create steel in the modern sense until about 1740 AD
In 1856 Henry Bessemer created the process by which modern steel is produced The
ldquoBessemer Processrdquo forces heated air into the molten pig iron to initiate decarburization
- 4 -
This oxidized the carbon resulting in CO2 production and a reduction in the amount of
carbon content in the melt Now the remaining metal can be shape casted or cast as steel
into ingots and then forged into shapes3
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World
Today even though the principles of melting metals are unchanged the
metallurgy knowledge would be unrecognizable to a metallurgist of antiquity Metallurgy
in the past was utilitarian and even a poorly casted bronze tool was better than one made
of wood so improvement was easy to achieve Contemporary metallurgists have strict
requirements to follow and their products are met with a high demand for excellence by
consumers who require failure-free parts delivered at a competitive price Metallurgical
engineering of today focuses on producing lighter-weight materials to reduce the overall
weight of a system while obtaining optimal strength and performance levels without
sacrificing safety The reduced weight of an entire system will limit raw materials
consumed energy during production shipping costs while increasing fuel economy in a
progressively environmentally conscience world
1221 Contemporary Furnaces
In conjunction with advanced engineering teams the modern castings world
utilizes state-of-the-art furnaces to efficiently produce metals as pure and clean as
possible The furnace used is dependent upon type of metal produced desired tonnage of
metal production and the facility layout
Large modern steel facilities producing virgin steel ie do not re-melt scrap often
require two different furnaces First pig iron must be created in a blast furnace Iron ore
- 5 -
coke and lime are added to the blast furnace and hot air is forced into the furnace Coke
behaves as a reducing agent to iron ore producing what is known as pig iron which is a
high carbon content steel Additionally lime has an affinity for impurities and will bond
with them resulting in a slag compound less dense than molten pig iron Consequently it
floats to the top of the melt where it can be removed Next the pig iron is poured into
pigs In these holding vessels the pig iron will solidify be transported and await re-melt
in a Basic Oxygen Furnace A Basic Oxygen Furnace is a modern version of the
Bessemer Converter such that the molten pig iron is oxidized to reduce carbon and
impurities exothermically to produce steel45
Steel can also be created from scrap while being melted in Electric Arc Furnaces
which are the most common furnace used in todayrsquos iron and steel foundries They
provide better metallurgical control and are nearly emissions free The process for
melting in an Electric Arc Furnace is as follows A charge of scrap metal is loaded into
the furnace which is refractory lined with a high voltage coil surrounding the outer
refractory This coil produces a magnetic field inducing eddy currents in the metal such
that the inherent electrical resistance of the metal creates heat Given time the melting
temperature is reached Once the metal is in its liquid state the induction along with
buoyancy driven flow create currents inside the melt that encourage mixing of alloying
elements This type of furnace is scalable and it can be used to melt ferrous and non-
ferrous metals56
1222 Casting Techniques
Contemporary metals casting is completed in one of three ways continuous
casting ingot casting and shape-casting2
- 6 -
12221 Continuous Casting
Continuous casting is different from the other two forms of metals casting
because it is not a batch process It is normally performed in tandem with wrought
processing The process is as follows and a schematic can be observed in Figure 1
Molten metal from a furnace is transferred to a ladle which pours into a tundish The
tundish is a critical component to the continuous casting process because this
intermediate container enables a steady-state flow of molten metal to occur It drains
slowly into a highly thermally conductive mold of water-cooled copper while a crane
operator retrieves another ladle of molten metal The flow rate is timed perfectly such
upon exiting the copper mold the steel already has a solidified outer shell in the desired
shape of the slab that will be sold It continues on this line to a sizing mill where the slab
can be thermomechanically deformed to a more exact dimension2
- 7 -
Figure 1 Continuous casting process from start to finish Observe that it is not a batch process The entire
process will seamlessly transition via conveyor system such that from liquid metal to finished slab it is
continuous Over 75 percent of steel is created by this process2
12222 Ingot Casting
Most modern steel is manufactured via continuous casting methods however
ingot casting was the original primary method for raw steel production Currently ingot
casting has its niche in producing specialty steels tool steels re-melted steels and steels
for forging Ingots are created by pouring molten steel from a ladle into large ingot
molds Consequently ingots have high specific heat capacities resulting in extended
solidification times This leads to a broad array of microstructures within the ingot The
kinetics of casting solidification and its influence on microstructure will be discussed
extensively later However thermomechanical deformation additional processing and
subsequent heat treatments remedy the microstructural issues in ingots7
- 8 -
12223 Shape Casting
Ingot casting (as-casted) and continuous casting are severely limited in their
capable casting geometries Therefore shape casting is often the production method
chosen for any complex shape or any metal not sold as slab or bulk piece destined for
thermomechanical deformation This process is metal casting in the most traditional
sense such that the metal is casted directly into the final desired shape Once solidified
the microstructure can only be refined by heat treatment because a casting is not
subjected to any wrought processing such as forging as are ingots and slabs produced
via continuous casting2
All contemporary shape casting can be divided into two primary mold types
Expendable and Permanent Metal each with many sub-groups The hierarchy of this
system can be summarized in Figure 2 Although it is possible to produce the same end-
result with multiple casting methods the advantages and disadvantages must be
considered by the metallurgist to decide which method is most appropriate for each
situation In this report special interest will be devoted to discussion on the green sand-
casting process which is a specific sub-set of expendable molds The cast steel samples
for this project were produced exclusively via green sand casting therefore it is
important to have a comprehensive understanding of green sand casting28
- 9 -
Figure 2 Hierarchy chart of the many sub-sets of shape casting It splits from expendable mold and metal
(permanent) mold into many specific types of molds each with their own niche use The permanent mold
side is comprised mostly of the multiple variations of die casting while expendable molds are dominantly
sand molds Sand molds require much attention because of their implementation of cores and the multiple
ways to cure sand8
122231 Green Sand Casting
Expendable molds are not reusable the most common type of expendable mold
shape casting is green sand casting Other common methods of expendable mold shape
castings are lost foam and investment castings The following will be a summary of the
typical green sand molding process used by steel foundries Green sand casting is the
most basic and common type of shape casting method utilized today and accounts for
almost 75 of all shape casted metal Green sand casting utilizes pattern and mold
materials that are inexpensive cost-effective at high production rates and can be used for
ferrous and non-ferrous metals There are also disadvantages to using green sand casting
a new sand mold needs to be created for each casting the dimensional accuracy is not as
exact as for permanent molds and the entire green sand system introduces substantial
- 10 -
variation into the process and must be constantly monitored Additionally an engineering
team is needed to design the pattern which includes the gating risers chills and cores89
The primary ingredient in green sand mold material is sand however green sand
requires clay water seacoal and other additions to obtain properties conducive for ideal
metals casting The clay normally a southern or western bentonite or blend of both
behaves as a binder when mixed properly with water It binds to the sand enabling the
sand to retain its shape and provides strength such that the mold can support the weight of
liquid metal Seacoal is a biproduct of bituminous coal and behaves as a carbonaceous
material (reducing agent) Its addition will improve the surface finish of the casted metal
ie it will not be oxidized8910
A description of the typical green sand mold is as follows The mold itself is
always two-piece In horizontal green sand mold casting the upper-part of the mold is
called the cope and the lower-part of the mold is called the drag these two will meet at a
parting joint During the molding process the cope and drag will receive imprints on
their mating side from the pattern The pattern imprints the negative-space of the desired
part on the cope and drag such that any volume of the mold that is not sand will be filled
with metal Sand is compacted around the pattern thus filling the cope and the drag
Next the pattern is removed and the cope and drag are placed together again a flask is
necessary to ensure that the cope and drag remain aligned A schematic of the entire mold
and its parts can be observed in Figure 3 and a flow chart of its assembly is illustrated in
Figure 4 The assembly process must happen seamlessly in a production facility8910
The actual pattern itself is more complex than just the negative-space of the
desired part it must include liquid metal passageways In every green sand mold there is
- 11 -
a sprue which is the fill-hole through the cope where the molten metal can be poured
Liquid metal pathways called gates extend from the sprue and direct the liquid metal to
the casting itself Solidification defects predominantly exist in the last part of the casting
system that solidifies Effort is taken during design to ensure that the casting itself will
not solidify last A sacrificial riser is implemented into the system such that it becomes
the last to solidify and in theory should contain most of the systemrsquos solidification
defects The riser and the rest of the gating system which also includes the sprue and
gates will be removed from the casting later in the process A good design for the system
is to have the sprue opposite the riser such that directional solidification occurs to further
ensure that the riser is the last part to solidify8911
Figure 3 A typical horizontal green sand mold It should be observed that the riser is opposite of the sprue
This is to encourage directional solidification such that the riser is the last part of the mold to solidify This
helps to prevent solidification defects from forming inside the casting Often there is a need to apply mold
weights to the top of the mold to prevent the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid metal from pushing its way
through the parting joint This will be dependent upon the mold and the geometry and size of the casting10
- 12 -
Figure 4 Flow chart of the green sand molding and casting process for a part from its inception as the
mechanical drawing to the final casting that is ready for shipment to the customer This illustrates a manual
horizontal green sand molding process but the concept will always be similar In a high-production facility
a vertical molding system is sometimes used such that each cope is also a drag to the next part ie each
mold is double-sided such that it becomes a continuous line of molds that gets poured9
There are certain green sand castings that require additional attention Sometimes
implementation of a riser is not enough to ensure that complete solidification of the
casting occurs before all metal in the system is solidified In certain cases a chill may
need added during the molding process A chill is a piece of metal with appropriate
chemistry that is strategically placed inside the casting It behaves as an ldquoice cuberdquo to the
molten metal such that when the molten metal comes into contact with the chill it cools
the metal faster9
Green sand molding can also get more complex when a core is needed A core is
used to produce a cavity inside of the mold itself The core is also made of sand
however a green sand process is not normally utilized in its production but rather a resin
- 13 -
bonded sand This is because resin bonded sands are much more strongly bonded The
sand grains are coated with a resin that is either gas-catalyzed liquid-catalyzed or heat-
catalyzed These processes are colloquially known as core box no-bake and shell
process respectively The core needs to be placed inside of the mold prior to the
assembly of the cope to the drag911
In a production facility the sand molding system is on a conveyor such that one
mold follows the other All of the aforementioned steps happen in succession After the
mold is poured the next one in line pushes the already-poured molds farther down the
line This allows the mold ample time to cool At the end of this line the mold is dumped
onto another conveyor system to begin shake-out which begins the sand reclamation
process and recovery of the metal part Shake-out consists of tumblers and spring
conveyor systems that utilize resonance to break apart the mold separating the sand from
the casting The ldquocastingrdquo at this point includes the casting itself and the entire gating
system that is still attached gates risers and sprue9
Heat from the molten metal will dry and burn-out the clay surrounding the
casting This makes the mold disintegrate much easier The strength of the mold after the
metal is poured is known as the dry strength The casting continues through shake-out
where it may finish cooling and then it goes to the grinding room The casting at the time
of shake-out may still be at an elevated temperature because sand is insulative Slow
cooling for sand molds needs consideration because it influences the mechanical
properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo metal In the grinding room the sprue gating system and
risers are removed from the casting such that it can assume its final form Depending on
the toughness of the metal casted some of the gating system may be broken off during
- 14 -
shake-out but attention in the grinding room is always required Fig 5 illustrates the
shake-out process9
Figure 5 A typical shakeout system in a green sand mold metal casting facility The complete mold enters
the rotating drum from the left The sand subsequently breaks apart freeing the casting Depending on the
facilityrsquos machinery the finer clumps of sand fall through the rotating drum and get sent to reclamation
while the larger clumps and the complete casting move down the line The castings will enter tumblers
where ideally some gating and risers will break apart from the casting This is also dependent upon the
metal casted For example a gray iron gating system is more apt to breaking apart in the tumbling drum
than a ductile iron gating system This conveyor leads to the final line where workers separate the castings
Then the castings move to grinding room where the gating systems will be removed and the part will be
finished9
After the sand is separated from the casting in shake-out it is sent to sand
reclamation and recovery The pouring and shake-out processes are detrimental to the
sand grains which are slowly broken down into finer grains The first step in the
recovery system is to remove fines which are sand grains that have eroded beyond the
point of re-use Next because sand is a good insulator and has a high specific heat
capacity it must be cooled Cooling is normally done by pouring water over the sand
while on conveyor transport to the muller This is better understood with Figure 6 which
is a diagram of the cooling process The muller is the mixing machine where clay water
seacoal and other additives for the green sand mixture are combined This prepares fresh
green sand which is monitored by the on-site laboratory ensuring it is prepared
consistently When the fresh green sand meets laboratory approval it enter into the
molding machines to begin the process over again9
- 15 -
Figure 6 Cooling the sand as soon as possible is paramount for maintaining a healthy sand system This
ensures that sand is not too hot by the time it re-enters the muller This illustration is of a typical sand
cooler 1) The entry from hot shakeout 2) The rifling of the drum makes the sand cascade as the drum
rotates this accelerates cooling 3) Sand of the acceptable size falls through this grate where it falls to the
next screen 4) This screen discharges the acceptable sized sand to a conveyor where it will head to the
muller 5) Sand cores remain and other sand that did not dissociate will be removed through this area where
it will be discarded9
There is as much knowledge and effort dedicated to maintaining an efficient sand
system as there is to the metallurgy of the metal In fact a quality sand system is essential
in the production of quality green sand casted metal The foundryrsquos laboratory will need
to continually monitor clay percentages percentage of fines remaining in the sand
compactability of the green sand pH of the system and other factors9 The facility must
also consider seasonal effects on the sand For example sand will cool faster in the
winter than in the heat of summer9
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting
Permanent mold casting as the name implies utilizes a permanent reusable metal
mold The molten metal can be fed to the molds in a variety of ways gravity fed vacuum
- 16 -
fed or pressure fed Permanent metal molds are known for their very high initial cost
however when production numbers are high they become more cost-effective A
common form of permanent mold casting is die-casting These processes produce high
dimensional accuracy and precision as well as fast cooling rates due to the high thermal
conductivity of the metal mold Fast cooling rates create a fine grain size and a refined
microstructure which is favorable for mechanical properties512
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World
The United States is currently one of the world leaders in metals casting with
1915 foundries and a nationwide output of 14 million tons of castings per year In 2017
the United States produced 97 million metric tons while China and India shipped 494
and 1206 million metric tons respectively Figure 7 which is a graph of the production
volumes of select metals is shown13
Figure 7 The number of castings of aluminum ductile iron investment cast steel gray iron and steel as a
function of year It can be observed that casting production has increased in recent years and according to
the American Foundry Society (AFS) industry growth is projected into the following years Aluminumrsquos
high strength-to-weight-ratio places the metal in high-demand13
- 17 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures
A quick overview of relevant steel phases and microstructures will be covered for
a comprehensive metallurgical presentation It should be understood that in steels a
ldquophaserdquo is only accurate vernacular when it can be seen on the Fe-C phase diagram
everything else is a microstructure For all of the following the phase diagram in Figure
13 should be a reference Additionally the microstructure of martensite will be more
appropriately discussed in substantial detail in Chapter 1852
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C)
Ferrite is the pure form of iron colloquially called ldquoalpha-ironrdquo it exists in a
Body Centered Cubic (BCC) structure below temperatures of 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Its BCC
structure is only capable of handling 002 wt C in a solid solution once this limit is
exceeded carbon will create a second phase in the form of intermetallic cementite
(Fe3C) Cementite is characteristically hard and brittle but in small amounts it is a useful
strengthener to steel because α-Fe by itself is too weak to be structural14
132 Austenite (γ-Fe)
Austenite is the stable phase of ferrite that dominates the Fe-C phase diagram
above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Austenite with its Face Centered Cubic (FCC) structure is
capable of holding up to 21 wt C in a solid solution This region is important because
it is the starting point for common steel heat treatments If a Fe-C composition passes
through this region on the Fe-C phase diagram upon heating or cooling the Fe-C is
considered a form of steel If the carbon content exceeds the austenite carbon solubility
range then the Fe-C alloy is considered a form of cast iron14
- 18 -
Figure 8 Partial Fe-C phase diagram depicting the eutectoid composition (077 wt C) cooling from the
austenite region Notice how there is a sharp transition from the austenite grains to the pearlite lamellar
structure there is no cooling through a binary region of α+γ or γ+Fe3C 15
133 Pearlite
Pearlite is a microstructure not a phase however pearlite will commonly form in
the α+Fe3C region of the phase diagram given proper cooling Pearlite can only form
when a steel cools from the austenite region and it has a characteristic lamellar structure
that alternates between colonies of α-Fe and Fe3C The size and spacing of these lamellar
is dictated by cooling rates and composition A fast cooling rate will produce fine pearlite
and a slow cooling rate will produce coarse pearlite At modest cooling rates 077 wt
C the microstructure will be 100 percent pearlite because this is the eutectoid
composition of steel which does not cool through other proeutectoid ferrite or
proeutectoid cementite zones on the phase diagram If the composition of carbon is less
or more than 077 wt then it is known as either a hypoeutectoid or hypereutectoid
- 19 -
alloy respectively Upon cooling at a modest rate a hypoeutectoid alloy will form
proeutectoid ferrite and pearlite and a hypereutectoid alloy will form proeutectoid
cementite Figure 8-10 are partial Fe-C phase diagrams displaying the differences
between 100 percent pearlite hypoeutectoid (proeutectoid ferrite) and hypereutectoid
(proeutectoid cementite) respectively The microstructures displayed are assuming that a
modest cooling rate was observed ie no quench1415
Figure 9 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypoeutectoid alloy (less
than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region There is not a sharp transition between austenite
grains and pearlite but rather a solidification range through the α+γ region of the phase diagram First
proeutectoid ferrite will form at the triple points and grain boundaries Upon further cooling deeper in this
region the proeutectoid ferrite will continue to grow until cooling below the A1 temperature Once this
happens pearlite will begin to form its lamellar structure along all areas that are still austenite not
proeutectoid ferrite15
- 20 -
Figure 10 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypereutectoid alloy
(greater than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region Proeutectoid cementite is formed similarly to
proeutectoid ferrite Proeutectoid cementite can have an embrittling effect on the mechanical properties of
steels and is sometimes avoided15
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels
To fully appreciate the scope of this project and understand the science at work in
steel castings versus wrought steel products it is imperative to have a comprehensive
knowledge of the strengthening mechanisms used in steels The strength of low alloy
steels can be increased in the following ways higher carbon content ferrite grain
refinement addition of alloying elements that are solid solution strengtheners addition of
alloying elements capable of precipitation hardening and formation and locking of
dislocations Unfortunately increases of metalrsquos strength are normally associated with a
- 21 -
loss of toughness and it commonly becomes a metallurgical compromise between
strength and toughness1
141 Increasing C Content
Increasing the carbon content increases steelrsquos strength for two reasons The first
reason is because it enters the octahedral and tetrahedral sites in both the BCC structure
of α-Fe and the FCC structure of γ-Fe Each C atom fits snugly into the interstitial ferrite
lattice sites and induces strain fields which make slip (plastic deformation) more
difficult The location of the carbon atom interstitials in the BCC lattice and FCC lattice
are illustrated in Figures 11 and 12 respectively The solubility limit of carbon in the
BCC α-Fe phase is reached at 002 wt C due to interstitial size restraints The radius
of C is ~07 Å and the largest interstice in α-Fe is the tetrahedral site with a radius of
035 Å After this solubility point is exceeded the intermetallic compound of iron
carbide or cementite (Fe3C) is precipitated out of solution The precipitation of this
carbide into the matrix is the second reason why carbon content increases strength These
different phases and microstructures can be observed in Figure 13 which is the Fe-C
phase diagram Even though it is commonly called the Fe-C phase diagram when it
depicts cementite as a thermodynamically stable phase it is incorrect Given infinite
time metastable cementite will convert to its lowest energy state at room temperature
which is graphite However in industry and often times in academia when one mentions
the Fe-C phase diagram they generally mean carbon in the form of cementite because it
is more practical151617
- 22 -
Figure 11 Interstitial sites where carbon migrates to in the BCC structure of α-Fe below the A1
temperature transition line where the BCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume
these respective interstitial positions up to 002 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the BCC structure is the
tetrahedral site with a radius of 035 Å16
The FCC lattice of austenite (γ-Fe) which is thermodynamically stable above the
A1 temperature can accommodate up to ~21 wt C in a solid solution without needing
to precipitate out carbon as cementite The A1 temperature line is depicted on the partial
Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 15 and is 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)18 The FCC lattice can
accommodate more carbon than the BCC lattice because the interstitial sites are larger Its
largest being the octahedral site which has a radius of 052 Å Both the BCC and FCC
lattices have to strain to accommodate carbon interstitials because the carbon atomic
radius is larger than either of the biggest interstitial sites Counterintuitively the diffusion
rates of carbon is faster in the BCC lattice because it has more open channels despite
being the low temperature allotrope and having smaller interstitial spaces16
- 23 -
Figure 12 Interstitial sites where carbon atoms migrate to in the FCC structure of γ-Fe above the A1 phase
transition temperature where the FCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume these
interstitial positions in the FCC lattice up to ~21 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the FCC structure is the
octahedral site with a radius of 052 Å16
Figure 13 The standard iron-carbon phase diagram of temperature as a function of wt C It can be
observed from this phase diagram that the solubility limit of carbon in α-Fe is 002 wt C Given infinite
time the carbon depicted in the phase diagram will be in the thermodynamically stable form of graphite
however in normal steel production the carbon in the binary region is in its intermetallic metastable form
of cementite (Fe3C) There are certain heat treatments and certain cast iron processes that do produce
carbon in its graphite form however the distinction is not normally made from the diagram itself17
- 24 -
An over-abundance of carbon will make a steel brittle because it becomes overly
hard at the expense of ductility Additionally carbon increases the steelrsquos hardenability
which is defined as the steelrsquos ability to form martensite It should be noted that the
ultimate martensite hardness for a steel is a function of its carbon content alone Steels
with a high hardenability often require a pre-heat before welding to slow the cooling rate
such that martensite does not form A high carbon content also increases the ductile-to-
brittle transition temperature (DBTT) for steels A high DBTT makes a steel more
susceptible to catastrophic failures at low temperatures Hardenability will be discussed
in greater detail in Chapter 1851 which differentiates hardness and hardneability11920
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains
Refinement of ferrite grains can increase the strength of steels and can be
accomplished through various means In general a fine grain size increases yield strength
and ductility simultaneously Grain refinement is the only mechanism that can both
increase strength and toughness12122 This is commonly accomplished via a faster
cooling from above the A1 transition temperature during heat treating or initial cooling
Solid solution strengtheners or dispersed microalloy particles that are present before a
phase change may act as a heterogeneous nucleation site for a grain or mechanical
deformation can contribute to grain refinement211923
Faster cooling rates as seen with a normalizing heat treatment compared to a
furnace anneal encourage grain refinement because there is less time for the grain to
reach its lowest energy state which is a sphere without the presence of grain boundaries
because grain boundaries are a surface with a free-energy The kinetics involved in all
steel making do not provide sufficient time at a specific elevated temperature for a grain
- 25 -
to achieve its lowest possible energy state However longer durations at elevated
temperature will allow the grain to reduce its surface-area-to-volume-ratio This means
less grain boundaries and a coarser grain structure Faster cooling rates do not give
sufficient time for much free-energy reduction to occur and small grains limited by
kinetics are not able to grow into large grains Since small grains inherently have more
grain boundaries they are stronger because a grain boundary will interrupt slip
mechanisms due to the different orientations between grains at this interface1 However
more grain boundaries will increase diffusion along their boundaries which can increase
creep rates particularly Coble creep124
Finer ferrite grains can be obtained by other mechanisms that either work in
tandem with accelerated cooling rates or unaccompanied Increasing the number of
nucleation sites for grains will yield finer grains More nucleation sites will initiate more
simultaneous grain growth which limits overall size grain size because grains will
impede each otherrsquos growth The concept of seeding nucleation sites with inoculants is
known as heterogenous nucleation and it occurs in metals when a solute particle becomes
the nucleus of the solidifying phase These solute particles are often solid solution
strengtheners or dispersed microalloy elements such as vanadium with a higher melting
temperature than the ferrite grains Each of these nuclei will grow into a grain The ldquoas-
solidifiedrdquo grain size has an inverse relationship to the amount of heterogenous
nucleation sites ie more nucleation sites equate to a finer grain size21
The prior-austenite grain size will affect the ferrite grain size as well Prior-
austenite grains are formed in the FCC (austenite) phase of steel above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)
Like ferrite grains austenite grains increase in size with time and temperature Then
- 26 -
upon cooling below the A1 temperature ferrite grains will nucleate on the transforming
prior-austenite grain boundaries which have become heterogeneous nucleation sites
Therefore the smaller the prior-austenite grains the finer the resulting ferrite grains
because of more heterogeneous nucleation sites25 Prior-austenite grains can possess high
energy from being strained but not recovered This increases the driving force for more
ferrite grains to form simultaneously (resulting in a smaller grain size) because the
strained prior-austenite grains want recovery (strain-relief) and a phase change will
suffice26
The relationship between yield strength and grain size was first researched by
Hall and Petch The Hall-Petch Equation displayed in Equation 1 represents the inverse
relationship between grain size and yield strength when σy is the lower yield stress σi is
the friction stress Ky is the strengthening coefficient and d is the grain size This relation
exists because the grain boundary stops the slip plane which will help to arrest
dislocation motion The more grain boundaries that are present in a material will increase
the amount of energy needed to continue to propagate a dislocation23
120590119884 = 120590119894 + 119870119910119889minus1
2 Eq 1
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements
Elements that form a solid solution with ferrite must have a similar size and
electronic structure to iron ie will not form carbides or nitrides Carbon and nitrogen are
potent interstitial solid solution strengtheners present in every steel They are in solid
solution to a certain solubility limit at which point they will precipitate out as a second
phase For example the solubility limit of carbon in iron is 002 wt C Solid solution
- 27 -
strengtheners have two primary jobs grain refinement and initiating strain fields to
reduce the ease of plastic deformation Solid solution strengtheners refine grains because
they can provide a heterogeneous nucleation site for grain growth to occur if they are
solid before the dominant solidifying phase Solid solution strengtheners also initiate
strain fields similar to the way carbon strengthens steel as an interstitial Any size
difference in the radii of alloying elements creates a lattice strain which makes slip more
difficult Figure 14 presents the yield strength effect of common solid solution
strengtheners as a function of element percent123
Figure 14 Yield strength as a function of element percent for common solid solution strengtheners It can
be observed that the highest yield strengths are achieved by using carbon and nitrogen which are interstitial
solid solution elements Phosphorus is a potent substitutional solid solution strengthener that exchanges
positions iron atoms in the matrix This finite difference in size creates a strain in the lattice such that a
strengthening effect is seen because this strain impedes dislocation motion Other elements such as nickel
and aluminum have a negligible effect1
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements
Precipitation hardening also known as secondary hardening or age hardening is
the primary strengthening mechanism in non-ferrous alloys Plain carbon steels cannot
- 28 -
take advantage of precipitation hardening because of the limited solubility of carbon in
the α-Fe phase However steels alloyed with vanadium niobium titanium and a select
few other elements can precipitation harden because these elements have a high affinity
for carbon and have an overwhelming tendency to form complex carbides nitrides and
carbonitrides instead of Fe3C Precipitation hardening generally requires a two-step heat
treating process The elements are solutionized during an initial heating called
austenitizing and then the steel is rapidly cooled to trap these elements into a
supersaturated solid solution Subsequently the system is aged to precipitate out these
elements as a second phase which greatly increases the strength levels The diffusion and
mechanisms of this process will be discussed in great detail later as precipitation
hardening is the primary strengthener in High-Strength-Low-Alloy (HSLA) steels1
145 Formation of Dislocations
Dislocations are a crystallographic line defect that is a linear discontinuity in the
periodicity of the crystal Dislocation motion is the mechanism for slip which is plastic
deformation Alternatively it can be visualized as dislocations being created in a metal
whenever plastic deformation occurs All dislocations need a shear stress component in
order for them to propagate Metals are strengthened when dislocation motion is
impeded whether by grain boundaries alloying elements or other dislocations (assuming
that a metal can undergo plastic deformation without catastrophic failure) When steel is
plastically deformed below its recrystallization temperature dislocations will not anneal
away and they will remain inside of the microstructure The strength increase comes from
dislocation motion being impeded by other dislocations because they cannot slide well
over one-another Thus slip is restricted Dislocations will anneal away above the
- 29 -
recrystallization temperature because the crystal has enough thermal energy to allow
relaxation into a lower energy state thereby lowering the kinetic barrier to the lowest
free-energy for that crystal Figure 32 illustrates the annealing temperatures and
recrystallization regime316182327
There are two types of dislocations possible edge and screw dislocations The
magnitude and direction that the shear stresses displace the atoms is represented by the
Burgers vector Edge and screw dislocations are illustrated in Figures 15 and 16
respectively163 Both are activated by shear stresses however they react differently to
solid solution strengtheners and interstitial atoms An edge dislocation which is an
incomplete plane of atoms in a crystal will respond to both shear and hydrostatic
components while a screw dislocation will only react to a shear component23 The
implications are that solid solution strengthening elements give a hydrostatic distortion in
the lattice and therefore only impede edge dislocations23 Interstitial atoms initiate both a
hydrostatic and shear stress because they are asymmetrical within each unit cell
therefore these can interact with both edge and screw dislocations3162223
Figure 15 The movement of an edge dislocation along a slip plane Notice how the dislocation moves
parallel to the slip plane The ldquoextra half-planerdquo of atoms slides in response to a shear stress This type of
dislocation can be thought of as either an extra half-plane of atoms inserted into the lattice or a missing
half-plane An edge dislocation is constrained to a single slip plane16
- 30 -
Figure 16 A screw dislocation Contrary to edge dislocations there are no atoms missing from a screw
dislocation Notice how the screw dislocation rotates around its dislocation line like a spiral staircase A
screw dislocation is not confined to a single slip plane like an edge dislocation it can re-orientate itself onto
a new slip plane3
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal
To completely understand this project it is important to discern the differences
between metal that was shape casted nearly into its final form and metal that was casted
and subsequently thermomechanically deformed Metals that undergo thermomechanical
deformation are known as wrought metals All metals except those produced via additive
manufacturing or powder metallurgy are cast at some point in their existence eg in the
form of an initial ingot However not all metals that are cast can easily undergo
thermomechanical deformation because of their propensity for crack formation
Additionally some metals due to their composition are highly castable and are used in
their cast form as opposed to being wrought processed2
- 31 -
151 Cast Metal
Cast metal is metal that experienced some sort of shape casting and is nearly in its
final form and will not undergo thermomechanical deformation Sometimes metals are
chosen to be shape cast because the desired metal for the job consequently casts well or
it can be that the final design of the part is too complex for forging and fabricating and
that powder metallurgy and additive manufacturing are not the best choices
The fact that cast metals do not undergo any type of thermomechanical
deformation can act as both an advantage and a disadvantage It can be an obvious
disadvantage because cast metals are not afforded the luxury of the strengthening
mechanism associated with dislocation motion impedance Therefore all casting
strengthening must be done with alloying and heat treating Cast steels can be very cost
effective because fewer steps in production of the final product will allow for larger profit
margins This cost savings can also be passed along to consumers1
The most extensively shape cast metal is cast iron the tonnage of all other shape
cast metals can be summed together and it still would not surpass the annual tonnage of
cast iron Cast iron despite the name has a higher carbon content than steel normally in
the range of 17 to 35 wt C According to Figure 13 the Fe-C phase diagram the
carbon content creates a eutectic point for cast iron at ~42 wt C Eutectic and near
eutectic compositions cast well because there is a sharp transition between liquid and
solid The more deviation in the carbon content there is from the eutectic point the
broader the solidifying temperature range Then transport phenomena will increasingly
influence properties This will be discussed more later in Chapter 163 Solidification
Dynamics of an Alloy2
- 32 -
152 Wrought Metal
Wrought metal is any metal subjected to some form of thermomechanical
deformation Thermomechanical deformation means deforming the material to
manipulate its dimensions which by nature of the process will achieve better mechanical
properties through dislocation entanglement Some interpretations of thermomechanical
deformation strictly demand strain aging processes (when dislocations are pinned by
carbon atoms during deformation) and the work hardening of austenite not be included in
definition28 While other sources strictly dissect thermomechanical deformation into
different regimes Class I being deformation below the austenite temperature Class II
deformation during the austenite transition and Class III deformation above the austenite
transition2229
16 Solidification Dynamics
Cast metals ingots included are subjected to a multitude of kinetic mechanisms
inherent with the process There are certain considerations to be realized temperature
gradient of heat flowing outward from the center of the casting solidification temperature
range of the particular alloy cast type of casting process and its inherent thermal
properties and the structure-property relationships
161 Nucleation Mechanisms
Solidification from a liquid phase requires a nucleation event so a new phase can
propagate The method of Nucleation and growth describes how a precipitate grain or
phase comes into existence starting with the origin of the phase through the nascent
- 33 -
growth period until full grain formation Nucleation and growth occurs with two
mechanisms homogeneous nucleation andor heterogeneous nucleation303132
Essentially both homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation mechanisms can be
divided into four stages of growth either for initial cooling from a melt or nucleation of
new grains after a solid-to-solid phase change Stage I is named the incubation period
because no stable particles have formed yet At this stage only microscopic clusters or
embryos exist and they are metastable These clusters are randomly distributed
throughout the meltmatrix and they begin to grow by agglomeration It is likely that
many will revert back into the meltmatrix This is because of their small size they
inherently have a high surface-to-volume ratio and are not stable However if the embryo
grows large enough it reaches a critical size such that it becomes thermodynamically
stable then it becomes a particle These particles are now permanent and will continue to
grow Nucleation continues with Stage II which is the quasi-steady-state nucleation
regime As the name implies embryos are transitioning into particles at a constant rate
This steady-state of transitioning continues until a saturation point is reached in Stage III
By Stage IV the number of new particles decreases because as the pre-existing particles
continue to grow they devour the smaller particles This process can be described in
Figure 17 Then after a stable nucleus is formed whether by homogeneous or
heterogeneous nucleation its growth rate is determined by the degree of undercooling the
system is subjected to and how easily the existing crystal structure accommodates the
new growth3132
- 34 -
Figure 17 Nucleation rate as a function of time There is a finite amount of time that passes before the first
embryos come into existence in Stage 1 In Stage II nucleation growth increases rapidly until it hits the
saturation point in Stage III The growth of new nuclei starts to decline when smaller nuclei fall victim to
larger nuclei that are cannibalistic Thus larger nuclei grow at the expense of smaller ones31
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation
This is the primary nucleation mechanism in a one-component system It also
occurs in alloy systems but is less dominant than heterogeneous nucleation In
homogeneous nucleation the embryos are uniformly distributed throughout the entire
parent material and by randomness of agglomeration they begin to grow at the expense
of one-another If the embryos grow to reach the critical size they obtain a stable surface-
area-to-volume ratio are thermodynamically stable and known as particles The Gibbs
free-energy transitions from positive to negative at this point when the activation energy
for nucleation is reached This relation can be illustrated in Figure 18 and summarized in
Eq 2 where ∆119866 is the Gibbs free energy 4
31205871199033 is the volume of the spherical nucleus
∆119866119907 is the free energy of the volume and 41205871199032120574 is the surface area of the nucleus30
∆119866 =4
31205871199033∆119866119907 + 41205871199032120574 Eq 2
- 35 -
Figure 18 Image depicting a mathematically idealized form of nuclei such that it has a perfect volume and
area represented by 4
3πr3 and 4πr2γ respectively Once the nuclei grow large enough it becomes
thermodynamically stable and it will not dematerialize unless it sacrifices itself for the growth of a larger
nuclei30
This phenomenon is readily observed during solidification It is more
energetically favorable (larger negative Gibbs free energy) for particles to form via
homogeneous nucleation when a greater undercooling is performed ie faster and more
dramatic cooling rate Undercooling is defined as the offset of the cooling temperature
below the equilibrium temperature of solidification When the system experiences a large
undercooling the nucleation rate increases and this forms many solid nuclei
simultaneously Therefore many nuclei are growing concurrently and the growth rates
soon reach a saturation point where growth is impeded by competing nuclei When fewer
nuclei are growing because of a small undercooling the nuclei grow larger before
impeding one-another This can all be summarized with the graph in Figure 19 but
essentially faster cooling rates procure finer grains and smaller undercooling will be
conducive for coarse grain formation3033
- 36 -
Figure 19 Gibbs free energy of a nuclei as a function of radius of the nuclei The temperature determines
the stable radius (r) It can be observed that a larger undercooling makes nuclei more thermodynamically
stable because it forces the nuclei out of solution more easily at temperatures farther away from the melting
temperature30
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation
Heterogeneous nucleation dominates in alloys over homogeneous nucleation
because of the insoluble particles present in the material behaving as nucleation sites
Other nucleation sites will include mold walls grain boundaries and dislocations The
pre-existing surface that initiates nucleation and growth consequently lowers the required
undercooling for heterogeneous nucleation by several hundred degrees centigrade
compared to homogenous nucleation For high heterogeneous nucleation rates upon mold
walls the liquid metal must wet the mold walls This means that the liquid phase
disperses evenly over the mold walls and does not form droplets Figure 20 is an
illustration of the wetting phenomenon and the required free-energies to make it
favorable303132
Heterogenous nucleation can be promoted through the addition of inoculants
which behave as nucleation sites These solid particles have higher melting temperatures
- 37 -
than the primary metal composition and they will either solidify first upon cooling or
precipitate out of solution before another phase change Then these heterogenous
nucleation sites that are distributed throughout the solidifying or phase-changing metal
will begin to grow larger eventually becoming grains As in homogeneous nucleation
faster cooling rates are characteristic of finer grain sizes303132
120574119868119871 = 120574119878119868 + 120574119878119871119888119900119904(120579) Eq 3
Figure 20 Diagram showing the ldquowettingrdquo action of a droplet on a surface 120574119868119871 is the liquid-solid
interfacial energy 120574119878119868 is the solid surface energy 120574119878119871 is the liquid surface energy and 120579 is the wetting
angle The lower this angle the more wettable the surface30
Figure 21 Nucleation rate growth rate and overall transformation rate of nucleation and the effect that
temperature has on all three It should be observed that growth rate and nucleation rate will hit an optimized
rate when the overall transformation rate is the highest30
- 38 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal
Solidification in pure metal casting will occur via two different mechanisms
planar growth and dendritic growth The creation of a solid phase from a liquid phase
requires energy expenditure ie a surface-energy associated with the liquid-solid
interface The energy required to produce a solid phase from the liquid phase is produced
from undercooling Planar growth will only exist in a turbulent-free and alloy-free
solidifying system because other mechanisms for solidification will dominate under other
conditions such as the presence of alloys Planar growth as the name implies is the
propagation of a solidifying plane throughout the melt There are areas of the melt that
will solidify ahead of this plane however the outward heat flux flowing from the
solidifying plane will cause re-melting This is caused by the latent heat-of-fusion ie the
heat radiating from the solidifying structure will make the liquid next to it hotter than the
rest of the melt This is described graphically in Figure 22 This enables the planar
interface to be maintained but only when slow cooling rates are recognized234
Figure 22 Temperature profile of a metal casting mold Particular interest should be focused on the area of
ldquotemperature increase due to latent heatrdquo because this is how planar solidification is able to re-melt
solidified areas of the casting and re-solidify as a plane The latent heat of solidification is the release of
heat energy at the solidification temperature so that the metal can solidify2
- 39 -
Dendrites are defined as ldquotree-shaped crystalsrdquo that grow and solidify along
crystallographic preferred directions and are the dominant form of non-planar front
solidification In BCC and FCC crystal structures the preferred crystallographic growth
direction is along the lt100gt orientation Dendritic growth unlike planar solidification is
present in both pure metals and alloys but the mechanism for dendritic growth is
different in both cases In pure metals dendrites form due to thermal supercooling which
occurs more predominantly with higher cooling rates Akin to the effects of latent heat-
of-fusion in planar growth the liquid next to solidifying dendrites is hotter than the rest
of the melt If the solidifying dendrite is catalyzed by any perturbations in the
solidification it will have the propensity to grow past this solidifying wall to the cooler
temperatures (just a few tenths of a degree) beyond areas experiencing the latent heat of
solidification This creates a ldquotree-likerdquo crystal This process repeats again but on a
smaller scale for secondary dendrite ldquoarmsrdquo growing off of the primary dendrite ldquoarmrdquo
that originally grew past the solidification front Figure 23 illustrates both primary and
secondary dendritic arms273536
Figure 23 The difference between primary and secondary dendritic arms Primary dendritic arms the first
dendrites that grow through the solidification front in a crystallographic preferred direction and secondary
dendritic arms are dendrites that sprout from the primary arms7
- 40 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy
In a pure metal the entire system is homogenous The system will have a
solidification point but in an alloy system the solidification will occur over a range of
temperatures except at eutectic points This introduces a new solidification mechanism
which is constitutional supercooling The first solid to form will have a different
composition than the last solid to form when cooling through a dual-phase region (α+L
region) of the phase diagram It should be noted that when cooling happens through a
eutectic point solidification occurs at one temperature This can all be understood more
clearly by observing the Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 13 As the temperature falls
through the cooling range in a dual-phase area the solidifying composition at that cooling
range can be found by drawing an isothermal tie-line to the solidus line on the phase
diagram The first solid matrix to form tends to be deplete of solute while the final
composition to solidify tends to be solute rich This phenomenon of compositional
supercooling is intensified by equilibrium cooling rates therefore a faster cooling rate
will help to reduce its effect These dual-phase regions colloquially called ldquomushy
zonesrdquo are depicted in Figure 24 The more cooling that occurs through one of these
regions increases the likelihood for defects associated with long dendrites and difficulty
feeding the solidifying shrinking metal with liquid metal 23436
Constitutional supercooling is the predominant mechanism for dendrite growth in
alloys however the mechanism of thermal supercooling is still active The solute that
drops out of solution will lower the solidification temperature of the liquid and act as a
starting point for dendritic growth and it makes dendritic growth more pronounced
Especially those that cool through large two-phase regions2
- 41 -
Figure 24 The consequences of different cooling paths as dictated by composition on the phase diagram It
is observed that the best fluidity comes from a single-phase composition and a eutectic composition
because these do not have a freezing range but a freezing point This lowest fluidity (highest viscosity) is
observed with compositions that require cooling paths through the thickest region of the dual-phase β+L
region This path is characteristic of the largest freezing range such that certain solutes are solidified out of
that specific composition while liquid still remains37
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting
Both pure metals and alloys are subject to different solidification zones in castings
due to solidification kinetics Pure metals will see two solidification zones the chill zone
and the columnar zone Alloys will experience those two zones in addition to a third
central equiaxed zone It should be kept in mind that the casting will solidify from the
inside out and heat flows from hot to cold2
1641 Chill Zone
This is region ldquoardquo in Figure 25 Liquid metal nearest the mold will experience the
fastest cooling rates due to large undercooling because the mold radiates heat away from
- 42 -
itself This effect is exacerbated in permanent metal molds with a high thermal
conductivity because the mold behaves as a heat sink that removes heat rapidly from the
solidifying metal However some molds are insulative (green sand molds) and the
amount of undercooling that the outside of the casting experiences will be minimized In
general the faster cooling rates experienced at the outside of the mold will combine with
the heterogeneous nucleation occurring at the mold wall to form fine equiaxed grains2
Figure 25 There are three different solidification zones in a typical casting a) Is the ldquochill zonerdquo this
microstructure is characteristic of fine equiaxed grains initiated via quick cooling rates seen on the outside
of the casting at the mold wall b) In the ldquocolumnar zonerdquo long grains grow because of less undercooling
additionally dendrites grow perpendicular to the mold walls which is the reason for the columnar
orientation c) The ldquocentral equiaxed zonerdquo is at the center of alloy castings These smaller equiaxed grains
are created by the combined effects of constitutional supercooling and the heat gradients flowing outward
from the center
1642 Columnar Zone
The mold walls rapidly heat up and the degree of thermal undercooling will soon
start to diminish as solidification continues This happens in the moments after the chill
zone is formed The nucleation rates decrease inside the liquid metal adjacent to the chill
zone When there are fewer nucleation sites mixed with a slow cooling rate coarse grains
- 43 -
growth will dominate This area becomes known as the columnar zone because dendrites
and grains will grow perpendicular to the mold walls The large columnar grain
boundaries have a propensity to contain embrittling impurities and porosity which
degrades the mechanical properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo material Hence the reason
thermomechanical deformation is commonly used as a post-processing step after casting
for non-shape-cast metals Deformation will break apart the continuity of the inclusions
thus reducing the embrittlement However there are ways to improve the as-casted
microstructure in this region Grain refiners (inoculants) can be added to the melt As the
name implies these refine the grain size in the columnar zone and reduce grain sizes
These inoculants solidify before the parent material of the melt and behave as another
heterogeneous nucleation site therefore creating more nucleation that will grow
simultaneously This enables the system to reach its saturation point sooner and this
yields smaller grains2
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone
This zone is only present in alloys due to the combined effects of the
constitutionally supercooled regions from the mold walls converging at the center of the
casting and the temperature gradient flowing outward form the castingrsquos center thus
creating a large undercooling effect at the center of the casting The large undercooling
both from constitutional and thermal effects yield high nucleation rates which create
fine equiaxed grains Another effect that commonly contributes to a pronounced central
equiaxed zone is buoyancy-driven convection flow in the solidifying melt This has the
capacity to break-off already solidified dendrites and transport them around the
circulating melt These broken dendritic arms act as another heterogenous nucleation site
- 44 -
within the melt Melt circulation and convection of the liquid metal can also be
artificially induced with ultrasonic vibrations or alternating magnetic fields2
17 Solidification Defects
There are five primary defects that can occur in castings because of solidification
mechanisms and they are more pronounced in alloys due to constitutional supercooling
The five primary defects are macroporosity macrosegregation microporosity
microsegregation and gas porosity Defects are combated in different ways however
most commonly is with implementation of a riser which will solidify last and contain
most defects2
171 Macroporosity
Macroporosity formation in the casting is caused by shrinking of the metal as it
cools and the inability of fresh liquid metal to fill in the void The last part of the casting
system to solidify is subject to macroporosity because no liquid metal remains to fill in
voids created by the solidification shrinkage The mechanisms that contribute to
macroporosity are liquid shrinkage solidification shrinkage and solid shrinkage which
can be summarized graphically in Figure 26 Nearly all materials whether in their liquid
solid or gas state experience a volume expansion associated with heating and a volume
decrease associated with cooling The shrinking volume of the liquid during cooling is a
nonissue when there is more liquid metal available to replenish the volume An issue
develops because there is a shrinkage associated with the transition from a liquid to a
smaller volume crystal Additionally the casting will experience further shrinkage due to
- 45 -
the thermal expansion coefficient of the solid metal that will be active from the
solidification temperature to room temperature2
Macroporosity can be combated with the addition of risers chills and insulation
placed in key areas to ensure that the casting itself is not the last to solidify Ideally the
casting will directionally solidify towards the riser such that the riser is the last part to
solidify and that it can continue to feed the shrinking casting with its remaining liquid
metal Figure 27 illustrates the macroporosity solidification defect that forms at the top of
the riser known as a pipe2
Figure 26 Volume of metal in different phases as a function of temperature Most materials shrink as they
are cooled due to the mean vibration distances decreasing because there is less thermal energy in the
bonding There is an exceptional decrease in the volume of metal during solidification shrinkage due to the
formation of the crystal structures which is ordered2
- 46 -
Figure 27 Solidifying metal will shrink this shows how a pipe forms in a cube sand casting It will begin
by forming a solidified skin on top at the mold-casting interface which isolates this section from the rest of
the casting that is still liquid Thus liquid metal cannot replenish this void2
172 Macrosegregation
The last part of the actual casting to solidify not including the riser will be at the
centerline of the thickest mass section When an alloy solidifies unless it is a eutectic
composition it will solidify over a temperature range The exact composition solidifying
is represented by an isothermal line drawn from the alloyrsquos composition line (C0) to the
solidus line this can be best illustrated with Figure 28 This solidification range creates
solute migration because the first part of the casting to solidify will be solute poor and the
last part of the casting to solidify will be solute rich Macrosegregation can be combated
by a faster solidification rate so that there is not time allowed for solute migration Heat
treating the casting will also help reduce the segregation after the casting is solidified
however solid state diffusion rates are substantially slower than diffusion rates in the
liquid238
- 47 -
Figure 28 This is an example of a two-phase solidification region where solidification happens over a
range of temperatures The lever rule can be used to determine specific composition of the solute falling out
of solution at any point in time below the liquidus line38
173 Microporosity
Solidification shrinkage will also cause microporosity When the casting is
solidifying it is common for the dendrites to grow into one-another such that they
impede liquid metal flow in the inner-dendritic region Then solidification shrinkage
occurs within the dendritic region and since liquid metal is not available to replenish the
shrinking volume a micropore will form Figure 29 provides an illustration of this
phenomenon Microporosity is exacerbated by alloys that solidify through a larger two-
phase region because these have a higher propensity for form dendrites due to the larger
freezing range This defect can be combated with any mechanism that breaks up the
dendrites such as ultrasonic vibrations magnetic eddy currents or higher velocity
pouring metal2
- 48 -
Figure 29 Dendrites are the primary cause of microporosity because the dendritic arms grow together and
liquid metal cannot replenish the micropore that forms due to the solidifying metal This action is illustrated
above The kinetics of solidification in the space between inter-dendritic arms is also a leading cause for
microsegregation2
174 Microsegregation
Microsegregation is another byproduct of the solidification kinetics of an alloy
The last composition of the alloy to solidify will have a high solute content This can
cause intermetallic phases and inclusions to form primarily between dendrites These
both have the tendency to be brittle and should be avoided if possible The primary side-
effect to the intermetallic phase and inclusions is hot shortness which is cracking that
occurs during any subsequent hot working process Microsegregation can be rectified by
the same process alterations as for macrosegregation Additionally it was reported that a
homogenizing heat treatment works well to remedy the problem The secondary-dendritic
arm spacing normally has the largest effect on microsegregation and this spacing can be
used to determine the time and temperature of the homogenization that is needed23940
175 Gas Porosity
Gas porosity is also a common defect which is caused by the absorption of gases
into the liquid phase prior to solidification The primary gases that are responsible for gas
porosity in iron and steel are H2 N2 and CO The primary mechanism for gas porosity is
- 49 -
the dramatic decrease in gas solubility at the liquid-to-solid phase change which can be
illustrated in Figure 30 These gases are soluble in liquid metal and often times
solidification happens so quickly that when gases evolve out of the solidifying metal a
gas hole is left in their wake An example of a gas porosity hole in the solidified metal
can be observed in Figure 31 the nearly perfectly round hole is indicative of gas porosity
Gas porosity can be remedied by vacuum degassing the melt Hot-Isostatic-Pressing
(HIPrsquoing) the finished part the addition of inclusion formers and all around cleanliness
of the melt241
Figure 30 Hydrogen gas content in a metal as a function of temperature illustrates that the liquid form of a
metal has a much greater gas solubility than does the solid phase There is a sharp discontinuity in the
solubility graph at the solidification temperature and this is why gas hole porosity is seen in metals The
metal is solidifying with ample amounts of gas in it and often times it solidifies before the gas has a chance
to escape Thus leaving a gas hole in its wake
- 50 -
Figure 31 Round pores seen in micrographs commonly indicate gas porosity because the gas bubble is
round and when the metal solidifies around it as the gas is escaping it leaves its own trace in the metal41
18 Heat Treating of Steels
Heat treating is commonly performed on both cast and wrought steels Depending
on categorization there are arguably seven different heat treatments that are performed
on metals homogenization full anneal process anneal normalization austenitize-
quench-temper spheroidizing and stress relieve Consult the Fe-C phase diagram in
Figure 32 that has the temperature ranges for each heat treatments superimposed upon it
for reference during each of the following sections18
Common to most every heat treatment of steels is heating first above the A1
transition line to fully austenitize the steel This is important because the FCC structure
has a higher solubility for carbon and other alloying elements Austenite can be thought
of as the ldquoparent phaserdquo to most microstructures and phases in steels because most
microstructures are formed by cooling from the austenite region It is because of the
- 51 -
austenite region that there are so many heat treatments possible for steel Cooling rate
will control the diffusion which along with the composition dictate the resultant
microstructure in cast steels Slower cooling rates will allow phases solute and particles
that were stable in the austenite region but not stable in the α+Fe3C region to precipitate
out as second phases Faster cooling rates will keep these solutes in solution in a
metastable form2542
Figure 32 Partial phase diagram of temperature vs carbon wt illustrates the ranges for each type of heat
treating and thermomechanical processes up to 15 wt C Notice this depicts the A1 temperature line at
1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) so frequently referenced18
The austenite region in steels is important for other reasons too For example it is
single phase at most temperatures and compositions that are commonly used plus it is a
high-temperature phase that it naturally more ductile This increased ductility enables
thermomechanically deformation of steels in the austenite region to be cost-effective
- 52 -
Also the austenite phase forms its own grains by a standard nucleation and growth
process There is a kinetic barrier that needs overcome for them to start growing because
α+Fe3C needs to be transformed The final size that the austenite grains grow to will
affect how easily the microstructure can be transformed back into α+Fe3C upon cooling
Therefore they have an effect on ferrite microstructure For example toughness is
sensitive to prior-austenite grains and it is reduced as the size of the prior austenite grains
are increased Once cooled the remnants of the austenite grains are called prior-austenite
grains (these grains are visible when subjected to special etches and microscopy)2542
181 Homogenization
During solidification of an alloy microsegregation and macrosegregation can be
mitigated by subsequent homogenization heat treatments Compositional supercooling
creates a multitude of problems because there is not a uniform composition throughout
the solidified metal At ambient temperatures the solute atoms will not diffuse fast
enough to achieve an equilibrium composition throughout To quicken diffusion rates a
homogenization heat treatment is performed to enable the systemrsquos concentration
gradients to equilibrate across the matrix Most ingot castings are homogenized before
hot working to improve workability mechanical properties and repeatability because the
solute atoms are dissolved Homogenization is performed approximately in the 1830-
2190 ˚F (1000-1200 ˚C) temperature range followed by an air cool which produces
larger coarse grains upon completion as opposed to a quench Homogenization normally
happens simultaneously with the nucleation and growth of the austenite grains therefore
one could argue that austenitizing and homogenizing are the same heat treatment Often
- 53 -
thermomechanical deformation is performed directly after homogenization so that the
ingot does not have to be reheated later254243
182 Full Anneal
Performing a full anneal in steels will produce a microstructure characteristic of
equiaxed ferrite and coarse pearlite that will have soft and ductile mechanical properties
The temperature ranges involved are just above the A3 temperature line for hypoeutectoid
steels and just above the A1 temperature line for hypereutectoid steels If a hypereutectoid
steel is cooled slowly through the γ + Cementite region the steel will have a tendency to
form proeutectoid cementite along the grain boundaries which is too brittle for use A
full anneal is normally held at temperature for an hour per inch thick of steel and it
finishes with a furnace cool1844
183 Process Anneal
A process anneal is also called a recrystallization anneal and it is primarily used
to restore ductility to a piece of metal that has been cold worked As explained
previously when a steel is cold worked dislocations form and they impede each otherrsquos
flow This makes the material less ductile because dislocation motion is a mechanism for
slip A process anneal can annihilate these dislocations so cold working can continue
without damaging the steel additionally increased ductility can be achieved There are
three phases of a process anneal heat treatment 1) dislocation annihilation (recovery) 2)
recrystallization 3) new grain growth The recovery phase reduces strain in the matrix
and the recrystallization phase nucleates new strain-free grains It should be made clear
that no phase change is achieved during a process anneal the upper temperature limit is
less than A1 temperature line1844
- 54 -
184 Normalization
Normalizing is used to refine the grain structure of the steel typically after cold or
hot working Steel is commonly sold in this condition because it produces fine equiaxed
grains and fine pearlite that is desirable for good mechanical properties such as strength
and ductility Normalizing involves an air cool from temperatures above the A3
temperature line but still relatively low in the austenite region The cooling rate is
dependent upon ambient conditions casting size and casting geometry1844
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper
The highest strength and hardness microstructure in steels is called martensite
This is formed via a diffusionless transformation from the austenite region initiated via a
quench A quench is the act of cooling the material quickly in a medium that can be
water oil or brine A martensitic microstructure is not used without subsequently being
tempered due to un-tempered martensitersquos brittleness and lack of toughness that would
make the steel prone to catastrophic failure45
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability
It is important to distinguish the difference between hardness and hardenability
The ability of a steel to form martensite is called hardenability and hardness is a
materialrsquos resistance to deformation These also have different influences as well the
ultimate hardness potential of martensite is only a function of the carbon content of the
steel while hardenability is controlled by the following carbon content alloying
elements prior-austenite grain size cooling rate (severity of quench) and the size of the
steel being quenched192045
- 55 -
The factors affecting hardenability are straightforward The higher the carbon
content and alloying content the higher the hardenability because additives decrease
diffusion rates Since the formation of pearlite and bainite are diffusion dependent the
system will have a higher tendency to form martensite This can be observed on a Time-
Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram as seen in Figure 33 Any effect that slows
diffusion like the addition of alloying elements moves the curve to the right
Hardenability is increased with increasing prior-austenite grain size because there are
fewer grain boundaries with coarser grains which results in fewer nucleation sites for
pearlite formation19204647
Figure 33Time-Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram This particular TTT diagram has a Fe-C
phase diagram attached on the left This illustrates how martensite finish (Mf) decreases with C content
This is an isothermal diagram and therefore no kinetic effects during the cooling will be taken into
account ie it assumes infinitely fast cooling to the desired temperature46
Intuitively depth of hardness increases with increasing hardenability and the
severity of the quench The quenching medium affects the severity for example an oil
quench is less severe than a water quench which is the most common medium
Additionally section size will influence cooling rates A small sample will experience a
more severe quench1920454849
- 56 -
1852 Martensite
A martensitic structure in steels results from a diffusionless athermal and shear-
type formation To catalyze the formation of this hardest possible steel microstructure
the steel must undergo a severe quench from austenite to its room temperature stable
phase The austenite phase at 1674 ˚F (912 ˚C) is capable of handling up to 211 wt C
due to its more open FCC structure but the maximum carbon that the α-phase can handle
is 002 wt C because of its more enclosed BCC structure This means that with typical
cooling rates carbon will partition itself out of the α-ferrite and form the secondary phase
of Fe3C To form full martensite a quench must happen quickly such that carbon cannot
diffuse out of the octahedral sites in α-Fe into a second phase of Fe3C hence the
diffusionless transformation Carbon remains trapped in the BCC lattice however it
strains the BCC lattice deforming it into a Body Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice
where carbon is still in the octahedral sites This is observed in Figure 34 Martensite is
not a thermodynamically stable phase which means that martensite is metastable and that
the diffusion was only suppressed45
Martensite strengthens steel to such a high degree because of the Bain strain that
is induced by the carbon wedged into the BCT lattice The strain field that forms around
each carbon atom inhibits dislocation motion There is also a solid solution strengthening
effect from the carbon that contributes to the overall hardness of the martensite A surface
tilting is normally associated with martensite formation based upon which habit plane
that it forms upon from the austenite phase These habit planes will be dependent upon
alloy composition Figure 35 illustrates this habit plane relationship45
- 57 -
Figure 34 The Body-Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice of martensite Carbon atoms become stuck in the
interstices between larger atoms during the rapid quench from the FCC phase of austenite The system
wants to assume the BCC phase of ferrite however cooling happens so rapidly that carbon does not have
time to migrate and now it is trapped in this metastable phase45
It should be noted that martensite formation occurs over a range of temperatures
The alloy must first be quenched through its martensite start temperature (MS) This is
determined by a thermodynamic driving force that is required to start the shear
transformation from austenite to martensite The MS will vary directly with carbon
content the higher the carbon content the lower MS This may seem counterintuitive
because one method for increasing hardenability is to increase the carbon content
however since carbon is an interstitial alloying element in steels it places strain even on
the FCC lattice of austenite This increases austenitersquos resistance to shear Therefore
since martensite formation is a shear transformation there needs to be a larger
thermodynamic driving force to initiate this change which is catalyzed by a larger
undercooling There is also a MF which occurs when all of the austenite has transformed
into martensite Figure 36 illustrates martensite start temperature45
- 58 -
Figure 35 Martensite is characteristic of causing Bain strain The exceptionally high strains associated
with the shear transformation for the formation of martensite will twist and tilt the martensite surface to
start the formation The austenite phase that was not transformed yet has to be plastic enough to allow this
to happen45
There are two different types of martensite that exist lath and plate However
they do not exist exclusively and can mix together The type of martensite formed is
dependent upon composition Plate martensite will form above 10 wt C and lath
martensite will dominate below 06 wt C with a mix of both occurring between 06
and 10 wt C This relationship is illustrated in Figure 36 as well as the martensite start
temperature Plate martensite is characteristic of irrational habit planes macroscopic in
nature (can be seen with optical microscopy) and subject to mostly twinned planes Lath
martensite has the tendency to form in parallel packets with more dislocations than twins
and its habit plane is defined as 11145
- 59 -
Figure 36 There are two different types of martensite lath and plate Formation is dictated by carbon
content As observed a range up to 06 wt C will produce lath and a range upwards of 10 wt C will
produce plate martensite When the wt C is between these ranges a mixture of lath and plate martensite
can be expected45
1853 Tempering Kinetics
Martensitic steel must be tempered to restore ductility and toughness to prevent
possible catastrophic brittle failure Tempering must be performed cautiously because
over-tempering is possible such that the steel becomes too soft Since martensite is a
metastable phase whose diffusion was only suppressed due to kinetics it takes relatively
little thermal energy to enable the carbon to migrate out of the BCT lattice Thermal
energy is introduced to the system in the form of tempering Once carbon leaves the BCT
structure the lattice will relax and reform its thermodynamically stable BCC lattice that
has 002 wt C maximum Therefore the extra carbon that was supersaturated into the
BCT lattice will now precipitate out as the second phase of cementite (Fe3C) Since the
primary goal of tempering is to soften the metal at the expense of hardness it becomes a
balancing act between how long and at what temperatures tempering is conducted to
obtain the desired mechanical properties455051
- 60 -
186 Spheroidizing
Spheroidite is the softest and most ductile microstructure possible for a given steel
because of the formation of spherical carbides which have a low surface-area-to-volume
ratio relative to other carbide shapes Therefore there is less interaction area with the
matrix and in turn less of a strain field that is formed Steels subjected to this heat
treatment have great machining properties because of the increased ductility To achieve
this microstructure the steel is held just below the A1 temperature for multiple hours to
give ample time for carbon diffusion18
187 Stress Relieving
This heat treatment is performed to remove internal stresses induced by welding
machining cold-working etc There is no recrystallization or significant microstructural
changes as with process annealing The temperature for stress relieving is approximately
750 ˚F (400 ˚C) which is the temperature required for dislocation annihilation to
occur1844
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels
HSLA steels are low carbon content steels typically with pearlite and ferrite
microstructures that achieve relatively high strengths formability and toughness despite
the fact that they have a low carbon content Their weldability is also superb due to the
low carbon content To achieve strength an HSLA steel must be able to precipitation
harden the ferrite HSLA steels are commonly microalloyed with vanadium niobium
titanium or another strong carbide forming element and with a solid solution
strengthener such as silicon or manganese Another essential aspect to the strength of
- 61 -
HSLA steels is a fine grain structure Reduced grain size is an additional mechanism for
strength but it also increases toughness while lowering the DBTT5253
191 Precipitation Hardening
Commonly known as age hardening in non-ferrous alloys this secondary-
hardening process closely resembles an austenitize-quench-temper cycle for normal
steels Technically a solution-treat and age cannot be performed in conventional steels
because of the lack of carbon solubility However with the additions of microalloys a
true precipitation hardening can be achieved in HSLA steels A precipitation hardening
technique is similar to an austenitize-quench-temper in terms of its heat treatment cycle
During the quench the goal is to make a metastable supersaturated solid solution Then
when thermal energy is introduced to the system the precipitates (alloy carbides nitrides
and carbonitrides) age or precipitate into the matrix These processes occur at the same
time that the martensite is quenched and tempered54
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE)
A cornerstone of this project is ensuring that the alloy developed will have
superior weldability but first the term weldability must be defined such that it can be
understood The weldability of low alloy steels is commonly expressed in terms of
Carbon Equivalent (CE) which is calculated solely from the chemical composition of a
steel The following are the definitions adopted and how they are defined for this project
1101 Weldability
Weldability is defined by the American Welding Society (AWS) as ldquoThe capacity
of a material to be welded under fabrication techniques imposed in a specific suitably
- 62 -
designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended servicerdquo However there
are many characteristics of a steel that could influence its weldability55 Colloquially one
would just say that a steel which welds successfully without pre-heating has a good
weldability
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE)
One of the best metrics for weldability assessment is through an empirically
derived formula called the carbon equivalent (CE) This was created as a way to quantify
the relative likelihood of hydrogen induced cracking problems and heat affected zone
(HAZ) martensite formation in a steel A knowledgeable welder will use the CE value as
a tool to determine how the metal is going to weld and what welding procedures to follow
to avoid weld zone problems For example if the CE is high the welder will know to pre-
heat the metal to decrease the likelihood of martensite formation upon cooling after
welding In this sense a steel with good weldability (low CE) has poor hardenability56
- 63 -
Chapter 2 Literature Review
The essence of HSLA steels was briefly introduced in Chapter 19 however this
section will serve as a review of the development of HSLA wrought and cast steels
21 Microalloying of Steels
The importance of alloying steel was discovered early in the 20th century in
Europe One of the first microalloying elements added to steel was vanadium57
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium
Vanadium was the first element added to microalloy steels Research in the early
1900s in England and France lead to the first commercial microalloyed steel
Metallurgists at that time learned the strength of plain carbon steel could be increased
substantially with additions of vanadium especially when a quench and temper was
performed They did not understand the strengthening mechanisms at work but they
knew that vanadium increased strength and toughness57
Steel containing vanadium made its way to America in about 1910 when Henry
Ford spectated an auto race in France and saw a violent crash He was surprised at how
little damage occurred to the racecarrsquos crankshaft and this sparked his curiosity He
managed to get a sample of the steel tested and it was found to contain vanadium Ford
deduced that additions of vanadium to steel used in Ford vehicles would improve a steelrsquos
strength and shock resistance on American roads even though they did not understand
why Thus vanadium as a microalloy enters markets in the United States however it
would be years before serious focus was applied to development and integration of
microalloy HSLA steels into more areas57
- 64 -
World War II advanced welding technologies greatly Metallurgists soon
discovered that they could not just increase the strength of steels by increasing carbon
content due to the toughness decrease observed when higher carbon content steels are
welded This catalyzed a focus to develop alternative strengthening mechanism to carbon
which lead to the development of grain refining and microalloy precipitation for an
additional strengthening mechanism in steel that required a high weldability From this
deeper investigations into the metallurgy of microalloying continued to develop57
22 HSLA Steels
Even small additions of microalloys to low-carbon steel matched with simple heat
treatments can produce mechanical properties that are comparable to more expensive
steels low alloy steels that require advanced processing steps58 High-Strength-Low-Alloy
steels are based on the microalloying principles discussed previously The term
microalloying and HSLA are used synonymously The concept for strengthening in HSLA
steels is straightforward from a metallurgical point of view there needs to be 1) a refined
grain structure present such that it encourages strength and toughness 2) lower carbon
content to improve weldability 3) strength is achieved through the addition of
microalloys such as vanadium manganese and niobium 4) finally HSLA steels take
advantage of secondary hardening that disperses fine precipitates throughout the ferrite
matrix that further strengthens the steel53
One of the first large scale uses of HSLA steels in the United States was during
construction of the Alaskan Pipeline in 1969 and 1970 It was imperative that steels used
in this pipeline remained tough during the artic conditions so that they would not be
prone to brittle failure Equally important was weldability This caused metallurgists to
- 65 -
analyze previous work done with microalloying of steels and eventually the name
ldquoHSLA steelrdquo was adopted52 The Alaskan Pipeline success with microalloying steels
initiated many investigations into microalloying effects and jump-started broad use of
HSLA steels
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys
Microalloys work well for strengthening steel because they can combine the
strengthening mechanisms of grain refinement and precipitation hardening without
decreasing weldability These combined effects counteract the lower carbon content For
microalloys to be effective they must be able to alter the matrix of the ferrite by either
grain refinement or precipitation hardening (normally in the form of carbo-nitrides) or by
a combination of these two57
Grain refinement is the act of making the ferrite grains smaller after final
processing This is achieved when the dispersed microalloys solidify and create a
heterogeneous nucleation site to prevent prior-austenite grain growth During lower
temperature heat treatments in the austenite region often times the stable precipitates will
not fully solutionize and they act as heterogeneous nucleation sites upon cooling which
inhibits austenite grain growth Regardless the microalloying precipitate falls out of
solution before ferrite grains are nucleated57
Precipitation strengthening by microalloying occurs because the microalloys are
precipitated into the ferrite as carbonitrides (CN) but most commonly in HSLA steels as
vanadium-nitrides (VN) or vanadium-carbonitrides (VCN) through a secondary-
hardening process during aging or tempering57 Carbonitrides of vanadium niobium and
titanium can precipitate in both the austenite region and ferrite region59 Additionally
- 66 -
when some form of a CN or VCN is present and a subsequent heat treatment is
performed such as normalizing these carbonitrides will act as austenite grain stabilizers
that prevent grain growth This preserves grain refinement because smaller prior-
austenite grains lead to smaller final ferrite grains They will also pin the ferrite grains
from deformation and growth before the A1 temperature is reached during heating Both
of these mechanisms work together simultaneously to improve the microstructure6061 If
hot rolling is performed on wrought steel austenite grains become elongated which will
increase the grain boundary area Thus increasing the driving force for transformation in
addition to providing more heterogenous nucleation sites26 More nucleation sites are
added indirectly in a steel during hot rolling because it can make precipitation of carbides
happen more favorably60
Microalloying also has a profound effect on the recrystallization during hot
rolling This is important in wrought steels because if the prior-austenite grains are
pinned by microalloys and cannot coarsen then a finer ferrite structure will form upon
cooling There is also a developed argument that solute drag is responsible for limiting
recrystallization57
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides
Elements such as vanadium niobium and titanium have tendencies to form stable
carbides nitrides and carbonitrides in steel when precipitated through a secondary
hardening reaction They are the primary microalloying elements used today in HSLA
steels62 The formation of carbides and nitrides are diffusion dependent processes
Complex microalloy carbide and nitride and phases do not diffuse as rapidly as the
conventional Fe3C phase during heat treatment This has a few important consequences
- 67 -
metallurgically First carbides reduce the rate of softening effects such as a temper
because they inhibit the diffusion driven coarsening that Fe3C would experience
Secondly metal carbides that are formed will be resistant to coarsening This limits their
size and enables them to maintain a fine dispersion throughout the matrix Finally it
provides great creep resistance at high temperatures because they will combat steel
softening at elevated temperatures63
Carbides of vanadium niobium and titanium are commonly found in the form of
MC M2C M6C and M23C6 where ldquoMrdquo is comprised of various metals and ldquoCrdquo is
carbon the common stoichiometric carbides are summarized in Figure 37 These carbides
and carbonitrides have the FCC crystal structure and comparable lattice parameters thus
they have extensive mutual solubilities The carbides and nitrides formed by vanadium
niobium and titanium are also known to be harder than martensite This is quantified in
Figure 38 which displays the hardness values of common carbides and martensite63
- 68 -
Figure 37 Chart displaying compositions of some common stoichiometric carbides present in HSLA
steels ldquoMrdquo can vary with multiple chemistries63
Figure 38 Stoichiometric carbides formed with vanadium niobium and titanium that commonly have a
hardness greater than martensite this is important especially for the strengthening effects in prior-austenite
grain pinning63
- 69 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions
Vanadium is the workhorse in the microalloyed steel families and is more soluble
in the austenite phase than niobium and titanium It has a high affinity for nitrogen and
carbon and readily forms VN VC and VCN These stable carbides and nitrides of
vanadium will have high solubilities in austenite as well compared to niobium and
titanium These solubilities are summarized in Figure 39 Solutionizing of vanadium and
its carbides and nitrides occurs at approximately 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C) Upon cooling
vanadium will begin to precipitate out of solution at this temperature While cooling
passed the solutionizing temperature which is still in the austenite phase nearly pure VN
is the first to precipitate into the matrix Then when the nitrogen supply is all but
exhausted the system will transition precipitation of VN to VCN and finally to VC
(normally in the form of MC) as nitrogen is depleted There will be a sharp drop in the
solubility of VCN in the matrix around the A1 temperature because of the phase
transition Thus more VCNrsquos are precipitated at this temperature57 Vanadium is
commonly the alloying choice over niobium for precipitation strengthening because
niobium solutionizes at a higher temperature which means that it also precipitates out of
solution at higher temperatures It will fall out of solution during the upper region of the
austenite phase this provides the NbCN too much of an opportunity to coarsen during
cooling Therefore vanadium tends to form the finest precipitates in the ferrite matrix60
- 70 -
Figure 39 Mole fraction of nitrogen in the V-carbonitrides as a function of temperature Vanadium
preferentially bonds with nitrogen at higher temperatures until nitrogen is nearly depleted Then there is a
sharp transition at approximately 1470 ˚F (800 ˚C) to vanadium bonding with carbon preferentially over
nitrogen57
Previous work in the literature regarding microalloying with V in HSLA wrought
steels is extensive some key findings follow
bull Vanadium addition ranges from 003 to 010 wt V increase toughness in
HSLA steels because it will stabilize the dissolved nitrogen64
bull During thermomechanical deformation vanadium has been shown to
precipitate out of solution while the steel is being hot rolled in the form of a
VN60
bull VN will help to prevent austenitic grain growth and recrystallization of
austenite grains However if the solubility product of VN is too low or if the
cooling rates are too fast VN will not form in austenite It has been shown
- 71 -
that raising the nitrogen content will increase the amount of VN that
precipitates60
bull The presence of other alloying elements such as niobium titanium and
aluminum will affect how vanadium behaves Albeit vanadium has the
highest affinity for nitrogen but the other elements precipitate out sooner such
that they will consume all of the nitrogen before vanadium has precipitated60
bull Vanadium does not retard ferrite formation as do molybdenum therefore
vanadium steels are less prone to bainite formation and acicular ferrite
Vanadium reduces the embrittlement likelihood especially in high-carbon
steel Additionally vanadium alloys will not be as susceptible to Heat
Affected Zone (HAZ) embrittlement60
bull VCN precipitation in the austenite region is limited due to sluggish kinetics
therefore most VCN will be precipitated in the ferrite region57
bull Precipitation of VCN in low-carbon and low-nitrogen steels (010 wt C and
010 wt N) will occur mostly at 1292 ˚F (700 ˚C) and below57
bull VC has a higher solubility in austenite and ferrite compared to VN this is
because the thermodynamic driving force for VN precipitation is much
higher57
bull When nitrogen content is decreased the VN precipitate size increases
considerably This is an effect of nucleation rate similar to that observed in
pearlite formation The end-resulting grain size is based on the number of
nuclei57
- 72 -
bull Vanadium will form non-stoichiometric carbides and nitrides VC073 to VC089
are a common VC composition range65
bull Using orientation relationships it is possible to determine whether VCN was
precipitated during the austenite or ferrite phase When the VCN assumes the
Baker-Nutting orientation of 100α-Fe||100VCN and lt100gt α-
Fe||lt010gtVCN it was precipitated in the ferrite When the VCN assumes the
Kurdjumov-Sachs orientation of 110α-Fe||111VCN and lt111gt α-
Fe||lt110gtVCN it was precipitated in the austenite66
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition
Niobium solutionizes at higher temperatures than vanadium 2100 ˚F (1150 ˚C)
compared to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) respectively The implications are that niobium will pin
austenite grains from growing until much higher austenitizing temperatures resulting in
reduced prior-austenite grain size1 Niobium as shown in Figure 40 also works better
than vanadium or titanium for inhibiting recrystallization of austenite temperatures59
Figure 40 Niobium has the optimum effect on increasing the recrystallization temperature of austenite
Vanadium performs the worst in this category This is significant because larger prior-austenite grains will
increase hardenability as well as decrease grain refinement59
- 73 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions
Titanium forms the most stable nitrides in steel (TiN) of all microalloying
elements Most studies suggest that TiN will not solutionize at any temperature in the
austenite region57 Its insolubility in austenite ensures that it will prevent austenite grain
growth during welding and hot processing techniques It can be observed in Figure 41
that TiN has a very low solubility in the austenite phase compared to VC The addition of
titanium levels as low as 001 wt Ti are sufficient to perform its primary
microalloying functions57
Figure 41 Solubilities of common carbides and nitrides of HSLA steels This graph displays the logarithm
of the solubility constant (k) as a function of logarithmic temperature It should be observed that TiN has
very low solubility and that VC has the highest solubility In fact TiN has been known to resist
solutionizing even in the upper region of the austenite phase it is virtually insoluble57
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels
Manganese is an effective solid solution strengthener for ferrite in HSLA steels it
is usually in a range from 15-20 wt Mn67 Manganese will increase VN solubility in
- 74 -
austenite because it increases the activity coefficient of vanadium in tandem with
decreasing the activity coefficient of carbon This increases the amount of microalloying
precipitation during the phase transition from austenite to ferrite Additionally
manganese will lower the AR3 temperature which contributes to ferrite grain refinement
because ferrite grains will get less time to grow All of these factors make higher
manganese (08-14 wt Mn) HSLA steels more effective than low-carbon steels with
conventional manganese levels576063 It has also been shown that manganese additions
will not be detrimental to toughness as other microalloying elements68
23 HSLA Cast Steels
Cast steels can be considered to be at a disadvantage because they do not have the
luxury of being thermomechanically deformed to increase strength as do wrought steels
They must rely solely on heat treating and alloying Other than this there are relatively
minute differences between cast and wrought HSLA steels The 30-year development in
the metallurgy of HSLA wrought steels transcended to HSLA cast steels There are slight
differences in chemistry and heat treatment that must be considered to replace the
benefits of thermomechanical deformation in wrought HSLA steels but the
microalloying concepts between HSLA cast and wrought steels remains the same The
following will review past work specific to the development of HSLA cast steels
154676970
Most of the early work developing HSLA cast steels was done in Europe The
first major work in the United States was conducted by Voigt et al starting in 198671
The first review published on HSLA cast steels was by WJ Jackson in 1978 titled ldquoThe
Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings ndash A Review of the Literaturerdquo In this review the
- 75 -
author detailed past accounts of successful microalloying of cast steels with vanadium
compositions The optimal chemistry ranges for the mechanical properties of cast plain-
carbon and low-alloy steels reviewed by Jackson are shown in Table 1 The yield point
of these steels increased by 30 percent compared to similar plain carbon steel without
microalloying additions with only a negligible decrease in ductility and toughness
Limited research was carried out to identify optimum chemistries for these C-Mn steels
which are summarized in Figure 42 It was determined that the best properties were
obtained with 01 wt vanadium because it produced the finest ferrite grain structure72
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-Carbon Vanadium Alloyed Cast Steel72
Elements C Si Mn Cr V
Wt 012-050 03-06 09-15 04-06 007-015
Figure 42 Influence of vanadium on the properties of a C-Mn microalloyed steel Optimum chemistry
occurs at 01 wt V 130 wt Mn 034 wt Si and all carbon in the study was 032 or 033 wt C
At this chemistry it is evident that some properties of toughness decreased All samples were water
quenched and the subsequently tempered at 1202 ˚F (650 ˚C) The V-free steel was quenched from 1616 ˚F
(880 ˚C) and the vanadium steels were quenched from 1688 ˚F (920 ˚C)57
In this study normalizing between 1796-1976 ˚F (920-1080 ˚C) produced a
microstructure of bainite or acicular ferrite microstructure When a subsequent temper is
performed at 1112 ˚F (600 ˚C) an increase in hardness was found because of the
secondary-hardening effects of the precipitation of VCN However extended tempering
times at elevated temperature caused the system to overage which reduced hardness due
- 76 -
to coarsening of precipitates This is one of the reasons why Jacksonrsquos research suggested
that it is imperative to have better control when heat treating microalloyed steel compared
to conventional steels72
It was discussed previously that vanadium and other microalloying elements act
as grain refiners in the austenite region for wrought processed HSLA steels A similar
behavior was observed for cast steels upon initial cooling from the melt VCN acted as a
grain refiner because it fell out of solution slightly before grains grew72
231 Temperaging
To achieve the highest possible strength with HSLA steels they must be
subjected to a quench and temper heat treatment which initiates a precipitation hardening
effect The temper dually functions to soften martensite into ferrite and cementite while
simultaneously aging fine precipitates into the matrix This dual function has become
known to some metallurgists as the portmanteau ldquotemperagingrdquo17367
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work
There are different CE formulas for different welding applications however the
CE formula used in this project is AWSD11 that is displayed in Equation 4 The CE
formula which is most appropriate for structural steel welding varies between steels
because different alloying elements have different influences on weldability For
example how much they slow diffusion rates and whether or not they are carbide
formers In general the addition of other alloying elements to a C-Mn steel will have the
same hardenability and weldability influence of an increase in carbon content Individual
alloying elements directly affect the weldability of the steel to varying degrees This is
- 77 -
why the effect of each element on the CE is scaled by a factor that can be expressed as a
carbon equivalent factor for that steel This means that if a particular steel had been
alloyed with just carbon it would theoretically weld simularly56
119862119864119860119882119878 11986311 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 4
There are other CE formulae used throughout industry but they all have a similar
goal which is being a weldability predictor High carbon content steels have low
weldabilities therefore a high CE steel will also have a low weldability The most
common CE used in industry is displayed in Equation 5 is adopted by the International
Institute of Welding (IIW) as their official CE equation5473 The following ASTM
Standards also follow CE calculated by Equation 5 A216 A352 A709 (Grade 50s)
A913 and A1043 Both ASTM A216 and A352 are cast steel specific standards
Equation 6 is the typical HSLA CE for C-Mn steels Equation 7 is used in ASTM A529
and it is the only CE equation that includes Nb This is because Nb rarely contributes to
the cold-cracking of steels54 Equation 8 is utilized by the Japanese Welding Engineering
Society for low-carbon content steels (lt 011 wt C)74
119862119864119860119878119879119872 = 119862 +119872119899
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 5
119862119864119879 = 119862 +119872119899+119872119900
10+
119862119903+119862119906
20+
119873119894
40 Eq 6
119862119864119860119878119879119872 119860529 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881+119873119887
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 7
119875119862119872 = 119862 +119878119894
30+
119862119903+119862119906+119872119899
20+
119873119894
60+
119872119900
15+
119881
10+ 5119861 Eq 8
- 78 -
Jacksonrsquos Review analyzed CEASTM for HSLA cast steels and utilized Equation 5
with the following results72
bull CEASTM le 041 Good weldability and no need for preheating
bull CEASTM le 045 Good weldability when the welding is completed with low H2
electrodes
bull CEASTM ge 045 Preheating is required for welding use of low H2 electrodes is
required
bull CEASTM ge 060 Only specific conditions enable the steel to be weldable
One nuance that should be stressed to the reader is this project has a goal of
integrating a cast steel designed for structural applications into an existing wrought
ASTM Standard The implications are that a structural welding steel obeys the structural
welding code as seen in AWS D11 such as their CEAWS D11 in Equation 4 while most
ASTM Standards obey CEASTM as seen in Equation 5 This is bound to cause confusion
and all parties involved must be made aware
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards
There are ASTM Standards specifically for cast steel A27 A148 A216 A217
A352 A356 A487 and A958 Most relevant are ASTM A216 Standard Specification
for Steel Castings Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service
and its low-temperature counterpart of ASTM A352 Standard Specification for Steel
Castings Ferritic and Martensitic for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-
Temperature Service Both standards obey the CEASTM in Equation 5 and they have
CEASTM max values of 050 or 055 depending on the specific grade Grade WCB from
- 79 -
ASTM A216 is of particular interest because it was posited by the SFSA that the YS
requirements for this project could be attained through slight manipulation of chemistries
permitted in this standard
234 Key Findings from Previous Work
Previous work has found interesting differences between processing for HSLA
wrought steels and HSLA cast steels The key findings follow
bull It may be necessary to homogenize large casting sections for up to 6 hours at
temperatures ranging from 1740-2010 ˚F (950-1100 ˚C) to combat alloy
segregation Then an accelerated cooling is desired because it will yield a refined
ferrite grain structure73 The length of the homogenizing time and temperature in
general will dependent upon the casting size67
bull Austenitizing temperatures of greater than 1700 ˚F (930 ˚C) are required to
produce full strengthening of V-microalloys73
bull If an insufficient quench is performed coarse VCN will precipitate out during the
initial cooling Coarse VCN does not produce the high hardness that is seen with
finely dispersed precipitates However there is still a strengthening effect that is
seen when temperaging following a weak quench This implies that a temperaging
effect can be seen with thick casting sections as well 73
bull Rapid quench rates will produce the highest hardness however only a slight
decrease in hardness will be observed after temperaging because of the secondary
hardening effect This implies that the softening effect of martensite is more
dominant than the secondary hardening which is aging73
- 80 -
bull Non-heat-treated cast steels tend to have lower ductility compared to cast steel
subjected to heat treating Interestingly non-heat-treated steels have a higher yield
strength70
bull Minimal overaging in the temperaging process is acceptable and sometimes
desired to improve toughness at the expense of only a slight decrease in yield
strength67 Overaging is associated with decreasing the coherency of the
precipitates in the matrix54
bull Higher austenitizing temperatures will enable more precipitates to form during
temperaging because it increases the re-solution of microalloying elements while
in the austenite phase67 Austenitizing temperatures of 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) were
proven sufficient for normalize and temper (NampT) cast steels the strength levels
of quench and tempered (QampT) cast steels were greatly increased by austenitizing
at 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C)69
bull A typical NampT heat treatment can still precipitation harden during temperaging
however the resulting microstructure is less hard than a QampT67
bull According to early research with microalloying HSLA steels with niobium it will
increase strength more than vanadium when heat treating at high austenitizing
temperatures because it prevents austenite grains from coarsening However
coarsening of austenite grains was not observed by Voigt and Rassizadehghani in
1989 They proved this by austenitizing at high temperatures with and without
niobium and then performing the proper etch to display the prior-austenite
grains54
- 81 -
bull Intercritical heat treatments although not used in this body of work have yielded
promising results and high strength and toughness combinations in the past54
- 82 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work
31 Hypothesis
A 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength cast steel with a high weldability for structural
and military applications will be developed using high-strength-low-alloy (HSLA) steel
metallurgical techniques Finally the materialrsquos composition and properties can be
conveniently placed within an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels
allowing ready adoption of these cast steels for applications using cast-weld construction
techniques
32 Statement of Work
Weldable 50 ksi (350 MPa) yield strength cast steel composition and heat
treatment guidelines will be determined with four primary steps 1) examination of
composition heat treating and mechanical property data from the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of Americarsquos (SFSA) database of cast C-Mn steels to identify fundamental
structure-property relationships 2) Thermocalc modeling will define stable phases in
equilibrium and determine solutionizing temperatures for a range of C-Mn steel alloys
with vanadium and niobium microalloying additions 3) heat treating and mechanical
testing of various compositions of steel will provide a validation of how alloys respond to
respective heat treatments 4) Finally rational composition and processing guidelines will
be developed so that future work can establish appropriate ASTM and AWS placement
for this alloy system
- 83 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure
All samples in this study were standard ASTM keel block castings with two test
specimen legs donated by SFSA member foundries in the United States The keel blocks
used in this study had a thick body attached to two legs The keel block measured
approximately 60 in X 40 in X 40 in (1525 cm X 102 cm X 102 cm) and each leg
was approximately 60 in X 10 in X 20 in (1525 cm X 254 cm X 51 cm) The keel
block legs were halved lengthwise with a band saw such that the final dimensions of the
keel block legs used for heat treating were 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X 254 cm
X 254 cm) Thus each keel block could yield four keel block tensile test specimens All
times and temperatures for heat treating and tempers were obtained from the literature
notably from previous work completed by Voigt Rassizadehghani and the
SFSA154676973 Heat treating time was started when the temperature of the furnace
stabilized after loading the samples into the furnace
In all of the following sections keel blocks and keel block legs were heat treated
in a Thermo-Scientific Lindberg Blue M and the Brinell hardness tests were performed
with a NEWAGE Brinell NB3010 Additionally all mechanical testing conformed to
ASTM E8 Standard Test Method for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial alloys investigated in this study were reformulations of conventional
WCB C-Mn cast steel with and without vanadium ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo and ldquoModified C-
Mn-Vrdquo alloys were developed to obtain an understanding of C-Mn cast steel capabilities
and the effects of alloying a similar composition with small amounts of vanadium Keel
- 84 -
block legs were removed from the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V keel blocks
and halved lengthwise on a band saw Both the keel block and keel blocks legs which
become test bar specimens were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 10 hr Half of each
alloy were subjected to a normalizing air cool and the other half were water quenched
Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching was performed at
1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks and at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr for keel
block legs Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for both the
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
42 Tempering Study
An investigation into the temperaging response of the vanadium alloyed material
in particular was necessary to develop heat treating guidelines Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were used to compare a plain WCB type steel to one that should
experience a temperaging response respectively Keel block legs of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were cut from the keel blocks and austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for
20 hr Keel block legs were either normalized in an air cool or water quenched Then the
keel block legs were sliced into approximately 025 in (~6 mm) thick sections for
subsequent tempering such that different times and temperatures can be easily studied
for each alloy
bull A sample for each composition in the normalized and quenched conditions was
subjected to a specific temperature for either 10 hr or 40 hr These temperatures
ranged from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments
resulting in 56 total samples The furnace used for these small samples was a
Barnstead Thermolyne 47900
- 85 -
bull Each sample was then Rockwell hardness tested to develop an understanding of
temperaging for these alloys The machine used was a NEWAGE Rockwell
Digital ME-2
43 Special Heat-Treating Options
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
Heat treating has to be more controlled with HSLA steels than conventional steels
due to the microalloys and the secondary hardening72 A concern was that thicker sections
of castings could not be quenched quickly enough to produce a supersaturated solution of
microalloys without having them fall out of solution prior to tempering Keel blocks of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were heat treated as described in Chapter 41
Then they were cut at frac14 thickness and the cut faces were Brinell hardness tested
bull A range of 12-14 Brinell Hardness indentations were performed on each samplersquos
face to obtain a hardness profile from the edge to the center of these 40 in (102
cm) sections
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real world casting scenarios castings are not uniform in shape and
size such as a keel block leg This poses kinetic and thermal property issues associated
with cooling rates Theoretically a thin section of casting could form a completely
different microstructure than a thick section on the same casting cooled with the same
cooling media This was investigated with keel blocks of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V that were cut differently than for previous heat-treating studies A keel block for
each alloy had one of its legs removed from the keel block body This resulted in two
- 86 -
keel block legs of the dimensions used previously 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X
254 cm X 254 cm) and two identical to it still attached to the keel block body Each
keel block with legs attached and its separated legs were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C)
for 2 hr and then subjected to a normalized air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating the keel block legs still attached to the keel
blocks were removed and all keel block legs were subsequently tensile tested
433 Double Normalize
For some microalloyed steel alloys a double normalize heat treatment is
commonly used to improve mechanical properties such as increased ductility with a
relatively small strength penalty75 A keel block and keel block legs from Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to a double normalizing heat treatment The first
austenitizing was at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 05 hr followed by an air cool The second
austenitizing was at 1600 ˚F (871 ˚C) for 20 hr followed by another air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating these keel block legs were then subjected to
tensile testing
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
To obtain a better understanding of composition limits for carbon manganese
and vanadium Alloys C D E and F with variations in carbon manganese and
vanadium contents were created This enabled analysis into the influence that alloys
upon one-another and how effective one alloy is with and without others present Keel
block legs were removed from Alloys C D E and Frsquos keel blocks and halved lengthwise
on a band saw Both the keel block legs and keel blocks were austenitized to 1750 ˚F
- 87 -
(955 ˚C) for 10 hr Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching
was performed at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20
hr for keel block legs
bull Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for Alloys C D E and
F
45 Metallography of Samples
Samples prepared for metallography include Alloys A-F NampT and QampT Alloys
A and B double normalize and thick section normalized No metallography was
performed on tempering study 0250 in (~6 mm) thick wafers The samples prepared
were sliced sections of tensile test bar ends These were hot-pressed in Allied High-Tech
Products Inc Phenolic mounting powder using a ldquoTech Press 2rdquo manufactured by Allied
High-Tech Products Inc Samples were ground using automated grinding set to 150
RPMs with a pressing force of 18 N Each sample was ground for 30 s at each of the
following grits 240 320 400 and 600 (grinding with the 600-grit pad was performed
twice for a better surface finish)
Next the samples were polished using 1 μm diamond slurry polish for 5 min
followed by a subsequent polish using a 025 μm diamond slurry polish for 3 min After
each grinding and polishing step the samples were rinsed with distilled water The last
step of preparation was to etch both steel alloys using a 2 nital mix This mixture was 2
mL of nitric acid and 98 mL of methanol Upon etching the samples were rinsed with
ethanol
- 88 -
bull Optical microscopy was used to analyze the microstructures of all the steel
samples The microscope used was a Zeiss Axiovert 10 Inverted Microscope
- 89 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions
The United States has failed to dedicate the same effort to developing both HSLA
cast and wrought steels compared to Europe and Asia The largest body of work
currently is that created by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of America (SFSA) and Voigt et
al The following work was conducted as a continuation of previous work done as well as
a new attempt at integrating 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength HSLA cast steels into
existing HSLA wrought standards
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel
The SFSA has compiled a database of over 20000 C-Mn cast steel chemistries
and mechanical properties data from participating steel casting foundries in the United
States This spreadsheet consisted of WCB (ASTM A216) conventional C-Mn cast steel
that was either normalized NampT or QampT The data was analyzed to determine whether
or not it is possible to reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) with conventional C-Mn steel
compositions without microalloying with vanadium and niobium The data was cleaned
and the resulting spreadsheet contained approximately 2500 data entries It should be
noted that ASTM A216 grade WCB is for conventional C-Mn cast steel with a minimum
36 ksi (248 MPa) YS and a maximum CEASTM 050 wt CEASTM The CEASTM does not
consider the effects of silicon which the CEAWS D11 does Additionally as with most
ASTM standards for steel ASTM A216 grade WCB is based more on mechanical
properties than composition Albeit there are composition limits in this standard their
allowable ranges are rather large
- 90 -
The spreadsheet was organized by heat treatments performed on the cast steel test
bars normalized NampT and QampT Scatter plots were made from these data to determine
if correlations between YS composition and CEAWS D11 (weldability) could be detected
Figures 43-45 show the trends between YS and CEAWS D11 (not CEASTM) carbon content
and manganese content respectively
Figure 43 Scatterplot of YS vs CE for all heat treatments (normalize NampT and QampT) According to the
spreadsheet there is a broad range of weldabilities that produce a YS of 50 ksi (345 MPa)
Figure 43 suggests that high YS values of over 50 ksi (345 MPa) are possibly but
not when a CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE is maintained ASTM A215 grade WCB specifies
that a CEASTM le 050 wt CE be maintained this plot helps to show the decrease in
weldability when silicon is accounted for because there are copious samples that now
exceed the 050 wt CEAWS D11
- 91 -
Figure 44 YS vs Carbon Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment related
to YS There is negligible correlation The highest R2 value in this data set is 004 which gives a positive
correlation for increasing carbon content providing a higher YS in the QampT condition However a R2 value
this low should not be considered statistically significant
Figure 45 YS vs Manganese Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment
related to YS There is slightly better correlation with YS as a function of manganese content than as a
function of carbon content However the best correlation observed is an R2 value of 01 for a positive
correlation of QampT improving YS with increasing manganese content Likewise this should not be
considered statistically significant
- 92 -
Figures 43-45 do not suggest a statistically significant trend in YS as a function of
composition for any type of heat treatment Therefore to make possible trends of
chemical composition and mechanical properties more apparent the database was split
into two groups of high-strength-high-weldability and low-strength-low-weldability
Then the composition of materials with these extremes in mechanical properties and
weldability were compared in Table 2
Table 2 SFSA Spreadsheet Analysis of Mechanical Property Extremes to Detect Trends
in Composition
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0214 0687 00002 0384
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0231 0816 0006 0451
Despite the significant difference in mechanical properties the compositions
show little variance There is only a 0017 wt C difference between the YS less than or
equal to 45 ksi (3102 MPa) and a YS greater than or equal to 55 ksi (3792 MPa) The
difference in manganese and silicon is greater however this is still a small difference
These composition variations are smaller than most allowable composition ranges as
would be seen with an ASTM standard Even after these extrema of the spreadsheet data
have been analyzed there is no strong correlation between mechanical properties
weldability and composition
The correlation between normalize NampT and QampT heat treatments and YS CE
ranges is shown in Table 3 It should be noted that 55 ksi (3792 MPa) was chosen as the
upper range instead of 50 ksi (345 MPa) because 50 ksi (345 MPa) is the bare minimum
YS requirement This strength level must be achieved consistently so perturbations in the
YS distribution curve must be taken into account
- 93 -
Table 3 Percentage of Heat Treatments per Designation for the SFSA Spreadsheet
Designation Range Overall Normalize
NampT QampT
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 91 43 42 047
For the entire spreadsheet only 041 of all cast steels obtained 55 ksi (345 MPa)
while maintaining a maximum 042 CEAWS D11 Surprisingly a majority of these were
normalize heat treatment instead of QampT A possible contribution to this result is that the
normalized heat-treated steel samples in this spreadsheet greatly outnumbered the NampT
and QampT heat treated samples There were 1318 normalized samples 347 NampT samples
and only 51 QampT samples The difference in number of samples can also be observed in
Figures 46-48 which display YS as a function of normalized NampT and QampT heat
treatments respectively Tables 4-6 are paired with them as well
Figure 46 All normalized heat treatments and how their YS is a function of weldability The correlation is
poor for plain normalized There is not an increase in YS with increasing the CE but rather a slightly
negative trend
- 94 -
Table 4 Average Chemistries per Designation in the Normalized Condition Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0218 0669 00002 0392
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0243 0667 0004 0421
Figure 46 and Table 4 display normalized heat treatment data obtained from the
SFSA spreadsheet Figure 46 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS
D11) and there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content leading to an increase in YS Table 4 displays the average chemical composition
for each respective designation In this case there is only a 0035 wt C difference over
a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Figure 47 NampT heat treatments with YS as a function of weldability The correlation suggests that
increasing CE in this condition will decrease YS
- 95 -
Table 5 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the NampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0 0 0 0
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0218 0975 0006 0484
Figure 47 and Table 5 display NampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 47 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying content
leading to an increase in YS Table 5 displays the average chemical composition for each
respective designation In this case there were not any data points that met the high-
strength-low-CE designation
Figure 48 QampT heat treatments and their YS as a function of weldability The correlation is the best out of
normalize and NampT however there is a negative trend suggesting that increasing CE will decrease YS
- 96 -
Table 6 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the QampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE
0195 0795 0 0333
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE
0239 0740 0012 0427
Figure 48 and Table 6 display QampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 48 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is only a slight statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content and increasing YS This negative trend in the R2 of 01 suggests that there is a
slight correlation between increasing alloying elements and a decrease in YS Table 6
displays the average chemical composition for each respective designation In this case
there is a 0044 wt C difference over a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Finally the last analysis completed on this spreadsheet was dividing it up into
quartiles based on YS and then analyzing the average and standard deviation in chemical
composition for the top and bottom quartile The results are displayed in Table 7 The
middle 50 percent of data were ignored because the extreme differences in mechanical
properties from the database should better expose any existing chemical-property
relationships of WCB conventional C-Mn cast steels
Table 7 Weight Percent Addition of Primary Alloying Elements with Respective Total
Top Quartile and Bottom Quartile Average and Standard Deviation
YS Ave C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 023
plusmn 002
075
plusmn 014
043
plusmn 006
0003
plusmn 0004
030
plusmn 016
046
plusmn 005
49 (339)
plusmn 39 (27)
Top 25 023
plusmn 002
074
plusmn 010
042
plusmn 006
0002
plusmn 0004
032
plusmn 023
046
plusmn 004
54 (369)
plusmn 11 (78)
Bottom 25 023
plusmn 002
081
plusmn 020
044
plusmn 007
0005
plusmn 0004
028
plusmn 009
048
plusmn 005
44 (304)
plusmn 32 (219)
- 97 -
The results displayed in Table 7 support the previous analyses of the spreadsheet
The WCB conventional cast steel spreadsheet compiled by the SFSA suggests results that
do not make sense metallurgically It is highly improbable that an increase in carbon
content andor manganese content would not make a cast steel stronger There should be
positive correlations in YS with increasing carbon content and manganese content
however this was not observed The positive correlations that did exist had very small R2
values that were not statistically significant the largest being 01 for YS as a function of
manganese content as observed in Figure 45 In Table 7 the difference between the
average wt C for the top quartile of YS and the average wt C for the bottom
quartile of YS is only 0006 wt C This is because the overall ranges in composition in
this database was not large Table 8 is a summary table depicting the total percentages of
the spreadsheet that achieved certain strengths and weldability values
Table 8 Database Summary Table Depicting Percentages of Samples within YS and
Weldability Ranges
Designation Range Overall
Normalize
NampT
QampT
High Strength Low
CE
ge 55 ksi le 042
CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength High
CE
le 45 ksi ge 045
CE 91 43 42 047
The spreadsheet data suggests lack of composition correlation with mechanical
properties and variation in spectrometry and mechanical testing This was not a
controlled study that was conducted by the SFSA There were nine foundries that
participated in data collection each using their own spectrometer to provide a chemistry
analysis It would only take a slight variation between foundries data collection validity
for the values of this spreadsheet to be drastically different Additionally there was no
- 98 -
control of the mechanical testing It is unknown where each foundry sent their tensile test
bars for mechanical testing or if they were tested on-site by each foundry Nonetheless
more reputable data would have been obtained if all tensile test bars were sent to one
mechanical testing facility that would perform the mechanical test as well as retrieve an
official chemistry analysis Nonetheless since only 041 of samples in the entire
database reached YS and weldability requirements it can be concluded that conventional
C-Mn cast steels cannot achieve 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS and CEAWS D11 le 045 CE
consistently enough to be used Therefore microalloying is needed
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial two heats of material were designed to build off of previous work done
in the literature ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo is a reformulated version of conventional WCB C-Mn
cast steel ldquoModified C-Mn-Vrdquo is has less carbon content but more manganese and there
is a modest vanadium addition These alloys were meant to contrast a plain C-Mn cast
steel with a similar cast steel microalloyed with vanadium and slightly more manganese
The complete spectrometer readout is displayed in Table 9 and the CEAWS D11 and
CEASTM values are given in Table 10 Both CE values were computed with the data in
Table 8 not the ldquotarget carbonrdquo shown in Table 11
- 99 -
Table 9 Complete Spectrometer Readout for Compositions of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V
Element Modified C-Mn (wt addition) Modified C-Mn-V (wt addition)
C 0180 0153
Mn 117 123
P 0010 0017
S 0003 0003
Si 035 043
Cr 017 024
Ni 006 006
Mo 0020 002
Cu 0060 007
Al 0055 0057
W 0002 0002
V 0002 0097
Nb 0001 0006
Zr 0028 0023
N 0012 NA
Table 10 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-
Mn-V
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
Modified C-Mn 042 048 043 005
Modified C-Mn-V 044 051 043 008
Table 11 Target Carbon Weight Percent vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from
Multiple Foundries for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo)
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
LECO
Carbon
A 020 0180 0141 0196 0171
B 015 0153 0106 0166 0159
Table 11 displays inconsistent chemistry measurements for carbon content
between foundries and measurement methods This severely compromises a foundryrsquos
ability to accurately meet chemistry targets For example the target carbon composition
for Modified C-Mn is 020 wt C and according to all spectrometers used and the
LECO there is a up to a 059 wt C difference between all measures This could have
profound effects associated with inconsistencies Customers could be receiving steel that
- 100 -
both themselves and the casting foundry believe to be in spec when the actual chemistry
is significantly different This also has direct ramifications with the CE errors due
inaccurate carbon content reporting This could cause weld defects due to lack of
preheating when the CE calculated for that specific steel determined that no preheat was
needed Ultimately this reinforces the theory that variance in spectrometers between
foundries is probably one of the major contributing factors to such large scatter in the
spreadsheet data from the SFSA
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling
Due to the microalloy additions of vanadium a full austenitic transformation must
occur during austenitizing heat treatments such that all VC VN and VCN are
solutionized This will increase the propensity for fine dispersed precipitation of VC VN
and VCN during subsequent temperaging If a fully cohesive austenite phase it not
formed ie not all microalloying additions are solutionized then there will be unwanted
growth during cooling of non-quenched heat treatments as well as in all subsequent
tempers This produces overly large VC VN and VCN that will not have the same
strengthening effects in the ferrite matrix of fine dispersed precipitates This is because
many fine-dispersed precipitates have a greater surface area interaction with the matrix
than fewer larger precipitates57 Figures 49-51 are outputs from Thermo-Calc Software
TCFE SteelsFe-alloys database version 8 which show phase fraction as a function of
temperature for the Modified C-Mn chemistry Modified C-Mn-V chemistry and the
Modified C-Mn-V with 003 wt Nb respectively76 A niobium addition is modeled
such that an understanding can be developed for the difference in solutionizing
temperature between itself and vanadium
- 101 -
Figure 49 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn All carbides and other present
phases solutionize completely by 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
Figure 50 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V All carbides and other
present phases solutionize by 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C)
- 102 -
Figure 51 Phase Fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V with a 003 wt Nb
addition All carbides and other present phases solutionize by 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C)
Fully homogenous austenite occurs at 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn 2003
˚F (1095 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V and 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V with a
003 wt Nb addition The results for Modified C-Mn-V were not expected because it is
repeated throughout the literature that the solutionizing temperature for vanadium is
approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1 Admittedly these Thermo-Calc models were created
after all heat treating was completed because literature is so adamant about the
solutionizing temperatures of vanadium which is why austenitizing of the Modified C-
Mn-V samples was performed at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) This creates controversy because if
Thermo-Calc is correct the austenitizing temperature of 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) was not
adequate to fully solutionize the vanadium which could lead to oversized precipitates
It should be noted that there are limitations to the commercial databases used in
Thermo-Calc when full systems of alloying elements are modeled because of the program
has difficulty calculating the free energies of non-Fe elements Miscibility gaps can
siphon vanadium away from carbides and form different FCC sublattices These are
- 103 -
depicted in Figures 49-51 To create more accurate Thermo-Calc models a specific
database for all present elements would be needed Even when ldquoartifactrdquo phases are not
displayed graphically Thermo-Calc still calculates their existence even though it is not
visible on the graph Therefore the other phases that are depicted behave the same
whether ldquoartifactsrdquo are visible or not The major problem with this database when
modeling microalloying additions with vanadium is that it does not recognize the
introduction of nitrogen into the carbide which is a crucial component
54 Tempering Study
A tempering investigation was conducted to observe temperaging effects of the
microalloying elements present in Modified C-Mn-V versus Modified C-Mn which did
not contain vanadium These graphs should serve as heat treating guidelines for foundries
and metallurgists The curve drawn between the data points are suggestions rather than
ldquofitted curvesrdquo The Keel block legs from Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were
austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 20 hr and then normalized in an air cool or water
quenched Subsequent 10 hr or 40 hr tempers were performed with temperatures
ranging from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments as seen in
Figures 52-61 More specifically Figures 52-57 show the effect of the tempering times
and temperatures for each Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V Figures 57-61 show a
comparison between the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V so that effects of
vanadium during tempering can be more clearly seen
bull The hardness readings shown in each figure is the average hardness from multiple
readings on each sample
bull The reading at 00 hr is the initial hardness before any tempering is performed
- 104 -
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures There is no
temperaging response observed however a negligible increase in hardness happened for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
at 1 hr
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr tempering times for different
temperatures There was dramatic softening especially with the 1200 ˚F temperature at 4 hr due to
standard tempering mechanisms
- 105 -
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures Initially at 1
hr standard tempering softening occurs at all temperatures The most effective being 1100 ˚F (593 ˚C)
Then precipitation aging occurs before 4 hr and a hardness increase is observed
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT This is less straightforward than the NampT heat treatment however
similar results are obtained There was a drastic softening at 1 hr and a subsequent increased hardness due
to aging by 4 hr for 900 ˚F (482 ˚C) There was only a slight temperaging response for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
and the 1200 ˚F (649 ˚C) temperature only softened after 1 hr
- 106 -
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn where both NampT and QampT are placed on the same HRB scale such that a direct
comparison can be appreciated of the effects of a normalize and quench can have on starting hardness
values for the same material and their subsequent tempering responses
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V displaying both NampT and QampT on the same HRB scale enabling direct
comparison between the two heat treatments and their subsequent temper(aging) responses
- 107 -
Figure 58 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to NampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
1000 ˚F and 1100 ˚F (538 ˚C and 593 ˚C) The other results did not indicate temperaging
Figure 59 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to QampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
900 ˚F (482 ˚C) The other results did not indicate sufficient temperaging
- 108 -
Figure 60 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated A different sample was used for
each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn
Figure 61 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated for Modified C-Mn-V at 1 hr
temper time Modified C-Mn-V for 4 hr temper time behaves anomalously A different sample was used
for each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn at 4 hr
temper time
- 109 -
This tempering study showed that ldquotemperagingrdquo effects are simultaneous
martensite softening and precipitation strengthening produced when microalloying with
vanadium It is hopeful that these tempering graphs can serve as suggestions for foundry
heat treating applications of cast steels containing vanadium As expected a temperaging
response was not observed in Modified C-Mn due to its lack of vanadium however not
all Modified C-Mn-V tempering samples showed a complete temperaging response
depending on the tempering temperature chosen It is customary to not exceed 100 HRB
such that HRC is used after this hardness point however all measurements were
completed using HRB so all hardness values could be compared using the same scale
The validity of this study needs to be explored with a future tempering study at
more tempering times and temperatures than used in this study Additionally fitted
curves should be applied such that a more accurate times and temperatures can be
approximated for optimum temperaging
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments to establish benchmarks for behavior of conventional WCB C-Mn cast steel
alloys with and without vanadium additions
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn
Modified C-Mn alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
containing no vanadium Table 12 displays mechanical property data for Modified C-Mn
after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 13 displays the averages
of the mechanical properties from Table 12
- 110 -
Table 12 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 458 (3158) 768 (5295) 289 620 150
NampT 473 (3261) 773 (5330) 289 625 144
QampT 727 (5012) 939 (6474) 250 638 205
QampT 780 (5378) 968 (6674) 226 600 216
Table 13 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn with YS and TS in
ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 466 (3210) 771 (53130 289 623 147
QampT 754 (5195) 954 (6574) 238 619 211
The results displayed in Tables 12 and 13 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 288 ksi (1986 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 64 HB over the NampT condition but
a 51 EL decrease
It is expected that there is a YS and hardness increase from the NampT condition to
the QampT condition in the Modified C-MN alloy The full quench of a steel produces
martensite which is the hardest microstructure possible in steels According to the
tempering studies full hardness of the Modified C-Mn alloy in the QampT condition
produces a Brinell hardness of approximately 240 HB Then during tempering of the
keel blocks legs at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr the rapid diffusion and coarsening of
cementite softened the matrix to 211 HB This was a pure softening effect as no
secondary hardening effects were seen due to the lack of vanadium and other
microalloying elements50 The microstructures of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
and QampT condition are in Figures 62 and 63 respectively
- 111 -
Figure 62 Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
Figure 63 Modified C-Mn in the QampT Condition
- 112 -
Figures 62 and 63 show different microstructures of Modified C-Mn that are
induced by different heat-treating conditions Figure 62 indicates proeutectoid ferrite
(white) and pearlite (dark) According to Table 9 the carbon content of Modified C-Mn
is 018 wt C This composition places the alloy in the hypoeutectoid two-phase
cooling region far left of the eutectoid at 077 wt C which provides ample time for
proeutectoid ferrite nucleation and growth as seen in Figure 9 The slower cooling rates
of a NampT provide time for diffusion and nucleation and growth to enable this
microstructure The fast cooling of a quench does not allow for any diffusion to occur
Figure 63 is characteristic of a tempered martensite microstructure The dark regions are
cementite and the lighter areas are ferrite Tempering provided enough thermal energy for
some diffusion to occur and the laths of martensite are not visible
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V
Modified C-Mn-V alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
with the addition of vanadium Tables 14 displays the mechanical property data for
Modified C-Mn-V after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 15
displays the averages of the mechanical properties from Table 14
Table 14 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn-V with YS and
TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 590 (4068) 859 (5923) 289 587 172
NampT 597 (4116) 856 (5902) 289 636 165
QampT 976 (6729) 1142 (7874) 196 496 231
QampT 991 (6833) 1156 (7970) 211 576 231
- 113 -
Table 15 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn-V with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 594 (4092) 858 (5913) 289 612 169
QampT 984 (6781) 1149 (7922) 2035 536 231
The results displayed in Tables 14 and 15 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 390 ksi (2689 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 62 HB over the NampT condition but
an 86 EL decrease There is an increase in YS from Modified C-Mn to Modified C-
Mn-V for both the NampT and QampT condition 128 ksi (883 MPa) and 23 ksi (1586
MPa) respectively
It is logical that strength levels for the vanadium containing Modified C-Mn-V
alloy are higher than for the Modified C-Mn alloy Additionally there is a 390 ksi (2689
MPa) YS increase from the NampT condition to the QampT condition in Modified C-Mn-V
compared to a 288 ksi (1986 MPa) strength increase from the NampT condition to the
QampT condition in the Modified C-Mn alloy This difference suggests that a secondary
hardening event occurred during the QampT heat treating of the Modified C-Mn-V If
temperaging did not occur it would be expected that the difference in strength between
the NampT condition and QampT conditions would be similar to what is observed in
Modified C-Mn The microstructures of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition and the
QampT condition are in Figures 64 and 65 respectively
- 114 -
Figure 64 Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
Figure 65 Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition
- 115 -
Figure 64 has micro-specs (precipitates) that are evident throughout the
proeutectoid ferrite matrix This dispersion is not seen as well QampT condition in Figure
65 due to the amount of tempered martensite which obscures the view These
precipitates are not visible in the vanadium-free Modified C-Mn alloy in Figures 62 and
63 Due to the uniform nature of the precipitates displayed in Figure 64 it can be
concluded that a normalizing cool is sufficient to retain the precipitates in solution until
below the critical transformation temperature such that they do not de-solutionize during
initial cooling If a finite amount of precipitates would have de-solutionized during the
initial air cool then there would be large precipitates visible with the fine precipitates
because the larger precipitates would have grown during initial cooling
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
Analysis of microstructures with a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) was also
performed on the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V alloys to compare the
microalloying effects of vanadium at a more microscopic level This was in response to
the precipitates that are visible in Figure 64 and an attempt to verify the existence of VN
VC andor VCN precipitates in addition to comparing the relative size of the precipitates
to determine if some de-solutionized The precipitates that de-solutionized during the
normalizing air cool would be larger than those aged into the matrix Figures 66-68
display Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
at 5000X and 10000X respectively
- 116 -
Figure 66 SEM image of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition There are no precipitates in this alloy due
to the lack of microalloying additions
Figure 67 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
- 117 -
Figure 68 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition at a higher magnification than Figure
67 The Precipitates of vanadium are more defined in this image
There are no precipitates or dispersoids visible in the SEM micrograph of
Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition in Figure 66 However in the SEM micrographs in
Figures 67 and 68 there are precipitates present Figure 68 which is 10000X
magnification shows these precipitates better than Figure 67 Most of the precipitates in
the image appear to be uniform in size however there are a few larger precipitates This
size difference was not visible with just optical microscopy Therefore it can now be
postulated that a small finite number of precipitates de-solutionized during normalizing
air cool but it is a small percentage Thus the air cool is still adequate for a subsequent
temper to induce aging and not over-age precipitates
Electron Dispersion Spectroscopy (EDS) was also performed on these samples to
determine the composition of the precipitates However a proper balance in eV could not
- 118 -
be found such that the beam either over-penetrated the sample and was reading the
composition of the matrix or it was not strong enough to read the sample This is due to
the nm magnitude of the precipitates It is suggested that a surface technique such as X-
Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) be performed so that over-penetration does not
occur and a quantitative analysis of the composition can be acquired
56 Special Heat-Treating Options
There needs to be more metallurgical control in heat treating of microalloyed
HSLA steels than with conventional steels to ensure that a proper temperaging response
is observed72 An open question is the heat treatment response of heavy section castings
that will have slower cooling rates for NampT and QampT heat treatments
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
This thick-section study involves subjecting the keel block bodies of both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to NampT and QampT to better understand the
cooling rate effect of large section size Table 16 displays the results of a Brinell
Hardness testing profile across the 40 in (102 cm) face of keel blocks Table 17 also
displays the Brinell Hardness results but with an interpretation of the hardness at the
edge and center for each keel block
- 119 -
Table 16 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments Each ldquoIndentationrdquo Value is Represented as the Hardness Profile
Developed Across the Face
Indentation
Number
Alloy A
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy A
(QampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(QampT)
Hardness
1 136 189 169 260
2 153 182 182 215
3 153 183 173 214
4 141 169 162 211
5 141 167 164 219
6 153 168 155 217
7 150 179 150 218
8 131 168 165 218
9 159 171 164 219
10 153 178 151 224
11 149 185 166 228
12 153 179 172 229
13 NA 184 168 242
14 NA 176 NA NA
Table 17 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments
Sample and (HT) Midway Hardness (HB) Edge Hardness (HB)
Alloy A (NampT) 147 147
Alloy A (QampT) 172 180
Alloy B (NampT) 156 172
Alloy B (QampT) 216 234
The Brinell Hardness profiles across the 40 in (102 cm) faces of the keel blocks
determined that the edge hardness was greater for both conditions of Modified C-Mn-V
and the QampT condition of Modified C-Mn The NampT condition of Modified C-Mn did
not develop a profile
Cooling gradients are to be expected in thick-casting sizes due to the specific heat
capacity of the material Therefore the steel should be harder in areas near the edge of
the material where a faster cooling rate is observed than at the center where the material
- 120 -
is more insulated from severe quenches The results in Table 17 do not make sense for
the NampT condition of Modified C-Mn The QampT condition and both conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V have the expected profile
Additionally when the HRB values from the tempering study are converted to
HB values and applied to this data the results also are not consistent For example the
HB conversion value for the normalized condition of Modified C-Mn-V before a temper
is 180 HB (taken from tempering study) The hardest HB value in the thick-section data
is 182 for the same alloy after NampT Therefore the following are possible 1) incorrect
conversions from HRB to Brinell 2) a temperaging response increased the hardness in
the thick section meaning that the effects of age hardening overpowered the temper on a
slow cool which is very unlikely 3) the data is compromised and should be repeated
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real-life situations metal castings are complex in shape and do not
experience uniform cooling rates The kinetic and thermal property issues associated with
this will be addressed It is important to understand how the microstructure of one-section
of casting could be significantly different than another section of the same casting
because of cooling rates To study this effect keel block legs were normalized with and
without the keel blocks still attached for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
these results are displayed in Tables 18 and 20 respectively Tables 19 and 21 are
summary tables displaying the averages of the mechanical properties from Tables 18 and
20
- 121 -
Table 18 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 453 (3123) 769 (5302) 282 518 146
A 442 (3047) 770 (5309) 266 520 150
B 518 (3571) 805 (5550) 274 426 153
B 522 (3599 806 (5557) 250 388 152
Table 19 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel
Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and
TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 448 (3085) 770 (5306) 274 519 148
B 520 (3585) 8055 (5554) 262 407 153
Table 20 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 475 (3275) 784 (5405) 304 552 150
A 470 (3240) 782 (5392) 289 603 148
B 544 (3751) 829 (5716 234 458 166
B 542 (3737) 832 (5736) 274 516 168
Table 21 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from
Keel Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS
and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 473 (3258) 783 (5399) 297 578 149
B 543 (3744) 831 (5726) 254 487 167
The data from Part II of the thick-section study investigated the cooling rate
effects of a thin-section attached to a thick-section versus a thin-section cooling
autonomously This was conducted for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V The
data suggests that faster cooling rates are observed when the thin-section is autonomous
versus when the thin-section is attached to a thick-section (keel block) Faster cooling
rates yield finer grain structures which are consistently found to increase strength
Consequently the YS values for both alloys are higher in Table 21 when the thin-section
- 122 -
cooled autonomously To analyze the difference in grain structure between cooling rates
Figures 69-72 display micrographs of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V attached to
the keel block and cooled autonomously respectively
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn attached to the keel block
- 123 -
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V attached to keel block
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn normalized autonomously from keel block
- 124 -
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V normalized autonomously from keel block
There is an obvious difference in grain size between samples that were cooled
while attached to the keel block (Figures 69 and 70) and ones that were cooled
autonomously (Figures 71 and 72)
563 Double Normalize
Double normalizing heat treatments have been reported to increase toughness and
ductility while sacrificing relatively little strength75 Therefore it became a heat treatment
of interest Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were both subjected to the double
normalizing heat treatment There was no temper that followed either normalization heat
treatment Table 22 displays the mechanical properties of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V after a double normalize The averages are in Table 23
- 125 -
Table 22 Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment with
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 493 (3399) 794 (5474) 312 646 153
A 508 (3503) 795 (5481) 352 680 150
A 498 (3434) 793 (5468) 312 652 153
A 493 (3413) 801 (5523) 336 678 156
B 557 (3840) 835 (5757) 304 634 165
B 551 (3799) 834 (5750) 312 645 162
B 560 (3861) 835 (5757 320 643 165
B 549 (3785) 829 (5716) 320 629 162
Table 23 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment
with Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in
ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 498 (3437) 796 (5487) 328 664 153
B 554 (3821) 833 (5745) 314 638 164
The double normalizing heat treatment mechanical properties are best-compared
to the mechanical properties obtained by the single normalizing heat treatment of a keel
block leg in Table 21 The average YS for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in
single normalizing condition is 473 ksi (3258 MPa) and 543 ksi (3744 MPa)
respectively These are both slightly weaker than the YS values produced with a double
normalizing heat treatment for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 498 ksi (3437
MPa) and 554 ksi (3821 MPa) respectively Equally important was the EL increase
that was observed with the double normalizing heat treatment compared to the single
normalizing heat treatment These results are conducive with literature To analyze the
grain refinement that occurred Figures 73 and 74 are images of double normalized
condition Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
- 126 -
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn double normalize
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V double normalize
- 127 -
Figures 73 and 74 are micrographs of the double normalized condition of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
The Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V used in previous experiments had
chemical composition data from multiple sources that was not consistent Additionally
they did not meet the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement Therefore more compositional data
needed testing and validation Factorial design alloys were also produced to better
develop compositional understandings and how much variance is allowed in composition
to still maintain strength Table 24 displays the 4 new alloys (C-F) and their designations
Table 25 shows the compositional targets for Alloys C-F and the actual spectrometer
compositions are shown in Table 26 Then the data from Table 26 was used to calculate
the CE values for these alloys and this data is displayed in Table 27 Finally carbon
content comparisons were made with spectrometer data from multiple foundries and the
results are shown in Table 28
Table 24 Alloy Name and Designation for Factorial Design Alloys
Alloy Designation
C Lo-CLo-MnLo-V
D Hi-CLo-MnHi-V
E Lo-CHi-MnHi-V
F Hi-CHi-MnLo-V
Table 25 Alloy C-F Compositional Targets for Carbon Manganese Vanadium and
Silicon
Alloy C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
C 013 10 007 lt 04
D 017 10 011 lt 04
E 013 14 011 lt 04
F 017 14 007 lt 04
- 128 -
Table 26 Actual Chemical Compositions for Alloys C-F as Determined by
Spectrometry
Element Alloy C (wt
addition)
Alloy D (wt
addition)
Alloy E (wt
addition)
Alloy F (wt
addition)
C 014 017 012 0159
Mn 088 098 104 135
P 0007 001 0008 0008
S 0005 0005 0002 0004
Si 025 033 025 041
Cr 015 017 036 019
Ni 003 008 006 007
Mo 001 002 003 0018
Cu 006 007 006 009
Al NA NA NA NA
W NA NA NA NA
V 010 012 011 0075
Nb NA NA NA NA
Zr NA NA NA NA
N NA NA NA NA
Table 27 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
C 035 039 033 006
D 041 046 039 007
E 040 044 034 010
F 045 049 043 004
Table 28 Target Carbon Wt vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from Multiple
Foundries for Alloys C-F
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
Leco
Carbon
C 013 0140 0167 0149 0184
D 017 0170 0188 0180 0190
E 013 0120 0139 0134 0167
F 017 0159 0172 0165 0182
Alloys C-F faced similar compositional difficulties that Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V did The actual compositions do not match the target compositions
- 129 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F
Alloys C-F were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments and their
mechanical property data is dispersed in Tables 29-36
Table 29 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 435 (2999) 664 (4578) 336 655 130
NampT 464 (3199) 676 (4661) 328 655 137
QampT 828 (5709) 990 (6826) 242 603 216
QampT 785 (5412) 961 (6626) 234 606 222
Table 30 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 450 (3099) 670 (4620) 332 655 134
QampT 807 (5561) 976 (6726 238 605 219
Table 31 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 751 (5178) 297 589 156
NampT 520 (3585) 753 (5192) 312 620 156
QampT 964 (6647) 1117 (7701) 203 525 240
QampT 947 (6529) 1103 (7605) 203 525 240
Table 32 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 752 (5185) 305 605 156
QampT 956 (6588) 1110 (7653) 203 525 240
Table 33 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 501 (3454) 717 (4944) 320 666 141
NampT 521 (3592) 724 (4992) 336 675 141
QampT 905 (6240) 1061 (7315) 219 583 240
QampT 858 (5916) 1020 (7033) 203 581 228
- 130 -
Table 34 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 511 (3523) 721 (4968) 328 671 141
QampT 882 (6078) 1041 (7174) 211 582 234
Table 35 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 543 (3754) 802 (5530) 336 689 159
NampT 556 (3833) 807 (5564) 304 661 162
QampT 1013 (6984) 1142 (7873) 1795 561 258
QampT 1060 (7308) 1167 (8046) 1955 589 247
Table 36 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 550 (3794) 805 (5547) 320 675 161
QampT 1037 (7146) 1155 (7960) 188 575 253
Alloys C and E are the only two alloys that have an acceptable CE value (lt045
wt CE) including Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V In the QampT condition
Alloy C has adequate YS with 807 ksi (5561 MPa) Alloy E in both NampT and QampT
conditions exceeds the 50 ksi threshold with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078
MPa) respectively This can be attributed to their low carbon contents which helps to
limit CE moderate amounts of manganese and high vanadium contents An observation
of the micrographs for Alloys C-F in both the NampT and QampT conditions can be made
with Figures 74-82
- 131 -
Figure 75 Alloy C in the NampT condition
Figure 76 Alloy C in the QampT condition
- 132 -
Figure 77 Alloy D in the NampT condition
Figure 78 Alloy D in the QampT condition
- 133 -
Figure 79 Alloy E in the NampT condition
Figure 80 Alloy E in the QampT condition
- 134 -
Figure 81 Alloy F in the NampT condition
Figure 82 Alloy F in the QampT condition
- 135 -
There does not appear to be any significant difference between the QampT condition
micrographs amongst Alloys D-F The main difference to note between the alloys is the
grain refinement observed with Alloy E in the NampT condition which is noticeably more
than in the other alloyrsquos NampT conditions Additionally there appears to be more
precipitates dispersed throughout the ferrite comparatively Consequently Alloy E is the
only Alloy to reach both the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis
There is a need for an understanding of allowable compositional variance ie
how much can the composition of certain alloying elements deviate and still reach
required strength levels Furthermore this becomes important for standards where there
are large allowable composition windows which is common since most steel casting
standards are based on mechanical properties This analysis was completed using the
Factorial Design alloys (Alloys C-F) Figures 83-88 are graphs that have ISO-YS lines as
a function of carbon content (Y-Axis) and manganese content (X-Axis) Figures 83-85
are for the NampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V and 012 wt V
respectively Figures 86-88 are for the QampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V
and 012 wt V respectively Therefore if a metallurgist wants to maintain a certain
YS for a certain wt V then they just have to alloy the wt C and wt Mn
according to the X and Y axis on the graphs The regression equations used for NampT and
QampT are shown in Equations 9 and 10 respectively
119884119878 = 51547 + (42064 times 119862) + (284495 times 119872119899) + (999979 times 119881) Eq 9
119884119878 = minus157501 + (1548821 times 119862) + (543727 times 119872119899) + (2631891 times 119881) Eq 10
- 136 -
Figure 83 NampT with no vanadium content
Figure 84 NampT with 008 wt V
- 137 -
Figure 85 NampT with 012 wt V
Figure 86 QampT with no vanadium content
- 138 -
Figure 87 QampT with 008 wt V
Figure 88 QampT with 012 wt V
- 139 -
The graphs display ISO-YS lines such that if the composition of the alloy waivers
in between two YS lines which are a function of carbon content and manganese content
then the YS of the alloy with that specific heat treatment and vanadium content will fall
between the two lines The correlation (R2 value) for the accuracy of the regression
equations are 08662 and 09879 for NampT and QampT respectively
59 ASTM Considerations
The final goal of this project involves integration of the developed alloy (most
likely some slight variation of Alloy E) into an existing ASTM Standard Table 37
provides suggestions of possible ASTM Standards both for wrought and cast grades
where a 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS cast steel could be integrated
Table 37 ASTM Specification Summary
ASTM Form TS-YS-EL (2rdquo)-
CVN
CE Cmax Mnmax
A487 Steel cast pressure (W) 85-55-22-Yes No 030 100
A242 HSLA Structural (W) 70-50-21-No No 015 100
A500 Cold-Formed Welded Tube
(W)
62-50-21-No No 023 135
A529 High-Strength C-Mn (W) 65-50-21-No 055 027 135
A709 Structural Bridge Multiple
Grade (W)
65-50-21-Yes No 023 135
A913 HSLA QST Grade 50 (W) 65-50-21-No 038 012 160
A992 Structural Steel Shapes (W) 65-50-21-No 045 023 160
A1043 Structural Build Grade 50
(W)
65-50-21-Yes 045 020 160
A148 Carbon Steel (C) 80-50-22-No No NA NA
A216 WCB (C) 70-36-22-No 050 030 100
A217 High-P High-T (C) 105-50-18-No No 021 080
A356 Low Alloy Grade 8 (C) 80-50-18-No No 020 090
A958 Steel Multiple Grades (C) 80-50-22-No No
consult original standard for more information
(W) for Wrought
(C) for Cast
- 140 -
Table 37 just serves to display possibilities This is groundwork that can help
assist in future deliberations regarding the matter It should also be noted that the goal is
to integrate the alloy into both an ASTM Standard and the AWS D11 Structural Welding
Code for Steel Integration of the developed alloy into an ASTM Standard and AWS
D11 Structural Welding Code is a highly political decision that is not taken lightly
There will be many composition tests welding tests mechanical tests and deliberations
to emerge
- 141 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work
61 Summary
This research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength (YS)
cast steel alloy using common alloying elements complete with heat treating guidelines
such that any foundry in the United States can produce this alloy and consistently achieve
the strength requirements Interest for this research spawned from industry and the
militaryrsquos transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA wrought steels to 50
ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades Alloys investigated were
restricted to a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that optimum
weldability is maintained Introductory work was completed for implementation of this
alloy into an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels and certification of this
alloy into the AWS D11 Structural Welding Code for steel Implementation of the high
weldability 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel into these standards and codes will enable the full
potential of the developed cast steel to be realized It will enable complex shapes of 50
ksi (345 MPa) cast steel to be cast into the final form and welded into place to expedite
construction processes
The research began with analysis of a conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216
WCB grade specific cast steel) database that was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of America (SFSA) to determine whether or not it was possible to reach the
desired properties and CE requirements with conventional cast steels The database
consisted of mechanical property data composition and heat treatment for conventional
C-Mn cast steels produced by a multitude of foundries across North America
- 142 -
The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements This suggested that it is not possible to obtain the required YS while
maintaining the CE requirements with conventional C-Mn cast steel Additional findings
of the database analysis implied much variance in spectrometer data between foundries
because there was no significant correlation between increasing alloying content and an
increasing YS regardless of heat treatment
The second stage of research was conducted to compare and contrast the
microalloying effects of vanadium in Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steels
that had compositions based on previous literature work1 The compositions were
modeled using Thermo-Calc to verify austenitizing temperatures for complete
solutionizing of VCN These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments a
tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis
normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing The tempering study analyzed
hardness values of normalized or quenched wafers that were subjected to tempering times
of either 10 hr or 40 hr for various times These values were then plotted to obtain
tempering curves however these curves were not true ldquofitted curvesrdquo but merely
suggestions The thick-section analysis was completed with keel blocks to see the effects
of cooling rates because it was postulated that thick-sections may not cool fast enough for
vanadium to stay in solution Keel blocks were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments and were subsequently sliced at frac14 thickness Brinell hardness testing was then
perform across the freshly exposed keel block faces to develop hardness profiles The
normalizing cooling rate study was done to mimic real-world cooling of complex casting
shapes which may not cool uniformly One of the two keel block legs was removed from
- 143 -
a keel block and its mate remained on the keel block Then both the autonomous keel
block leg and the one still attached to the keel block were normalized The difference in
cooling rates divulged different properties These samples were not tempered Finally a
double normalizing heat treatment was performed because it is commonly done in
industry to HSLA cast steels to improve ductility with only a slight strength penalty75
bull Thermocalc modeling predicted that the full austenitizing temperatures for the full
solutionizing of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This is a contradiction with literature which
suggests that vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1
bull Optical microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation
hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT
conditions
bull The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry
this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-
Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
bull There was also substantial variance in spectrometer readings between foundries
bull The resulting average YS of the NampT condition for the Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V alloys were 466 ksi (3210 MPa) and 594 ksi (4092 MPa)
respectively Likewise the average YS of the QampT condition were 754 ksi (5195
MPa) and 984 ksi (6781 MPa) respectively
bull The tempering study found temperaging effects in the vanadium containing alloy
There was an initial softening at 10 hr due to tempering of martensite The
kinetics for aging take time to initiate and hardness increased on some samples at
- 144 -
40 hr Some C-Mn-V samples especially higher temperature samples did not
display an aging response at hour 40 however this was probably due to
overaging Therefore it can be posited that C-Mn-V samples exposed to higher
temperatures probably hit peak-age in between 10 and 40 hr
bull The thick-section study produced hardness profiles as expected (higher hardness
at the edge than at the center) in all samples except the Modified C-Mn in the
NampT condition Testing of this sample in particular should be repeated to verify
the results However the Brinell hardness of the Modified C-Mn thick-section in
the NampT condition identically matched its tensile test bar in the NampT condition
for hardness 147 HB
bull Other findings of the thick-section study were that the edge hardness values for
Modified C-Mn in the QampT condition were 180 HB compared to its tensile test
bar in the QampT condition which were 211 HB This can be attributed to slower
cooling rates for the keel block It allowed precipitates to de-solutionize during
the initial cooling from the austenite phase Both the NampT and QampT conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V had higher hardness at the edges of the keel blocks than their
respective tensile test bars average hardness 172 HB compared to 169 HB for the
NampT condition and 234 HB compared to 231 HB for QampT condition However
these results have a negligible difference This proves thicker sections can be
quenched rapidly enough to prevent precipitates from de-solutionizing
bull The normalizing cooling rate study found that test bars cooled autonomously had
a more refined grain structure and higher average YS values and higher average
hardness values Modified C-Mn had a YS of 448 ksi (3085 MPa) and hardness
- 145 -
of 148 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of 473 (3258 MPa) and a
hardness of 149 HB when cooled separately Modified C-Mn-v had a YS of 520
ksi (3585 MPa) and hardness of 153 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of
543 (3744 MPa) and a hardness of 167 HB when cooled separately
bull The double normalizing study found that average EL is increased for both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V when compared to NampT and QampT
conditions For Modified C-Mn in the NampT and QampT conditions the average EL
was 29 and 24 respectively while in the double normalized condition
the average EL was 328 For Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT and QampT
conditions the average EL was 29 and 30 respectively while in the
double normalized condition the average EL was 314
bull The double normalizing study also found that there was an increase in YS and EL
when compared to the single normalizing heat treatment that the autonomous
tensile test bars were subjected to in the normalizing cooling rate study The
average double normalizing YS values are 498 ksi (3437 MPa) and 554 ksi
(3821 MPa) for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively This is due
to a more refined grain structure that is present in the double normalizing
condition
The third stage of research was conducted to determine the compositional range
allowable to still maintain YS values Alloys C-F were created to further analyze this All
samples were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments to the same processing
parameters as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
- 146 -
bull Only Alloy C and Alloy E reached the CEAWS D11 requirement with 039 wt
CE and 044 wt CE respectively
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the NampT condition are 450 ksi (3099 MPa)
520 ksi (3585 MPa) 511 ksi (3523 MPa) 550 ksi (3794 MPa)
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the QampT condition are 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
956 ksi (6588 MPa) 882 ksi (6078 MPa) and 1037 ksi (7146 MPa)
respectively
bull Alloy C met both the CE requirement and YS requirement in its QampT condition
with 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
bull Alloy E met both the CE requirement and YS for both NampT and QampT conditions
with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078 MPa) respectively
bull Optical microscopy was performed on all samples and it was determined that
precipitation hardening occurred in both NampT and QampT conditions for Alloys C-
F
bull The compositions of Alloys C-F were not on target Therefore a full factorial
design could not be completed however this further bolsters the fact that it is
difficult for foundries to produce compositions accurately Additionally when the
spectrometer data was compared between foundries there was also a large
variance as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
bull Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345
MPa) YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt
Si 036 wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt
- 147 -
V Therefore this is the composition that should be investigated for its
inception into an ASTM Standard or AWS welding code
62 Conclusion
In conclusion this research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield
Strength (YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to
ensure that optimum weldability is maintained without preheating This is in response to
industry and the military transitioning from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA
wrought steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades It is desired
that complex shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded
into place to expedite construction processes Thus the reason for a high weldability
Additionally only common alloying elements are used to ensure that every steel foundry
in America has the capabilities to cast it To accomplish this an initial understanding of
conventional C-Mn cast steel capabilities needed to be developed A database of over
20000 conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216 WCB grade specific cast steel)
compositions and mechanical properties was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of
America (SFSA) It was analyzed to determine the limitations of conventional C-Mn cast
steel Ie if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying additions would
be needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS
and CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE
requirements
There was a need to develop a basic understanding of the microalloying effects of
vanadium when compared to a similar compositional sample without vanadium This was
accomplished with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steel samples that were
- 148 -
based upon compositions from previous literature work1 These alloys were subjected to
NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering
study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis normalizing
cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical microscopy was performed on both
samples and there was precipitation hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy
for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not
achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051
wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively Further work
continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE requirements Thermocalc
modeling of these alloys was completed to understand at what temperature the system
would fully solutionize It predicted the solutionizing temperatures of Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This
suggests that the vanadium in the Modified C-Mn-V would not have been fully
solutionized This is however a contradiction with literature which suggests that
vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) Future work should
investigate this disagreement
Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C earned a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
- 149 -
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V Therefore
this is the composition that should be investigated further for future implementation into
ASTM Standards and AWS Structural Welding Codes
63 Future Work
Future work must revisit the following to either validate the existing work or to
develop the theory more comprehensively
bull Tempering Study with larger samples of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to see if results are repeatable Then curves should be ldquofittedrdquo to obtain true
tempering profiles
bull Hardness Profiles for the thick-section study to see if the results are repeatable
and to compare how the hardness values compare to the ones produced in the
tempering study
bull Perform optical microscopy on the thick-section castings
bull Reinvestigate Thermo-Calc models with a specific database for HSLA steels
Future work must continue in the following areas that were either beyond the
scope of this project or not permitted with time and funding allotted
bull Double normalize and temper study with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to compare these results with the existing double normalizing heat treatment
results
bull Complete more investigations with variations of Alloy E
- 150 -
Appendix A
Figure 89 Comparing and contrasting a conventional cast steel microstructure with a microalloyed HSLA
cast steel microstructure1
- 151 -
Figure 90 As-Cast microstructure of HSLA steels vs normalized microstructure for HSLA cast steel1
- 152 -
Figure 91 Original estimate for vanadium content to obtain 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS as a function of carbon
content and manganese content
Figure 92 Original attempt at creating a 50 ksi (345 MPa) surface as a function of carbon content and
manganese content
- 153 -
Appendix B
Table 38 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys A and B
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
A (C-Mn) 048 0421 0312 0264 043
B (C-Mn-V) 051 0438 0295 0256 043
Table 39 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
C 0386 0345 024 0214 0328
D 046 0405 0284 0257 0388
E 0443 0401 025 0215 0335
F 0493 0451 0312 0259 0426
Table 40 Original Quartile Analysis for Database
C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS
D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 0229 0753 0425 0003 0304 046 49230 (339429)
Ave Top
025 YS 0232 0735 0420 0002 0316 046 53574 (369380)
Ave Bottom
025 YS 0226 0812 0441 0005 0278 048 44022 (303521)
Total Std
Dev 0022 0138 0065 0004 0162 0048 3917 (27007)
Std Dev
Top 025 YS 0022 0099 0063 0004 0225 0042 1137 (7839)
Std Dev
Bottom 025
YS
0018 0197 0067 0004 0091 0049 3182 (21939)
- 154 -
References
(1) Voigt Robert C Blair M and Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of
High-Strength Low-Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1994
(2) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoSolidification and Casting Processesrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 18ndash75
(3) Pakker E R Zackay V F Materials Science of Modern Steels Prog Solid State
Chem 1975 9 (C) 105ndash138
(4) Krauss G ldquoHistory and Primary Steel Processingrdquo In Steels-Processing
Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park
OH 2016 pp 9ndash16
(5) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoMetal Processing and Manufacturingrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 1ndash17
(6) Australian-Foundry-Association ldquoMelting Technologyrdquo In Cleaner Production
Manual for the Queensland Foundry Industry 1999 p Chapter 3
(7) Hurtuk D J ldquoSteel Ingot Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 911ndash917
(8) Jorstad J L Technologies J L J ldquoShape Casting ProcessesmdashAn Introductionrdquo
In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH
2018 pp 485ndash487
(9) ASM-International ldquoGreen Sand Moldingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting
ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 549ndash566
(10) What-When-How Sand Castings httpwhat-when-howcommaterialsparts-and-
finishessand-castings
(11) ECS-Staff Guide to Casting and Molding Processes 2006
(12) ASM-International ldquoPermanent Mold Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 1 pp 689ndash699
(13) AFS US Casting Sales Reach 331 Billion Modern Casting 2019 pp 27ndash29
(14) Krauss G ldquoPearlite Ferrite and Cementiterdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
39ndash62
(15) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Diagramsrdquo In Fundamentals of
Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp Sons
INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 359ndash420
(16) Krauss G ldquoPhases and Structuresrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
15ndash32
- 155 -
(17) Okamoto H The C-Fe (Carbon-Iron) System J Phase Equilibria 1992 13 (5)
543ndash565
(18) Krauss G ldquoNormalizing Annealing and Spheroidizing Treatments
FerritePearlite and Spherical Carbides In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
277ndash291
(19) Krauss G ldquoHardness and Hardenabilityrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
297ndash325
(20) Brooks C R ldquoHardenabilityrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
43ndash86
(21) Tuttle R Understanding the Mechanism of Grain Refinement in Plain Carbon
Steels Int J Met 2013 7 (4) 7ndash16
(22) Krauss G ldquoDeformation Strengthening and Fracture of Ferritic Microstructuresrdquo
In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 213ndash232
(23) Gladman T ldquoMicrostructure-Property Relationshipsrdquo In The Physical Metallurgy
of Microalloyed Steels The Institute of Materials London England 1997 pp 19ndash
79
(24) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoMorphological Evolution Due to
Capillary and Applied Forces Diffusional Creep and Sinteringrdquo In Kinetics of
Materials John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 387ndash418
(25) Krauss G ldquoAustenite in Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 133ndash162
(26) Smith R M Chandra T Dunne D P Ferrite Grain Refinement in HSLA Steels
Strength Mater Alloy 1983 1 235ndash240
(27) Brooks C R ldquoStructural Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
263ndash306
(28) Duckworth W E Thermomechanical Treatment of Metals J Met 1966 No
August 915ndash922
(29) Kula E B Radcliffe V Thermomechanical Treatment of Steel J Met 1963 52
(7) 96ndash97
(30) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Transformationsrdquo In Fundamentals
of Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp
Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 421ndash482
(31) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoNucleationrdquo In Kinetics of Materials
John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 459ndash500
(32) Kingery W D Bowen H K Uhlmann D ldquoPhase-Transformations Glass
- 156 -
Formation and Glass-Ceramicsrdquo In Introduction to Ceramics Second Edition
John Wiley amp Sons INC New York New York 1976 pp 320ndash380
(33) Perepezko J H Madison W ldquoNucleation Kinetics and Grain Refinementrdquo In
ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018
Vol 15 pp 276ndash287
(34) Kurz W Fe E P ldquoPlane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 293ndash298
(35) Krauss G ldquoPrimary Processing Effects on Steel Microstructure and Propertiesrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 163ndash196
(36) Trivedi R Sunseri E ldquoNon-Plane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2008 pp 299ndash306
(37) Edwards L Endean M ldquoManufacturing with Materialsrdquo Butterworth
Heinemann Oxford United Kingdom 1990
(38) Beckermann C ldquoMacrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 348ndash352
(39) Dantzig J A ldquoTransport Phenomena During Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook
Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 70ndash74
(40) Brody H D ldquoMicrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 338ndash347
(41) Han Q ldquoShrinkage Porosity and Gas Porosityrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 9 pp 370ndash374
(42) Brooks C R ldquoAustentization of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of
Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999
pp 205ndash234
(43) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHomogenizationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 402ndash403
(44) Brooks C R ldquoAnnealing Normalizing Martempering and Austemperingrdquo In
Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM
International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 235ndash262
(45) Krauss G ldquoMartensite In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 63ndash97
(46) Krauss G ldquoIsothermal and Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagramsrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 197ndash211
(47) Brooks C R ldquoThe Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Time-Temperature-
Transformation (TTT) Diagramsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
3ndash41
(48) Brooks C R ldquoQuenching of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
- 157 -
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
87ndash126
(49) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHeat Treatmentrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 404ndash407
(50) Krauss G ldquoTempering of Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
373ndash403
(51) Brooks C R ldquoTemperingrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon
and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 127ndash204
(52) Krauss G ldquoLow-Carbon Steelsrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
233ndash275
(53) Zackay V F Thermomechanical Processing Mater Sci Eng 1976 25 247ndash261
(54) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of HSLA Cast Steels
1989
(55) Lippold J C ldquoIntroductionrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and Weldability John Wiley
amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 1ndash8
(56) Lippold J C ldquoHydrogen-Induced Crackingrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and
Weldability John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 213ndash262
(57) Lagneborg R Siwecki T Zajac S Hutchinson B The Role of Vanadium in
Microalloyed Steels Scand J Metall 1999 28 (October) 186ndash241
(58) Purtscher PT Cheng Y-W Structure-Property Relationships in Microalloyed
Ferrite-Pearlite Steels Phase 1 Literature Review Research Plan and Initial
Results Gov Res Announc Index 1993 1ndash59
(59) Deardo A J Niobium in Modern Steels Int Mater Rev 2003 48 (6) 371ndash402
(60) Sage A M The Use of Vanadium in Low Alloy Structural Steels In Specialty
Steels and Hard Materials Proceedings of the International Conference on Recent
Developments in Specialty Steels and Hard Materials (Materials Development
rsquo82) held in Pretoria South Africa 8-12 November 1982 Pergamon Press Ltd
1983 pp 111ndash125
(61) Ohtani H Hillert M A Thermodynamic Assessment of the Fe-N-V System
Calphad 1991 15 (1) 25ndash39
(62) Liu Z Thermodynamic Calculations of Carbonitrides in Microalloyed Steels Scr
Mater 2004 50 601ndash606
(63) ASM-International ldquoHigh-Strength Structural and High-Strength Low-Alloy
Steelsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and
High-Performance Alloys ASM International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1
pp 389ndash423
(64) Wright P H ldquoHigh-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Forgingsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and High-Performance Alloys ASM
- 158 -
International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1 pp 358ndash362
(65) Jack D H Jack K H Invited Review Carbides and Nitrides in Steel Mater
Sci Eng 1973 11 1ndash27
(66) Baker T N Processes Microstructure and Properties of Vanadium Microalloyed
Steels Mater Sci Technol 2009 25 (9) 1083ndash1107
(67) Voigt Robert C Rassizadehhghani J Initial Investigation of Microalloyed Cast
Steel 1987
(68) Naylor D J Review of International Activity on Microalloyed Engineering Steels
Ironmak Steelmak 1989 16 (4) 246ndash252
(69) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Gattu R K The Development of High Strength
Low Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1988
(70) Voigt R C Tu C-H Rosmait R L Development of As-Cast Steels 1990
(71) Dutcher D E Production and Properties of Microalloyed Steel Castings 1987
(72) Jackson W J The Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings A Review of the Literature
1978
(73) Voigt R C Blair M Rassizadehhghani J High Stength Low Alloy Cast Steels
1990
(74) Collie-Welding Carbon Equivalent Calculators
httpwwwcollieweldingcomcecalculatorsphp (accessed Oct 15 2019)
(75) Panneer Selvi S Sakthivel T Parameswaran P Laha K Effect of
Normalization Heat Treatment on Creep and Tensile Properties of Modified 9Crndash
1Mo Steel Trans Indian Inst Met 2016 69 (2) 261ndash269
(76) Thermo-Calc Thermo-Calc Software TCFE SteelsFe-Alloys Database Version 8
2016
VI
16 Solidification Dynamics - 32 -
161 Nucleation Mechanisms - 32 -
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation - 34 -
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation - 36 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal - 38 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy - 40 -
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting - 41 -
1641 Chill Zone - 41 -
1642 Columnar Zone - 42 -
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone - 43 -
17 Solidification Defects - 44 -
171 Macroporosity - 44 -
172 Macrosegregation - 46 -
173 Microporosity - 47 -
174 Microsegregation - 48 -
175 Gas Porosity - 48 -
18 Heat Treating of Steels - 50 -
181 Homogenization - 52 -
182 Full Anneal - 53 -
183 Process Anneal - 53 -
184 Normalization - 54 -
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper - 54 -
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability - 54 -
1852 Martensite - 56 -
1853 Tempering Kinetics - 59 -
186 Spheroidizing - 60 -
187 Stress Relieving - 60 -
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels - 60 -
191 Precipitation Hardening - 61 -
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 61 -
1101 Weldability - 61 -
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE) - 62 -
VII
Chapter 2 Literature Review - 63 -
21 Microalloying of Steels - 63 -
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium - 63 -
22 HSLA Steels - 64 -
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys - 65 -
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides - 66 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions - 69 -
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition - 72 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions - 73 -
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels - 73 -
23 HSLA Cast Steels - 74 -
231 Temperaging - 76 -
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work - 76 -
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards - 78 -
234 Key Findings from Previous Work - 79 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work - 82 -
31 Hypothesis - 82 -
32 Statement of Work - 82 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure - 83 -
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 83 -
42 Tempering Study - 84 -
43 Special Heat-Treating Options - 85 -
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 85 -
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 85 -
433 Double Normalize - 86 -
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 86 -
45 Metallography of Samples - 87 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions - 89 -
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel - 89 -
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 98 -
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling - 100 -
54 Tempering Study - 103 -
VIII
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating - 109 -
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn - 109 -
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V - 112 -
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 115 -
56 Special Heat-Treating Options - 118 -
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 118 -
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 120 -
563 Double Normalize - 124 -
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 127 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F - 129 -
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis - 135 -
59 ASTM Considerations - 139 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work - 141 -
61 Summary - 141 -
62 Conclusion - 147 -
63 Future Work - 149 -
Appendix A - 150 -
Appendix B - 153 -
References - 154 -
IX
List of Figures
FIGURE PAGE
Figure 1 Continuous Casting Process Schematic 7
Figure 2 Hierarchy Chart of Shape Casting Processes 9
Figure 3 Horizontal Green Sand-Casting Mold Illustration11
Figure 4 Green Sand-Casting Flow Chart 12
Figure 5 Diagram of a Green Sand-Casting Shake-out System 14
Figure 6 Green Sand Reclamation and Cooling Diagram15
Figure 7 Graph of Casting Sales per Year 16
Figure 8 Eutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 18
Figure 9 Hypoeutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 19
Figure 10 Hypereutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 20
Figure 11 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCC α-Fe 22
Figure 12 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in FCC γ-Fe 23
Figure 13 Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram 23
Figure 14 Solid Solution Strengtheners Effecting Yield Strength 27
Figure 15 Illustration of an Edge Dislocation 29
Figure 16 Illustration of a Screw Dislocation 30
Figure 17 Graph of the Four Stages of Nucleation and Growth 34
Figure 18 Image of a Thermodynamically Stable Nuclei 35
Figure 19 Graph of Gibbs Free-Energy as a Function of Nuclei Radius 36
Figure 20 Wetting Diagram Showing Surface-Energy Affect 37
Figure 21 Graph of Nucleation Growth and Transformation Rates 37
Figure 22 Graph of Solidification Latent Heat Profile 38
Figure 23 Illustration of Primary and Secondary Dendritic Arms 39
Figure 24 Solidification Properties Influenced by Composition Graph 41
Figure 25 Illustration Depicting Different Casting Solidification Zones 42
Figure 26 Metal Shrinkage as a Function of Phase and Temperature 45
X
Figure 27 Illustration of Pipe Defect Formation Inside a Casting 46
Figure 28 Lever Rule Example for Two-Phase Region 47
Figure 29 Illustration of Microporosity in the Inner-Dendritic Region 48
Figure 30 Graph of Gas Solubility in Metal as a Function of Phase 49
Figure 31 Micrograph of Gas Hole Porosity 50
Figure 32 Heat Treating Temperature Ranges Fe-C Phase Diagram51
Figure 33 TTT Diagram for Steel 55
Figure 34 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCT Martensite 57
Figure 35 Diagram of Martensitic Bain Strain 58
Figure 36 Graph of MS Temperature and Lath vs Plate Martensite 59
Figure 37 Chart Displaying Common Stoichiometric Steel Carbides 68
Figure 38 Bar Chart of Carbide and Martensite Hardness 68
Figure 39 Graph of Mole Fraction of VCN vs Temperature 70
Figure 40 Recrystallization Temp vs Solute Content for Microalloys 72
Figure 41 Graph of Solubilities of Common Carbides vs Temperature 73
Figure 42 Optimum Alloying Range with Mechanical Properties 75
Figure 43 Complete Scatterplot Heat Treat vs CE for SFSA Sprdsht 90
Figure 44 YS vs C Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 45 YS vs Mn Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 46 Normalized Condition YS vs Weldability 93
Figure 47 NampT Condition YS vs Weldability 94
Figure 48 QampT Condition YS vs Weldability 95
Figure 49 Modified C-Mn Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 50 Modified C-Mn-V Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 51 Modified C-Mn-V with Nb Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction 102
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
XI
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
Figure 58 NampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 59 QampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 60 NampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 61 QampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 62 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in NampT Condition 111
Figure 63 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in QampT Condition 111
Figure 64 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in NampT Condition 114
Figure 65 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in QampT Condition 114
Figure 66 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn NampT Condition 116
Figure 67 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition 116
Figure 68 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition (2) 117
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 122
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 124
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 75 Alloy C in NampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 76 Alloy C in QampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 77 Alloy D in NampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 78 Alloy D in QampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 79 Alloy E in NampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 80 Alloy E in QampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 81 Alloy F in NampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 82 Alloy F in QampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 83 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 00 wt V 136
Figure 84 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 008 wt V 136
Figure 85 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 012 wt V 137
Figure 86 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 00 wt V 137
XII
Figure 87 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 008 wt V 138
Figure 88 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 012 wt V 138
Figure 89 Extra Micrograph of Cast Steel Appendix A
Figure 90 As-Cast HSLA Steel Micrograph Appendix A
Figure 91 Original Estimate for Vanadium ISO-YS Graph Appendix A
Figure 92 Original Attempt at YS Surface Appendix A
XIII
List of Tables
TABLE PAGE
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-C V-Alloyed Cast Steel 75
Table 2 SFSA Database Mechanical Property Extrema92
Table 3 SFSA Database Heat Treatment per Designation 93
Table 4 Normalized Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 94
Table 5 NampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 95
Table 6 QampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 96
Table 7 Top amp Bottom Quart Ave and Std Dev SFSA Database 96
Table 8 Summary of SFSA Database 97
Table 9 Spectro Comp of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 10 CE Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 11 Target C vs Mult Spectro Modified C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 99
Table 12 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn NampT and QampT 110
Table 13 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 11 110
Table 14 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn-V NampT and QampT 112
Table 15 Mechanical Property Averages from Table 13 113
Table 16 Brinell Hardness Profiles Across Keel Blocks119
Table 17 Brinell Hardness Profile Est Midway and Edge Values 119
Table 18 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Attached to Keel Block 121
Table 19 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 17 121
Table 20 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Separated from Keel Block 121
Table 21 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 19 121
Table 22 Mechanical Prop Double Normalize C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 125
Table 23 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 21 125
Table 24 Alloys C-F Designations 127
Table 25 Alloys C-F Compositional Targets 127
Table 26 Alloys C-F Spectrometer Composition 128
XIV
Table 27 CE Values for Alloys C-F 128
Table 28 Target C vs Multiple Spectro Data Alloys C-F128
Table 29 Mechanical Properties Alloy C NampT and QampT 129
Table 30 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 28 129
Table 31 Mechanical Properties Alloy D NampT and QampT 129
Table 32 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 30 129
Table 33 Mechanical Properties Alloy E NampT and QampT 129
Table 34 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 32 130
Table 35 Mechanical Properties Alloy F NampT and QampT 130
Table 36 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 34 130
Table 37 ASTM Standard Summary 139
Table 38 Alternate CE Table Mod C-Mn and Mod C-Mn-V Appendix B
Table 39 Alternate CE Table Alloys C-F Appendix B
Table 40 Original Database Quartile Analysis Data Appendix B
XV
List of Equations
EQUATION PAGE
Equation 1 Hall-Petch Yield Strength Grain Size Relation 26
Equation 2 Gibbs Free-Energy for a Sphere 34
Equation 3 ldquoYoungrsquos Equationrdquo for Wetting of a Material 37
Equation 4 AWS D11 CE 77
Equation 5 General ASTM and IIW CE 77
Equation 6 HSLA C-Mn Steels CET 77
Equation 7 ASTM A529 CE 77
Equation 8 Japanese Welding Engineering Society CE 77
Equation 9 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines NampT 135
Equation 10 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines QampT 135
XVI
Acknowledgements
First and foremost I have to thank the best advisor I could ever ask for Dr
Robert Voigt I cannot thank him enough for having faith in me and accepting me as a
graduate student Itrsquos an honor to learn from one of the best metallurgists in the field The
metals casting world owes you a great deal you are a great conduit supplying nearly
endless knowledge from academia to industry In addition to being a great advisor he
also has a job lined up for me at the Benton Foundry upon completion of my Masterrsquos
Next this research would not have gotten off the ground if it wasnrsquot for the
organizations foundries and partners who contributed funding heats of material and
other resources and services Raymond Monroe David Poweleit Ryan Moore and Diana
David from the SFSA Charlie and Greg from Regal Cast in Lebanon PA Bill and
Maynard from Effort Foundry in Bath PA my boy Robert Haldeman (shock the world)
with Car-Tech in Reading PA and Andrew and Ken who worked for Dr Voigt as
undergraduates and lent helping hands when they could
Next due to my limited computer literacy and my difficulty with coding I have to
thank the following Brandon Bocklund and Hongyeun Kim from Dr Luirsquos group (thanks
for the Thermo-Calc help) And most importantlyhellip my dear friend fulltime MatSE
partner and part-time math tutor Nick Clarks
Finally most importantly my family Thank you for your endless love constant
support enduring patience and never-ending encouragement I love you
Chapter 1 Introduction
11 Project Overview
This research was conducted in hopes of creating a cast steel alloy with a
minimum nominal yield strength (YS) of 50 ksi (345 MPa) and a maximum carbon
equivalent (CEAWS D11) of 045 wt C for military and construction applications This
is in response to the recent transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable wrought
steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) highly weldable wrought steels It is desired that complex
shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded into place to
expedite construction processes The CE limit will ensure a high weldability and prevent
preheating requirements for welding purposes A primary goal is creating an alloy that
can be readily cast at any steel foundry in the United States This implies simple
chemistries not requiring special furnaces or abnormal heat treatments to attain
mechanical properties Foundries often find difficulty with targeting chemistries
accurately thus detailed heat-treating protocols will be designed so a corrective heat
treatment can be performed by the foundry to correct variance with chemistry
Cast steels are not afforded the luxury of receiving strengthening and defect
correction from thermomechanical deformation as are wrought steels Therefore
mechanical properties of the cast steel developed will be influenced solely from
chemistry and heat treatments Additionally casting defects that otherwise could be
deformed out of a wrought steel will often remain with the casting There are multiple
advantages to using cast steels that justify the metallurgical hurdles such as cost savings
because of fewer production steps The strength of 50 ksi (345 MPa) will be reached by
- 2 -
developing a High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) steel This effectively uses microalloying
additions such as vanadium to refine strengthen and toughen the ferrite matrix while
maintaining a high weldability1
Finally since there are no current existing standards or codes for a 50 ksi (345
MPA) YS cast steel with CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE an attempt will be made to
establish composition ranges and heat-treating directions in a current American Society
for Testing of Materials (ASTM) Standard The newly developed material grade will
mimic an already existing wrought or cast standard such that it is compatible with
wrought steels with similar performance To enable the goal of casting the steel into its
final form and assembling via welding to come to fruition the cast steel must also be
introduced into the AWS D11 Structural Code for Steel
12 Metals Casting Background
Metals casting in the most generalized definition is the act of pouring molten
metal into a shaped mold such that upon solidification the metal retains the shape of the
mold in which it was poured In reality there are many mechanisms and unseen forces at
work during the melting pouring and solidification of a metal The art and science of
metals casting has its roots traced back to antiquity and it has been an ever-evolving
process ever since its inception Ancient metallurgists did not possess an extensive
knowledge of metallurgy thermodynamics kinetics fluid dynamics and heat transfer
however expertise in these areas are essential for modern metal casting facilities to be
competitive efficient and successful2
- 3 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production
The metallurgists of antiquity were only able to utilize seven metals copper lead
silver mercury tin iron and gold all but tin being in an elemental form Ancient
metallurgist called ldquoalchemistsrdquo at the time were first able to use elemental gold in
approximately 5000 BC3 Iron smiths at the time of approximately 1200 BC were able to
produce tools and weapons from iron and steel Surprisingly this was before technology
allowed for the melting of iron Metallurgists of this time period were aware that if iron
ore was heated with charcoal strength improved This is because carbon reduces the iron
ore into iron Consequently carbon migrated its way into the crystal of iron through solid
state diffusion and it increased the strength Then blacksmiths forged this primitive
version of steel into desired shapes which unknown to them also helped the mechanical
properties while creating a wrought iron34
Cast iron was first melted in the seventeenth century when coal replaced charcoal
in the smelting of iron because of the higher temperatures that were enabled by the coal
Cast iron due to its eutectic point at 41 wt C has a lower melting point as observed
in Figure 13 and was melted over a century before steel Metallurgists of the time soon
discovered that the cast iron was very brittle and efforts were made to remove some of
the carbon in the cast iron to decrease its brittleness Carbon was oxidized out of the cast
iron and wrought iron was created3
Even though steel has been used by peoples for over 3000 years similar to iron
the technology was not available to create steel in the modern sense until about 1740 AD
In 1856 Henry Bessemer created the process by which modern steel is produced The
ldquoBessemer Processrdquo forces heated air into the molten pig iron to initiate decarburization
- 4 -
This oxidized the carbon resulting in CO2 production and a reduction in the amount of
carbon content in the melt Now the remaining metal can be shape casted or cast as steel
into ingots and then forged into shapes3
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World
Today even though the principles of melting metals are unchanged the
metallurgy knowledge would be unrecognizable to a metallurgist of antiquity Metallurgy
in the past was utilitarian and even a poorly casted bronze tool was better than one made
of wood so improvement was easy to achieve Contemporary metallurgists have strict
requirements to follow and their products are met with a high demand for excellence by
consumers who require failure-free parts delivered at a competitive price Metallurgical
engineering of today focuses on producing lighter-weight materials to reduce the overall
weight of a system while obtaining optimal strength and performance levels without
sacrificing safety The reduced weight of an entire system will limit raw materials
consumed energy during production shipping costs while increasing fuel economy in a
progressively environmentally conscience world
1221 Contemporary Furnaces
In conjunction with advanced engineering teams the modern castings world
utilizes state-of-the-art furnaces to efficiently produce metals as pure and clean as
possible The furnace used is dependent upon type of metal produced desired tonnage of
metal production and the facility layout
Large modern steel facilities producing virgin steel ie do not re-melt scrap often
require two different furnaces First pig iron must be created in a blast furnace Iron ore
- 5 -
coke and lime are added to the blast furnace and hot air is forced into the furnace Coke
behaves as a reducing agent to iron ore producing what is known as pig iron which is a
high carbon content steel Additionally lime has an affinity for impurities and will bond
with them resulting in a slag compound less dense than molten pig iron Consequently it
floats to the top of the melt where it can be removed Next the pig iron is poured into
pigs In these holding vessels the pig iron will solidify be transported and await re-melt
in a Basic Oxygen Furnace A Basic Oxygen Furnace is a modern version of the
Bessemer Converter such that the molten pig iron is oxidized to reduce carbon and
impurities exothermically to produce steel45
Steel can also be created from scrap while being melted in Electric Arc Furnaces
which are the most common furnace used in todayrsquos iron and steel foundries They
provide better metallurgical control and are nearly emissions free The process for
melting in an Electric Arc Furnace is as follows A charge of scrap metal is loaded into
the furnace which is refractory lined with a high voltage coil surrounding the outer
refractory This coil produces a magnetic field inducing eddy currents in the metal such
that the inherent electrical resistance of the metal creates heat Given time the melting
temperature is reached Once the metal is in its liquid state the induction along with
buoyancy driven flow create currents inside the melt that encourage mixing of alloying
elements This type of furnace is scalable and it can be used to melt ferrous and non-
ferrous metals56
1222 Casting Techniques
Contemporary metals casting is completed in one of three ways continuous
casting ingot casting and shape-casting2
- 6 -
12221 Continuous Casting
Continuous casting is different from the other two forms of metals casting
because it is not a batch process It is normally performed in tandem with wrought
processing The process is as follows and a schematic can be observed in Figure 1
Molten metal from a furnace is transferred to a ladle which pours into a tundish The
tundish is a critical component to the continuous casting process because this
intermediate container enables a steady-state flow of molten metal to occur It drains
slowly into a highly thermally conductive mold of water-cooled copper while a crane
operator retrieves another ladle of molten metal The flow rate is timed perfectly such
upon exiting the copper mold the steel already has a solidified outer shell in the desired
shape of the slab that will be sold It continues on this line to a sizing mill where the slab
can be thermomechanically deformed to a more exact dimension2
- 7 -
Figure 1 Continuous casting process from start to finish Observe that it is not a batch process The entire
process will seamlessly transition via conveyor system such that from liquid metal to finished slab it is
continuous Over 75 percent of steel is created by this process2
12222 Ingot Casting
Most modern steel is manufactured via continuous casting methods however
ingot casting was the original primary method for raw steel production Currently ingot
casting has its niche in producing specialty steels tool steels re-melted steels and steels
for forging Ingots are created by pouring molten steel from a ladle into large ingot
molds Consequently ingots have high specific heat capacities resulting in extended
solidification times This leads to a broad array of microstructures within the ingot The
kinetics of casting solidification and its influence on microstructure will be discussed
extensively later However thermomechanical deformation additional processing and
subsequent heat treatments remedy the microstructural issues in ingots7
- 8 -
12223 Shape Casting
Ingot casting (as-casted) and continuous casting are severely limited in their
capable casting geometries Therefore shape casting is often the production method
chosen for any complex shape or any metal not sold as slab or bulk piece destined for
thermomechanical deformation This process is metal casting in the most traditional
sense such that the metal is casted directly into the final desired shape Once solidified
the microstructure can only be refined by heat treatment because a casting is not
subjected to any wrought processing such as forging as are ingots and slabs produced
via continuous casting2
All contemporary shape casting can be divided into two primary mold types
Expendable and Permanent Metal each with many sub-groups The hierarchy of this
system can be summarized in Figure 2 Although it is possible to produce the same end-
result with multiple casting methods the advantages and disadvantages must be
considered by the metallurgist to decide which method is most appropriate for each
situation In this report special interest will be devoted to discussion on the green sand-
casting process which is a specific sub-set of expendable molds The cast steel samples
for this project were produced exclusively via green sand casting therefore it is
important to have a comprehensive understanding of green sand casting28
- 9 -
Figure 2 Hierarchy chart of the many sub-sets of shape casting It splits from expendable mold and metal
(permanent) mold into many specific types of molds each with their own niche use The permanent mold
side is comprised mostly of the multiple variations of die casting while expendable molds are dominantly
sand molds Sand molds require much attention because of their implementation of cores and the multiple
ways to cure sand8
122231 Green Sand Casting
Expendable molds are not reusable the most common type of expendable mold
shape casting is green sand casting Other common methods of expendable mold shape
castings are lost foam and investment castings The following will be a summary of the
typical green sand molding process used by steel foundries Green sand casting is the
most basic and common type of shape casting method utilized today and accounts for
almost 75 of all shape casted metal Green sand casting utilizes pattern and mold
materials that are inexpensive cost-effective at high production rates and can be used for
ferrous and non-ferrous metals There are also disadvantages to using green sand casting
a new sand mold needs to be created for each casting the dimensional accuracy is not as
exact as for permanent molds and the entire green sand system introduces substantial
- 10 -
variation into the process and must be constantly monitored Additionally an engineering
team is needed to design the pattern which includes the gating risers chills and cores89
The primary ingredient in green sand mold material is sand however green sand
requires clay water seacoal and other additions to obtain properties conducive for ideal
metals casting The clay normally a southern or western bentonite or blend of both
behaves as a binder when mixed properly with water It binds to the sand enabling the
sand to retain its shape and provides strength such that the mold can support the weight of
liquid metal Seacoal is a biproduct of bituminous coal and behaves as a carbonaceous
material (reducing agent) Its addition will improve the surface finish of the casted metal
ie it will not be oxidized8910
A description of the typical green sand mold is as follows The mold itself is
always two-piece In horizontal green sand mold casting the upper-part of the mold is
called the cope and the lower-part of the mold is called the drag these two will meet at a
parting joint During the molding process the cope and drag will receive imprints on
their mating side from the pattern The pattern imprints the negative-space of the desired
part on the cope and drag such that any volume of the mold that is not sand will be filled
with metal Sand is compacted around the pattern thus filling the cope and the drag
Next the pattern is removed and the cope and drag are placed together again a flask is
necessary to ensure that the cope and drag remain aligned A schematic of the entire mold
and its parts can be observed in Figure 3 and a flow chart of its assembly is illustrated in
Figure 4 The assembly process must happen seamlessly in a production facility8910
The actual pattern itself is more complex than just the negative-space of the
desired part it must include liquid metal passageways In every green sand mold there is
- 11 -
a sprue which is the fill-hole through the cope where the molten metal can be poured
Liquid metal pathways called gates extend from the sprue and direct the liquid metal to
the casting itself Solidification defects predominantly exist in the last part of the casting
system that solidifies Effort is taken during design to ensure that the casting itself will
not solidify last A sacrificial riser is implemented into the system such that it becomes
the last to solidify and in theory should contain most of the systemrsquos solidification
defects The riser and the rest of the gating system which also includes the sprue and
gates will be removed from the casting later in the process A good design for the system
is to have the sprue opposite the riser such that directional solidification occurs to further
ensure that the riser is the last part to solidify8911
Figure 3 A typical horizontal green sand mold It should be observed that the riser is opposite of the sprue
This is to encourage directional solidification such that the riser is the last part of the mold to solidify This
helps to prevent solidification defects from forming inside the casting Often there is a need to apply mold
weights to the top of the mold to prevent the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid metal from pushing its way
through the parting joint This will be dependent upon the mold and the geometry and size of the casting10
- 12 -
Figure 4 Flow chart of the green sand molding and casting process for a part from its inception as the
mechanical drawing to the final casting that is ready for shipment to the customer This illustrates a manual
horizontal green sand molding process but the concept will always be similar In a high-production facility
a vertical molding system is sometimes used such that each cope is also a drag to the next part ie each
mold is double-sided such that it becomes a continuous line of molds that gets poured9
There are certain green sand castings that require additional attention Sometimes
implementation of a riser is not enough to ensure that complete solidification of the
casting occurs before all metal in the system is solidified In certain cases a chill may
need added during the molding process A chill is a piece of metal with appropriate
chemistry that is strategically placed inside the casting It behaves as an ldquoice cuberdquo to the
molten metal such that when the molten metal comes into contact with the chill it cools
the metal faster9
Green sand molding can also get more complex when a core is needed A core is
used to produce a cavity inside of the mold itself The core is also made of sand
however a green sand process is not normally utilized in its production but rather a resin
- 13 -
bonded sand This is because resin bonded sands are much more strongly bonded The
sand grains are coated with a resin that is either gas-catalyzed liquid-catalyzed or heat-
catalyzed These processes are colloquially known as core box no-bake and shell
process respectively The core needs to be placed inside of the mold prior to the
assembly of the cope to the drag911
In a production facility the sand molding system is on a conveyor such that one
mold follows the other All of the aforementioned steps happen in succession After the
mold is poured the next one in line pushes the already-poured molds farther down the
line This allows the mold ample time to cool At the end of this line the mold is dumped
onto another conveyor system to begin shake-out which begins the sand reclamation
process and recovery of the metal part Shake-out consists of tumblers and spring
conveyor systems that utilize resonance to break apart the mold separating the sand from
the casting The ldquocastingrdquo at this point includes the casting itself and the entire gating
system that is still attached gates risers and sprue9
Heat from the molten metal will dry and burn-out the clay surrounding the
casting This makes the mold disintegrate much easier The strength of the mold after the
metal is poured is known as the dry strength The casting continues through shake-out
where it may finish cooling and then it goes to the grinding room The casting at the time
of shake-out may still be at an elevated temperature because sand is insulative Slow
cooling for sand molds needs consideration because it influences the mechanical
properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo metal In the grinding room the sprue gating system and
risers are removed from the casting such that it can assume its final form Depending on
the toughness of the metal casted some of the gating system may be broken off during
- 14 -
shake-out but attention in the grinding room is always required Fig 5 illustrates the
shake-out process9
Figure 5 A typical shakeout system in a green sand mold metal casting facility The complete mold enters
the rotating drum from the left The sand subsequently breaks apart freeing the casting Depending on the
facilityrsquos machinery the finer clumps of sand fall through the rotating drum and get sent to reclamation
while the larger clumps and the complete casting move down the line The castings will enter tumblers
where ideally some gating and risers will break apart from the casting This is also dependent upon the
metal casted For example a gray iron gating system is more apt to breaking apart in the tumbling drum
than a ductile iron gating system This conveyor leads to the final line where workers separate the castings
Then the castings move to grinding room where the gating systems will be removed and the part will be
finished9
After the sand is separated from the casting in shake-out it is sent to sand
reclamation and recovery The pouring and shake-out processes are detrimental to the
sand grains which are slowly broken down into finer grains The first step in the
recovery system is to remove fines which are sand grains that have eroded beyond the
point of re-use Next because sand is a good insulator and has a high specific heat
capacity it must be cooled Cooling is normally done by pouring water over the sand
while on conveyor transport to the muller This is better understood with Figure 6 which
is a diagram of the cooling process The muller is the mixing machine where clay water
seacoal and other additives for the green sand mixture are combined This prepares fresh
green sand which is monitored by the on-site laboratory ensuring it is prepared
consistently When the fresh green sand meets laboratory approval it enter into the
molding machines to begin the process over again9
- 15 -
Figure 6 Cooling the sand as soon as possible is paramount for maintaining a healthy sand system This
ensures that sand is not too hot by the time it re-enters the muller This illustration is of a typical sand
cooler 1) The entry from hot shakeout 2) The rifling of the drum makes the sand cascade as the drum
rotates this accelerates cooling 3) Sand of the acceptable size falls through this grate where it falls to the
next screen 4) This screen discharges the acceptable sized sand to a conveyor where it will head to the
muller 5) Sand cores remain and other sand that did not dissociate will be removed through this area where
it will be discarded9
There is as much knowledge and effort dedicated to maintaining an efficient sand
system as there is to the metallurgy of the metal In fact a quality sand system is essential
in the production of quality green sand casted metal The foundryrsquos laboratory will need
to continually monitor clay percentages percentage of fines remaining in the sand
compactability of the green sand pH of the system and other factors9 The facility must
also consider seasonal effects on the sand For example sand will cool faster in the
winter than in the heat of summer9
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting
Permanent mold casting as the name implies utilizes a permanent reusable metal
mold The molten metal can be fed to the molds in a variety of ways gravity fed vacuum
- 16 -
fed or pressure fed Permanent metal molds are known for their very high initial cost
however when production numbers are high they become more cost-effective A
common form of permanent mold casting is die-casting These processes produce high
dimensional accuracy and precision as well as fast cooling rates due to the high thermal
conductivity of the metal mold Fast cooling rates create a fine grain size and a refined
microstructure which is favorable for mechanical properties512
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World
The United States is currently one of the world leaders in metals casting with
1915 foundries and a nationwide output of 14 million tons of castings per year In 2017
the United States produced 97 million metric tons while China and India shipped 494
and 1206 million metric tons respectively Figure 7 which is a graph of the production
volumes of select metals is shown13
Figure 7 The number of castings of aluminum ductile iron investment cast steel gray iron and steel as a
function of year It can be observed that casting production has increased in recent years and according to
the American Foundry Society (AFS) industry growth is projected into the following years Aluminumrsquos
high strength-to-weight-ratio places the metal in high-demand13
- 17 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures
A quick overview of relevant steel phases and microstructures will be covered for
a comprehensive metallurgical presentation It should be understood that in steels a
ldquophaserdquo is only accurate vernacular when it can be seen on the Fe-C phase diagram
everything else is a microstructure For all of the following the phase diagram in Figure
13 should be a reference Additionally the microstructure of martensite will be more
appropriately discussed in substantial detail in Chapter 1852
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C)
Ferrite is the pure form of iron colloquially called ldquoalpha-ironrdquo it exists in a
Body Centered Cubic (BCC) structure below temperatures of 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Its BCC
structure is only capable of handling 002 wt C in a solid solution once this limit is
exceeded carbon will create a second phase in the form of intermetallic cementite
(Fe3C) Cementite is characteristically hard and brittle but in small amounts it is a useful
strengthener to steel because α-Fe by itself is too weak to be structural14
132 Austenite (γ-Fe)
Austenite is the stable phase of ferrite that dominates the Fe-C phase diagram
above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Austenite with its Face Centered Cubic (FCC) structure is
capable of holding up to 21 wt C in a solid solution This region is important because
it is the starting point for common steel heat treatments If a Fe-C composition passes
through this region on the Fe-C phase diagram upon heating or cooling the Fe-C is
considered a form of steel If the carbon content exceeds the austenite carbon solubility
range then the Fe-C alloy is considered a form of cast iron14
- 18 -
Figure 8 Partial Fe-C phase diagram depicting the eutectoid composition (077 wt C) cooling from the
austenite region Notice how there is a sharp transition from the austenite grains to the pearlite lamellar
structure there is no cooling through a binary region of α+γ or γ+Fe3C 15
133 Pearlite
Pearlite is a microstructure not a phase however pearlite will commonly form in
the α+Fe3C region of the phase diagram given proper cooling Pearlite can only form
when a steel cools from the austenite region and it has a characteristic lamellar structure
that alternates between colonies of α-Fe and Fe3C The size and spacing of these lamellar
is dictated by cooling rates and composition A fast cooling rate will produce fine pearlite
and a slow cooling rate will produce coarse pearlite At modest cooling rates 077 wt
C the microstructure will be 100 percent pearlite because this is the eutectoid
composition of steel which does not cool through other proeutectoid ferrite or
proeutectoid cementite zones on the phase diagram If the composition of carbon is less
or more than 077 wt then it is known as either a hypoeutectoid or hypereutectoid
- 19 -
alloy respectively Upon cooling at a modest rate a hypoeutectoid alloy will form
proeutectoid ferrite and pearlite and a hypereutectoid alloy will form proeutectoid
cementite Figure 8-10 are partial Fe-C phase diagrams displaying the differences
between 100 percent pearlite hypoeutectoid (proeutectoid ferrite) and hypereutectoid
(proeutectoid cementite) respectively The microstructures displayed are assuming that a
modest cooling rate was observed ie no quench1415
Figure 9 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypoeutectoid alloy (less
than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region There is not a sharp transition between austenite
grains and pearlite but rather a solidification range through the α+γ region of the phase diagram First
proeutectoid ferrite will form at the triple points and grain boundaries Upon further cooling deeper in this
region the proeutectoid ferrite will continue to grow until cooling below the A1 temperature Once this
happens pearlite will begin to form its lamellar structure along all areas that are still austenite not
proeutectoid ferrite15
- 20 -
Figure 10 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypereutectoid alloy
(greater than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region Proeutectoid cementite is formed similarly to
proeutectoid ferrite Proeutectoid cementite can have an embrittling effect on the mechanical properties of
steels and is sometimes avoided15
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels
To fully appreciate the scope of this project and understand the science at work in
steel castings versus wrought steel products it is imperative to have a comprehensive
knowledge of the strengthening mechanisms used in steels The strength of low alloy
steels can be increased in the following ways higher carbon content ferrite grain
refinement addition of alloying elements that are solid solution strengtheners addition of
alloying elements capable of precipitation hardening and formation and locking of
dislocations Unfortunately increases of metalrsquos strength are normally associated with a
- 21 -
loss of toughness and it commonly becomes a metallurgical compromise between
strength and toughness1
141 Increasing C Content
Increasing the carbon content increases steelrsquos strength for two reasons The first
reason is because it enters the octahedral and tetrahedral sites in both the BCC structure
of α-Fe and the FCC structure of γ-Fe Each C atom fits snugly into the interstitial ferrite
lattice sites and induces strain fields which make slip (plastic deformation) more
difficult The location of the carbon atom interstitials in the BCC lattice and FCC lattice
are illustrated in Figures 11 and 12 respectively The solubility limit of carbon in the
BCC α-Fe phase is reached at 002 wt C due to interstitial size restraints The radius
of C is ~07 Å and the largest interstice in α-Fe is the tetrahedral site with a radius of
035 Å After this solubility point is exceeded the intermetallic compound of iron
carbide or cementite (Fe3C) is precipitated out of solution The precipitation of this
carbide into the matrix is the second reason why carbon content increases strength These
different phases and microstructures can be observed in Figure 13 which is the Fe-C
phase diagram Even though it is commonly called the Fe-C phase diagram when it
depicts cementite as a thermodynamically stable phase it is incorrect Given infinite
time metastable cementite will convert to its lowest energy state at room temperature
which is graphite However in industry and often times in academia when one mentions
the Fe-C phase diagram they generally mean carbon in the form of cementite because it
is more practical151617
- 22 -
Figure 11 Interstitial sites where carbon migrates to in the BCC structure of α-Fe below the A1
temperature transition line where the BCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume
these respective interstitial positions up to 002 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the BCC structure is the
tetrahedral site with a radius of 035 Å16
The FCC lattice of austenite (γ-Fe) which is thermodynamically stable above the
A1 temperature can accommodate up to ~21 wt C in a solid solution without needing
to precipitate out carbon as cementite The A1 temperature line is depicted on the partial
Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 15 and is 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)18 The FCC lattice can
accommodate more carbon than the BCC lattice because the interstitial sites are larger Its
largest being the octahedral site which has a radius of 052 Å Both the BCC and FCC
lattices have to strain to accommodate carbon interstitials because the carbon atomic
radius is larger than either of the biggest interstitial sites Counterintuitively the diffusion
rates of carbon is faster in the BCC lattice because it has more open channels despite
being the low temperature allotrope and having smaller interstitial spaces16
- 23 -
Figure 12 Interstitial sites where carbon atoms migrate to in the FCC structure of γ-Fe above the A1 phase
transition temperature where the FCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume these
interstitial positions in the FCC lattice up to ~21 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the FCC structure is the
octahedral site with a radius of 052 Å16
Figure 13 The standard iron-carbon phase diagram of temperature as a function of wt C It can be
observed from this phase diagram that the solubility limit of carbon in α-Fe is 002 wt C Given infinite
time the carbon depicted in the phase diagram will be in the thermodynamically stable form of graphite
however in normal steel production the carbon in the binary region is in its intermetallic metastable form
of cementite (Fe3C) There are certain heat treatments and certain cast iron processes that do produce
carbon in its graphite form however the distinction is not normally made from the diagram itself17
- 24 -
An over-abundance of carbon will make a steel brittle because it becomes overly
hard at the expense of ductility Additionally carbon increases the steelrsquos hardenability
which is defined as the steelrsquos ability to form martensite It should be noted that the
ultimate martensite hardness for a steel is a function of its carbon content alone Steels
with a high hardenability often require a pre-heat before welding to slow the cooling rate
such that martensite does not form A high carbon content also increases the ductile-to-
brittle transition temperature (DBTT) for steels A high DBTT makes a steel more
susceptible to catastrophic failures at low temperatures Hardenability will be discussed
in greater detail in Chapter 1851 which differentiates hardness and hardneability11920
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains
Refinement of ferrite grains can increase the strength of steels and can be
accomplished through various means In general a fine grain size increases yield strength
and ductility simultaneously Grain refinement is the only mechanism that can both
increase strength and toughness12122 This is commonly accomplished via a faster
cooling from above the A1 transition temperature during heat treating or initial cooling
Solid solution strengtheners or dispersed microalloy particles that are present before a
phase change may act as a heterogeneous nucleation site for a grain or mechanical
deformation can contribute to grain refinement211923
Faster cooling rates as seen with a normalizing heat treatment compared to a
furnace anneal encourage grain refinement because there is less time for the grain to
reach its lowest energy state which is a sphere without the presence of grain boundaries
because grain boundaries are a surface with a free-energy The kinetics involved in all
steel making do not provide sufficient time at a specific elevated temperature for a grain
- 25 -
to achieve its lowest possible energy state However longer durations at elevated
temperature will allow the grain to reduce its surface-area-to-volume-ratio This means
less grain boundaries and a coarser grain structure Faster cooling rates do not give
sufficient time for much free-energy reduction to occur and small grains limited by
kinetics are not able to grow into large grains Since small grains inherently have more
grain boundaries they are stronger because a grain boundary will interrupt slip
mechanisms due to the different orientations between grains at this interface1 However
more grain boundaries will increase diffusion along their boundaries which can increase
creep rates particularly Coble creep124
Finer ferrite grains can be obtained by other mechanisms that either work in
tandem with accelerated cooling rates or unaccompanied Increasing the number of
nucleation sites for grains will yield finer grains More nucleation sites will initiate more
simultaneous grain growth which limits overall size grain size because grains will
impede each otherrsquos growth The concept of seeding nucleation sites with inoculants is
known as heterogenous nucleation and it occurs in metals when a solute particle becomes
the nucleus of the solidifying phase These solute particles are often solid solution
strengtheners or dispersed microalloy elements such as vanadium with a higher melting
temperature than the ferrite grains Each of these nuclei will grow into a grain The ldquoas-
solidifiedrdquo grain size has an inverse relationship to the amount of heterogenous
nucleation sites ie more nucleation sites equate to a finer grain size21
The prior-austenite grain size will affect the ferrite grain size as well Prior-
austenite grains are formed in the FCC (austenite) phase of steel above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)
Like ferrite grains austenite grains increase in size with time and temperature Then
- 26 -
upon cooling below the A1 temperature ferrite grains will nucleate on the transforming
prior-austenite grain boundaries which have become heterogeneous nucleation sites
Therefore the smaller the prior-austenite grains the finer the resulting ferrite grains
because of more heterogeneous nucleation sites25 Prior-austenite grains can possess high
energy from being strained but not recovered This increases the driving force for more
ferrite grains to form simultaneously (resulting in a smaller grain size) because the
strained prior-austenite grains want recovery (strain-relief) and a phase change will
suffice26
The relationship between yield strength and grain size was first researched by
Hall and Petch The Hall-Petch Equation displayed in Equation 1 represents the inverse
relationship between grain size and yield strength when σy is the lower yield stress σi is
the friction stress Ky is the strengthening coefficient and d is the grain size This relation
exists because the grain boundary stops the slip plane which will help to arrest
dislocation motion The more grain boundaries that are present in a material will increase
the amount of energy needed to continue to propagate a dislocation23
120590119884 = 120590119894 + 119870119910119889minus1
2 Eq 1
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements
Elements that form a solid solution with ferrite must have a similar size and
electronic structure to iron ie will not form carbides or nitrides Carbon and nitrogen are
potent interstitial solid solution strengtheners present in every steel They are in solid
solution to a certain solubility limit at which point they will precipitate out as a second
phase For example the solubility limit of carbon in iron is 002 wt C Solid solution
- 27 -
strengtheners have two primary jobs grain refinement and initiating strain fields to
reduce the ease of plastic deformation Solid solution strengtheners refine grains because
they can provide a heterogeneous nucleation site for grain growth to occur if they are
solid before the dominant solidifying phase Solid solution strengtheners also initiate
strain fields similar to the way carbon strengthens steel as an interstitial Any size
difference in the radii of alloying elements creates a lattice strain which makes slip more
difficult Figure 14 presents the yield strength effect of common solid solution
strengtheners as a function of element percent123
Figure 14 Yield strength as a function of element percent for common solid solution strengtheners It can
be observed that the highest yield strengths are achieved by using carbon and nitrogen which are interstitial
solid solution elements Phosphorus is a potent substitutional solid solution strengthener that exchanges
positions iron atoms in the matrix This finite difference in size creates a strain in the lattice such that a
strengthening effect is seen because this strain impedes dislocation motion Other elements such as nickel
and aluminum have a negligible effect1
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements
Precipitation hardening also known as secondary hardening or age hardening is
the primary strengthening mechanism in non-ferrous alloys Plain carbon steels cannot
- 28 -
take advantage of precipitation hardening because of the limited solubility of carbon in
the α-Fe phase However steels alloyed with vanadium niobium titanium and a select
few other elements can precipitation harden because these elements have a high affinity
for carbon and have an overwhelming tendency to form complex carbides nitrides and
carbonitrides instead of Fe3C Precipitation hardening generally requires a two-step heat
treating process The elements are solutionized during an initial heating called
austenitizing and then the steel is rapidly cooled to trap these elements into a
supersaturated solid solution Subsequently the system is aged to precipitate out these
elements as a second phase which greatly increases the strength levels The diffusion and
mechanisms of this process will be discussed in great detail later as precipitation
hardening is the primary strengthener in High-Strength-Low-Alloy (HSLA) steels1
145 Formation of Dislocations
Dislocations are a crystallographic line defect that is a linear discontinuity in the
periodicity of the crystal Dislocation motion is the mechanism for slip which is plastic
deformation Alternatively it can be visualized as dislocations being created in a metal
whenever plastic deformation occurs All dislocations need a shear stress component in
order for them to propagate Metals are strengthened when dislocation motion is
impeded whether by grain boundaries alloying elements or other dislocations (assuming
that a metal can undergo plastic deformation without catastrophic failure) When steel is
plastically deformed below its recrystallization temperature dislocations will not anneal
away and they will remain inside of the microstructure The strength increase comes from
dislocation motion being impeded by other dislocations because they cannot slide well
over one-another Thus slip is restricted Dislocations will anneal away above the
- 29 -
recrystallization temperature because the crystal has enough thermal energy to allow
relaxation into a lower energy state thereby lowering the kinetic barrier to the lowest
free-energy for that crystal Figure 32 illustrates the annealing temperatures and
recrystallization regime316182327
There are two types of dislocations possible edge and screw dislocations The
magnitude and direction that the shear stresses displace the atoms is represented by the
Burgers vector Edge and screw dislocations are illustrated in Figures 15 and 16
respectively163 Both are activated by shear stresses however they react differently to
solid solution strengtheners and interstitial atoms An edge dislocation which is an
incomplete plane of atoms in a crystal will respond to both shear and hydrostatic
components while a screw dislocation will only react to a shear component23 The
implications are that solid solution strengthening elements give a hydrostatic distortion in
the lattice and therefore only impede edge dislocations23 Interstitial atoms initiate both a
hydrostatic and shear stress because they are asymmetrical within each unit cell
therefore these can interact with both edge and screw dislocations3162223
Figure 15 The movement of an edge dislocation along a slip plane Notice how the dislocation moves
parallel to the slip plane The ldquoextra half-planerdquo of atoms slides in response to a shear stress This type of
dislocation can be thought of as either an extra half-plane of atoms inserted into the lattice or a missing
half-plane An edge dislocation is constrained to a single slip plane16
- 30 -
Figure 16 A screw dislocation Contrary to edge dislocations there are no atoms missing from a screw
dislocation Notice how the screw dislocation rotates around its dislocation line like a spiral staircase A
screw dislocation is not confined to a single slip plane like an edge dislocation it can re-orientate itself onto
a new slip plane3
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal
To completely understand this project it is important to discern the differences
between metal that was shape casted nearly into its final form and metal that was casted
and subsequently thermomechanically deformed Metals that undergo thermomechanical
deformation are known as wrought metals All metals except those produced via additive
manufacturing or powder metallurgy are cast at some point in their existence eg in the
form of an initial ingot However not all metals that are cast can easily undergo
thermomechanical deformation because of their propensity for crack formation
Additionally some metals due to their composition are highly castable and are used in
their cast form as opposed to being wrought processed2
- 31 -
151 Cast Metal
Cast metal is metal that experienced some sort of shape casting and is nearly in its
final form and will not undergo thermomechanical deformation Sometimes metals are
chosen to be shape cast because the desired metal for the job consequently casts well or
it can be that the final design of the part is too complex for forging and fabricating and
that powder metallurgy and additive manufacturing are not the best choices
The fact that cast metals do not undergo any type of thermomechanical
deformation can act as both an advantage and a disadvantage It can be an obvious
disadvantage because cast metals are not afforded the luxury of the strengthening
mechanism associated with dislocation motion impedance Therefore all casting
strengthening must be done with alloying and heat treating Cast steels can be very cost
effective because fewer steps in production of the final product will allow for larger profit
margins This cost savings can also be passed along to consumers1
The most extensively shape cast metal is cast iron the tonnage of all other shape
cast metals can be summed together and it still would not surpass the annual tonnage of
cast iron Cast iron despite the name has a higher carbon content than steel normally in
the range of 17 to 35 wt C According to Figure 13 the Fe-C phase diagram the
carbon content creates a eutectic point for cast iron at ~42 wt C Eutectic and near
eutectic compositions cast well because there is a sharp transition between liquid and
solid The more deviation in the carbon content there is from the eutectic point the
broader the solidifying temperature range Then transport phenomena will increasingly
influence properties This will be discussed more later in Chapter 163 Solidification
Dynamics of an Alloy2
- 32 -
152 Wrought Metal
Wrought metal is any metal subjected to some form of thermomechanical
deformation Thermomechanical deformation means deforming the material to
manipulate its dimensions which by nature of the process will achieve better mechanical
properties through dislocation entanglement Some interpretations of thermomechanical
deformation strictly demand strain aging processes (when dislocations are pinned by
carbon atoms during deformation) and the work hardening of austenite not be included in
definition28 While other sources strictly dissect thermomechanical deformation into
different regimes Class I being deformation below the austenite temperature Class II
deformation during the austenite transition and Class III deformation above the austenite
transition2229
16 Solidification Dynamics
Cast metals ingots included are subjected to a multitude of kinetic mechanisms
inherent with the process There are certain considerations to be realized temperature
gradient of heat flowing outward from the center of the casting solidification temperature
range of the particular alloy cast type of casting process and its inherent thermal
properties and the structure-property relationships
161 Nucleation Mechanisms
Solidification from a liquid phase requires a nucleation event so a new phase can
propagate The method of Nucleation and growth describes how a precipitate grain or
phase comes into existence starting with the origin of the phase through the nascent
- 33 -
growth period until full grain formation Nucleation and growth occurs with two
mechanisms homogeneous nucleation andor heterogeneous nucleation303132
Essentially both homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation mechanisms can be
divided into four stages of growth either for initial cooling from a melt or nucleation of
new grains after a solid-to-solid phase change Stage I is named the incubation period
because no stable particles have formed yet At this stage only microscopic clusters or
embryos exist and they are metastable These clusters are randomly distributed
throughout the meltmatrix and they begin to grow by agglomeration It is likely that
many will revert back into the meltmatrix This is because of their small size they
inherently have a high surface-to-volume ratio and are not stable However if the embryo
grows large enough it reaches a critical size such that it becomes thermodynamically
stable then it becomes a particle These particles are now permanent and will continue to
grow Nucleation continues with Stage II which is the quasi-steady-state nucleation
regime As the name implies embryos are transitioning into particles at a constant rate
This steady-state of transitioning continues until a saturation point is reached in Stage III
By Stage IV the number of new particles decreases because as the pre-existing particles
continue to grow they devour the smaller particles This process can be described in
Figure 17 Then after a stable nucleus is formed whether by homogeneous or
heterogeneous nucleation its growth rate is determined by the degree of undercooling the
system is subjected to and how easily the existing crystal structure accommodates the
new growth3132
- 34 -
Figure 17 Nucleation rate as a function of time There is a finite amount of time that passes before the first
embryos come into existence in Stage 1 In Stage II nucleation growth increases rapidly until it hits the
saturation point in Stage III The growth of new nuclei starts to decline when smaller nuclei fall victim to
larger nuclei that are cannibalistic Thus larger nuclei grow at the expense of smaller ones31
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation
This is the primary nucleation mechanism in a one-component system It also
occurs in alloy systems but is less dominant than heterogeneous nucleation In
homogeneous nucleation the embryos are uniformly distributed throughout the entire
parent material and by randomness of agglomeration they begin to grow at the expense
of one-another If the embryos grow to reach the critical size they obtain a stable surface-
area-to-volume ratio are thermodynamically stable and known as particles The Gibbs
free-energy transitions from positive to negative at this point when the activation energy
for nucleation is reached This relation can be illustrated in Figure 18 and summarized in
Eq 2 where ∆119866 is the Gibbs free energy 4
31205871199033 is the volume of the spherical nucleus
∆119866119907 is the free energy of the volume and 41205871199032120574 is the surface area of the nucleus30
∆119866 =4
31205871199033∆119866119907 + 41205871199032120574 Eq 2
- 35 -
Figure 18 Image depicting a mathematically idealized form of nuclei such that it has a perfect volume and
area represented by 4
3πr3 and 4πr2γ respectively Once the nuclei grow large enough it becomes
thermodynamically stable and it will not dematerialize unless it sacrifices itself for the growth of a larger
nuclei30
This phenomenon is readily observed during solidification It is more
energetically favorable (larger negative Gibbs free energy) for particles to form via
homogeneous nucleation when a greater undercooling is performed ie faster and more
dramatic cooling rate Undercooling is defined as the offset of the cooling temperature
below the equilibrium temperature of solidification When the system experiences a large
undercooling the nucleation rate increases and this forms many solid nuclei
simultaneously Therefore many nuclei are growing concurrently and the growth rates
soon reach a saturation point where growth is impeded by competing nuclei When fewer
nuclei are growing because of a small undercooling the nuclei grow larger before
impeding one-another This can all be summarized with the graph in Figure 19 but
essentially faster cooling rates procure finer grains and smaller undercooling will be
conducive for coarse grain formation3033
- 36 -
Figure 19 Gibbs free energy of a nuclei as a function of radius of the nuclei The temperature determines
the stable radius (r) It can be observed that a larger undercooling makes nuclei more thermodynamically
stable because it forces the nuclei out of solution more easily at temperatures farther away from the melting
temperature30
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation
Heterogeneous nucleation dominates in alloys over homogeneous nucleation
because of the insoluble particles present in the material behaving as nucleation sites
Other nucleation sites will include mold walls grain boundaries and dislocations The
pre-existing surface that initiates nucleation and growth consequently lowers the required
undercooling for heterogeneous nucleation by several hundred degrees centigrade
compared to homogenous nucleation For high heterogeneous nucleation rates upon mold
walls the liquid metal must wet the mold walls This means that the liquid phase
disperses evenly over the mold walls and does not form droplets Figure 20 is an
illustration of the wetting phenomenon and the required free-energies to make it
favorable303132
Heterogenous nucleation can be promoted through the addition of inoculants
which behave as nucleation sites These solid particles have higher melting temperatures
- 37 -
than the primary metal composition and they will either solidify first upon cooling or
precipitate out of solution before another phase change Then these heterogenous
nucleation sites that are distributed throughout the solidifying or phase-changing metal
will begin to grow larger eventually becoming grains As in homogeneous nucleation
faster cooling rates are characteristic of finer grain sizes303132
120574119868119871 = 120574119878119868 + 120574119878119871119888119900119904(120579) Eq 3
Figure 20 Diagram showing the ldquowettingrdquo action of a droplet on a surface 120574119868119871 is the liquid-solid
interfacial energy 120574119878119868 is the solid surface energy 120574119878119871 is the liquid surface energy and 120579 is the wetting
angle The lower this angle the more wettable the surface30
Figure 21 Nucleation rate growth rate and overall transformation rate of nucleation and the effect that
temperature has on all three It should be observed that growth rate and nucleation rate will hit an optimized
rate when the overall transformation rate is the highest30
- 38 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal
Solidification in pure metal casting will occur via two different mechanisms
planar growth and dendritic growth The creation of a solid phase from a liquid phase
requires energy expenditure ie a surface-energy associated with the liquid-solid
interface The energy required to produce a solid phase from the liquid phase is produced
from undercooling Planar growth will only exist in a turbulent-free and alloy-free
solidifying system because other mechanisms for solidification will dominate under other
conditions such as the presence of alloys Planar growth as the name implies is the
propagation of a solidifying plane throughout the melt There are areas of the melt that
will solidify ahead of this plane however the outward heat flux flowing from the
solidifying plane will cause re-melting This is caused by the latent heat-of-fusion ie the
heat radiating from the solidifying structure will make the liquid next to it hotter than the
rest of the melt This is described graphically in Figure 22 This enables the planar
interface to be maintained but only when slow cooling rates are recognized234
Figure 22 Temperature profile of a metal casting mold Particular interest should be focused on the area of
ldquotemperature increase due to latent heatrdquo because this is how planar solidification is able to re-melt
solidified areas of the casting and re-solidify as a plane The latent heat of solidification is the release of
heat energy at the solidification temperature so that the metal can solidify2
- 39 -
Dendrites are defined as ldquotree-shaped crystalsrdquo that grow and solidify along
crystallographic preferred directions and are the dominant form of non-planar front
solidification In BCC and FCC crystal structures the preferred crystallographic growth
direction is along the lt100gt orientation Dendritic growth unlike planar solidification is
present in both pure metals and alloys but the mechanism for dendritic growth is
different in both cases In pure metals dendrites form due to thermal supercooling which
occurs more predominantly with higher cooling rates Akin to the effects of latent heat-
of-fusion in planar growth the liquid next to solidifying dendrites is hotter than the rest
of the melt If the solidifying dendrite is catalyzed by any perturbations in the
solidification it will have the propensity to grow past this solidifying wall to the cooler
temperatures (just a few tenths of a degree) beyond areas experiencing the latent heat of
solidification This creates a ldquotree-likerdquo crystal This process repeats again but on a
smaller scale for secondary dendrite ldquoarmsrdquo growing off of the primary dendrite ldquoarmrdquo
that originally grew past the solidification front Figure 23 illustrates both primary and
secondary dendritic arms273536
Figure 23 The difference between primary and secondary dendritic arms Primary dendritic arms the first
dendrites that grow through the solidification front in a crystallographic preferred direction and secondary
dendritic arms are dendrites that sprout from the primary arms7
- 40 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy
In a pure metal the entire system is homogenous The system will have a
solidification point but in an alloy system the solidification will occur over a range of
temperatures except at eutectic points This introduces a new solidification mechanism
which is constitutional supercooling The first solid to form will have a different
composition than the last solid to form when cooling through a dual-phase region (α+L
region) of the phase diagram It should be noted that when cooling happens through a
eutectic point solidification occurs at one temperature This can all be understood more
clearly by observing the Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 13 As the temperature falls
through the cooling range in a dual-phase area the solidifying composition at that cooling
range can be found by drawing an isothermal tie-line to the solidus line on the phase
diagram The first solid matrix to form tends to be deplete of solute while the final
composition to solidify tends to be solute rich This phenomenon of compositional
supercooling is intensified by equilibrium cooling rates therefore a faster cooling rate
will help to reduce its effect These dual-phase regions colloquially called ldquomushy
zonesrdquo are depicted in Figure 24 The more cooling that occurs through one of these
regions increases the likelihood for defects associated with long dendrites and difficulty
feeding the solidifying shrinking metal with liquid metal 23436
Constitutional supercooling is the predominant mechanism for dendrite growth in
alloys however the mechanism of thermal supercooling is still active The solute that
drops out of solution will lower the solidification temperature of the liquid and act as a
starting point for dendritic growth and it makes dendritic growth more pronounced
Especially those that cool through large two-phase regions2
- 41 -
Figure 24 The consequences of different cooling paths as dictated by composition on the phase diagram It
is observed that the best fluidity comes from a single-phase composition and a eutectic composition
because these do not have a freezing range but a freezing point This lowest fluidity (highest viscosity) is
observed with compositions that require cooling paths through the thickest region of the dual-phase β+L
region This path is characteristic of the largest freezing range such that certain solutes are solidified out of
that specific composition while liquid still remains37
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting
Both pure metals and alloys are subject to different solidification zones in castings
due to solidification kinetics Pure metals will see two solidification zones the chill zone
and the columnar zone Alloys will experience those two zones in addition to a third
central equiaxed zone It should be kept in mind that the casting will solidify from the
inside out and heat flows from hot to cold2
1641 Chill Zone
This is region ldquoardquo in Figure 25 Liquid metal nearest the mold will experience the
fastest cooling rates due to large undercooling because the mold radiates heat away from
- 42 -
itself This effect is exacerbated in permanent metal molds with a high thermal
conductivity because the mold behaves as a heat sink that removes heat rapidly from the
solidifying metal However some molds are insulative (green sand molds) and the
amount of undercooling that the outside of the casting experiences will be minimized In
general the faster cooling rates experienced at the outside of the mold will combine with
the heterogeneous nucleation occurring at the mold wall to form fine equiaxed grains2
Figure 25 There are three different solidification zones in a typical casting a) Is the ldquochill zonerdquo this
microstructure is characteristic of fine equiaxed grains initiated via quick cooling rates seen on the outside
of the casting at the mold wall b) In the ldquocolumnar zonerdquo long grains grow because of less undercooling
additionally dendrites grow perpendicular to the mold walls which is the reason for the columnar
orientation c) The ldquocentral equiaxed zonerdquo is at the center of alloy castings These smaller equiaxed grains
are created by the combined effects of constitutional supercooling and the heat gradients flowing outward
from the center
1642 Columnar Zone
The mold walls rapidly heat up and the degree of thermal undercooling will soon
start to diminish as solidification continues This happens in the moments after the chill
zone is formed The nucleation rates decrease inside the liquid metal adjacent to the chill
zone When there are fewer nucleation sites mixed with a slow cooling rate coarse grains
- 43 -
growth will dominate This area becomes known as the columnar zone because dendrites
and grains will grow perpendicular to the mold walls The large columnar grain
boundaries have a propensity to contain embrittling impurities and porosity which
degrades the mechanical properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo material Hence the reason
thermomechanical deformation is commonly used as a post-processing step after casting
for non-shape-cast metals Deformation will break apart the continuity of the inclusions
thus reducing the embrittlement However there are ways to improve the as-casted
microstructure in this region Grain refiners (inoculants) can be added to the melt As the
name implies these refine the grain size in the columnar zone and reduce grain sizes
These inoculants solidify before the parent material of the melt and behave as another
heterogeneous nucleation site therefore creating more nucleation that will grow
simultaneously This enables the system to reach its saturation point sooner and this
yields smaller grains2
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone
This zone is only present in alloys due to the combined effects of the
constitutionally supercooled regions from the mold walls converging at the center of the
casting and the temperature gradient flowing outward form the castingrsquos center thus
creating a large undercooling effect at the center of the casting The large undercooling
both from constitutional and thermal effects yield high nucleation rates which create
fine equiaxed grains Another effect that commonly contributes to a pronounced central
equiaxed zone is buoyancy-driven convection flow in the solidifying melt This has the
capacity to break-off already solidified dendrites and transport them around the
circulating melt These broken dendritic arms act as another heterogenous nucleation site
- 44 -
within the melt Melt circulation and convection of the liquid metal can also be
artificially induced with ultrasonic vibrations or alternating magnetic fields2
17 Solidification Defects
There are five primary defects that can occur in castings because of solidification
mechanisms and they are more pronounced in alloys due to constitutional supercooling
The five primary defects are macroporosity macrosegregation microporosity
microsegregation and gas porosity Defects are combated in different ways however
most commonly is with implementation of a riser which will solidify last and contain
most defects2
171 Macroporosity
Macroporosity formation in the casting is caused by shrinking of the metal as it
cools and the inability of fresh liquid metal to fill in the void The last part of the casting
system to solidify is subject to macroporosity because no liquid metal remains to fill in
voids created by the solidification shrinkage The mechanisms that contribute to
macroporosity are liquid shrinkage solidification shrinkage and solid shrinkage which
can be summarized graphically in Figure 26 Nearly all materials whether in their liquid
solid or gas state experience a volume expansion associated with heating and a volume
decrease associated with cooling The shrinking volume of the liquid during cooling is a
nonissue when there is more liquid metal available to replenish the volume An issue
develops because there is a shrinkage associated with the transition from a liquid to a
smaller volume crystal Additionally the casting will experience further shrinkage due to
- 45 -
the thermal expansion coefficient of the solid metal that will be active from the
solidification temperature to room temperature2
Macroporosity can be combated with the addition of risers chills and insulation
placed in key areas to ensure that the casting itself is not the last to solidify Ideally the
casting will directionally solidify towards the riser such that the riser is the last part to
solidify and that it can continue to feed the shrinking casting with its remaining liquid
metal Figure 27 illustrates the macroporosity solidification defect that forms at the top of
the riser known as a pipe2
Figure 26 Volume of metal in different phases as a function of temperature Most materials shrink as they
are cooled due to the mean vibration distances decreasing because there is less thermal energy in the
bonding There is an exceptional decrease in the volume of metal during solidification shrinkage due to the
formation of the crystal structures which is ordered2
- 46 -
Figure 27 Solidifying metal will shrink this shows how a pipe forms in a cube sand casting It will begin
by forming a solidified skin on top at the mold-casting interface which isolates this section from the rest of
the casting that is still liquid Thus liquid metal cannot replenish this void2
172 Macrosegregation
The last part of the actual casting to solidify not including the riser will be at the
centerline of the thickest mass section When an alloy solidifies unless it is a eutectic
composition it will solidify over a temperature range The exact composition solidifying
is represented by an isothermal line drawn from the alloyrsquos composition line (C0) to the
solidus line this can be best illustrated with Figure 28 This solidification range creates
solute migration because the first part of the casting to solidify will be solute poor and the
last part of the casting to solidify will be solute rich Macrosegregation can be combated
by a faster solidification rate so that there is not time allowed for solute migration Heat
treating the casting will also help reduce the segregation after the casting is solidified
however solid state diffusion rates are substantially slower than diffusion rates in the
liquid238
- 47 -
Figure 28 This is an example of a two-phase solidification region where solidification happens over a
range of temperatures The lever rule can be used to determine specific composition of the solute falling out
of solution at any point in time below the liquidus line38
173 Microporosity
Solidification shrinkage will also cause microporosity When the casting is
solidifying it is common for the dendrites to grow into one-another such that they
impede liquid metal flow in the inner-dendritic region Then solidification shrinkage
occurs within the dendritic region and since liquid metal is not available to replenish the
shrinking volume a micropore will form Figure 29 provides an illustration of this
phenomenon Microporosity is exacerbated by alloys that solidify through a larger two-
phase region because these have a higher propensity for form dendrites due to the larger
freezing range This defect can be combated with any mechanism that breaks up the
dendrites such as ultrasonic vibrations magnetic eddy currents or higher velocity
pouring metal2
- 48 -
Figure 29 Dendrites are the primary cause of microporosity because the dendritic arms grow together and
liquid metal cannot replenish the micropore that forms due to the solidifying metal This action is illustrated
above The kinetics of solidification in the space between inter-dendritic arms is also a leading cause for
microsegregation2
174 Microsegregation
Microsegregation is another byproduct of the solidification kinetics of an alloy
The last composition of the alloy to solidify will have a high solute content This can
cause intermetallic phases and inclusions to form primarily between dendrites These
both have the tendency to be brittle and should be avoided if possible The primary side-
effect to the intermetallic phase and inclusions is hot shortness which is cracking that
occurs during any subsequent hot working process Microsegregation can be rectified by
the same process alterations as for macrosegregation Additionally it was reported that a
homogenizing heat treatment works well to remedy the problem The secondary-dendritic
arm spacing normally has the largest effect on microsegregation and this spacing can be
used to determine the time and temperature of the homogenization that is needed23940
175 Gas Porosity
Gas porosity is also a common defect which is caused by the absorption of gases
into the liquid phase prior to solidification The primary gases that are responsible for gas
porosity in iron and steel are H2 N2 and CO The primary mechanism for gas porosity is
- 49 -
the dramatic decrease in gas solubility at the liquid-to-solid phase change which can be
illustrated in Figure 30 These gases are soluble in liquid metal and often times
solidification happens so quickly that when gases evolve out of the solidifying metal a
gas hole is left in their wake An example of a gas porosity hole in the solidified metal
can be observed in Figure 31 the nearly perfectly round hole is indicative of gas porosity
Gas porosity can be remedied by vacuum degassing the melt Hot-Isostatic-Pressing
(HIPrsquoing) the finished part the addition of inclusion formers and all around cleanliness
of the melt241
Figure 30 Hydrogen gas content in a metal as a function of temperature illustrates that the liquid form of a
metal has a much greater gas solubility than does the solid phase There is a sharp discontinuity in the
solubility graph at the solidification temperature and this is why gas hole porosity is seen in metals The
metal is solidifying with ample amounts of gas in it and often times it solidifies before the gas has a chance
to escape Thus leaving a gas hole in its wake
- 50 -
Figure 31 Round pores seen in micrographs commonly indicate gas porosity because the gas bubble is
round and when the metal solidifies around it as the gas is escaping it leaves its own trace in the metal41
18 Heat Treating of Steels
Heat treating is commonly performed on both cast and wrought steels Depending
on categorization there are arguably seven different heat treatments that are performed
on metals homogenization full anneal process anneal normalization austenitize-
quench-temper spheroidizing and stress relieve Consult the Fe-C phase diagram in
Figure 32 that has the temperature ranges for each heat treatments superimposed upon it
for reference during each of the following sections18
Common to most every heat treatment of steels is heating first above the A1
transition line to fully austenitize the steel This is important because the FCC structure
has a higher solubility for carbon and other alloying elements Austenite can be thought
of as the ldquoparent phaserdquo to most microstructures and phases in steels because most
microstructures are formed by cooling from the austenite region It is because of the
- 51 -
austenite region that there are so many heat treatments possible for steel Cooling rate
will control the diffusion which along with the composition dictate the resultant
microstructure in cast steels Slower cooling rates will allow phases solute and particles
that were stable in the austenite region but not stable in the α+Fe3C region to precipitate
out as second phases Faster cooling rates will keep these solutes in solution in a
metastable form2542
Figure 32 Partial phase diagram of temperature vs carbon wt illustrates the ranges for each type of heat
treating and thermomechanical processes up to 15 wt C Notice this depicts the A1 temperature line at
1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) so frequently referenced18
The austenite region in steels is important for other reasons too For example it is
single phase at most temperatures and compositions that are commonly used plus it is a
high-temperature phase that it naturally more ductile This increased ductility enables
thermomechanically deformation of steels in the austenite region to be cost-effective
- 52 -
Also the austenite phase forms its own grains by a standard nucleation and growth
process There is a kinetic barrier that needs overcome for them to start growing because
α+Fe3C needs to be transformed The final size that the austenite grains grow to will
affect how easily the microstructure can be transformed back into α+Fe3C upon cooling
Therefore they have an effect on ferrite microstructure For example toughness is
sensitive to prior-austenite grains and it is reduced as the size of the prior austenite grains
are increased Once cooled the remnants of the austenite grains are called prior-austenite
grains (these grains are visible when subjected to special etches and microscopy)2542
181 Homogenization
During solidification of an alloy microsegregation and macrosegregation can be
mitigated by subsequent homogenization heat treatments Compositional supercooling
creates a multitude of problems because there is not a uniform composition throughout
the solidified metal At ambient temperatures the solute atoms will not diffuse fast
enough to achieve an equilibrium composition throughout To quicken diffusion rates a
homogenization heat treatment is performed to enable the systemrsquos concentration
gradients to equilibrate across the matrix Most ingot castings are homogenized before
hot working to improve workability mechanical properties and repeatability because the
solute atoms are dissolved Homogenization is performed approximately in the 1830-
2190 ˚F (1000-1200 ˚C) temperature range followed by an air cool which produces
larger coarse grains upon completion as opposed to a quench Homogenization normally
happens simultaneously with the nucleation and growth of the austenite grains therefore
one could argue that austenitizing and homogenizing are the same heat treatment Often
- 53 -
thermomechanical deformation is performed directly after homogenization so that the
ingot does not have to be reheated later254243
182 Full Anneal
Performing a full anneal in steels will produce a microstructure characteristic of
equiaxed ferrite and coarse pearlite that will have soft and ductile mechanical properties
The temperature ranges involved are just above the A3 temperature line for hypoeutectoid
steels and just above the A1 temperature line for hypereutectoid steels If a hypereutectoid
steel is cooled slowly through the γ + Cementite region the steel will have a tendency to
form proeutectoid cementite along the grain boundaries which is too brittle for use A
full anneal is normally held at temperature for an hour per inch thick of steel and it
finishes with a furnace cool1844
183 Process Anneal
A process anneal is also called a recrystallization anneal and it is primarily used
to restore ductility to a piece of metal that has been cold worked As explained
previously when a steel is cold worked dislocations form and they impede each otherrsquos
flow This makes the material less ductile because dislocation motion is a mechanism for
slip A process anneal can annihilate these dislocations so cold working can continue
without damaging the steel additionally increased ductility can be achieved There are
three phases of a process anneal heat treatment 1) dislocation annihilation (recovery) 2)
recrystallization 3) new grain growth The recovery phase reduces strain in the matrix
and the recrystallization phase nucleates new strain-free grains It should be made clear
that no phase change is achieved during a process anneal the upper temperature limit is
less than A1 temperature line1844
- 54 -
184 Normalization
Normalizing is used to refine the grain structure of the steel typically after cold or
hot working Steel is commonly sold in this condition because it produces fine equiaxed
grains and fine pearlite that is desirable for good mechanical properties such as strength
and ductility Normalizing involves an air cool from temperatures above the A3
temperature line but still relatively low in the austenite region The cooling rate is
dependent upon ambient conditions casting size and casting geometry1844
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper
The highest strength and hardness microstructure in steels is called martensite
This is formed via a diffusionless transformation from the austenite region initiated via a
quench A quench is the act of cooling the material quickly in a medium that can be
water oil or brine A martensitic microstructure is not used without subsequently being
tempered due to un-tempered martensitersquos brittleness and lack of toughness that would
make the steel prone to catastrophic failure45
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability
It is important to distinguish the difference between hardness and hardenability
The ability of a steel to form martensite is called hardenability and hardness is a
materialrsquos resistance to deformation These also have different influences as well the
ultimate hardness potential of martensite is only a function of the carbon content of the
steel while hardenability is controlled by the following carbon content alloying
elements prior-austenite grain size cooling rate (severity of quench) and the size of the
steel being quenched192045
- 55 -
The factors affecting hardenability are straightforward The higher the carbon
content and alloying content the higher the hardenability because additives decrease
diffusion rates Since the formation of pearlite and bainite are diffusion dependent the
system will have a higher tendency to form martensite This can be observed on a Time-
Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram as seen in Figure 33 Any effect that slows
diffusion like the addition of alloying elements moves the curve to the right
Hardenability is increased with increasing prior-austenite grain size because there are
fewer grain boundaries with coarser grains which results in fewer nucleation sites for
pearlite formation19204647
Figure 33Time-Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram This particular TTT diagram has a Fe-C
phase diagram attached on the left This illustrates how martensite finish (Mf) decreases with C content
This is an isothermal diagram and therefore no kinetic effects during the cooling will be taken into
account ie it assumes infinitely fast cooling to the desired temperature46
Intuitively depth of hardness increases with increasing hardenability and the
severity of the quench The quenching medium affects the severity for example an oil
quench is less severe than a water quench which is the most common medium
Additionally section size will influence cooling rates A small sample will experience a
more severe quench1920454849
- 56 -
1852 Martensite
A martensitic structure in steels results from a diffusionless athermal and shear-
type formation To catalyze the formation of this hardest possible steel microstructure
the steel must undergo a severe quench from austenite to its room temperature stable
phase The austenite phase at 1674 ˚F (912 ˚C) is capable of handling up to 211 wt C
due to its more open FCC structure but the maximum carbon that the α-phase can handle
is 002 wt C because of its more enclosed BCC structure This means that with typical
cooling rates carbon will partition itself out of the α-ferrite and form the secondary phase
of Fe3C To form full martensite a quench must happen quickly such that carbon cannot
diffuse out of the octahedral sites in α-Fe into a second phase of Fe3C hence the
diffusionless transformation Carbon remains trapped in the BCC lattice however it
strains the BCC lattice deforming it into a Body Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice
where carbon is still in the octahedral sites This is observed in Figure 34 Martensite is
not a thermodynamically stable phase which means that martensite is metastable and that
the diffusion was only suppressed45
Martensite strengthens steel to such a high degree because of the Bain strain that
is induced by the carbon wedged into the BCT lattice The strain field that forms around
each carbon atom inhibits dislocation motion There is also a solid solution strengthening
effect from the carbon that contributes to the overall hardness of the martensite A surface
tilting is normally associated with martensite formation based upon which habit plane
that it forms upon from the austenite phase These habit planes will be dependent upon
alloy composition Figure 35 illustrates this habit plane relationship45
- 57 -
Figure 34 The Body-Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice of martensite Carbon atoms become stuck in the
interstices between larger atoms during the rapid quench from the FCC phase of austenite The system
wants to assume the BCC phase of ferrite however cooling happens so rapidly that carbon does not have
time to migrate and now it is trapped in this metastable phase45
It should be noted that martensite formation occurs over a range of temperatures
The alloy must first be quenched through its martensite start temperature (MS) This is
determined by a thermodynamic driving force that is required to start the shear
transformation from austenite to martensite The MS will vary directly with carbon
content the higher the carbon content the lower MS This may seem counterintuitive
because one method for increasing hardenability is to increase the carbon content
however since carbon is an interstitial alloying element in steels it places strain even on
the FCC lattice of austenite This increases austenitersquos resistance to shear Therefore
since martensite formation is a shear transformation there needs to be a larger
thermodynamic driving force to initiate this change which is catalyzed by a larger
undercooling There is also a MF which occurs when all of the austenite has transformed
into martensite Figure 36 illustrates martensite start temperature45
- 58 -
Figure 35 Martensite is characteristic of causing Bain strain The exceptionally high strains associated
with the shear transformation for the formation of martensite will twist and tilt the martensite surface to
start the formation The austenite phase that was not transformed yet has to be plastic enough to allow this
to happen45
There are two different types of martensite that exist lath and plate However
they do not exist exclusively and can mix together The type of martensite formed is
dependent upon composition Plate martensite will form above 10 wt C and lath
martensite will dominate below 06 wt C with a mix of both occurring between 06
and 10 wt C This relationship is illustrated in Figure 36 as well as the martensite start
temperature Plate martensite is characteristic of irrational habit planes macroscopic in
nature (can be seen with optical microscopy) and subject to mostly twinned planes Lath
martensite has the tendency to form in parallel packets with more dislocations than twins
and its habit plane is defined as 11145
- 59 -
Figure 36 There are two different types of martensite lath and plate Formation is dictated by carbon
content As observed a range up to 06 wt C will produce lath and a range upwards of 10 wt C will
produce plate martensite When the wt C is between these ranges a mixture of lath and plate martensite
can be expected45
1853 Tempering Kinetics
Martensitic steel must be tempered to restore ductility and toughness to prevent
possible catastrophic brittle failure Tempering must be performed cautiously because
over-tempering is possible such that the steel becomes too soft Since martensite is a
metastable phase whose diffusion was only suppressed due to kinetics it takes relatively
little thermal energy to enable the carbon to migrate out of the BCT lattice Thermal
energy is introduced to the system in the form of tempering Once carbon leaves the BCT
structure the lattice will relax and reform its thermodynamically stable BCC lattice that
has 002 wt C maximum Therefore the extra carbon that was supersaturated into the
BCT lattice will now precipitate out as the second phase of cementite (Fe3C) Since the
primary goal of tempering is to soften the metal at the expense of hardness it becomes a
balancing act between how long and at what temperatures tempering is conducted to
obtain the desired mechanical properties455051
- 60 -
186 Spheroidizing
Spheroidite is the softest and most ductile microstructure possible for a given steel
because of the formation of spherical carbides which have a low surface-area-to-volume
ratio relative to other carbide shapes Therefore there is less interaction area with the
matrix and in turn less of a strain field that is formed Steels subjected to this heat
treatment have great machining properties because of the increased ductility To achieve
this microstructure the steel is held just below the A1 temperature for multiple hours to
give ample time for carbon diffusion18
187 Stress Relieving
This heat treatment is performed to remove internal stresses induced by welding
machining cold-working etc There is no recrystallization or significant microstructural
changes as with process annealing The temperature for stress relieving is approximately
750 ˚F (400 ˚C) which is the temperature required for dislocation annihilation to
occur1844
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels
HSLA steels are low carbon content steels typically with pearlite and ferrite
microstructures that achieve relatively high strengths formability and toughness despite
the fact that they have a low carbon content Their weldability is also superb due to the
low carbon content To achieve strength an HSLA steel must be able to precipitation
harden the ferrite HSLA steels are commonly microalloyed with vanadium niobium
titanium or another strong carbide forming element and with a solid solution
strengthener such as silicon or manganese Another essential aspect to the strength of
- 61 -
HSLA steels is a fine grain structure Reduced grain size is an additional mechanism for
strength but it also increases toughness while lowering the DBTT5253
191 Precipitation Hardening
Commonly known as age hardening in non-ferrous alloys this secondary-
hardening process closely resembles an austenitize-quench-temper cycle for normal
steels Technically a solution-treat and age cannot be performed in conventional steels
because of the lack of carbon solubility However with the additions of microalloys a
true precipitation hardening can be achieved in HSLA steels A precipitation hardening
technique is similar to an austenitize-quench-temper in terms of its heat treatment cycle
During the quench the goal is to make a metastable supersaturated solid solution Then
when thermal energy is introduced to the system the precipitates (alloy carbides nitrides
and carbonitrides) age or precipitate into the matrix These processes occur at the same
time that the martensite is quenched and tempered54
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE)
A cornerstone of this project is ensuring that the alloy developed will have
superior weldability but first the term weldability must be defined such that it can be
understood The weldability of low alloy steels is commonly expressed in terms of
Carbon Equivalent (CE) which is calculated solely from the chemical composition of a
steel The following are the definitions adopted and how they are defined for this project
1101 Weldability
Weldability is defined by the American Welding Society (AWS) as ldquoThe capacity
of a material to be welded under fabrication techniques imposed in a specific suitably
- 62 -
designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended servicerdquo However there
are many characteristics of a steel that could influence its weldability55 Colloquially one
would just say that a steel which welds successfully without pre-heating has a good
weldability
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE)
One of the best metrics for weldability assessment is through an empirically
derived formula called the carbon equivalent (CE) This was created as a way to quantify
the relative likelihood of hydrogen induced cracking problems and heat affected zone
(HAZ) martensite formation in a steel A knowledgeable welder will use the CE value as
a tool to determine how the metal is going to weld and what welding procedures to follow
to avoid weld zone problems For example if the CE is high the welder will know to pre-
heat the metal to decrease the likelihood of martensite formation upon cooling after
welding In this sense a steel with good weldability (low CE) has poor hardenability56
- 63 -
Chapter 2 Literature Review
The essence of HSLA steels was briefly introduced in Chapter 19 however this
section will serve as a review of the development of HSLA wrought and cast steels
21 Microalloying of Steels
The importance of alloying steel was discovered early in the 20th century in
Europe One of the first microalloying elements added to steel was vanadium57
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium
Vanadium was the first element added to microalloy steels Research in the early
1900s in England and France lead to the first commercial microalloyed steel
Metallurgists at that time learned the strength of plain carbon steel could be increased
substantially with additions of vanadium especially when a quench and temper was
performed They did not understand the strengthening mechanisms at work but they
knew that vanadium increased strength and toughness57
Steel containing vanadium made its way to America in about 1910 when Henry
Ford spectated an auto race in France and saw a violent crash He was surprised at how
little damage occurred to the racecarrsquos crankshaft and this sparked his curiosity He
managed to get a sample of the steel tested and it was found to contain vanadium Ford
deduced that additions of vanadium to steel used in Ford vehicles would improve a steelrsquos
strength and shock resistance on American roads even though they did not understand
why Thus vanadium as a microalloy enters markets in the United States however it
would be years before serious focus was applied to development and integration of
microalloy HSLA steels into more areas57
- 64 -
World War II advanced welding technologies greatly Metallurgists soon
discovered that they could not just increase the strength of steels by increasing carbon
content due to the toughness decrease observed when higher carbon content steels are
welded This catalyzed a focus to develop alternative strengthening mechanism to carbon
which lead to the development of grain refining and microalloy precipitation for an
additional strengthening mechanism in steel that required a high weldability From this
deeper investigations into the metallurgy of microalloying continued to develop57
22 HSLA Steels
Even small additions of microalloys to low-carbon steel matched with simple heat
treatments can produce mechanical properties that are comparable to more expensive
steels low alloy steels that require advanced processing steps58 High-Strength-Low-Alloy
steels are based on the microalloying principles discussed previously The term
microalloying and HSLA are used synonymously The concept for strengthening in HSLA
steels is straightforward from a metallurgical point of view there needs to be 1) a refined
grain structure present such that it encourages strength and toughness 2) lower carbon
content to improve weldability 3) strength is achieved through the addition of
microalloys such as vanadium manganese and niobium 4) finally HSLA steels take
advantage of secondary hardening that disperses fine precipitates throughout the ferrite
matrix that further strengthens the steel53
One of the first large scale uses of HSLA steels in the United States was during
construction of the Alaskan Pipeline in 1969 and 1970 It was imperative that steels used
in this pipeline remained tough during the artic conditions so that they would not be
prone to brittle failure Equally important was weldability This caused metallurgists to
- 65 -
analyze previous work done with microalloying of steels and eventually the name
ldquoHSLA steelrdquo was adopted52 The Alaskan Pipeline success with microalloying steels
initiated many investigations into microalloying effects and jump-started broad use of
HSLA steels
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys
Microalloys work well for strengthening steel because they can combine the
strengthening mechanisms of grain refinement and precipitation hardening without
decreasing weldability These combined effects counteract the lower carbon content For
microalloys to be effective they must be able to alter the matrix of the ferrite by either
grain refinement or precipitation hardening (normally in the form of carbo-nitrides) or by
a combination of these two57
Grain refinement is the act of making the ferrite grains smaller after final
processing This is achieved when the dispersed microalloys solidify and create a
heterogeneous nucleation site to prevent prior-austenite grain growth During lower
temperature heat treatments in the austenite region often times the stable precipitates will
not fully solutionize and they act as heterogeneous nucleation sites upon cooling which
inhibits austenite grain growth Regardless the microalloying precipitate falls out of
solution before ferrite grains are nucleated57
Precipitation strengthening by microalloying occurs because the microalloys are
precipitated into the ferrite as carbonitrides (CN) but most commonly in HSLA steels as
vanadium-nitrides (VN) or vanadium-carbonitrides (VCN) through a secondary-
hardening process during aging or tempering57 Carbonitrides of vanadium niobium and
titanium can precipitate in both the austenite region and ferrite region59 Additionally
- 66 -
when some form of a CN or VCN is present and a subsequent heat treatment is
performed such as normalizing these carbonitrides will act as austenite grain stabilizers
that prevent grain growth This preserves grain refinement because smaller prior-
austenite grains lead to smaller final ferrite grains They will also pin the ferrite grains
from deformation and growth before the A1 temperature is reached during heating Both
of these mechanisms work together simultaneously to improve the microstructure6061 If
hot rolling is performed on wrought steel austenite grains become elongated which will
increase the grain boundary area Thus increasing the driving force for transformation in
addition to providing more heterogenous nucleation sites26 More nucleation sites are
added indirectly in a steel during hot rolling because it can make precipitation of carbides
happen more favorably60
Microalloying also has a profound effect on the recrystallization during hot
rolling This is important in wrought steels because if the prior-austenite grains are
pinned by microalloys and cannot coarsen then a finer ferrite structure will form upon
cooling There is also a developed argument that solute drag is responsible for limiting
recrystallization57
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides
Elements such as vanadium niobium and titanium have tendencies to form stable
carbides nitrides and carbonitrides in steel when precipitated through a secondary
hardening reaction They are the primary microalloying elements used today in HSLA
steels62 The formation of carbides and nitrides are diffusion dependent processes
Complex microalloy carbide and nitride and phases do not diffuse as rapidly as the
conventional Fe3C phase during heat treatment This has a few important consequences
- 67 -
metallurgically First carbides reduce the rate of softening effects such as a temper
because they inhibit the diffusion driven coarsening that Fe3C would experience
Secondly metal carbides that are formed will be resistant to coarsening This limits their
size and enables them to maintain a fine dispersion throughout the matrix Finally it
provides great creep resistance at high temperatures because they will combat steel
softening at elevated temperatures63
Carbides of vanadium niobium and titanium are commonly found in the form of
MC M2C M6C and M23C6 where ldquoMrdquo is comprised of various metals and ldquoCrdquo is
carbon the common stoichiometric carbides are summarized in Figure 37 These carbides
and carbonitrides have the FCC crystal structure and comparable lattice parameters thus
they have extensive mutual solubilities The carbides and nitrides formed by vanadium
niobium and titanium are also known to be harder than martensite This is quantified in
Figure 38 which displays the hardness values of common carbides and martensite63
- 68 -
Figure 37 Chart displaying compositions of some common stoichiometric carbides present in HSLA
steels ldquoMrdquo can vary with multiple chemistries63
Figure 38 Stoichiometric carbides formed with vanadium niobium and titanium that commonly have a
hardness greater than martensite this is important especially for the strengthening effects in prior-austenite
grain pinning63
- 69 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions
Vanadium is the workhorse in the microalloyed steel families and is more soluble
in the austenite phase than niobium and titanium It has a high affinity for nitrogen and
carbon and readily forms VN VC and VCN These stable carbides and nitrides of
vanadium will have high solubilities in austenite as well compared to niobium and
titanium These solubilities are summarized in Figure 39 Solutionizing of vanadium and
its carbides and nitrides occurs at approximately 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C) Upon cooling
vanadium will begin to precipitate out of solution at this temperature While cooling
passed the solutionizing temperature which is still in the austenite phase nearly pure VN
is the first to precipitate into the matrix Then when the nitrogen supply is all but
exhausted the system will transition precipitation of VN to VCN and finally to VC
(normally in the form of MC) as nitrogen is depleted There will be a sharp drop in the
solubility of VCN in the matrix around the A1 temperature because of the phase
transition Thus more VCNrsquos are precipitated at this temperature57 Vanadium is
commonly the alloying choice over niobium for precipitation strengthening because
niobium solutionizes at a higher temperature which means that it also precipitates out of
solution at higher temperatures It will fall out of solution during the upper region of the
austenite phase this provides the NbCN too much of an opportunity to coarsen during
cooling Therefore vanadium tends to form the finest precipitates in the ferrite matrix60
- 70 -
Figure 39 Mole fraction of nitrogen in the V-carbonitrides as a function of temperature Vanadium
preferentially bonds with nitrogen at higher temperatures until nitrogen is nearly depleted Then there is a
sharp transition at approximately 1470 ˚F (800 ˚C) to vanadium bonding with carbon preferentially over
nitrogen57
Previous work in the literature regarding microalloying with V in HSLA wrought
steels is extensive some key findings follow
bull Vanadium addition ranges from 003 to 010 wt V increase toughness in
HSLA steels because it will stabilize the dissolved nitrogen64
bull During thermomechanical deformation vanadium has been shown to
precipitate out of solution while the steel is being hot rolled in the form of a
VN60
bull VN will help to prevent austenitic grain growth and recrystallization of
austenite grains However if the solubility product of VN is too low or if the
cooling rates are too fast VN will not form in austenite It has been shown
- 71 -
that raising the nitrogen content will increase the amount of VN that
precipitates60
bull The presence of other alloying elements such as niobium titanium and
aluminum will affect how vanadium behaves Albeit vanadium has the
highest affinity for nitrogen but the other elements precipitate out sooner such
that they will consume all of the nitrogen before vanadium has precipitated60
bull Vanadium does not retard ferrite formation as do molybdenum therefore
vanadium steels are less prone to bainite formation and acicular ferrite
Vanadium reduces the embrittlement likelihood especially in high-carbon
steel Additionally vanadium alloys will not be as susceptible to Heat
Affected Zone (HAZ) embrittlement60
bull VCN precipitation in the austenite region is limited due to sluggish kinetics
therefore most VCN will be precipitated in the ferrite region57
bull Precipitation of VCN in low-carbon and low-nitrogen steels (010 wt C and
010 wt N) will occur mostly at 1292 ˚F (700 ˚C) and below57
bull VC has a higher solubility in austenite and ferrite compared to VN this is
because the thermodynamic driving force for VN precipitation is much
higher57
bull When nitrogen content is decreased the VN precipitate size increases
considerably This is an effect of nucleation rate similar to that observed in
pearlite formation The end-resulting grain size is based on the number of
nuclei57
- 72 -
bull Vanadium will form non-stoichiometric carbides and nitrides VC073 to VC089
are a common VC composition range65
bull Using orientation relationships it is possible to determine whether VCN was
precipitated during the austenite or ferrite phase When the VCN assumes the
Baker-Nutting orientation of 100α-Fe||100VCN and lt100gt α-
Fe||lt010gtVCN it was precipitated in the ferrite When the VCN assumes the
Kurdjumov-Sachs orientation of 110α-Fe||111VCN and lt111gt α-
Fe||lt110gtVCN it was precipitated in the austenite66
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition
Niobium solutionizes at higher temperatures than vanadium 2100 ˚F (1150 ˚C)
compared to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) respectively The implications are that niobium will pin
austenite grains from growing until much higher austenitizing temperatures resulting in
reduced prior-austenite grain size1 Niobium as shown in Figure 40 also works better
than vanadium or titanium for inhibiting recrystallization of austenite temperatures59
Figure 40 Niobium has the optimum effect on increasing the recrystallization temperature of austenite
Vanadium performs the worst in this category This is significant because larger prior-austenite grains will
increase hardenability as well as decrease grain refinement59
- 73 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions
Titanium forms the most stable nitrides in steel (TiN) of all microalloying
elements Most studies suggest that TiN will not solutionize at any temperature in the
austenite region57 Its insolubility in austenite ensures that it will prevent austenite grain
growth during welding and hot processing techniques It can be observed in Figure 41
that TiN has a very low solubility in the austenite phase compared to VC The addition of
titanium levels as low as 001 wt Ti are sufficient to perform its primary
microalloying functions57
Figure 41 Solubilities of common carbides and nitrides of HSLA steels This graph displays the logarithm
of the solubility constant (k) as a function of logarithmic temperature It should be observed that TiN has
very low solubility and that VC has the highest solubility In fact TiN has been known to resist
solutionizing even in the upper region of the austenite phase it is virtually insoluble57
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels
Manganese is an effective solid solution strengthener for ferrite in HSLA steels it
is usually in a range from 15-20 wt Mn67 Manganese will increase VN solubility in
- 74 -
austenite because it increases the activity coefficient of vanadium in tandem with
decreasing the activity coefficient of carbon This increases the amount of microalloying
precipitation during the phase transition from austenite to ferrite Additionally
manganese will lower the AR3 temperature which contributes to ferrite grain refinement
because ferrite grains will get less time to grow All of these factors make higher
manganese (08-14 wt Mn) HSLA steels more effective than low-carbon steels with
conventional manganese levels576063 It has also been shown that manganese additions
will not be detrimental to toughness as other microalloying elements68
23 HSLA Cast Steels
Cast steels can be considered to be at a disadvantage because they do not have the
luxury of being thermomechanically deformed to increase strength as do wrought steels
They must rely solely on heat treating and alloying Other than this there are relatively
minute differences between cast and wrought HSLA steels The 30-year development in
the metallurgy of HSLA wrought steels transcended to HSLA cast steels There are slight
differences in chemistry and heat treatment that must be considered to replace the
benefits of thermomechanical deformation in wrought HSLA steels but the
microalloying concepts between HSLA cast and wrought steels remains the same The
following will review past work specific to the development of HSLA cast steels
154676970
Most of the early work developing HSLA cast steels was done in Europe The
first major work in the United States was conducted by Voigt et al starting in 198671
The first review published on HSLA cast steels was by WJ Jackson in 1978 titled ldquoThe
Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings ndash A Review of the Literaturerdquo In this review the
- 75 -
author detailed past accounts of successful microalloying of cast steels with vanadium
compositions The optimal chemistry ranges for the mechanical properties of cast plain-
carbon and low-alloy steels reviewed by Jackson are shown in Table 1 The yield point
of these steels increased by 30 percent compared to similar plain carbon steel without
microalloying additions with only a negligible decrease in ductility and toughness
Limited research was carried out to identify optimum chemistries for these C-Mn steels
which are summarized in Figure 42 It was determined that the best properties were
obtained with 01 wt vanadium because it produced the finest ferrite grain structure72
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-Carbon Vanadium Alloyed Cast Steel72
Elements C Si Mn Cr V
Wt 012-050 03-06 09-15 04-06 007-015
Figure 42 Influence of vanadium on the properties of a C-Mn microalloyed steel Optimum chemistry
occurs at 01 wt V 130 wt Mn 034 wt Si and all carbon in the study was 032 or 033 wt C
At this chemistry it is evident that some properties of toughness decreased All samples were water
quenched and the subsequently tempered at 1202 ˚F (650 ˚C) The V-free steel was quenched from 1616 ˚F
(880 ˚C) and the vanadium steels were quenched from 1688 ˚F (920 ˚C)57
In this study normalizing between 1796-1976 ˚F (920-1080 ˚C) produced a
microstructure of bainite or acicular ferrite microstructure When a subsequent temper is
performed at 1112 ˚F (600 ˚C) an increase in hardness was found because of the
secondary-hardening effects of the precipitation of VCN However extended tempering
times at elevated temperature caused the system to overage which reduced hardness due
- 76 -
to coarsening of precipitates This is one of the reasons why Jacksonrsquos research suggested
that it is imperative to have better control when heat treating microalloyed steel compared
to conventional steels72
It was discussed previously that vanadium and other microalloying elements act
as grain refiners in the austenite region for wrought processed HSLA steels A similar
behavior was observed for cast steels upon initial cooling from the melt VCN acted as a
grain refiner because it fell out of solution slightly before grains grew72
231 Temperaging
To achieve the highest possible strength with HSLA steels they must be
subjected to a quench and temper heat treatment which initiates a precipitation hardening
effect The temper dually functions to soften martensite into ferrite and cementite while
simultaneously aging fine precipitates into the matrix This dual function has become
known to some metallurgists as the portmanteau ldquotemperagingrdquo17367
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work
There are different CE formulas for different welding applications however the
CE formula used in this project is AWSD11 that is displayed in Equation 4 The CE
formula which is most appropriate for structural steel welding varies between steels
because different alloying elements have different influences on weldability For
example how much they slow diffusion rates and whether or not they are carbide
formers In general the addition of other alloying elements to a C-Mn steel will have the
same hardenability and weldability influence of an increase in carbon content Individual
alloying elements directly affect the weldability of the steel to varying degrees This is
- 77 -
why the effect of each element on the CE is scaled by a factor that can be expressed as a
carbon equivalent factor for that steel This means that if a particular steel had been
alloyed with just carbon it would theoretically weld simularly56
119862119864119860119882119878 11986311 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 4
There are other CE formulae used throughout industry but they all have a similar
goal which is being a weldability predictor High carbon content steels have low
weldabilities therefore a high CE steel will also have a low weldability The most
common CE used in industry is displayed in Equation 5 is adopted by the International
Institute of Welding (IIW) as their official CE equation5473 The following ASTM
Standards also follow CE calculated by Equation 5 A216 A352 A709 (Grade 50s)
A913 and A1043 Both ASTM A216 and A352 are cast steel specific standards
Equation 6 is the typical HSLA CE for C-Mn steels Equation 7 is used in ASTM A529
and it is the only CE equation that includes Nb This is because Nb rarely contributes to
the cold-cracking of steels54 Equation 8 is utilized by the Japanese Welding Engineering
Society for low-carbon content steels (lt 011 wt C)74
119862119864119860119878119879119872 = 119862 +119872119899
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 5
119862119864119879 = 119862 +119872119899+119872119900
10+
119862119903+119862119906
20+
119873119894
40 Eq 6
119862119864119860119878119879119872 119860529 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881+119873119887
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 7
119875119862119872 = 119862 +119878119894
30+
119862119903+119862119906+119872119899
20+
119873119894
60+
119872119900
15+
119881
10+ 5119861 Eq 8
- 78 -
Jacksonrsquos Review analyzed CEASTM for HSLA cast steels and utilized Equation 5
with the following results72
bull CEASTM le 041 Good weldability and no need for preheating
bull CEASTM le 045 Good weldability when the welding is completed with low H2
electrodes
bull CEASTM ge 045 Preheating is required for welding use of low H2 electrodes is
required
bull CEASTM ge 060 Only specific conditions enable the steel to be weldable
One nuance that should be stressed to the reader is this project has a goal of
integrating a cast steel designed for structural applications into an existing wrought
ASTM Standard The implications are that a structural welding steel obeys the structural
welding code as seen in AWS D11 such as their CEAWS D11 in Equation 4 while most
ASTM Standards obey CEASTM as seen in Equation 5 This is bound to cause confusion
and all parties involved must be made aware
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards
There are ASTM Standards specifically for cast steel A27 A148 A216 A217
A352 A356 A487 and A958 Most relevant are ASTM A216 Standard Specification
for Steel Castings Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service
and its low-temperature counterpart of ASTM A352 Standard Specification for Steel
Castings Ferritic and Martensitic for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-
Temperature Service Both standards obey the CEASTM in Equation 5 and they have
CEASTM max values of 050 or 055 depending on the specific grade Grade WCB from
- 79 -
ASTM A216 is of particular interest because it was posited by the SFSA that the YS
requirements for this project could be attained through slight manipulation of chemistries
permitted in this standard
234 Key Findings from Previous Work
Previous work has found interesting differences between processing for HSLA
wrought steels and HSLA cast steels The key findings follow
bull It may be necessary to homogenize large casting sections for up to 6 hours at
temperatures ranging from 1740-2010 ˚F (950-1100 ˚C) to combat alloy
segregation Then an accelerated cooling is desired because it will yield a refined
ferrite grain structure73 The length of the homogenizing time and temperature in
general will dependent upon the casting size67
bull Austenitizing temperatures of greater than 1700 ˚F (930 ˚C) are required to
produce full strengthening of V-microalloys73
bull If an insufficient quench is performed coarse VCN will precipitate out during the
initial cooling Coarse VCN does not produce the high hardness that is seen with
finely dispersed precipitates However there is still a strengthening effect that is
seen when temperaging following a weak quench This implies that a temperaging
effect can be seen with thick casting sections as well 73
bull Rapid quench rates will produce the highest hardness however only a slight
decrease in hardness will be observed after temperaging because of the secondary
hardening effect This implies that the softening effect of martensite is more
dominant than the secondary hardening which is aging73
- 80 -
bull Non-heat-treated cast steels tend to have lower ductility compared to cast steel
subjected to heat treating Interestingly non-heat-treated steels have a higher yield
strength70
bull Minimal overaging in the temperaging process is acceptable and sometimes
desired to improve toughness at the expense of only a slight decrease in yield
strength67 Overaging is associated with decreasing the coherency of the
precipitates in the matrix54
bull Higher austenitizing temperatures will enable more precipitates to form during
temperaging because it increases the re-solution of microalloying elements while
in the austenite phase67 Austenitizing temperatures of 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) were
proven sufficient for normalize and temper (NampT) cast steels the strength levels
of quench and tempered (QampT) cast steels were greatly increased by austenitizing
at 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C)69
bull A typical NampT heat treatment can still precipitation harden during temperaging
however the resulting microstructure is less hard than a QampT67
bull According to early research with microalloying HSLA steels with niobium it will
increase strength more than vanadium when heat treating at high austenitizing
temperatures because it prevents austenite grains from coarsening However
coarsening of austenite grains was not observed by Voigt and Rassizadehghani in
1989 They proved this by austenitizing at high temperatures with and without
niobium and then performing the proper etch to display the prior-austenite
grains54
- 81 -
bull Intercritical heat treatments although not used in this body of work have yielded
promising results and high strength and toughness combinations in the past54
- 82 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work
31 Hypothesis
A 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength cast steel with a high weldability for structural
and military applications will be developed using high-strength-low-alloy (HSLA) steel
metallurgical techniques Finally the materialrsquos composition and properties can be
conveniently placed within an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels
allowing ready adoption of these cast steels for applications using cast-weld construction
techniques
32 Statement of Work
Weldable 50 ksi (350 MPa) yield strength cast steel composition and heat
treatment guidelines will be determined with four primary steps 1) examination of
composition heat treating and mechanical property data from the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of Americarsquos (SFSA) database of cast C-Mn steels to identify fundamental
structure-property relationships 2) Thermocalc modeling will define stable phases in
equilibrium and determine solutionizing temperatures for a range of C-Mn steel alloys
with vanadium and niobium microalloying additions 3) heat treating and mechanical
testing of various compositions of steel will provide a validation of how alloys respond to
respective heat treatments 4) Finally rational composition and processing guidelines will
be developed so that future work can establish appropriate ASTM and AWS placement
for this alloy system
- 83 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure
All samples in this study were standard ASTM keel block castings with two test
specimen legs donated by SFSA member foundries in the United States The keel blocks
used in this study had a thick body attached to two legs The keel block measured
approximately 60 in X 40 in X 40 in (1525 cm X 102 cm X 102 cm) and each leg
was approximately 60 in X 10 in X 20 in (1525 cm X 254 cm X 51 cm) The keel
block legs were halved lengthwise with a band saw such that the final dimensions of the
keel block legs used for heat treating were 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X 254 cm
X 254 cm) Thus each keel block could yield four keel block tensile test specimens All
times and temperatures for heat treating and tempers were obtained from the literature
notably from previous work completed by Voigt Rassizadehghani and the
SFSA154676973 Heat treating time was started when the temperature of the furnace
stabilized after loading the samples into the furnace
In all of the following sections keel blocks and keel block legs were heat treated
in a Thermo-Scientific Lindberg Blue M and the Brinell hardness tests were performed
with a NEWAGE Brinell NB3010 Additionally all mechanical testing conformed to
ASTM E8 Standard Test Method for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial alloys investigated in this study were reformulations of conventional
WCB C-Mn cast steel with and without vanadium ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo and ldquoModified C-
Mn-Vrdquo alloys were developed to obtain an understanding of C-Mn cast steel capabilities
and the effects of alloying a similar composition with small amounts of vanadium Keel
- 84 -
block legs were removed from the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V keel blocks
and halved lengthwise on a band saw Both the keel block and keel blocks legs which
become test bar specimens were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 10 hr Half of each
alloy were subjected to a normalizing air cool and the other half were water quenched
Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching was performed at
1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks and at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr for keel
block legs Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for both the
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
42 Tempering Study
An investigation into the temperaging response of the vanadium alloyed material
in particular was necessary to develop heat treating guidelines Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were used to compare a plain WCB type steel to one that should
experience a temperaging response respectively Keel block legs of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were cut from the keel blocks and austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for
20 hr Keel block legs were either normalized in an air cool or water quenched Then the
keel block legs were sliced into approximately 025 in (~6 mm) thick sections for
subsequent tempering such that different times and temperatures can be easily studied
for each alloy
bull A sample for each composition in the normalized and quenched conditions was
subjected to a specific temperature for either 10 hr or 40 hr These temperatures
ranged from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments
resulting in 56 total samples The furnace used for these small samples was a
Barnstead Thermolyne 47900
- 85 -
bull Each sample was then Rockwell hardness tested to develop an understanding of
temperaging for these alloys The machine used was a NEWAGE Rockwell
Digital ME-2
43 Special Heat-Treating Options
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
Heat treating has to be more controlled with HSLA steels than conventional steels
due to the microalloys and the secondary hardening72 A concern was that thicker sections
of castings could not be quenched quickly enough to produce a supersaturated solution of
microalloys without having them fall out of solution prior to tempering Keel blocks of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were heat treated as described in Chapter 41
Then they were cut at frac14 thickness and the cut faces were Brinell hardness tested
bull A range of 12-14 Brinell Hardness indentations were performed on each samplersquos
face to obtain a hardness profile from the edge to the center of these 40 in (102
cm) sections
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real world casting scenarios castings are not uniform in shape and
size such as a keel block leg This poses kinetic and thermal property issues associated
with cooling rates Theoretically a thin section of casting could form a completely
different microstructure than a thick section on the same casting cooled with the same
cooling media This was investigated with keel blocks of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V that were cut differently than for previous heat-treating studies A keel block for
each alloy had one of its legs removed from the keel block body This resulted in two
- 86 -
keel block legs of the dimensions used previously 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X
254 cm X 254 cm) and two identical to it still attached to the keel block body Each
keel block with legs attached and its separated legs were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C)
for 2 hr and then subjected to a normalized air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating the keel block legs still attached to the keel
blocks were removed and all keel block legs were subsequently tensile tested
433 Double Normalize
For some microalloyed steel alloys a double normalize heat treatment is
commonly used to improve mechanical properties such as increased ductility with a
relatively small strength penalty75 A keel block and keel block legs from Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to a double normalizing heat treatment The first
austenitizing was at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 05 hr followed by an air cool The second
austenitizing was at 1600 ˚F (871 ˚C) for 20 hr followed by another air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating these keel block legs were then subjected to
tensile testing
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
To obtain a better understanding of composition limits for carbon manganese
and vanadium Alloys C D E and F with variations in carbon manganese and
vanadium contents were created This enabled analysis into the influence that alloys
upon one-another and how effective one alloy is with and without others present Keel
block legs were removed from Alloys C D E and Frsquos keel blocks and halved lengthwise
on a band saw Both the keel block legs and keel blocks were austenitized to 1750 ˚F
- 87 -
(955 ˚C) for 10 hr Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching
was performed at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20
hr for keel block legs
bull Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for Alloys C D E and
F
45 Metallography of Samples
Samples prepared for metallography include Alloys A-F NampT and QampT Alloys
A and B double normalize and thick section normalized No metallography was
performed on tempering study 0250 in (~6 mm) thick wafers The samples prepared
were sliced sections of tensile test bar ends These were hot-pressed in Allied High-Tech
Products Inc Phenolic mounting powder using a ldquoTech Press 2rdquo manufactured by Allied
High-Tech Products Inc Samples were ground using automated grinding set to 150
RPMs with a pressing force of 18 N Each sample was ground for 30 s at each of the
following grits 240 320 400 and 600 (grinding with the 600-grit pad was performed
twice for a better surface finish)
Next the samples were polished using 1 μm diamond slurry polish for 5 min
followed by a subsequent polish using a 025 μm diamond slurry polish for 3 min After
each grinding and polishing step the samples were rinsed with distilled water The last
step of preparation was to etch both steel alloys using a 2 nital mix This mixture was 2
mL of nitric acid and 98 mL of methanol Upon etching the samples were rinsed with
ethanol
- 88 -
bull Optical microscopy was used to analyze the microstructures of all the steel
samples The microscope used was a Zeiss Axiovert 10 Inverted Microscope
- 89 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions
The United States has failed to dedicate the same effort to developing both HSLA
cast and wrought steels compared to Europe and Asia The largest body of work
currently is that created by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of America (SFSA) and Voigt et
al The following work was conducted as a continuation of previous work done as well as
a new attempt at integrating 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength HSLA cast steels into
existing HSLA wrought standards
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel
The SFSA has compiled a database of over 20000 C-Mn cast steel chemistries
and mechanical properties data from participating steel casting foundries in the United
States This spreadsheet consisted of WCB (ASTM A216) conventional C-Mn cast steel
that was either normalized NampT or QampT The data was analyzed to determine whether
or not it is possible to reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) with conventional C-Mn steel
compositions without microalloying with vanadium and niobium The data was cleaned
and the resulting spreadsheet contained approximately 2500 data entries It should be
noted that ASTM A216 grade WCB is for conventional C-Mn cast steel with a minimum
36 ksi (248 MPa) YS and a maximum CEASTM 050 wt CEASTM The CEASTM does not
consider the effects of silicon which the CEAWS D11 does Additionally as with most
ASTM standards for steel ASTM A216 grade WCB is based more on mechanical
properties than composition Albeit there are composition limits in this standard their
allowable ranges are rather large
- 90 -
The spreadsheet was organized by heat treatments performed on the cast steel test
bars normalized NampT and QampT Scatter plots were made from these data to determine
if correlations between YS composition and CEAWS D11 (weldability) could be detected
Figures 43-45 show the trends between YS and CEAWS D11 (not CEASTM) carbon content
and manganese content respectively
Figure 43 Scatterplot of YS vs CE for all heat treatments (normalize NampT and QampT) According to the
spreadsheet there is a broad range of weldabilities that produce a YS of 50 ksi (345 MPa)
Figure 43 suggests that high YS values of over 50 ksi (345 MPa) are possibly but
not when a CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE is maintained ASTM A215 grade WCB specifies
that a CEASTM le 050 wt CE be maintained this plot helps to show the decrease in
weldability when silicon is accounted for because there are copious samples that now
exceed the 050 wt CEAWS D11
- 91 -
Figure 44 YS vs Carbon Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment related
to YS There is negligible correlation The highest R2 value in this data set is 004 which gives a positive
correlation for increasing carbon content providing a higher YS in the QampT condition However a R2 value
this low should not be considered statistically significant
Figure 45 YS vs Manganese Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment
related to YS There is slightly better correlation with YS as a function of manganese content than as a
function of carbon content However the best correlation observed is an R2 value of 01 for a positive
correlation of QampT improving YS with increasing manganese content Likewise this should not be
considered statistically significant
- 92 -
Figures 43-45 do not suggest a statistically significant trend in YS as a function of
composition for any type of heat treatment Therefore to make possible trends of
chemical composition and mechanical properties more apparent the database was split
into two groups of high-strength-high-weldability and low-strength-low-weldability
Then the composition of materials with these extremes in mechanical properties and
weldability were compared in Table 2
Table 2 SFSA Spreadsheet Analysis of Mechanical Property Extremes to Detect Trends
in Composition
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0214 0687 00002 0384
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0231 0816 0006 0451
Despite the significant difference in mechanical properties the compositions
show little variance There is only a 0017 wt C difference between the YS less than or
equal to 45 ksi (3102 MPa) and a YS greater than or equal to 55 ksi (3792 MPa) The
difference in manganese and silicon is greater however this is still a small difference
These composition variations are smaller than most allowable composition ranges as
would be seen with an ASTM standard Even after these extrema of the spreadsheet data
have been analyzed there is no strong correlation between mechanical properties
weldability and composition
The correlation between normalize NampT and QampT heat treatments and YS CE
ranges is shown in Table 3 It should be noted that 55 ksi (3792 MPa) was chosen as the
upper range instead of 50 ksi (345 MPa) because 50 ksi (345 MPa) is the bare minimum
YS requirement This strength level must be achieved consistently so perturbations in the
YS distribution curve must be taken into account
- 93 -
Table 3 Percentage of Heat Treatments per Designation for the SFSA Spreadsheet
Designation Range Overall Normalize
NampT QampT
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 91 43 42 047
For the entire spreadsheet only 041 of all cast steels obtained 55 ksi (345 MPa)
while maintaining a maximum 042 CEAWS D11 Surprisingly a majority of these were
normalize heat treatment instead of QampT A possible contribution to this result is that the
normalized heat-treated steel samples in this spreadsheet greatly outnumbered the NampT
and QampT heat treated samples There were 1318 normalized samples 347 NampT samples
and only 51 QampT samples The difference in number of samples can also be observed in
Figures 46-48 which display YS as a function of normalized NampT and QampT heat
treatments respectively Tables 4-6 are paired with them as well
Figure 46 All normalized heat treatments and how their YS is a function of weldability The correlation is
poor for plain normalized There is not an increase in YS with increasing the CE but rather a slightly
negative trend
- 94 -
Table 4 Average Chemistries per Designation in the Normalized Condition Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0218 0669 00002 0392
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0243 0667 0004 0421
Figure 46 and Table 4 display normalized heat treatment data obtained from the
SFSA spreadsheet Figure 46 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS
D11) and there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content leading to an increase in YS Table 4 displays the average chemical composition
for each respective designation In this case there is only a 0035 wt C difference over
a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Figure 47 NampT heat treatments with YS as a function of weldability The correlation suggests that
increasing CE in this condition will decrease YS
- 95 -
Table 5 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the NampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0 0 0 0
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0218 0975 0006 0484
Figure 47 and Table 5 display NampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 47 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying content
leading to an increase in YS Table 5 displays the average chemical composition for each
respective designation In this case there were not any data points that met the high-
strength-low-CE designation
Figure 48 QampT heat treatments and their YS as a function of weldability The correlation is the best out of
normalize and NampT however there is a negative trend suggesting that increasing CE will decrease YS
- 96 -
Table 6 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the QampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE
0195 0795 0 0333
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE
0239 0740 0012 0427
Figure 48 and Table 6 display QampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 48 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is only a slight statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content and increasing YS This negative trend in the R2 of 01 suggests that there is a
slight correlation between increasing alloying elements and a decrease in YS Table 6
displays the average chemical composition for each respective designation In this case
there is a 0044 wt C difference over a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Finally the last analysis completed on this spreadsheet was dividing it up into
quartiles based on YS and then analyzing the average and standard deviation in chemical
composition for the top and bottom quartile The results are displayed in Table 7 The
middle 50 percent of data were ignored because the extreme differences in mechanical
properties from the database should better expose any existing chemical-property
relationships of WCB conventional C-Mn cast steels
Table 7 Weight Percent Addition of Primary Alloying Elements with Respective Total
Top Quartile and Bottom Quartile Average and Standard Deviation
YS Ave C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 023
plusmn 002
075
plusmn 014
043
plusmn 006
0003
plusmn 0004
030
plusmn 016
046
plusmn 005
49 (339)
plusmn 39 (27)
Top 25 023
plusmn 002
074
plusmn 010
042
plusmn 006
0002
plusmn 0004
032
plusmn 023
046
plusmn 004
54 (369)
plusmn 11 (78)
Bottom 25 023
plusmn 002
081
plusmn 020
044
plusmn 007
0005
plusmn 0004
028
plusmn 009
048
plusmn 005
44 (304)
plusmn 32 (219)
- 97 -
The results displayed in Table 7 support the previous analyses of the spreadsheet
The WCB conventional cast steel spreadsheet compiled by the SFSA suggests results that
do not make sense metallurgically It is highly improbable that an increase in carbon
content andor manganese content would not make a cast steel stronger There should be
positive correlations in YS with increasing carbon content and manganese content
however this was not observed The positive correlations that did exist had very small R2
values that were not statistically significant the largest being 01 for YS as a function of
manganese content as observed in Figure 45 In Table 7 the difference between the
average wt C for the top quartile of YS and the average wt C for the bottom
quartile of YS is only 0006 wt C This is because the overall ranges in composition in
this database was not large Table 8 is a summary table depicting the total percentages of
the spreadsheet that achieved certain strengths and weldability values
Table 8 Database Summary Table Depicting Percentages of Samples within YS and
Weldability Ranges
Designation Range Overall
Normalize
NampT
QampT
High Strength Low
CE
ge 55 ksi le 042
CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength High
CE
le 45 ksi ge 045
CE 91 43 42 047
The spreadsheet data suggests lack of composition correlation with mechanical
properties and variation in spectrometry and mechanical testing This was not a
controlled study that was conducted by the SFSA There were nine foundries that
participated in data collection each using their own spectrometer to provide a chemistry
analysis It would only take a slight variation between foundries data collection validity
for the values of this spreadsheet to be drastically different Additionally there was no
- 98 -
control of the mechanical testing It is unknown where each foundry sent their tensile test
bars for mechanical testing or if they were tested on-site by each foundry Nonetheless
more reputable data would have been obtained if all tensile test bars were sent to one
mechanical testing facility that would perform the mechanical test as well as retrieve an
official chemistry analysis Nonetheless since only 041 of samples in the entire
database reached YS and weldability requirements it can be concluded that conventional
C-Mn cast steels cannot achieve 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS and CEAWS D11 le 045 CE
consistently enough to be used Therefore microalloying is needed
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial two heats of material were designed to build off of previous work done
in the literature ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo is a reformulated version of conventional WCB C-Mn
cast steel ldquoModified C-Mn-Vrdquo is has less carbon content but more manganese and there
is a modest vanadium addition These alloys were meant to contrast a plain C-Mn cast
steel with a similar cast steel microalloyed with vanadium and slightly more manganese
The complete spectrometer readout is displayed in Table 9 and the CEAWS D11 and
CEASTM values are given in Table 10 Both CE values were computed with the data in
Table 8 not the ldquotarget carbonrdquo shown in Table 11
- 99 -
Table 9 Complete Spectrometer Readout for Compositions of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V
Element Modified C-Mn (wt addition) Modified C-Mn-V (wt addition)
C 0180 0153
Mn 117 123
P 0010 0017
S 0003 0003
Si 035 043
Cr 017 024
Ni 006 006
Mo 0020 002
Cu 0060 007
Al 0055 0057
W 0002 0002
V 0002 0097
Nb 0001 0006
Zr 0028 0023
N 0012 NA
Table 10 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-
Mn-V
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
Modified C-Mn 042 048 043 005
Modified C-Mn-V 044 051 043 008
Table 11 Target Carbon Weight Percent vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from
Multiple Foundries for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo)
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
LECO
Carbon
A 020 0180 0141 0196 0171
B 015 0153 0106 0166 0159
Table 11 displays inconsistent chemistry measurements for carbon content
between foundries and measurement methods This severely compromises a foundryrsquos
ability to accurately meet chemistry targets For example the target carbon composition
for Modified C-Mn is 020 wt C and according to all spectrometers used and the
LECO there is a up to a 059 wt C difference between all measures This could have
profound effects associated with inconsistencies Customers could be receiving steel that
- 100 -
both themselves and the casting foundry believe to be in spec when the actual chemistry
is significantly different This also has direct ramifications with the CE errors due
inaccurate carbon content reporting This could cause weld defects due to lack of
preheating when the CE calculated for that specific steel determined that no preheat was
needed Ultimately this reinforces the theory that variance in spectrometers between
foundries is probably one of the major contributing factors to such large scatter in the
spreadsheet data from the SFSA
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling
Due to the microalloy additions of vanadium a full austenitic transformation must
occur during austenitizing heat treatments such that all VC VN and VCN are
solutionized This will increase the propensity for fine dispersed precipitation of VC VN
and VCN during subsequent temperaging If a fully cohesive austenite phase it not
formed ie not all microalloying additions are solutionized then there will be unwanted
growth during cooling of non-quenched heat treatments as well as in all subsequent
tempers This produces overly large VC VN and VCN that will not have the same
strengthening effects in the ferrite matrix of fine dispersed precipitates This is because
many fine-dispersed precipitates have a greater surface area interaction with the matrix
than fewer larger precipitates57 Figures 49-51 are outputs from Thermo-Calc Software
TCFE SteelsFe-alloys database version 8 which show phase fraction as a function of
temperature for the Modified C-Mn chemistry Modified C-Mn-V chemistry and the
Modified C-Mn-V with 003 wt Nb respectively76 A niobium addition is modeled
such that an understanding can be developed for the difference in solutionizing
temperature between itself and vanadium
- 101 -
Figure 49 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn All carbides and other present
phases solutionize completely by 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
Figure 50 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V All carbides and other
present phases solutionize by 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C)
- 102 -
Figure 51 Phase Fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V with a 003 wt Nb
addition All carbides and other present phases solutionize by 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C)
Fully homogenous austenite occurs at 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn 2003
˚F (1095 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V and 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V with a
003 wt Nb addition The results for Modified C-Mn-V were not expected because it is
repeated throughout the literature that the solutionizing temperature for vanadium is
approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1 Admittedly these Thermo-Calc models were created
after all heat treating was completed because literature is so adamant about the
solutionizing temperatures of vanadium which is why austenitizing of the Modified C-
Mn-V samples was performed at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) This creates controversy because if
Thermo-Calc is correct the austenitizing temperature of 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) was not
adequate to fully solutionize the vanadium which could lead to oversized precipitates
It should be noted that there are limitations to the commercial databases used in
Thermo-Calc when full systems of alloying elements are modeled because of the program
has difficulty calculating the free energies of non-Fe elements Miscibility gaps can
siphon vanadium away from carbides and form different FCC sublattices These are
- 103 -
depicted in Figures 49-51 To create more accurate Thermo-Calc models a specific
database for all present elements would be needed Even when ldquoartifactrdquo phases are not
displayed graphically Thermo-Calc still calculates their existence even though it is not
visible on the graph Therefore the other phases that are depicted behave the same
whether ldquoartifactsrdquo are visible or not The major problem with this database when
modeling microalloying additions with vanadium is that it does not recognize the
introduction of nitrogen into the carbide which is a crucial component
54 Tempering Study
A tempering investigation was conducted to observe temperaging effects of the
microalloying elements present in Modified C-Mn-V versus Modified C-Mn which did
not contain vanadium These graphs should serve as heat treating guidelines for foundries
and metallurgists The curve drawn between the data points are suggestions rather than
ldquofitted curvesrdquo The Keel block legs from Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were
austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 20 hr and then normalized in an air cool or water
quenched Subsequent 10 hr or 40 hr tempers were performed with temperatures
ranging from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments as seen in
Figures 52-61 More specifically Figures 52-57 show the effect of the tempering times
and temperatures for each Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V Figures 57-61 show a
comparison between the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V so that effects of
vanadium during tempering can be more clearly seen
bull The hardness readings shown in each figure is the average hardness from multiple
readings on each sample
bull The reading at 00 hr is the initial hardness before any tempering is performed
- 104 -
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures There is no
temperaging response observed however a negligible increase in hardness happened for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
at 1 hr
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr tempering times for different
temperatures There was dramatic softening especially with the 1200 ˚F temperature at 4 hr due to
standard tempering mechanisms
- 105 -
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures Initially at 1
hr standard tempering softening occurs at all temperatures The most effective being 1100 ˚F (593 ˚C)
Then precipitation aging occurs before 4 hr and a hardness increase is observed
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT This is less straightforward than the NampT heat treatment however
similar results are obtained There was a drastic softening at 1 hr and a subsequent increased hardness due
to aging by 4 hr for 900 ˚F (482 ˚C) There was only a slight temperaging response for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
and the 1200 ˚F (649 ˚C) temperature only softened after 1 hr
- 106 -
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn where both NampT and QampT are placed on the same HRB scale such that a direct
comparison can be appreciated of the effects of a normalize and quench can have on starting hardness
values for the same material and their subsequent tempering responses
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V displaying both NampT and QampT on the same HRB scale enabling direct
comparison between the two heat treatments and their subsequent temper(aging) responses
- 107 -
Figure 58 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to NampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
1000 ˚F and 1100 ˚F (538 ˚C and 593 ˚C) The other results did not indicate temperaging
Figure 59 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to QampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
900 ˚F (482 ˚C) The other results did not indicate sufficient temperaging
- 108 -
Figure 60 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated A different sample was used for
each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn
Figure 61 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated for Modified C-Mn-V at 1 hr
temper time Modified C-Mn-V for 4 hr temper time behaves anomalously A different sample was used
for each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn at 4 hr
temper time
- 109 -
This tempering study showed that ldquotemperagingrdquo effects are simultaneous
martensite softening and precipitation strengthening produced when microalloying with
vanadium It is hopeful that these tempering graphs can serve as suggestions for foundry
heat treating applications of cast steels containing vanadium As expected a temperaging
response was not observed in Modified C-Mn due to its lack of vanadium however not
all Modified C-Mn-V tempering samples showed a complete temperaging response
depending on the tempering temperature chosen It is customary to not exceed 100 HRB
such that HRC is used after this hardness point however all measurements were
completed using HRB so all hardness values could be compared using the same scale
The validity of this study needs to be explored with a future tempering study at
more tempering times and temperatures than used in this study Additionally fitted
curves should be applied such that a more accurate times and temperatures can be
approximated for optimum temperaging
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments to establish benchmarks for behavior of conventional WCB C-Mn cast steel
alloys with and without vanadium additions
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn
Modified C-Mn alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
containing no vanadium Table 12 displays mechanical property data for Modified C-Mn
after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 13 displays the averages
of the mechanical properties from Table 12
- 110 -
Table 12 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 458 (3158) 768 (5295) 289 620 150
NampT 473 (3261) 773 (5330) 289 625 144
QampT 727 (5012) 939 (6474) 250 638 205
QampT 780 (5378) 968 (6674) 226 600 216
Table 13 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn with YS and TS in
ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 466 (3210) 771 (53130 289 623 147
QampT 754 (5195) 954 (6574) 238 619 211
The results displayed in Tables 12 and 13 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 288 ksi (1986 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 64 HB over the NampT condition but
a 51 EL decrease
It is expected that there is a YS and hardness increase from the NampT condition to
the QampT condition in the Modified C-MN alloy The full quench of a steel produces
martensite which is the hardest microstructure possible in steels According to the
tempering studies full hardness of the Modified C-Mn alloy in the QampT condition
produces a Brinell hardness of approximately 240 HB Then during tempering of the
keel blocks legs at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr the rapid diffusion and coarsening of
cementite softened the matrix to 211 HB This was a pure softening effect as no
secondary hardening effects were seen due to the lack of vanadium and other
microalloying elements50 The microstructures of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
and QampT condition are in Figures 62 and 63 respectively
- 111 -
Figure 62 Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
Figure 63 Modified C-Mn in the QampT Condition
- 112 -
Figures 62 and 63 show different microstructures of Modified C-Mn that are
induced by different heat-treating conditions Figure 62 indicates proeutectoid ferrite
(white) and pearlite (dark) According to Table 9 the carbon content of Modified C-Mn
is 018 wt C This composition places the alloy in the hypoeutectoid two-phase
cooling region far left of the eutectoid at 077 wt C which provides ample time for
proeutectoid ferrite nucleation and growth as seen in Figure 9 The slower cooling rates
of a NampT provide time for diffusion and nucleation and growth to enable this
microstructure The fast cooling of a quench does not allow for any diffusion to occur
Figure 63 is characteristic of a tempered martensite microstructure The dark regions are
cementite and the lighter areas are ferrite Tempering provided enough thermal energy for
some diffusion to occur and the laths of martensite are not visible
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V
Modified C-Mn-V alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
with the addition of vanadium Tables 14 displays the mechanical property data for
Modified C-Mn-V after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 15
displays the averages of the mechanical properties from Table 14
Table 14 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn-V with YS and
TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 590 (4068) 859 (5923) 289 587 172
NampT 597 (4116) 856 (5902) 289 636 165
QampT 976 (6729) 1142 (7874) 196 496 231
QampT 991 (6833) 1156 (7970) 211 576 231
- 113 -
Table 15 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn-V with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 594 (4092) 858 (5913) 289 612 169
QampT 984 (6781) 1149 (7922) 2035 536 231
The results displayed in Tables 14 and 15 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 390 ksi (2689 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 62 HB over the NampT condition but
an 86 EL decrease There is an increase in YS from Modified C-Mn to Modified C-
Mn-V for both the NampT and QampT condition 128 ksi (883 MPa) and 23 ksi (1586
MPa) respectively
It is logical that strength levels for the vanadium containing Modified C-Mn-V
alloy are higher than for the Modified C-Mn alloy Additionally there is a 390 ksi (2689
MPa) YS increase from the NampT condition to the QampT condition in Modified C-Mn-V
compared to a 288 ksi (1986 MPa) strength increase from the NampT condition to the
QampT condition in the Modified C-Mn alloy This difference suggests that a secondary
hardening event occurred during the QampT heat treating of the Modified C-Mn-V If
temperaging did not occur it would be expected that the difference in strength between
the NampT condition and QampT conditions would be similar to what is observed in
Modified C-Mn The microstructures of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition and the
QampT condition are in Figures 64 and 65 respectively
- 114 -
Figure 64 Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
Figure 65 Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition
- 115 -
Figure 64 has micro-specs (precipitates) that are evident throughout the
proeutectoid ferrite matrix This dispersion is not seen as well QampT condition in Figure
65 due to the amount of tempered martensite which obscures the view These
precipitates are not visible in the vanadium-free Modified C-Mn alloy in Figures 62 and
63 Due to the uniform nature of the precipitates displayed in Figure 64 it can be
concluded that a normalizing cool is sufficient to retain the precipitates in solution until
below the critical transformation temperature such that they do not de-solutionize during
initial cooling If a finite amount of precipitates would have de-solutionized during the
initial air cool then there would be large precipitates visible with the fine precipitates
because the larger precipitates would have grown during initial cooling
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
Analysis of microstructures with a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) was also
performed on the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V alloys to compare the
microalloying effects of vanadium at a more microscopic level This was in response to
the precipitates that are visible in Figure 64 and an attempt to verify the existence of VN
VC andor VCN precipitates in addition to comparing the relative size of the precipitates
to determine if some de-solutionized The precipitates that de-solutionized during the
normalizing air cool would be larger than those aged into the matrix Figures 66-68
display Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
at 5000X and 10000X respectively
- 116 -
Figure 66 SEM image of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition There are no precipitates in this alloy due
to the lack of microalloying additions
Figure 67 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
- 117 -
Figure 68 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition at a higher magnification than Figure
67 The Precipitates of vanadium are more defined in this image
There are no precipitates or dispersoids visible in the SEM micrograph of
Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition in Figure 66 However in the SEM micrographs in
Figures 67 and 68 there are precipitates present Figure 68 which is 10000X
magnification shows these precipitates better than Figure 67 Most of the precipitates in
the image appear to be uniform in size however there are a few larger precipitates This
size difference was not visible with just optical microscopy Therefore it can now be
postulated that a small finite number of precipitates de-solutionized during normalizing
air cool but it is a small percentage Thus the air cool is still adequate for a subsequent
temper to induce aging and not over-age precipitates
Electron Dispersion Spectroscopy (EDS) was also performed on these samples to
determine the composition of the precipitates However a proper balance in eV could not
- 118 -
be found such that the beam either over-penetrated the sample and was reading the
composition of the matrix or it was not strong enough to read the sample This is due to
the nm magnitude of the precipitates It is suggested that a surface technique such as X-
Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) be performed so that over-penetration does not
occur and a quantitative analysis of the composition can be acquired
56 Special Heat-Treating Options
There needs to be more metallurgical control in heat treating of microalloyed
HSLA steels than with conventional steels to ensure that a proper temperaging response
is observed72 An open question is the heat treatment response of heavy section castings
that will have slower cooling rates for NampT and QampT heat treatments
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
This thick-section study involves subjecting the keel block bodies of both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to NampT and QampT to better understand the
cooling rate effect of large section size Table 16 displays the results of a Brinell
Hardness testing profile across the 40 in (102 cm) face of keel blocks Table 17 also
displays the Brinell Hardness results but with an interpretation of the hardness at the
edge and center for each keel block
- 119 -
Table 16 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments Each ldquoIndentationrdquo Value is Represented as the Hardness Profile
Developed Across the Face
Indentation
Number
Alloy A
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy A
(QampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(QampT)
Hardness
1 136 189 169 260
2 153 182 182 215
3 153 183 173 214
4 141 169 162 211
5 141 167 164 219
6 153 168 155 217
7 150 179 150 218
8 131 168 165 218
9 159 171 164 219
10 153 178 151 224
11 149 185 166 228
12 153 179 172 229
13 NA 184 168 242
14 NA 176 NA NA
Table 17 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments
Sample and (HT) Midway Hardness (HB) Edge Hardness (HB)
Alloy A (NampT) 147 147
Alloy A (QampT) 172 180
Alloy B (NampT) 156 172
Alloy B (QampT) 216 234
The Brinell Hardness profiles across the 40 in (102 cm) faces of the keel blocks
determined that the edge hardness was greater for both conditions of Modified C-Mn-V
and the QampT condition of Modified C-Mn The NampT condition of Modified C-Mn did
not develop a profile
Cooling gradients are to be expected in thick-casting sizes due to the specific heat
capacity of the material Therefore the steel should be harder in areas near the edge of
the material where a faster cooling rate is observed than at the center where the material
- 120 -
is more insulated from severe quenches The results in Table 17 do not make sense for
the NampT condition of Modified C-Mn The QampT condition and both conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V have the expected profile
Additionally when the HRB values from the tempering study are converted to
HB values and applied to this data the results also are not consistent For example the
HB conversion value for the normalized condition of Modified C-Mn-V before a temper
is 180 HB (taken from tempering study) The hardest HB value in the thick-section data
is 182 for the same alloy after NampT Therefore the following are possible 1) incorrect
conversions from HRB to Brinell 2) a temperaging response increased the hardness in
the thick section meaning that the effects of age hardening overpowered the temper on a
slow cool which is very unlikely 3) the data is compromised and should be repeated
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real-life situations metal castings are complex in shape and do not
experience uniform cooling rates The kinetic and thermal property issues associated with
this will be addressed It is important to understand how the microstructure of one-section
of casting could be significantly different than another section of the same casting
because of cooling rates To study this effect keel block legs were normalized with and
without the keel blocks still attached for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
these results are displayed in Tables 18 and 20 respectively Tables 19 and 21 are
summary tables displaying the averages of the mechanical properties from Tables 18 and
20
- 121 -
Table 18 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 453 (3123) 769 (5302) 282 518 146
A 442 (3047) 770 (5309) 266 520 150
B 518 (3571) 805 (5550) 274 426 153
B 522 (3599 806 (5557) 250 388 152
Table 19 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel
Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and
TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 448 (3085) 770 (5306) 274 519 148
B 520 (3585) 8055 (5554) 262 407 153
Table 20 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 475 (3275) 784 (5405) 304 552 150
A 470 (3240) 782 (5392) 289 603 148
B 544 (3751) 829 (5716 234 458 166
B 542 (3737) 832 (5736) 274 516 168
Table 21 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from
Keel Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS
and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 473 (3258) 783 (5399) 297 578 149
B 543 (3744) 831 (5726) 254 487 167
The data from Part II of the thick-section study investigated the cooling rate
effects of a thin-section attached to a thick-section versus a thin-section cooling
autonomously This was conducted for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V The
data suggests that faster cooling rates are observed when the thin-section is autonomous
versus when the thin-section is attached to a thick-section (keel block) Faster cooling
rates yield finer grain structures which are consistently found to increase strength
Consequently the YS values for both alloys are higher in Table 21 when the thin-section
- 122 -
cooled autonomously To analyze the difference in grain structure between cooling rates
Figures 69-72 display micrographs of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V attached to
the keel block and cooled autonomously respectively
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn attached to the keel block
- 123 -
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V attached to keel block
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn normalized autonomously from keel block
- 124 -
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V normalized autonomously from keel block
There is an obvious difference in grain size between samples that were cooled
while attached to the keel block (Figures 69 and 70) and ones that were cooled
autonomously (Figures 71 and 72)
563 Double Normalize
Double normalizing heat treatments have been reported to increase toughness and
ductility while sacrificing relatively little strength75 Therefore it became a heat treatment
of interest Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were both subjected to the double
normalizing heat treatment There was no temper that followed either normalization heat
treatment Table 22 displays the mechanical properties of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V after a double normalize The averages are in Table 23
- 125 -
Table 22 Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment with
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 493 (3399) 794 (5474) 312 646 153
A 508 (3503) 795 (5481) 352 680 150
A 498 (3434) 793 (5468) 312 652 153
A 493 (3413) 801 (5523) 336 678 156
B 557 (3840) 835 (5757) 304 634 165
B 551 (3799) 834 (5750) 312 645 162
B 560 (3861) 835 (5757 320 643 165
B 549 (3785) 829 (5716) 320 629 162
Table 23 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment
with Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in
ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 498 (3437) 796 (5487) 328 664 153
B 554 (3821) 833 (5745) 314 638 164
The double normalizing heat treatment mechanical properties are best-compared
to the mechanical properties obtained by the single normalizing heat treatment of a keel
block leg in Table 21 The average YS for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in
single normalizing condition is 473 ksi (3258 MPa) and 543 ksi (3744 MPa)
respectively These are both slightly weaker than the YS values produced with a double
normalizing heat treatment for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 498 ksi (3437
MPa) and 554 ksi (3821 MPa) respectively Equally important was the EL increase
that was observed with the double normalizing heat treatment compared to the single
normalizing heat treatment These results are conducive with literature To analyze the
grain refinement that occurred Figures 73 and 74 are images of double normalized
condition Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
- 126 -
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn double normalize
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V double normalize
- 127 -
Figures 73 and 74 are micrographs of the double normalized condition of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
The Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V used in previous experiments had
chemical composition data from multiple sources that was not consistent Additionally
they did not meet the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement Therefore more compositional data
needed testing and validation Factorial design alloys were also produced to better
develop compositional understandings and how much variance is allowed in composition
to still maintain strength Table 24 displays the 4 new alloys (C-F) and their designations
Table 25 shows the compositional targets for Alloys C-F and the actual spectrometer
compositions are shown in Table 26 Then the data from Table 26 was used to calculate
the CE values for these alloys and this data is displayed in Table 27 Finally carbon
content comparisons were made with spectrometer data from multiple foundries and the
results are shown in Table 28
Table 24 Alloy Name and Designation for Factorial Design Alloys
Alloy Designation
C Lo-CLo-MnLo-V
D Hi-CLo-MnHi-V
E Lo-CHi-MnHi-V
F Hi-CHi-MnLo-V
Table 25 Alloy C-F Compositional Targets for Carbon Manganese Vanadium and
Silicon
Alloy C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
C 013 10 007 lt 04
D 017 10 011 lt 04
E 013 14 011 lt 04
F 017 14 007 lt 04
- 128 -
Table 26 Actual Chemical Compositions for Alloys C-F as Determined by
Spectrometry
Element Alloy C (wt
addition)
Alloy D (wt
addition)
Alloy E (wt
addition)
Alloy F (wt
addition)
C 014 017 012 0159
Mn 088 098 104 135
P 0007 001 0008 0008
S 0005 0005 0002 0004
Si 025 033 025 041
Cr 015 017 036 019
Ni 003 008 006 007
Mo 001 002 003 0018
Cu 006 007 006 009
Al NA NA NA NA
W NA NA NA NA
V 010 012 011 0075
Nb NA NA NA NA
Zr NA NA NA NA
N NA NA NA NA
Table 27 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
C 035 039 033 006
D 041 046 039 007
E 040 044 034 010
F 045 049 043 004
Table 28 Target Carbon Wt vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from Multiple
Foundries for Alloys C-F
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
Leco
Carbon
C 013 0140 0167 0149 0184
D 017 0170 0188 0180 0190
E 013 0120 0139 0134 0167
F 017 0159 0172 0165 0182
Alloys C-F faced similar compositional difficulties that Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V did The actual compositions do not match the target compositions
- 129 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F
Alloys C-F were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments and their
mechanical property data is dispersed in Tables 29-36
Table 29 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 435 (2999) 664 (4578) 336 655 130
NampT 464 (3199) 676 (4661) 328 655 137
QampT 828 (5709) 990 (6826) 242 603 216
QampT 785 (5412) 961 (6626) 234 606 222
Table 30 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 450 (3099) 670 (4620) 332 655 134
QampT 807 (5561) 976 (6726 238 605 219
Table 31 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 751 (5178) 297 589 156
NampT 520 (3585) 753 (5192) 312 620 156
QampT 964 (6647) 1117 (7701) 203 525 240
QampT 947 (6529) 1103 (7605) 203 525 240
Table 32 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 752 (5185) 305 605 156
QampT 956 (6588) 1110 (7653) 203 525 240
Table 33 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 501 (3454) 717 (4944) 320 666 141
NampT 521 (3592) 724 (4992) 336 675 141
QampT 905 (6240) 1061 (7315) 219 583 240
QampT 858 (5916) 1020 (7033) 203 581 228
- 130 -
Table 34 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 511 (3523) 721 (4968) 328 671 141
QampT 882 (6078) 1041 (7174) 211 582 234
Table 35 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 543 (3754) 802 (5530) 336 689 159
NampT 556 (3833) 807 (5564) 304 661 162
QampT 1013 (6984) 1142 (7873) 1795 561 258
QampT 1060 (7308) 1167 (8046) 1955 589 247
Table 36 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 550 (3794) 805 (5547) 320 675 161
QampT 1037 (7146) 1155 (7960) 188 575 253
Alloys C and E are the only two alloys that have an acceptable CE value (lt045
wt CE) including Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V In the QampT condition
Alloy C has adequate YS with 807 ksi (5561 MPa) Alloy E in both NampT and QampT
conditions exceeds the 50 ksi threshold with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078
MPa) respectively This can be attributed to their low carbon contents which helps to
limit CE moderate amounts of manganese and high vanadium contents An observation
of the micrographs for Alloys C-F in both the NampT and QampT conditions can be made
with Figures 74-82
- 131 -
Figure 75 Alloy C in the NampT condition
Figure 76 Alloy C in the QampT condition
- 132 -
Figure 77 Alloy D in the NampT condition
Figure 78 Alloy D in the QampT condition
- 133 -
Figure 79 Alloy E in the NampT condition
Figure 80 Alloy E in the QampT condition
- 134 -
Figure 81 Alloy F in the NampT condition
Figure 82 Alloy F in the QampT condition
- 135 -
There does not appear to be any significant difference between the QampT condition
micrographs amongst Alloys D-F The main difference to note between the alloys is the
grain refinement observed with Alloy E in the NampT condition which is noticeably more
than in the other alloyrsquos NampT conditions Additionally there appears to be more
precipitates dispersed throughout the ferrite comparatively Consequently Alloy E is the
only Alloy to reach both the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis
There is a need for an understanding of allowable compositional variance ie
how much can the composition of certain alloying elements deviate and still reach
required strength levels Furthermore this becomes important for standards where there
are large allowable composition windows which is common since most steel casting
standards are based on mechanical properties This analysis was completed using the
Factorial Design alloys (Alloys C-F) Figures 83-88 are graphs that have ISO-YS lines as
a function of carbon content (Y-Axis) and manganese content (X-Axis) Figures 83-85
are for the NampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V and 012 wt V
respectively Figures 86-88 are for the QampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V
and 012 wt V respectively Therefore if a metallurgist wants to maintain a certain
YS for a certain wt V then they just have to alloy the wt C and wt Mn
according to the X and Y axis on the graphs The regression equations used for NampT and
QampT are shown in Equations 9 and 10 respectively
119884119878 = 51547 + (42064 times 119862) + (284495 times 119872119899) + (999979 times 119881) Eq 9
119884119878 = minus157501 + (1548821 times 119862) + (543727 times 119872119899) + (2631891 times 119881) Eq 10
- 136 -
Figure 83 NampT with no vanadium content
Figure 84 NampT with 008 wt V
- 137 -
Figure 85 NampT with 012 wt V
Figure 86 QampT with no vanadium content
- 138 -
Figure 87 QampT with 008 wt V
Figure 88 QampT with 012 wt V
- 139 -
The graphs display ISO-YS lines such that if the composition of the alloy waivers
in between two YS lines which are a function of carbon content and manganese content
then the YS of the alloy with that specific heat treatment and vanadium content will fall
between the two lines The correlation (R2 value) for the accuracy of the regression
equations are 08662 and 09879 for NampT and QampT respectively
59 ASTM Considerations
The final goal of this project involves integration of the developed alloy (most
likely some slight variation of Alloy E) into an existing ASTM Standard Table 37
provides suggestions of possible ASTM Standards both for wrought and cast grades
where a 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS cast steel could be integrated
Table 37 ASTM Specification Summary
ASTM Form TS-YS-EL (2rdquo)-
CVN
CE Cmax Mnmax
A487 Steel cast pressure (W) 85-55-22-Yes No 030 100
A242 HSLA Structural (W) 70-50-21-No No 015 100
A500 Cold-Formed Welded Tube
(W)
62-50-21-No No 023 135
A529 High-Strength C-Mn (W) 65-50-21-No 055 027 135
A709 Structural Bridge Multiple
Grade (W)
65-50-21-Yes No 023 135
A913 HSLA QST Grade 50 (W) 65-50-21-No 038 012 160
A992 Structural Steel Shapes (W) 65-50-21-No 045 023 160
A1043 Structural Build Grade 50
(W)
65-50-21-Yes 045 020 160
A148 Carbon Steel (C) 80-50-22-No No NA NA
A216 WCB (C) 70-36-22-No 050 030 100
A217 High-P High-T (C) 105-50-18-No No 021 080
A356 Low Alloy Grade 8 (C) 80-50-18-No No 020 090
A958 Steel Multiple Grades (C) 80-50-22-No No
consult original standard for more information
(W) for Wrought
(C) for Cast
- 140 -
Table 37 just serves to display possibilities This is groundwork that can help
assist in future deliberations regarding the matter It should also be noted that the goal is
to integrate the alloy into both an ASTM Standard and the AWS D11 Structural Welding
Code for Steel Integration of the developed alloy into an ASTM Standard and AWS
D11 Structural Welding Code is a highly political decision that is not taken lightly
There will be many composition tests welding tests mechanical tests and deliberations
to emerge
- 141 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work
61 Summary
This research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength (YS)
cast steel alloy using common alloying elements complete with heat treating guidelines
such that any foundry in the United States can produce this alloy and consistently achieve
the strength requirements Interest for this research spawned from industry and the
militaryrsquos transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA wrought steels to 50
ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades Alloys investigated were
restricted to a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that optimum
weldability is maintained Introductory work was completed for implementation of this
alloy into an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels and certification of this
alloy into the AWS D11 Structural Welding Code for steel Implementation of the high
weldability 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel into these standards and codes will enable the full
potential of the developed cast steel to be realized It will enable complex shapes of 50
ksi (345 MPa) cast steel to be cast into the final form and welded into place to expedite
construction processes
The research began with analysis of a conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216
WCB grade specific cast steel) database that was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of America (SFSA) to determine whether or not it was possible to reach the
desired properties and CE requirements with conventional cast steels The database
consisted of mechanical property data composition and heat treatment for conventional
C-Mn cast steels produced by a multitude of foundries across North America
- 142 -
The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements This suggested that it is not possible to obtain the required YS while
maintaining the CE requirements with conventional C-Mn cast steel Additional findings
of the database analysis implied much variance in spectrometer data between foundries
because there was no significant correlation between increasing alloying content and an
increasing YS regardless of heat treatment
The second stage of research was conducted to compare and contrast the
microalloying effects of vanadium in Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steels
that had compositions based on previous literature work1 The compositions were
modeled using Thermo-Calc to verify austenitizing temperatures for complete
solutionizing of VCN These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments a
tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis
normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing The tempering study analyzed
hardness values of normalized or quenched wafers that were subjected to tempering times
of either 10 hr or 40 hr for various times These values were then plotted to obtain
tempering curves however these curves were not true ldquofitted curvesrdquo but merely
suggestions The thick-section analysis was completed with keel blocks to see the effects
of cooling rates because it was postulated that thick-sections may not cool fast enough for
vanadium to stay in solution Keel blocks were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments and were subsequently sliced at frac14 thickness Brinell hardness testing was then
perform across the freshly exposed keel block faces to develop hardness profiles The
normalizing cooling rate study was done to mimic real-world cooling of complex casting
shapes which may not cool uniformly One of the two keel block legs was removed from
- 143 -
a keel block and its mate remained on the keel block Then both the autonomous keel
block leg and the one still attached to the keel block were normalized The difference in
cooling rates divulged different properties These samples were not tempered Finally a
double normalizing heat treatment was performed because it is commonly done in
industry to HSLA cast steels to improve ductility with only a slight strength penalty75
bull Thermocalc modeling predicted that the full austenitizing temperatures for the full
solutionizing of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This is a contradiction with literature which
suggests that vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1
bull Optical microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation
hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT
conditions
bull The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry
this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-
Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
bull There was also substantial variance in spectrometer readings between foundries
bull The resulting average YS of the NampT condition for the Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V alloys were 466 ksi (3210 MPa) and 594 ksi (4092 MPa)
respectively Likewise the average YS of the QampT condition were 754 ksi (5195
MPa) and 984 ksi (6781 MPa) respectively
bull The tempering study found temperaging effects in the vanadium containing alloy
There was an initial softening at 10 hr due to tempering of martensite The
kinetics for aging take time to initiate and hardness increased on some samples at
- 144 -
40 hr Some C-Mn-V samples especially higher temperature samples did not
display an aging response at hour 40 however this was probably due to
overaging Therefore it can be posited that C-Mn-V samples exposed to higher
temperatures probably hit peak-age in between 10 and 40 hr
bull The thick-section study produced hardness profiles as expected (higher hardness
at the edge than at the center) in all samples except the Modified C-Mn in the
NampT condition Testing of this sample in particular should be repeated to verify
the results However the Brinell hardness of the Modified C-Mn thick-section in
the NampT condition identically matched its tensile test bar in the NampT condition
for hardness 147 HB
bull Other findings of the thick-section study were that the edge hardness values for
Modified C-Mn in the QampT condition were 180 HB compared to its tensile test
bar in the QampT condition which were 211 HB This can be attributed to slower
cooling rates for the keel block It allowed precipitates to de-solutionize during
the initial cooling from the austenite phase Both the NampT and QampT conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V had higher hardness at the edges of the keel blocks than their
respective tensile test bars average hardness 172 HB compared to 169 HB for the
NampT condition and 234 HB compared to 231 HB for QampT condition However
these results have a negligible difference This proves thicker sections can be
quenched rapidly enough to prevent precipitates from de-solutionizing
bull The normalizing cooling rate study found that test bars cooled autonomously had
a more refined grain structure and higher average YS values and higher average
hardness values Modified C-Mn had a YS of 448 ksi (3085 MPa) and hardness
- 145 -
of 148 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of 473 (3258 MPa) and a
hardness of 149 HB when cooled separately Modified C-Mn-v had a YS of 520
ksi (3585 MPa) and hardness of 153 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of
543 (3744 MPa) and a hardness of 167 HB when cooled separately
bull The double normalizing study found that average EL is increased for both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V when compared to NampT and QampT
conditions For Modified C-Mn in the NampT and QampT conditions the average EL
was 29 and 24 respectively while in the double normalized condition
the average EL was 328 For Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT and QampT
conditions the average EL was 29 and 30 respectively while in the
double normalized condition the average EL was 314
bull The double normalizing study also found that there was an increase in YS and EL
when compared to the single normalizing heat treatment that the autonomous
tensile test bars were subjected to in the normalizing cooling rate study The
average double normalizing YS values are 498 ksi (3437 MPa) and 554 ksi
(3821 MPa) for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively This is due
to a more refined grain structure that is present in the double normalizing
condition
The third stage of research was conducted to determine the compositional range
allowable to still maintain YS values Alloys C-F were created to further analyze this All
samples were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments to the same processing
parameters as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
- 146 -
bull Only Alloy C and Alloy E reached the CEAWS D11 requirement with 039 wt
CE and 044 wt CE respectively
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the NampT condition are 450 ksi (3099 MPa)
520 ksi (3585 MPa) 511 ksi (3523 MPa) 550 ksi (3794 MPa)
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the QampT condition are 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
956 ksi (6588 MPa) 882 ksi (6078 MPa) and 1037 ksi (7146 MPa)
respectively
bull Alloy C met both the CE requirement and YS requirement in its QampT condition
with 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
bull Alloy E met both the CE requirement and YS for both NampT and QampT conditions
with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078 MPa) respectively
bull Optical microscopy was performed on all samples and it was determined that
precipitation hardening occurred in both NampT and QampT conditions for Alloys C-
F
bull The compositions of Alloys C-F were not on target Therefore a full factorial
design could not be completed however this further bolsters the fact that it is
difficult for foundries to produce compositions accurately Additionally when the
spectrometer data was compared between foundries there was also a large
variance as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
bull Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345
MPa) YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt
Si 036 wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt
- 147 -
V Therefore this is the composition that should be investigated for its
inception into an ASTM Standard or AWS welding code
62 Conclusion
In conclusion this research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield
Strength (YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to
ensure that optimum weldability is maintained without preheating This is in response to
industry and the military transitioning from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA
wrought steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades It is desired
that complex shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded
into place to expedite construction processes Thus the reason for a high weldability
Additionally only common alloying elements are used to ensure that every steel foundry
in America has the capabilities to cast it To accomplish this an initial understanding of
conventional C-Mn cast steel capabilities needed to be developed A database of over
20000 conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216 WCB grade specific cast steel)
compositions and mechanical properties was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of
America (SFSA) It was analyzed to determine the limitations of conventional C-Mn cast
steel Ie if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying additions would
be needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS
and CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE
requirements
There was a need to develop a basic understanding of the microalloying effects of
vanadium when compared to a similar compositional sample without vanadium This was
accomplished with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steel samples that were
- 148 -
based upon compositions from previous literature work1 These alloys were subjected to
NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering
study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis normalizing
cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical microscopy was performed on both
samples and there was precipitation hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy
for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not
achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051
wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively Further work
continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE requirements Thermocalc
modeling of these alloys was completed to understand at what temperature the system
would fully solutionize It predicted the solutionizing temperatures of Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This
suggests that the vanadium in the Modified C-Mn-V would not have been fully
solutionized This is however a contradiction with literature which suggests that
vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) Future work should
investigate this disagreement
Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C earned a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
- 149 -
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V Therefore
this is the composition that should be investigated further for future implementation into
ASTM Standards and AWS Structural Welding Codes
63 Future Work
Future work must revisit the following to either validate the existing work or to
develop the theory more comprehensively
bull Tempering Study with larger samples of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to see if results are repeatable Then curves should be ldquofittedrdquo to obtain true
tempering profiles
bull Hardness Profiles for the thick-section study to see if the results are repeatable
and to compare how the hardness values compare to the ones produced in the
tempering study
bull Perform optical microscopy on the thick-section castings
bull Reinvestigate Thermo-Calc models with a specific database for HSLA steels
Future work must continue in the following areas that were either beyond the
scope of this project or not permitted with time and funding allotted
bull Double normalize and temper study with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to compare these results with the existing double normalizing heat treatment
results
bull Complete more investigations with variations of Alloy E
- 150 -
Appendix A
Figure 89 Comparing and contrasting a conventional cast steel microstructure with a microalloyed HSLA
cast steel microstructure1
- 151 -
Figure 90 As-Cast microstructure of HSLA steels vs normalized microstructure for HSLA cast steel1
- 152 -
Figure 91 Original estimate for vanadium content to obtain 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS as a function of carbon
content and manganese content
Figure 92 Original attempt at creating a 50 ksi (345 MPa) surface as a function of carbon content and
manganese content
- 153 -
Appendix B
Table 38 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys A and B
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
A (C-Mn) 048 0421 0312 0264 043
B (C-Mn-V) 051 0438 0295 0256 043
Table 39 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
C 0386 0345 024 0214 0328
D 046 0405 0284 0257 0388
E 0443 0401 025 0215 0335
F 0493 0451 0312 0259 0426
Table 40 Original Quartile Analysis for Database
C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS
D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 0229 0753 0425 0003 0304 046 49230 (339429)
Ave Top
025 YS 0232 0735 0420 0002 0316 046 53574 (369380)
Ave Bottom
025 YS 0226 0812 0441 0005 0278 048 44022 (303521)
Total Std
Dev 0022 0138 0065 0004 0162 0048 3917 (27007)
Std Dev
Top 025 YS 0022 0099 0063 0004 0225 0042 1137 (7839)
Std Dev
Bottom 025
YS
0018 0197 0067 0004 0091 0049 3182 (21939)
- 154 -
References
(1) Voigt Robert C Blair M and Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of
High-Strength Low-Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1994
(2) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoSolidification and Casting Processesrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 18ndash75
(3) Pakker E R Zackay V F Materials Science of Modern Steels Prog Solid State
Chem 1975 9 (C) 105ndash138
(4) Krauss G ldquoHistory and Primary Steel Processingrdquo In Steels-Processing
Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park
OH 2016 pp 9ndash16
(5) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoMetal Processing and Manufacturingrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 1ndash17
(6) Australian-Foundry-Association ldquoMelting Technologyrdquo In Cleaner Production
Manual for the Queensland Foundry Industry 1999 p Chapter 3
(7) Hurtuk D J ldquoSteel Ingot Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 911ndash917
(8) Jorstad J L Technologies J L J ldquoShape Casting ProcessesmdashAn Introductionrdquo
In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH
2018 pp 485ndash487
(9) ASM-International ldquoGreen Sand Moldingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting
ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 549ndash566
(10) What-When-How Sand Castings httpwhat-when-howcommaterialsparts-and-
finishessand-castings
(11) ECS-Staff Guide to Casting and Molding Processes 2006
(12) ASM-International ldquoPermanent Mold Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 1 pp 689ndash699
(13) AFS US Casting Sales Reach 331 Billion Modern Casting 2019 pp 27ndash29
(14) Krauss G ldquoPearlite Ferrite and Cementiterdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
39ndash62
(15) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Diagramsrdquo In Fundamentals of
Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp Sons
INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 359ndash420
(16) Krauss G ldquoPhases and Structuresrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
15ndash32
- 155 -
(17) Okamoto H The C-Fe (Carbon-Iron) System J Phase Equilibria 1992 13 (5)
543ndash565
(18) Krauss G ldquoNormalizing Annealing and Spheroidizing Treatments
FerritePearlite and Spherical Carbides In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
277ndash291
(19) Krauss G ldquoHardness and Hardenabilityrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
297ndash325
(20) Brooks C R ldquoHardenabilityrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
43ndash86
(21) Tuttle R Understanding the Mechanism of Grain Refinement in Plain Carbon
Steels Int J Met 2013 7 (4) 7ndash16
(22) Krauss G ldquoDeformation Strengthening and Fracture of Ferritic Microstructuresrdquo
In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 213ndash232
(23) Gladman T ldquoMicrostructure-Property Relationshipsrdquo In The Physical Metallurgy
of Microalloyed Steels The Institute of Materials London England 1997 pp 19ndash
79
(24) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoMorphological Evolution Due to
Capillary and Applied Forces Diffusional Creep and Sinteringrdquo In Kinetics of
Materials John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 387ndash418
(25) Krauss G ldquoAustenite in Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 133ndash162
(26) Smith R M Chandra T Dunne D P Ferrite Grain Refinement in HSLA Steels
Strength Mater Alloy 1983 1 235ndash240
(27) Brooks C R ldquoStructural Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
263ndash306
(28) Duckworth W E Thermomechanical Treatment of Metals J Met 1966 No
August 915ndash922
(29) Kula E B Radcliffe V Thermomechanical Treatment of Steel J Met 1963 52
(7) 96ndash97
(30) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Transformationsrdquo In Fundamentals
of Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp
Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 421ndash482
(31) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoNucleationrdquo In Kinetics of Materials
John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 459ndash500
(32) Kingery W D Bowen H K Uhlmann D ldquoPhase-Transformations Glass
- 156 -
Formation and Glass-Ceramicsrdquo In Introduction to Ceramics Second Edition
John Wiley amp Sons INC New York New York 1976 pp 320ndash380
(33) Perepezko J H Madison W ldquoNucleation Kinetics and Grain Refinementrdquo In
ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018
Vol 15 pp 276ndash287
(34) Kurz W Fe E P ldquoPlane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 293ndash298
(35) Krauss G ldquoPrimary Processing Effects on Steel Microstructure and Propertiesrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 163ndash196
(36) Trivedi R Sunseri E ldquoNon-Plane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2008 pp 299ndash306
(37) Edwards L Endean M ldquoManufacturing with Materialsrdquo Butterworth
Heinemann Oxford United Kingdom 1990
(38) Beckermann C ldquoMacrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 348ndash352
(39) Dantzig J A ldquoTransport Phenomena During Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook
Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 70ndash74
(40) Brody H D ldquoMicrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 338ndash347
(41) Han Q ldquoShrinkage Porosity and Gas Porosityrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 9 pp 370ndash374
(42) Brooks C R ldquoAustentization of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of
Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999
pp 205ndash234
(43) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHomogenizationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 402ndash403
(44) Brooks C R ldquoAnnealing Normalizing Martempering and Austemperingrdquo In
Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM
International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 235ndash262
(45) Krauss G ldquoMartensite In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 63ndash97
(46) Krauss G ldquoIsothermal and Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagramsrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 197ndash211
(47) Brooks C R ldquoThe Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Time-Temperature-
Transformation (TTT) Diagramsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
3ndash41
(48) Brooks C R ldquoQuenching of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
- 157 -
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
87ndash126
(49) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHeat Treatmentrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 404ndash407
(50) Krauss G ldquoTempering of Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
373ndash403
(51) Brooks C R ldquoTemperingrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon
and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 127ndash204
(52) Krauss G ldquoLow-Carbon Steelsrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
233ndash275
(53) Zackay V F Thermomechanical Processing Mater Sci Eng 1976 25 247ndash261
(54) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of HSLA Cast Steels
1989
(55) Lippold J C ldquoIntroductionrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and Weldability John Wiley
amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 1ndash8
(56) Lippold J C ldquoHydrogen-Induced Crackingrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and
Weldability John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 213ndash262
(57) Lagneborg R Siwecki T Zajac S Hutchinson B The Role of Vanadium in
Microalloyed Steels Scand J Metall 1999 28 (October) 186ndash241
(58) Purtscher PT Cheng Y-W Structure-Property Relationships in Microalloyed
Ferrite-Pearlite Steels Phase 1 Literature Review Research Plan and Initial
Results Gov Res Announc Index 1993 1ndash59
(59) Deardo A J Niobium in Modern Steels Int Mater Rev 2003 48 (6) 371ndash402
(60) Sage A M The Use of Vanadium in Low Alloy Structural Steels In Specialty
Steels and Hard Materials Proceedings of the International Conference on Recent
Developments in Specialty Steels and Hard Materials (Materials Development
rsquo82) held in Pretoria South Africa 8-12 November 1982 Pergamon Press Ltd
1983 pp 111ndash125
(61) Ohtani H Hillert M A Thermodynamic Assessment of the Fe-N-V System
Calphad 1991 15 (1) 25ndash39
(62) Liu Z Thermodynamic Calculations of Carbonitrides in Microalloyed Steels Scr
Mater 2004 50 601ndash606
(63) ASM-International ldquoHigh-Strength Structural and High-Strength Low-Alloy
Steelsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and
High-Performance Alloys ASM International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1
pp 389ndash423
(64) Wright P H ldquoHigh-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Forgingsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and High-Performance Alloys ASM
- 158 -
International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1 pp 358ndash362
(65) Jack D H Jack K H Invited Review Carbides and Nitrides in Steel Mater
Sci Eng 1973 11 1ndash27
(66) Baker T N Processes Microstructure and Properties of Vanadium Microalloyed
Steels Mater Sci Technol 2009 25 (9) 1083ndash1107
(67) Voigt Robert C Rassizadehhghani J Initial Investigation of Microalloyed Cast
Steel 1987
(68) Naylor D J Review of International Activity on Microalloyed Engineering Steels
Ironmak Steelmak 1989 16 (4) 246ndash252
(69) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Gattu R K The Development of High Strength
Low Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1988
(70) Voigt R C Tu C-H Rosmait R L Development of As-Cast Steels 1990
(71) Dutcher D E Production and Properties of Microalloyed Steel Castings 1987
(72) Jackson W J The Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings A Review of the Literature
1978
(73) Voigt R C Blair M Rassizadehhghani J High Stength Low Alloy Cast Steels
1990
(74) Collie-Welding Carbon Equivalent Calculators
httpwwwcollieweldingcomcecalculatorsphp (accessed Oct 15 2019)
(75) Panneer Selvi S Sakthivel T Parameswaran P Laha K Effect of
Normalization Heat Treatment on Creep and Tensile Properties of Modified 9Crndash
1Mo Steel Trans Indian Inst Met 2016 69 (2) 261ndash269
(76) Thermo-Calc Thermo-Calc Software TCFE SteelsFe-Alloys Database Version 8
2016
VII
Chapter 2 Literature Review - 63 -
21 Microalloying of Steels - 63 -
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium - 63 -
22 HSLA Steels - 64 -
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys - 65 -
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides - 66 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions - 69 -
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition - 72 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions - 73 -
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels - 73 -
23 HSLA Cast Steels - 74 -
231 Temperaging - 76 -
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work - 76 -
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards - 78 -
234 Key Findings from Previous Work - 79 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work - 82 -
31 Hypothesis - 82 -
32 Statement of Work - 82 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure - 83 -
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 83 -
42 Tempering Study - 84 -
43 Special Heat-Treating Options - 85 -
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 85 -
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 85 -
433 Double Normalize - 86 -
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 86 -
45 Metallography of Samples - 87 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions - 89 -
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel - 89 -
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 98 -
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling - 100 -
54 Tempering Study - 103 -
VIII
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating - 109 -
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn - 109 -
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V - 112 -
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 115 -
56 Special Heat-Treating Options - 118 -
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 118 -
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 120 -
563 Double Normalize - 124 -
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 127 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F - 129 -
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis - 135 -
59 ASTM Considerations - 139 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work - 141 -
61 Summary - 141 -
62 Conclusion - 147 -
63 Future Work - 149 -
Appendix A - 150 -
Appendix B - 153 -
References - 154 -
IX
List of Figures
FIGURE PAGE
Figure 1 Continuous Casting Process Schematic 7
Figure 2 Hierarchy Chart of Shape Casting Processes 9
Figure 3 Horizontal Green Sand-Casting Mold Illustration11
Figure 4 Green Sand-Casting Flow Chart 12
Figure 5 Diagram of a Green Sand-Casting Shake-out System 14
Figure 6 Green Sand Reclamation and Cooling Diagram15
Figure 7 Graph of Casting Sales per Year 16
Figure 8 Eutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 18
Figure 9 Hypoeutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 19
Figure 10 Hypereutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 20
Figure 11 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCC α-Fe 22
Figure 12 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in FCC γ-Fe 23
Figure 13 Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram 23
Figure 14 Solid Solution Strengtheners Effecting Yield Strength 27
Figure 15 Illustration of an Edge Dislocation 29
Figure 16 Illustration of a Screw Dislocation 30
Figure 17 Graph of the Four Stages of Nucleation and Growth 34
Figure 18 Image of a Thermodynamically Stable Nuclei 35
Figure 19 Graph of Gibbs Free-Energy as a Function of Nuclei Radius 36
Figure 20 Wetting Diagram Showing Surface-Energy Affect 37
Figure 21 Graph of Nucleation Growth and Transformation Rates 37
Figure 22 Graph of Solidification Latent Heat Profile 38
Figure 23 Illustration of Primary and Secondary Dendritic Arms 39
Figure 24 Solidification Properties Influenced by Composition Graph 41
Figure 25 Illustration Depicting Different Casting Solidification Zones 42
Figure 26 Metal Shrinkage as a Function of Phase and Temperature 45
X
Figure 27 Illustration of Pipe Defect Formation Inside a Casting 46
Figure 28 Lever Rule Example for Two-Phase Region 47
Figure 29 Illustration of Microporosity in the Inner-Dendritic Region 48
Figure 30 Graph of Gas Solubility in Metal as a Function of Phase 49
Figure 31 Micrograph of Gas Hole Porosity 50
Figure 32 Heat Treating Temperature Ranges Fe-C Phase Diagram51
Figure 33 TTT Diagram for Steel 55
Figure 34 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCT Martensite 57
Figure 35 Diagram of Martensitic Bain Strain 58
Figure 36 Graph of MS Temperature and Lath vs Plate Martensite 59
Figure 37 Chart Displaying Common Stoichiometric Steel Carbides 68
Figure 38 Bar Chart of Carbide and Martensite Hardness 68
Figure 39 Graph of Mole Fraction of VCN vs Temperature 70
Figure 40 Recrystallization Temp vs Solute Content for Microalloys 72
Figure 41 Graph of Solubilities of Common Carbides vs Temperature 73
Figure 42 Optimum Alloying Range with Mechanical Properties 75
Figure 43 Complete Scatterplot Heat Treat vs CE for SFSA Sprdsht 90
Figure 44 YS vs C Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 45 YS vs Mn Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 46 Normalized Condition YS vs Weldability 93
Figure 47 NampT Condition YS vs Weldability 94
Figure 48 QampT Condition YS vs Weldability 95
Figure 49 Modified C-Mn Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 50 Modified C-Mn-V Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 51 Modified C-Mn-V with Nb Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction 102
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
XI
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
Figure 58 NampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 59 QampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 60 NampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 61 QampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 62 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in NampT Condition 111
Figure 63 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in QampT Condition 111
Figure 64 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in NampT Condition 114
Figure 65 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in QampT Condition 114
Figure 66 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn NampT Condition 116
Figure 67 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition 116
Figure 68 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition (2) 117
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 122
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 124
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 75 Alloy C in NampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 76 Alloy C in QampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 77 Alloy D in NampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 78 Alloy D in QampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 79 Alloy E in NampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 80 Alloy E in QampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 81 Alloy F in NampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 82 Alloy F in QampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 83 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 00 wt V 136
Figure 84 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 008 wt V 136
Figure 85 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 012 wt V 137
Figure 86 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 00 wt V 137
XII
Figure 87 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 008 wt V 138
Figure 88 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 012 wt V 138
Figure 89 Extra Micrograph of Cast Steel Appendix A
Figure 90 As-Cast HSLA Steel Micrograph Appendix A
Figure 91 Original Estimate for Vanadium ISO-YS Graph Appendix A
Figure 92 Original Attempt at YS Surface Appendix A
XIII
List of Tables
TABLE PAGE
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-C V-Alloyed Cast Steel 75
Table 2 SFSA Database Mechanical Property Extrema92
Table 3 SFSA Database Heat Treatment per Designation 93
Table 4 Normalized Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 94
Table 5 NampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 95
Table 6 QampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 96
Table 7 Top amp Bottom Quart Ave and Std Dev SFSA Database 96
Table 8 Summary of SFSA Database 97
Table 9 Spectro Comp of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 10 CE Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 11 Target C vs Mult Spectro Modified C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 99
Table 12 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn NampT and QampT 110
Table 13 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 11 110
Table 14 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn-V NampT and QampT 112
Table 15 Mechanical Property Averages from Table 13 113
Table 16 Brinell Hardness Profiles Across Keel Blocks119
Table 17 Brinell Hardness Profile Est Midway and Edge Values 119
Table 18 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Attached to Keel Block 121
Table 19 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 17 121
Table 20 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Separated from Keel Block 121
Table 21 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 19 121
Table 22 Mechanical Prop Double Normalize C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 125
Table 23 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 21 125
Table 24 Alloys C-F Designations 127
Table 25 Alloys C-F Compositional Targets 127
Table 26 Alloys C-F Spectrometer Composition 128
XIV
Table 27 CE Values for Alloys C-F 128
Table 28 Target C vs Multiple Spectro Data Alloys C-F128
Table 29 Mechanical Properties Alloy C NampT and QampT 129
Table 30 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 28 129
Table 31 Mechanical Properties Alloy D NampT and QampT 129
Table 32 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 30 129
Table 33 Mechanical Properties Alloy E NampT and QampT 129
Table 34 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 32 130
Table 35 Mechanical Properties Alloy F NampT and QampT 130
Table 36 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 34 130
Table 37 ASTM Standard Summary 139
Table 38 Alternate CE Table Mod C-Mn and Mod C-Mn-V Appendix B
Table 39 Alternate CE Table Alloys C-F Appendix B
Table 40 Original Database Quartile Analysis Data Appendix B
XV
List of Equations
EQUATION PAGE
Equation 1 Hall-Petch Yield Strength Grain Size Relation 26
Equation 2 Gibbs Free-Energy for a Sphere 34
Equation 3 ldquoYoungrsquos Equationrdquo for Wetting of a Material 37
Equation 4 AWS D11 CE 77
Equation 5 General ASTM and IIW CE 77
Equation 6 HSLA C-Mn Steels CET 77
Equation 7 ASTM A529 CE 77
Equation 8 Japanese Welding Engineering Society CE 77
Equation 9 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines NampT 135
Equation 10 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines QampT 135
XVI
Acknowledgements
First and foremost I have to thank the best advisor I could ever ask for Dr
Robert Voigt I cannot thank him enough for having faith in me and accepting me as a
graduate student Itrsquos an honor to learn from one of the best metallurgists in the field The
metals casting world owes you a great deal you are a great conduit supplying nearly
endless knowledge from academia to industry In addition to being a great advisor he
also has a job lined up for me at the Benton Foundry upon completion of my Masterrsquos
Next this research would not have gotten off the ground if it wasnrsquot for the
organizations foundries and partners who contributed funding heats of material and
other resources and services Raymond Monroe David Poweleit Ryan Moore and Diana
David from the SFSA Charlie and Greg from Regal Cast in Lebanon PA Bill and
Maynard from Effort Foundry in Bath PA my boy Robert Haldeman (shock the world)
with Car-Tech in Reading PA and Andrew and Ken who worked for Dr Voigt as
undergraduates and lent helping hands when they could
Next due to my limited computer literacy and my difficulty with coding I have to
thank the following Brandon Bocklund and Hongyeun Kim from Dr Luirsquos group (thanks
for the Thermo-Calc help) And most importantlyhellip my dear friend fulltime MatSE
partner and part-time math tutor Nick Clarks
Finally most importantly my family Thank you for your endless love constant
support enduring patience and never-ending encouragement I love you
Chapter 1 Introduction
11 Project Overview
This research was conducted in hopes of creating a cast steel alloy with a
minimum nominal yield strength (YS) of 50 ksi (345 MPa) and a maximum carbon
equivalent (CEAWS D11) of 045 wt C for military and construction applications This
is in response to the recent transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable wrought
steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) highly weldable wrought steels It is desired that complex
shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded into place to
expedite construction processes The CE limit will ensure a high weldability and prevent
preheating requirements for welding purposes A primary goal is creating an alloy that
can be readily cast at any steel foundry in the United States This implies simple
chemistries not requiring special furnaces or abnormal heat treatments to attain
mechanical properties Foundries often find difficulty with targeting chemistries
accurately thus detailed heat-treating protocols will be designed so a corrective heat
treatment can be performed by the foundry to correct variance with chemistry
Cast steels are not afforded the luxury of receiving strengthening and defect
correction from thermomechanical deformation as are wrought steels Therefore
mechanical properties of the cast steel developed will be influenced solely from
chemistry and heat treatments Additionally casting defects that otherwise could be
deformed out of a wrought steel will often remain with the casting There are multiple
advantages to using cast steels that justify the metallurgical hurdles such as cost savings
because of fewer production steps The strength of 50 ksi (345 MPa) will be reached by
- 2 -
developing a High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) steel This effectively uses microalloying
additions such as vanadium to refine strengthen and toughen the ferrite matrix while
maintaining a high weldability1
Finally since there are no current existing standards or codes for a 50 ksi (345
MPA) YS cast steel with CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE an attempt will be made to
establish composition ranges and heat-treating directions in a current American Society
for Testing of Materials (ASTM) Standard The newly developed material grade will
mimic an already existing wrought or cast standard such that it is compatible with
wrought steels with similar performance To enable the goal of casting the steel into its
final form and assembling via welding to come to fruition the cast steel must also be
introduced into the AWS D11 Structural Code for Steel
12 Metals Casting Background
Metals casting in the most generalized definition is the act of pouring molten
metal into a shaped mold such that upon solidification the metal retains the shape of the
mold in which it was poured In reality there are many mechanisms and unseen forces at
work during the melting pouring and solidification of a metal The art and science of
metals casting has its roots traced back to antiquity and it has been an ever-evolving
process ever since its inception Ancient metallurgists did not possess an extensive
knowledge of metallurgy thermodynamics kinetics fluid dynamics and heat transfer
however expertise in these areas are essential for modern metal casting facilities to be
competitive efficient and successful2
- 3 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production
The metallurgists of antiquity were only able to utilize seven metals copper lead
silver mercury tin iron and gold all but tin being in an elemental form Ancient
metallurgist called ldquoalchemistsrdquo at the time were first able to use elemental gold in
approximately 5000 BC3 Iron smiths at the time of approximately 1200 BC were able to
produce tools and weapons from iron and steel Surprisingly this was before technology
allowed for the melting of iron Metallurgists of this time period were aware that if iron
ore was heated with charcoal strength improved This is because carbon reduces the iron
ore into iron Consequently carbon migrated its way into the crystal of iron through solid
state diffusion and it increased the strength Then blacksmiths forged this primitive
version of steel into desired shapes which unknown to them also helped the mechanical
properties while creating a wrought iron34
Cast iron was first melted in the seventeenth century when coal replaced charcoal
in the smelting of iron because of the higher temperatures that were enabled by the coal
Cast iron due to its eutectic point at 41 wt C has a lower melting point as observed
in Figure 13 and was melted over a century before steel Metallurgists of the time soon
discovered that the cast iron was very brittle and efforts were made to remove some of
the carbon in the cast iron to decrease its brittleness Carbon was oxidized out of the cast
iron and wrought iron was created3
Even though steel has been used by peoples for over 3000 years similar to iron
the technology was not available to create steel in the modern sense until about 1740 AD
In 1856 Henry Bessemer created the process by which modern steel is produced The
ldquoBessemer Processrdquo forces heated air into the molten pig iron to initiate decarburization
- 4 -
This oxidized the carbon resulting in CO2 production and a reduction in the amount of
carbon content in the melt Now the remaining metal can be shape casted or cast as steel
into ingots and then forged into shapes3
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World
Today even though the principles of melting metals are unchanged the
metallurgy knowledge would be unrecognizable to a metallurgist of antiquity Metallurgy
in the past was utilitarian and even a poorly casted bronze tool was better than one made
of wood so improvement was easy to achieve Contemporary metallurgists have strict
requirements to follow and their products are met with a high demand for excellence by
consumers who require failure-free parts delivered at a competitive price Metallurgical
engineering of today focuses on producing lighter-weight materials to reduce the overall
weight of a system while obtaining optimal strength and performance levels without
sacrificing safety The reduced weight of an entire system will limit raw materials
consumed energy during production shipping costs while increasing fuel economy in a
progressively environmentally conscience world
1221 Contemporary Furnaces
In conjunction with advanced engineering teams the modern castings world
utilizes state-of-the-art furnaces to efficiently produce metals as pure and clean as
possible The furnace used is dependent upon type of metal produced desired tonnage of
metal production and the facility layout
Large modern steel facilities producing virgin steel ie do not re-melt scrap often
require two different furnaces First pig iron must be created in a blast furnace Iron ore
- 5 -
coke and lime are added to the blast furnace and hot air is forced into the furnace Coke
behaves as a reducing agent to iron ore producing what is known as pig iron which is a
high carbon content steel Additionally lime has an affinity for impurities and will bond
with them resulting in a slag compound less dense than molten pig iron Consequently it
floats to the top of the melt where it can be removed Next the pig iron is poured into
pigs In these holding vessels the pig iron will solidify be transported and await re-melt
in a Basic Oxygen Furnace A Basic Oxygen Furnace is a modern version of the
Bessemer Converter such that the molten pig iron is oxidized to reduce carbon and
impurities exothermically to produce steel45
Steel can also be created from scrap while being melted in Electric Arc Furnaces
which are the most common furnace used in todayrsquos iron and steel foundries They
provide better metallurgical control and are nearly emissions free The process for
melting in an Electric Arc Furnace is as follows A charge of scrap metal is loaded into
the furnace which is refractory lined with a high voltage coil surrounding the outer
refractory This coil produces a magnetic field inducing eddy currents in the metal such
that the inherent electrical resistance of the metal creates heat Given time the melting
temperature is reached Once the metal is in its liquid state the induction along with
buoyancy driven flow create currents inside the melt that encourage mixing of alloying
elements This type of furnace is scalable and it can be used to melt ferrous and non-
ferrous metals56
1222 Casting Techniques
Contemporary metals casting is completed in one of three ways continuous
casting ingot casting and shape-casting2
- 6 -
12221 Continuous Casting
Continuous casting is different from the other two forms of metals casting
because it is not a batch process It is normally performed in tandem with wrought
processing The process is as follows and a schematic can be observed in Figure 1
Molten metal from a furnace is transferred to a ladle which pours into a tundish The
tundish is a critical component to the continuous casting process because this
intermediate container enables a steady-state flow of molten metal to occur It drains
slowly into a highly thermally conductive mold of water-cooled copper while a crane
operator retrieves another ladle of molten metal The flow rate is timed perfectly such
upon exiting the copper mold the steel already has a solidified outer shell in the desired
shape of the slab that will be sold It continues on this line to a sizing mill where the slab
can be thermomechanically deformed to a more exact dimension2
- 7 -
Figure 1 Continuous casting process from start to finish Observe that it is not a batch process The entire
process will seamlessly transition via conveyor system such that from liquid metal to finished slab it is
continuous Over 75 percent of steel is created by this process2
12222 Ingot Casting
Most modern steel is manufactured via continuous casting methods however
ingot casting was the original primary method for raw steel production Currently ingot
casting has its niche in producing specialty steels tool steels re-melted steels and steels
for forging Ingots are created by pouring molten steel from a ladle into large ingot
molds Consequently ingots have high specific heat capacities resulting in extended
solidification times This leads to a broad array of microstructures within the ingot The
kinetics of casting solidification and its influence on microstructure will be discussed
extensively later However thermomechanical deformation additional processing and
subsequent heat treatments remedy the microstructural issues in ingots7
- 8 -
12223 Shape Casting
Ingot casting (as-casted) and continuous casting are severely limited in their
capable casting geometries Therefore shape casting is often the production method
chosen for any complex shape or any metal not sold as slab or bulk piece destined for
thermomechanical deformation This process is metal casting in the most traditional
sense such that the metal is casted directly into the final desired shape Once solidified
the microstructure can only be refined by heat treatment because a casting is not
subjected to any wrought processing such as forging as are ingots and slabs produced
via continuous casting2
All contemporary shape casting can be divided into two primary mold types
Expendable and Permanent Metal each with many sub-groups The hierarchy of this
system can be summarized in Figure 2 Although it is possible to produce the same end-
result with multiple casting methods the advantages and disadvantages must be
considered by the metallurgist to decide which method is most appropriate for each
situation In this report special interest will be devoted to discussion on the green sand-
casting process which is a specific sub-set of expendable molds The cast steel samples
for this project were produced exclusively via green sand casting therefore it is
important to have a comprehensive understanding of green sand casting28
- 9 -
Figure 2 Hierarchy chart of the many sub-sets of shape casting It splits from expendable mold and metal
(permanent) mold into many specific types of molds each with their own niche use The permanent mold
side is comprised mostly of the multiple variations of die casting while expendable molds are dominantly
sand molds Sand molds require much attention because of their implementation of cores and the multiple
ways to cure sand8
122231 Green Sand Casting
Expendable molds are not reusable the most common type of expendable mold
shape casting is green sand casting Other common methods of expendable mold shape
castings are lost foam and investment castings The following will be a summary of the
typical green sand molding process used by steel foundries Green sand casting is the
most basic and common type of shape casting method utilized today and accounts for
almost 75 of all shape casted metal Green sand casting utilizes pattern and mold
materials that are inexpensive cost-effective at high production rates and can be used for
ferrous and non-ferrous metals There are also disadvantages to using green sand casting
a new sand mold needs to be created for each casting the dimensional accuracy is not as
exact as for permanent molds and the entire green sand system introduces substantial
- 10 -
variation into the process and must be constantly monitored Additionally an engineering
team is needed to design the pattern which includes the gating risers chills and cores89
The primary ingredient in green sand mold material is sand however green sand
requires clay water seacoal and other additions to obtain properties conducive for ideal
metals casting The clay normally a southern or western bentonite or blend of both
behaves as a binder when mixed properly with water It binds to the sand enabling the
sand to retain its shape and provides strength such that the mold can support the weight of
liquid metal Seacoal is a biproduct of bituminous coal and behaves as a carbonaceous
material (reducing agent) Its addition will improve the surface finish of the casted metal
ie it will not be oxidized8910
A description of the typical green sand mold is as follows The mold itself is
always two-piece In horizontal green sand mold casting the upper-part of the mold is
called the cope and the lower-part of the mold is called the drag these two will meet at a
parting joint During the molding process the cope and drag will receive imprints on
their mating side from the pattern The pattern imprints the negative-space of the desired
part on the cope and drag such that any volume of the mold that is not sand will be filled
with metal Sand is compacted around the pattern thus filling the cope and the drag
Next the pattern is removed and the cope and drag are placed together again a flask is
necessary to ensure that the cope and drag remain aligned A schematic of the entire mold
and its parts can be observed in Figure 3 and a flow chart of its assembly is illustrated in
Figure 4 The assembly process must happen seamlessly in a production facility8910
The actual pattern itself is more complex than just the negative-space of the
desired part it must include liquid metal passageways In every green sand mold there is
- 11 -
a sprue which is the fill-hole through the cope where the molten metal can be poured
Liquid metal pathways called gates extend from the sprue and direct the liquid metal to
the casting itself Solidification defects predominantly exist in the last part of the casting
system that solidifies Effort is taken during design to ensure that the casting itself will
not solidify last A sacrificial riser is implemented into the system such that it becomes
the last to solidify and in theory should contain most of the systemrsquos solidification
defects The riser and the rest of the gating system which also includes the sprue and
gates will be removed from the casting later in the process A good design for the system
is to have the sprue opposite the riser such that directional solidification occurs to further
ensure that the riser is the last part to solidify8911
Figure 3 A typical horizontal green sand mold It should be observed that the riser is opposite of the sprue
This is to encourage directional solidification such that the riser is the last part of the mold to solidify This
helps to prevent solidification defects from forming inside the casting Often there is a need to apply mold
weights to the top of the mold to prevent the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid metal from pushing its way
through the parting joint This will be dependent upon the mold and the geometry and size of the casting10
- 12 -
Figure 4 Flow chart of the green sand molding and casting process for a part from its inception as the
mechanical drawing to the final casting that is ready for shipment to the customer This illustrates a manual
horizontal green sand molding process but the concept will always be similar In a high-production facility
a vertical molding system is sometimes used such that each cope is also a drag to the next part ie each
mold is double-sided such that it becomes a continuous line of molds that gets poured9
There are certain green sand castings that require additional attention Sometimes
implementation of a riser is not enough to ensure that complete solidification of the
casting occurs before all metal in the system is solidified In certain cases a chill may
need added during the molding process A chill is a piece of metal with appropriate
chemistry that is strategically placed inside the casting It behaves as an ldquoice cuberdquo to the
molten metal such that when the molten metal comes into contact with the chill it cools
the metal faster9
Green sand molding can also get more complex when a core is needed A core is
used to produce a cavity inside of the mold itself The core is also made of sand
however a green sand process is not normally utilized in its production but rather a resin
- 13 -
bonded sand This is because resin bonded sands are much more strongly bonded The
sand grains are coated with a resin that is either gas-catalyzed liquid-catalyzed or heat-
catalyzed These processes are colloquially known as core box no-bake and shell
process respectively The core needs to be placed inside of the mold prior to the
assembly of the cope to the drag911
In a production facility the sand molding system is on a conveyor such that one
mold follows the other All of the aforementioned steps happen in succession After the
mold is poured the next one in line pushes the already-poured molds farther down the
line This allows the mold ample time to cool At the end of this line the mold is dumped
onto another conveyor system to begin shake-out which begins the sand reclamation
process and recovery of the metal part Shake-out consists of tumblers and spring
conveyor systems that utilize resonance to break apart the mold separating the sand from
the casting The ldquocastingrdquo at this point includes the casting itself and the entire gating
system that is still attached gates risers and sprue9
Heat from the molten metal will dry and burn-out the clay surrounding the
casting This makes the mold disintegrate much easier The strength of the mold after the
metal is poured is known as the dry strength The casting continues through shake-out
where it may finish cooling and then it goes to the grinding room The casting at the time
of shake-out may still be at an elevated temperature because sand is insulative Slow
cooling for sand molds needs consideration because it influences the mechanical
properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo metal In the grinding room the sprue gating system and
risers are removed from the casting such that it can assume its final form Depending on
the toughness of the metal casted some of the gating system may be broken off during
- 14 -
shake-out but attention in the grinding room is always required Fig 5 illustrates the
shake-out process9
Figure 5 A typical shakeout system in a green sand mold metal casting facility The complete mold enters
the rotating drum from the left The sand subsequently breaks apart freeing the casting Depending on the
facilityrsquos machinery the finer clumps of sand fall through the rotating drum and get sent to reclamation
while the larger clumps and the complete casting move down the line The castings will enter tumblers
where ideally some gating and risers will break apart from the casting This is also dependent upon the
metal casted For example a gray iron gating system is more apt to breaking apart in the tumbling drum
than a ductile iron gating system This conveyor leads to the final line where workers separate the castings
Then the castings move to grinding room where the gating systems will be removed and the part will be
finished9
After the sand is separated from the casting in shake-out it is sent to sand
reclamation and recovery The pouring and shake-out processes are detrimental to the
sand grains which are slowly broken down into finer grains The first step in the
recovery system is to remove fines which are sand grains that have eroded beyond the
point of re-use Next because sand is a good insulator and has a high specific heat
capacity it must be cooled Cooling is normally done by pouring water over the sand
while on conveyor transport to the muller This is better understood with Figure 6 which
is a diagram of the cooling process The muller is the mixing machine where clay water
seacoal and other additives for the green sand mixture are combined This prepares fresh
green sand which is monitored by the on-site laboratory ensuring it is prepared
consistently When the fresh green sand meets laboratory approval it enter into the
molding machines to begin the process over again9
- 15 -
Figure 6 Cooling the sand as soon as possible is paramount for maintaining a healthy sand system This
ensures that sand is not too hot by the time it re-enters the muller This illustration is of a typical sand
cooler 1) The entry from hot shakeout 2) The rifling of the drum makes the sand cascade as the drum
rotates this accelerates cooling 3) Sand of the acceptable size falls through this grate where it falls to the
next screen 4) This screen discharges the acceptable sized sand to a conveyor where it will head to the
muller 5) Sand cores remain and other sand that did not dissociate will be removed through this area where
it will be discarded9
There is as much knowledge and effort dedicated to maintaining an efficient sand
system as there is to the metallurgy of the metal In fact a quality sand system is essential
in the production of quality green sand casted metal The foundryrsquos laboratory will need
to continually monitor clay percentages percentage of fines remaining in the sand
compactability of the green sand pH of the system and other factors9 The facility must
also consider seasonal effects on the sand For example sand will cool faster in the
winter than in the heat of summer9
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting
Permanent mold casting as the name implies utilizes a permanent reusable metal
mold The molten metal can be fed to the molds in a variety of ways gravity fed vacuum
- 16 -
fed or pressure fed Permanent metal molds are known for their very high initial cost
however when production numbers are high they become more cost-effective A
common form of permanent mold casting is die-casting These processes produce high
dimensional accuracy and precision as well as fast cooling rates due to the high thermal
conductivity of the metal mold Fast cooling rates create a fine grain size and a refined
microstructure which is favorable for mechanical properties512
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World
The United States is currently one of the world leaders in metals casting with
1915 foundries and a nationwide output of 14 million tons of castings per year In 2017
the United States produced 97 million metric tons while China and India shipped 494
and 1206 million metric tons respectively Figure 7 which is a graph of the production
volumes of select metals is shown13
Figure 7 The number of castings of aluminum ductile iron investment cast steel gray iron and steel as a
function of year It can be observed that casting production has increased in recent years and according to
the American Foundry Society (AFS) industry growth is projected into the following years Aluminumrsquos
high strength-to-weight-ratio places the metal in high-demand13
- 17 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures
A quick overview of relevant steel phases and microstructures will be covered for
a comprehensive metallurgical presentation It should be understood that in steels a
ldquophaserdquo is only accurate vernacular when it can be seen on the Fe-C phase diagram
everything else is a microstructure For all of the following the phase diagram in Figure
13 should be a reference Additionally the microstructure of martensite will be more
appropriately discussed in substantial detail in Chapter 1852
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C)
Ferrite is the pure form of iron colloquially called ldquoalpha-ironrdquo it exists in a
Body Centered Cubic (BCC) structure below temperatures of 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Its BCC
structure is only capable of handling 002 wt C in a solid solution once this limit is
exceeded carbon will create a second phase in the form of intermetallic cementite
(Fe3C) Cementite is characteristically hard and brittle but in small amounts it is a useful
strengthener to steel because α-Fe by itself is too weak to be structural14
132 Austenite (γ-Fe)
Austenite is the stable phase of ferrite that dominates the Fe-C phase diagram
above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Austenite with its Face Centered Cubic (FCC) structure is
capable of holding up to 21 wt C in a solid solution This region is important because
it is the starting point for common steel heat treatments If a Fe-C composition passes
through this region on the Fe-C phase diagram upon heating or cooling the Fe-C is
considered a form of steel If the carbon content exceeds the austenite carbon solubility
range then the Fe-C alloy is considered a form of cast iron14
- 18 -
Figure 8 Partial Fe-C phase diagram depicting the eutectoid composition (077 wt C) cooling from the
austenite region Notice how there is a sharp transition from the austenite grains to the pearlite lamellar
structure there is no cooling through a binary region of α+γ or γ+Fe3C 15
133 Pearlite
Pearlite is a microstructure not a phase however pearlite will commonly form in
the α+Fe3C region of the phase diagram given proper cooling Pearlite can only form
when a steel cools from the austenite region and it has a characteristic lamellar structure
that alternates between colonies of α-Fe and Fe3C The size and spacing of these lamellar
is dictated by cooling rates and composition A fast cooling rate will produce fine pearlite
and a slow cooling rate will produce coarse pearlite At modest cooling rates 077 wt
C the microstructure will be 100 percent pearlite because this is the eutectoid
composition of steel which does not cool through other proeutectoid ferrite or
proeutectoid cementite zones on the phase diagram If the composition of carbon is less
or more than 077 wt then it is known as either a hypoeutectoid or hypereutectoid
- 19 -
alloy respectively Upon cooling at a modest rate a hypoeutectoid alloy will form
proeutectoid ferrite and pearlite and a hypereutectoid alloy will form proeutectoid
cementite Figure 8-10 are partial Fe-C phase diagrams displaying the differences
between 100 percent pearlite hypoeutectoid (proeutectoid ferrite) and hypereutectoid
(proeutectoid cementite) respectively The microstructures displayed are assuming that a
modest cooling rate was observed ie no quench1415
Figure 9 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypoeutectoid alloy (less
than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region There is not a sharp transition between austenite
grains and pearlite but rather a solidification range through the α+γ region of the phase diagram First
proeutectoid ferrite will form at the triple points and grain boundaries Upon further cooling deeper in this
region the proeutectoid ferrite will continue to grow until cooling below the A1 temperature Once this
happens pearlite will begin to form its lamellar structure along all areas that are still austenite not
proeutectoid ferrite15
- 20 -
Figure 10 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypereutectoid alloy
(greater than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region Proeutectoid cementite is formed similarly to
proeutectoid ferrite Proeutectoid cementite can have an embrittling effect on the mechanical properties of
steels and is sometimes avoided15
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels
To fully appreciate the scope of this project and understand the science at work in
steel castings versus wrought steel products it is imperative to have a comprehensive
knowledge of the strengthening mechanisms used in steels The strength of low alloy
steels can be increased in the following ways higher carbon content ferrite grain
refinement addition of alloying elements that are solid solution strengtheners addition of
alloying elements capable of precipitation hardening and formation and locking of
dislocations Unfortunately increases of metalrsquos strength are normally associated with a
- 21 -
loss of toughness and it commonly becomes a metallurgical compromise between
strength and toughness1
141 Increasing C Content
Increasing the carbon content increases steelrsquos strength for two reasons The first
reason is because it enters the octahedral and tetrahedral sites in both the BCC structure
of α-Fe and the FCC structure of γ-Fe Each C atom fits snugly into the interstitial ferrite
lattice sites and induces strain fields which make slip (plastic deformation) more
difficult The location of the carbon atom interstitials in the BCC lattice and FCC lattice
are illustrated in Figures 11 and 12 respectively The solubility limit of carbon in the
BCC α-Fe phase is reached at 002 wt C due to interstitial size restraints The radius
of C is ~07 Å and the largest interstice in α-Fe is the tetrahedral site with a radius of
035 Å After this solubility point is exceeded the intermetallic compound of iron
carbide or cementite (Fe3C) is precipitated out of solution The precipitation of this
carbide into the matrix is the second reason why carbon content increases strength These
different phases and microstructures can be observed in Figure 13 which is the Fe-C
phase diagram Even though it is commonly called the Fe-C phase diagram when it
depicts cementite as a thermodynamically stable phase it is incorrect Given infinite
time metastable cementite will convert to its lowest energy state at room temperature
which is graphite However in industry and often times in academia when one mentions
the Fe-C phase diagram they generally mean carbon in the form of cementite because it
is more practical151617
- 22 -
Figure 11 Interstitial sites where carbon migrates to in the BCC structure of α-Fe below the A1
temperature transition line where the BCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume
these respective interstitial positions up to 002 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the BCC structure is the
tetrahedral site with a radius of 035 Å16
The FCC lattice of austenite (γ-Fe) which is thermodynamically stable above the
A1 temperature can accommodate up to ~21 wt C in a solid solution without needing
to precipitate out carbon as cementite The A1 temperature line is depicted on the partial
Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 15 and is 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)18 The FCC lattice can
accommodate more carbon than the BCC lattice because the interstitial sites are larger Its
largest being the octahedral site which has a radius of 052 Å Both the BCC and FCC
lattices have to strain to accommodate carbon interstitials because the carbon atomic
radius is larger than either of the biggest interstitial sites Counterintuitively the diffusion
rates of carbon is faster in the BCC lattice because it has more open channels despite
being the low temperature allotrope and having smaller interstitial spaces16
- 23 -
Figure 12 Interstitial sites where carbon atoms migrate to in the FCC structure of γ-Fe above the A1 phase
transition temperature where the FCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume these
interstitial positions in the FCC lattice up to ~21 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the FCC structure is the
octahedral site with a radius of 052 Å16
Figure 13 The standard iron-carbon phase diagram of temperature as a function of wt C It can be
observed from this phase diagram that the solubility limit of carbon in α-Fe is 002 wt C Given infinite
time the carbon depicted in the phase diagram will be in the thermodynamically stable form of graphite
however in normal steel production the carbon in the binary region is in its intermetallic metastable form
of cementite (Fe3C) There are certain heat treatments and certain cast iron processes that do produce
carbon in its graphite form however the distinction is not normally made from the diagram itself17
- 24 -
An over-abundance of carbon will make a steel brittle because it becomes overly
hard at the expense of ductility Additionally carbon increases the steelrsquos hardenability
which is defined as the steelrsquos ability to form martensite It should be noted that the
ultimate martensite hardness for a steel is a function of its carbon content alone Steels
with a high hardenability often require a pre-heat before welding to slow the cooling rate
such that martensite does not form A high carbon content also increases the ductile-to-
brittle transition temperature (DBTT) for steels A high DBTT makes a steel more
susceptible to catastrophic failures at low temperatures Hardenability will be discussed
in greater detail in Chapter 1851 which differentiates hardness and hardneability11920
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains
Refinement of ferrite grains can increase the strength of steels and can be
accomplished through various means In general a fine grain size increases yield strength
and ductility simultaneously Grain refinement is the only mechanism that can both
increase strength and toughness12122 This is commonly accomplished via a faster
cooling from above the A1 transition temperature during heat treating or initial cooling
Solid solution strengtheners or dispersed microalloy particles that are present before a
phase change may act as a heterogeneous nucleation site for a grain or mechanical
deformation can contribute to grain refinement211923
Faster cooling rates as seen with a normalizing heat treatment compared to a
furnace anneal encourage grain refinement because there is less time for the grain to
reach its lowest energy state which is a sphere without the presence of grain boundaries
because grain boundaries are a surface with a free-energy The kinetics involved in all
steel making do not provide sufficient time at a specific elevated temperature for a grain
- 25 -
to achieve its lowest possible energy state However longer durations at elevated
temperature will allow the grain to reduce its surface-area-to-volume-ratio This means
less grain boundaries and a coarser grain structure Faster cooling rates do not give
sufficient time for much free-energy reduction to occur and small grains limited by
kinetics are not able to grow into large grains Since small grains inherently have more
grain boundaries they are stronger because a grain boundary will interrupt slip
mechanisms due to the different orientations between grains at this interface1 However
more grain boundaries will increase diffusion along their boundaries which can increase
creep rates particularly Coble creep124
Finer ferrite grains can be obtained by other mechanisms that either work in
tandem with accelerated cooling rates or unaccompanied Increasing the number of
nucleation sites for grains will yield finer grains More nucleation sites will initiate more
simultaneous grain growth which limits overall size grain size because grains will
impede each otherrsquos growth The concept of seeding nucleation sites with inoculants is
known as heterogenous nucleation and it occurs in metals when a solute particle becomes
the nucleus of the solidifying phase These solute particles are often solid solution
strengtheners or dispersed microalloy elements such as vanadium with a higher melting
temperature than the ferrite grains Each of these nuclei will grow into a grain The ldquoas-
solidifiedrdquo grain size has an inverse relationship to the amount of heterogenous
nucleation sites ie more nucleation sites equate to a finer grain size21
The prior-austenite grain size will affect the ferrite grain size as well Prior-
austenite grains are formed in the FCC (austenite) phase of steel above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)
Like ferrite grains austenite grains increase in size with time and temperature Then
- 26 -
upon cooling below the A1 temperature ferrite grains will nucleate on the transforming
prior-austenite grain boundaries which have become heterogeneous nucleation sites
Therefore the smaller the prior-austenite grains the finer the resulting ferrite grains
because of more heterogeneous nucleation sites25 Prior-austenite grains can possess high
energy from being strained but not recovered This increases the driving force for more
ferrite grains to form simultaneously (resulting in a smaller grain size) because the
strained prior-austenite grains want recovery (strain-relief) and a phase change will
suffice26
The relationship between yield strength and grain size was first researched by
Hall and Petch The Hall-Petch Equation displayed in Equation 1 represents the inverse
relationship between grain size and yield strength when σy is the lower yield stress σi is
the friction stress Ky is the strengthening coefficient and d is the grain size This relation
exists because the grain boundary stops the slip plane which will help to arrest
dislocation motion The more grain boundaries that are present in a material will increase
the amount of energy needed to continue to propagate a dislocation23
120590119884 = 120590119894 + 119870119910119889minus1
2 Eq 1
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements
Elements that form a solid solution with ferrite must have a similar size and
electronic structure to iron ie will not form carbides or nitrides Carbon and nitrogen are
potent interstitial solid solution strengtheners present in every steel They are in solid
solution to a certain solubility limit at which point they will precipitate out as a second
phase For example the solubility limit of carbon in iron is 002 wt C Solid solution
- 27 -
strengtheners have two primary jobs grain refinement and initiating strain fields to
reduce the ease of plastic deformation Solid solution strengtheners refine grains because
they can provide a heterogeneous nucleation site for grain growth to occur if they are
solid before the dominant solidifying phase Solid solution strengtheners also initiate
strain fields similar to the way carbon strengthens steel as an interstitial Any size
difference in the radii of alloying elements creates a lattice strain which makes slip more
difficult Figure 14 presents the yield strength effect of common solid solution
strengtheners as a function of element percent123
Figure 14 Yield strength as a function of element percent for common solid solution strengtheners It can
be observed that the highest yield strengths are achieved by using carbon and nitrogen which are interstitial
solid solution elements Phosphorus is a potent substitutional solid solution strengthener that exchanges
positions iron atoms in the matrix This finite difference in size creates a strain in the lattice such that a
strengthening effect is seen because this strain impedes dislocation motion Other elements such as nickel
and aluminum have a negligible effect1
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements
Precipitation hardening also known as secondary hardening or age hardening is
the primary strengthening mechanism in non-ferrous alloys Plain carbon steels cannot
- 28 -
take advantage of precipitation hardening because of the limited solubility of carbon in
the α-Fe phase However steels alloyed with vanadium niobium titanium and a select
few other elements can precipitation harden because these elements have a high affinity
for carbon and have an overwhelming tendency to form complex carbides nitrides and
carbonitrides instead of Fe3C Precipitation hardening generally requires a two-step heat
treating process The elements are solutionized during an initial heating called
austenitizing and then the steel is rapidly cooled to trap these elements into a
supersaturated solid solution Subsequently the system is aged to precipitate out these
elements as a second phase which greatly increases the strength levels The diffusion and
mechanisms of this process will be discussed in great detail later as precipitation
hardening is the primary strengthener in High-Strength-Low-Alloy (HSLA) steels1
145 Formation of Dislocations
Dislocations are a crystallographic line defect that is a linear discontinuity in the
periodicity of the crystal Dislocation motion is the mechanism for slip which is plastic
deformation Alternatively it can be visualized as dislocations being created in a metal
whenever plastic deformation occurs All dislocations need a shear stress component in
order for them to propagate Metals are strengthened when dislocation motion is
impeded whether by grain boundaries alloying elements or other dislocations (assuming
that a metal can undergo plastic deformation without catastrophic failure) When steel is
plastically deformed below its recrystallization temperature dislocations will not anneal
away and they will remain inside of the microstructure The strength increase comes from
dislocation motion being impeded by other dislocations because they cannot slide well
over one-another Thus slip is restricted Dislocations will anneal away above the
- 29 -
recrystallization temperature because the crystal has enough thermal energy to allow
relaxation into a lower energy state thereby lowering the kinetic barrier to the lowest
free-energy for that crystal Figure 32 illustrates the annealing temperatures and
recrystallization regime316182327
There are two types of dislocations possible edge and screw dislocations The
magnitude and direction that the shear stresses displace the atoms is represented by the
Burgers vector Edge and screw dislocations are illustrated in Figures 15 and 16
respectively163 Both are activated by shear stresses however they react differently to
solid solution strengtheners and interstitial atoms An edge dislocation which is an
incomplete plane of atoms in a crystal will respond to both shear and hydrostatic
components while a screw dislocation will only react to a shear component23 The
implications are that solid solution strengthening elements give a hydrostatic distortion in
the lattice and therefore only impede edge dislocations23 Interstitial atoms initiate both a
hydrostatic and shear stress because they are asymmetrical within each unit cell
therefore these can interact with both edge and screw dislocations3162223
Figure 15 The movement of an edge dislocation along a slip plane Notice how the dislocation moves
parallel to the slip plane The ldquoextra half-planerdquo of atoms slides in response to a shear stress This type of
dislocation can be thought of as either an extra half-plane of atoms inserted into the lattice or a missing
half-plane An edge dislocation is constrained to a single slip plane16
- 30 -
Figure 16 A screw dislocation Contrary to edge dislocations there are no atoms missing from a screw
dislocation Notice how the screw dislocation rotates around its dislocation line like a spiral staircase A
screw dislocation is not confined to a single slip plane like an edge dislocation it can re-orientate itself onto
a new slip plane3
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal
To completely understand this project it is important to discern the differences
between metal that was shape casted nearly into its final form and metal that was casted
and subsequently thermomechanically deformed Metals that undergo thermomechanical
deformation are known as wrought metals All metals except those produced via additive
manufacturing or powder metallurgy are cast at some point in their existence eg in the
form of an initial ingot However not all metals that are cast can easily undergo
thermomechanical deformation because of their propensity for crack formation
Additionally some metals due to their composition are highly castable and are used in
their cast form as opposed to being wrought processed2
- 31 -
151 Cast Metal
Cast metal is metal that experienced some sort of shape casting and is nearly in its
final form and will not undergo thermomechanical deformation Sometimes metals are
chosen to be shape cast because the desired metal for the job consequently casts well or
it can be that the final design of the part is too complex for forging and fabricating and
that powder metallurgy and additive manufacturing are not the best choices
The fact that cast metals do not undergo any type of thermomechanical
deformation can act as both an advantage and a disadvantage It can be an obvious
disadvantage because cast metals are not afforded the luxury of the strengthening
mechanism associated with dislocation motion impedance Therefore all casting
strengthening must be done with alloying and heat treating Cast steels can be very cost
effective because fewer steps in production of the final product will allow for larger profit
margins This cost savings can also be passed along to consumers1
The most extensively shape cast metal is cast iron the tonnage of all other shape
cast metals can be summed together and it still would not surpass the annual tonnage of
cast iron Cast iron despite the name has a higher carbon content than steel normally in
the range of 17 to 35 wt C According to Figure 13 the Fe-C phase diagram the
carbon content creates a eutectic point for cast iron at ~42 wt C Eutectic and near
eutectic compositions cast well because there is a sharp transition between liquid and
solid The more deviation in the carbon content there is from the eutectic point the
broader the solidifying temperature range Then transport phenomena will increasingly
influence properties This will be discussed more later in Chapter 163 Solidification
Dynamics of an Alloy2
- 32 -
152 Wrought Metal
Wrought metal is any metal subjected to some form of thermomechanical
deformation Thermomechanical deformation means deforming the material to
manipulate its dimensions which by nature of the process will achieve better mechanical
properties through dislocation entanglement Some interpretations of thermomechanical
deformation strictly demand strain aging processes (when dislocations are pinned by
carbon atoms during deformation) and the work hardening of austenite not be included in
definition28 While other sources strictly dissect thermomechanical deformation into
different regimes Class I being deformation below the austenite temperature Class II
deformation during the austenite transition and Class III deformation above the austenite
transition2229
16 Solidification Dynamics
Cast metals ingots included are subjected to a multitude of kinetic mechanisms
inherent with the process There are certain considerations to be realized temperature
gradient of heat flowing outward from the center of the casting solidification temperature
range of the particular alloy cast type of casting process and its inherent thermal
properties and the structure-property relationships
161 Nucleation Mechanisms
Solidification from a liquid phase requires a nucleation event so a new phase can
propagate The method of Nucleation and growth describes how a precipitate grain or
phase comes into existence starting with the origin of the phase through the nascent
- 33 -
growth period until full grain formation Nucleation and growth occurs with two
mechanisms homogeneous nucleation andor heterogeneous nucleation303132
Essentially both homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation mechanisms can be
divided into four stages of growth either for initial cooling from a melt or nucleation of
new grains after a solid-to-solid phase change Stage I is named the incubation period
because no stable particles have formed yet At this stage only microscopic clusters or
embryos exist and they are metastable These clusters are randomly distributed
throughout the meltmatrix and they begin to grow by agglomeration It is likely that
many will revert back into the meltmatrix This is because of their small size they
inherently have a high surface-to-volume ratio and are not stable However if the embryo
grows large enough it reaches a critical size such that it becomes thermodynamically
stable then it becomes a particle These particles are now permanent and will continue to
grow Nucleation continues with Stage II which is the quasi-steady-state nucleation
regime As the name implies embryos are transitioning into particles at a constant rate
This steady-state of transitioning continues until a saturation point is reached in Stage III
By Stage IV the number of new particles decreases because as the pre-existing particles
continue to grow they devour the smaller particles This process can be described in
Figure 17 Then after a stable nucleus is formed whether by homogeneous or
heterogeneous nucleation its growth rate is determined by the degree of undercooling the
system is subjected to and how easily the existing crystal structure accommodates the
new growth3132
- 34 -
Figure 17 Nucleation rate as a function of time There is a finite amount of time that passes before the first
embryos come into existence in Stage 1 In Stage II nucleation growth increases rapidly until it hits the
saturation point in Stage III The growth of new nuclei starts to decline when smaller nuclei fall victim to
larger nuclei that are cannibalistic Thus larger nuclei grow at the expense of smaller ones31
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation
This is the primary nucleation mechanism in a one-component system It also
occurs in alloy systems but is less dominant than heterogeneous nucleation In
homogeneous nucleation the embryos are uniformly distributed throughout the entire
parent material and by randomness of agglomeration they begin to grow at the expense
of one-another If the embryos grow to reach the critical size they obtain a stable surface-
area-to-volume ratio are thermodynamically stable and known as particles The Gibbs
free-energy transitions from positive to negative at this point when the activation energy
for nucleation is reached This relation can be illustrated in Figure 18 and summarized in
Eq 2 where ∆119866 is the Gibbs free energy 4
31205871199033 is the volume of the spherical nucleus
∆119866119907 is the free energy of the volume and 41205871199032120574 is the surface area of the nucleus30
∆119866 =4
31205871199033∆119866119907 + 41205871199032120574 Eq 2
- 35 -
Figure 18 Image depicting a mathematically idealized form of nuclei such that it has a perfect volume and
area represented by 4
3πr3 and 4πr2γ respectively Once the nuclei grow large enough it becomes
thermodynamically stable and it will not dematerialize unless it sacrifices itself for the growth of a larger
nuclei30
This phenomenon is readily observed during solidification It is more
energetically favorable (larger negative Gibbs free energy) for particles to form via
homogeneous nucleation when a greater undercooling is performed ie faster and more
dramatic cooling rate Undercooling is defined as the offset of the cooling temperature
below the equilibrium temperature of solidification When the system experiences a large
undercooling the nucleation rate increases and this forms many solid nuclei
simultaneously Therefore many nuclei are growing concurrently and the growth rates
soon reach a saturation point where growth is impeded by competing nuclei When fewer
nuclei are growing because of a small undercooling the nuclei grow larger before
impeding one-another This can all be summarized with the graph in Figure 19 but
essentially faster cooling rates procure finer grains and smaller undercooling will be
conducive for coarse grain formation3033
- 36 -
Figure 19 Gibbs free energy of a nuclei as a function of radius of the nuclei The temperature determines
the stable radius (r) It can be observed that a larger undercooling makes nuclei more thermodynamically
stable because it forces the nuclei out of solution more easily at temperatures farther away from the melting
temperature30
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation
Heterogeneous nucleation dominates in alloys over homogeneous nucleation
because of the insoluble particles present in the material behaving as nucleation sites
Other nucleation sites will include mold walls grain boundaries and dislocations The
pre-existing surface that initiates nucleation and growth consequently lowers the required
undercooling for heterogeneous nucleation by several hundred degrees centigrade
compared to homogenous nucleation For high heterogeneous nucleation rates upon mold
walls the liquid metal must wet the mold walls This means that the liquid phase
disperses evenly over the mold walls and does not form droplets Figure 20 is an
illustration of the wetting phenomenon and the required free-energies to make it
favorable303132
Heterogenous nucleation can be promoted through the addition of inoculants
which behave as nucleation sites These solid particles have higher melting temperatures
- 37 -
than the primary metal composition and they will either solidify first upon cooling or
precipitate out of solution before another phase change Then these heterogenous
nucleation sites that are distributed throughout the solidifying or phase-changing metal
will begin to grow larger eventually becoming grains As in homogeneous nucleation
faster cooling rates are characteristic of finer grain sizes303132
120574119868119871 = 120574119878119868 + 120574119878119871119888119900119904(120579) Eq 3
Figure 20 Diagram showing the ldquowettingrdquo action of a droplet on a surface 120574119868119871 is the liquid-solid
interfacial energy 120574119878119868 is the solid surface energy 120574119878119871 is the liquid surface energy and 120579 is the wetting
angle The lower this angle the more wettable the surface30
Figure 21 Nucleation rate growth rate and overall transformation rate of nucleation and the effect that
temperature has on all three It should be observed that growth rate and nucleation rate will hit an optimized
rate when the overall transformation rate is the highest30
- 38 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal
Solidification in pure metal casting will occur via two different mechanisms
planar growth and dendritic growth The creation of a solid phase from a liquid phase
requires energy expenditure ie a surface-energy associated with the liquid-solid
interface The energy required to produce a solid phase from the liquid phase is produced
from undercooling Planar growth will only exist in a turbulent-free and alloy-free
solidifying system because other mechanisms for solidification will dominate under other
conditions such as the presence of alloys Planar growth as the name implies is the
propagation of a solidifying plane throughout the melt There are areas of the melt that
will solidify ahead of this plane however the outward heat flux flowing from the
solidifying plane will cause re-melting This is caused by the latent heat-of-fusion ie the
heat radiating from the solidifying structure will make the liquid next to it hotter than the
rest of the melt This is described graphically in Figure 22 This enables the planar
interface to be maintained but only when slow cooling rates are recognized234
Figure 22 Temperature profile of a metal casting mold Particular interest should be focused on the area of
ldquotemperature increase due to latent heatrdquo because this is how planar solidification is able to re-melt
solidified areas of the casting and re-solidify as a plane The latent heat of solidification is the release of
heat energy at the solidification temperature so that the metal can solidify2
- 39 -
Dendrites are defined as ldquotree-shaped crystalsrdquo that grow and solidify along
crystallographic preferred directions and are the dominant form of non-planar front
solidification In BCC and FCC crystal structures the preferred crystallographic growth
direction is along the lt100gt orientation Dendritic growth unlike planar solidification is
present in both pure metals and alloys but the mechanism for dendritic growth is
different in both cases In pure metals dendrites form due to thermal supercooling which
occurs more predominantly with higher cooling rates Akin to the effects of latent heat-
of-fusion in planar growth the liquid next to solidifying dendrites is hotter than the rest
of the melt If the solidifying dendrite is catalyzed by any perturbations in the
solidification it will have the propensity to grow past this solidifying wall to the cooler
temperatures (just a few tenths of a degree) beyond areas experiencing the latent heat of
solidification This creates a ldquotree-likerdquo crystal This process repeats again but on a
smaller scale for secondary dendrite ldquoarmsrdquo growing off of the primary dendrite ldquoarmrdquo
that originally grew past the solidification front Figure 23 illustrates both primary and
secondary dendritic arms273536
Figure 23 The difference between primary and secondary dendritic arms Primary dendritic arms the first
dendrites that grow through the solidification front in a crystallographic preferred direction and secondary
dendritic arms are dendrites that sprout from the primary arms7
- 40 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy
In a pure metal the entire system is homogenous The system will have a
solidification point but in an alloy system the solidification will occur over a range of
temperatures except at eutectic points This introduces a new solidification mechanism
which is constitutional supercooling The first solid to form will have a different
composition than the last solid to form when cooling through a dual-phase region (α+L
region) of the phase diagram It should be noted that when cooling happens through a
eutectic point solidification occurs at one temperature This can all be understood more
clearly by observing the Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 13 As the temperature falls
through the cooling range in a dual-phase area the solidifying composition at that cooling
range can be found by drawing an isothermal tie-line to the solidus line on the phase
diagram The first solid matrix to form tends to be deplete of solute while the final
composition to solidify tends to be solute rich This phenomenon of compositional
supercooling is intensified by equilibrium cooling rates therefore a faster cooling rate
will help to reduce its effect These dual-phase regions colloquially called ldquomushy
zonesrdquo are depicted in Figure 24 The more cooling that occurs through one of these
regions increases the likelihood for defects associated with long dendrites and difficulty
feeding the solidifying shrinking metal with liquid metal 23436
Constitutional supercooling is the predominant mechanism for dendrite growth in
alloys however the mechanism of thermal supercooling is still active The solute that
drops out of solution will lower the solidification temperature of the liquid and act as a
starting point for dendritic growth and it makes dendritic growth more pronounced
Especially those that cool through large two-phase regions2
- 41 -
Figure 24 The consequences of different cooling paths as dictated by composition on the phase diagram It
is observed that the best fluidity comes from a single-phase composition and a eutectic composition
because these do not have a freezing range but a freezing point This lowest fluidity (highest viscosity) is
observed with compositions that require cooling paths through the thickest region of the dual-phase β+L
region This path is characteristic of the largest freezing range such that certain solutes are solidified out of
that specific composition while liquid still remains37
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting
Both pure metals and alloys are subject to different solidification zones in castings
due to solidification kinetics Pure metals will see two solidification zones the chill zone
and the columnar zone Alloys will experience those two zones in addition to a third
central equiaxed zone It should be kept in mind that the casting will solidify from the
inside out and heat flows from hot to cold2
1641 Chill Zone
This is region ldquoardquo in Figure 25 Liquid metal nearest the mold will experience the
fastest cooling rates due to large undercooling because the mold radiates heat away from
- 42 -
itself This effect is exacerbated in permanent metal molds with a high thermal
conductivity because the mold behaves as a heat sink that removes heat rapidly from the
solidifying metal However some molds are insulative (green sand molds) and the
amount of undercooling that the outside of the casting experiences will be minimized In
general the faster cooling rates experienced at the outside of the mold will combine with
the heterogeneous nucleation occurring at the mold wall to form fine equiaxed grains2
Figure 25 There are three different solidification zones in a typical casting a) Is the ldquochill zonerdquo this
microstructure is characteristic of fine equiaxed grains initiated via quick cooling rates seen on the outside
of the casting at the mold wall b) In the ldquocolumnar zonerdquo long grains grow because of less undercooling
additionally dendrites grow perpendicular to the mold walls which is the reason for the columnar
orientation c) The ldquocentral equiaxed zonerdquo is at the center of alloy castings These smaller equiaxed grains
are created by the combined effects of constitutional supercooling and the heat gradients flowing outward
from the center
1642 Columnar Zone
The mold walls rapidly heat up and the degree of thermal undercooling will soon
start to diminish as solidification continues This happens in the moments after the chill
zone is formed The nucleation rates decrease inside the liquid metal adjacent to the chill
zone When there are fewer nucleation sites mixed with a slow cooling rate coarse grains
- 43 -
growth will dominate This area becomes known as the columnar zone because dendrites
and grains will grow perpendicular to the mold walls The large columnar grain
boundaries have a propensity to contain embrittling impurities and porosity which
degrades the mechanical properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo material Hence the reason
thermomechanical deformation is commonly used as a post-processing step after casting
for non-shape-cast metals Deformation will break apart the continuity of the inclusions
thus reducing the embrittlement However there are ways to improve the as-casted
microstructure in this region Grain refiners (inoculants) can be added to the melt As the
name implies these refine the grain size in the columnar zone and reduce grain sizes
These inoculants solidify before the parent material of the melt and behave as another
heterogeneous nucleation site therefore creating more nucleation that will grow
simultaneously This enables the system to reach its saturation point sooner and this
yields smaller grains2
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone
This zone is only present in alloys due to the combined effects of the
constitutionally supercooled regions from the mold walls converging at the center of the
casting and the temperature gradient flowing outward form the castingrsquos center thus
creating a large undercooling effect at the center of the casting The large undercooling
both from constitutional and thermal effects yield high nucleation rates which create
fine equiaxed grains Another effect that commonly contributes to a pronounced central
equiaxed zone is buoyancy-driven convection flow in the solidifying melt This has the
capacity to break-off already solidified dendrites and transport them around the
circulating melt These broken dendritic arms act as another heterogenous nucleation site
- 44 -
within the melt Melt circulation and convection of the liquid metal can also be
artificially induced with ultrasonic vibrations or alternating magnetic fields2
17 Solidification Defects
There are five primary defects that can occur in castings because of solidification
mechanisms and they are more pronounced in alloys due to constitutional supercooling
The five primary defects are macroporosity macrosegregation microporosity
microsegregation and gas porosity Defects are combated in different ways however
most commonly is with implementation of a riser which will solidify last and contain
most defects2
171 Macroporosity
Macroporosity formation in the casting is caused by shrinking of the metal as it
cools and the inability of fresh liquid metal to fill in the void The last part of the casting
system to solidify is subject to macroporosity because no liquid metal remains to fill in
voids created by the solidification shrinkage The mechanisms that contribute to
macroporosity are liquid shrinkage solidification shrinkage and solid shrinkage which
can be summarized graphically in Figure 26 Nearly all materials whether in their liquid
solid or gas state experience a volume expansion associated with heating and a volume
decrease associated with cooling The shrinking volume of the liquid during cooling is a
nonissue when there is more liquid metal available to replenish the volume An issue
develops because there is a shrinkage associated with the transition from a liquid to a
smaller volume crystal Additionally the casting will experience further shrinkage due to
- 45 -
the thermal expansion coefficient of the solid metal that will be active from the
solidification temperature to room temperature2
Macroporosity can be combated with the addition of risers chills and insulation
placed in key areas to ensure that the casting itself is not the last to solidify Ideally the
casting will directionally solidify towards the riser such that the riser is the last part to
solidify and that it can continue to feed the shrinking casting with its remaining liquid
metal Figure 27 illustrates the macroporosity solidification defect that forms at the top of
the riser known as a pipe2
Figure 26 Volume of metal in different phases as a function of temperature Most materials shrink as they
are cooled due to the mean vibration distances decreasing because there is less thermal energy in the
bonding There is an exceptional decrease in the volume of metal during solidification shrinkage due to the
formation of the crystal structures which is ordered2
- 46 -
Figure 27 Solidifying metal will shrink this shows how a pipe forms in a cube sand casting It will begin
by forming a solidified skin on top at the mold-casting interface which isolates this section from the rest of
the casting that is still liquid Thus liquid metal cannot replenish this void2
172 Macrosegregation
The last part of the actual casting to solidify not including the riser will be at the
centerline of the thickest mass section When an alloy solidifies unless it is a eutectic
composition it will solidify over a temperature range The exact composition solidifying
is represented by an isothermal line drawn from the alloyrsquos composition line (C0) to the
solidus line this can be best illustrated with Figure 28 This solidification range creates
solute migration because the first part of the casting to solidify will be solute poor and the
last part of the casting to solidify will be solute rich Macrosegregation can be combated
by a faster solidification rate so that there is not time allowed for solute migration Heat
treating the casting will also help reduce the segregation after the casting is solidified
however solid state diffusion rates are substantially slower than diffusion rates in the
liquid238
- 47 -
Figure 28 This is an example of a two-phase solidification region where solidification happens over a
range of temperatures The lever rule can be used to determine specific composition of the solute falling out
of solution at any point in time below the liquidus line38
173 Microporosity
Solidification shrinkage will also cause microporosity When the casting is
solidifying it is common for the dendrites to grow into one-another such that they
impede liquid metal flow in the inner-dendritic region Then solidification shrinkage
occurs within the dendritic region and since liquid metal is not available to replenish the
shrinking volume a micropore will form Figure 29 provides an illustration of this
phenomenon Microporosity is exacerbated by alloys that solidify through a larger two-
phase region because these have a higher propensity for form dendrites due to the larger
freezing range This defect can be combated with any mechanism that breaks up the
dendrites such as ultrasonic vibrations magnetic eddy currents or higher velocity
pouring metal2
- 48 -
Figure 29 Dendrites are the primary cause of microporosity because the dendritic arms grow together and
liquid metal cannot replenish the micropore that forms due to the solidifying metal This action is illustrated
above The kinetics of solidification in the space between inter-dendritic arms is also a leading cause for
microsegregation2
174 Microsegregation
Microsegregation is another byproduct of the solidification kinetics of an alloy
The last composition of the alloy to solidify will have a high solute content This can
cause intermetallic phases and inclusions to form primarily between dendrites These
both have the tendency to be brittle and should be avoided if possible The primary side-
effect to the intermetallic phase and inclusions is hot shortness which is cracking that
occurs during any subsequent hot working process Microsegregation can be rectified by
the same process alterations as for macrosegregation Additionally it was reported that a
homogenizing heat treatment works well to remedy the problem The secondary-dendritic
arm spacing normally has the largest effect on microsegregation and this spacing can be
used to determine the time and temperature of the homogenization that is needed23940
175 Gas Porosity
Gas porosity is also a common defect which is caused by the absorption of gases
into the liquid phase prior to solidification The primary gases that are responsible for gas
porosity in iron and steel are H2 N2 and CO The primary mechanism for gas porosity is
- 49 -
the dramatic decrease in gas solubility at the liquid-to-solid phase change which can be
illustrated in Figure 30 These gases are soluble in liquid metal and often times
solidification happens so quickly that when gases evolve out of the solidifying metal a
gas hole is left in their wake An example of a gas porosity hole in the solidified metal
can be observed in Figure 31 the nearly perfectly round hole is indicative of gas porosity
Gas porosity can be remedied by vacuum degassing the melt Hot-Isostatic-Pressing
(HIPrsquoing) the finished part the addition of inclusion formers and all around cleanliness
of the melt241
Figure 30 Hydrogen gas content in a metal as a function of temperature illustrates that the liquid form of a
metal has a much greater gas solubility than does the solid phase There is a sharp discontinuity in the
solubility graph at the solidification temperature and this is why gas hole porosity is seen in metals The
metal is solidifying with ample amounts of gas in it and often times it solidifies before the gas has a chance
to escape Thus leaving a gas hole in its wake
- 50 -
Figure 31 Round pores seen in micrographs commonly indicate gas porosity because the gas bubble is
round and when the metal solidifies around it as the gas is escaping it leaves its own trace in the metal41
18 Heat Treating of Steels
Heat treating is commonly performed on both cast and wrought steels Depending
on categorization there are arguably seven different heat treatments that are performed
on metals homogenization full anneal process anneal normalization austenitize-
quench-temper spheroidizing and stress relieve Consult the Fe-C phase diagram in
Figure 32 that has the temperature ranges for each heat treatments superimposed upon it
for reference during each of the following sections18
Common to most every heat treatment of steels is heating first above the A1
transition line to fully austenitize the steel This is important because the FCC structure
has a higher solubility for carbon and other alloying elements Austenite can be thought
of as the ldquoparent phaserdquo to most microstructures and phases in steels because most
microstructures are formed by cooling from the austenite region It is because of the
- 51 -
austenite region that there are so many heat treatments possible for steel Cooling rate
will control the diffusion which along with the composition dictate the resultant
microstructure in cast steels Slower cooling rates will allow phases solute and particles
that were stable in the austenite region but not stable in the α+Fe3C region to precipitate
out as second phases Faster cooling rates will keep these solutes in solution in a
metastable form2542
Figure 32 Partial phase diagram of temperature vs carbon wt illustrates the ranges for each type of heat
treating and thermomechanical processes up to 15 wt C Notice this depicts the A1 temperature line at
1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) so frequently referenced18
The austenite region in steels is important for other reasons too For example it is
single phase at most temperatures and compositions that are commonly used plus it is a
high-temperature phase that it naturally more ductile This increased ductility enables
thermomechanically deformation of steels in the austenite region to be cost-effective
- 52 -
Also the austenite phase forms its own grains by a standard nucleation and growth
process There is a kinetic barrier that needs overcome for them to start growing because
α+Fe3C needs to be transformed The final size that the austenite grains grow to will
affect how easily the microstructure can be transformed back into α+Fe3C upon cooling
Therefore they have an effect on ferrite microstructure For example toughness is
sensitive to prior-austenite grains and it is reduced as the size of the prior austenite grains
are increased Once cooled the remnants of the austenite grains are called prior-austenite
grains (these grains are visible when subjected to special etches and microscopy)2542
181 Homogenization
During solidification of an alloy microsegregation and macrosegregation can be
mitigated by subsequent homogenization heat treatments Compositional supercooling
creates a multitude of problems because there is not a uniform composition throughout
the solidified metal At ambient temperatures the solute atoms will not diffuse fast
enough to achieve an equilibrium composition throughout To quicken diffusion rates a
homogenization heat treatment is performed to enable the systemrsquos concentration
gradients to equilibrate across the matrix Most ingot castings are homogenized before
hot working to improve workability mechanical properties and repeatability because the
solute atoms are dissolved Homogenization is performed approximately in the 1830-
2190 ˚F (1000-1200 ˚C) temperature range followed by an air cool which produces
larger coarse grains upon completion as opposed to a quench Homogenization normally
happens simultaneously with the nucleation and growth of the austenite grains therefore
one could argue that austenitizing and homogenizing are the same heat treatment Often
- 53 -
thermomechanical deformation is performed directly after homogenization so that the
ingot does not have to be reheated later254243
182 Full Anneal
Performing a full anneal in steels will produce a microstructure characteristic of
equiaxed ferrite and coarse pearlite that will have soft and ductile mechanical properties
The temperature ranges involved are just above the A3 temperature line for hypoeutectoid
steels and just above the A1 temperature line for hypereutectoid steels If a hypereutectoid
steel is cooled slowly through the γ + Cementite region the steel will have a tendency to
form proeutectoid cementite along the grain boundaries which is too brittle for use A
full anneal is normally held at temperature for an hour per inch thick of steel and it
finishes with a furnace cool1844
183 Process Anneal
A process anneal is also called a recrystallization anneal and it is primarily used
to restore ductility to a piece of metal that has been cold worked As explained
previously when a steel is cold worked dislocations form and they impede each otherrsquos
flow This makes the material less ductile because dislocation motion is a mechanism for
slip A process anneal can annihilate these dislocations so cold working can continue
without damaging the steel additionally increased ductility can be achieved There are
three phases of a process anneal heat treatment 1) dislocation annihilation (recovery) 2)
recrystallization 3) new grain growth The recovery phase reduces strain in the matrix
and the recrystallization phase nucleates new strain-free grains It should be made clear
that no phase change is achieved during a process anneal the upper temperature limit is
less than A1 temperature line1844
- 54 -
184 Normalization
Normalizing is used to refine the grain structure of the steel typically after cold or
hot working Steel is commonly sold in this condition because it produces fine equiaxed
grains and fine pearlite that is desirable for good mechanical properties such as strength
and ductility Normalizing involves an air cool from temperatures above the A3
temperature line but still relatively low in the austenite region The cooling rate is
dependent upon ambient conditions casting size and casting geometry1844
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper
The highest strength and hardness microstructure in steels is called martensite
This is formed via a diffusionless transformation from the austenite region initiated via a
quench A quench is the act of cooling the material quickly in a medium that can be
water oil or brine A martensitic microstructure is not used without subsequently being
tempered due to un-tempered martensitersquos brittleness and lack of toughness that would
make the steel prone to catastrophic failure45
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability
It is important to distinguish the difference between hardness and hardenability
The ability of a steel to form martensite is called hardenability and hardness is a
materialrsquos resistance to deformation These also have different influences as well the
ultimate hardness potential of martensite is only a function of the carbon content of the
steel while hardenability is controlled by the following carbon content alloying
elements prior-austenite grain size cooling rate (severity of quench) and the size of the
steel being quenched192045
- 55 -
The factors affecting hardenability are straightforward The higher the carbon
content and alloying content the higher the hardenability because additives decrease
diffusion rates Since the formation of pearlite and bainite are diffusion dependent the
system will have a higher tendency to form martensite This can be observed on a Time-
Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram as seen in Figure 33 Any effect that slows
diffusion like the addition of alloying elements moves the curve to the right
Hardenability is increased with increasing prior-austenite grain size because there are
fewer grain boundaries with coarser grains which results in fewer nucleation sites for
pearlite formation19204647
Figure 33Time-Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram This particular TTT diagram has a Fe-C
phase diagram attached on the left This illustrates how martensite finish (Mf) decreases with C content
This is an isothermal diagram and therefore no kinetic effects during the cooling will be taken into
account ie it assumes infinitely fast cooling to the desired temperature46
Intuitively depth of hardness increases with increasing hardenability and the
severity of the quench The quenching medium affects the severity for example an oil
quench is less severe than a water quench which is the most common medium
Additionally section size will influence cooling rates A small sample will experience a
more severe quench1920454849
- 56 -
1852 Martensite
A martensitic structure in steels results from a diffusionless athermal and shear-
type formation To catalyze the formation of this hardest possible steel microstructure
the steel must undergo a severe quench from austenite to its room temperature stable
phase The austenite phase at 1674 ˚F (912 ˚C) is capable of handling up to 211 wt C
due to its more open FCC structure but the maximum carbon that the α-phase can handle
is 002 wt C because of its more enclosed BCC structure This means that with typical
cooling rates carbon will partition itself out of the α-ferrite and form the secondary phase
of Fe3C To form full martensite a quench must happen quickly such that carbon cannot
diffuse out of the octahedral sites in α-Fe into a second phase of Fe3C hence the
diffusionless transformation Carbon remains trapped in the BCC lattice however it
strains the BCC lattice deforming it into a Body Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice
where carbon is still in the octahedral sites This is observed in Figure 34 Martensite is
not a thermodynamically stable phase which means that martensite is metastable and that
the diffusion was only suppressed45
Martensite strengthens steel to such a high degree because of the Bain strain that
is induced by the carbon wedged into the BCT lattice The strain field that forms around
each carbon atom inhibits dislocation motion There is also a solid solution strengthening
effect from the carbon that contributes to the overall hardness of the martensite A surface
tilting is normally associated with martensite formation based upon which habit plane
that it forms upon from the austenite phase These habit planes will be dependent upon
alloy composition Figure 35 illustrates this habit plane relationship45
- 57 -
Figure 34 The Body-Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice of martensite Carbon atoms become stuck in the
interstices between larger atoms during the rapid quench from the FCC phase of austenite The system
wants to assume the BCC phase of ferrite however cooling happens so rapidly that carbon does not have
time to migrate and now it is trapped in this metastable phase45
It should be noted that martensite formation occurs over a range of temperatures
The alloy must first be quenched through its martensite start temperature (MS) This is
determined by a thermodynamic driving force that is required to start the shear
transformation from austenite to martensite The MS will vary directly with carbon
content the higher the carbon content the lower MS This may seem counterintuitive
because one method for increasing hardenability is to increase the carbon content
however since carbon is an interstitial alloying element in steels it places strain even on
the FCC lattice of austenite This increases austenitersquos resistance to shear Therefore
since martensite formation is a shear transformation there needs to be a larger
thermodynamic driving force to initiate this change which is catalyzed by a larger
undercooling There is also a MF which occurs when all of the austenite has transformed
into martensite Figure 36 illustrates martensite start temperature45
- 58 -
Figure 35 Martensite is characteristic of causing Bain strain The exceptionally high strains associated
with the shear transformation for the formation of martensite will twist and tilt the martensite surface to
start the formation The austenite phase that was not transformed yet has to be plastic enough to allow this
to happen45
There are two different types of martensite that exist lath and plate However
they do not exist exclusively and can mix together The type of martensite formed is
dependent upon composition Plate martensite will form above 10 wt C and lath
martensite will dominate below 06 wt C with a mix of both occurring between 06
and 10 wt C This relationship is illustrated in Figure 36 as well as the martensite start
temperature Plate martensite is characteristic of irrational habit planes macroscopic in
nature (can be seen with optical microscopy) and subject to mostly twinned planes Lath
martensite has the tendency to form in parallel packets with more dislocations than twins
and its habit plane is defined as 11145
- 59 -
Figure 36 There are two different types of martensite lath and plate Formation is dictated by carbon
content As observed a range up to 06 wt C will produce lath and a range upwards of 10 wt C will
produce plate martensite When the wt C is between these ranges a mixture of lath and plate martensite
can be expected45
1853 Tempering Kinetics
Martensitic steel must be tempered to restore ductility and toughness to prevent
possible catastrophic brittle failure Tempering must be performed cautiously because
over-tempering is possible such that the steel becomes too soft Since martensite is a
metastable phase whose diffusion was only suppressed due to kinetics it takes relatively
little thermal energy to enable the carbon to migrate out of the BCT lattice Thermal
energy is introduced to the system in the form of tempering Once carbon leaves the BCT
structure the lattice will relax and reform its thermodynamically stable BCC lattice that
has 002 wt C maximum Therefore the extra carbon that was supersaturated into the
BCT lattice will now precipitate out as the second phase of cementite (Fe3C) Since the
primary goal of tempering is to soften the metal at the expense of hardness it becomes a
balancing act between how long and at what temperatures tempering is conducted to
obtain the desired mechanical properties455051
- 60 -
186 Spheroidizing
Spheroidite is the softest and most ductile microstructure possible for a given steel
because of the formation of spherical carbides which have a low surface-area-to-volume
ratio relative to other carbide shapes Therefore there is less interaction area with the
matrix and in turn less of a strain field that is formed Steels subjected to this heat
treatment have great machining properties because of the increased ductility To achieve
this microstructure the steel is held just below the A1 temperature for multiple hours to
give ample time for carbon diffusion18
187 Stress Relieving
This heat treatment is performed to remove internal stresses induced by welding
machining cold-working etc There is no recrystallization or significant microstructural
changes as with process annealing The temperature for stress relieving is approximately
750 ˚F (400 ˚C) which is the temperature required for dislocation annihilation to
occur1844
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels
HSLA steels are low carbon content steels typically with pearlite and ferrite
microstructures that achieve relatively high strengths formability and toughness despite
the fact that they have a low carbon content Their weldability is also superb due to the
low carbon content To achieve strength an HSLA steel must be able to precipitation
harden the ferrite HSLA steels are commonly microalloyed with vanadium niobium
titanium or another strong carbide forming element and with a solid solution
strengthener such as silicon or manganese Another essential aspect to the strength of
- 61 -
HSLA steels is a fine grain structure Reduced grain size is an additional mechanism for
strength but it also increases toughness while lowering the DBTT5253
191 Precipitation Hardening
Commonly known as age hardening in non-ferrous alloys this secondary-
hardening process closely resembles an austenitize-quench-temper cycle for normal
steels Technically a solution-treat and age cannot be performed in conventional steels
because of the lack of carbon solubility However with the additions of microalloys a
true precipitation hardening can be achieved in HSLA steels A precipitation hardening
technique is similar to an austenitize-quench-temper in terms of its heat treatment cycle
During the quench the goal is to make a metastable supersaturated solid solution Then
when thermal energy is introduced to the system the precipitates (alloy carbides nitrides
and carbonitrides) age or precipitate into the matrix These processes occur at the same
time that the martensite is quenched and tempered54
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE)
A cornerstone of this project is ensuring that the alloy developed will have
superior weldability but first the term weldability must be defined such that it can be
understood The weldability of low alloy steels is commonly expressed in terms of
Carbon Equivalent (CE) which is calculated solely from the chemical composition of a
steel The following are the definitions adopted and how they are defined for this project
1101 Weldability
Weldability is defined by the American Welding Society (AWS) as ldquoThe capacity
of a material to be welded under fabrication techniques imposed in a specific suitably
- 62 -
designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended servicerdquo However there
are many characteristics of a steel that could influence its weldability55 Colloquially one
would just say that a steel which welds successfully without pre-heating has a good
weldability
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE)
One of the best metrics for weldability assessment is through an empirically
derived formula called the carbon equivalent (CE) This was created as a way to quantify
the relative likelihood of hydrogen induced cracking problems and heat affected zone
(HAZ) martensite formation in a steel A knowledgeable welder will use the CE value as
a tool to determine how the metal is going to weld and what welding procedures to follow
to avoid weld zone problems For example if the CE is high the welder will know to pre-
heat the metal to decrease the likelihood of martensite formation upon cooling after
welding In this sense a steel with good weldability (low CE) has poor hardenability56
- 63 -
Chapter 2 Literature Review
The essence of HSLA steels was briefly introduced in Chapter 19 however this
section will serve as a review of the development of HSLA wrought and cast steels
21 Microalloying of Steels
The importance of alloying steel was discovered early in the 20th century in
Europe One of the first microalloying elements added to steel was vanadium57
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium
Vanadium was the first element added to microalloy steels Research in the early
1900s in England and France lead to the first commercial microalloyed steel
Metallurgists at that time learned the strength of plain carbon steel could be increased
substantially with additions of vanadium especially when a quench and temper was
performed They did not understand the strengthening mechanisms at work but they
knew that vanadium increased strength and toughness57
Steel containing vanadium made its way to America in about 1910 when Henry
Ford spectated an auto race in France and saw a violent crash He was surprised at how
little damage occurred to the racecarrsquos crankshaft and this sparked his curiosity He
managed to get a sample of the steel tested and it was found to contain vanadium Ford
deduced that additions of vanadium to steel used in Ford vehicles would improve a steelrsquos
strength and shock resistance on American roads even though they did not understand
why Thus vanadium as a microalloy enters markets in the United States however it
would be years before serious focus was applied to development and integration of
microalloy HSLA steels into more areas57
- 64 -
World War II advanced welding technologies greatly Metallurgists soon
discovered that they could not just increase the strength of steels by increasing carbon
content due to the toughness decrease observed when higher carbon content steels are
welded This catalyzed a focus to develop alternative strengthening mechanism to carbon
which lead to the development of grain refining and microalloy precipitation for an
additional strengthening mechanism in steel that required a high weldability From this
deeper investigations into the metallurgy of microalloying continued to develop57
22 HSLA Steels
Even small additions of microalloys to low-carbon steel matched with simple heat
treatments can produce mechanical properties that are comparable to more expensive
steels low alloy steels that require advanced processing steps58 High-Strength-Low-Alloy
steels are based on the microalloying principles discussed previously The term
microalloying and HSLA are used synonymously The concept for strengthening in HSLA
steels is straightforward from a metallurgical point of view there needs to be 1) a refined
grain structure present such that it encourages strength and toughness 2) lower carbon
content to improve weldability 3) strength is achieved through the addition of
microalloys such as vanadium manganese and niobium 4) finally HSLA steels take
advantage of secondary hardening that disperses fine precipitates throughout the ferrite
matrix that further strengthens the steel53
One of the first large scale uses of HSLA steels in the United States was during
construction of the Alaskan Pipeline in 1969 and 1970 It was imperative that steels used
in this pipeline remained tough during the artic conditions so that they would not be
prone to brittle failure Equally important was weldability This caused metallurgists to
- 65 -
analyze previous work done with microalloying of steels and eventually the name
ldquoHSLA steelrdquo was adopted52 The Alaskan Pipeline success with microalloying steels
initiated many investigations into microalloying effects and jump-started broad use of
HSLA steels
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys
Microalloys work well for strengthening steel because they can combine the
strengthening mechanisms of grain refinement and precipitation hardening without
decreasing weldability These combined effects counteract the lower carbon content For
microalloys to be effective they must be able to alter the matrix of the ferrite by either
grain refinement or precipitation hardening (normally in the form of carbo-nitrides) or by
a combination of these two57
Grain refinement is the act of making the ferrite grains smaller after final
processing This is achieved when the dispersed microalloys solidify and create a
heterogeneous nucleation site to prevent prior-austenite grain growth During lower
temperature heat treatments in the austenite region often times the stable precipitates will
not fully solutionize and they act as heterogeneous nucleation sites upon cooling which
inhibits austenite grain growth Regardless the microalloying precipitate falls out of
solution before ferrite grains are nucleated57
Precipitation strengthening by microalloying occurs because the microalloys are
precipitated into the ferrite as carbonitrides (CN) but most commonly in HSLA steels as
vanadium-nitrides (VN) or vanadium-carbonitrides (VCN) through a secondary-
hardening process during aging or tempering57 Carbonitrides of vanadium niobium and
titanium can precipitate in both the austenite region and ferrite region59 Additionally
- 66 -
when some form of a CN or VCN is present and a subsequent heat treatment is
performed such as normalizing these carbonitrides will act as austenite grain stabilizers
that prevent grain growth This preserves grain refinement because smaller prior-
austenite grains lead to smaller final ferrite grains They will also pin the ferrite grains
from deformation and growth before the A1 temperature is reached during heating Both
of these mechanisms work together simultaneously to improve the microstructure6061 If
hot rolling is performed on wrought steel austenite grains become elongated which will
increase the grain boundary area Thus increasing the driving force for transformation in
addition to providing more heterogenous nucleation sites26 More nucleation sites are
added indirectly in a steel during hot rolling because it can make precipitation of carbides
happen more favorably60
Microalloying also has a profound effect on the recrystallization during hot
rolling This is important in wrought steels because if the prior-austenite grains are
pinned by microalloys and cannot coarsen then a finer ferrite structure will form upon
cooling There is also a developed argument that solute drag is responsible for limiting
recrystallization57
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides
Elements such as vanadium niobium and titanium have tendencies to form stable
carbides nitrides and carbonitrides in steel when precipitated through a secondary
hardening reaction They are the primary microalloying elements used today in HSLA
steels62 The formation of carbides and nitrides are diffusion dependent processes
Complex microalloy carbide and nitride and phases do not diffuse as rapidly as the
conventional Fe3C phase during heat treatment This has a few important consequences
- 67 -
metallurgically First carbides reduce the rate of softening effects such as a temper
because they inhibit the diffusion driven coarsening that Fe3C would experience
Secondly metal carbides that are formed will be resistant to coarsening This limits their
size and enables them to maintain a fine dispersion throughout the matrix Finally it
provides great creep resistance at high temperatures because they will combat steel
softening at elevated temperatures63
Carbides of vanadium niobium and titanium are commonly found in the form of
MC M2C M6C and M23C6 where ldquoMrdquo is comprised of various metals and ldquoCrdquo is
carbon the common stoichiometric carbides are summarized in Figure 37 These carbides
and carbonitrides have the FCC crystal structure and comparable lattice parameters thus
they have extensive mutual solubilities The carbides and nitrides formed by vanadium
niobium and titanium are also known to be harder than martensite This is quantified in
Figure 38 which displays the hardness values of common carbides and martensite63
- 68 -
Figure 37 Chart displaying compositions of some common stoichiometric carbides present in HSLA
steels ldquoMrdquo can vary with multiple chemistries63
Figure 38 Stoichiometric carbides formed with vanadium niobium and titanium that commonly have a
hardness greater than martensite this is important especially for the strengthening effects in prior-austenite
grain pinning63
- 69 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions
Vanadium is the workhorse in the microalloyed steel families and is more soluble
in the austenite phase than niobium and titanium It has a high affinity for nitrogen and
carbon and readily forms VN VC and VCN These stable carbides and nitrides of
vanadium will have high solubilities in austenite as well compared to niobium and
titanium These solubilities are summarized in Figure 39 Solutionizing of vanadium and
its carbides and nitrides occurs at approximately 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C) Upon cooling
vanadium will begin to precipitate out of solution at this temperature While cooling
passed the solutionizing temperature which is still in the austenite phase nearly pure VN
is the first to precipitate into the matrix Then when the nitrogen supply is all but
exhausted the system will transition precipitation of VN to VCN and finally to VC
(normally in the form of MC) as nitrogen is depleted There will be a sharp drop in the
solubility of VCN in the matrix around the A1 temperature because of the phase
transition Thus more VCNrsquos are precipitated at this temperature57 Vanadium is
commonly the alloying choice over niobium for precipitation strengthening because
niobium solutionizes at a higher temperature which means that it also precipitates out of
solution at higher temperatures It will fall out of solution during the upper region of the
austenite phase this provides the NbCN too much of an opportunity to coarsen during
cooling Therefore vanadium tends to form the finest precipitates in the ferrite matrix60
- 70 -
Figure 39 Mole fraction of nitrogen in the V-carbonitrides as a function of temperature Vanadium
preferentially bonds with nitrogen at higher temperatures until nitrogen is nearly depleted Then there is a
sharp transition at approximately 1470 ˚F (800 ˚C) to vanadium bonding with carbon preferentially over
nitrogen57
Previous work in the literature regarding microalloying with V in HSLA wrought
steels is extensive some key findings follow
bull Vanadium addition ranges from 003 to 010 wt V increase toughness in
HSLA steels because it will stabilize the dissolved nitrogen64
bull During thermomechanical deformation vanadium has been shown to
precipitate out of solution while the steel is being hot rolled in the form of a
VN60
bull VN will help to prevent austenitic grain growth and recrystallization of
austenite grains However if the solubility product of VN is too low or if the
cooling rates are too fast VN will not form in austenite It has been shown
- 71 -
that raising the nitrogen content will increase the amount of VN that
precipitates60
bull The presence of other alloying elements such as niobium titanium and
aluminum will affect how vanadium behaves Albeit vanadium has the
highest affinity for nitrogen but the other elements precipitate out sooner such
that they will consume all of the nitrogen before vanadium has precipitated60
bull Vanadium does not retard ferrite formation as do molybdenum therefore
vanadium steels are less prone to bainite formation and acicular ferrite
Vanadium reduces the embrittlement likelihood especially in high-carbon
steel Additionally vanadium alloys will not be as susceptible to Heat
Affected Zone (HAZ) embrittlement60
bull VCN precipitation in the austenite region is limited due to sluggish kinetics
therefore most VCN will be precipitated in the ferrite region57
bull Precipitation of VCN in low-carbon and low-nitrogen steels (010 wt C and
010 wt N) will occur mostly at 1292 ˚F (700 ˚C) and below57
bull VC has a higher solubility in austenite and ferrite compared to VN this is
because the thermodynamic driving force for VN precipitation is much
higher57
bull When nitrogen content is decreased the VN precipitate size increases
considerably This is an effect of nucleation rate similar to that observed in
pearlite formation The end-resulting grain size is based on the number of
nuclei57
- 72 -
bull Vanadium will form non-stoichiometric carbides and nitrides VC073 to VC089
are a common VC composition range65
bull Using orientation relationships it is possible to determine whether VCN was
precipitated during the austenite or ferrite phase When the VCN assumes the
Baker-Nutting orientation of 100α-Fe||100VCN and lt100gt α-
Fe||lt010gtVCN it was precipitated in the ferrite When the VCN assumes the
Kurdjumov-Sachs orientation of 110α-Fe||111VCN and lt111gt α-
Fe||lt110gtVCN it was precipitated in the austenite66
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition
Niobium solutionizes at higher temperatures than vanadium 2100 ˚F (1150 ˚C)
compared to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) respectively The implications are that niobium will pin
austenite grains from growing until much higher austenitizing temperatures resulting in
reduced prior-austenite grain size1 Niobium as shown in Figure 40 also works better
than vanadium or titanium for inhibiting recrystallization of austenite temperatures59
Figure 40 Niobium has the optimum effect on increasing the recrystallization temperature of austenite
Vanadium performs the worst in this category This is significant because larger prior-austenite grains will
increase hardenability as well as decrease grain refinement59
- 73 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions
Titanium forms the most stable nitrides in steel (TiN) of all microalloying
elements Most studies suggest that TiN will not solutionize at any temperature in the
austenite region57 Its insolubility in austenite ensures that it will prevent austenite grain
growth during welding and hot processing techniques It can be observed in Figure 41
that TiN has a very low solubility in the austenite phase compared to VC The addition of
titanium levels as low as 001 wt Ti are sufficient to perform its primary
microalloying functions57
Figure 41 Solubilities of common carbides and nitrides of HSLA steels This graph displays the logarithm
of the solubility constant (k) as a function of logarithmic temperature It should be observed that TiN has
very low solubility and that VC has the highest solubility In fact TiN has been known to resist
solutionizing even in the upper region of the austenite phase it is virtually insoluble57
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels
Manganese is an effective solid solution strengthener for ferrite in HSLA steels it
is usually in a range from 15-20 wt Mn67 Manganese will increase VN solubility in
- 74 -
austenite because it increases the activity coefficient of vanadium in tandem with
decreasing the activity coefficient of carbon This increases the amount of microalloying
precipitation during the phase transition from austenite to ferrite Additionally
manganese will lower the AR3 temperature which contributes to ferrite grain refinement
because ferrite grains will get less time to grow All of these factors make higher
manganese (08-14 wt Mn) HSLA steels more effective than low-carbon steels with
conventional manganese levels576063 It has also been shown that manganese additions
will not be detrimental to toughness as other microalloying elements68
23 HSLA Cast Steels
Cast steels can be considered to be at a disadvantage because they do not have the
luxury of being thermomechanically deformed to increase strength as do wrought steels
They must rely solely on heat treating and alloying Other than this there are relatively
minute differences between cast and wrought HSLA steels The 30-year development in
the metallurgy of HSLA wrought steels transcended to HSLA cast steels There are slight
differences in chemistry and heat treatment that must be considered to replace the
benefits of thermomechanical deformation in wrought HSLA steels but the
microalloying concepts between HSLA cast and wrought steels remains the same The
following will review past work specific to the development of HSLA cast steels
154676970
Most of the early work developing HSLA cast steels was done in Europe The
first major work in the United States was conducted by Voigt et al starting in 198671
The first review published on HSLA cast steels was by WJ Jackson in 1978 titled ldquoThe
Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings ndash A Review of the Literaturerdquo In this review the
- 75 -
author detailed past accounts of successful microalloying of cast steels with vanadium
compositions The optimal chemistry ranges for the mechanical properties of cast plain-
carbon and low-alloy steels reviewed by Jackson are shown in Table 1 The yield point
of these steels increased by 30 percent compared to similar plain carbon steel without
microalloying additions with only a negligible decrease in ductility and toughness
Limited research was carried out to identify optimum chemistries for these C-Mn steels
which are summarized in Figure 42 It was determined that the best properties were
obtained with 01 wt vanadium because it produced the finest ferrite grain structure72
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-Carbon Vanadium Alloyed Cast Steel72
Elements C Si Mn Cr V
Wt 012-050 03-06 09-15 04-06 007-015
Figure 42 Influence of vanadium on the properties of a C-Mn microalloyed steel Optimum chemistry
occurs at 01 wt V 130 wt Mn 034 wt Si and all carbon in the study was 032 or 033 wt C
At this chemistry it is evident that some properties of toughness decreased All samples were water
quenched and the subsequently tempered at 1202 ˚F (650 ˚C) The V-free steel was quenched from 1616 ˚F
(880 ˚C) and the vanadium steels were quenched from 1688 ˚F (920 ˚C)57
In this study normalizing between 1796-1976 ˚F (920-1080 ˚C) produced a
microstructure of bainite or acicular ferrite microstructure When a subsequent temper is
performed at 1112 ˚F (600 ˚C) an increase in hardness was found because of the
secondary-hardening effects of the precipitation of VCN However extended tempering
times at elevated temperature caused the system to overage which reduced hardness due
- 76 -
to coarsening of precipitates This is one of the reasons why Jacksonrsquos research suggested
that it is imperative to have better control when heat treating microalloyed steel compared
to conventional steels72
It was discussed previously that vanadium and other microalloying elements act
as grain refiners in the austenite region for wrought processed HSLA steels A similar
behavior was observed for cast steels upon initial cooling from the melt VCN acted as a
grain refiner because it fell out of solution slightly before grains grew72
231 Temperaging
To achieve the highest possible strength with HSLA steels they must be
subjected to a quench and temper heat treatment which initiates a precipitation hardening
effect The temper dually functions to soften martensite into ferrite and cementite while
simultaneously aging fine precipitates into the matrix This dual function has become
known to some metallurgists as the portmanteau ldquotemperagingrdquo17367
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work
There are different CE formulas for different welding applications however the
CE formula used in this project is AWSD11 that is displayed in Equation 4 The CE
formula which is most appropriate for structural steel welding varies between steels
because different alloying elements have different influences on weldability For
example how much they slow diffusion rates and whether or not they are carbide
formers In general the addition of other alloying elements to a C-Mn steel will have the
same hardenability and weldability influence of an increase in carbon content Individual
alloying elements directly affect the weldability of the steel to varying degrees This is
- 77 -
why the effect of each element on the CE is scaled by a factor that can be expressed as a
carbon equivalent factor for that steel This means that if a particular steel had been
alloyed with just carbon it would theoretically weld simularly56
119862119864119860119882119878 11986311 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 4
There are other CE formulae used throughout industry but they all have a similar
goal which is being a weldability predictor High carbon content steels have low
weldabilities therefore a high CE steel will also have a low weldability The most
common CE used in industry is displayed in Equation 5 is adopted by the International
Institute of Welding (IIW) as their official CE equation5473 The following ASTM
Standards also follow CE calculated by Equation 5 A216 A352 A709 (Grade 50s)
A913 and A1043 Both ASTM A216 and A352 are cast steel specific standards
Equation 6 is the typical HSLA CE for C-Mn steels Equation 7 is used in ASTM A529
and it is the only CE equation that includes Nb This is because Nb rarely contributes to
the cold-cracking of steels54 Equation 8 is utilized by the Japanese Welding Engineering
Society for low-carbon content steels (lt 011 wt C)74
119862119864119860119878119879119872 = 119862 +119872119899
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 5
119862119864119879 = 119862 +119872119899+119872119900
10+
119862119903+119862119906
20+
119873119894
40 Eq 6
119862119864119860119878119879119872 119860529 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881+119873119887
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 7
119875119862119872 = 119862 +119878119894
30+
119862119903+119862119906+119872119899
20+
119873119894
60+
119872119900
15+
119881
10+ 5119861 Eq 8
- 78 -
Jacksonrsquos Review analyzed CEASTM for HSLA cast steels and utilized Equation 5
with the following results72
bull CEASTM le 041 Good weldability and no need for preheating
bull CEASTM le 045 Good weldability when the welding is completed with low H2
electrodes
bull CEASTM ge 045 Preheating is required for welding use of low H2 electrodes is
required
bull CEASTM ge 060 Only specific conditions enable the steel to be weldable
One nuance that should be stressed to the reader is this project has a goal of
integrating a cast steel designed for structural applications into an existing wrought
ASTM Standard The implications are that a structural welding steel obeys the structural
welding code as seen in AWS D11 such as their CEAWS D11 in Equation 4 while most
ASTM Standards obey CEASTM as seen in Equation 5 This is bound to cause confusion
and all parties involved must be made aware
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards
There are ASTM Standards specifically for cast steel A27 A148 A216 A217
A352 A356 A487 and A958 Most relevant are ASTM A216 Standard Specification
for Steel Castings Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service
and its low-temperature counterpart of ASTM A352 Standard Specification for Steel
Castings Ferritic and Martensitic for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-
Temperature Service Both standards obey the CEASTM in Equation 5 and they have
CEASTM max values of 050 or 055 depending on the specific grade Grade WCB from
- 79 -
ASTM A216 is of particular interest because it was posited by the SFSA that the YS
requirements for this project could be attained through slight manipulation of chemistries
permitted in this standard
234 Key Findings from Previous Work
Previous work has found interesting differences between processing for HSLA
wrought steels and HSLA cast steels The key findings follow
bull It may be necessary to homogenize large casting sections for up to 6 hours at
temperatures ranging from 1740-2010 ˚F (950-1100 ˚C) to combat alloy
segregation Then an accelerated cooling is desired because it will yield a refined
ferrite grain structure73 The length of the homogenizing time and temperature in
general will dependent upon the casting size67
bull Austenitizing temperatures of greater than 1700 ˚F (930 ˚C) are required to
produce full strengthening of V-microalloys73
bull If an insufficient quench is performed coarse VCN will precipitate out during the
initial cooling Coarse VCN does not produce the high hardness that is seen with
finely dispersed precipitates However there is still a strengthening effect that is
seen when temperaging following a weak quench This implies that a temperaging
effect can be seen with thick casting sections as well 73
bull Rapid quench rates will produce the highest hardness however only a slight
decrease in hardness will be observed after temperaging because of the secondary
hardening effect This implies that the softening effect of martensite is more
dominant than the secondary hardening which is aging73
- 80 -
bull Non-heat-treated cast steels tend to have lower ductility compared to cast steel
subjected to heat treating Interestingly non-heat-treated steels have a higher yield
strength70
bull Minimal overaging in the temperaging process is acceptable and sometimes
desired to improve toughness at the expense of only a slight decrease in yield
strength67 Overaging is associated with decreasing the coherency of the
precipitates in the matrix54
bull Higher austenitizing temperatures will enable more precipitates to form during
temperaging because it increases the re-solution of microalloying elements while
in the austenite phase67 Austenitizing temperatures of 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) were
proven sufficient for normalize and temper (NampT) cast steels the strength levels
of quench and tempered (QampT) cast steels were greatly increased by austenitizing
at 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C)69
bull A typical NampT heat treatment can still precipitation harden during temperaging
however the resulting microstructure is less hard than a QampT67
bull According to early research with microalloying HSLA steels with niobium it will
increase strength more than vanadium when heat treating at high austenitizing
temperatures because it prevents austenite grains from coarsening However
coarsening of austenite grains was not observed by Voigt and Rassizadehghani in
1989 They proved this by austenitizing at high temperatures with and without
niobium and then performing the proper etch to display the prior-austenite
grains54
- 81 -
bull Intercritical heat treatments although not used in this body of work have yielded
promising results and high strength and toughness combinations in the past54
- 82 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work
31 Hypothesis
A 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength cast steel with a high weldability for structural
and military applications will be developed using high-strength-low-alloy (HSLA) steel
metallurgical techniques Finally the materialrsquos composition and properties can be
conveniently placed within an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels
allowing ready adoption of these cast steels for applications using cast-weld construction
techniques
32 Statement of Work
Weldable 50 ksi (350 MPa) yield strength cast steel composition and heat
treatment guidelines will be determined with four primary steps 1) examination of
composition heat treating and mechanical property data from the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of Americarsquos (SFSA) database of cast C-Mn steels to identify fundamental
structure-property relationships 2) Thermocalc modeling will define stable phases in
equilibrium and determine solutionizing temperatures for a range of C-Mn steel alloys
with vanadium and niobium microalloying additions 3) heat treating and mechanical
testing of various compositions of steel will provide a validation of how alloys respond to
respective heat treatments 4) Finally rational composition and processing guidelines will
be developed so that future work can establish appropriate ASTM and AWS placement
for this alloy system
- 83 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure
All samples in this study were standard ASTM keel block castings with two test
specimen legs donated by SFSA member foundries in the United States The keel blocks
used in this study had a thick body attached to two legs The keel block measured
approximately 60 in X 40 in X 40 in (1525 cm X 102 cm X 102 cm) and each leg
was approximately 60 in X 10 in X 20 in (1525 cm X 254 cm X 51 cm) The keel
block legs were halved lengthwise with a band saw such that the final dimensions of the
keel block legs used for heat treating were 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X 254 cm
X 254 cm) Thus each keel block could yield four keel block tensile test specimens All
times and temperatures for heat treating and tempers were obtained from the literature
notably from previous work completed by Voigt Rassizadehghani and the
SFSA154676973 Heat treating time was started when the temperature of the furnace
stabilized after loading the samples into the furnace
In all of the following sections keel blocks and keel block legs were heat treated
in a Thermo-Scientific Lindberg Blue M and the Brinell hardness tests were performed
with a NEWAGE Brinell NB3010 Additionally all mechanical testing conformed to
ASTM E8 Standard Test Method for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial alloys investigated in this study were reformulations of conventional
WCB C-Mn cast steel with and without vanadium ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo and ldquoModified C-
Mn-Vrdquo alloys were developed to obtain an understanding of C-Mn cast steel capabilities
and the effects of alloying a similar composition with small amounts of vanadium Keel
- 84 -
block legs were removed from the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V keel blocks
and halved lengthwise on a band saw Both the keel block and keel blocks legs which
become test bar specimens were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 10 hr Half of each
alloy were subjected to a normalizing air cool and the other half were water quenched
Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching was performed at
1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks and at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr for keel
block legs Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for both the
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
42 Tempering Study
An investigation into the temperaging response of the vanadium alloyed material
in particular was necessary to develop heat treating guidelines Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were used to compare a plain WCB type steel to one that should
experience a temperaging response respectively Keel block legs of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were cut from the keel blocks and austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for
20 hr Keel block legs were either normalized in an air cool or water quenched Then the
keel block legs were sliced into approximately 025 in (~6 mm) thick sections for
subsequent tempering such that different times and temperatures can be easily studied
for each alloy
bull A sample for each composition in the normalized and quenched conditions was
subjected to a specific temperature for either 10 hr or 40 hr These temperatures
ranged from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments
resulting in 56 total samples The furnace used for these small samples was a
Barnstead Thermolyne 47900
- 85 -
bull Each sample was then Rockwell hardness tested to develop an understanding of
temperaging for these alloys The machine used was a NEWAGE Rockwell
Digital ME-2
43 Special Heat-Treating Options
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
Heat treating has to be more controlled with HSLA steels than conventional steels
due to the microalloys and the secondary hardening72 A concern was that thicker sections
of castings could not be quenched quickly enough to produce a supersaturated solution of
microalloys without having them fall out of solution prior to tempering Keel blocks of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were heat treated as described in Chapter 41
Then they were cut at frac14 thickness and the cut faces were Brinell hardness tested
bull A range of 12-14 Brinell Hardness indentations were performed on each samplersquos
face to obtain a hardness profile from the edge to the center of these 40 in (102
cm) sections
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real world casting scenarios castings are not uniform in shape and
size such as a keel block leg This poses kinetic and thermal property issues associated
with cooling rates Theoretically a thin section of casting could form a completely
different microstructure than a thick section on the same casting cooled with the same
cooling media This was investigated with keel blocks of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V that were cut differently than for previous heat-treating studies A keel block for
each alloy had one of its legs removed from the keel block body This resulted in two
- 86 -
keel block legs of the dimensions used previously 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X
254 cm X 254 cm) and two identical to it still attached to the keel block body Each
keel block with legs attached and its separated legs were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C)
for 2 hr and then subjected to a normalized air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating the keel block legs still attached to the keel
blocks were removed and all keel block legs were subsequently tensile tested
433 Double Normalize
For some microalloyed steel alloys a double normalize heat treatment is
commonly used to improve mechanical properties such as increased ductility with a
relatively small strength penalty75 A keel block and keel block legs from Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to a double normalizing heat treatment The first
austenitizing was at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 05 hr followed by an air cool The second
austenitizing was at 1600 ˚F (871 ˚C) for 20 hr followed by another air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating these keel block legs were then subjected to
tensile testing
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
To obtain a better understanding of composition limits for carbon manganese
and vanadium Alloys C D E and F with variations in carbon manganese and
vanadium contents were created This enabled analysis into the influence that alloys
upon one-another and how effective one alloy is with and without others present Keel
block legs were removed from Alloys C D E and Frsquos keel blocks and halved lengthwise
on a band saw Both the keel block legs and keel blocks were austenitized to 1750 ˚F
- 87 -
(955 ˚C) for 10 hr Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching
was performed at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20
hr for keel block legs
bull Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for Alloys C D E and
F
45 Metallography of Samples
Samples prepared for metallography include Alloys A-F NampT and QampT Alloys
A and B double normalize and thick section normalized No metallography was
performed on tempering study 0250 in (~6 mm) thick wafers The samples prepared
were sliced sections of tensile test bar ends These were hot-pressed in Allied High-Tech
Products Inc Phenolic mounting powder using a ldquoTech Press 2rdquo manufactured by Allied
High-Tech Products Inc Samples were ground using automated grinding set to 150
RPMs with a pressing force of 18 N Each sample was ground for 30 s at each of the
following grits 240 320 400 and 600 (grinding with the 600-grit pad was performed
twice for a better surface finish)
Next the samples were polished using 1 μm diamond slurry polish for 5 min
followed by a subsequent polish using a 025 μm diamond slurry polish for 3 min After
each grinding and polishing step the samples were rinsed with distilled water The last
step of preparation was to etch both steel alloys using a 2 nital mix This mixture was 2
mL of nitric acid and 98 mL of methanol Upon etching the samples were rinsed with
ethanol
- 88 -
bull Optical microscopy was used to analyze the microstructures of all the steel
samples The microscope used was a Zeiss Axiovert 10 Inverted Microscope
- 89 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions
The United States has failed to dedicate the same effort to developing both HSLA
cast and wrought steels compared to Europe and Asia The largest body of work
currently is that created by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of America (SFSA) and Voigt et
al The following work was conducted as a continuation of previous work done as well as
a new attempt at integrating 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength HSLA cast steels into
existing HSLA wrought standards
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel
The SFSA has compiled a database of over 20000 C-Mn cast steel chemistries
and mechanical properties data from participating steel casting foundries in the United
States This spreadsheet consisted of WCB (ASTM A216) conventional C-Mn cast steel
that was either normalized NampT or QampT The data was analyzed to determine whether
or not it is possible to reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) with conventional C-Mn steel
compositions without microalloying with vanadium and niobium The data was cleaned
and the resulting spreadsheet contained approximately 2500 data entries It should be
noted that ASTM A216 grade WCB is for conventional C-Mn cast steel with a minimum
36 ksi (248 MPa) YS and a maximum CEASTM 050 wt CEASTM The CEASTM does not
consider the effects of silicon which the CEAWS D11 does Additionally as with most
ASTM standards for steel ASTM A216 grade WCB is based more on mechanical
properties than composition Albeit there are composition limits in this standard their
allowable ranges are rather large
- 90 -
The spreadsheet was organized by heat treatments performed on the cast steel test
bars normalized NampT and QampT Scatter plots were made from these data to determine
if correlations between YS composition and CEAWS D11 (weldability) could be detected
Figures 43-45 show the trends between YS and CEAWS D11 (not CEASTM) carbon content
and manganese content respectively
Figure 43 Scatterplot of YS vs CE for all heat treatments (normalize NampT and QampT) According to the
spreadsheet there is a broad range of weldabilities that produce a YS of 50 ksi (345 MPa)
Figure 43 suggests that high YS values of over 50 ksi (345 MPa) are possibly but
not when a CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE is maintained ASTM A215 grade WCB specifies
that a CEASTM le 050 wt CE be maintained this plot helps to show the decrease in
weldability when silicon is accounted for because there are copious samples that now
exceed the 050 wt CEAWS D11
- 91 -
Figure 44 YS vs Carbon Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment related
to YS There is negligible correlation The highest R2 value in this data set is 004 which gives a positive
correlation for increasing carbon content providing a higher YS in the QampT condition However a R2 value
this low should not be considered statistically significant
Figure 45 YS vs Manganese Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment
related to YS There is slightly better correlation with YS as a function of manganese content than as a
function of carbon content However the best correlation observed is an R2 value of 01 for a positive
correlation of QampT improving YS with increasing manganese content Likewise this should not be
considered statistically significant
- 92 -
Figures 43-45 do not suggest a statistically significant trend in YS as a function of
composition for any type of heat treatment Therefore to make possible trends of
chemical composition and mechanical properties more apparent the database was split
into two groups of high-strength-high-weldability and low-strength-low-weldability
Then the composition of materials with these extremes in mechanical properties and
weldability were compared in Table 2
Table 2 SFSA Spreadsheet Analysis of Mechanical Property Extremes to Detect Trends
in Composition
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0214 0687 00002 0384
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0231 0816 0006 0451
Despite the significant difference in mechanical properties the compositions
show little variance There is only a 0017 wt C difference between the YS less than or
equal to 45 ksi (3102 MPa) and a YS greater than or equal to 55 ksi (3792 MPa) The
difference in manganese and silicon is greater however this is still a small difference
These composition variations are smaller than most allowable composition ranges as
would be seen with an ASTM standard Even after these extrema of the spreadsheet data
have been analyzed there is no strong correlation between mechanical properties
weldability and composition
The correlation between normalize NampT and QampT heat treatments and YS CE
ranges is shown in Table 3 It should be noted that 55 ksi (3792 MPa) was chosen as the
upper range instead of 50 ksi (345 MPa) because 50 ksi (345 MPa) is the bare minimum
YS requirement This strength level must be achieved consistently so perturbations in the
YS distribution curve must be taken into account
- 93 -
Table 3 Percentage of Heat Treatments per Designation for the SFSA Spreadsheet
Designation Range Overall Normalize
NampT QampT
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 91 43 42 047
For the entire spreadsheet only 041 of all cast steels obtained 55 ksi (345 MPa)
while maintaining a maximum 042 CEAWS D11 Surprisingly a majority of these were
normalize heat treatment instead of QampT A possible contribution to this result is that the
normalized heat-treated steel samples in this spreadsheet greatly outnumbered the NampT
and QampT heat treated samples There were 1318 normalized samples 347 NampT samples
and only 51 QampT samples The difference in number of samples can also be observed in
Figures 46-48 which display YS as a function of normalized NampT and QampT heat
treatments respectively Tables 4-6 are paired with them as well
Figure 46 All normalized heat treatments and how their YS is a function of weldability The correlation is
poor for plain normalized There is not an increase in YS with increasing the CE but rather a slightly
negative trend
- 94 -
Table 4 Average Chemistries per Designation in the Normalized Condition Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0218 0669 00002 0392
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0243 0667 0004 0421
Figure 46 and Table 4 display normalized heat treatment data obtained from the
SFSA spreadsheet Figure 46 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS
D11) and there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content leading to an increase in YS Table 4 displays the average chemical composition
for each respective designation In this case there is only a 0035 wt C difference over
a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Figure 47 NampT heat treatments with YS as a function of weldability The correlation suggests that
increasing CE in this condition will decrease YS
- 95 -
Table 5 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the NampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0 0 0 0
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0218 0975 0006 0484
Figure 47 and Table 5 display NampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 47 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying content
leading to an increase in YS Table 5 displays the average chemical composition for each
respective designation In this case there were not any data points that met the high-
strength-low-CE designation
Figure 48 QampT heat treatments and their YS as a function of weldability The correlation is the best out of
normalize and NampT however there is a negative trend suggesting that increasing CE will decrease YS
- 96 -
Table 6 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the QampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE
0195 0795 0 0333
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE
0239 0740 0012 0427
Figure 48 and Table 6 display QampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 48 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is only a slight statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content and increasing YS This negative trend in the R2 of 01 suggests that there is a
slight correlation between increasing alloying elements and a decrease in YS Table 6
displays the average chemical composition for each respective designation In this case
there is a 0044 wt C difference over a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Finally the last analysis completed on this spreadsheet was dividing it up into
quartiles based on YS and then analyzing the average and standard deviation in chemical
composition for the top and bottom quartile The results are displayed in Table 7 The
middle 50 percent of data were ignored because the extreme differences in mechanical
properties from the database should better expose any existing chemical-property
relationships of WCB conventional C-Mn cast steels
Table 7 Weight Percent Addition of Primary Alloying Elements with Respective Total
Top Quartile and Bottom Quartile Average and Standard Deviation
YS Ave C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 023
plusmn 002
075
plusmn 014
043
plusmn 006
0003
plusmn 0004
030
plusmn 016
046
plusmn 005
49 (339)
plusmn 39 (27)
Top 25 023
plusmn 002
074
plusmn 010
042
plusmn 006
0002
plusmn 0004
032
plusmn 023
046
plusmn 004
54 (369)
plusmn 11 (78)
Bottom 25 023
plusmn 002
081
plusmn 020
044
plusmn 007
0005
plusmn 0004
028
plusmn 009
048
plusmn 005
44 (304)
plusmn 32 (219)
- 97 -
The results displayed in Table 7 support the previous analyses of the spreadsheet
The WCB conventional cast steel spreadsheet compiled by the SFSA suggests results that
do not make sense metallurgically It is highly improbable that an increase in carbon
content andor manganese content would not make a cast steel stronger There should be
positive correlations in YS with increasing carbon content and manganese content
however this was not observed The positive correlations that did exist had very small R2
values that were not statistically significant the largest being 01 for YS as a function of
manganese content as observed in Figure 45 In Table 7 the difference between the
average wt C for the top quartile of YS and the average wt C for the bottom
quartile of YS is only 0006 wt C This is because the overall ranges in composition in
this database was not large Table 8 is a summary table depicting the total percentages of
the spreadsheet that achieved certain strengths and weldability values
Table 8 Database Summary Table Depicting Percentages of Samples within YS and
Weldability Ranges
Designation Range Overall
Normalize
NampT
QampT
High Strength Low
CE
ge 55 ksi le 042
CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength High
CE
le 45 ksi ge 045
CE 91 43 42 047
The spreadsheet data suggests lack of composition correlation with mechanical
properties and variation in spectrometry and mechanical testing This was not a
controlled study that was conducted by the SFSA There were nine foundries that
participated in data collection each using their own spectrometer to provide a chemistry
analysis It would only take a slight variation between foundries data collection validity
for the values of this spreadsheet to be drastically different Additionally there was no
- 98 -
control of the mechanical testing It is unknown where each foundry sent their tensile test
bars for mechanical testing or if they were tested on-site by each foundry Nonetheless
more reputable data would have been obtained if all tensile test bars were sent to one
mechanical testing facility that would perform the mechanical test as well as retrieve an
official chemistry analysis Nonetheless since only 041 of samples in the entire
database reached YS and weldability requirements it can be concluded that conventional
C-Mn cast steels cannot achieve 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS and CEAWS D11 le 045 CE
consistently enough to be used Therefore microalloying is needed
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial two heats of material were designed to build off of previous work done
in the literature ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo is a reformulated version of conventional WCB C-Mn
cast steel ldquoModified C-Mn-Vrdquo is has less carbon content but more manganese and there
is a modest vanadium addition These alloys were meant to contrast a plain C-Mn cast
steel with a similar cast steel microalloyed with vanadium and slightly more manganese
The complete spectrometer readout is displayed in Table 9 and the CEAWS D11 and
CEASTM values are given in Table 10 Both CE values were computed with the data in
Table 8 not the ldquotarget carbonrdquo shown in Table 11
- 99 -
Table 9 Complete Spectrometer Readout for Compositions of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V
Element Modified C-Mn (wt addition) Modified C-Mn-V (wt addition)
C 0180 0153
Mn 117 123
P 0010 0017
S 0003 0003
Si 035 043
Cr 017 024
Ni 006 006
Mo 0020 002
Cu 0060 007
Al 0055 0057
W 0002 0002
V 0002 0097
Nb 0001 0006
Zr 0028 0023
N 0012 NA
Table 10 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-
Mn-V
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
Modified C-Mn 042 048 043 005
Modified C-Mn-V 044 051 043 008
Table 11 Target Carbon Weight Percent vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from
Multiple Foundries for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo)
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
LECO
Carbon
A 020 0180 0141 0196 0171
B 015 0153 0106 0166 0159
Table 11 displays inconsistent chemistry measurements for carbon content
between foundries and measurement methods This severely compromises a foundryrsquos
ability to accurately meet chemistry targets For example the target carbon composition
for Modified C-Mn is 020 wt C and according to all spectrometers used and the
LECO there is a up to a 059 wt C difference between all measures This could have
profound effects associated with inconsistencies Customers could be receiving steel that
- 100 -
both themselves and the casting foundry believe to be in spec when the actual chemistry
is significantly different This also has direct ramifications with the CE errors due
inaccurate carbon content reporting This could cause weld defects due to lack of
preheating when the CE calculated for that specific steel determined that no preheat was
needed Ultimately this reinforces the theory that variance in spectrometers between
foundries is probably one of the major contributing factors to such large scatter in the
spreadsheet data from the SFSA
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling
Due to the microalloy additions of vanadium a full austenitic transformation must
occur during austenitizing heat treatments such that all VC VN and VCN are
solutionized This will increase the propensity for fine dispersed precipitation of VC VN
and VCN during subsequent temperaging If a fully cohesive austenite phase it not
formed ie not all microalloying additions are solutionized then there will be unwanted
growth during cooling of non-quenched heat treatments as well as in all subsequent
tempers This produces overly large VC VN and VCN that will not have the same
strengthening effects in the ferrite matrix of fine dispersed precipitates This is because
many fine-dispersed precipitates have a greater surface area interaction with the matrix
than fewer larger precipitates57 Figures 49-51 are outputs from Thermo-Calc Software
TCFE SteelsFe-alloys database version 8 which show phase fraction as a function of
temperature for the Modified C-Mn chemistry Modified C-Mn-V chemistry and the
Modified C-Mn-V with 003 wt Nb respectively76 A niobium addition is modeled
such that an understanding can be developed for the difference in solutionizing
temperature between itself and vanadium
- 101 -
Figure 49 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn All carbides and other present
phases solutionize completely by 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
Figure 50 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V All carbides and other
present phases solutionize by 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C)
- 102 -
Figure 51 Phase Fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V with a 003 wt Nb
addition All carbides and other present phases solutionize by 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C)
Fully homogenous austenite occurs at 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn 2003
˚F (1095 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V and 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V with a
003 wt Nb addition The results for Modified C-Mn-V were not expected because it is
repeated throughout the literature that the solutionizing temperature for vanadium is
approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1 Admittedly these Thermo-Calc models were created
after all heat treating was completed because literature is so adamant about the
solutionizing temperatures of vanadium which is why austenitizing of the Modified C-
Mn-V samples was performed at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) This creates controversy because if
Thermo-Calc is correct the austenitizing temperature of 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) was not
adequate to fully solutionize the vanadium which could lead to oversized precipitates
It should be noted that there are limitations to the commercial databases used in
Thermo-Calc when full systems of alloying elements are modeled because of the program
has difficulty calculating the free energies of non-Fe elements Miscibility gaps can
siphon vanadium away from carbides and form different FCC sublattices These are
- 103 -
depicted in Figures 49-51 To create more accurate Thermo-Calc models a specific
database for all present elements would be needed Even when ldquoartifactrdquo phases are not
displayed graphically Thermo-Calc still calculates their existence even though it is not
visible on the graph Therefore the other phases that are depicted behave the same
whether ldquoartifactsrdquo are visible or not The major problem with this database when
modeling microalloying additions with vanadium is that it does not recognize the
introduction of nitrogen into the carbide which is a crucial component
54 Tempering Study
A tempering investigation was conducted to observe temperaging effects of the
microalloying elements present in Modified C-Mn-V versus Modified C-Mn which did
not contain vanadium These graphs should serve as heat treating guidelines for foundries
and metallurgists The curve drawn between the data points are suggestions rather than
ldquofitted curvesrdquo The Keel block legs from Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were
austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 20 hr and then normalized in an air cool or water
quenched Subsequent 10 hr or 40 hr tempers were performed with temperatures
ranging from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments as seen in
Figures 52-61 More specifically Figures 52-57 show the effect of the tempering times
and temperatures for each Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V Figures 57-61 show a
comparison between the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V so that effects of
vanadium during tempering can be more clearly seen
bull The hardness readings shown in each figure is the average hardness from multiple
readings on each sample
bull The reading at 00 hr is the initial hardness before any tempering is performed
- 104 -
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures There is no
temperaging response observed however a negligible increase in hardness happened for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
at 1 hr
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr tempering times for different
temperatures There was dramatic softening especially with the 1200 ˚F temperature at 4 hr due to
standard tempering mechanisms
- 105 -
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures Initially at 1
hr standard tempering softening occurs at all temperatures The most effective being 1100 ˚F (593 ˚C)
Then precipitation aging occurs before 4 hr and a hardness increase is observed
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT This is less straightforward than the NampT heat treatment however
similar results are obtained There was a drastic softening at 1 hr and a subsequent increased hardness due
to aging by 4 hr for 900 ˚F (482 ˚C) There was only a slight temperaging response for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
and the 1200 ˚F (649 ˚C) temperature only softened after 1 hr
- 106 -
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn where both NampT and QampT are placed on the same HRB scale such that a direct
comparison can be appreciated of the effects of a normalize and quench can have on starting hardness
values for the same material and their subsequent tempering responses
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V displaying both NampT and QampT on the same HRB scale enabling direct
comparison between the two heat treatments and their subsequent temper(aging) responses
- 107 -
Figure 58 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to NampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
1000 ˚F and 1100 ˚F (538 ˚C and 593 ˚C) The other results did not indicate temperaging
Figure 59 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to QampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
900 ˚F (482 ˚C) The other results did not indicate sufficient temperaging
- 108 -
Figure 60 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated A different sample was used for
each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn
Figure 61 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated for Modified C-Mn-V at 1 hr
temper time Modified C-Mn-V for 4 hr temper time behaves anomalously A different sample was used
for each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn at 4 hr
temper time
- 109 -
This tempering study showed that ldquotemperagingrdquo effects are simultaneous
martensite softening and precipitation strengthening produced when microalloying with
vanadium It is hopeful that these tempering graphs can serve as suggestions for foundry
heat treating applications of cast steels containing vanadium As expected a temperaging
response was not observed in Modified C-Mn due to its lack of vanadium however not
all Modified C-Mn-V tempering samples showed a complete temperaging response
depending on the tempering temperature chosen It is customary to not exceed 100 HRB
such that HRC is used after this hardness point however all measurements were
completed using HRB so all hardness values could be compared using the same scale
The validity of this study needs to be explored with a future tempering study at
more tempering times and temperatures than used in this study Additionally fitted
curves should be applied such that a more accurate times and temperatures can be
approximated for optimum temperaging
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments to establish benchmarks for behavior of conventional WCB C-Mn cast steel
alloys with and without vanadium additions
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn
Modified C-Mn alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
containing no vanadium Table 12 displays mechanical property data for Modified C-Mn
after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 13 displays the averages
of the mechanical properties from Table 12
- 110 -
Table 12 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 458 (3158) 768 (5295) 289 620 150
NampT 473 (3261) 773 (5330) 289 625 144
QampT 727 (5012) 939 (6474) 250 638 205
QampT 780 (5378) 968 (6674) 226 600 216
Table 13 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn with YS and TS in
ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 466 (3210) 771 (53130 289 623 147
QampT 754 (5195) 954 (6574) 238 619 211
The results displayed in Tables 12 and 13 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 288 ksi (1986 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 64 HB over the NampT condition but
a 51 EL decrease
It is expected that there is a YS and hardness increase from the NampT condition to
the QampT condition in the Modified C-MN alloy The full quench of a steel produces
martensite which is the hardest microstructure possible in steels According to the
tempering studies full hardness of the Modified C-Mn alloy in the QampT condition
produces a Brinell hardness of approximately 240 HB Then during tempering of the
keel blocks legs at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr the rapid diffusion and coarsening of
cementite softened the matrix to 211 HB This was a pure softening effect as no
secondary hardening effects were seen due to the lack of vanadium and other
microalloying elements50 The microstructures of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
and QampT condition are in Figures 62 and 63 respectively
- 111 -
Figure 62 Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
Figure 63 Modified C-Mn in the QampT Condition
- 112 -
Figures 62 and 63 show different microstructures of Modified C-Mn that are
induced by different heat-treating conditions Figure 62 indicates proeutectoid ferrite
(white) and pearlite (dark) According to Table 9 the carbon content of Modified C-Mn
is 018 wt C This composition places the alloy in the hypoeutectoid two-phase
cooling region far left of the eutectoid at 077 wt C which provides ample time for
proeutectoid ferrite nucleation and growth as seen in Figure 9 The slower cooling rates
of a NampT provide time for diffusion and nucleation and growth to enable this
microstructure The fast cooling of a quench does not allow for any diffusion to occur
Figure 63 is characteristic of a tempered martensite microstructure The dark regions are
cementite and the lighter areas are ferrite Tempering provided enough thermal energy for
some diffusion to occur and the laths of martensite are not visible
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V
Modified C-Mn-V alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
with the addition of vanadium Tables 14 displays the mechanical property data for
Modified C-Mn-V after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 15
displays the averages of the mechanical properties from Table 14
Table 14 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn-V with YS and
TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 590 (4068) 859 (5923) 289 587 172
NampT 597 (4116) 856 (5902) 289 636 165
QampT 976 (6729) 1142 (7874) 196 496 231
QampT 991 (6833) 1156 (7970) 211 576 231
- 113 -
Table 15 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn-V with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 594 (4092) 858 (5913) 289 612 169
QampT 984 (6781) 1149 (7922) 2035 536 231
The results displayed in Tables 14 and 15 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 390 ksi (2689 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 62 HB over the NampT condition but
an 86 EL decrease There is an increase in YS from Modified C-Mn to Modified C-
Mn-V for both the NampT and QampT condition 128 ksi (883 MPa) and 23 ksi (1586
MPa) respectively
It is logical that strength levels for the vanadium containing Modified C-Mn-V
alloy are higher than for the Modified C-Mn alloy Additionally there is a 390 ksi (2689
MPa) YS increase from the NampT condition to the QampT condition in Modified C-Mn-V
compared to a 288 ksi (1986 MPa) strength increase from the NampT condition to the
QampT condition in the Modified C-Mn alloy This difference suggests that a secondary
hardening event occurred during the QampT heat treating of the Modified C-Mn-V If
temperaging did not occur it would be expected that the difference in strength between
the NampT condition and QampT conditions would be similar to what is observed in
Modified C-Mn The microstructures of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition and the
QampT condition are in Figures 64 and 65 respectively
- 114 -
Figure 64 Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
Figure 65 Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition
- 115 -
Figure 64 has micro-specs (precipitates) that are evident throughout the
proeutectoid ferrite matrix This dispersion is not seen as well QampT condition in Figure
65 due to the amount of tempered martensite which obscures the view These
precipitates are not visible in the vanadium-free Modified C-Mn alloy in Figures 62 and
63 Due to the uniform nature of the precipitates displayed in Figure 64 it can be
concluded that a normalizing cool is sufficient to retain the precipitates in solution until
below the critical transformation temperature such that they do not de-solutionize during
initial cooling If a finite amount of precipitates would have de-solutionized during the
initial air cool then there would be large precipitates visible with the fine precipitates
because the larger precipitates would have grown during initial cooling
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
Analysis of microstructures with a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) was also
performed on the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V alloys to compare the
microalloying effects of vanadium at a more microscopic level This was in response to
the precipitates that are visible in Figure 64 and an attempt to verify the existence of VN
VC andor VCN precipitates in addition to comparing the relative size of the precipitates
to determine if some de-solutionized The precipitates that de-solutionized during the
normalizing air cool would be larger than those aged into the matrix Figures 66-68
display Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
at 5000X and 10000X respectively
- 116 -
Figure 66 SEM image of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition There are no precipitates in this alloy due
to the lack of microalloying additions
Figure 67 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
- 117 -
Figure 68 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition at a higher magnification than Figure
67 The Precipitates of vanadium are more defined in this image
There are no precipitates or dispersoids visible in the SEM micrograph of
Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition in Figure 66 However in the SEM micrographs in
Figures 67 and 68 there are precipitates present Figure 68 which is 10000X
magnification shows these precipitates better than Figure 67 Most of the precipitates in
the image appear to be uniform in size however there are a few larger precipitates This
size difference was not visible with just optical microscopy Therefore it can now be
postulated that a small finite number of precipitates de-solutionized during normalizing
air cool but it is a small percentage Thus the air cool is still adequate for a subsequent
temper to induce aging and not over-age precipitates
Electron Dispersion Spectroscopy (EDS) was also performed on these samples to
determine the composition of the precipitates However a proper balance in eV could not
- 118 -
be found such that the beam either over-penetrated the sample and was reading the
composition of the matrix or it was not strong enough to read the sample This is due to
the nm magnitude of the precipitates It is suggested that a surface technique such as X-
Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) be performed so that over-penetration does not
occur and a quantitative analysis of the composition can be acquired
56 Special Heat-Treating Options
There needs to be more metallurgical control in heat treating of microalloyed
HSLA steels than with conventional steels to ensure that a proper temperaging response
is observed72 An open question is the heat treatment response of heavy section castings
that will have slower cooling rates for NampT and QampT heat treatments
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
This thick-section study involves subjecting the keel block bodies of both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to NampT and QampT to better understand the
cooling rate effect of large section size Table 16 displays the results of a Brinell
Hardness testing profile across the 40 in (102 cm) face of keel blocks Table 17 also
displays the Brinell Hardness results but with an interpretation of the hardness at the
edge and center for each keel block
- 119 -
Table 16 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments Each ldquoIndentationrdquo Value is Represented as the Hardness Profile
Developed Across the Face
Indentation
Number
Alloy A
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy A
(QampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(QampT)
Hardness
1 136 189 169 260
2 153 182 182 215
3 153 183 173 214
4 141 169 162 211
5 141 167 164 219
6 153 168 155 217
7 150 179 150 218
8 131 168 165 218
9 159 171 164 219
10 153 178 151 224
11 149 185 166 228
12 153 179 172 229
13 NA 184 168 242
14 NA 176 NA NA
Table 17 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments
Sample and (HT) Midway Hardness (HB) Edge Hardness (HB)
Alloy A (NampT) 147 147
Alloy A (QampT) 172 180
Alloy B (NampT) 156 172
Alloy B (QampT) 216 234
The Brinell Hardness profiles across the 40 in (102 cm) faces of the keel blocks
determined that the edge hardness was greater for both conditions of Modified C-Mn-V
and the QampT condition of Modified C-Mn The NampT condition of Modified C-Mn did
not develop a profile
Cooling gradients are to be expected in thick-casting sizes due to the specific heat
capacity of the material Therefore the steel should be harder in areas near the edge of
the material where a faster cooling rate is observed than at the center where the material
- 120 -
is more insulated from severe quenches The results in Table 17 do not make sense for
the NampT condition of Modified C-Mn The QampT condition and both conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V have the expected profile
Additionally when the HRB values from the tempering study are converted to
HB values and applied to this data the results also are not consistent For example the
HB conversion value for the normalized condition of Modified C-Mn-V before a temper
is 180 HB (taken from tempering study) The hardest HB value in the thick-section data
is 182 for the same alloy after NampT Therefore the following are possible 1) incorrect
conversions from HRB to Brinell 2) a temperaging response increased the hardness in
the thick section meaning that the effects of age hardening overpowered the temper on a
slow cool which is very unlikely 3) the data is compromised and should be repeated
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real-life situations metal castings are complex in shape and do not
experience uniform cooling rates The kinetic and thermal property issues associated with
this will be addressed It is important to understand how the microstructure of one-section
of casting could be significantly different than another section of the same casting
because of cooling rates To study this effect keel block legs were normalized with and
without the keel blocks still attached for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
these results are displayed in Tables 18 and 20 respectively Tables 19 and 21 are
summary tables displaying the averages of the mechanical properties from Tables 18 and
20
- 121 -
Table 18 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 453 (3123) 769 (5302) 282 518 146
A 442 (3047) 770 (5309) 266 520 150
B 518 (3571) 805 (5550) 274 426 153
B 522 (3599 806 (5557) 250 388 152
Table 19 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel
Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and
TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 448 (3085) 770 (5306) 274 519 148
B 520 (3585) 8055 (5554) 262 407 153
Table 20 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 475 (3275) 784 (5405) 304 552 150
A 470 (3240) 782 (5392) 289 603 148
B 544 (3751) 829 (5716 234 458 166
B 542 (3737) 832 (5736) 274 516 168
Table 21 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from
Keel Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS
and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 473 (3258) 783 (5399) 297 578 149
B 543 (3744) 831 (5726) 254 487 167
The data from Part II of the thick-section study investigated the cooling rate
effects of a thin-section attached to a thick-section versus a thin-section cooling
autonomously This was conducted for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V The
data suggests that faster cooling rates are observed when the thin-section is autonomous
versus when the thin-section is attached to a thick-section (keel block) Faster cooling
rates yield finer grain structures which are consistently found to increase strength
Consequently the YS values for both alloys are higher in Table 21 when the thin-section
- 122 -
cooled autonomously To analyze the difference in grain structure between cooling rates
Figures 69-72 display micrographs of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V attached to
the keel block and cooled autonomously respectively
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn attached to the keel block
- 123 -
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V attached to keel block
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn normalized autonomously from keel block
- 124 -
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V normalized autonomously from keel block
There is an obvious difference in grain size between samples that were cooled
while attached to the keel block (Figures 69 and 70) and ones that were cooled
autonomously (Figures 71 and 72)
563 Double Normalize
Double normalizing heat treatments have been reported to increase toughness and
ductility while sacrificing relatively little strength75 Therefore it became a heat treatment
of interest Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were both subjected to the double
normalizing heat treatment There was no temper that followed either normalization heat
treatment Table 22 displays the mechanical properties of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V after a double normalize The averages are in Table 23
- 125 -
Table 22 Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment with
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 493 (3399) 794 (5474) 312 646 153
A 508 (3503) 795 (5481) 352 680 150
A 498 (3434) 793 (5468) 312 652 153
A 493 (3413) 801 (5523) 336 678 156
B 557 (3840) 835 (5757) 304 634 165
B 551 (3799) 834 (5750) 312 645 162
B 560 (3861) 835 (5757 320 643 165
B 549 (3785) 829 (5716) 320 629 162
Table 23 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment
with Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in
ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 498 (3437) 796 (5487) 328 664 153
B 554 (3821) 833 (5745) 314 638 164
The double normalizing heat treatment mechanical properties are best-compared
to the mechanical properties obtained by the single normalizing heat treatment of a keel
block leg in Table 21 The average YS for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in
single normalizing condition is 473 ksi (3258 MPa) and 543 ksi (3744 MPa)
respectively These are both slightly weaker than the YS values produced with a double
normalizing heat treatment for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 498 ksi (3437
MPa) and 554 ksi (3821 MPa) respectively Equally important was the EL increase
that was observed with the double normalizing heat treatment compared to the single
normalizing heat treatment These results are conducive with literature To analyze the
grain refinement that occurred Figures 73 and 74 are images of double normalized
condition Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
- 126 -
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn double normalize
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V double normalize
- 127 -
Figures 73 and 74 are micrographs of the double normalized condition of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
The Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V used in previous experiments had
chemical composition data from multiple sources that was not consistent Additionally
they did not meet the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement Therefore more compositional data
needed testing and validation Factorial design alloys were also produced to better
develop compositional understandings and how much variance is allowed in composition
to still maintain strength Table 24 displays the 4 new alloys (C-F) and their designations
Table 25 shows the compositional targets for Alloys C-F and the actual spectrometer
compositions are shown in Table 26 Then the data from Table 26 was used to calculate
the CE values for these alloys and this data is displayed in Table 27 Finally carbon
content comparisons were made with spectrometer data from multiple foundries and the
results are shown in Table 28
Table 24 Alloy Name and Designation for Factorial Design Alloys
Alloy Designation
C Lo-CLo-MnLo-V
D Hi-CLo-MnHi-V
E Lo-CHi-MnHi-V
F Hi-CHi-MnLo-V
Table 25 Alloy C-F Compositional Targets for Carbon Manganese Vanadium and
Silicon
Alloy C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
C 013 10 007 lt 04
D 017 10 011 lt 04
E 013 14 011 lt 04
F 017 14 007 lt 04
- 128 -
Table 26 Actual Chemical Compositions for Alloys C-F as Determined by
Spectrometry
Element Alloy C (wt
addition)
Alloy D (wt
addition)
Alloy E (wt
addition)
Alloy F (wt
addition)
C 014 017 012 0159
Mn 088 098 104 135
P 0007 001 0008 0008
S 0005 0005 0002 0004
Si 025 033 025 041
Cr 015 017 036 019
Ni 003 008 006 007
Mo 001 002 003 0018
Cu 006 007 006 009
Al NA NA NA NA
W NA NA NA NA
V 010 012 011 0075
Nb NA NA NA NA
Zr NA NA NA NA
N NA NA NA NA
Table 27 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
C 035 039 033 006
D 041 046 039 007
E 040 044 034 010
F 045 049 043 004
Table 28 Target Carbon Wt vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from Multiple
Foundries for Alloys C-F
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
Leco
Carbon
C 013 0140 0167 0149 0184
D 017 0170 0188 0180 0190
E 013 0120 0139 0134 0167
F 017 0159 0172 0165 0182
Alloys C-F faced similar compositional difficulties that Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V did The actual compositions do not match the target compositions
- 129 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F
Alloys C-F were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments and their
mechanical property data is dispersed in Tables 29-36
Table 29 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 435 (2999) 664 (4578) 336 655 130
NampT 464 (3199) 676 (4661) 328 655 137
QampT 828 (5709) 990 (6826) 242 603 216
QampT 785 (5412) 961 (6626) 234 606 222
Table 30 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 450 (3099) 670 (4620) 332 655 134
QampT 807 (5561) 976 (6726 238 605 219
Table 31 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 751 (5178) 297 589 156
NampT 520 (3585) 753 (5192) 312 620 156
QampT 964 (6647) 1117 (7701) 203 525 240
QampT 947 (6529) 1103 (7605) 203 525 240
Table 32 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 752 (5185) 305 605 156
QampT 956 (6588) 1110 (7653) 203 525 240
Table 33 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 501 (3454) 717 (4944) 320 666 141
NampT 521 (3592) 724 (4992) 336 675 141
QampT 905 (6240) 1061 (7315) 219 583 240
QampT 858 (5916) 1020 (7033) 203 581 228
- 130 -
Table 34 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 511 (3523) 721 (4968) 328 671 141
QampT 882 (6078) 1041 (7174) 211 582 234
Table 35 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 543 (3754) 802 (5530) 336 689 159
NampT 556 (3833) 807 (5564) 304 661 162
QampT 1013 (6984) 1142 (7873) 1795 561 258
QampT 1060 (7308) 1167 (8046) 1955 589 247
Table 36 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 550 (3794) 805 (5547) 320 675 161
QampT 1037 (7146) 1155 (7960) 188 575 253
Alloys C and E are the only two alloys that have an acceptable CE value (lt045
wt CE) including Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V In the QampT condition
Alloy C has adequate YS with 807 ksi (5561 MPa) Alloy E in both NampT and QampT
conditions exceeds the 50 ksi threshold with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078
MPa) respectively This can be attributed to their low carbon contents which helps to
limit CE moderate amounts of manganese and high vanadium contents An observation
of the micrographs for Alloys C-F in both the NampT and QampT conditions can be made
with Figures 74-82
- 131 -
Figure 75 Alloy C in the NampT condition
Figure 76 Alloy C in the QampT condition
- 132 -
Figure 77 Alloy D in the NampT condition
Figure 78 Alloy D in the QampT condition
- 133 -
Figure 79 Alloy E in the NampT condition
Figure 80 Alloy E in the QampT condition
- 134 -
Figure 81 Alloy F in the NampT condition
Figure 82 Alloy F in the QampT condition
- 135 -
There does not appear to be any significant difference between the QampT condition
micrographs amongst Alloys D-F The main difference to note between the alloys is the
grain refinement observed with Alloy E in the NampT condition which is noticeably more
than in the other alloyrsquos NampT conditions Additionally there appears to be more
precipitates dispersed throughout the ferrite comparatively Consequently Alloy E is the
only Alloy to reach both the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis
There is a need for an understanding of allowable compositional variance ie
how much can the composition of certain alloying elements deviate and still reach
required strength levels Furthermore this becomes important for standards where there
are large allowable composition windows which is common since most steel casting
standards are based on mechanical properties This analysis was completed using the
Factorial Design alloys (Alloys C-F) Figures 83-88 are graphs that have ISO-YS lines as
a function of carbon content (Y-Axis) and manganese content (X-Axis) Figures 83-85
are for the NampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V and 012 wt V
respectively Figures 86-88 are for the QampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V
and 012 wt V respectively Therefore if a metallurgist wants to maintain a certain
YS for a certain wt V then they just have to alloy the wt C and wt Mn
according to the X and Y axis on the graphs The regression equations used for NampT and
QampT are shown in Equations 9 and 10 respectively
119884119878 = 51547 + (42064 times 119862) + (284495 times 119872119899) + (999979 times 119881) Eq 9
119884119878 = minus157501 + (1548821 times 119862) + (543727 times 119872119899) + (2631891 times 119881) Eq 10
- 136 -
Figure 83 NampT with no vanadium content
Figure 84 NampT with 008 wt V
- 137 -
Figure 85 NampT with 012 wt V
Figure 86 QampT with no vanadium content
- 138 -
Figure 87 QampT with 008 wt V
Figure 88 QampT with 012 wt V
- 139 -
The graphs display ISO-YS lines such that if the composition of the alloy waivers
in between two YS lines which are a function of carbon content and manganese content
then the YS of the alloy with that specific heat treatment and vanadium content will fall
between the two lines The correlation (R2 value) for the accuracy of the regression
equations are 08662 and 09879 for NampT and QampT respectively
59 ASTM Considerations
The final goal of this project involves integration of the developed alloy (most
likely some slight variation of Alloy E) into an existing ASTM Standard Table 37
provides suggestions of possible ASTM Standards both for wrought and cast grades
where a 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS cast steel could be integrated
Table 37 ASTM Specification Summary
ASTM Form TS-YS-EL (2rdquo)-
CVN
CE Cmax Mnmax
A487 Steel cast pressure (W) 85-55-22-Yes No 030 100
A242 HSLA Structural (W) 70-50-21-No No 015 100
A500 Cold-Formed Welded Tube
(W)
62-50-21-No No 023 135
A529 High-Strength C-Mn (W) 65-50-21-No 055 027 135
A709 Structural Bridge Multiple
Grade (W)
65-50-21-Yes No 023 135
A913 HSLA QST Grade 50 (W) 65-50-21-No 038 012 160
A992 Structural Steel Shapes (W) 65-50-21-No 045 023 160
A1043 Structural Build Grade 50
(W)
65-50-21-Yes 045 020 160
A148 Carbon Steel (C) 80-50-22-No No NA NA
A216 WCB (C) 70-36-22-No 050 030 100
A217 High-P High-T (C) 105-50-18-No No 021 080
A356 Low Alloy Grade 8 (C) 80-50-18-No No 020 090
A958 Steel Multiple Grades (C) 80-50-22-No No
consult original standard for more information
(W) for Wrought
(C) for Cast
- 140 -
Table 37 just serves to display possibilities This is groundwork that can help
assist in future deliberations regarding the matter It should also be noted that the goal is
to integrate the alloy into both an ASTM Standard and the AWS D11 Structural Welding
Code for Steel Integration of the developed alloy into an ASTM Standard and AWS
D11 Structural Welding Code is a highly political decision that is not taken lightly
There will be many composition tests welding tests mechanical tests and deliberations
to emerge
- 141 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work
61 Summary
This research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength (YS)
cast steel alloy using common alloying elements complete with heat treating guidelines
such that any foundry in the United States can produce this alloy and consistently achieve
the strength requirements Interest for this research spawned from industry and the
militaryrsquos transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA wrought steels to 50
ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades Alloys investigated were
restricted to a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that optimum
weldability is maintained Introductory work was completed for implementation of this
alloy into an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels and certification of this
alloy into the AWS D11 Structural Welding Code for steel Implementation of the high
weldability 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel into these standards and codes will enable the full
potential of the developed cast steel to be realized It will enable complex shapes of 50
ksi (345 MPa) cast steel to be cast into the final form and welded into place to expedite
construction processes
The research began with analysis of a conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216
WCB grade specific cast steel) database that was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of America (SFSA) to determine whether or not it was possible to reach the
desired properties and CE requirements with conventional cast steels The database
consisted of mechanical property data composition and heat treatment for conventional
C-Mn cast steels produced by a multitude of foundries across North America
- 142 -
The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements This suggested that it is not possible to obtain the required YS while
maintaining the CE requirements with conventional C-Mn cast steel Additional findings
of the database analysis implied much variance in spectrometer data between foundries
because there was no significant correlation between increasing alloying content and an
increasing YS regardless of heat treatment
The second stage of research was conducted to compare and contrast the
microalloying effects of vanadium in Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steels
that had compositions based on previous literature work1 The compositions were
modeled using Thermo-Calc to verify austenitizing temperatures for complete
solutionizing of VCN These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments a
tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis
normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing The tempering study analyzed
hardness values of normalized or quenched wafers that were subjected to tempering times
of either 10 hr or 40 hr for various times These values were then plotted to obtain
tempering curves however these curves were not true ldquofitted curvesrdquo but merely
suggestions The thick-section analysis was completed with keel blocks to see the effects
of cooling rates because it was postulated that thick-sections may not cool fast enough for
vanadium to stay in solution Keel blocks were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments and were subsequently sliced at frac14 thickness Brinell hardness testing was then
perform across the freshly exposed keel block faces to develop hardness profiles The
normalizing cooling rate study was done to mimic real-world cooling of complex casting
shapes which may not cool uniformly One of the two keel block legs was removed from
- 143 -
a keel block and its mate remained on the keel block Then both the autonomous keel
block leg and the one still attached to the keel block were normalized The difference in
cooling rates divulged different properties These samples were not tempered Finally a
double normalizing heat treatment was performed because it is commonly done in
industry to HSLA cast steels to improve ductility with only a slight strength penalty75
bull Thermocalc modeling predicted that the full austenitizing temperatures for the full
solutionizing of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This is a contradiction with literature which
suggests that vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1
bull Optical microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation
hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT
conditions
bull The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry
this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-
Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
bull There was also substantial variance in spectrometer readings between foundries
bull The resulting average YS of the NampT condition for the Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V alloys were 466 ksi (3210 MPa) and 594 ksi (4092 MPa)
respectively Likewise the average YS of the QampT condition were 754 ksi (5195
MPa) and 984 ksi (6781 MPa) respectively
bull The tempering study found temperaging effects in the vanadium containing alloy
There was an initial softening at 10 hr due to tempering of martensite The
kinetics for aging take time to initiate and hardness increased on some samples at
- 144 -
40 hr Some C-Mn-V samples especially higher temperature samples did not
display an aging response at hour 40 however this was probably due to
overaging Therefore it can be posited that C-Mn-V samples exposed to higher
temperatures probably hit peak-age in between 10 and 40 hr
bull The thick-section study produced hardness profiles as expected (higher hardness
at the edge than at the center) in all samples except the Modified C-Mn in the
NampT condition Testing of this sample in particular should be repeated to verify
the results However the Brinell hardness of the Modified C-Mn thick-section in
the NampT condition identically matched its tensile test bar in the NampT condition
for hardness 147 HB
bull Other findings of the thick-section study were that the edge hardness values for
Modified C-Mn in the QampT condition were 180 HB compared to its tensile test
bar in the QampT condition which were 211 HB This can be attributed to slower
cooling rates for the keel block It allowed precipitates to de-solutionize during
the initial cooling from the austenite phase Both the NampT and QampT conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V had higher hardness at the edges of the keel blocks than their
respective tensile test bars average hardness 172 HB compared to 169 HB for the
NampT condition and 234 HB compared to 231 HB for QampT condition However
these results have a negligible difference This proves thicker sections can be
quenched rapidly enough to prevent precipitates from de-solutionizing
bull The normalizing cooling rate study found that test bars cooled autonomously had
a more refined grain structure and higher average YS values and higher average
hardness values Modified C-Mn had a YS of 448 ksi (3085 MPa) and hardness
- 145 -
of 148 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of 473 (3258 MPa) and a
hardness of 149 HB when cooled separately Modified C-Mn-v had a YS of 520
ksi (3585 MPa) and hardness of 153 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of
543 (3744 MPa) and a hardness of 167 HB when cooled separately
bull The double normalizing study found that average EL is increased for both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V when compared to NampT and QampT
conditions For Modified C-Mn in the NampT and QampT conditions the average EL
was 29 and 24 respectively while in the double normalized condition
the average EL was 328 For Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT and QampT
conditions the average EL was 29 and 30 respectively while in the
double normalized condition the average EL was 314
bull The double normalizing study also found that there was an increase in YS and EL
when compared to the single normalizing heat treatment that the autonomous
tensile test bars were subjected to in the normalizing cooling rate study The
average double normalizing YS values are 498 ksi (3437 MPa) and 554 ksi
(3821 MPa) for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively This is due
to a more refined grain structure that is present in the double normalizing
condition
The third stage of research was conducted to determine the compositional range
allowable to still maintain YS values Alloys C-F were created to further analyze this All
samples were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments to the same processing
parameters as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
- 146 -
bull Only Alloy C and Alloy E reached the CEAWS D11 requirement with 039 wt
CE and 044 wt CE respectively
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the NampT condition are 450 ksi (3099 MPa)
520 ksi (3585 MPa) 511 ksi (3523 MPa) 550 ksi (3794 MPa)
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the QampT condition are 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
956 ksi (6588 MPa) 882 ksi (6078 MPa) and 1037 ksi (7146 MPa)
respectively
bull Alloy C met both the CE requirement and YS requirement in its QampT condition
with 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
bull Alloy E met both the CE requirement and YS for both NampT and QampT conditions
with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078 MPa) respectively
bull Optical microscopy was performed on all samples and it was determined that
precipitation hardening occurred in both NampT and QampT conditions for Alloys C-
F
bull The compositions of Alloys C-F were not on target Therefore a full factorial
design could not be completed however this further bolsters the fact that it is
difficult for foundries to produce compositions accurately Additionally when the
spectrometer data was compared between foundries there was also a large
variance as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
bull Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345
MPa) YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt
Si 036 wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt
- 147 -
V Therefore this is the composition that should be investigated for its
inception into an ASTM Standard or AWS welding code
62 Conclusion
In conclusion this research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield
Strength (YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to
ensure that optimum weldability is maintained without preheating This is in response to
industry and the military transitioning from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA
wrought steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades It is desired
that complex shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded
into place to expedite construction processes Thus the reason for a high weldability
Additionally only common alloying elements are used to ensure that every steel foundry
in America has the capabilities to cast it To accomplish this an initial understanding of
conventional C-Mn cast steel capabilities needed to be developed A database of over
20000 conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216 WCB grade specific cast steel)
compositions and mechanical properties was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of
America (SFSA) It was analyzed to determine the limitations of conventional C-Mn cast
steel Ie if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying additions would
be needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS
and CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE
requirements
There was a need to develop a basic understanding of the microalloying effects of
vanadium when compared to a similar compositional sample without vanadium This was
accomplished with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steel samples that were
- 148 -
based upon compositions from previous literature work1 These alloys were subjected to
NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering
study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis normalizing
cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical microscopy was performed on both
samples and there was precipitation hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy
for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not
achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051
wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively Further work
continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE requirements Thermocalc
modeling of these alloys was completed to understand at what temperature the system
would fully solutionize It predicted the solutionizing temperatures of Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This
suggests that the vanadium in the Modified C-Mn-V would not have been fully
solutionized This is however a contradiction with literature which suggests that
vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) Future work should
investigate this disagreement
Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C earned a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
- 149 -
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V Therefore
this is the composition that should be investigated further for future implementation into
ASTM Standards and AWS Structural Welding Codes
63 Future Work
Future work must revisit the following to either validate the existing work or to
develop the theory more comprehensively
bull Tempering Study with larger samples of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to see if results are repeatable Then curves should be ldquofittedrdquo to obtain true
tempering profiles
bull Hardness Profiles for the thick-section study to see if the results are repeatable
and to compare how the hardness values compare to the ones produced in the
tempering study
bull Perform optical microscopy on the thick-section castings
bull Reinvestigate Thermo-Calc models with a specific database for HSLA steels
Future work must continue in the following areas that were either beyond the
scope of this project or not permitted with time and funding allotted
bull Double normalize and temper study with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to compare these results with the existing double normalizing heat treatment
results
bull Complete more investigations with variations of Alloy E
- 150 -
Appendix A
Figure 89 Comparing and contrasting a conventional cast steel microstructure with a microalloyed HSLA
cast steel microstructure1
- 151 -
Figure 90 As-Cast microstructure of HSLA steels vs normalized microstructure for HSLA cast steel1
- 152 -
Figure 91 Original estimate for vanadium content to obtain 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS as a function of carbon
content and manganese content
Figure 92 Original attempt at creating a 50 ksi (345 MPa) surface as a function of carbon content and
manganese content
- 153 -
Appendix B
Table 38 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys A and B
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
A (C-Mn) 048 0421 0312 0264 043
B (C-Mn-V) 051 0438 0295 0256 043
Table 39 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
C 0386 0345 024 0214 0328
D 046 0405 0284 0257 0388
E 0443 0401 025 0215 0335
F 0493 0451 0312 0259 0426
Table 40 Original Quartile Analysis for Database
C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS
D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 0229 0753 0425 0003 0304 046 49230 (339429)
Ave Top
025 YS 0232 0735 0420 0002 0316 046 53574 (369380)
Ave Bottom
025 YS 0226 0812 0441 0005 0278 048 44022 (303521)
Total Std
Dev 0022 0138 0065 0004 0162 0048 3917 (27007)
Std Dev
Top 025 YS 0022 0099 0063 0004 0225 0042 1137 (7839)
Std Dev
Bottom 025
YS
0018 0197 0067 0004 0091 0049 3182 (21939)
- 154 -
References
(1) Voigt Robert C Blair M and Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of
High-Strength Low-Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1994
(2) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoSolidification and Casting Processesrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 18ndash75
(3) Pakker E R Zackay V F Materials Science of Modern Steels Prog Solid State
Chem 1975 9 (C) 105ndash138
(4) Krauss G ldquoHistory and Primary Steel Processingrdquo In Steels-Processing
Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park
OH 2016 pp 9ndash16
(5) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoMetal Processing and Manufacturingrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 1ndash17
(6) Australian-Foundry-Association ldquoMelting Technologyrdquo In Cleaner Production
Manual for the Queensland Foundry Industry 1999 p Chapter 3
(7) Hurtuk D J ldquoSteel Ingot Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 911ndash917
(8) Jorstad J L Technologies J L J ldquoShape Casting ProcessesmdashAn Introductionrdquo
In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH
2018 pp 485ndash487
(9) ASM-International ldquoGreen Sand Moldingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting
ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 549ndash566
(10) What-When-How Sand Castings httpwhat-when-howcommaterialsparts-and-
finishessand-castings
(11) ECS-Staff Guide to Casting and Molding Processes 2006
(12) ASM-International ldquoPermanent Mold Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 1 pp 689ndash699
(13) AFS US Casting Sales Reach 331 Billion Modern Casting 2019 pp 27ndash29
(14) Krauss G ldquoPearlite Ferrite and Cementiterdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
39ndash62
(15) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Diagramsrdquo In Fundamentals of
Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp Sons
INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 359ndash420
(16) Krauss G ldquoPhases and Structuresrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
15ndash32
- 155 -
(17) Okamoto H The C-Fe (Carbon-Iron) System J Phase Equilibria 1992 13 (5)
543ndash565
(18) Krauss G ldquoNormalizing Annealing and Spheroidizing Treatments
FerritePearlite and Spherical Carbides In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
277ndash291
(19) Krauss G ldquoHardness and Hardenabilityrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
297ndash325
(20) Brooks C R ldquoHardenabilityrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
43ndash86
(21) Tuttle R Understanding the Mechanism of Grain Refinement in Plain Carbon
Steels Int J Met 2013 7 (4) 7ndash16
(22) Krauss G ldquoDeformation Strengthening and Fracture of Ferritic Microstructuresrdquo
In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 213ndash232
(23) Gladman T ldquoMicrostructure-Property Relationshipsrdquo In The Physical Metallurgy
of Microalloyed Steels The Institute of Materials London England 1997 pp 19ndash
79
(24) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoMorphological Evolution Due to
Capillary and Applied Forces Diffusional Creep and Sinteringrdquo In Kinetics of
Materials John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 387ndash418
(25) Krauss G ldquoAustenite in Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 133ndash162
(26) Smith R M Chandra T Dunne D P Ferrite Grain Refinement in HSLA Steels
Strength Mater Alloy 1983 1 235ndash240
(27) Brooks C R ldquoStructural Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
263ndash306
(28) Duckworth W E Thermomechanical Treatment of Metals J Met 1966 No
August 915ndash922
(29) Kula E B Radcliffe V Thermomechanical Treatment of Steel J Met 1963 52
(7) 96ndash97
(30) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Transformationsrdquo In Fundamentals
of Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp
Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 421ndash482
(31) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoNucleationrdquo In Kinetics of Materials
John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 459ndash500
(32) Kingery W D Bowen H K Uhlmann D ldquoPhase-Transformations Glass
- 156 -
Formation and Glass-Ceramicsrdquo In Introduction to Ceramics Second Edition
John Wiley amp Sons INC New York New York 1976 pp 320ndash380
(33) Perepezko J H Madison W ldquoNucleation Kinetics and Grain Refinementrdquo In
ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018
Vol 15 pp 276ndash287
(34) Kurz W Fe E P ldquoPlane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 293ndash298
(35) Krauss G ldquoPrimary Processing Effects on Steel Microstructure and Propertiesrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 163ndash196
(36) Trivedi R Sunseri E ldquoNon-Plane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2008 pp 299ndash306
(37) Edwards L Endean M ldquoManufacturing with Materialsrdquo Butterworth
Heinemann Oxford United Kingdom 1990
(38) Beckermann C ldquoMacrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 348ndash352
(39) Dantzig J A ldquoTransport Phenomena During Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook
Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 70ndash74
(40) Brody H D ldquoMicrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 338ndash347
(41) Han Q ldquoShrinkage Porosity and Gas Porosityrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 9 pp 370ndash374
(42) Brooks C R ldquoAustentization of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of
Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999
pp 205ndash234
(43) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHomogenizationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 402ndash403
(44) Brooks C R ldquoAnnealing Normalizing Martempering and Austemperingrdquo In
Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM
International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 235ndash262
(45) Krauss G ldquoMartensite In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 63ndash97
(46) Krauss G ldquoIsothermal and Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagramsrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 197ndash211
(47) Brooks C R ldquoThe Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Time-Temperature-
Transformation (TTT) Diagramsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
3ndash41
(48) Brooks C R ldquoQuenching of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
- 157 -
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
87ndash126
(49) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHeat Treatmentrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 404ndash407
(50) Krauss G ldquoTempering of Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
373ndash403
(51) Brooks C R ldquoTemperingrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon
and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 127ndash204
(52) Krauss G ldquoLow-Carbon Steelsrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
233ndash275
(53) Zackay V F Thermomechanical Processing Mater Sci Eng 1976 25 247ndash261
(54) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of HSLA Cast Steels
1989
(55) Lippold J C ldquoIntroductionrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and Weldability John Wiley
amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 1ndash8
(56) Lippold J C ldquoHydrogen-Induced Crackingrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and
Weldability John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 213ndash262
(57) Lagneborg R Siwecki T Zajac S Hutchinson B The Role of Vanadium in
Microalloyed Steels Scand J Metall 1999 28 (October) 186ndash241
(58) Purtscher PT Cheng Y-W Structure-Property Relationships in Microalloyed
Ferrite-Pearlite Steels Phase 1 Literature Review Research Plan and Initial
Results Gov Res Announc Index 1993 1ndash59
(59) Deardo A J Niobium in Modern Steels Int Mater Rev 2003 48 (6) 371ndash402
(60) Sage A M The Use of Vanadium in Low Alloy Structural Steels In Specialty
Steels and Hard Materials Proceedings of the International Conference on Recent
Developments in Specialty Steels and Hard Materials (Materials Development
rsquo82) held in Pretoria South Africa 8-12 November 1982 Pergamon Press Ltd
1983 pp 111ndash125
(61) Ohtani H Hillert M A Thermodynamic Assessment of the Fe-N-V System
Calphad 1991 15 (1) 25ndash39
(62) Liu Z Thermodynamic Calculations of Carbonitrides in Microalloyed Steels Scr
Mater 2004 50 601ndash606
(63) ASM-International ldquoHigh-Strength Structural and High-Strength Low-Alloy
Steelsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and
High-Performance Alloys ASM International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1
pp 389ndash423
(64) Wright P H ldquoHigh-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Forgingsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and High-Performance Alloys ASM
- 158 -
International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1 pp 358ndash362
(65) Jack D H Jack K H Invited Review Carbides and Nitrides in Steel Mater
Sci Eng 1973 11 1ndash27
(66) Baker T N Processes Microstructure and Properties of Vanadium Microalloyed
Steels Mater Sci Technol 2009 25 (9) 1083ndash1107
(67) Voigt Robert C Rassizadehhghani J Initial Investigation of Microalloyed Cast
Steel 1987
(68) Naylor D J Review of International Activity on Microalloyed Engineering Steels
Ironmak Steelmak 1989 16 (4) 246ndash252
(69) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Gattu R K The Development of High Strength
Low Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1988
(70) Voigt R C Tu C-H Rosmait R L Development of As-Cast Steels 1990
(71) Dutcher D E Production and Properties of Microalloyed Steel Castings 1987
(72) Jackson W J The Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings A Review of the Literature
1978
(73) Voigt R C Blair M Rassizadehhghani J High Stength Low Alloy Cast Steels
1990
(74) Collie-Welding Carbon Equivalent Calculators
httpwwwcollieweldingcomcecalculatorsphp (accessed Oct 15 2019)
(75) Panneer Selvi S Sakthivel T Parameswaran P Laha K Effect of
Normalization Heat Treatment on Creep and Tensile Properties of Modified 9Crndash
1Mo Steel Trans Indian Inst Met 2016 69 (2) 261ndash269
(76) Thermo-Calc Thermo-Calc Software TCFE SteelsFe-Alloys Database Version 8
2016
VIII
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating - 109 -
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn - 109 -
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V - 112 -
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V - 115 -
56 Special Heat-Treating Options - 118 -
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block) - 118 -
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect) - 120 -
563 Double Normalize - 124 -
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys - 127 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F - 129 -
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis - 135 -
59 ASTM Considerations - 139 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work - 141 -
61 Summary - 141 -
62 Conclusion - 147 -
63 Future Work - 149 -
Appendix A - 150 -
Appendix B - 153 -
References - 154 -
IX
List of Figures
FIGURE PAGE
Figure 1 Continuous Casting Process Schematic 7
Figure 2 Hierarchy Chart of Shape Casting Processes 9
Figure 3 Horizontal Green Sand-Casting Mold Illustration11
Figure 4 Green Sand-Casting Flow Chart 12
Figure 5 Diagram of a Green Sand-Casting Shake-out System 14
Figure 6 Green Sand Reclamation and Cooling Diagram15
Figure 7 Graph of Casting Sales per Year 16
Figure 8 Eutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 18
Figure 9 Hypoeutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 19
Figure 10 Hypereutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 20
Figure 11 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCC α-Fe 22
Figure 12 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in FCC γ-Fe 23
Figure 13 Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram 23
Figure 14 Solid Solution Strengtheners Effecting Yield Strength 27
Figure 15 Illustration of an Edge Dislocation 29
Figure 16 Illustration of a Screw Dislocation 30
Figure 17 Graph of the Four Stages of Nucleation and Growth 34
Figure 18 Image of a Thermodynamically Stable Nuclei 35
Figure 19 Graph of Gibbs Free-Energy as a Function of Nuclei Radius 36
Figure 20 Wetting Diagram Showing Surface-Energy Affect 37
Figure 21 Graph of Nucleation Growth and Transformation Rates 37
Figure 22 Graph of Solidification Latent Heat Profile 38
Figure 23 Illustration of Primary and Secondary Dendritic Arms 39
Figure 24 Solidification Properties Influenced by Composition Graph 41
Figure 25 Illustration Depicting Different Casting Solidification Zones 42
Figure 26 Metal Shrinkage as a Function of Phase and Temperature 45
X
Figure 27 Illustration of Pipe Defect Formation Inside a Casting 46
Figure 28 Lever Rule Example for Two-Phase Region 47
Figure 29 Illustration of Microporosity in the Inner-Dendritic Region 48
Figure 30 Graph of Gas Solubility in Metal as a Function of Phase 49
Figure 31 Micrograph of Gas Hole Porosity 50
Figure 32 Heat Treating Temperature Ranges Fe-C Phase Diagram51
Figure 33 TTT Diagram for Steel 55
Figure 34 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCT Martensite 57
Figure 35 Diagram of Martensitic Bain Strain 58
Figure 36 Graph of MS Temperature and Lath vs Plate Martensite 59
Figure 37 Chart Displaying Common Stoichiometric Steel Carbides 68
Figure 38 Bar Chart of Carbide and Martensite Hardness 68
Figure 39 Graph of Mole Fraction of VCN vs Temperature 70
Figure 40 Recrystallization Temp vs Solute Content for Microalloys 72
Figure 41 Graph of Solubilities of Common Carbides vs Temperature 73
Figure 42 Optimum Alloying Range with Mechanical Properties 75
Figure 43 Complete Scatterplot Heat Treat vs CE for SFSA Sprdsht 90
Figure 44 YS vs C Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 45 YS vs Mn Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 46 Normalized Condition YS vs Weldability 93
Figure 47 NampT Condition YS vs Weldability 94
Figure 48 QampT Condition YS vs Weldability 95
Figure 49 Modified C-Mn Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 50 Modified C-Mn-V Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 51 Modified C-Mn-V with Nb Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction 102
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
XI
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
Figure 58 NampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 59 QampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 60 NampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 61 QampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 62 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in NampT Condition 111
Figure 63 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in QampT Condition 111
Figure 64 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in NampT Condition 114
Figure 65 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in QampT Condition 114
Figure 66 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn NampT Condition 116
Figure 67 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition 116
Figure 68 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition (2) 117
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 122
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 124
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 75 Alloy C in NampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 76 Alloy C in QampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 77 Alloy D in NampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 78 Alloy D in QampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 79 Alloy E in NampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 80 Alloy E in QampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 81 Alloy F in NampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 82 Alloy F in QampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 83 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 00 wt V 136
Figure 84 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 008 wt V 136
Figure 85 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 012 wt V 137
Figure 86 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 00 wt V 137
XII
Figure 87 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 008 wt V 138
Figure 88 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 012 wt V 138
Figure 89 Extra Micrograph of Cast Steel Appendix A
Figure 90 As-Cast HSLA Steel Micrograph Appendix A
Figure 91 Original Estimate for Vanadium ISO-YS Graph Appendix A
Figure 92 Original Attempt at YS Surface Appendix A
XIII
List of Tables
TABLE PAGE
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-C V-Alloyed Cast Steel 75
Table 2 SFSA Database Mechanical Property Extrema92
Table 3 SFSA Database Heat Treatment per Designation 93
Table 4 Normalized Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 94
Table 5 NampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 95
Table 6 QampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 96
Table 7 Top amp Bottom Quart Ave and Std Dev SFSA Database 96
Table 8 Summary of SFSA Database 97
Table 9 Spectro Comp of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 10 CE Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 11 Target C vs Mult Spectro Modified C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 99
Table 12 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn NampT and QampT 110
Table 13 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 11 110
Table 14 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn-V NampT and QampT 112
Table 15 Mechanical Property Averages from Table 13 113
Table 16 Brinell Hardness Profiles Across Keel Blocks119
Table 17 Brinell Hardness Profile Est Midway and Edge Values 119
Table 18 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Attached to Keel Block 121
Table 19 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 17 121
Table 20 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Separated from Keel Block 121
Table 21 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 19 121
Table 22 Mechanical Prop Double Normalize C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 125
Table 23 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 21 125
Table 24 Alloys C-F Designations 127
Table 25 Alloys C-F Compositional Targets 127
Table 26 Alloys C-F Spectrometer Composition 128
XIV
Table 27 CE Values for Alloys C-F 128
Table 28 Target C vs Multiple Spectro Data Alloys C-F128
Table 29 Mechanical Properties Alloy C NampT and QampT 129
Table 30 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 28 129
Table 31 Mechanical Properties Alloy D NampT and QampT 129
Table 32 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 30 129
Table 33 Mechanical Properties Alloy E NampT and QampT 129
Table 34 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 32 130
Table 35 Mechanical Properties Alloy F NampT and QampT 130
Table 36 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 34 130
Table 37 ASTM Standard Summary 139
Table 38 Alternate CE Table Mod C-Mn and Mod C-Mn-V Appendix B
Table 39 Alternate CE Table Alloys C-F Appendix B
Table 40 Original Database Quartile Analysis Data Appendix B
XV
List of Equations
EQUATION PAGE
Equation 1 Hall-Petch Yield Strength Grain Size Relation 26
Equation 2 Gibbs Free-Energy for a Sphere 34
Equation 3 ldquoYoungrsquos Equationrdquo for Wetting of a Material 37
Equation 4 AWS D11 CE 77
Equation 5 General ASTM and IIW CE 77
Equation 6 HSLA C-Mn Steels CET 77
Equation 7 ASTM A529 CE 77
Equation 8 Japanese Welding Engineering Society CE 77
Equation 9 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines NampT 135
Equation 10 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines QampT 135
XVI
Acknowledgements
First and foremost I have to thank the best advisor I could ever ask for Dr
Robert Voigt I cannot thank him enough for having faith in me and accepting me as a
graduate student Itrsquos an honor to learn from one of the best metallurgists in the field The
metals casting world owes you a great deal you are a great conduit supplying nearly
endless knowledge from academia to industry In addition to being a great advisor he
also has a job lined up for me at the Benton Foundry upon completion of my Masterrsquos
Next this research would not have gotten off the ground if it wasnrsquot for the
organizations foundries and partners who contributed funding heats of material and
other resources and services Raymond Monroe David Poweleit Ryan Moore and Diana
David from the SFSA Charlie and Greg from Regal Cast in Lebanon PA Bill and
Maynard from Effort Foundry in Bath PA my boy Robert Haldeman (shock the world)
with Car-Tech in Reading PA and Andrew and Ken who worked for Dr Voigt as
undergraduates and lent helping hands when they could
Next due to my limited computer literacy and my difficulty with coding I have to
thank the following Brandon Bocklund and Hongyeun Kim from Dr Luirsquos group (thanks
for the Thermo-Calc help) And most importantlyhellip my dear friend fulltime MatSE
partner and part-time math tutor Nick Clarks
Finally most importantly my family Thank you for your endless love constant
support enduring patience and never-ending encouragement I love you
Chapter 1 Introduction
11 Project Overview
This research was conducted in hopes of creating a cast steel alloy with a
minimum nominal yield strength (YS) of 50 ksi (345 MPa) and a maximum carbon
equivalent (CEAWS D11) of 045 wt C for military and construction applications This
is in response to the recent transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable wrought
steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) highly weldable wrought steels It is desired that complex
shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded into place to
expedite construction processes The CE limit will ensure a high weldability and prevent
preheating requirements for welding purposes A primary goal is creating an alloy that
can be readily cast at any steel foundry in the United States This implies simple
chemistries not requiring special furnaces or abnormal heat treatments to attain
mechanical properties Foundries often find difficulty with targeting chemistries
accurately thus detailed heat-treating protocols will be designed so a corrective heat
treatment can be performed by the foundry to correct variance with chemistry
Cast steels are not afforded the luxury of receiving strengthening and defect
correction from thermomechanical deformation as are wrought steels Therefore
mechanical properties of the cast steel developed will be influenced solely from
chemistry and heat treatments Additionally casting defects that otherwise could be
deformed out of a wrought steel will often remain with the casting There are multiple
advantages to using cast steels that justify the metallurgical hurdles such as cost savings
because of fewer production steps The strength of 50 ksi (345 MPa) will be reached by
- 2 -
developing a High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) steel This effectively uses microalloying
additions such as vanadium to refine strengthen and toughen the ferrite matrix while
maintaining a high weldability1
Finally since there are no current existing standards or codes for a 50 ksi (345
MPA) YS cast steel with CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE an attempt will be made to
establish composition ranges and heat-treating directions in a current American Society
for Testing of Materials (ASTM) Standard The newly developed material grade will
mimic an already existing wrought or cast standard such that it is compatible with
wrought steels with similar performance To enable the goal of casting the steel into its
final form and assembling via welding to come to fruition the cast steel must also be
introduced into the AWS D11 Structural Code for Steel
12 Metals Casting Background
Metals casting in the most generalized definition is the act of pouring molten
metal into a shaped mold such that upon solidification the metal retains the shape of the
mold in which it was poured In reality there are many mechanisms and unseen forces at
work during the melting pouring and solidification of a metal The art and science of
metals casting has its roots traced back to antiquity and it has been an ever-evolving
process ever since its inception Ancient metallurgists did not possess an extensive
knowledge of metallurgy thermodynamics kinetics fluid dynamics and heat transfer
however expertise in these areas are essential for modern metal casting facilities to be
competitive efficient and successful2
- 3 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production
The metallurgists of antiquity were only able to utilize seven metals copper lead
silver mercury tin iron and gold all but tin being in an elemental form Ancient
metallurgist called ldquoalchemistsrdquo at the time were first able to use elemental gold in
approximately 5000 BC3 Iron smiths at the time of approximately 1200 BC were able to
produce tools and weapons from iron and steel Surprisingly this was before technology
allowed for the melting of iron Metallurgists of this time period were aware that if iron
ore was heated with charcoal strength improved This is because carbon reduces the iron
ore into iron Consequently carbon migrated its way into the crystal of iron through solid
state diffusion and it increased the strength Then blacksmiths forged this primitive
version of steel into desired shapes which unknown to them also helped the mechanical
properties while creating a wrought iron34
Cast iron was first melted in the seventeenth century when coal replaced charcoal
in the smelting of iron because of the higher temperatures that were enabled by the coal
Cast iron due to its eutectic point at 41 wt C has a lower melting point as observed
in Figure 13 and was melted over a century before steel Metallurgists of the time soon
discovered that the cast iron was very brittle and efforts were made to remove some of
the carbon in the cast iron to decrease its brittleness Carbon was oxidized out of the cast
iron and wrought iron was created3
Even though steel has been used by peoples for over 3000 years similar to iron
the technology was not available to create steel in the modern sense until about 1740 AD
In 1856 Henry Bessemer created the process by which modern steel is produced The
ldquoBessemer Processrdquo forces heated air into the molten pig iron to initiate decarburization
- 4 -
This oxidized the carbon resulting in CO2 production and a reduction in the amount of
carbon content in the melt Now the remaining metal can be shape casted or cast as steel
into ingots and then forged into shapes3
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World
Today even though the principles of melting metals are unchanged the
metallurgy knowledge would be unrecognizable to a metallurgist of antiquity Metallurgy
in the past was utilitarian and even a poorly casted bronze tool was better than one made
of wood so improvement was easy to achieve Contemporary metallurgists have strict
requirements to follow and their products are met with a high demand for excellence by
consumers who require failure-free parts delivered at a competitive price Metallurgical
engineering of today focuses on producing lighter-weight materials to reduce the overall
weight of a system while obtaining optimal strength and performance levels without
sacrificing safety The reduced weight of an entire system will limit raw materials
consumed energy during production shipping costs while increasing fuel economy in a
progressively environmentally conscience world
1221 Contemporary Furnaces
In conjunction with advanced engineering teams the modern castings world
utilizes state-of-the-art furnaces to efficiently produce metals as pure and clean as
possible The furnace used is dependent upon type of metal produced desired tonnage of
metal production and the facility layout
Large modern steel facilities producing virgin steel ie do not re-melt scrap often
require two different furnaces First pig iron must be created in a blast furnace Iron ore
- 5 -
coke and lime are added to the blast furnace and hot air is forced into the furnace Coke
behaves as a reducing agent to iron ore producing what is known as pig iron which is a
high carbon content steel Additionally lime has an affinity for impurities and will bond
with them resulting in a slag compound less dense than molten pig iron Consequently it
floats to the top of the melt where it can be removed Next the pig iron is poured into
pigs In these holding vessels the pig iron will solidify be transported and await re-melt
in a Basic Oxygen Furnace A Basic Oxygen Furnace is a modern version of the
Bessemer Converter such that the molten pig iron is oxidized to reduce carbon and
impurities exothermically to produce steel45
Steel can also be created from scrap while being melted in Electric Arc Furnaces
which are the most common furnace used in todayrsquos iron and steel foundries They
provide better metallurgical control and are nearly emissions free The process for
melting in an Electric Arc Furnace is as follows A charge of scrap metal is loaded into
the furnace which is refractory lined with a high voltage coil surrounding the outer
refractory This coil produces a magnetic field inducing eddy currents in the metal such
that the inherent electrical resistance of the metal creates heat Given time the melting
temperature is reached Once the metal is in its liquid state the induction along with
buoyancy driven flow create currents inside the melt that encourage mixing of alloying
elements This type of furnace is scalable and it can be used to melt ferrous and non-
ferrous metals56
1222 Casting Techniques
Contemporary metals casting is completed in one of three ways continuous
casting ingot casting and shape-casting2
- 6 -
12221 Continuous Casting
Continuous casting is different from the other two forms of metals casting
because it is not a batch process It is normally performed in tandem with wrought
processing The process is as follows and a schematic can be observed in Figure 1
Molten metal from a furnace is transferred to a ladle which pours into a tundish The
tundish is a critical component to the continuous casting process because this
intermediate container enables a steady-state flow of molten metal to occur It drains
slowly into a highly thermally conductive mold of water-cooled copper while a crane
operator retrieves another ladle of molten metal The flow rate is timed perfectly such
upon exiting the copper mold the steel already has a solidified outer shell in the desired
shape of the slab that will be sold It continues on this line to a sizing mill where the slab
can be thermomechanically deformed to a more exact dimension2
- 7 -
Figure 1 Continuous casting process from start to finish Observe that it is not a batch process The entire
process will seamlessly transition via conveyor system such that from liquid metal to finished slab it is
continuous Over 75 percent of steel is created by this process2
12222 Ingot Casting
Most modern steel is manufactured via continuous casting methods however
ingot casting was the original primary method for raw steel production Currently ingot
casting has its niche in producing specialty steels tool steels re-melted steels and steels
for forging Ingots are created by pouring molten steel from a ladle into large ingot
molds Consequently ingots have high specific heat capacities resulting in extended
solidification times This leads to a broad array of microstructures within the ingot The
kinetics of casting solidification and its influence on microstructure will be discussed
extensively later However thermomechanical deformation additional processing and
subsequent heat treatments remedy the microstructural issues in ingots7
- 8 -
12223 Shape Casting
Ingot casting (as-casted) and continuous casting are severely limited in their
capable casting geometries Therefore shape casting is often the production method
chosen for any complex shape or any metal not sold as slab or bulk piece destined for
thermomechanical deformation This process is metal casting in the most traditional
sense such that the metal is casted directly into the final desired shape Once solidified
the microstructure can only be refined by heat treatment because a casting is not
subjected to any wrought processing such as forging as are ingots and slabs produced
via continuous casting2
All contemporary shape casting can be divided into two primary mold types
Expendable and Permanent Metal each with many sub-groups The hierarchy of this
system can be summarized in Figure 2 Although it is possible to produce the same end-
result with multiple casting methods the advantages and disadvantages must be
considered by the metallurgist to decide which method is most appropriate for each
situation In this report special interest will be devoted to discussion on the green sand-
casting process which is a specific sub-set of expendable molds The cast steel samples
for this project were produced exclusively via green sand casting therefore it is
important to have a comprehensive understanding of green sand casting28
- 9 -
Figure 2 Hierarchy chart of the many sub-sets of shape casting It splits from expendable mold and metal
(permanent) mold into many specific types of molds each with their own niche use The permanent mold
side is comprised mostly of the multiple variations of die casting while expendable molds are dominantly
sand molds Sand molds require much attention because of their implementation of cores and the multiple
ways to cure sand8
122231 Green Sand Casting
Expendable molds are not reusable the most common type of expendable mold
shape casting is green sand casting Other common methods of expendable mold shape
castings are lost foam and investment castings The following will be a summary of the
typical green sand molding process used by steel foundries Green sand casting is the
most basic and common type of shape casting method utilized today and accounts for
almost 75 of all shape casted metal Green sand casting utilizes pattern and mold
materials that are inexpensive cost-effective at high production rates and can be used for
ferrous and non-ferrous metals There are also disadvantages to using green sand casting
a new sand mold needs to be created for each casting the dimensional accuracy is not as
exact as for permanent molds and the entire green sand system introduces substantial
- 10 -
variation into the process and must be constantly monitored Additionally an engineering
team is needed to design the pattern which includes the gating risers chills and cores89
The primary ingredient in green sand mold material is sand however green sand
requires clay water seacoal and other additions to obtain properties conducive for ideal
metals casting The clay normally a southern or western bentonite or blend of both
behaves as a binder when mixed properly with water It binds to the sand enabling the
sand to retain its shape and provides strength such that the mold can support the weight of
liquid metal Seacoal is a biproduct of bituminous coal and behaves as a carbonaceous
material (reducing agent) Its addition will improve the surface finish of the casted metal
ie it will not be oxidized8910
A description of the typical green sand mold is as follows The mold itself is
always two-piece In horizontal green sand mold casting the upper-part of the mold is
called the cope and the lower-part of the mold is called the drag these two will meet at a
parting joint During the molding process the cope and drag will receive imprints on
their mating side from the pattern The pattern imprints the negative-space of the desired
part on the cope and drag such that any volume of the mold that is not sand will be filled
with metal Sand is compacted around the pattern thus filling the cope and the drag
Next the pattern is removed and the cope and drag are placed together again a flask is
necessary to ensure that the cope and drag remain aligned A schematic of the entire mold
and its parts can be observed in Figure 3 and a flow chart of its assembly is illustrated in
Figure 4 The assembly process must happen seamlessly in a production facility8910
The actual pattern itself is more complex than just the negative-space of the
desired part it must include liquid metal passageways In every green sand mold there is
- 11 -
a sprue which is the fill-hole through the cope where the molten metal can be poured
Liquid metal pathways called gates extend from the sprue and direct the liquid metal to
the casting itself Solidification defects predominantly exist in the last part of the casting
system that solidifies Effort is taken during design to ensure that the casting itself will
not solidify last A sacrificial riser is implemented into the system such that it becomes
the last to solidify and in theory should contain most of the systemrsquos solidification
defects The riser and the rest of the gating system which also includes the sprue and
gates will be removed from the casting later in the process A good design for the system
is to have the sprue opposite the riser such that directional solidification occurs to further
ensure that the riser is the last part to solidify8911
Figure 3 A typical horizontal green sand mold It should be observed that the riser is opposite of the sprue
This is to encourage directional solidification such that the riser is the last part of the mold to solidify This
helps to prevent solidification defects from forming inside the casting Often there is a need to apply mold
weights to the top of the mold to prevent the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid metal from pushing its way
through the parting joint This will be dependent upon the mold and the geometry and size of the casting10
- 12 -
Figure 4 Flow chart of the green sand molding and casting process for a part from its inception as the
mechanical drawing to the final casting that is ready for shipment to the customer This illustrates a manual
horizontal green sand molding process but the concept will always be similar In a high-production facility
a vertical molding system is sometimes used such that each cope is also a drag to the next part ie each
mold is double-sided such that it becomes a continuous line of molds that gets poured9
There are certain green sand castings that require additional attention Sometimes
implementation of a riser is not enough to ensure that complete solidification of the
casting occurs before all metal in the system is solidified In certain cases a chill may
need added during the molding process A chill is a piece of metal with appropriate
chemistry that is strategically placed inside the casting It behaves as an ldquoice cuberdquo to the
molten metal such that when the molten metal comes into contact with the chill it cools
the metal faster9
Green sand molding can also get more complex when a core is needed A core is
used to produce a cavity inside of the mold itself The core is also made of sand
however a green sand process is not normally utilized in its production but rather a resin
- 13 -
bonded sand This is because resin bonded sands are much more strongly bonded The
sand grains are coated with a resin that is either gas-catalyzed liquid-catalyzed or heat-
catalyzed These processes are colloquially known as core box no-bake and shell
process respectively The core needs to be placed inside of the mold prior to the
assembly of the cope to the drag911
In a production facility the sand molding system is on a conveyor such that one
mold follows the other All of the aforementioned steps happen in succession After the
mold is poured the next one in line pushes the already-poured molds farther down the
line This allows the mold ample time to cool At the end of this line the mold is dumped
onto another conveyor system to begin shake-out which begins the sand reclamation
process and recovery of the metal part Shake-out consists of tumblers and spring
conveyor systems that utilize resonance to break apart the mold separating the sand from
the casting The ldquocastingrdquo at this point includes the casting itself and the entire gating
system that is still attached gates risers and sprue9
Heat from the molten metal will dry and burn-out the clay surrounding the
casting This makes the mold disintegrate much easier The strength of the mold after the
metal is poured is known as the dry strength The casting continues through shake-out
where it may finish cooling and then it goes to the grinding room The casting at the time
of shake-out may still be at an elevated temperature because sand is insulative Slow
cooling for sand molds needs consideration because it influences the mechanical
properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo metal In the grinding room the sprue gating system and
risers are removed from the casting such that it can assume its final form Depending on
the toughness of the metal casted some of the gating system may be broken off during
- 14 -
shake-out but attention in the grinding room is always required Fig 5 illustrates the
shake-out process9
Figure 5 A typical shakeout system in a green sand mold metal casting facility The complete mold enters
the rotating drum from the left The sand subsequently breaks apart freeing the casting Depending on the
facilityrsquos machinery the finer clumps of sand fall through the rotating drum and get sent to reclamation
while the larger clumps and the complete casting move down the line The castings will enter tumblers
where ideally some gating and risers will break apart from the casting This is also dependent upon the
metal casted For example a gray iron gating system is more apt to breaking apart in the tumbling drum
than a ductile iron gating system This conveyor leads to the final line where workers separate the castings
Then the castings move to grinding room where the gating systems will be removed and the part will be
finished9
After the sand is separated from the casting in shake-out it is sent to sand
reclamation and recovery The pouring and shake-out processes are detrimental to the
sand grains which are slowly broken down into finer grains The first step in the
recovery system is to remove fines which are sand grains that have eroded beyond the
point of re-use Next because sand is a good insulator and has a high specific heat
capacity it must be cooled Cooling is normally done by pouring water over the sand
while on conveyor transport to the muller This is better understood with Figure 6 which
is a diagram of the cooling process The muller is the mixing machine where clay water
seacoal and other additives for the green sand mixture are combined This prepares fresh
green sand which is monitored by the on-site laboratory ensuring it is prepared
consistently When the fresh green sand meets laboratory approval it enter into the
molding machines to begin the process over again9
- 15 -
Figure 6 Cooling the sand as soon as possible is paramount for maintaining a healthy sand system This
ensures that sand is not too hot by the time it re-enters the muller This illustration is of a typical sand
cooler 1) The entry from hot shakeout 2) The rifling of the drum makes the sand cascade as the drum
rotates this accelerates cooling 3) Sand of the acceptable size falls through this grate where it falls to the
next screen 4) This screen discharges the acceptable sized sand to a conveyor where it will head to the
muller 5) Sand cores remain and other sand that did not dissociate will be removed through this area where
it will be discarded9
There is as much knowledge and effort dedicated to maintaining an efficient sand
system as there is to the metallurgy of the metal In fact a quality sand system is essential
in the production of quality green sand casted metal The foundryrsquos laboratory will need
to continually monitor clay percentages percentage of fines remaining in the sand
compactability of the green sand pH of the system and other factors9 The facility must
also consider seasonal effects on the sand For example sand will cool faster in the
winter than in the heat of summer9
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting
Permanent mold casting as the name implies utilizes a permanent reusable metal
mold The molten metal can be fed to the molds in a variety of ways gravity fed vacuum
- 16 -
fed or pressure fed Permanent metal molds are known for their very high initial cost
however when production numbers are high they become more cost-effective A
common form of permanent mold casting is die-casting These processes produce high
dimensional accuracy and precision as well as fast cooling rates due to the high thermal
conductivity of the metal mold Fast cooling rates create a fine grain size and a refined
microstructure which is favorable for mechanical properties512
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World
The United States is currently one of the world leaders in metals casting with
1915 foundries and a nationwide output of 14 million tons of castings per year In 2017
the United States produced 97 million metric tons while China and India shipped 494
and 1206 million metric tons respectively Figure 7 which is a graph of the production
volumes of select metals is shown13
Figure 7 The number of castings of aluminum ductile iron investment cast steel gray iron and steel as a
function of year It can be observed that casting production has increased in recent years and according to
the American Foundry Society (AFS) industry growth is projected into the following years Aluminumrsquos
high strength-to-weight-ratio places the metal in high-demand13
- 17 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures
A quick overview of relevant steel phases and microstructures will be covered for
a comprehensive metallurgical presentation It should be understood that in steels a
ldquophaserdquo is only accurate vernacular when it can be seen on the Fe-C phase diagram
everything else is a microstructure For all of the following the phase diagram in Figure
13 should be a reference Additionally the microstructure of martensite will be more
appropriately discussed in substantial detail in Chapter 1852
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C)
Ferrite is the pure form of iron colloquially called ldquoalpha-ironrdquo it exists in a
Body Centered Cubic (BCC) structure below temperatures of 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Its BCC
structure is only capable of handling 002 wt C in a solid solution once this limit is
exceeded carbon will create a second phase in the form of intermetallic cementite
(Fe3C) Cementite is characteristically hard and brittle but in small amounts it is a useful
strengthener to steel because α-Fe by itself is too weak to be structural14
132 Austenite (γ-Fe)
Austenite is the stable phase of ferrite that dominates the Fe-C phase diagram
above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Austenite with its Face Centered Cubic (FCC) structure is
capable of holding up to 21 wt C in a solid solution This region is important because
it is the starting point for common steel heat treatments If a Fe-C composition passes
through this region on the Fe-C phase diagram upon heating or cooling the Fe-C is
considered a form of steel If the carbon content exceeds the austenite carbon solubility
range then the Fe-C alloy is considered a form of cast iron14
- 18 -
Figure 8 Partial Fe-C phase diagram depicting the eutectoid composition (077 wt C) cooling from the
austenite region Notice how there is a sharp transition from the austenite grains to the pearlite lamellar
structure there is no cooling through a binary region of α+γ or γ+Fe3C 15
133 Pearlite
Pearlite is a microstructure not a phase however pearlite will commonly form in
the α+Fe3C region of the phase diagram given proper cooling Pearlite can only form
when a steel cools from the austenite region and it has a characteristic lamellar structure
that alternates between colonies of α-Fe and Fe3C The size and spacing of these lamellar
is dictated by cooling rates and composition A fast cooling rate will produce fine pearlite
and a slow cooling rate will produce coarse pearlite At modest cooling rates 077 wt
C the microstructure will be 100 percent pearlite because this is the eutectoid
composition of steel which does not cool through other proeutectoid ferrite or
proeutectoid cementite zones on the phase diagram If the composition of carbon is less
or more than 077 wt then it is known as either a hypoeutectoid or hypereutectoid
- 19 -
alloy respectively Upon cooling at a modest rate a hypoeutectoid alloy will form
proeutectoid ferrite and pearlite and a hypereutectoid alloy will form proeutectoid
cementite Figure 8-10 are partial Fe-C phase diagrams displaying the differences
between 100 percent pearlite hypoeutectoid (proeutectoid ferrite) and hypereutectoid
(proeutectoid cementite) respectively The microstructures displayed are assuming that a
modest cooling rate was observed ie no quench1415
Figure 9 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypoeutectoid alloy (less
than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region There is not a sharp transition between austenite
grains and pearlite but rather a solidification range through the α+γ region of the phase diagram First
proeutectoid ferrite will form at the triple points and grain boundaries Upon further cooling deeper in this
region the proeutectoid ferrite will continue to grow until cooling below the A1 temperature Once this
happens pearlite will begin to form its lamellar structure along all areas that are still austenite not
proeutectoid ferrite15
- 20 -
Figure 10 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypereutectoid alloy
(greater than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region Proeutectoid cementite is formed similarly to
proeutectoid ferrite Proeutectoid cementite can have an embrittling effect on the mechanical properties of
steels and is sometimes avoided15
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels
To fully appreciate the scope of this project and understand the science at work in
steel castings versus wrought steel products it is imperative to have a comprehensive
knowledge of the strengthening mechanisms used in steels The strength of low alloy
steels can be increased in the following ways higher carbon content ferrite grain
refinement addition of alloying elements that are solid solution strengtheners addition of
alloying elements capable of precipitation hardening and formation and locking of
dislocations Unfortunately increases of metalrsquos strength are normally associated with a
- 21 -
loss of toughness and it commonly becomes a metallurgical compromise between
strength and toughness1
141 Increasing C Content
Increasing the carbon content increases steelrsquos strength for two reasons The first
reason is because it enters the octahedral and tetrahedral sites in both the BCC structure
of α-Fe and the FCC structure of γ-Fe Each C atom fits snugly into the interstitial ferrite
lattice sites and induces strain fields which make slip (plastic deformation) more
difficult The location of the carbon atom interstitials in the BCC lattice and FCC lattice
are illustrated in Figures 11 and 12 respectively The solubility limit of carbon in the
BCC α-Fe phase is reached at 002 wt C due to interstitial size restraints The radius
of C is ~07 Å and the largest interstice in α-Fe is the tetrahedral site with a radius of
035 Å After this solubility point is exceeded the intermetallic compound of iron
carbide or cementite (Fe3C) is precipitated out of solution The precipitation of this
carbide into the matrix is the second reason why carbon content increases strength These
different phases and microstructures can be observed in Figure 13 which is the Fe-C
phase diagram Even though it is commonly called the Fe-C phase diagram when it
depicts cementite as a thermodynamically stable phase it is incorrect Given infinite
time metastable cementite will convert to its lowest energy state at room temperature
which is graphite However in industry and often times in academia when one mentions
the Fe-C phase diagram they generally mean carbon in the form of cementite because it
is more practical151617
- 22 -
Figure 11 Interstitial sites where carbon migrates to in the BCC structure of α-Fe below the A1
temperature transition line where the BCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume
these respective interstitial positions up to 002 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the BCC structure is the
tetrahedral site with a radius of 035 Å16
The FCC lattice of austenite (γ-Fe) which is thermodynamically stable above the
A1 temperature can accommodate up to ~21 wt C in a solid solution without needing
to precipitate out carbon as cementite The A1 temperature line is depicted on the partial
Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 15 and is 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)18 The FCC lattice can
accommodate more carbon than the BCC lattice because the interstitial sites are larger Its
largest being the octahedral site which has a radius of 052 Å Both the BCC and FCC
lattices have to strain to accommodate carbon interstitials because the carbon atomic
radius is larger than either of the biggest interstitial sites Counterintuitively the diffusion
rates of carbon is faster in the BCC lattice because it has more open channels despite
being the low temperature allotrope and having smaller interstitial spaces16
- 23 -
Figure 12 Interstitial sites where carbon atoms migrate to in the FCC structure of γ-Fe above the A1 phase
transition temperature where the FCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume these
interstitial positions in the FCC lattice up to ~21 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the FCC structure is the
octahedral site with a radius of 052 Å16
Figure 13 The standard iron-carbon phase diagram of temperature as a function of wt C It can be
observed from this phase diagram that the solubility limit of carbon in α-Fe is 002 wt C Given infinite
time the carbon depicted in the phase diagram will be in the thermodynamically stable form of graphite
however in normal steel production the carbon in the binary region is in its intermetallic metastable form
of cementite (Fe3C) There are certain heat treatments and certain cast iron processes that do produce
carbon in its graphite form however the distinction is not normally made from the diagram itself17
- 24 -
An over-abundance of carbon will make a steel brittle because it becomes overly
hard at the expense of ductility Additionally carbon increases the steelrsquos hardenability
which is defined as the steelrsquos ability to form martensite It should be noted that the
ultimate martensite hardness for a steel is a function of its carbon content alone Steels
with a high hardenability often require a pre-heat before welding to slow the cooling rate
such that martensite does not form A high carbon content also increases the ductile-to-
brittle transition temperature (DBTT) for steels A high DBTT makes a steel more
susceptible to catastrophic failures at low temperatures Hardenability will be discussed
in greater detail in Chapter 1851 which differentiates hardness and hardneability11920
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains
Refinement of ferrite grains can increase the strength of steels and can be
accomplished through various means In general a fine grain size increases yield strength
and ductility simultaneously Grain refinement is the only mechanism that can both
increase strength and toughness12122 This is commonly accomplished via a faster
cooling from above the A1 transition temperature during heat treating or initial cooling
Solid solution strengtheners or dispersed microalloy particles that are present before a
phase change may act as a heterogeneous nucleation site for a grain or mechanical
deformation can contribute to grain refinement211923
Faster cooling rates as seen with a normalizing heat treatment compared to a
furnace anneal encourage grain refinement because there is less time for the grain to
reach its lowest energy state which is a sphere without the presence of grain boundaries
because grain boundaries are a surface with a free-energy The kinetics involved in all
steel making do not provide sufficient time at a specific elevated temperature for a grain
- 25 -
to achieve its lowest possible energy state However longer durations at elevated
temperature will allow the grain to reduce its surface-area-to-volume-ratio This means
less grain boundaries and a coarser grain structure Faster cooling rates do not give
sufficient time for much free-energy reduction to occur and small grains limited by
kinetics are not able to grow into large grains Since small grains inherently have more
grain boundaries they are stronger because a grain boundary will interrupt slip
mechanisms due to the different orientations between grains at this interface1 However
more grain boundaries will increase diffusion along their boundaries which can increase
creep rates particularly Coble creep124
Finer ferrite grains can be obtained by other mechanisms that either work in
tandem with accelerated cooling rates or unaccompanied Increasing the number of
nucleation sites for grains will yield finer grains More nucleation sites will initiate more
simultaneous grain growth which limits overall size grain size because grains will
impede each otherrsquos growth The concept of seeding nucleation sites with inoculants is
known as heterogenous nucleation and it occurs in metals when a solute particle becomes
the nucleus of the solidifying phase These solute particles are often solid solution
strengtheners or dispersed microalloy elements such as vanadium with a higher melting
temperature than the ferrite grains Each of these nuclei will grow into a grain The ldquoas-
solidifiedrdquo grain size has an inverse relationship to the amount of heterogenous
nucleation sites ie more nucleation sites equate to a finer grain size21
The prior-austenite grain size will affect the ferrite grain size as well Prior-
austenite grains are formed in the FCC (austenite) phase of steel above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)
Like ferrite grains austenite grains increase in size with time and temperature Then
- 26 -
upon cooling below the A1 temperature ferrite grains will nucleate on the transforming
prior-austenite grain boundaries which have become heterogeneous nucleation sites
Therefore the smaller the prior-austenite grains the finer the resulting ferrite grains
because of more heterogeneous nucleation sites25 Prior-austenite grains can possess high
energy from being strained but not recovered This increases the driving force for more
ferrite grains to form simultaneously (resulting in a smaller grain size) because the
strained prior-austenite grains want recovery (strain-relief) and a phase change will
suffice26
The relationship between yield strength and grain size was first researched by
Hall and Petch The Hall-Petch Equation displayed in Equation 1 represents the inverse
relationship between grain size and yield strength when σy is the lower yield stress σi is
the friction stress Ky is the strengthening coefficient and d is the grain size This relation
exists because the grain boundary stops the slip plane which will help to arrest
dislocation motion The more grain boundaries that are present in a material will increase
the amount of energy needed to continue to propagate a dislocation23
120590119884 = 120590119894 + 119870119910119889minus1
2 Eq 1
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements
Elements that form a solid solution with ferrite must have a similar size and
electronic structure to iron ie will not form carbides or nitrides Carbon and nitrogen are
potent interstitial solid solution strengtheners present in every steel They are in solid
solution to a certain solubility limit at which point they will precipitate out as a second
phase For example the solubility limit of carbon in iron is 002 wt C Solid solution
- 27 -
strengtheners have two primary jobs grain refinement and initiating strain fields to
reduce the ease of plastic deformation Solid solution strengtheners refine grains because
they can provide a heterogeneous nucleation site for grain growth to occur if they are
solid before the dominant solidifying phase Solid solution strengtheners also initiate
strain fields similar to the way carbon strengthens steel as an interstitial Any size
difference in the radii of alloying elements creates a lattice strain which makes slip more
difficult Figure 14 presents the yield strength effect of common solid solution
strengtheners as a function of element percent123
Figure 14 Yield strength as a function of element percent for common solid solution strengtheners It can
be observed that the highest yield strengths are achieved by using carbon and nitrogen which are interstitial
solid solution elements Phosphorus is a potent substitutional solid solution strengthener that exchanges
positions iron atoms in the matrix This finite difference in size creates a strain in the lattice such that a
strengthening effect is seen because this strain impedes dislocation motion Other elements such as nickel
and aluminum have a negligible effect1
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements
Precipitation hardening also known as secondary hardening or age hardening is
the primary strengthening mechanism in non-ferrous alloys Plain carbon steels cannot
- 28 -
take advantage of precipitation hardening because of the limited solubility of carbon in
the α-Fe phase However steels alloyed with vanadium niobium titanium and a select
few other elements can precipitation harden because these elements have a high affinity
for carbon and have an overwhelming tendency to form complex carbides nitrides and
carbonitrides instead of Fe3C Precipitation hardening generally requires a two-step heat
treating process The elements are solutionized during an initial heating called
austenitizing and then the steel is rapidly cooled to trap these elements into a
supersaturated solid solution Subsequently the system is aged to precipitate out these
elements as a second phase which greatly increases the strength levels The diffusion and
mechanisms of this process will be discussed in great detail later as precipitation
hardening is the primary strengthener in High-Strength-Low-Alloy (HSLA) steels1
145 Formation of Dislocations
Dislocations are a crystallographic line defect that is a linear discontinuity in the
periodicity of the crystal Dislocation motion is the mechanism for slip which is plastic
deformation Alternatively it can be visualized as dislocations being created in a metal
whenever plastic deformation occurs All dislocations need a shear stress component in
order for them to propagate Metals are strengthened when dislocation motion is
impeded whether by grain boundaries alloying elements or other dislocations (assuming
that a metal can undergo plastic deformation without catastrophic failure) When steel is
plastically deformed below its recrystallization temperature dislocations will not anneal
away and they will remain inside of the microstructure The strength increase comes from
dislocation motion being impeded by other dislocations because they cannot slide well
over one-another Thus slip is restricted Dislocations will anneal away above the
- 29 -
recrystallization temperature because the crystal has enough thermal energy to allow
relaxation into a lower energy state thereby lowering the kinetic barrier to the lowest
free-energy for that crystal Figure 32 illustrates the annealing temperatures and
recrystallization regime316182327
There are two types of dislocations possible edge and screw dislocations The
magnitude and direction that the shear stresses displace the atoms is represented by the
Burgers vector Edge and screw dislocations are illustrated in Figures 15 and 16
respectively163 Both are activated by shear stresses however they react differently to
solid solution strengtheners and interstitial atoms An edge dislocation which is an
incomplete plane of atoms in a crystal will respond to both shear and hydrostatic
components while a screw dislocation will only react to a shear component23 The
implications are that solid solution strengthening elements give a hydrostatic distortion in
the lattice and therefore only impede edge dislocations23 Interstitial atoms initiate both a
hydrostatic and shear stress because they are asymmetrical within each unit cell
therefore these can interact with both edge and screw dislocations3162223
Figure 15 The movement of an edge dislocation along a slip plane Notice how the dislocation moves
parallel to the slip plane The ldquoextra half-planerdquo of atoms slides in response to a shear stress This type of
dislocation can be thought of as either an extra half-plane of atoms inserted into the lattice or a missing
half-plane An edge dislocation is constrained to a single slip plane16
- 30 -
Figure 16 A screw dislocation Contrary to edge dislocations there are no atoms missing from a screw
dislocation Notice how the screw dislocation rotates around its dislocation line like a spiral staircase A
screw dislocation is not confined to a single slip plane like an edge dislocation it can re-orientate itself onto
a new slip plane3
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal
To completely understand this project it is important to discern the differences
between metal that was shape casted nearly into its final form and metal that was casted
and subsequently thermomechanically deformed Metals that undergo thermomechanical
deformation are known as wrought metals All metals except those produced via additive
manufacturing or powder metallurgy are cast at some point in their existence eg in the
form of an initial ingot However not all metals that are cast can easily undergo
thermomechanical deformation because of their propensity for crack formation
Additionally some metals due to their composition are highly castable and are used in
their cast form as opposed to being wrought processed2
- 31 -
151 Cast Metal
Cast metal is metal that experienced some sort of shape casting and is nearly in its
final form and will not undergo thermomechanical deformation Sometimes metals are
chosen to be shape cast because the desired metal for the job consequently casts well or
it can be that the final design of the part is too complex for forging and fabricating and
that powder metallurgy and additive manufacturing are not the best choices
The fact that cast metals do not undergo any type of thermomechanical
deformation can act as both an advantage and a disadvantage It can be an obvious
disadvantage because cast metals are not afforded the luxury of the strengthening
mechanism associated with dislocation motion impedance Therefore all casting
strengthening must be done with alloying and heat treating Cast steels can be very cost
effective because fewer steps in production of the final product will allow for larger profit
margins This cost savings can also be passed along to consumers1
The most extensively shape cast metal is cast iron the tonnage of all other shape
cast metals can be summed together and it still would not surpass the annual tonnage of
cast iron Cast iron despite the name has a higher carbon content than steel normally in
the range of 17 to 35 wt C According to Figure 13 the Fe-C phase diagram the
carbon content creates a eutectic point for cast iron at ~42 wt C Eutectic and near
eutectic compositions cast well because there is a sharp transition between liquid and
solid The more deviation in the carbon content there is from the eutectic point the
broader the solidifying temperature range Then transport phenomena will increasingly
influence properties This will be discussed more later in Chapter 163 Solidification
Dynamics of an Alloy2
- 32 -
152 Wrought Metal
Wrought metal is any metal subjected to some form of thermomechanical
deformation Thermomechanical deformation means deforming the material to
manipulate its dimensions which by nature of the process will achieve better mechanical
properties through dislocation entanglement Some interpretations of thermomechanical
deformation strictly demand strain aging processes (when dislocations are pinned by
carbon atoms during deformation) and the work hardening of austenite not be included in
definition28 While other sources strictly dissect thermomechanical deformation into
different regimes Class I being deformation below the austenite temperature Class II
deformation during the austenite transition and Class III deformation above the austenite
transition2229
16 Solidification Dynamics
Cast metals ingots included are subjected to a multitude of kinetic mechanisms
inherent with the process There are certain considerations to be realized temperature
gradient of heat flowing outward from the center of the casting solidification temperature
range of the particular alloy cast type of casting process and its inherent thermal
properties and the structure-property relationships
161 Nucleation Mechanisms
Solidification from a liquid phase requires a nucleation event so a new phase can
propagate The method of Nucleation and growth describes how a precipitate grain or
phase comes into existence starting with the origin of the phase through the nascent
- 33 -
growth period until full grain formation Nucleation and growth occurs with two
mechanisms homogeneous nucleation andor heterogeneous nucleation303132
Essentially both homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation mechanisms can be
divided into four stages of growth either for initial cooling from a melt or nucleation of
new grains after a solid-to-solid phase change Stage I is named the incubation period
because no stable particles have formed yet At this stage only microscopic clusters or
embryos exist and they are metastable These clusters are randomly distributed
throughout the meltmatrix and they begin to grow by agglomeration It is likely that
many will revert back into the meltmatrix This is because of their small size they
inherently have a high surface-to-volume ratio and are not stable However if the embryo
grows large enough it reaches a critical size such that it becomes thermodynamically
stable then it becomes a particle These particles are now permanent and will continue to
grow Nucleation continues with Stage II which is the quasi-steady-state nucleation
regime As the name implies embryos are transitioning into particles at a constant rate
This steady-state of transitioning continues until a saturation point is reached in Stage III
By Stage IV the number of new particles decreases because as the pre-existing particles
continue to grow they devour the smaller particles This process can be described in
Figure 17 Then after a stable nucleus is formed whether by homogeneous or
heterogeneous nucleation its growth rate is determined by the degree of undercooling the
system is subjected to and how easily the existing crystal structure accommodates the
new growth3132
- 34 -
Figure 17 Nucleation rate as a function of time There is a finite amount of time that passes before the first
embryos come into existence in Stage 1 In Stage II nucleation growth increases rapidly until it hits the
saturation point in Stage III The growth of new nuclei starts to decline when smaller nuclei fall victim to
larger nuclei that are cannibalistic Thus larger nuclei grow at the expense of smaller ones31
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation
This is the primary nucleation mechanism in a one-component system It also
occurs in alloy systems but is less dominant than heterogeneous nucleation In
homogeneous nucleation the embryos are uniformly distributed throughout the entire
parent material and by randomness of agglomeration they begin to grow at the expense
of one-another If the embryos grow to reach the critical size they obtain a stable surface-
area-to-volume ratio are thermodynamically stable and known as particles The Gibbs
free-energy transitions from positive to negative at this point when the activation energy
for nucleation is reached This relation can be illustrated in Figure 18 and summarized in
Eq 2 where ∆119866 is the Gibbs free energy 4
31205871199033 is the volume of the spherical nucleus
∆119866119907 is the free energy of the volume and 41205871199032120574 is the surface area of the nucleus30
∆119866 =4
31205871199033∆119866119907 + 41205871199032120574 Eq 2
- 35 -
Figure 18 Image depicting a mathematically idealized form of nuclei such that it has a perfect volume and
area represented by 4
3πr3 and 4πr2γ respectively Once the nuclei grow large enough it becomes
thermodynamically stable and it will not dematerialize unless it sacrifices itself for the growth of a larger
nuclei30
This phenomenon is readily observed during solidification It is more
energetically favorable (larger negative Gibbs free energy) for particles to form via
homogeneous nucleation when a greater undercooling is performed ie faster and more
dramatic cooling rate Undercooling is defined as the offset of the cooling temperature
below the equilibrium temperature of solidification When the system experiences a large
undercooling the nucleation rate increases and this forms many solid nuclei
simultaneously Therefore many nuclei are growing concurrently and the growth rates
soon reach a saturation point where growth is impeded by competing nuclei When fewer
nuclei are growing because of a small undercooling the nuclei grow larger before
impeding one-another This can all be summarized with the graph in Figure 19 but
essentially faster cooling rates procure finer grains and smaller undercooling will be
conducive for coarse grain formation3033
- 36 -
Figure 19 Gibbs free energy of a nuclei as a function of radius of the nuclei The temperature determines
the stable radius (r) It can be observed that a larger undercooling makes nuclei more thermodynamically
stable because it forces the nuclei out of solution more easily at temperatures farther away from the melting
temperature30
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation
Heterogeneous nucleation dominates in alloys over homogeneous nucleation
because of the insoluble particles present in the material behaving as nucleation sites
Other nucleation sites will include mold walls grain boundaries and dislocations The
pre-existing surface that initiates nucleation and growth consequently lowers the required
undercooling for heterogeneous nucleation by several hundred degrees centigrade
compared to homogenous nucleation For high heterogeneous nucleation rates upon mold
walls the liquid metal must wet the mold walls This means that the liquid phase
disperses evenly over the mold walls and does not form droplets Figure 20 is an
illustration of the wetting phenomenon and the required free-energies to make it
favorable303132
Heterogenous nucleation can be promoted through the addition of inoculants
which behave as nucleation sites These solid particles have higher melting temperatures
- 37 -
than the primary metal composition and they will either solidify first upon cooling or
precipitate out of solution before another phase change Then these heterogenous
nucleation sites that are distributed throughout the solidifying or phase-changing metal
will begin to grow larger eventually becoming grains As in homogeneous nucleation
faster cooling rates are characteristic of finer grain sizes303132
120574119868119871 = 120574119878119868 + 120574119878119871119888119900119904(120579) Eq 3
Figure 20 Diagram showing the ldquowettingrdquo action of a droplet on a surface 120574119868119871 is the liquid-solid
interfacial energy 120574119878119868 is the solid surface energy 120574119878119871 is the liquid surface energy and 120579 is the wetting
angle The lower this angle the more wettable the surface30
Figure 21 Nucleation rate growth rate and overall transformation rate of nucleation and the effect that
temperature has on all three It should be observed that growth rate and nucleation rate will hit an optimized
rate when the overall transformation rate is the highest30
- 38 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal
Solidification in pure metal casting will occur via two different mechanisms
planar growth and dendritic growth The creation of a solid phase from a liquid phase
requires energy expenditure ie a surface-energy associated with the liquid-solid
interface The energy required to produce a solid phase from the liquid phase is produced
from undercooling Planar growth will only exist in a turbulent-free and alloy-free
solidifying system because other mechanisms for solidification will dominate under other
conditions such as the presence of alloys Planar growth as the name implies is the
propagation of a solidifying plane throughout the melt There are areas of the melt that
will solidify ahead of this plane however the outward heat flux flowing from the
solidifying plane will cause re-melting This is caused by the latent heat-of-fusion ie the
heat radiating from the solidifying structure will make the liquid next to it hotter than the
rest of the melt This is described graphically in Figure 22 This enables the planar
interface to be maintained but only when slow cooling rates are recognized234
Figure 22 Temperature profile of a metal casting mold Particular interest should be focused on the area of
ldquotemperature increase due to latent heatrdquo because this is how planar solidification is able to re-melt
solidified areas of the casting and re-solidify as a plane The latent heat of solidification is the release of
heat energy at the solidification temperature so that the metal can solidify2
- 39 -
Dendrites are defined as ldquotree-shaped crystalsrdquo that grow and solidify along
crystallographic preferred directions and are the dominant form of non-planar front
solidification In BCC and FCC crystal structures the preferred crystallographic growth
direction is along the lt100gt orientation Dendritic growth unlike planar solidification is
present in both pure metals and alloys but the mechanism for dendritic growth is
different in both cases In pure metals dendrites form due to thermal supercooling which
occurs more predominantly with higher cooling rates Akin to the effects of latent heat-
of-fusion in planar growth the liquid next to solidifying dendrites is hotter than the rest
of the melt If the solidifying dendrite is catalyzed by any perturbations in the
solidification it will have the propensity to grow past this solidifying wall to the cooler
temperatures (just a few tenths of a degree) beyond areas experiencing the latent heat of
solidification This creates a ldquotree-likerdquo crystal This process repeats again but on a
smaller scale for secondary dendrite ldquoarmsrdquo growing off of the primary dendrite ldquoarmrdquo
that originally grew past the solidification front Figure 23 illustrates both primary and
secondary dendritic arms273536
Figure 23 The difference between primary and secondary dendritic arms Primary dendritic arms the first
dendrites that grow through the solidification front in a crystallographic preferred direction and secondary
dendritic arms are dendrites that sprout from the primary arms7
- 40 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy
In a pure metal the entire system is homogenous The system will have a
solidification point but in an alloy system the solidification will occur over a range of
temperatures except at eutectic points This introduces a new solidification mechanism
which is constitutional supercooling The first solid to form will have a different
composition than the last solid to form when cooling through a dual-phase region (α+L
region) of the phase diagram It should be noted that when cooling happens through a
eutectic point solidification occurs at one temperature This can all be understood more
clearly by observing the Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 13 As the temperature falls
through the cooling range in a dual-phase area the solidifying composition at that cooling
range can be found by drawing an isothermal tie-line to the solidus line on the phase
diagram The first solid matrix to form tends to be deplete of solute while the final
composition to solidify tends to be solute rich This phenomenon of compositional
supercooling is intensified by equilibrium cooling rates therefore a faster cooling rate
will help to reduce its effect These dual-phase regions colloquially called ldquomushy
zonesrdquo are depicted in Figure 24 The more cooling that occurs through one of these
regions increases the likelihood for defects associated with long dendrites and difficulty
feeding the solidifying shrinking metal with liquid metal 23436
Constitutional supercooling is the predominant mechanism for dendrite growth in
alloys however the mechanism of thermal supercooling is still active The solute that
drops out of solution will lower the solidification temperature of the liquid and act as a
starting point for dendritic growth and it makes dendritic growth more pronounced
Especially those that cool through large two-phase regions2
- 41 -
Figure 24 The consequences of different cooling paths as dictated by composition on the phase diagram It
is observed that the best fluidity comes from a single-phase composition and a eutectic composition
because these do not have a freezing range but a freezing point This lowest fluidity (highest viscosity) is
observed with compositions that require cooling paths through the thickest region of the dual-phase β+L
region This path is characteristic of the largest freezing range such that certain solutes are solidified out of
that specific composition while liquid still remains37
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting
Both pure metals and alloys are subject to different solidification zones in castings
due to solidification kinetics Pure metals will see two solidification zones the chill zone
and the columnar zone Alloys will experience those two zones in addition to a third
central equiaxed zone It should be kept in mind that the casting will solidify from the
inside out and heat flows from hot to cold2
1641 Chill Zone
This is region ldquoardquo in Figure 25 Liquid metal nearest the mold will experience the
fastest cooling rates due to large undercooling because the mold radiates heat away from
- 42 -
itself This effect is exacerbated in permanent metal molds with a high thermal
conductivity because the mold behaves as a heat sink that removes heat rapidly from the
solidifying metal However some molds are insulative (green sand molds) and the
amount of undercooling that the outside of the casting experiences will be minimized In
general the faster cooling rates experienced at the outside of the mold will combine with
the heterogeneous nucleation occurring at the mold wall to form fine equiaxed grains2
Figure 25 There are three different solidification zones in a typical casting a) Is the ldquochill zonerdquo this
microstructure is characteristic of fine equiaxed grains initiated via quick cooling rates seen on the outside
of the casting at the mold wall b) In the ldquocolumnar zonerdquo long grains grow because of less undercooling
additionally dendrites grow perpendicular to the mold walls which is the reason for the columnar
orientation c) The ldquocentral equiaxed zonerdquo is at the center of alloy castings These smaller equiaxed grains
are created by the combined effects of constitutional supercooling and the heat gradients flowing outward
from the center
1642 Columnar Zone
The mold walls rapidly heat up and the degree of thermal undercooling will soon
start to diminish as solidification continues This happens in the moments after the chill
zone is formed The nucleation rates decrease inside the liquid metal adjacent to the chill
zone When there are fewer nucleation sites mixed with a slow cooling rate coarse grains
- 43 -
growth will dominate This area becomes known as the columnar zone because dendrites
and grains will grow perpendicular to the mold walls The large columnar grain
boundaries have a propensity to contain embrittling impurities and porosity which
degrades the mechanical properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo material Hence the reason
thermomechanical deformation is commonly used as a post-processing step after casting
for non-shape-cast metals Deformation will break apart the continuity of the inclusions
thus reducing the embrittlement However there are ways to improve the as-casted
microstructure in this region Grain refiners (inoculants) can be added to the melt As the
name implies these refine the grain size in the columnar zone and reduce grain sizes
These inoculants solidify before the parent material of the melt and behave as another
heterogeneous nucleation site therefore creating more nucleation that will grow
simultaneously This enables the system to reach its saturation point sooner and this
yields smaller grains2
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone
This zone is only present in alloys due to the combined effects of the
constitutionally supercooled regions from the mold walls converging at the center of the
casting and the temperature gradient flowing outward form the castingrsquos center thus
creating a large undercooling effect at the center of the casting The large undercooling
both from constitutional and thermal effects yield high nucleation rates which create
fine equiaxed grains Another effect that commonly contributes to a pronounced central
equiaxed zone is buoyancy-driven convection flow in the solidifying melt This has the
capacity to break-off already solidified dendrites and transport them around the
circulating melt These broken dendritic arms act as another heterogenous nucleation site
- 44 -
within the melt Melt circulation and convection of the liquid metal can also be
artificially induced with ultrasonic vibrations or alternating magnetic fields2
17 Solidification Defects
There are five primary defects that can occur in castings because of solidification
mechanisms and they are more pronounced in alloys due to constitutional supercooling
The five primary defects are macroporosity macrosegregation microporosity
microsegregation and gas porosity Defects are combated in different ways however
most commonly is with implementation of a riser which will solidify last and contain
most defects2
171 Macroporosity
Macroporosity formation in the casting is caused by shrinking of the metal as it
cools and the inability of fresh liquid metal to fill in the void The last part of the casting
system to solidify is subject to macroporosity because no liquid metal remains to fill in
voids created by the solidification shrinkage The mechanisms that contribute to
macroporosity are liquid shrinkage solidification shrinkage and solid shrinkage which
can be summarized graphically in Figure 26 Nearly all materials whether in their liquid
solid or gas state experience a volume expansion associated with heating and a volume
decrease associated with cooling The shrinking volume of the liquid during cooling is a
nonissue when there is more liquid metal available to replenish the volume An issue
develops because there is a shrinkage associated with the transition from a liquid to a
smaller volume crystal Additionally the casting will experience further shrinkage due to
- 45 -
the thermal expansion coefficient of the solid metal that will be active from the
solidification temperature to room temperature2
Macroporosity can be combated with the addition of risers chills and insulation
placed in key areas to ensure that the casting itself is not the last to solidify Ideally the
casting will directionally solidify towards the riser such that the riser is the last part to
solidify and that it can continue to feed the shrinking casting with its remaining liquid
metal Figure 27 illustrates the macroporosity solidification defect that forms at the top of
the riser known as a pipe2
Figure 26 Volume of metal in different phases as a function of temperature Most materials shrink as they
are cooled due to the mean vibration distances decreasing because there is less thermal energy in the
bonding There is an exceptional decrease in the volume of metal during solidification shrinkage due to the
formation of the crystal structures which is ordered2
- 46 -
Figure 27 Solidifying metal will shrink this shows how a pipe forms in a cube sand casting It will begin
by forming a solidified skin on top at the mold-casting interface which isolates this section from the rest of
the casting that is still liquid Thus liquid metal cannot replenish this void2
172 Macrosegregation
The last part of the actual casting to solidify not including the riser will be at the
centerline of the thickest mass section When an alloy solidifies unless it is a eutectic
composition it will solidify over a temperature range The exact composition solidifying
is represented by an isothermal line drawn from the alloyrsquos composition line (C0) to the
solidus line this can be best illustrated with Figure 28 This solidification range creates
solute migration because the first part of the casting to solidify will be solute poor and the
last part of the casting to solidify will be solute rich Macrosegregation can be combated
by a faster solidification rate so that there is not time allowed for solute migration Heat
treating the casting will also help reduce the segregation after the casting is solidified
however solid state diffusion rates are substantially slower than diffusion rates in the
liquid238
- 47 -
Figure 28 This is an example of a two-phase solidification region where solidification happens over a
range of temperatures The lever rule can be used to determine specific composition of the solute falling out
of solution at any point in time below the liquidus line38
173 Microporosity
Solidification shrinkage will also cause microporosity When the casting is
solidifying it is common for the dendrites to grow into one-another such that they
impede liquid metal flow in the inner-dendritic region Then solidification shrinkage
occurs within the dendritic region and since liquid metal is not available to replenish the
shrinking volume a micropore will form Figure 29 provides an illustration of this
phenomenon Microporosity is exacerbated by alloys that solidify through a larger two-
phase region because these have a higher propensity for form dendrites due to the larger
freezing range This defect can be combated with any mechanism that breaks up the
dendrites such as ultrasonic vibrations magnetic eddy currents or higher velocity
pouring metal2
- 48 -
Figure 29 Dendrites are the primary cause of microporosity because the dendritic arms grow together and
liquid metal cannot replenish the micropore that forms due to the solidifying metal This action is illustrated
above The kinetics of solidification in the space between inter-dendritic arms is also a leading cause for
microsegregation2
174 Microsegregation
Microsegregation is another byproduct of the solidification kinetics of an alloy
The last composition of the alloy to solidify will have a high solute content This can
cause intermetallic phases and inclusions to form primarily between dendrites These
both have the tendency to be brittle and should be avoided if possible The primary side-
effect to the intermetallic phase and inclusions is hot shortness which is cracking that
occurs during any subsequent hot working process Microsegregation can be rectified by
the same process alterations as for macrosegregation Additionally it was reported that a
homogenizing heat treatment works well to remedy the problem The secondary-dendritic
arm spacing normally has the largest effect on microsegregation and this spacing can be
used to determine the time and temperature of the homogenization that is needed23940
175 Gas Porosity
Gas porosity is also a common defect which is caused by the absorption of gases
into the liquid phase prior to solidification The primary gases that are responsible for gas
porosity in iron and steel are H2 N2 and CO The primary mechanism for gas porosity is
- 49 -
the dramatic decrease in gas solubility at the liquid-to-solid phase change which can be
illustrated in Figure 30 These gases are soluble in liquid metal and often times
solidification happens so quickly that when gases evolve out of the solidifying metal a
gas hole is left in their wake An example of a gas porosity hole in the solidified metal
can be observed in Figure 31 the nearly perfectly round hole is indicative of gas porosity
Gas porosity can be remedied by vacuum degassing the melt Hot-Isostatic-Pressing
(HIPrsquoing) the finished part the addition of inclusion formers and all around cleanliness
of the melt241
Figure 30 Hydrogen gas content in a metal as a function of temperature illustrates that the liquid form of a
metal has a much greater gas solubility than does the solid phase There is a sharp discontinuity in the
solubility graph at the solidification temperature and this is why gas hole porosity is seen in metals The
metal is solidifying with ample amounts of gas in it and often times it solidifies before the gas has a chance
to escape Thus leaving a gas hole in its wake
- 50 -
Figure 31 Round pores seen in micrographs commonly indicate gas porosity because the gas bubble is
round and when the metal solidifies around it as the gas is escaping it leaves its own trace in the metal41
18 Heat Treating of Steels
Heat treating is commonly performed on both cast and wrought steels Depending
on categorization there are arguably seven different heat treatments that are performed
on metals homogenization full anneal process anneal normalization austenitize-
quench-temper spheroidizing and stress relieve Consult the Fe-C phase diagram in
Figure 32 that has the temperature ranges for each heat treatments superimposed upon it
for reference during each of the following sections18
Common to most every heat treatment of steels is heating first above the A1
transition line to fully austenitize the steel This is important because the FCC structure
has a higher solubility for carbon and other alloying elements Austenite can be thought
of as the ldquoparent phaserdquo to most microstructures and phases in steels because most
microstructures are formed by cooling from the austenite region It is because of the
- 51 -
austenite region that there are so many heat treatments possible for steel Cooling rate
will control the diffusion which along with the composition dictate the resultant
microstructure in cast steels Slower cooling rates will allow phases solute and particles
that were stable in the austenite region but not stable in the α+Fe3C region to precipitate
out as second phases Faster cooling rates will keep these solutes in solution in a
metastable form2542
Figure 32 Partial phase diagram of temperature vs carbon wt illustrates the ranges for each type of heat
treating and thermomechanical processes up to 15 wt C Notice this depicts the A1 temperature line at
1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) so frequently referenced18
The austenite region in steels is important for other reasons too For example it is
single phase at most temperatures and compositions that are commonly used plus it is a
high-temperature phase that it naturally more ductile This increased ductility enables
thermomechanically deformation of steels in the austenite region to be cost-effective
- 52 -
Also the austenite phase forms its own grains by a standard nucleation and growth
process There is a kinetic barrier that needs overcome for them to start growing because
α+Fe3C needs to be transformed The final size that the austenite grains grow to will
affect how easily the microstructure can be transformed back into α+Fe3C upon cooling
Therefore they have an effect on ferrite microstructure For example toughness is
sensitive to prior-austenite grains and it is reduced as the size of the prior austenite grains
are increased Once cooled the remnants of the austenite grains are called prior-austenite
grains (these grains are visible when subjected to special etches and microscopy)2542
181 Homogenization
During solidification of an alloy microsegregation and macrosegregation can be
mitigated by subsequent homogenization heat treatments Compositional supercooling
creates a multitude of problems because there is not a uniform composition throughout
the solidified metal At ambient temperatures the solute atoms will not diffuse fast
enough to achieve an equilibrium composition throughout To quicken diffusion rates a
homogenization heat treatment is performed to enable the systemrsquos concentration
gradients to equilibrate across the matrix Most ingot castings are homogenized before
hot working to improve workability mechanical properties and repeatability because the
solute atoms are dissolved Homogenization is performed approximately in the 1830-
2190 ˚F (1000-1200 ˚C) temperature range followed by an air cool which produces
larger coarse grains upon completion as opposed to a quench Homogenization normally
happens simultaneously with the nucleation and growth of the austenite grains therefore
one could argue that austenitizing and homogenizing are the same heat treatment Often
- 53 -
thermomechanical deformation is performed directly after homogenization so that the
ingot does not have to be reheated later254243
182 Full Anneal
Performing a full anneal in steels will produce a microstructure characteristic of
equiaxed ferrite and coarse pearlite that will have soft and ductile mechanical properties
The temperature ranges involved are just above the A3 temperature line for hypoeutectoid
steels and just above the A1 temperature line for hypereutectoid steels If a hypereutectoid
steel is cooled slowly through the γ + Cementite region the steel will have a tendency to
form proeutectoid cementite along the grain boundaries which is too brittle for use A
full anneal is normally held at temperature for an hour per inch thick of steel and it
finishes with a furnace cool1844
183 Process Anneal
A process anneal is also called a recrystallization anneal and it is primarily used
to restore ductility to a piece of metal that has been cold worked As explained
previously when a steel is cold worked dislocations form and they impede each otherrsquos
flow This makes the material less ductile because dislocation motion is a mechanism for
slip A process anneal can annihilate these dislocations so cold working can continue
without damaging the steel additionally increased ductility can be achieved There are
three phases of a process anneal heat treatment 1) dislocation annihilation (recovery) 2)
recrystallization 3) new grain growth The recovery phase reduces strain in the matrix
and the recrystallization phase nucleates new strain-free grains It should be made clear
that no phase change is achieved during a process anneal the upper temperature limit is
less than A1 temperature line1844
- 54 -
184 Normalization
Normalizing is used to refine the grain structure of the steel typically after cold or
hot working Steel is commonly sold in this condition because it produces fine equiaxed
grains and fine pearlite that is desirable for good mechanical properties such as strength
and ductility Normalizing involves an air cool from temperatures above the A3
temperature line but still relatively low in the austenite region The cooling rate is
dependent upon ambient conditions casting size and casting geometry1844
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper
The highest strength and hardness microstructure in steels is called martensite
This is formed via a diffusionless transformation from the austenite region initiated via a
quench A quench is the act of cooling the material quickly in a medium that can be
water oil or brine A martensitic microstructure is not used without subsequently being
tempered due to un-tempered martensitersquos brittleness and lack of toughness that would
make the steel prone to catastrophic failure45
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability
It is important to distinguish the difference between hardness and hardenability
The ability of a steel to form martensite is called hardenability and hardness is a
materialrsquos resistance to deformation These also have different influences as well the
ultimate hardness potential of martensite is only a function of the carbon content of the
steel while hardenability is controlled by the following carbon content alloying
elements prior-austenite grain size cooling rate (severity of quench) and the size of the
steel being quenched192045
- 55 -
The factors affecting hardenability are straightforward The higher the carbon
content and alloying content the higher the hardenability because additives decrease
diffusion rates Since the formation of pearlite and bainite are diffusion dependent the
system will have a higher tendency to form martensite This can be observed on a Time-
Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram as seen in Figure 33 Any effect that slows
diffusion like the addition of alloying elements moves the curve to the right
Hardenability is increased with increasing prior-austenite grain size because there are
fewer grain boundaries with coarser grains which results in fewer nucleation sites for
pearlite formation19204647
Figure 33Time-Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram This particular TTT diagram has a Fe-C
phase diagram attached on the left This illustrates how martensite finish (Mf) decreases with C content
This is an isothermal diagram and therefore no kinetic effects during the cooling will be taken into
account ie it assumes infinitely fast cooling to the desired temperature46
Intuitively depth of hardness increases with increasing hardenability and the
severity of the quench The quenching medium affects the severity for example an oil
quench is less severe than a water quench which is the most common medium
Additionally section size will influence cooling rates A small sample will experience a
more severe quench1920454849
- 56 -
1852 Martensite
A martensitic structure in steels results from a diffusionless athermal and shear-
type formation To catalyze the formation of this hardest possible steel microstructure
the steel must undergo a severe quench from austenite to its room temperature stable
phase The austenite phase at 1674 ˚F (912 ˚C) is capable of handling up to 211 wt C
due to its more open FCC structure but the maximum carbon that the α-phase can handle
is 002 wt C because of its more enclosed BCC structure This means that with typical
cooling rates carbon will partition itself out of the α-ferrite and form the secondary phase
of Fe3C To form full martensite a quench must happen quickly such that carbon cannot
diffuse out of the octahedral sites in α-Fe into a second phase of Fe3C hence the
diffusionless transformation Carbon remains trapped in the BCC lattice however it
strains the BCC lattice deforming it into a Body Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice
where carbon is still in the octahedral sites This is observed in Figure 34 Martensite is
not a thermodynamically stable phase which means that martensite is metastable and that
the diffusion was only suppressed45
Martensite strengthens steel to such a high degree because of the Bain strain that
is induced by the carbon wedged into the BCT lattice The strain field that forms around
each carbon atom inhibits dislocation motion There is also a solid solution strengthening
effect from the carbon that contributes to the overall hardness of the martensite A surface
tilting is normally associated with martensite formation based upon which habit plane
that it forms upon from the austenite phase These habit planes will be dependent upon
alloy composition Figure 35 illustrates this habit plane relationship45
- 57 -
Figure 34 The Body-Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice of martensite Carbon atoms become stuck in the
interstices between larger atoms during the rapid quench from the FCC phase of austenite The system
wants to assume the BCC phase of ferrite however cooling happens so rapidly that carbon does not have
time to migrate and now it is trapped in this metastable phase45
It should be noted that martensite formation occurs over a range of temperatures
The alloy must first be quenched through its martensite start temperature (MS) This is
determined by a thermodynamic driving force that is required to start the shear
transformation from austenite to martensite The MS will vary directly with carbon
content the higher the carbon content the lower MS This may seem counterintuitive
because one method for increasing hardenability is to increase the carbon content
however since carbon is an interstitial alloying element in steels it places strain even on
the FCC lattice of austenite This increases austenitersquos resistance to shear Therefore
since martensite formation is a shear transformation there needs to be a larger
thermodynamic driving force to initiate this change which is catalyzed by a larger
undercooling There is also a MF which occurs when all of the austenite has transformed
into martensite Figure 36 illustrates martensite start temperature45
- 58 -
Figure 35 Martensite is characteristic of causing Bain strain The exceptionally high strains associated
with the shear transformation for the formation of martensite will twist and tilt the martensite surface to
start the formation The austenite phase that was not transformed yet has to be plastic enough to allow this
to happen45
There are two different types of martensite that exist lath and plate However
they do not exist exclusively and can mix together The type of martensite formed is
dependent upon composition Plate martensite will form above 10 wt C and lath
martensite will dominate below 06 wt C with a mix of both occurring between 06
and 10 wt C This relationship is illustrated in Figure 36 as well as the martensite start
temperature Plate martensite is characteristic of irrational habit planes macroscopic in
nature (can be seen with optical microscopy) and subject to mostly twinned planes Lath
martensite has the tendency to form in parallel packets with more dislocations than twins
and its habit plane is defined as 11145
- 59 -
Figure 36 There are two different types of martensite lath and plate Formation is dictated by carbon
content As observed a range up to 06 wt C will produce lath and a range upwards of 10 wt C will
produce plate martensite When the wt C is between these ranges a mixture of lath and plate martensite
can be expected45
1853 Tempering Kinetics
Martensitic steel must be tempered to restore ductility and toughness to prevent
possible catastrophic brittle failure Tempering must be performed cautiously because
over-tempering is possible such that the steel becomes too soft Since martensite is a
metastable phase whose diffusion was only suppressed due to kinetics it takes relatively
little thermal energy to enable the carbon to migrate out of the BCT lattice Thermal
energy is introduced to the system in the form of tempering Once carbon leaves the BCT
structure the lattice will relax and reform its thermodynamically stable BCC lattice that
has 002 wt C maximum Therefore the extra carbon that was supersaturated into the
BCT lattice will now precipitate out as the second phase of cementite (Fe3C) Since the
primary goal of tempering is to soften the metal at the expense of hardness it becomes a
balancing act between how long and at what temperatures tempering is conducted to
obtain the desired mechanical properties455051
- 60 -
186 Spheroidizing
Spheroidite is the softest and most ductile microstructure possible for a given steel
because of the formation of spherical carbides which have a low surface-area-to-volume
ratio relative to other carbide shapes Therefore there is less interaction area with the
matrix and in turn less of a strain field that is formed Steels subjected to this heat
treatment have great machining properties because of the increased ductility To achieve
this microstructure the steel is held just below the A1 temperature for multiple hours to
give ample time for carbon diffusion18
187 Stress Relieving
This heat treatment is performed to remove internal stresses induced by welding
machining cold-working etc There is no recrystallization or significant microstructural
changes as with process annealing The temperature for stress relieving is approximately
750 ˚F (400 ˚C) which is the temperature required for dislocation annihilation to
occur1844
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels
HSLA steels are low carbon content steels typically with pearlite and ferrite
microstructures that achieve relatively high strengths formability and toughness despite
the fact that they have a low carbon content Their weldability is also superb due to the
low carbon content To achieve strength an HSLA steel must be able to precipitation
harden the ferrite HSLA steels are commonly microalloyed with vanadium niobium
titanium or another strong carbide forming element and with a solid solution
strengthener such as silicon or manganese Another essential aspect to the strength of
- 61 -
HSLA steels is a fine grain structure Reduced grain size is an additional mechanism for
strength but it also increases toughness while lowering the DBTT5253
191 Precipitation Hardening
Commonly known as age hardening in non-ferrous alloys this secondary-
hardening process closely resembles an austenitize-quench-temper cycle for normal
steels Technically a solution-treat and age cannot be performed in conventional steels
because of the lack of carbon solubility However with the additions of microalloys a
true precipitation hardening can be achieved in HSLA steels A precipitation hardening
technique is similar to an austenitize-quench-temper in terms of its heat treatment cycle
During the quench the goal is to make a metastable supersaturated solid solution Then
when thermal energy is introduced to the system the precipitates (alloy carbides nitrides
and carbonitrides) age or precipitate into the matrix These processes occur at the same
time that the martensite is quenched and tempered54
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE)
A cornerstone of this project is ensuring that the alloy developed will have
superior weldability but first the term weldability must be defined such that it can be
understood The weldability of low alloy steels is commonly expressed in terms of
Carbon Equivalent (CE) which is calculated solely from the chemical composition of a
steel The following are the definitions adopted and how they are defined for this project
1101 Weldability
Weldability is defined by the American Welding Society (AWS) as ldquoThe capacity
of a material to be welded under fabrication techniques imposed in a specific suitably
- 62 -
designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended servicerdquo However there
are many characteristics of a steel that could influence its weldability55 Colloquially one
would just say that a steel which welds successfully without pre-heating has a good
weldability
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE)
One of the best metrics for weldability assessment is through an empirically
derived formula called the carbon equivalent (CE) This was created as a way to quantify
the relative likelihood of hydrogen induced cracking problems and heat affected zone
(HAZ) martensite formation in a steel A knowledgeable welder will use the CE value as
a tool to determine how the metal is going to weld and what welding procedures to follow
to avoid weld zone problems For example if the CE is high the welder will know to pre-
heat the metal to decrease the likelihood of martensite formation upon cooling after
welding In this sense a steel with good weldability (low CE) has poor hardenability56
- 63 -
Chapter 2 Literature Review
The essence of HSLA steels was briefly introduced in Chapter 19 however this
section will serve as a review of the development of HSLA wrought and cast steels
21 Microalloying of Steels
The importance of alloying steel was discovered early in the 20th century in
Europe One of the first microalloying elements added to steel was vanadium57
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium
Vanadium was the first element added to microalloy steels Research in the early
1900s in England and France lead to the first commercial microalloyed steel
Metallurgists at that time learned the strength of plain carbon steel could be increased
substantially with additions of vanadium especially when a quench and temper was
performed They did not understand the strengthening mechanisms at work but they
knew that vanadium increased strength and toughness57
Steel containing vanadium made its way to America in about 1910 when Henry
Ford spectated an auto race in France and saw a violent crash He was surprised at how
little damage occurred to the racecarrsquos crankshaft and this sparked his curiosity He
managed to get a sample of the steel tested and it was found to contain vanadium Ford
deduced that additions of vanadium to steel used in Ford vehicles would improve a steelrsquos
strength and shock resistance on American roads even though they did not understand
why Thus vanadium as a microalloy enters markets in the United States however it
would be years before serious focus was applied to development and integration of
microalloy HSLA steels into more areas57
- 64 -
World War II advanced welding technologies greatly Metallurgists soon
discovered that they could not just increase the strength of steels by increasing carbon
content due to the toughness decrease observed when higher carbon content steels are
welded This catalyzed a focus to develop alternative strengthening mechanism to carbon
which lead to the development of grain refining and microalloy precipitation for an
additional strengthening mechanism in steel that required a high weldability From this
deeper investigations into the metallurgy of microalloying continued to develop57
22 HSLA Steels
Even small additions of microalloys to low-carbon steel matched with simple heat
treatments can produce mechanical properties that are comparable to more expensive
steels low alloy steels that require advanced processing steps58 High-Strength-Low-Alloy
steels are based on the microalloying principles discussed previously The term
microalloying and HSLA are used synonymously The concept for strengthening in HSLA
steels is straightforward from a metallurgical point of view there needs to be 1) a refined
grain structure present such that it encourages strength and toughness 2) lower carbon
content to improve weldability 3) strength is achieved through the addition of
microalloys such as vanadium manganese and niobium 4) finally HSLA steels take
advantage of secondary hardening that disperses fine precipitates throughout the ferrite
matrix that further strengthens the steel53
One of the first large scale uses of HSLA steels in the United States was during
construction of the Alaskan Pipeline in 1969 and 1970 It was imperative that steels used
in this pipeline remained tough during the artic conditions so that they would not be
prone to brittle failure Equally important was weldability This caused metallurgists to
- 65 -
analyze previous work done with microalloying of steels and eventually the name
ldquoHSLA steelrdquo was adopted52 The Alaskan Pipeline success with microalloying steels
initiated many investigations into microalloying effects and jump-started broad use of
HSLA steels
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys
Microalloys work well for strengthening steel because they can combine the
strengthening mechanisms of grain refinement and precipitation hardening without
decreasing weldability These combined effects counteract the lower carbon content For
microalloys to be effective they must be able to alter the matrix of the ferrite by either
grain refinement or precipitation hardening (normally in the form of carbo-nitrides) or by
a combination of these two57
Grain refinement is the act of making the ferrite grains smaller after final
processing This is achieved when the dispersed microalloys solidify and create a
heterogeneous nucleation site to prevent prior-austenite grain growth During lower
temperature heat treatments in the austenite region often times the stable precipitates will
not fully solutionize and they act as heterogeneous nucleation sites upon cooling which
inhibits austenite grain growth Regardless the microalloying precipitate falls out of
solution before ferrite grains are nucleated57
Precipitation strengthening by microalloying occurs because the microalloys are
precipitated into the ferrite as carbonitrides (CN) but most commonly in HSLA steels as
vanadium-nitrides (VN) or vanadium-carbonitrides (VCN) through a secondary-
hardening process during aging or tempering57 Carbonitrides of vanadium niobium and
titanium can precipitate in both the austenite region and ferrite region59 Additionally
- 66 -
when some form of a CN or VCN is present and a subsequent heat treatment is
performed such as normalizing these carbonitrides will act as austenite grain stabilizers
that prevent grain growth This preserves grain refinement because smaller prior-
austenite grains lead to smaller final ferrite grains They will also pin the ferrite grains
from deformation and growth before the A1 temperature is reached during heating Both
of these mechanisms work together simultaneously to improve the microstructure6061 If
hot rolling is performed on wrought steel austenite grains become elongated which will
increase the grain boundary area Thus increasing the driving force for transformation in
addition to providing more heterogenous nucleation sites26 More nucleation sites are
added indirectly in a steel during hot rolling because it can make precipitation of carbides
happen more favorably60
Microalloying also has a profound effect on the recrystallization during hot
rolling This is important in wrought steels because if the prior-austenite grains are
pinned by microalloys and cannot coarsen then a finer ferrite structure will form upon
cooling There is also a developed argument that solute drag is responsible for limiting
recrystallization57
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides
Elements such as vanadium niobium and titanium have tendencies to form stable
carbides nitrides and carbonitrides in steel when precipitated through a secondary
hardening reaction They are the primary microalloying elements used today in HSLA
steels62 The formation of carbides and nitrides are diffusion dependent processes
Complex microalloy carbide and nitride and phases do not diffuse as rapidly as the
conventional Fe3C phase during heat treatment This has a few important consequences
- 67 -
metallurgically First carbides reduce the rate of softening effects such as a temper
because they inhibit the diffusion driven coarsening that Fe3C would experience
Secondly metal carbides that are formed will be resistant to coarsening This limits their
size and enables them to maintain a fine dispersion throughout the matrix Finally it
provides great creep resistance at high temperatures because they will combat steel
softening at elevated temperatures63
Carbides of vanadium niobium and titanium are commonly found in the form of
MC M2C M6C and M23C6 where ldquoMrdquo is comprised of various metals and ldquoCrdquo is
carbon the common stoichiometric carbides are summarized in Figure 37 These carbides
and carbonitrides have the FCC crystal structure and comparable lattice parameters thus
they have extensive mutual solubilities The carbides and nitrides formed by vanadium
niobium and titanium are also known to be harder than martensite This is quantified in
Figure 38 which displays the hardness values of common carbides and martensite63
- 68 -
Figure 37 Chart displaying compositions of some common stoichiometric carbides present in HSLA
steels ldquoMrdquo can vary with multiple chemistries63
Figure 38 Stoichiometric carbides formed with vanadium niobium and titanium that commonly have a
hardness greater than martensite this is important especially for the strengthening effects in prior-austenite
grain pinning63
- 69 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions
Vanadium is the workhorse in the microalloyed steel families and is more soluble
in the austenite phase than niobium and titanium It has a high affinity for nitrogen and
carbon and readily forms VN VC and VCN These stable carbides and nitrides of
vanadium will have high solubilities in austenite as well compared to niobium and
titanium These solubilities are summarized in Figure 39 Solutionizing of vanadium and
its carbides and nitrides occurs at approximately 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C) Upon cooling
vanadium will begin to precipitate out of solution at this temperature While cooling
passed the solutionizing temperature which is still in the austenite phase nearly pure VN
is the first to precipitate into the matrix Then when the nitrogen supply is all but
exhausted the system will transition precipitation of VN to VCN and finally to VC
(normally in the form of MC) as nitrogen is depleted There will be a sharp drop in the
solubility of VCN in the matrix around the A1 temperature because of the phase
transition Thus more VCNrsquos are precipitated at this temperature57 Vanadium is
commonly the alloying choice over niobium for precipitation strengthening because
niobium solutionizes at a higher temperature which means that it also precipitates out of
solution at higher temperatures It will fall out of solution during the upper region of the
austenite phase this provides the NbCN too much of an opportunity to coarsen during
cooling Therefore vanadium tends to form the finest precipitates in the ferrite matrix60
- 70 -
Figure 39 Mole fraction of nitrogen in the V-carbonitrides as a function of temperature Vanadium
preferentially bonds with nitrogen at higher temperatures until nitrogen is nearly depleted Then there is a
sharp transition at approximately 1470 ˚F (800 ˚C) to vanadium bonding with carbon preferentially over
nitrogen57
Previous work in the literature regarding microalloying with V in HSLA wrought
steels is extensive some key findings follow
bull Vanadium addition ranges from 003 to 010 wt V increase toughness in
HSLA steels because it will stabilize the dissolved nitrogen64
bull During thermomechanical deformation vanadium has been shown to
precipitate out of solution while the steel is being hot rolled in the form of a
VN60
bull VN will help to prevent austenitic grain growth and recrystallization of
austenite grains However if the solubility product of VN is too low or if the
cooling rates are too fast VN will not form in austenite It has been shown
- 71 -
that raising the nitrogen content will increase the amount of VN that
precipitates60
bull The presence of other alloying elements such as niobium titanium and
aluminum will affect how vanadium behaves Albeit vanadium has the
highest affinity for nitrogen but the other elements precipitate out sooner such
that they will consume all of the nitrogen before vanadium has precipitated60
bull Vanadium does not retard ferrite formation as do molybdenum therefore
vanadium steels are less prone to bainite formation and acicular ferrite
Vanadium reduces the embrittlement likelihood especially in high-carbon
steel Additionally vanadium alloys will not be as susceptible to Heat
Affected Zone (HAZ) embrittlement60
bull VCN precipitation in the austenite region is limited due to sluggish kinetics
therefore most VCN will be precipitated in the ferrite region57
bull Precipitation of VCN in low-carbon and low-nitrogen steels (010 wt C and
010 wt N) will occur mostly at 1292 ˚F (700 ˚C) and below57
bull VC has a higher solubility in austenite and ferrite compared to VN this is
because the thermodynamic driving force for VN precipitation is much
higher57
bull When nitrogen content is decreased the VN precipitate size increases
considerably This is an effect of nucleation rate similar to that observed in
pearlite formation The end-resulting grain size is based on the number of
nuclei57
- 72 -
bull Vanadium will form non-stoichiometric carbides and nitrides VC073 to VC089
are a common VC composition range65
bull Using orientation relationships it is possible to determine whether VCN was
precipitated during the austenite or ferrite phase When the VCN assumes the
Baker-Nutting orientation of 100α-Fe||100VCN and lt100gt α-
Fe||lt010gtVCN it was precipitated in the ferrite When the VCN assumes the
Kurdjumov-Sachs orientation of 110α-Fe||111VCN and lt111gt α-
Fe||lt110gtVCN it was precipitated in the austenite66
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition
Niobium solutionizes at higher temperatures than vanadium 2100 ˚F (1150 ˚C)
compared to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) respectively The implications are that niobium will pin
austenite grains from growing until much higher austenitizing temperatures resulting in
reduced prior-austenite grain size1 Niobium as shown in Figure 40 also works better
than vanadium or titanium for inhibiting recrystallization of austenite temperatures59
Figure 40 Niobium has the optimum effect on increasing the recrystallization temperature of austenite
Vanadium performs the worst in this category This is significant because larger prior-austenite grains will
increase hardenability as well as decrease grain refinement59
- 73 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions
Titanium forms the most stable nitrides in steel (TiN) of all microalloying
elements Most studies suggest that TiN will not solutionize at any temperature in the
austenite region57 Its insolubility in austenite ensures that it will prevent austenite grain
growth during welding and hot processing techniques It can be observed in Figure 41
that TiN has a very low solubility in the austenite phase compared to VC The addition of
titanium levels as low as 001 wt Ti are sufficient to perform its primary
microalloying functions57
Figure 41 Solubilities of common carbides and nitrides of HSLA steels This graph displays the logarithm
of the solubility constant (k) as a function of logarithmic temperature It should be observed that TiN has
very low solubility and that VC has the highest solubility In fact TiN has been known to resist
solutionizing even in the upper region of the austenite phase it is virtually insoluble57
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels
Manganese is an effective solid solution strengthener for ferrite in HSLA steels it
is usually in a range from 15-20 wt Mn67 Manganese will increase VN solubility in
- 74 -
austenite because it increases the activity coefficient of vanadium in tandem with
decreasing the activity coefficient of carbon This increases the amount of microalloying
precipitation during the phase transition from austenite to ferrite Additionally
manganese will lower the AR3 temperature which contributes to ferrite grain refinement
because ferrite grains will get less time to grow All of these factors make higher
manganese (08-14 wt Mn) HSLA steels more effective than low-carbon steels with
conventional manganese levels576063 It has also been shown that manganese additions
will not be detrimental to toughness as other microalloying elements68
23 HSLA Cast Steels
Cast steels can be considered to be at a disadvantage because they do not have the
luxury of being thermomechanically deformed to increase strength as do wrought steels
They must rely solely on heat treating and alloying Other than this there are relatively
minute differences between cast and wrought HSLA steels The 30-year development in
the metallurgy of HSLA wrought steels transcended to HSLA cast steels There are slight
differences in chemistry and heat treatment that must be considered to replace the
benefits of thermomechanical deformation in wrought HSLA steels but the
microalloying concepts between HSLA cast and wrought steels remains the same The
following will review past work specific to the development of HSLA cast steels
154676970
Most of the early work developing HSLA cast steels was done in Europe The
first major work in the United States was conducted by Voigt et al starting in 198671
The first review published on HSLA cast steels was by WJ Jackson in 1978 titled ldquoThe
Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings ndash A Review of the Literaturerdquo In this review the
- 75 -
author detailed past accounts of successful microalloying of cast steels with vanadium
compositions The optimal chemistry ranges for the mechanical properties of cast plain-
carbon and low-alloy steels reviewed by Jackson are shown in Table 1 The yield point
of these steels increased by 30 percent compared to similar plain carbon steel without
microalloying additions with only a negligible decrease in ductility and toughness
Limited research was carried out to identify optimum chemistries for these C-Mn steels
which are summarized in Figure 42 It was determined that the best properties were
obtained with 01 wt vanadium because it produced the finest ferrite grain structure72
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-Carbon Vanadium Alloyed Cast Steel72
Elements C Si Mn Cr V
Wt 012-050 03-06 09-15 04-06 007-015
Figure 42 Influence of vanadium on the properties of a C-Mn microalloyed steel Optimum chemistry
occurs at 01 wt V 130 wt Mn 034 wt Si and all carbon in the study was 032 or 033 wt C
At this chemistry it is evident that some properties of toughness decreased All samples were water
quenched and the subsequently tempered at 1202 ˚F (650 ˚C) The V-free steel was quenched from 1616 ˚F
(880 ˚C) and the vanadium steels were quenched from 1688 ˚F (920 ˚C)57
In this study normalizing between 1796-1976 ˚F (920-1080 ˚C) produced a
microstructure of bainite or acicular ferrite microstructure When a subsequent temper is
performed at 1112 ˚F (600 ˚C) an increase in hardness was found because of the
secondary-hardening effects of the precipitation of VCN However extended tempering
times at elevated temperature caused the system to overage which reduced hardness due
- 76 -
to coarsening of precipitates This is one of the reasons why Jacksonrsquos research suggested
that it is imperative to have better control when heat treating microalloyed steel compared
to conventional steels72
It was discussed previously that vanadium and other microalloying elements act
as grain refiners in the austenite region for wrought processed HSLA steels A similar
behavior was observed for cast steels upon initial cooling from the melt VCN acted as a
grain refiner because it fell out of solution slightly before grains grew72
231 Temperaging
To achieve the highest possible strength with HSLA steels they must be
subjected to a quench and temper heat treatment which initiates a precipitation hardening
effect The temper dually functions to soften martensite into ferrite and cementite while
simultaneously aging fine precipitates into the matrix This dual function has become
known to some metallurgists as the portmanteau ldquotemperagingrdquo17367
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work
There are different CE formulas for different welding applications however the
CE formula used in this project is AWSD11 that is displayed in Equation 4 The CE
formula which is most appropriate for structural steel welding varies between steels
because different alloying elements have different influences on weldability For
example how much they slow diffusion rates and whether or not they are carbide
formers In general the addition of other alloying elements to a C-Mn steel will have the
same hardenability and weldability influence of an increase in carbon content Individual
alloying elements directly affect the weldability of the steel to varying degrees This is
- 77 -
why the effect of each element on the CE is scaled by a factor that can be expressed as a
carbon equivalent factor for that steel This means that if a particular steel had been
alloyed with just carbon it would theoretically weld simularly56
119862119864119860119882119878 11986311 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 4
There are other CE formulae used throughout industry but they all have a similar
goal which is being a weldability predictor High carbon content steels have low
weldabilities therefore a high CE steel will also have a low weldability The most
common CE used in industry is displayed in Equation 5 is adopted by the International
Institute of Welding (IIW) as their official CE equation5473 The following ASTM
Standards also follow CE calculated by Equation 5 A216 A352 A709 (Grade 50s)
A913 and A1043 Both ASTM A216 and A352 are cast steel specific standards
Equation 6 is the typical HSLA CE for C-Mn steels Equation 7 is used in ASTM A529
and it is the only CE equation that includes Nb This is because Nb rarely contributes to
the cold-cracking of steels54 Equation 8 is utilized by the Japanese Welding Engineering
Society for low-carbon content steels (lt 011 wt C)74
119862119864119860119878119879119872 = 119862 +119872119899
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 5
119862119864119879 = 119862 +119872119899+119872119900
10+
119862119903+119862119906
20+
119873119894
40 Eq 6
119862119864119860119878119879119872 119860529 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881+119873119887
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 7
119875119862119872 = 119862 +119878119894
30+
119862119903+119862119906+119872119899
20+
119873119894
60+
119872119900
15+
119881
10+ 5119861 Eq 8
- 78 -
Jacksonrsquos Review analyzed CEASTM for HSLA cast steels and utilized Equation 5
with the following results72
bull CEASTM le 041 Good weldability and no need for preheating
bull CEASTM le 045 Good weldability when the welding is completed with low H2
electrodes
bull CEASTM ge 045 Preheating is required for welding use of low H2 electrodes is
required
bull CEASTM ge 060 Only specific conditions enable the steel to be weldable
One nuance that should be stressed to the reader is this project has a goal of
integrating a cast steel designed for structural applications into an existing wrought
ASTM Standard The implications are that a structural welding steel obeys the structural
welding code as seen in AWS D11 such as their CEAWS D11 in Equation 4 while most
ASTM Standards obey CEASTM as seen in Equation 5 This is bound to cause confusion
and all parties involved must be made aware
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards
There are ASTM Standards specifically for cast steel A27 A148 A216 A217
A352 A356 A487 and A958 Most relevant are ASTM A216 Standard Specification
for Steel Castings Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service
and its low-temperature counterpart of ASTM A352 Standard Specification for Steel
Castings Ferritic and Martensitic for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-
Temperature Service Both standards obey the CEASTM in Equation 5 and they have
CEASTM max values of 050 or 055 depending on the specific grade Grade WCB from
- 79 -
ASTM A216 is of particular interest because it was posited by the SFSA that the YS
requirements for this project could be attained through slight manipulation of chemistries
permitted in this standard
234 Key Findings from Previous Work
Previous work has found interesting differences between processing for HSLA
wrought steels and HSLA cast steels The key findings follow
bull It may be necessary to homogenize large casting sections for up to 6 hours at
temperatures ranging from 1740-2010 ˚F (950-1100 ˚C) to combat alloy
segregation Then an accelerated cooling is desired because it will yield a refined
ferrite grain structure73 The length of the homogenizing time and temperature in
general will dependent upon the casting size67
bull Austenitizing temperatures of greater than 1700 ˚F (930 ˚C) are required to
produce full strengthening of V-microalloys73
bull If an insufficient quench is performed coarse VCN will precipitate out during the
initial cooling Coarse VCN does not produce the high hardness that is seen with
finely dispersed precipitates However there is still a strengthening effect that is
seen when temperaging following a weak quench This implies that a temperaging
effect can be seen with thick casting sections as well 73
bull Rapid quench rates will produce the highest hardness however only a slight
decrease in hardness will be observed after temperaging because of the secondary
hardening effect This implies that the softening effect of martensite is more
dominant than the secondary hardening which is aging73
- 80 -
bull Non-heat-treated cast steels tend to have lower ductility compared to cast steel
subjected to heat treating Interestingly non-heat-treated steels have a higher yield
strength70
bull Minimal overaging in the temperaging process is acceptable and sometimes
desired to improve toughness at the expense of only a slight decrease in yield
strength67 Overaging is associated with decreasing the coherency of the
precipitates in the matrix54
bull Higher austenitizing temperatures will enable more precipitates to form during
temperaging because it increases the re-solution of microalloying elements while
in the austenite phase67 Austenitizing temperatures of 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) were
proven sufficient for normalize and temper (NampT) cast steels the strength levels
of quench and tempered (QampT) cast steels were greatly increased by austenitizing
at 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C)69
bull A typical NampT heat treatment can still precipitation harden during temperaging
however the resulting microstructure is less hard than a QampT67
bull According to early research with microalloying HSLA steels with niobium it will
increase strength more than vanadium when heat treating at high austenitizing
temperatures because it prevents austenite grains from coarsening However
coarsening of austenite grains was not observed by Voigt and Rassizadehghani in
1989 They proved this by austenitizing at high temperatures with and without
niobium and then performing the proper etch to display the prior-austenite
grains54
- 81 -
bull Intercritical heat treatments although not used in this body of work have yielded
promising results and high strength and toughness combinations in the past54
- 82 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work
31 Hypothesis
A 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength cast steel with a high weldability for structural
and military applications will be developed using high-strength-low-alloy (HSLA) steel
metallurgical techniques Finally the materialrsquos composition and properties can be
conveniently placed within an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels
allowing ready adoption of these cast steels for applications using cast-weld construction
techniques
32 Statement of Work
Weldable 50 ksi (350 MPa) yield strength cast steel composition and heat
treatment guidelines will be determined with four primary steps 1) examination of
composition heat treating and mechanical property data from the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of Americarsquos (SFSA) database of cast C-Mn steels to identify fundamental
structure-property relationships 2) Thermocalc modeling will define stable phases in
equilibrium and determine solutionizing temperatures for a range of C-Mn steel alloys
with vanadium and niobium microalloying additions 3) heat treating and mechanical
testing of various compositions of steel will provide a validation of how alloys respond to
respective heat treatments 4) Finally rational composition and processing guidelines will
be developed so that future work can establish appropriate ASTM and AWS placement
for this alloy system
- 83 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure
All samples in this study were standard ASTM keel block castings with two test
specimen legs donated by SFSA member foundries in the United States The keel blocks
used in this study had a thick body attached to two legs The keel block measured
approximately 60 in X 40 in X 40 in (1525 cm X 102 cm X 102 cm) and each leg
was approximately 60 in X 10 in X 20 in (1525 cm X 254 cm X 51 cm) The keel
block legs were halved lengthwise with a band saw such that the final dimensions of the
keel block legs used for heat treating were 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X 254 cm
X 254 cm) Thus each keel block could yield four keel block tensile test specimens All
times and temperatures for heat treating and tempers were obtained from the literature
notably from previous work completed by Voigt Rassizadehghani and the
SFSA154676973 Heat treating time was started when the temperature of the furnace
stabilized after loading the samples into the furnace
In all of the following sections keel blocks and keel block legs were heat treated
in a Thermo-Scientific Lindberg Blue M and the Brinell hardness tests were performed
with a NEWAGE Brinell NB3010 Additionally all mechanical testing conformed to
ASTM E8 Standard Test Method for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial alloys investigated in this study were reformulations of conventional
WCB C-Mn cast steel with and without vanadium ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo and ldquoModified C-
Mn-Vrdquo alloys were developed to obtain an understanding of C-Mn cast steel capabilities
and the effects of alloying a similar composition with small amounts of vanadium Keel
- 84 -
block legs were removed from the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V keel blocks
and halved lengthwise on a band saw Both the keel block and keel blocks legs which
become test bar specimens were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 10 hr Half of each
alloy were subjected to a normalizing air cool and the other half were water quenched
Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching was performed at
1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks and at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr for keel
block legs Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for both the
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
42 Tempering Study
An investigation into the temperaging response of the vanadium alloyed material
in particular was necessary to develop heat treating guidelines Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were used to compare a plain WCB type steel to one that should
experience a temperaging response respectively Keel block legs of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were cut from the keel blocks and austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for
20 hr Keel block legs were either normalized in an air cool or water quenched Then the
keel block legs were sliced into approximately 025 in (~6 mm) thick sections for
subsequent tempering such that different times and temperatures can be easily studied
for each alloy
bull A sample for each composition in the normalized and quenched conditions was
subjected to a specific temperature for either 10 hr or 40 hr These temperatures
ranged from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments
resulting in 56 total samples The furnace used for these small samples was a
Barnstead Thermolyne 47900
- 85 -
bull Each sample was then Rockwell hardness tested to develop an understanding of
temperaging for these alloys The machine used was a NEWAGE Rockwell
Digital ME-2
43 Special Heat-Treating Options
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
Heat treating has to be more controlled with HSLA steels than conventional steels
due to the microalloys and the secondary hardening72 A concern was that thicker sections
of castings could not be quenched quickly enough to produce a supersaturated solution of
microalloys without having them fall out of solution prior to tempering Keel blocks of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were heat treated as described in Chapter 41
Then they were cut at frac14 thickness and the cut faces were Brinell hardness tested
bull A range of 12-14 Brinell Hardness indentations were performed on each samplersquos
face to obtain a hardness profile from the edge to the center of these 40 in (102
cm) sections
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real world casting scenarios castings are not uniform in shape and
size such as a keel block leg This poses kinetic and thermal property issues associated
with cooling rates Theoretically a thin section of casting could form a completely
different microstructure than a thick section on the same casting cooled with the same
cooling media This was investigated with keel blocks of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V that were cut differently than for previous heat-treating studies A keel block for
each alloy had one of its legs removed from the keel block body This resulted in two
- 86 -
keel block legs of the dimensions used previously 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X
254 cm X 254 cm) and two identical to it still attached to the keel block body Each
keel block with legs attached and its separated legs were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C)
for 2 hr and then subjected to a normalized air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating the keel block legs still attached to the keel
blocks were removed and all keel block legs were subsequently tensile tested
433 Double Normalize
For some microalloyed steel alloys a double normalize heat treatment is
commonly used to improve mechanical properties such as increased ductility with a
relatively small strength penalty75 A keel block and keel block legs from Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to a double normalizing heat treatment The first
austenitizing was at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 05 hr followed by an air cool The second
austenitizing was at 1600 ˚F (871 ˚C) for 20 hr followed by another air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating these keel block legs were then subjected to
tensile testing
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
To obtain a better understanding of composition limits for carbon manganese
and vanadium Alloys C D E and F with variations in carbon manganese and
vanadium contents were created This enabled analysis into the influence that alloys
upon one-another and how effective one alloy is with and without others present Keel
block legs were removed from Alloys C D E and Frsquos keel blocks and halved lengthwise
on a band saw Both the keel block legs and keel blocks were austenitized to 1750 ˚F
- 87 -
(955 ˚C) for 10 hr Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching
was performed at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20
hr for keel block legs
bull Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for Alloys C D E and
F
45 Metallography of Samples
Samples prepared for metallography include Alloys A-F NampT and QampT Alloys
A and B double normalize and thick section normalized No metallography was
performed on tempering study 0250 in (~6 mm) thick wafers The samples prepared
were sliced sections of tensile test bar ends These were hot-pressed in Allied High-Tech
Products Inc Phenolic mounting powder using a ldquoTech Press 2rdquo manufactured by Allied
High-Tech Products Inc Samples were ground using automated grinding set to 150
RPMs with a pressing force of 18 N Each sample was ground for 30 s at each of the
following grits 240 320 400 and 600 (grinding with the 600-grit pad was performed
twice for a better surface finish)
Next the samples were polished using 1 μm diamond slurry polish for 5 min
followed by a subsequent polish using a 025 μm diamond slurry polish for 3 min After
each grinding and polishing step the samples were rinsed with distilled water The last
step of preparation was to etch both steel alloys using a 2 nital mix This mixture was 2
mL of nitric acid and 98 mL of methanol Upon etching the samples were rinsed with
ethanol
- 88 -
bull Optical microscopy was used to analyze the microstructures of all the steel
samples The microscope used was a Zeiss Axiovert 10 Inverted Microscope
- 89 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions
The United States has failed to dedicate the same effort to developing both HSLA
cast and wrought steels compared to Europe and Asia The largest body of work
currently is that created by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of America (SFSA) and Voigt et
al The following work was conducted as a continuation of previous work done as well as
a new attempt at integrating 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength HSLA cast steels into
existing HSLA wrought standards
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel
The SFSA has compiled a database of over 20000 C-Mn cast steel chemistries
and mechanical properties data from participating steel casting foundries in the United
States This spreadsheet consisted of WCB (ASTM A216) conventional C-Mn cast steel
that was either normalized NampT or QampT The data was analyzed to determine whether
or not it is possible to reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) with conventional C-Mn steel
compositions without microalloying with vanadium and niobium The data was cleaned
and the resulting spreadsheet contained approximately 2500 data entries It should be
noted that ASTM A216 grade WCB is for conventional C-Mn cast steel with a minimum
36 ksi (248 MPa) YS and a maximum CEASTM 050 wt CEASTM The CEASTM does not
consider the effects of silicon which the CEAWS D11 does Additionally as with most
ASTM standards for steel ASTM A216 grade WCB is based more on mechanical
properties than composition Albeit there are composition limits in this standard their
allowable ranges are rather large
- 90 -
The spreadsheet was organized by heat treatments performed on the cast steel test
bars normalized NampT and QampT Scatter plots were made from these data to determine
if correlations between YS composition and CEAWS D11 (weldability) could be detected
Figures 43-45 show the trends between YS and CEAWS D11 (not CEASTM) carbon content
and manganese content respectively
Figure 43 Scatterplot of YS vs CE for all heat treatments (normalize NampT and QampT) According to the
spreadsheet there is a broad range of weldabilities that produce a YS of 50 ksi (345 MPa)
Figure 43 suggests that high YS values of over 50 ksi (345 MPa) are possibly but
not when a CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE is maintained ASTM A215 grade WCB specifies
that a CEASTM le 050 wt CE be maintained this plot helps to show the decrease in
weldability when silicon is accounted for because there are copious samples that now
exceed the 050 wt CEAWS D11
- 91 -
Figure 44 YS vs Carbon Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment related
to YS There is negligible correlation The highest R2 value in this data set is 004 which gives a positive
correlation for increasing carbon content providing a higher YS in the QampT condition However a R2 value
this low should not be considered statistically significant
Figure 45 YS vs Manganese Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment
related to YS There is slightly better correlation with YS as a function of manganese content than as a
function of carbon content However the best correlation observed is an R2 value of 01 for a positive
correlation of QampT improving YS with increasing manganese content Likewise this should not be
considered statistically significant
- 92 -
Figures 43-45 do not suggest a statistically significant trend in YS as a function of
composition for any type of heat treatment Therefore to make possible trends of
chemical composition and mechanical properties more apparent the database was split
into two groups of high-strength-high-weldability and low-strength-low-weldability
Then the composition of materials with these extremes in mechanical properties and
weldability were compared in Table 2
Table 2 SFSA Spreadsheet Analysis of Mechanical Property Extremes to Detect Trends
in Composition
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0214 0687 00002 0384
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0231 0816 0006 0451
Despite the significant difference in mechanical properties the compositions
show little variance There is only a 0017 wt C difference between the YS less than or
equal to 45 ksi (3102 MPa) and a YS greater than or equal to 55 ksi (3792 MPa) The
difference in manganese and silicon is greater however this is still a small difference
These composition variations are smaller than most allowable composition ranges as
would be seen with an ASTM standard Even after these extrema of the spreadsheet data
have been analyzed there is no strong correlation between mechanical properties
weldability and composition
The correlation between normalize NampT and QampT heat treatments and YS CE
ranges is shown in Table 3 It should be noted that 55 ksi (3792 MPa) was chosen as the
upper range instead of 50 ksi (345 MPa) because 50 ksi (345 MPa) is the bare minimum
YS requirement This strength level must be achieved consistently so perturbations in the
YS distribution curve must be taken into account
- 93 -
Table 3 Percentage of Heat Treatments per Designation for the SFSA Spreadsheet
Designation Range Overall Normalize
NampT QampT
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 91 43 42 047
For the entire spreadsheet only 041 of all cast steels obtained 55 ksi (345 MPa)
while maintaining a maximum 042 CEAWS D11 Surprisingly a majority of these were
normalize heat treatment instead of QampT A possible contribution to this result is that the
normalized heat-treated steel samples in this spreadsheet greatly outnumbered the NampT
and QampT heat treated samples There were 1318 normalized samples 347 NampT samples
and only 51 QampT samples The difference in number of samples can also be observed in
Figures 46-48 which display YS as a function of normalized NampT and QampT heat
treatments respectively Tables 4-6 are paired with them as well
Figure 46 All normalized heat treatments and how their YS is a function of weldability The correlation is
poor for plain normalized There is not an increase in YS with increasing the CE but rather a slightly
negative trend
- 94 -
Table 4 Average Chemistries per Designation in the Normalized Condition Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0218 0669 00002 0392
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0243 0667 0004 0421
Figure 46 and Table 4 display normalized heat treatment data obtained from the
SFSA spreadsheet Figure 46 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS
D11) and there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content leading to an increase in YS Table 4 displays the average chemical composition
for each respective designation In this case there is only a 0035 wt C difference over
a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Figure 47 NampT heat treatments with YS as a function of weldability The correlation suggests that
increasing CE in this condition will decrease YS
- 95 -
Table 5 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the NampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0 0 0 0
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0218 0975 0006 0484
Figure 47 and Table 5 display NampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 47 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying content
leading to an increase in YS Table 5 displays the average chemical composition for each
respective designation In this case there were not any data points that met the high-
strength-low-CE designation
Figure 48 QampT heat treatments and their YS as a function of weldability The correlation is the best out of
normalize and NampT however there is a negative trend suggesting that increasing CE will decrease YS
- 96 -
Table 6 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the QampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE
0195 0795 0 0333
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE
0239 0740 0012 0427
Figure 48 and Table 6 display QampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 48 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is only a slight statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content and increasing YS This negative trend in the R2 of 01 suggests that there is a
slight correlation between increasing alloying elements and a decrease in YS Table 6
displays the average chemical composition for each respective designation In this case
there is a 0044 wt C difference over a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Finally the last analysis completed on this spreadsheet was dividing it up into
quartiles based on YS and then analyzing the average and standard deviation in chemical
composition for the top and bottom quartile The results are displayed in Table 7 The
middle 50 percent of data were ignored because the extreme differences in mechanical
properties from the database should better expose any existing chemical-property
relationships of WCB conventional C-Mn cast steels
Table 7 Weight Percent Addition of Primary Alloying Elements with Respective Total
Top Quartile and Bottom Quartile Average and Standard Deviation
YS Ave C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 023
plusmn 002
075
plusmn 014
043
plusmn 006
0003
plusmn 0004
030
plusmn 016
046
plusmn 005
49 (339)
plusmn 39 (27)
Top 25 023
plusmn 002
074
plusmn 010
042
plusmn 006
0002
plusmn 0004
032
plusmn 023
046
plusmn 004
54 (369)
plusmn 11 (78)
Bottom 25 023
plusmn 002
081
plusmn 020
044
plusmn 007
0005
plusmn 0004
028
plusmn 009
048
plusmn 005
44 (304)
plusmn 32 (219)
- 97 -
The results displayed in Table 7 support the previous analyses of the spreadsheet
The WCB conventional cast steel spreadsheet compiled by the SFSA suggests results that
do not make sense metallurgically It is highly improbable that an increase in carbon
content andor manganese content would not make a cast steel stronger There should be
positive correlations in YS with increasing carbon content and manganese content
however this was not observed The positive correlations that did exist had very small R2
values that were not statistically significant the largest being 01 for YS as a function of
manganese content as observed in Figure 45 In Table 7 the difference between the
average wt C for the top quartile of YS and the average wt C for the bottom
quartile of YS is only 0006 wt C This is because the overall ranges in composition in
this database was not large Table 8 is a summary table depicting the total percentages of
the spreadsheet that achieved certain strengths and weldability values
Table 8 Database Summary Table Depicting Percentages of Samples within YS and
Weldability Ranges
Designation Range Overall
Normalize
NampT
QampT
High Strength Low
CE
ge 55 ksi le 042
CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength High
CE
le 45 ksi ge 045
CE 91 43 42 047
The spreadsheet data suggests lack of composition correlation with mechanical
properties and variation in spectrometry and mechanical testing This was not a
controlled study that was conducted by the SFSA There were nine foundries that
participated in data collection each using their own spectrometer to provide a chemistry
analysis It would only take a slight variation between foundries data collection validity
for the values of this spreadsheet to be drastically different Additionally there was no
- 98 -
control of the mechanical testing It is unknown where each foundry sent their tensile test
bars for mechanical testing or if they were tested on-site by each foundry Nonetheless
more reputable data would have been obtained if all tensile test bars were sent to one
mechanical testing facility that would perform the mechanical test as well as retrieve an
official chemistry analysis Nonetheless since only 041 of samples in the entire
database reached YS and weldability requirements it can be concluded that conventional
C-Mn cast steels cannot achieve 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS and CEAWS D11 le 045 CE
consistently enough to be used Therefore microalloying is needed
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial two heats of material were designed to build off of previous work done
in the literature ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo is a reformulated version of conventional WCB C-Mn
cast steel ldquoModified C-Mn-Vrdquo is has less carbon content but more manganese and there
is a modest vanadium addition These alloys were meant to contrast a plain C-Mn cast
steel with a similar cast steel microalloyed with vanadium and slightly more manganese
The complete spectrometer readout is displayed in Table 9 and the CEAWS D11 and
CEASTM values are given in Table 10 Both CE values were computed with the data in
Table 8 not the ldquotarget carbonrdquo shown in Table 11
- 99 -
Table 9 Complete Spectrometer Readout for Compositions of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V
Element Modified C-Mn (wt addition) Modified C-Mn-V (wt addition)
C 0180 0153
Mn 117 123
P 0010 0017
S 0003 0003
Si 035 043
Cr 017 024
Ni 006 006
Mo 0020 002
Cu 0060 007
Al 0055 0057
W 0002 0002
V 0002 0097
Nb 0001 0006
Zr 0028 0023
N 0012 NA
Table 10 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-
Mn-V
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
Modified C-Mn 042 048 043 005
Modified C-Mn-V 044 051 043 008
Table 11 Target Carbon Weight Percent vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from
Multiple Foundries for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo)
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
LECO
Carbon
A 020 0180 0141 0196 0171
B 015 0153 0106 0166 0159
Table 11 displays inconsistent chemistry measurements for carbon content
between foundries and measurement methods This severely compromises a foundryrsquos
ability to accurately meet chemistry targets For example the target carbon composition
for Modified C-Mn is 020 wt C and according to all spectrometers used and the
LECO there is a up to a 059 wt C difference between all measures This could have
profound effects associated with inconsistencies Customers could be receiving steel that
- 100 -
both themselves and the casting foundry believe to be in spec when the actual chemistry
is significantly different This also has direct ramifications with the CE errors due
inaccurate carbon content reporting This could cause weld defects due to lack of
preheating when the CE calculated for that specific steel determined that no preheat was
needed Ultimately this reinforces the theory that variance in spectrometers between
foundries is probably one of the major contributing factors to such large scatter in the
spreadsheet data from the SFSA
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling
Due to the microalloy additions of vanadium a full austenitic transformation must
occur during austenitizing heat treatments such that all VC VN and VCN are
solutionized This will increase the propensity for fine dispersed precipitation of VC VN
and VCN during subsequent temperaging If a fully cohesive austenite phase it not
formed ie not all microalloying additions are solutionized then there will be unwanted
growth during cooling of non-quenched heat treatments as well as in all subsequent
tempers This produces overly large VC VN and VCN that will not have the same
strengthening effects in the ferrite matrix of fine dispersed precipitates This is because
many fine-dispersed precipitates have a greater surface area interaction with the matrix
than fewer larger precipitates57 Figures 49-51 are outputs from Thermo-Calc Software
TCFE SteelsFe-alloys database version 8 which show phase fraction as a function of
temperature for the Modified C-Mn chemistry Modified C-Mn-V chemistry and the
Modified C-Mn-V with 003 wt Nb respectively76 A niobium addition is modeled
such that an understanding can be developed for the difference in solutionizing
temperature between itself and vanadium
- 101 -
Figure 49 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn All carbides and other present
phases solutionize completely by 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
Figure 50 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V All carbides and other
present phases solutionize by 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C)
- 102 -
Figure 51 Phase Fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V with a 003 wt Nb
addition All carbides and other present phases solutionize by 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C)
Fully homogenous austenite occurs at 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn 2003
˚F (1095 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V and 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V with a
003 wt Nb addition The results for Modified C-Mn-V were not expected because it is
repeated throughout the literature that the solutionizing temperature for vanadium is
approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1 Admittedly these Thermo-Calc models were created
after all heat treating was completed because literature is so adamant about the
solutionizing temperatures of vanadium which is why austenitizing of the Modified C-
Mn-V samples was performed at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) This creates controversy because if
Thermo-Calc is correct the austenitizing temperature of 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) was not
adequate to fully solutionize the vanadium which could lead to oversized precipitates
It should be noted that there are limitations to the commercial databases used in
Thermo-Calc when full systems of alloying elements are modeled because of the program
has difficulty calculating the free energies of non-Fe elements Miscibility gaps can
siphon vanadium away from carbides and form different FCC sublattices These are
- 103 -
depicted in Figures 49-51 To create more accurate Thermo-Calc models a specific
database for all present elements would be needed Even when ldquoartifactrdquo phases are not
displayed graphically Thermo-Calc still calculates their existence even though it is not
visible on the graph Therefore the other phases that are depicted behave the same
whether ldquoartifactsrdquo are visible or not The major problem with this database when
modeling microalloying additions with vanadium is that it does not recognize the
introduction of nitrogen into the carbide which is a crucial component
54 Tempering Study
A tempering investigation was conducted to observe temperaging effects of the
microalloying elements present in Modified C-Mn-V versus Modified C-Mn which did
not contain vanadium These graphs should serve as heat treating guidelines for foundries
and metallurgists The curve drawn between the data points are suggestions rather than
ldquofitted curvesrdquo The Keel block legs from Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were
austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 20 hr and then normalized in an air cool or water
quenched Subsequent 10 hr or 40 hr tempers were performed with temperatures
ranging from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments as seen in
Figures 52-61 More specifically Figures 52-57 show the effect of the tempering times
and temperatures for each Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V Figures 57-61 show a
comparison between the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V so that effects of
vanadium during tempering can be more clearly seen
bull The hardness readings shown in each figure is the average hardness from multiple
readings on each sample
bull The reading at 00 hr is the initial hardness before any tempering is performed
- 104 -
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures There is no
temperaging response observed however a negligible increase in hardness happened for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
at 1 hr
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr tempering times for different
temperatures There was dramatic softening especially with the 1200 ˚F temperature at 4 hr due to
standard tempering mechanisms
- 105 -
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures Initially at 1
hr standard tempering softening occurs at all temperatures The most effective being 1100 ˚F (593 ˚C)
Then precipitation aging occurs before 4 hr and a hardness increase is observed
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT This is less straightforward than the NampT heat treatment however
similar results are obtained There was a drastic softening at 1 hr and a subsequent increased hardness due
to aging by 4 hr for 900 ˚F (482 ˚C) There was only a slight temperaging response for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
and the 1200 ˚F (649 ˚C) temperature only softened after 1 hr
- 106 -
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn where both NampT and QampT are placed on the same HRB scale such that a direct
comparison can be appreciated of the effects of a normalize and quench can have on starting hardness
values for the same material and their subsequent tempering responses
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V displaying both NampT and QampT on the same HRB scale enabling direct
comparison between the two heat treatments and their subsequent temper(aging) responses
- 107 -
Figure 58 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to NampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
1000 ˚F and 1100 ˚F (538 ˚C and 593 ˚C) The other results did not indicate temperaging
Figure 59 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to QampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
900 ˚F (482 ˚C) The other results did not indicate sufficient temperaging
- 108 -
Figure 60 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated A different sample was used for
each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn
Figure 61 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated for Modified C-Mn-V at 1 hr
temper time Modified C-Mn-V for 4 hr temper time behaves anomalously A different sample was used
for each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn at 4 hr
temper time
- 109 -
This tempering study showed that ldquotemperagingrdquo effects are simultaneous
martensite softening and precipitation strengthening produced when microalloying with
vanadium It is hopeful that these tempering graphs can serve as suggestions for foundry
heat treating applications of cast steels containing vanadium As expected a temperaging
response was not observed in Modified C-Mn due to its lack of vanadium however not
all Modified C-Mn-V tempering samples showed a complete temperaging response
depending on the tempering temperature chosen It is customary to not exceed 100 HRB
such that HRC is used after this hardness point however all measurements were
completed using HRB so all hardness values could be compared using the same scale
The validity of this study needs to be explored with a future tempering study at
more tempering times and temperatures than used in this study Additionally fitted
curves should be applied such that a more accurate times and temperatures can be
approximated for optimum temperaging
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments to establish benchmarks for behavior of conventional WCB C-Mn cast steel
alloys with and without vanadium additions
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn
Modified C-Mn alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
containing no vanadium Table 12 displays mechanical property data for Modified C-Mn
after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 13 displays the averages
of the mechanical properties from Table 12
- 110 -
Table 12 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 458 (3158) 768 (5295) 289 620 150
NampT 473 (3261) 773 (5330) 289 625 144
QampT 727 (5012) 939 (6474) 250 638 205
QampT 780 (5378) 968 (6674) 226 600 216
Table 13 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn with YS and TS in
ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 466 (3210) 771 (53130 289 623 147
QampT 754 (5195) 954 (6574) 238 619 211
The results displayed in Tables 12 and 13 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 288 ksi (1986 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 64 HB over the NampT condition but
a 51 EL decrease
It is expected that there is a YS and hardness increase from the NampT condition to
the QampT condition in the Modified C-MN alloy The full quench of a steel produces
martensite which is the hardest microstructure possible in steels According to the
tempering studies full hardness of the Modified C-Mn alloy in the QampT condition
produces a Brinell hardness of approximately 240 HB Then during tempering of the
keel blocks legs at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr the rapid diffusion and coarsening of
cementite softened the matrix to 211 HB This was a pure softening effect as no
secondary hardening effects were seen due to the lack of vanadium and other
microalloying elements50 The microstructures of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
and QampT condition are in Figures 62 and 63 respectively
- 111 -
Figure 62 Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
Figure 63 Modified C-Mn in the QampT Condition
- 112 -
Figures 62 and 63 show different microstructures of Modified C-Mn that are
induced by different heat-treating conditions Figure 62 indicates proeutectoid ferrite
(white) and pearlite (dark) According to Table 9 the carbon content of Modified C-Mn
is 018 wt C This composition places the alloy in the hypoeutectoid two-phase
cooling region far left of the eutectoid at 077 wt C which provides ample time for
proeutectoid ferrite nucleation and growth as seen in Figure 9 The slower cooling rates
of a NampT provide time for diffusion and nucleation and growth to enable this
microstructure The fast cooling of a quench does not allow for any diffusion to occur
Figure 63 is characteristic of a tempered martensite microstructure The dark regions are
cementite and the lighter areas are ferrite Tempering provided enough thermal energy for
some diffusion to occur and the laths of martensite are not visible
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V
Modified C-Mn-V alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
with the addition of vanadium Tables 14 displays the mechanical property data for
Modified C-Mn-V after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 15
displays the averages of the mechanical properties from Table 14
Table 14 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn-V with YS and
TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 590 (4068) 859 (5923) 289 587 172
NampT 597 (4116) 856 (5902) 289 636 165
QampT 976 (6729) 1142 (7874) 196 496 231
QampT 991 (6833) 1156 (7970) 211 576 231
- 113 -
Table 15 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn-V with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 594 (4092) 858 (5913) 289 612 169
QampT 984 (6781) 1149 (7922) 2035 536 231
The results displayed in Tables 14 and 15 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 390 ksi (2689 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 62 HB over the NampT condition but
an 86 EL decrease There is an increase in YS from Modified C-Mn to Modified C-
Mn-V for both the NampT and QampT condition 128 ksi (883 MPa) and 23 ksi (1586
MPa) respectively
It is logical that strength levels for the vanadium containing Modified C-Mn-V
alloy are higher than for the Modified C-Mn alloy Additionally there is a 390 ksi (2689
MPa) YS increase from the NampT condition to the QampT condition in Modified C-Mn-V
compared to a 288 ksi (1986 MPa) strength increase from the NampT condition to the
QampT condition in the Modified C-Mn alloy This difference suggests that a secondary
hardening event occurred during the QampT heat treating of the Modified C-Mn-V If
temperaging did not occur it would be expected that the difference in strength between
the NampT condition and QampT conditions would be similar to what is observed in
Modified C-Mn The microstructures of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition and the
QampT condition are in Figures 64 and 65 respectively
- 114 -
Figure 64 Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
Figure 65 Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition
- 115 -
Figure 64 has micro-specs (precipitates) that are evident throughout the
proeutectoid ferrite matrix This dispersion is not seen as well QampT condition in Figure
65 due to the amount of tempered martensite which obscures the view These
precipitates are not visible in the vanadium-free Modified C-Mn alloy in Figures 62 and
63 Due to the uniform nature of the precipitates displayed in Figure 64 it can be
concluded that a normalizing cool is sufficient to retain the precipitates in solution until
below the critical transformation temperature such that they do not de-solutionize during
initial cooling If a finite amount of precipitates would have de-solutionized during the
initial air cool then there would be large precipitates visible with the fine precipitates
because the larger precipitates would have grown during initial cooling
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
Analysis of microstructures with a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) was also
performed on the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V alloys to compare the
microalloying effects of vanadium at a more microscopic level This was in response to
the precipitates that are visible in Figure 64 and an attempt to verify the existence of VN
VC andor VCN precipitates in addition to comparing the relative size of the precipitates
to determine if some de-solutionized The precipitates that de-solutionized during the
normalizing air cool would be larger than those aged into the matrix Figures 66-68
display Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
at 5000X and 10000X respectively
- 116 -
Figure 66 SEM image of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition There are no precipitates in this alloy due
to the lack of microalloying additions
Figure 67 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
- 117 -
Figure 68 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition at a higher magnification than Figure
67 The Precipitates of vanadium are more defined in this image
There are no precipitates or dispersoids visible in the SEM micrograph of
Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition in Figure 66 However in the SEM micrographs in
Figures 67 and 68 there are precipitates present Figure 68 which is 10000X
magnification shows these precipitates better than Figure 67 Most of the precipitates in
the image appear to be uniform in size however there are a few larger precipitates This
size difference was not visible with just optical microscopy Therefore it can now be
postulated that a small finite number of precipitates de-solutionized during normalizing
air cool but it is a small percentage Thus the air cool is still adequate for a subsequent
temper to induce aging and not over-age precipitates
Electron Dispersion Spectroscopy (EDS) was also performed on these samples to
determine the composition of the precipitates However a proper balance in eV could not
- 118 -
be found such that the beam either over-penetrated the sample and was reading the
composition of the matrix or it was not strong enough to read the sample This is due to
the nm magnitude of the precipitates It is suggested that a surface technique such as X-
Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) be performed so that over-penetration does not
occur and a quantitative analysis of the composition can be acquired
56 Special Heat-Treating Options
There needs to be more metallurgical control in heat treating of microalloyed
HSLA steels than with conventional steels to ensure that a proper temperaging response
is observed72 An open question is the heat treatment response of heavy section castings
that will have slower cooling rates for NampT and QampT heat treatments
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
This thick-section study involves subjecting the keel block bodies of both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to NampT and QampT to better understand the
cooling rate effect of large section size Table 16 displays the results of a Brinell
Hardness testing profile across the 40 in (102 cm) face of keel blocks Table 17 also
displays the Brinell Hardness results but with an interpretation of the hardness at the
edge and center for each keel block
- 119 -
Table 16 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments Each ldquoIndentationrdquo Value is Represented as the Hardness Profile
Developed Across the Face
Indentation
Number
Alloy A
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy A
(QampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(QampT)
Hardness
1 136 189 169 260
2 153 182 182 215
3 153 183 173 214
4 141 169 162 211
5 141 167 164 219
6 153 168 155 217
7 150 179 150 218
8 131 168 165 218
9 159 171 164 219
10 153 178 151 224
11 149 185 166 228
12 153 179 172 229
13 NA 184 168 242
14 NA 176 NA NA
Table 17 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments
Sample and (HT) Midway Hardness (HB) Edge Hardness (HB)
Alloy A (NampT) 147 147
Alloy A (QampT) 172 180
Alloy B (NampT) 156 172
Alloy B (QampT) 216 234
The Brinell Hardness profiles across the 40 in (102 cm) faces of the keel blocks
determined that the edge hardness was greater for both conditions of Modified C-Mn-V
and the QampT condition of Modified C-Mn The NampT condition of Modified C-Mn did
not develop a profile
Cooling gradients are to be expected in thick-casting sizes due to the specific heat
capacity of the material Therefore the steel should be harder in areas near the edge of
the material where a faster cooling rate is observed than at the center where the material
- 120 -
is more insulated from severe quenches The results in Table 17 do not make sense for
the NampT condition of Modified C-Mn The QampT condition and both conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V have the expected profile
Additionally when the HRB values from the tempering study are converted to
HB values and applied to this data the results also are not consistent For example the
HB conversion value for the normalized condition of Modified C-Mn-V before a temper
is 180 HB (taken from tempering study) The hardest HB value in the thick-section data
is 182 for the same alloy after NampT Therefore the following are possible 1) incorrect
conversions from HRB to Brinell 2) a temperaging response increased the hardness in
the thick section meaning that the effects of age hardening overpowered the temper on a
slow cool which is very unlikely 3) the data is compromised and should be repeated
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real-life situations metal castings are complex in shape and do not
experience uniform cooling rates The kinetic and thermal property issues associated with
this will be addressed It is important to understand how the microstructure of one-section
of casting could be significantly different than another section of the same casting
because of cooling rates To study this effect keel block legs were normalized with and
without the keel blocks still attached for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
these results are displayed in Tables 18 and 20 respectively Tables 19 and 21 are
summary tables displaying the averages of the mechanical properties from Tables 18 and
20
- 121 -
Table 18 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 453 (3123) 769 (5302) 282 518 146
A 442 (3047) 770 (5309) 266 520 150
B 518 (3571) 805 (5550) 274 426 153
B 522 (3599 806 (5557) 250 388 152
Table 19 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel
Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and
TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 448 (3085) 770 (5306) 274 519 148
B 520 (3585) 8055 (5554) 262 407 153
Table 20 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 475 (3275) 784 (5405) 304 552 150
A 470 (3240) 782 (5392) 289 603 148
B 544 (3751) 829 (5716 234 458 166
B 542 (3737) 832 (5736) 274 516 168
Table 21 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from
Keel Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS
and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 473 (3258) 783 (5399) 297 578 149
B 543 (3744) 831 (5726) 254 487 167
The data from Part II of the thick-section study investigated the cooling rate
effects of a thin-section attached to a thick-section versus a thin-section cooling
autonomously This was conducted for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V The
data suggests that faster cooling rates are observed when the thin-section is autonomous
versus when the thin-section is attached to a thick-section (keel block) Faster cooling
rates yield finer grain structures which are consistently found to increase strength
Consequently the YS values for both alloys are higher in Table 21 when the thin-section
- 122 -
cooled autonomously To analyze the difference in grain structure between cooling rates
Figures 69-72 display micrographs of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V attached to
the keel block and cooled autonomously respectively
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn attached to the keel block
- 123 -
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V attached to keel block
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn normalized autonomously from keel block
- 124 -
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V normalized autonomously from keel block
There is an obvious difference in grain size between samples that were cooled
while attached to the keel block (Figures 69 and 70) and ones that were cooled
autonomously (Figures 71 and 72)
563 Double Normalize
Double normalizing heat treatments have been reported to increase toughness and
ductility while sacrificing relatively little strength75 Therefore it became a heat treatment
of interest Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were both subjected to the double
normalizing heat treatment There was no temper that followed either normalization heat
treatment Table 22 displays the mechanical properties of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V after a double normalize The averages are in Table 23
- 125 -
Table 22 Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment with
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 493 (3399) 794 (5474) 312 646 153
A 508 (3503) 795 (5481) 352 680 150
A 498 (3434) 793 (5468) 312 652 153
A 493 (3413) 801 (5523) 336 678 156
B 557 (3840) 835 (5757) 304 634 165
B 551 (3799) 834 (5750) 312 645 162
B 560 (3861) 835 (5757 320 643 165
B 549 (3785) 829 (5716) 320 629 162
Table 23 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment
with Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in
ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 498 (3437) 796 (5487) 328 664 153
B 554 (3821) 833 (5745) 314 638 164
The double normalizing heat treatment mechanical properties are best-compared
to the mechanical properties obtained by the single normalizing heat treatment of a keel
block leg in Table 21 The average YS for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in
single normalizing condition is 473 ksi (3258 MPa) and 543 ksi (3744 MPa)
respectively These are both slightly weaker than the YS values produced with a double
normalizing heat treatment for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 498 ksi (3437
MPa) and 554 ksi (3821 MPa) respectively Equally important was the EL increase
that was observed with the double normalizing heat treatment compared to the single
normalizing heat treatment These results are conducive with literature To analyze the
grain refinement that occurred Figures 73 and 74 are images of double normalized
condition Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
- 126 -
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn double normalize
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V double normalize
- 127 -
Figures 73 and 74 are micrographs of the double normalized condition of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
The Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V used in previous experiments had
chemical composition data from multiple sources that was not consistent Additionally
they did not meet the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement Therefore more compositional data
needed testing and validation Factorial design alloys were also produced to better
develop compositional understandings and how much variance is allowed in composition
to still maintain strength Table 24 displays the 4 new alloys (C-F) and their designations
Table 25 shows the compositional targets for Alloys C-F and the actual spectrometer
compositions are shown in Table 26 Then the data from Table 26 was used to calculate
the CE values for these alloys and this data is displayed in Table 27 Finally carbon
content comparisons were made with spectrometer data from multiple foundries and the
results are shown in Table 28
Table 24 Alloy Name and Designation for Factorial Design Alloys
Alloy Designation
C Lo-CLo-MnLo-V
D Hi-CLo-MnHi-V
E Lo-CHi-MnHi-V
F Hi-CHi-MnLo-V
Table 25 Alloy C-F Compositional Targets for Carbon Manganese Vanadium and
Silicon
Alloy C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
C 013 10 007 lt 04
D 017 10 011 lt 04
E 013 14 011 lt 04
F 017 14 007 lt 04
- 128 -
Table 26 Actual Chemical Compositions for Alloys C-F as Determined by
Spectrometry
Element Alloy C (wt
addition)
Alloy D (wt
addition)
Alloy E (wt
addition)
Alloy F (wt
addition)
C 014 017 012 0159
Mn 088 098 104 135
P 0007 001 0008 0008
S 0005 0005 0002 0004
Si 025 033 025 041
Cr 015 017 036 019
Ni 003 008 006 007
Mo 001 002 003 0018
Cu 006 007 006 009
Al NA NA NA NA
W NA NA NA NA
V 010 012 011 0075
Nb NA NA NA NA
Zr NA NA NA NA
N NA NA NA NA
Table 27 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
C 035 039 033 006
D 041 046 039 007
E 040 044 034 010
F 045 049 043 004
Table 28 Target Carbon Wt vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from Multiple
Foundries for Alloys C-F
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
Leco
Carbon
C 013 0140 0167 0149 0184
D 017 0170 0188 0180 0190
E 013 0120 0139 0134 0167
F 017 0159 0172 0165 0182
Alloys C-F faced similar compositional difficulties that Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V did The actual compositions do not match the target compositions
- 129 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F
Alloys C-F were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments and their
mechanical property data is dispersed in Tables 29-36
Table 29 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 435 (2999) 664 (4578) 336 655 130
NampT 464 (3199) 676 (4661) 328 655 137
QampT 828 (5709) 990 (6826) 242 603 216
QampT 785 (5412) 961 (6626) 234 606 222
Table 30 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 450 (3099) 670 (4620) 332 655 134
QampT 807 (5561) 976 (6726 238 605 219
Table 31 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 751 (5178) 297 589 156
NampT 520 (3585) 753 (5192) 312 620 156
QampT 964 (6647) 1117 (7701) 203 525 240
QampT 947 (6529) 1103 (7605) 203 525 240
Table 32 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 752 (5185) 305 605 156
QampT 956 (6588) 1110 (7653) 203 525 240
Table 33 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 501 (3454) 717 (4944) 320 666 141
NampT 521 (3592) 724 (4992) 336 675 141
QampT 905 (6240) 1061 (7315) 219 583 240
QampT 858 (5916) 1020 (7033) 203 581 228
- 130 -
Table 34 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 511 (3523) 721 (4968) 328 671 141
QampT 882 (6078) 1041 (7174) 211 582 234
Table 35 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 543 (3754) 802 (5530) 336 689 159
NampT 556 (3833) 807 (5564) 304 661 162
QampT 1013 (6984) 1142 (7873) 1795 561 258
QampT 1060 (7308) 1167 (8046) 1955 589 247
Table 36 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 550 (3794) 805 (5547) 320 675 161
QampT 1037 (7146) 1155 (7960) 188 575 253
Alloys C and E are the only two alloys that have an acceptable CE value (lt045
wt CE) including Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V In the QampT condition
Alloy C has adequate YS with 807 ksi (5561 MPa) Alloy E in both NampT and QampT
conditions exceeds the 50 ksi threshold with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078
MPa) respectively This can be attributed to their low carbon contents which helps to
limit CE moderate amounts of manganese and high vanadium contents An observation
of the micrographs for Alloys C-F in both the NampT and QampT conditions can be made
with Figures 74-82
- 131 -
Figure 75 Alloy C in the NampT condition
Figure 76 Alloy C in the QampT condition
- 132 -
Figure 77 Alloy D in the NampT condition
Figure 78 Alloy D in the QampT condition
- 133 -
Figure 79 Alloy E in the NampT condition
Figure 80 Alloy E in the QampT condition
- 134 -
Figure 81 Alloy F in the NampT condition
Figure 82 Alloy F in the QampT condition
- 135 -
There does not appear to be any significant difference between the QampT condition
micrographs amongst Alloys D-F The main difference to note between the alloys is the
grain refinement observed with Alloy E in the NampT condition which is noticeably more
than in the other alloyrsquos NampT conditions Additionally there appears to be more
precipitates dispersed throughout the ferrite comparatively Consequently Alloy E is the
only Alloy to reach both the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis
There is a need for an understanding of allowable compositional variance ie
how much can the composition of certain alloying elements deviate and still reach
required strength levels Furthermore this becomes important for standards where there
are large allowable composition windows which is common since most steel casting
standards are based on mechanical properties This analysis was completed using the
Factorial Design alloys (Alloys C-F) Figures 83-88 are graphs that have ISO-YS lines as
a function of carbon content (Y-Axis) and manganese content (X-Axis) Figures 83-85
are for the NampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V and 012 wt V
respectively Figures 86-88 are for the QampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V
and 012 wt V respectively Therefore if a metallurgist wants to maintain a certain
YS for a certain wt V then they just have to alloy the wt C and wt Mn
according to the X and Y axis on the graphs The regression equations used for NampT and
QampT are shown in Equations 9 and 10 respectively
119884119878 = 51547 + (42064 times 119862) + (284495 times 119872119899) + (999979 times 119881) Eq 9
119884119878 = minus157501 + (1548821 times 119862) + (543727 times 119872119899) + (2631891 times 119881) Eq 10
- 136 -
Figure 83 NampT with no vanadium content
Figure 84 NampT with 008 wt V
- 137 -
Figure 85 NampT with 012 wt V
Figure 86 QampT with no vanadium content
- 138 -
Figure 87 QampT with 008 wt V
Figure 88 QampT with 012 wt V
- 139 -
The graphs display ISO-YS lines such that if the composition of the alloy waivers
in between two YS lines which are a function of carbon content and manganese content
then the YS of the alloy with that specific heat treatment and vanadium content will fall
between the two lines The correlation (R2 value) for the accuracy of the regression
equations are 08662 and 09879 for NampT and QampT respectively
59 ASTM Considerations
The final goal of this project involves integration of the developed alloy (most
likely some slight variation of Alloy E) into an existing ASTM Standard Table 37
provides suggestions of possible ASTM Standards both for wrought and cast grades
where a 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS cast steel could be integrated
Table 37 ASTM Specification Summary
ASTM Form TS-YS-EL (2rdquo)-
CVN
CE Cmax Mnmax
A487 Steel cast pressure (W) 85-55-22-Yes No 030 100
A242 HSLA Structural (W) 70-50-21-No No 015 100
A500 Cold-Formed Welded Tube
(W)
62-50-21-No No 023 135
A529 High-Strength C-Mn (W) 65-50-21-No 055 027 135
A709 Structural Bridge Multiple
Grade (W)
65-50-21-Yes No 023 135
A913 HSLA QST Grade 50 (W) 65-50-21-No 038 012 160
A992 Structural Steel Shapes (W) 65-50-21-No 045 023 160
A1043 Structural Build Grade 50
(W)
65-50-21-Yes 045 020 160
A148 Carbon Steel (C) 80-50-22-No No NA NA
A216 WCB (C) 70-36-22-No 050 030 100
A217 High-P High-T (C) 105-50-18-No No 021 080
A356 Low Alloy Grade 8 (C) 80-50-18-No No 020 090
A958 Steel Multiple Grades (C) 80-50-22-No No
consult original standard for more information
(W) for Wrought
(C) for Cast
- 140 -
Table 37 just serves to display possibilities This is groundwork that can help
assist in future deliberations regarding the matter It should also be noted that the goal is
to integrate the alloy into both an ASTM Standard and the AWS D11 Structural Welding
Code for Steel Integration of the developed alloy into an ASTM Standard and AWS
D11 Structural Welding Code is a highly political decision that is not taken lightly
There will be many composition tests welding tests mechanical tests and deliberations
to emerge
- 141 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work
61 Summary
This research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength (YS)
cast steel alloy using common alloying elements complete with heat treating guidelines
such that any foundry in the United States can produce this alloy and consistently achieve
the strength requirements Interest for this research spawned from industry and the
militaryrsquos transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA wrought steels to 50
ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades Alloys investigated were
restricted to a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that optimum
weldability is maintained Introductory work was completed for implementation of this
alloy into an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels and certification of this
alloy into the AWS D11 Structural Welding Code for steel Implementation of the high
weldability 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel into these standards and codes will enable the full
potential of the developed cast steel to be realized It will enable complex shapes of 50
ksi (345 MPa) cast steel to be cast into the final form and welded into place to expedite
construction processes
The research began with analysis of a conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216
WCB grade specific cast steel) database that was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of America (SFSA) to determine whether or not it was possible to reach the
desired properties and CE requirements with conventional cast steels The database
consisted of mechanical property data composition and heat treatment for conventional
C-Mn cast steels produced by a multitude of foundries across North America
- 142 -
The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements This suggested that it is not possible to obtain the required YS while
maintaining the CE requirements with conventional C-Mn cast steel Additional findings
of the database analysis implied much variance in spectrometer data between foundries
because there was no significant correlation between increasing alloying content and an
increasing YS regardless of heat treatment
The second stage of research was conducted to compare and contrast the
microalloying effects of vanadium in Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steels
that had compositions based on previous literature work1 The compositions were
modeled using Thermo-Calc to verify austenitizing temperatures for complete
solutionizing of VCN These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments a
tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis
normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing The tempering study analyzed
hardness values of normalized or quenched wafers that were subjected to tempering times
of either 10 hr or 40 hr for various times These values were then plotted to obtain
tempering curves however these curves were not true ldquofitted curvesrdquo but merely
suggestions The thick-section analysis was completed with keel blocks to see the effects
of cooling rates because it was postulated that thick-sections may not cool fast enough for
vanadium to stay in solution Keel blocks were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments and were subsequently sliced at frac14 thickness Brinell hardness testing was then
perform across the freshly exposed keel block faces to develop hardness profiles The
normalizing cooling rate study was done to mimic real-world cooling of complex casting
shapes which may not cool uniformly One of the two keel block legs was removed from
- 143 -
a keel block and its mate remained on the keel block Then both the autonomous keel
block leg and the one still attached to the keel block were normalized The difference in
cooling rates divulged different properties These samples were not tempered Finally a
double normalizing heat treatment was performed because it is commonly done in
industry to HSLA cast steels to improve ductility with only a slight strength penalty75
bull Thermocalc modeling predicted that the full austenitizing temperatures for the full
solutionizing of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This is a contradiction with literature which
suggests that vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1
bull Optical microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation
hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT
conditions
bull The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry
this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-
Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
bull There was also substantial variance in spectrometer readings between foundries
bull The resulting average YS of the NampT condition for the Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V alloys were 466 ksi (3210 MPa) and 594 ksi (4092 MPa)
respectively Likewise the average YS of the QampT condition were 754 ksi (5195
MPa) and 984 ksi (6781 MPa) respectively
bull The tempering study found temperaging effects in the vanadium containing alloy
There was an initial softening at 10 hr due to tempering of martensite The
kinetics for aging take time to initiate and hardness increased on some samples at
- 144 -
40 hr Some C-Mn-V samples especially higher temperature samples did not
display an aging response at hour 40 however this was probably due to
overaging Therefore it can be posited that C-Mn-V samples exposed to higher
temperatures probably hit peak-age in between 10 and 40 hr
bull The thick-section study produced hardness profiles as expected (higher hardness
at the edge than at the center) in all samples except the Modified C-Mn in the
NampT condition Testing of this sample in particular should be repeated to verify
the results However the Brinell hardness of the Modified C-Mn thick-section in
the NampT condition identically matched its tensile test bar in the NampT condition
for hardness 147 HB
bull Other findings of the thick-section study were that the edge hardness values for
Modified C-Mn in the QampT condition were 180 HB compared to its tensile test
bar in the QampT condition which were 211 HB This can be attributed to slower
cooling rates for the keel block It allowed precipitates to de-solutionize during
the initial cooling from the austenite phase Both the NampT and QampT conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V had higher hardness at the edges of the keel blocks than their
respective tensile test bars average hardness 172 HB compared to 169 HB for the
NampT condition and 234 HB compared to 231 HB for QampT condition However
these results have a negligible difference This proves thicker sections can be
quenched rapidly enough to prevent precipitates from de-solutionizing
bull The normalizing cooling rate study found that test bars cooled autonomously had
a more refined grain structure and higher average YS values and higher average
hardness values Modified C-Mn had a YS of 448 ksi (3085 MPa) and hardness
- 145 -
of 148 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of 473 (3258 MPa) and a
hardness of 149 HB when cooled separately Modified C-Mn-v had a YS of 520
ksi (3585 MPa) and hardness of 153 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of
543 (3744 MPa) and a hardness of 167 HB when cooled separately
bull The double normalizing study found that average EL is increased for both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V when compared to NampT and QampT
conditions For Modified C-Mn in the NampT and QampT conditions the average EL
was 29 and 24 respectively while in the double normalized condition
the average EL was 328 For Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT and QampT
conditions the average EL was 29 and 30 respectively while in the
double normalized condition the average EL was 314
bull The double normalizing study also found that there was an increase in YS and EL
when compared to the single normalizing heat treatment that the autonomous
tensile test bars were subjected to in the normalizing cooling rate study The
average double normalizing YS values are 498 ksi (3437 MPa) and 554 ksi
(3821 MPa) for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively This is due
to a more refined grain structure that is present in the double normalizing
condition
The third stage of research was conducted to determine the compositional range
allowable to still maintain YS values Alloys C-F were created to further analyze this All
samples were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments to the same processing
parameters as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
- 146 -
bull Only Alloy C and Alloy E reached the CEAWS D11 requirement with 039 wt
CE and 044 wt CE respectively
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the NampT condition are 450 ksi (3099 MPa)
520 ksi (3585 MPa) 511 ksi (3523 MPa) 550 ksi (3794 MPa)
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the QampT condition are 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
956 ksi (6588 MPa) 882 ksi (6078 MPa) and 1037 ksi (7146 MPa)
respectively
bull Alloy C met both the CE requirement and YS requirement in its QampT condition
with 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
bull Alloy E met both the CE requirement and YS for both NampT and QampT conditions
with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078 MPa) respectively
bull Optical microscopy was performed on all samples and it was determined that
precipitation hardening occurred in both NampT and QampT conditions for Alloys C-
F
bull The compositions of Alloys C-F were not on target Therefore a full factorial
design could not be completed however this further bolsters the fact that it is
difficult for foundries to produce compositions accurately Additionally when the
spectrometer data was compared between foundries there was also a large
variance as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
bull Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345
MPa) YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt
Si 036 wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt
- 147 -
V Therefore this is the composition that should be investigated for its
inception into an ASTM Standard or AWS welding code
62 Conclusion
In conclusion this research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield
Strength (YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to
ensure that optimum weldability is maintained without preheating This is in response to
industry and the military transitioning from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA
wrought steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades It is desired
that complex shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded
into place to expedite construction processes Thus the reason for a high weldability
Additionally only common alloying elements are used to ensure that every steel foundry
in America has the capabilities to cast it To accomplish this an initial understanding of
conventional C-Mn cast steel capabilities needed to be developed A database of over
20000 conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216 WCB grade specific cast steel)
compositions and mechanical properties was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of
America (SFSA) It was analyzed to determine the limitations of conventional C-Mn cast
steel Ie if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying additions would
be needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS
and CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE
requirements
There was a need to develop a basic understanding of the microalloying effects of
vanadium when compared to a similar compositional sample without vanadium This was
accomplished with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steel samples that were
- 148 -
based upon compositions from previous literature work1 These alloys were subjected to
NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering
study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis normalizing
cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical microscopy was performed on both
samples and there was precipitation hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy
for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not
achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051
wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively Further work
continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE requirements Thermocalc
modeling of these alloys was completed to understand at what temperature the system
would fully solutionize It predicted the solutionizing temperatures of Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This
suggests that the vanadium in the Modified C-Mn-V would not have been fully
solutionized This is however a contradiction with literature which suggests that
vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) Future work should
investigate this disagreement
Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C earned a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
- 149 -
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V Therefore
this is the composition that should be investigated further for future implementation into
ASTM Standards and AWS Structural Welding Codes
63 Future Work
Future work must revisit the following to either validate the existing work or to
develop the theory more comprehensively
bull Tempering Study with larger samples of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to see if results are repeatable Then curves should be ldquofittedrdquo to obtain true
tempering profiles
bull Hardness Profiles for the thick-section study to see if the results are repeatable
and to compare how the hardness values compare to the ones produced in the
tempering study
bull Perform optical microscopy on the thick-section castings
bull Reinvestigate Thermo-Calc models with a specific database for HSLA steels
Future work must continue in the following areas that were either beyond the
scope of this project or not permitted with time and funding allotted
bull Double normalize and temper study with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to compare these results with the existing double normalizing heat treatment
results
bull Complete more investigations with variations of Alloy E
- 150 -
Appendix A
Figure 89 Comparing and contrasting a conventional cast steel microstructure with a microalloyed HSLA
cast steel microstructure1
- 151 -
Figure 90 As-Cast microstructure of HSLA steels vs normalized microstructure for HSLA cast steel1
- 152 -
Figure 91 Original estimate for vanadium content to obtain 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS as a function of carbon
content and manganese content
Figure 92 Original attempt at creating a 50 ksi (345 MPa) surface as a function of carbon content and
manganese content
- 153 -
Appendix B
Table 38 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys A and B
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
A (C-Mn) 048 0421 0312 0264 043
B (C-Mn-V) 051 0438 0295 0256 043
Table 39 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
C 0386 0345 024 0214 0328
D 046 0405 0284 0257 0388
E 0443 0401 025 0215 0335
F 0493 0451 0312 0259 0426
Table 40 Original Quartile Analysis for Database
C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS
D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 0229 0753 0425 0003 0304 046 49230 (339429)
Ave Top
025 YS 0232 0735 0420 0002 0316 046 53574 (369380)
Ave Bottom
025 YS 0226 0812 0441 0005 0278 048 44022 (303521)
Total Std
Dev 0022 0138 0065 0004 0162 0048 3917 (27007)
Std Dev
Top 025 YS 0022 0099 0063 0004 0225 0042 1137 (7839)
Std Dev
Bottom 025
YS
0018 0197 0067 0004 0091 0049 3182 (21939)
- 154 -
References
(1) Voigt Robert C Blair M and Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of
High-Strength Low-Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1994
(2) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoSolidification and Casting Processesrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 18ndash75
(3) Pakker E R Zackay V F Materials Science of Modern Steels Prog Solid State
Chem 1975 9 (C) 105ndash138
(4) Krauss G ldquoHistory and Primary Steel Processingrdquo In Steels-Processing
Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park
OH 2016 pp 9ndash16
(5) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoMetal Processing and Manufacturingrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 1ndash17
(6) Australian-Foundry-Association ldquoMelting Technologyrdquo In Cleaner Production
Manual for the Queensland Foundry Industry 1999 p Chapter 3
(7) Hurtuk D J ldquoSteel Ingot Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 911ndash917
(8) Jorstad J L Technologies J L J ldquoShape Casting ProcessesmdashAn Introductionrdquo
In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH
2018 pp 485ndash487
(9) ASM-International ldquoGreen Sand Moldingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting
ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 549ndash566
(10) What-When-How Sand Castings httpwhat-when-howcommaterialsparts-and-
finishessand-castings
(11) ECS-Staff Guide to Casting and Molding Processes 2006
(12) ASM-International ldquoPermanent Mold Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 1 pp 689ndash699
(13) AFS US Casting Sales Reach 331 Billion Modern Casting 2019 pp 27ndash29
(14) Krauss G ldquoPearlite Ferrite and Cementiterdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
39ndash62
(15) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Diagramsrdquo In Fundamentals of
Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp Sons
INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 359ndash420
(16) Krauss G ldquoPhases and Structuresrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
15ndash32
- 155 -
(17) Okamoto H The C-Fe (Carbon-Iron) System J Phase Equilibria 1992 13 (5)
543ndash565
(18) Krauss G ldquoNormalizing Annealing and Spheroidizing Treatments
FerritePearlite and Spherical Carbides In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
277ndash291
(19) Krauss G ldquoHardness and Hardenabilityrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
297ndash325
(20) Brooks C R ldquoHardenabilityrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
43ndash86
(21) Tuttle R Understanding the Mechanism of Grain Refinement in Plain Carbon
Steels Int J Met 2013 7 (4) 7ndash16
(22) Krauss G ldquoDeformation Strengthening and Fracture of Ferritic Microstructuresrdquo
In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 213ndash232
(23) Gladman T ldquoMicrostructure-Property Relationshipsrdquo In The Physical Metallurgy
of Microalloyed Steels The Institute of Materials London England 1997 pp 19ndash
79
(24) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoMorphological Evolution Due to
Capillary and Applied Forces Diffusional Creep and Sinteringrdquo In Kinetics of
Materials John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 387ndash418
(25) Krauss G ldquoAustenite in Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 133ndash162
(26) Smith R M Chandra T Dunne D P Ferrite Grain Refinement in HSLA Steels
Strength Mater Alloy 1983 1 235ndash240
(27) Brooks C R ldquoStructural Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
263ndash306
(28) Duckworth W E Thermomechanical Treatment of Metals J Met 1966 No
August 915ndash922
(29) Kula E B Radcliffe V Thermomechanical Treatment of Steel J Met 1963 52
(7) 96ndash97
(30) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Transformationsrdquo In Fundamentals
of Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp
Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 421ndash482
(31) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoNucleationrdquo In Kinetics of Materials
John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 459ndash500
(32) Kingery W D Bowen H K Uhlmann D ldquoPhase-Transformations Glass
- 156 -
Formation and Glass-Ceramicsrdquo In Introduction to Ceramics Second Edition
John Wiley amp Sons INC New York New York 1976 pp 320ndash380
(33) Perepezko J H Madison W ldquoNucleation Kinetics and Grain Refinementrdquo In
ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018
Vol 15 pp 276ndash287
(34) Kurz W Fe E P ldquoPlane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 293ndash298
(35) Krauss G ldquoPrimary Processing Effects on Steel Microstructure and Propertiesrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 163ndash196
(36) Trivedi R Sunseri E ldquoNon-Plane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2008 pp 299ndash306
(37) Edwards L Endean M ldquoManufacturing with Materialsrdquo Butterworth
Heinemann Oxford United Kingdom 1990
(38) Beckermann C ldquoMacrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 348ndash352
(39) Dantzig J A ldquoTransport Phenomena During Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook
Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 70ndash74
(40) Brody H D ldquoMicrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 338ndash347
(41) Han Q ldquoShrinkage Porosity and Gas Porosityrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 9 pp 370ndash374
(42) Brooks C R ldquoAustentization of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of
Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999
pp 205ndash234
(43) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHomogenizationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 402ndash403
(44) Brooks C R ldquoAnnealing Normalizing Martempering and Austemperingrdquo In
Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM
International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 235ndash262
(45) Krauss G ldquoMartensite In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 63ndash97
(46) Krauss G ldquoIsothermal and Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagramsrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 197ndash211
(47) Brooks C R ldquoThe Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Time-Temperature-
Transformation (TTT) Diagramsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
3ndash41
(48) Brooks C R ldquoQuenching of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
- 157 -
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
87ndash126
(49) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHeat Treatmentrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 404ndash407
(50) Krauss G ldquoTempering of Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
373ndash403
(51) Brooks C R ldquoTemperingrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon
and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 127ndash204
(52) Krauss G ldquoLow-Carbon Steelsrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
233ndash275
(53) Zackay V F Thermomechanical Processing Mater Sci Eng 1976 25 247ndash261
(54) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of HSLA Cast Steels
1989
(55) Lippold J C ldquoIntroductionrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and Weldability John Wiley
amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 1ndash8
(56) Lippold J C ldquoHydrogen-Induced Crackingrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and
Weldability John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 213ndash262
(57) Lagneborg R Siwecki T Zajac S Hutchinson B The Role of Vanadium in
Microalloyed Steels Scand J Metall 1999 28 (October) 186ndash241
(58) Purtscher PT Cheng Y-W Structure-Property Relationships in Microalloyed
Ferrite-Pearlite Steels Phase 1 Literature Review Research Plan and Initial
Results Gov Res Announc Index 1993 1ndash59
(59) Deardo A J Niobium in Modern Steels Int Mater Rev 2003 48 (6) 371ndash402
(60) Sage A M The Use of Vanadium in Low Alloy Structural Steels In Specialty
Steels and Hard Materials Proceedings of the International Conference on Recent
Developments in Specialty Steels and Hard Materials (Materials Development
rsquo82) held in Pretoria South Africa 8-12 November 1982 Pergamon Press Ltd
1983 pp 111ndash125
(61) Ohtani H Hillert M A Thermodynamic Assessment of the Fe-N-V System
Calphad 1991 15 (1) 25ndash39
(62) Liu Z Thermodynamic Calculations of Carbonitrides in Microalloyed Steels Scr
Mater 2004 50 601ndash606
(63) ASM-International ldquoHigh-Strength Structural and High-Strength Low-Alloy
Steelsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and
High-Performance Alloys ASM International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1
pp 389ndash423
(64) Wright P H ldquoHigh-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Forgingsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and High-Performance Alloys ASM
- 158 -
International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1 pp 358ndash362
(65) Jack D H Jack K H Invited Review Carbides and Nitrides in Steel Mater
Sci Eng 1973 11 1ndash27
(66) Baker T N Processes Microstructure and Properties of Vanadium Microalloyed
Steels Mater Sci Technol 2009 25 (9) 1083ndash1107
(67) Voigt Robert C Rassizadehhghani J Initial Investigation of Microalloyed Cast
Steel 1987
(68) Naylor D J Review of International Activity on Microalloyed Engineering Steels
Ironmak Steelmak 1989 16 (4) 246ndash252
(69) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Gattu R K The Development of High Strength
Low Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1988
(70) Voigt R C Tu C-H Rosmait R L Development of As-Cast Steels 1990
(71) Dutcher D E Production and Properties of Microalloyed Steel Castings 1987
(72) Jackson W J The Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings A Review of the Literature
1978
(73) Voigt R C Blair M Rassizadehhghani J High Stength Low Alloy Cast Steels
1990
(74) Collie-Welding Carbon Equivalent Calculators
httpwwwcollieweldingcomcecalculatorsphp (accessed Oct 15 2019)
(75) Panneer Selvi S Sakthivel T Parameswaran P Laha K Effect of
Normalization Heat Treatment on Creep and Tensile Properties of Modified 9Crndash
1Mo Steel Trans Indian Inst Met 2016 69 (2) 261ndash269
(76) Thermo-Calc Thermo-Calc Software TCFE SteelsFe-Alloys Database Version 8
2016
IX
List of Figures
FIGURE PAGE
Figure 1 Continuous Casting Process Schematic 7
Figure 2 Hierarchy Chart of Shape Casting Processes 9
Figure 3 Horizontal Green Sand-Casting Mold Illustration11
Figure 4 Green Sand-Casting Flow Chart 12
Figure 5 Diagram of a Green Sand-Casting Shake-out System 14
Figure 6 Green Sand Reclamation and Cooling Diagram15
Figure 7 Graph of Casting Sales per Year 16
Figure 8 Eutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 18
Figure 9 Hypoeutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 19
Figure 10 Hypereutectoid Cooling Diagram for Steel 20
Figure 11 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCC α-Fe 22
Figure 12 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in FCC γ-Fe 23
Figure 13 Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram 23
Figure 14 Solid Solution Strengtheners Effecting Yield Strength 27
Figure 15 Illustration of an Edge Dislocation 29
Figure 16 Illustration of a Screw Dislocation 30
Figure 17 Graph of the Four Stages of Nucleation and Growth 34
Figure 18 Image of a Thermodynamically Stable Nuclei 35
Figure 19 Graph of Gibbs Free-Energy as a Function of Nuclei Radius 36
Figure 20 Wetting Diagram Showing Surface-Energy Affect 37
Figure 21 Graph of Nucleation Growth and Transformation Rates 37
Figure 22 Graph of Solidification Latent Heat Profile 38
Figure 23 Illustration of Primary and Secondary Dendritic Arms 39
Figure 24 Solidification Properties Influenced by Composition Graph 41
Figure 25 Illustration Depicting Different Casting Solidification Zones 42
Figure 26 Metal Shrinkage as a Function of Phase and Temperature 45
X
Figure 27 Illustration of Pipe Defect Formation Inside a Casting 46
Figure 28 Lever Rule Example for Two-Phase Region 47
Figure 29 Illustration of Microporosity in the Inner-Dendritic Region 48
Figure 30 Graph of Gas Solubility in Metal as a Function of Phase 49
Figure 31 Micrograph of Gas Hole Porosity 50
Figure 32 Heat Treating Temperature Ranges Fe-C Phase Diagram51
Figure 33 TTT Diagram for Steel 55
Figure 34 Illustration of Interstitial Carbon in BCT Martensite 57
Figure 35 Diagram of Martensitic Bain Strain 58
Figure 36 Graph of MS Temperature and Lath vs Plate Martensite 59
Figure 37 Chart Displaying Common Stoichiometric Steel Carbides 68
Figure 38 Bar Chart of Carbide and Martensite Hardness 68
Figure 39 Graph of Mole Fraction of VCN vs Temperature 70
Figure 40 Recrystallization Temp vs Solute Content for Microalloys 72
Figure 41 Graph of Solubilities of Common Carbides vs Temperature 73
Figure 42 Optimum Alloying Range with Mechanical Properties 75
Figure 43 Complete Scatterplot Heat Treat vs CE for SFSA Sprdsht 90
Figure 44 YS vs C Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 45 YS vs Mn Content for SFSA Spreadsheet 91
Figure 46 Normalized Condition YS vs Weldability 93
Figure 47 NampT Condition YS vs Weldability 94
Figure 48 QampT Condition YS vs Weldability 95
Figure 49 Modified C-Mn Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 50 Modified C-Mn-V Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction vs Temp 101
Figure 51 Modified C-Mn-V with Nb Thermo-Calc Phase Fraction 102
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT Tempering Graph 104
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT Tempering Graph 105
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
XI
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V NampT vs QampT Tempering Graph 106
Figure 58 NampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 59 QampT Condition Modified C-Mn vs Modified C-Mn-V 107
Figure 60 NampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 61 QampT Condition HRB vs Temp Mod C-Mn amp C-Mn-V108
Figure 62 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in NampT Condition 111
Figure 63 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn in QampT Condition 111
Figure 64 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in NampT Condition 114
Figure 65 Micrograph of Modified C-Mn-V in QampT Condition 114
Figure 66 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn NampT Condition 116
Figure 67 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition 116
Figure 68 SEM Micrograph Modified C-Mn-V NampT Condition (2) 117
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 122
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V Attached to Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 123
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V Separated from Keel Block Micrograph 124
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V Double Normalize Micrograph 126
Figure 75 Alloy C in NampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 76 Alloy C in QampT Condition Micrograph 131
Figure 77 Alloy D in NampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 78 Alloy D in QampT Condition Micrograph 132
Figure 79 Alloy E in NampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 80 Alloy E in QampT Condition Micrograph 133
Figure 81 Alloy F in NampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 82 Alloy F in QampT Condition Micrograph 134
Figure 83 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 00 wt V 136
Figure 84 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 008 wt V 136
Figure 85 ISO-YS Graph NampT Condition 012 wt V 137
Figure 86 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 00 wt V 137
XII
Figure 87 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 008 wt V 138
Figure 88 ISO-YS Graph QampT Condition 012 wt V 138
Figure 89 Extra Micrograph of Cast Steel Appendix A
Figure 90 As-Cast HSLA Steel Micrograph Appendix A
Figure 91 Original Estimate for Vanadium ISO-YS Graph Appendix A
Figure 92 Original Attempt at YS Surface Appendix A
XIII
List of Tables
TABLE PAGE
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-C V-Alloyed Cast Steel 75
Table 2 SFSA Database Mechanical Property Extrema92
Table 3 SFSA Database Heat Treatment per Designation 93
Table 4 Normalized Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 94
Table 5 NampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 95
Table 6 QampT Condition Average Chemistries per Designation 96
Table 7 Top amp Bottom Quart Ave and Std Dev SFSA Database 96
Table 8 Summary of SFSA Database 97
Table 9 Spectro Comp of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 10 CE Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 99
Table 11 Target C vs Mult Spectro Modified C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 99
Table 12 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn NampT and QampT 110
Table 13 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 11 110
Table 14 Mechanical Properties Modified C-Mn-V NampT and QampT 112
Table 15 Mechanical Property Averages from Table 13 113
Table 16 Brinell Hardness Profiles Across Keel Blocks119
Table 17 Brinell Hardness Profile Est Midway and Edge Values 119
Table 18 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Attached to Keel Block 121
Table 19 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 17 121
Table 20 Mechanical Prop Thin Section Separated from Keel Block 121
Table 21 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 19 121
Table 22 Mechanical Prop Double Normalize C-Mn amp C-Mn-V 125
Table 23 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 21 125
Table 24 Alloys C-F Designations 127
Table 25 Alloys C-F Compositional Targets 127
Table 26 Alloys C-F Spectrometer Composition 128
XIV
Table 27 CE Values for Alloys C-F 128
Table 28 Target C vs Multiple Spectro Data Alloys C-F128
Table 29 Mechanical Properties Alloy C NampT and QampT 129
Table 30 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 28 129
Table 31 Mechanical Properties Alloy D NampT and QampT 129
Table 32 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 30 129
Table 33 Mechanical Properties Alloy E NampT and QampT 129
Table 34 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 32 130
Table 35 Mechanical Properties Alloy F NampT and QampT 130
Table 36 Mechanical Properties Averages from Table 34 130
Table 37 ASTM Standard Summary 139
Table 38 Alternate CE Table Mod C-Mn and Mod C-Mn-V Appendix B
Table 39 Alternate CE Table Alloys C-F Appendix B
Table 40 Original Database Quartile Analysis Data Appendix B
XV
List of Equations
EQUATION PAGE
Equation 1 Hall-Petch Yield Strength Grain Size Relation 26
Equation 2 Gibbs Free-Energy for a Sphere 34
Equation 3 ldquoYoungrsquos Equationrdquo for Wetting of a Material 37
Equation 4 AWS D11 CE 77
Equation 5 General ASTM and IIW CE 77
Equation 6 HSLA C-Mn Steels CET 77
Equation 7 ASTM A529 CE 77
Equation 8 Japanese Welding Engineering Society CE 77
Equation 9 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines NampT 135
Equation 10 Regression Equation for ISO-YS Lines QampT 135
XVI
Acknowledgements
First and foremost I have to thank the best advisor I could ever ask for Dr
Robert Voigt I cannot thank him enough for having faith in me and accepting me as a
graduate student Itrsquos an honor to learn from one of the best metallurgists in the field The
metals casting world owes you a great deal you are a great conduit supplying nearly
endless knowledge from academia to industry In addition to being a great advisor he
also has a job lined up for me at the Benton Foundry upon completion of my Masterrsquos
Next this research would not have gotten off the ground if it wasnrsquot for the
organizations foundries and partners who contributed funding heats of material and
other resources and services Raymond Monroe David Poweleit Ryan Moore and Diana
David from the SFSA Charlie and Greg from Regal Cast in Lebanon PA Bill and
Maynard from Effort Foundry in Bath PA my boy Robert Haldeman (shock the world)
with Car-Tech in Reading PA and Andrew and Ken who worked for Dr Voigt as
undergraduates and lent helping hands when they could
Next due to my limited computer literacy and my difficulty with coding I have to
thank the following Brandon Bocklund and Hongyeun Kim from Dr Luirsquos group (thanks
for the Thermo-Calc help) And most importantlyhellip my dear friend fulltime MatSE
partner and part-time math tutor Nick Clarks
Finally most importantly my family Thank you for your endless love constant
support enduring patience and never-ending encouragement I love you
Chapter 1 Introduction
11 Project Overview
This research was conducted in hopes of creating a cast steel alloy with a
minimum nominal yield strength (YS) of 50 ksi (345 MPa) and a maximum carbon
equivalent (CEAWS D11) of 045 wt C for military and construction applications This
is in response to the recent transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable wrought
steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) highly weldable wrought steels It is desired that complex
shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded into place to
expedite construction processes The CE limit will ensure a high weldability and prevent
preheating requirements for welding purposes A primary goal is creating an alloy that
can be readily cast at any steel foundry in the United States This implies simple
chemistries not requiring special furnaces or abnormal heat treatments to attain
mechanical properties Foundries often find difficulty with targeting chemistries
accurately thus detailed heat-treating protocols will be designed so a corrective heat
treatment can be performed by the foundry to correct variance with chemistry
Cast steels are not afforded the luxury of receiving strengthening and defect
correction from thermomechanical deformation as are wrought steels Therefore
mechanical properties of the cast steel developed will be influenced solely from
chemistry and heat treatments Additionally casting defects that otherwise could be
deformed out of a wrought steel will often remain with the casting There are multiple
advantages to using cast steels that justify the metallurgical hurdles such as cost savings
because of fewer production steps The strength of 50 ksi (345 MPa) will be reached by
- 2 -
developing a High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) steel This effectively uses microalloying
additions such as vanadium to refine strengthen and toughen the ferrite matrix while
maintaining a high weldability1
Finally since there are no current existing standards or codes for a 50 ksi (345
MPA) YS cast steel with CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE an attempt will be made to
establish composition ranges and heat-treating directions in a current American Society
for Testing of Materials (ASTM) Standard The newly developed material grade will
mimic an already existing wrought or cast standard such that it is compatible with
wrought steels with similar performance To enable the goal of casting the steel into its
final form and assembling via welding to come to fruition the cast steel must also be
introduced into the AWS D11 Structural Code for Steel
12 Metals Casting Background
Metals casting in the most generalized definition is the act of pouring molten
metal into a shaped mold such that upon solidification the metal retains the shape of the
mold in which it was poured In reality there are many mechanisms and unseen forces at
work during the melting pouring and solidification of a metal The art and science of
metals casting has its roots traced back to antiquity and it has been an ever-evolving
process ever since its inception Ancient metallurgists did not possess an extensive
knowledge of metallurgy thermodynamics kinetics fluid dynamics and heat transfer
however expertise in these areas are essential for modern metal casting facilities to be
competitive efficient and successful2
- 3 -
121 A Brief History of Iron and Steel Production
The metallurgists of antiquity were only able to utilize seven metals copper lead
silver mercury tin iron and gold all but tin being in an elemental form Ancient
metallurgist called ldquoalchemistsrdquo at the time were first able to use elemental gold in
approximately 5000 BC3 Iron smiths at the time of approximately 1200 BC were able to
produce tools and weapons from iron and steel Surprisingly this was before technology
allowed for the melting of iron Metallurgists of this time period were aware that if iron
ore was heated with charcoal strength improved This is because carbon reduces the iron
ore into iron Consequently carbon migrated its way into the crystal of iron through solid
state diffusion and it increased the strength Then blacksmiths forged this primitive
version of steel into desired shapes which unknown to them also helped the mechanical
properties while creating a wrought iron34
Cast iron was first melted in the seventeenth century when coal replaced charcoal
in the smelting of iron because of the higher temperatures that were enabled by the coal
Cast iron due to its eutectic point at 41 wt C has a lower melting point as observed
in Figure 13 and was melted over a century before steel Metallurgists of the time soon
discovered that the cast iron was very brittle and efforts were made to remove some of
the carbon in the cast iron to decrease its brittleness Carbon was oxidized out of the cast
iron and wrought iron was created3
Even though steel has been used by peoples for over 3000 years similar to iron
the technology was not available to create steel in the modern sense until about 1740 AD
In 1856 Henry Bessemer created the process by which modern steel is produced The
ldquoBessemer Processrdquo forces heated air into the molten pig iron to initiate decarburization
- 4 -
This oxidized the carbon resulting in CO2 production and a reduction in the amount of
carbon content in the melt Now the remaining metal can be shape casted or cast as steel
into ingots and then forged into shapes3
122 Todayrsquos Metals Casting World
Today even though the principles of melting metals are unchanged the
metallurgy knowledge would be unrecognizable to a metallurgist of antiquity Metallurgy
in the past was utilitarian and even a poorly casted bronze tool was better than one made
of wood so improvement was easy to achieve Contemporary metallurgists have strict
requirements to follow and their products are met with a high demand for excellence by
consumers who require failure-free parts delivered at a competitive price Metallurgical
engineering of today focuses on producing lighter-weight materials to reduce the overall
weight of a system while obtaining optimal strength and performance levels without
sacrificing safety The reduced weight of an entire system will limit raw materials
consumed energy during production shipping costs while increasing fuel economy in a
progressively environmentally conscience world
1221 Contemporary Furnaces
In conjunction with advanced engineering teams the modern castings world
utilizes state-of-the-art furnaces to efficiently produce metals as pure and clean as
possible The furnace used is dependent upon type of metal produced desired tonnage of
metal production and the facility layout
Large modern steel facilities producing virgin steel ie do not re-melt scrap often
require two different furnaces First pig iron must be created in a blast furnace Iron ore
- 5 -
coke and lime are added to the blast furnace and hot air is forced into the furnace Coke
behaves as a reducing agent to iron ore producing what is known as pig iron which is a
high carbon content steel Additionally lime has an affinity for impurities and will bond
with them resulting in a slag compound less dense than molten pig iron Consequently it
floats to the top of the melt where it can be removed Next the pig iron is poured into
pigs In these holding vessels the pig iron will solidify be transported and await re-melt
in a Basic Oxygen Furnace A Basic Oxygen Furnace is a modern version of the
Bessemer Converter such that the molten pig iron is oxidized to reduce carbon and
impurities exothermically to produce steel45
Steel can also be created from scrap while being melted in Electric Arc Furnaces
which are the most common furnace used in todayrsquos iron and steel foundries They
provide better metallurgical control and are nearly emissions free The process for
melting in an Electric Arc Furnace is as follows A charge of scrap metal is loaded into
the furnace which is refractory lined with a high voltage coil surrounding the outer
refractory This coil produces a magnetic field inducing eddy currents in the metal such
that the inherent electrical resistance of the metal creates heat Given time the melting
temperature is reached Once the metal is in its liquid state the induction along with
buoyancy driven flow create currents inside the melt that encourage mixing of alloying
elements This type of furnace is scalable and it can be used to melt ferrous and non-
ferrous metals56
1222 Casting Techniques
Contemporary metals casting is completed in one of three ways continuous
casting ingot casting and shape-casting2
- 6 -
12221 Continuous Casting
Continuous casting is different from the other two forms of metals casting
because it is not a batch process It is normally performed in tandem with wrought
processing The process is as follows and a schematic can be observed in Figure 1
Molten metal from a furnace is transferred to a ladle which pours into a tundish The
tundish is a critical component to the continuous casting process because this
intermediate container enables a steady-state flow of molten metal to occur It drains
slowly into a highly thermally conductive mold of water-cooled copper while a crane
operator retrieves another ladle of molten metal The flow rate is timed perfectly such
upon exiting the copper mold the steel already has a solidified outer shell in the desired
shape of the slab that will be sold It continues on this line to a sizing mill where the slab
can be thermomechanically deformed to a more exact dimension2
- 7 -
Figure 1 Continuous casting process from start to finish Observe that it is not a batch process The entire
process will seamlessly transition via conveyor system such that from liquid metal to finished slab it is
continuous Over 75 percent of steel is created by this process2
12222 Ingot Casting
Most modern steel is manufactured via continuous casting methods however
ingot casting was the original primary method for raw steel production Currently ingot
casting has its niche in producing specialty steels tool steels re-melted steels and steels
for forging Ingots are created by pouring molten steel from a ladle into large ingot
molds Consequently ingots have high specific heat capacities resulting in extended
solidification times This leads to a broad array of microstructures within the ingot The
kinetics of casting solidification and its influence on microstructure will be discussed
extensively later However thermomechanical deformation additional processing and
subsequent heat treatments remedy the microstructural issues in ingots7
- 8 -
12223 Shape Casting
Ingot casting (as-casted) and continuous casting are severely limited in their
capable casting geometries Therefore shape casting is often the production method
chosen for any complex shape or any metal not sold as slab or bulk piece destined for
thermomechanical deformation This process is metal casting in the most traditional
sense such that the metal is casted directly into the final desired shape Once solidified
the microstructure can only be refined by heat treatment because a casting is not
subjected to any wrought processing such as forging as are ingots and slabs produced
via continuous casting2
All contemporary shape casting can be divided into two primary mold types
Expendable and Permanent Metal each with many sub-groups The hierarchy of this
system can be summarized in Figure 2 Although it is possible to produce the same end-
result with multiple casting methods the advantages and disadvantages must be
considered by the metallurgist to decide which method is most appropriate for each
situation In this report special interest will be devoted to discussion on the green sand-
casting process which is a specific sub-set of expendable molds The cast steel samples
for this project were produced exclusively via green sand casting therefore it is
important to have a comprehensive understanding of green sand casting28
- 9 -
Figure 2 Hierarchy chart of the many sub-sets of shape casting It splits from expendable mold and metal
(permanent) mold into many specific types of molds each with their own niche use The permanent mold
side is comprised mostly of the multiple variations of die casting while expendable molds are dominantly
sand molds Sand molds require much attention because of their implementation of cores and the multiple
ways to cure sand8
122231 Green Sand Casting
Expendable molds are not reusable the most common type of expendable mold
shape casting is green sand casting Other common methods of expendable mold shape
castings are lost foam and investment castings The following will be a summary of the
typical green sand molding process used by steel foundries Green sand casting is the
most basic and common type of shape casting method utilized today and accounts for
almost 75 of all shape casted metal Green sand casting utilizes pattern and mold
materials that are inexpensive cost-effective at high production rates and can be used for
ferrous and non-ferrous metals There are also disadvantages to using green sand casting
a new sand mold needs to be created for each casting the dimensional accuracy is not as
exact as for permanent molds and the entire green sand system introduces substantial
- 10 -
variation into the process and must be constantly monitored Additionally an engineering
team is needed to design the pattern which includes the gating risers chills and cores89
The primary ingredient in green sand mold material is sand however green sand
requires clay water seacoal and other additions to obtain properties conducive for ideal
metals casting The clay normally a southern or western bentonite or blend of both
behaves as a binder when mixed properly with water It binds to the sand enabling the
sand to retain its shape and provides strength such that the mold can support the weight of
liquid metal Seacoal is a biproduct of bituminous coal and behaves as a carbonaceous
material (reducing agent) Its addition will improve the surface finish of the casted metal
ie it will not be oxidized8910
A description of the typical green sand mold is as follows The mold itself is
always two-piece In horizontal green sand mold casting the upper-part of the mold is
called the cope and the lower-part of the mold is called the drag these two will meet at a
parting joint During the molding process the cope and drag will receive imprints on
their mating side from the pattern The pattern imprints the negative-space of the desired
part on the cope and drag such that any volume of the mold that is not sand will be filled
with metal Sand is compacted around the pattern thus filling the cope and the drag
Next the pattern is removed and the cope and drag are placed together again a flask is
necessary to ensure that the cope and drag remain aligned A schematic of the entire mold
and its parts can be observed in Figure 3 and a flow chart of its assembly is illustrated in
Figure 4 The assembly process must happen seamlessly in a production facility8910
The actual pattern itself is more complex than just the negative-space of the
desired part it must include liquid metal passageways In every green sand mold there is
- 11 -
a sprue which is the fill-hole through the cope where the molten metal can be poured
Liquid metal pathways called gates extend from the sprue and direct the liquid metal to
the casting itself Solidification defects predominantly exist in the last part of the casting
system that solidifies Effort is taken during design to ensure that the casting itself will
not solidify last A sacrificial riser is implemented into the system such that it becomes
the last to solidify and in theory should contain most of the systemrsquos solidification
defects The riser and the rest of the gating system which also includes the sprue and
gates will be removed from the casting later in the process A good design for the system
is to have the sprue opposite the riser such that directional solidification occurs to further
ensure that the riser is the last part to solidify8911
Figure 3 A typical horizontal green sand mold It should be observed that the riser is opposite of the sprue
This is to encourage directional solidification such that the riser is the last part of the mold to solidify This
helps to prevent solidification defects from forming inside the casting Often there is a need to apply mold
weights to the top of the mold to prevent the hydrostatic pressure of the liquid metal from pushing its way
through the parting joint This will be dependent upon the mold and the geometry and size of the casting10
- 12 -
Figure 4 Flow chart of the green sand molding and casting process for a part from its inception as the
mechanical drawing to the final casting that is ready for shipment to the customer This illustrates a manual
horizontal green sand molding process but the concept will always be similar In a high-production facility
a vertical molding system is sometimes used such that each cope is also a drag to the next part ie each
mold is double-sided such that it becomes a continuous line of molds that gets poured9
There are certain green sand castings that require additional attention Sometimes
implementation of a riser is not enough to ensure that complete solidification of the
casting occurs before all metal in the system is solidified In certain cases a chill may
need added during the molding process A chill is a piece of metal with appropriate
chemistry that is strategically placed inside the casting It behaves as an ldquoice cuberdquo to the
molten metal such that when the molten metal comes into contact with the chill it cools
the metal faster9
Green sand molding can also get more complex when a core is needed A core is
used to produce a cavity inside of the mold itself The core is also made of sand
however a green sand process is not normally utilized in its production but rather a resin
- 13 -
bonded sand This is because resin bonded sands are much more strongly bonded The
sand grains are coated with a resin that is either gas-catalyzed liquid-catalyzed or heat-
catalyzed These processes are colloquially known as core box no-bake and shell
process respectively The core needs to be placed inside of the mold prior to the
assembly of the cope to the drag911
In a production facility the sand molding system is on a conveyor such that one
mold follows the other All of the aforementioned steps happen in succession After the
mold is poured the next one in line pushes the already-poured molds farther down the
line This allows the mold ample time to cool At the end of this line the mold is dumped
onto another conveyor system to begin shake-out which begins the sand reclamation
process and recovery of the metal part Shake-out consists of tumblers and spring
conveyor systems that utilize resonance to break apart the mold separating the sand from
the casting The ldquocastingrdquo at this point includes the casting itself and the entire gating
system that is still attached gates risers and sprue9
Heat from the molten metal will dry and burn-out the clay surrounding the
casting This makes the mold disintegrate much easier The strength of the mold after the
metal is poured is known as the dry strength The casting continues through shake-out
where it may finish cooling and then it goes to the grinding room The casting at the time
of shake-out may still be at an elevated temperature because sand is insulative Slow
cooling for sand molds needs consideration because it influences the mechanical
properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo metal In the grinding room the sprue gating system and
risers are removed from the casting such that it can assume its final form Depending on
the toughness of the metal casted some of the gating system may be broken off during
- 14 -
shake-out but attention in the grinding room is always required Fig 5 illustrates the
shake-out process9
Figure 5 A typical shakeout system in a green sand mold metal casting facility The complete mold enters
the rotating drum from the left The sand subsequently breaks apart freeing the casting Depending on the
facilityrsquos machinery the finer clumps of sand fall through the rotating drum and get sent to reclamation
while the larger clumps and the complete casting move down the line The castings will enter tumblers
where ideally some gating and risers will break apart from the casting This is also dependent upon the
metal casted For example a gray iron gating system is more apt to breaking apart in the tumbling drum
than a ductile iron gating system This conveyor leads to the final line where workers separate the castings
Then the castings move to grinding room where the gating systems will be removed and the part will be
finished9
After the sand is separated from the casting in shake-out it is sent to sand
reclamation and recovery The pouring and shake-out processes are detrimental to the
sand grains which are slowly broken down into finer grains The first step in the
recovery system is to remove fines which are sand grains that have eroded beyond the
point of re-use Next because sand is a good insulator and has a high specific heat
capacity it must be cooled Cooling is normally done by pouring water over the sand
while on conveyor transport to the muller This is better understood with Figure 6 which
is a diagram of the cooling process The muller is the mixing machine where clay water
seacoal and other additives for the green sand mixture are combined This prepares fresh
green sand which is monitored by the on-site laboratory ensuring it is prepared
consistently When the fresh green sand meets laboratory approval it enter into the
molding machines to begin the process over again9
- 15 -
Figure 6 Cooling the sand as soon as possible is paramount for maintaining a healthy sand system This
ensures that sand is not too hot by the time it re-enters the muller This illustration is of a typical sand
cooler 1) The entry from hot shakeout 2) The rifling of the drum makes the sand cascade as the drum
rotates this accelerates cooling 3) Sand of the acceptable size falls through this grate where it falls to the
next screen 4) This screen discharges the acceptable sized sand to a conveyor where it will head to the
muller 5) Sand cores remain and other sand that did not dissociate will be removed through this area where
it will be discarded9
There is as much knowledge and effort dedicated to maintaining an efficient sand
system as there is to the metallurgy of the metal In fact a quality sand system is essential
in the production of quality green sand casted metal The foundryrsquos laboratory will need
to continually monitor clay percentages percentage of fines remaining in the sand
compactability of the green sand pH of the system and other factors9 The facility must
also consider seasonal effects on the sand For example sand will cool faster in the
winter than in the heat of summer9
122232 Permanent Metal Mold Casting
Permanent mold casting as the name implies utilizes a permanent reusable metal
mold The molten metal can be fed to the molds in a variety of ways gravity fed vacuum
- 16 -
fed or pressure fed Permanent metal molds are known for their very high initial cost
however when production numbers are high they become more cost-effective A
common form of permanent mold casting is die-casting These processes produce high
dimensional accuracy and precision as well as fast cooling rates due to the high thermal
conductivity of the metal mold Fast cooling rates create a fine grain size and a refined
microstructure which is favorable for mechanical properties512
1223 Production Rates of Todayrsquos Metal Casting World
The United States is currently one of the world leaders in metals casting with
1915 foundries and a nationwide output of 14 million tons of castings per year In 2017
the United States produced 97 million metric tons while China and India shipped 494
and 1206 million metric tons respectively Figure 7 which is a graph of the production
volumes of select metals is shown13
Figure 7 The number of castings of aluminum ductile iron investment cast steel gray iron and steel as a
function of year It can be observed that casting production has increased in recent years and according to
the American Foundry Society (AFS) industry growth is projected into the following years Aluminumrsquos
high strength-to-weight-ratio places the metal in high-demand13
- 17 -
13 Relevant Phases and Microstructures
A quick overview of relevant steel phases and microstructures will be covered for
a comprehensive metallurgical presentation It should be understood that in steels a
ldquophaserdquo is only accurate vernacular when it can be seen on the Fe-C phase diagram
everything else is a microstructure For all of the following the phase diagram in Figure
13 should be a reference Additionally the microstructure of martensite will be more
appropriately discussed in substantial detail in Chapter 1852
131 Ferrite (α-Fe) and Cementite (Fe3C)
Ferrite is the pure form of iron colloquially called ldquoalpha-ironrdquo it exists in a
Body Centered Cubic (BCC) structure below temperatures of 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Its BCC
structure is only capable of handling 002 wt C in a solid solution once this limit is
exceeded carbon will create a second phase in the form of intermetallic cementite
(Fe3C) Cementite is characteristically hard and brittle but in small amounts it is a useful
strengthener to steel because α-Fe by itself is too weak to be structural14
132 Austenite (γ-Fe)
Austenite is the stable phase of ferrite that dominates the Fe-C phase diagram
above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) Austenite with its Face Centered Cubic (FCC) structure is
capable of holding up to 21 wt C in a solid solution This region is important because
it is the starting point for common steel heat treatments If a Fe-C composition passes
through this region on the Fe-C phase diagram upon heating or cooling the Fe-C is
considered a form of steel If the carbon content exceeds the austenite carbon solubility
range then the Fe-C alloy is considered a form of cast iron14
- 18 -
Figure 8 Partial Fe-C phase diagram depicting the eutectoid composition (077 wt C) cooling from the
austenite region Notice how there is a sharp transition from the austenite grains to the pearlite lamellar
structure there is no cooling through a binary region of α+γ or γ+Fe3C 15
133 Pearlite
Pearlite is a microstructure not a phase however pearlite will commonly form in
the α+Fe3C region of the phase diagram given proper cooling Pearlite can only form
when a steel cools from the austenite region and it has a characteristic lamellar structure
that alternates between colonies of α-Fe and Fe3C The size and spacing of these lamellar
is dictated by cooling rates and composition A fast cooling rate will produce fine pearlite
and a slow cooling rate will produce coarse pearlite At modest cooling rates 077 wt
C the microstructure will be 100 percent pearlite because this is the eutectoid
composition of steel which does not cool through other proeutectoid ferrite or
proeutectoid cementite zones on the phase diagram If the composition of carbon is less
or more than 077 wt then it is known as either a hypoeutectoid or hypereutectoid
- 19 -
alloy respectively Upon cooling at a modest rate a hypoeutectoid alloy will form
proeutectoid ferrite and pearlite and a hypereutectoid alloy will form proeutectoid
cementite Figure 8-10 are partial Fe-C phase diagrams displaying the differences
between 100 percent pearlite hypoeutectoid (proeutectoid ferrite) and hypereutectoid
(proeutectoid cementite) respectively The microstructures displayed are assuming that a
modest cooling rate was observed ie no quench1415
Figure 9 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypoeutectoid alloy (less
than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region There is not a sharp transition between austenite
grains and pearlite but rather a solidification range through the α+γ region of the phase diagram First
proeutectoid ferrite will form at the triple points and grain boundaries Upon further cooling deeper in this
region the proeutectoid ferrite will continue to grow until cooling below the A1 temperature Once this
happens pearlite will begin to form its lamellar structure along all areas that are still austenite not
proeutectoid ferrite15
- 20 -
Figure 10 Partial Fe-C phase diagram showing the microstructure evolution of a hypereutectoid alloy
(greater than 077 wt C) cooling from the austenite region Proeutectoid cementite is formed similarly to
proeutectoid ferrite Proeutectoid cementite can have an embrittling effect on the mechanical properties of
steels and is sometimes avoided15
14 Strengthening Mechanisms in Steels
To fully appreciate the scope of this project and understand the science at work in
steel castings versus wrought steel products it is imperative to have a comprehensive
knowledge of the strengthening mechanisms used in steels The strength of low alloy
steels can be increased in the following ways higher carbon content ferrite grain
refinement addition of alloying elements that are solid solution strengtheners addition of
alloying elements capable of precipitation hardening and formation and locking of
dislocations Unfortunately increases of metalrsquos strength are normally associated with a
- 21 -
loss of toughness and it commonly becomes a metallurgical compromise between
strength and toughness1
141 Increasing C Content
Increasing the carbon content increases steelrsquos strength for two reasons The first
reason is because it enters the octahedral and tetrahedral sites in both the BCC structure
of α-Fe and the FCC structure of γ-Fe Each C atom fits snugly into the interstitial ferrite
lattice sites and induces strain fields which make slip (plastic deformation) more
difficult The location of the carbon atom interstitials in the BCC lattice and FCC lattice
are illustrated in Figures 11 and 12 respectively The solubility limit of carbon in the
BCC α-Fe phase is reached at 002 wt C due to interstitial size restraints The radius
of C is ~07 Å and the largest interstice in α-Fe is the tetrahedral site with a radius of
035 Å After this solubility point is exceeded the intermetallic compound of iron
carbide or cementite (Fe3C) is precipitated out of solution The precipitation of this
carbide into the matrix is the second reason why carbon content increases strength These
different phases and microstructures can be observed in Figure 13 which is the Fe-C
phase diagram Even though it is commonly called the Fe-C phase diagram when it
depicts cementite as a thermodynamically stable phase it is incorrect Given infinite
time metastable cementite will convert to its lowest energy state at room temperature
which is graphite However in industry and often times in academia when one mentions
the Fe-C phase diagram they generally mean carbon in the form of cementite because it
is more practical151617
- 22 -
Figure 11 Interstitial sites where carbon migrates to in the BCC structure of α-Fe below the A1
temperature transition line where the BCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume
these respective interstitial positions up to 002 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the BCC structure is the
tetrahedral site with a radius of 035 Å16
The FCC lattice of austenite (γ-Fe) which is thermodynamically stable above the
A1 temperature can accommodate up to ~21 wt C in a solid solution without needing
to precipitate out carbon as cementite The A1 temperature line is depicted on the partial
Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 15 and is 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)18 The FCC lattice can
accommodate more carbon than the BCC lattice because the interstitial sites are larger Its
largest being the octahedral site which has a radius of 052 Å Both the BCC and FCC
lattices have to strain to accommodate carbon interstitials because the carbon atomic
radius is larger than either of the biggest interstitial sites Counterintuitively the diffusion
rates of carbon is faster in the BCC lattice because it has more open channels despite
being the low temperature allotrope and having smaller interstitial spaces16
- 23 -
Figure 12 Interstitial sites where carbon atoms migrate to in the FCC structure of γ-Fe above the A1 phase
transition temperature where the FCC structure is thermodynamically stable Carbon will assume these
interstitial positions in the FCC lattice up to ~21 wt C as a solid solution Once this composition is
exceeded carbon will precipitate out as cementite The largest interstice in the FCC structure is the
octahedral site with a radius of 052 Å16
Figure 13 The standard iron-carbon phase diagram of temperature as a function of wt C It can be
observed from this phase diagram that the solubility limit of carbon in α-Fe is 002 wt C Given infinite
time the carbon depicted in the phase diagram will be in the thermodynamically stable form of graphite
however in normal steel production the carbon in the binary region is in its intermetallic metastable form
of cementite (Fe3C) There are certain heat treatments and certain cast iron processes that do produce
carbon in its graphite form however the distinction is not normally made from the diagram itself17
- 24 -
An over-abundance of carbon will make a steel brittle because it becomes overly
hard at the expense of ductility Additionally carbon increases the steelrsquos hardenability
which is defined as the steelrsquos ability to form martensite It should be noted that the
ultimate martensite hardness for a steel is a function of its carbon content alone Steels
with a high hardenability often require a pre-heat before welding to slow the cooling rate
such that martensite does not form A high carbon content also increases the ductile-to-
brittle transition temperature (DBTT) for steels A high DBTT makes a steel more
susceptible to catastrophic failures at low temperatures Hardenability will be discussed
in greater detail in Chapter 1851 which differentiates hardness and hardneability11920
142 Refinement of Ferrite Grains
Refinement of ferrite grains can increase the strength of steels and can be
accomplished through various means In general a fine grain size increases yield strength
and ductility simultaneously Grain refinement is the only mechanism that can both
increase strength and toughness12122 This is commonly accomplished via a faster
cooling from above the A1 transition temperature during heat treating or initial cooling
Solid solution strengtheners or dispersed microalloy particles that are present before a
phase change may act as a heterogeneous nucleation site for a grain or mechanical
deformation can contribute to grain refinement211923
Faster cooling rates as seen with a normalizing heat treatment compared to a
furnace anneal encourage grain refinement because there is less time for the grain to
reach its lowest energy state which is a sphere without the presence of grain boundaries
because grain boundaries are a surface with a free-energy The kinetics involved in all
steel making do not provide sufficient time at a specific elevated temperature for a grain
- 25 -
to achieve its lowest possible energy state However longer durations at elevated
temperature will allow the grain to reduce its surface-area-to-volume-ratio This means
less grain boundaries and a coarser grain structure Faster cooling rates do not give
sufficient time for much free-energy reduction to occur and small grains limited by
kinetics are not able to grow into large grains Since small grains inherently have more
grain boundaries they are stronger because a grain boundary will interrupt slip
mechanisms due to the different orientations between grains at this interface1 However
more grain boundaries will increase diffusion along their boundaries which can increase
creep rates particularly Coble creep124
Finer ferrite grains can be obtained by other mechanisms that either work in
tandem with accelerated cooling rates or unaccompanied Increasing the number of
nucleation sites for grains will yield finer grains More nucleation sites will initiate more
simultaneous grain growth which limits overall size grain size because grains will
impede each otherrsquos growth The concept of seeding nucleation sites with inoculants is
known as heterogenous nucleation and it occurs in metals when a solute particle becomes
the nucleus of the solidifying phase These solute particles are often solid solution
strengtheners or dispersed microalloy elements such as vanadium with a higher melting
temperature than the ferrite grains Each of these nuclei will grow into a grain The ldquoas-
solidifiedrdquo grain size has an inverse relationship to the amount of heterogenous
nucleation sites ie more nucleation sites equate to a finer grain size21
The prior-austenite grain size will affect the ferrite grain size as well Prior-
austenite grains are formed in the FCC (austenite) phase of steel above 1341 ˚F (727 ˚C)
Like ferrite grains austenite grains increase in size with time and temperature Then
- 26 -
upon cooling below the A1 temperature ferrite grains will nucleate on the transforming
prior-austenite grain boundaries which have become heterogeneous nucleation sites
Therefore the smaller the prior-austenite grains the finer the resulting ferrite grains
because of more heterogeneous nucleation sites25 Prior-austenite grains can possess high
energy from being strained but not recovered This increases the driving force for more
ferrite grains to form simultaneously (resulting in a smaller grain size) because the
strained prior-austenite grains want recovery (strain-relief) and a phase change will
suffice26
The relationship between yield strength and grain size was first researched by
Hall and Petch The Hall-Petch Equation displayed in Equation 1 represents the inverse
relationship between grain size and yield strength when σy is the lower yield stress σi is
the friction stress Ky is the strengthening coefficient and d is the grain size This relation
exists because the grain boundary stops the slip plane which will help to arrest
dislocation motion The more grain boundaries that are present in a material will increase
the amount of energy needed to continue to propagate a dislocation23
120590119884 = 120590119894 + 119870119910119889minus1
2 Eq 1
143 Addition of Solid Solution Strengthening Elements
Elements that form a solid solution with ferrite must have a similar size and
electronic structure to iron ie will not form carbides or nitrides Carbon and nitrogen are
potent interstitial solid solution strengtheners present in every steel They are in solid
solution to a certain solubility limit at which point they will precipitate out as a second
phase For example the solubility limit of carbon in iron is 002 wt C Solid solution
- 27 -
strengtheners have two primary jobs grain refinement and initiating strain fields to
reduce the ease of plastic deformation Solid solution strengtheners refine grains because
they can provide a heterogeneous nucleation site for grain growth to occur if they are
solid before the dominant solidifying phase Solid solution strengtheners also initiate
strain fields similar to the way carbon strengthens steel as an interstitial Any size
difference in the radii of alloying elements creates a lattice strain which makes slip more
difficult Figure 14 presents the yield strength effect of common solid solution
strengtheners as a function of element percent123
Figure 14 Yield strength as a function of element percent for common solid solution strengtheners It can
be observed that the highest yield strengths are achieved by using carbon and nitrogen which are interstitial
solid solution elements Phosphorus is a potent substitutional solid solution strengthener that exchanges
positions iron atoms in the matrix This finite difference in size creates a strain in the lattice such that a
strengthening effect is seen because this strain impedes dislocation motion Other elements such as nickel
and aluminum have a negligible effect1
144 Addition of Precipitation Hardening Elements
Precipitation hardening also known as secondary hardening or age hardening is
the primary strengthening mechanism in non-ferrous alloys Plain carbon steels cannot
- 28 -
take advantage of precipitation hardening because of the limited solubility of carbon in
the α-Fe phase However steels alloyed with vanadium niobium titanium and a select
few other elements can precipitation harden because these elements have a high affinity
for carbon and have an overwhelming tendency to form complex carbides nitrides and
carbonitrides instead of Fe3C Precipitation hardening generally requires a two-step heat
treating process The elements are solutionized during an initial heating called
austenitizing and then the steel is rapidly cooled to trap these elements into a
supersaturated solid solution Subsequently the system is aged to precipitate out these
elements as a second phase which greatly increases the strength levels The diffusion and
mechanisms of this process will be discussed in great detail later as precipitation
hardening is the primary strengthener in High-Strength-Low-Alloy (HSLA) steels1
145 Formation of Dislocations
Dislocations are a crystallographic line defect that is a linear discontinuity in the
periodicity of the crystal Dislocation motion is the mechanism for slip which is plastic
deformation Alternatively it can be visualized as dislocations being created in a metal
whenever plastic deformation occurs All dislocations need a shear stress component in
order for them to propagate Metals are strengthened when dislocation motion is
impeded whether by grain boundaries alloying elements or other dislocations (assuming
that a metal can undergo plastic deformation without catastrophic failure) When steel is
plastically deformed below its recrystallization temperature dislocations will not anneal
away and they will remain inside of the microstructure The strength increase comes from
dislocation motion being impeded by other dislocations because they cannot slide well
over one-another Thus slip is restricted Dislocations will anneal away above the
- 29 -
recrystallization temperature because the crystal has enough thermal energy to allow
relaxation into a lower energy state thereby lowering the kinetic barrier to the lowest
free-energy for that crystal Figure 32 illustrates the annealing temperatures and
recrystallization regime316182327
There are two types of dislocations possible edge and screw dislocations The
magnitude and direction that the shear stresses displace the atoms is represented by the
Burgers vector Edge and screw dislocations are illustrated in Figures 15 and 16
respectively163 Both are activated by shear stresses however they react differently to
solid solution strengtheners and interstitial atoms An edge dislocation which is an
incomplete plane of atoms in a crystal will respond to both shear and hydrostatic
components while a screw dislocation will only react to a shear component23 The
implications are that solid solution strengthening elements give a hydrostatic distortion in
the lattice and therefore only impede edge dislocations23 Interstitial atoms initiate both a
hydrostatic and shear stress because they are asymmetrical within each unit cell
therefore these can interact with both edge and screw dislocations3162223
Figure 15 The movement of an edge dislocation along a slip plane Notice how the dislocation moves
parallel to the slip plane The ldquoextra half-planerdquo of atoms slides in response to a shear stress This type of
dislocation can be thought of as either an extra half-plane of atoms inserted into the lattice or a missing
half-plane An edge dislocation is constrained to a single slip plane16
- 30 -
Figure 16 A screw dislocation Contrary to edge dislocations there are no atoms missing from a screw
dislocation Notice how the screw dislocation rotates around its dislocation line like a spiral staircase A
screw dislocation is not confined to a single slip plane like an edge dislocation it can re-orientate itself onto
a new slip plane3
15 Cast Metal vs Wrought Metal
To completely understand this project it is important to discern the differences
between metal that was shape casted nearly into its final form and metal that was casted
and subsequently thermomechanically deformed Metals that undergo thermomechanical
deformation are known as wrought metals All metals except those produced via additive
manufacturing or powder metallurgy are cast at some point in their existence eg in the
form of an initial ingot However not all metals that are cast can easily undergo
thermomechanical deformation because of their propensity for crack formation
Additionally some metals due to their composition are highly castable and are used in
their cast form as opposed to being wrought processed2
- 31 -
151 Cast Metal
Cast metal is metal that experienced some sort of shape casting and is nearly in its
final form and will not undergo thermomechanical deformation Sometimes metals are
chosen to be shape cast because the desired metal for the job consequently casts well or
it can be that the final design of the part is too complex for forging and fabricating and
that powder metallurgy and additive manufacturing are not the best choices
The fact that cast metals do not undergo any type of thermomechanical
deformation can act as both an advantage and a disadvantage It can be an obvious
disadvantage because cast metals are not afforded the luxury of the strengthening
mechanism associated with dislocation motion impedance Therefore all casting
strengthening must be done with alloying and heat treating Cast steels can be very cost
effective because fewer steps in production of the final product will allow for larger profit
margins This cost savings can also be passed along to consumers1
The most extensively shape cast metal is cast iron the tonnage of all other shape
cast metals can be summed together and it still would not surpass the annual tonnage of
cast iron Cast iron despite the name has a higher carbon content than steel normally in
the range of 17 to 35 wt C According to Figure 13 the Fe-C phase diagram the
carbon content creates a eutectic point for cast iron at ~42 wt C Eutectic and near
eutectic compositions cast well because there is a sharp transition between liquid and
solid The more deviation in the carbon content there is from the eutectic point the
broader the solidifying temperature range Then transport phenomena will increasingly
influence properties This will be discussed more later in Chapter 163 Solidification
Dynamics of an Alloy2
- 32 -
152 Wrought Metal
Wrought metal is any metal subjected to some form of thermomechanical
deformation Thermomechanical deformation means deforming the material to
manipulate its dimensions which by nature of the process will achieve better mechanical
properties through dislocation entanglement Some interpretations of thermomechanical
deformation strictly demand strain aging processes (when dislocations are pinned by
carbon atoms during deformation) and the work hardening of austenite not be included in
definition28 While other sources strictly dissect thermomechanical deformation into
different regimes Class I being deformation below the austenite temperature Class II
deformation during the austenite transition and Class III deformation above the austenite
transition2229
16 Solidification Dynamics
Cast metals ingots included are subjected to a multitude of kinetic mechanisms
inherent with the process There are certain considerations to be realized temperature
gradient of heat flowing outward from the center of the casting solidification temperature
range of the particular alloy cast type of casting process and its inherent thermal
properties and the structure-property relationships
161 Nucleation Mechanisms
Solidification from a liquid phase requires a nucleation event so a new phase can
propagate The method of Nucleation and growth describes how a precipitate grain or
phase comes into existence starting with the origin of the phase through the nascent
- 33 -
growth period until full grain formation Nucleation and growth occurs with two
mechanisms homogeneous nucleation andor heterogeneous nucleation303132
Essentially both homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation mechanisms can be
divided into four stages of growth either for initial cooling from a melt or nucleation of
new grains after a solid-to-solid phase change Stage I is named the incubation period
because no stable particles have formed yet At this stage only microscopic clusters or
embryos exist and they are metastable These clusters are randomly distributed
throughout the meltmatrix and they begin to grow by agglomeration It is likely that
many will revert back into the meltmatrix This is because of their small size they
inherently have a high surface-to-volume ratio and are not stable However if the embryo
grows large enough it reaches a critical size such that it becomes thermodynamically
stable then it becomes a particle These particles are now permanent and will continue to
grow Nucleation continues with Stage II which is the quasi-steady-state nucleation
regime As the name implies embryos are transitioning into particles at a constant rate
This steady-state of transitioning continues until a saturation point is reached in Stage III
By Stage IV the number of new particles decreases because as the pre-existing particles
continue to grow they devour the smaller particles This process can be described in
Figure 17 Then after a stable nucleus is formed whether by homogeneous or
heterogeneous nucleation its growth rate is determined by the degree of undercooling the
system is subjected to and how easily the existing crystal structure accommodates the
new growth3132
- 34 -
Figure 17 Nucleation rate as a function of time There is a finite amount of time that passes before the first
embryos come into existence in Stage 1 In Stage II nucleation growth increases rapidly until it hits the
saturation point in Stage III The growth of new nuclei starts to decline when smaller nuclei fall victim to
larger nuclei that are cannibalistic Thus larger nuclei grow at the expense of smaller ones31
1611 Homogeneous Nucleation
This is the primary nucleation mechanism in a one-component system It also
occurs in alloy systems but is less dominant than heterogeneous nucleation In
homogeneous nucleation the embryos are uniformly distributed throughout the entire
parent material and by randomness of agglomeration they begin to grow at the expense
of one-another If the embryos grow to reach the critical size they obtain a stable surface-
area-to-volume ratio are thermodynamically stable and known as particles The Gibbs
free-energy transitions from positive to negative at this point when the activation energy
for nucleation is reached This relation can be illustrated in Figure 18 and summarized in
Eq 2 where ∆119866 is the Gibbs free energy 4
31205871199033 is the volume of the spherical nucleus
∆119866119907 is the free energy of the volume and 41205871199032120574 is the surface area of the nucleus30
∆119866 =4
31205871199033∆119866119907 + 41205871199032120574 Eq 2
- 35 -
Figure 18 Image depicting a mathematically idealized form of nuclei such that it has a perfect volume and
area represented by 4
3πr3 and 4πr2γ respectively Once the nuclei grow large enough it becomes
thermodynamically stable and it will not dematerialize unless it sacrifices itself for the growth of a larger
nuclei30
This phenomenon is readily observed during solidification It is more
energetically favorable (larger negative Gibbs free energy) for particles to form via
homogeneous nucleation when a greater undercooling is performed ie faster and more
dramatic cooling rate Undercooling is defined as the offset of the cooling temperature
below the equilibrium temperature of solidification When the system experiences a large
undercooling the nucleation rate increases and this forms many solid nuclei
simultaneously Therefore many nuclei are growing concurrently and the growth rates
soon reach a saturation point where growth is impeded by competing nuclei When fewer
nuclei are growing because of a small undercooling the nuclei grow larger before
impeding one-another This can all be summarized with the graph in Figure 19 but
essentially faster cooling rates procure finer grains and smaller undercooling will be
conducive for coarse grain formation3033
- 36 -
Figure 19 Gibbs free energy of a nuclei as a function of radius of the nuclei The temperature determines
the stable radius (r) It can be observed that a larger undercooling makes nuclei more thermodynamically
stable because it forces the nuclei out of solution more easily at temperatures farther away from the melting
temperature30
1612 Heterogeneous Nucleation
Heterogeneous nucleation dominates in alloys over homogeneous nucleation
because of the insoluble particles present in the material behaving as nucleation sites
Other nucleation sites will include mold walls grain boundaries and dislocations The
pre-existing surface that initiates nucleation and growth consequently lowers the required
undercooling for heterogeneous nucleation by several hundred degrees centigrade
compared to homogenous nucleation For high heterogeneous nucleation rates upon mold
walls the liquid metal must wet the mold walls This means that the liquid phase
disperses evenly over the mold walls and does not form droplets Figure 20 is an
illustration of the wetting phenomenon and the required free-energies to make it
favorable303132
Heterogenous nucleation can be promoted through the addition of inoculants
which behave as nucleation sites These solid particles have higher melting temperatures
- 37 -
than the primary metal composition and they will either solidify first upon cooling or
precipitate out of solution before another phase change Then these heterogenous
nucleation sites that are distributed throughout the solidifying or phase-changing metal
will begin to grow larger eventually becoming grains As in homogeneous nucleation
faster cooling rates are characteristic of finer grain sizes303132
120574119868119871 = 120574119878119868 + 120574119878119871119888119900119904(120579) Eq 3
Figure 20 Diagram showing the ldquowettingrdquo action of a droplet on a surface 120574119868119871 is the liquid-solid
interfacial energy 120574119878119868 is the solid surface energy 120574119878119871 is the liquid surface energy and 120579 is the wetting
angle The lower this angle the more wettable the surface30
Figure 21 Nucleation rate growth rate and overall transformation rate of nucleation and the effect that
temperature has on all three It should be observed that growth rate and nucleation rate will hit an optimized
rate when the overall transformation rate is the highest30
- 38 -
162 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Pure Metal
Solidification in pure metal casting will occur via two different mechanisms
planar growth and dendritic growth The creation of a solid phase from a liquid phase
requires energy expenditure ie a surface-energy associated with the liquid-solid
interface The energy required to produce a solid phase from the liquid phase is produced
from undercooling Planar growth will only exist in a turbulent-free and alloy-free
solidifying system because other mechanisms for solidification will dominate under other
conditions such as the presence of alloys Planar growth as the name implies is the
propagation of a solidifying plane throughout the melt There are areas of the melt that
will solidify ahead of this plane however the outward heat flux flowing from the
solidifying plane will cause re-melting This is caused by the latent heat-of-fusion ie the
heat radiating from the solidifying structure will make the liquid next to it hotter than the
rest of the melt This is described graphically in Figure 22 This enables the planar
interface to be maintained but only when slow cooling rates are recognized234
Figure 22 Temperature profile of a metal casting mold Particular interest should be focused on the area of
ldquotemperature increase due to latent heatrdquo because this is how planar solidification is able to re-melt
solidified areas of the casting and re-solidify as a plane The latent heat of solidification is the release of
heat energy at the solidification temperature so that the metal can solidify2
- 39 -
Dendrites are defined as ldquotree-shaped crystalsrdquo that grow and solidify along
crystallographic preferred directions and are the dominant form of non-planar front
solidification In BCC and FCC crystal structures the preferred crystallographic growth
direction is along the lt100gt orientation Dendritic growth unlike planar solidification is
present in both pure metals and alloys but the mechanism for dendritic growth is
different in both cases In pure metals dendrites form due to thermal supercooling which
occurs more predominantly with higher cooling rates Akin to the effects of latent heat-
of-fusion in planar growth the liquid next to solidifying dendrites is hotter than the rest
of the melt If the solidifying dendrite is catalyzed by any perturbations in the
solidification it will have the propensity to grow past this solidifying wall to the cooler
temperatures (just a few tenths of a degree) beyond areas experiencing the latent heat of
solidification This creates a ldquotree-likerdquo crystal This process repeats again but on a
smaller scale for secondary dendrite ldquoarmsrdquo growing off of the primary dendrite ldquoarmrdquo
that originally grew past the solidification front Figure 23 illustrates both primary and
secondary dendritic arms273536
Figure 23 The difference between primary and secondary dendritic arms Primary dendritic arms the first
dendrites that grow through the solidification front in a crystallographic preferred direction and secondary
dendritic arms are dendrites that sprout from the primary arms7
- 40 -
163 Solidification Dynamics of a Cast Alloy
In a pure metal the entire system is homogenous The system will have a
solidification point but in an alloy system the solidification will occur over a range of
temperatures except at eutectic points This introduces a new solidification mechanism
which is constitutional supercooling The first solid to form will have a different
composition than the last solid to form when cooling through a dual-phase region (α+L
region) of the phase diagram It should be noted that when cooling happens through a
eutectic point solidification occurs at one temperature This can all be understood more
clearly by observing the Fe-C phase diagram in Figure 13 As the temperature falls
through the cooling range in a dual-phase area the solidifying composition at that cooling
range can be found by drawing an isothermal tie-line to the solidus line on the phase
diagram The first solid matrix to form tends to be deplete of solute while the final
composition to solidify tends to be solute rich This phenomenon of compositional
supercooling is intensified by equilibrium cooling rates therefore a faster cooling rate
will help to reduce its effect These dual-phase regions colloquially called ldquomushy
zonesrdquo are depicted in Figure 24 The more cooling that occurs through one of these
regions increases the likelihood for defects associated with long dendrites and difficulty
feeding the solidifying shrinking metal with liquid metal 23436
Constitutional supercooling is the predominant mechanism for dendrite growth in
alloys however the mechanism of thermal supercooling is still active The solute that
drops out of solution will lower the solidification temperature of the liquid and act as a
starting point for dendritic growth and it makes dendritic growth more pronounced
Especially those that cool through large two-phase regions2
- 41 -
Figure 24 The consequences of different cooling paths as dictated by composition on the phase diagram It
is observed that the best fluidity comes from a single-phase composition and a eutectic composition
because these do not have a freezing range but a freezing point This lowest fluidity (highest viscosity) is
observed with compositions that require cooling paths through the thickest region of the dual-phase β+L
region This path is characteristic of the largest freezing range such that certain solutes are solidified out of
that specific composition while liquid still remains37
164 Solidification Zones in a Casting
Both pure metals and alloys are subject to different solidification zones in castings
due to solidification kinetics Pure metals will see two solidification zones the chill zone
and the columnar zone Alloys will experience those two zones in addition to a third
central equiaxed zone It should be kept in mind that the casting will solidify from the
inside out and heat flows from hot to cold2
1641 Chill Zone
This is region ldquoardquo in Figure 25 Liquid metal nearest the mold will experience the
fastest cooling rates due to large undercooling because the mold radiates heat away from
- 42 -
itself This effect is exacerbated in permanent metal molds with a high thermal
conductivity because the mold behaves as a heat sink that removes heat rapidly from the
solidifying metal However some molds are insulative (green sand molds) and the
amount of undercooling that the outside of the casting experiences will be minimized In
general the faster cooling rates experienced at the outside of the mold will combine with
the heterogeneous nucleation occurring at the mold wall to form fine equiaxed grains2
Figure 25 There are three different solidification zones in a typical casting a) Is the ldquochill zonerdquo this
microstructure is characteristic of fine equiaxed grains initiated via quick cooling rates seen on the outside
of the casting at the mold wall b) In the ldquocolumnar zonerdquo long grains grow because of less undercooling
additionally dendrites grow perpendicular to the mold walls which is the reason for the columnar
orientation c) The ldquocentral equiaxed zonerdquo is at the center of alloy castings These smaller equiaxed grains
are created by the combined effects of constitutional supercooling and the heat gradients flowing outward
from the center
1642 Columnar Zone
The mold walls rapidly heat up and the degree of thermal undercooling will soon
start to diminish as solidification continues This happens in the moments after the chill
zone is formed The nucleation rates decrease inside the liquid metal adjacent to the chill
zone When there are fewer nucleation sites mixed with a slow cooling rate coarse grains
- 43 -
growth will dominate This area becomes known as the columnar zone because dendrites
and grains will grow perpendicular to the mold walls The large columnar grain
boundaries have a propensity to contain embrittling impurities and porosity which
degrades the mechanical properties of the ldquoas-castrdquo material Hence the reason
thermomechanical deformation is commonly used as a post-processing step after casting
for non-shape-cast metals Deformation will break apart the continuity of the inclusions
thus reducing the embrittlement However there are ways to improve the as-casted
microstructure in this region Grain refiners (inoculants) can be added to the melt As the
name implies these refine the grain size in the columnar zone and reduce grain sizes
These inoculants solidify before the parent material of the melt and behave as another
heterogeneous nucleation site therefore creating more nucleation that will grow
simultaneously This enables the system to reach its saturation point sooner and this
yields smaller grains2
1643 Central Equiaxed Zone
This zone is only present in alloys due to the combined effects of the
constitutionally supercooled regions from the mold walls converging at the center of the
casting and the temperature gradient flowing outward form the castingrsquos center thus
creating a large undercooling effect at the center of the casting The large undercooling
both from constitutional and thermal effects yield high nucleation rates which create
fine equiaxed grains Another effect that commonly contributes to a pronounced central
equiaxed zone is buoyancy-driven convection flow in the solidifying melt This has the
capacity to break-off already solidified dendrites and transport them around the
circulating melt These broken dendritic arms act as another heterogenous nucleation site
- 44 -
within the melt Melt circulation and convection of the liquid metal can also be
artificially induced with ultrasonic vibrations or alternating magnetic fields2
17 Solidification Defects
There are five primary defects that can occur in castings because of solidification
mechanisms and they are more pronounced in alloys due to constitutional supercooling
The five primary defects are macroporosity macrosegregation microporosity
microsegregation and gas porosity Defects are combated in different ways however
most commonly is with implementation of a riser which will solidify last and contain
most defects2
171 Macroporosity
Macroporosity formation in the casting is caused by shrinking of the metal as it
cools and the inability of fresh liquid metal to fill in the void The last part of the casting
system to solidify is subject to macroporosity because no liquid metal remains to fill in
voids created by the solidification shrinkage The mechanisms that contribute to
macroporosity are liquid shrinkage solidification shrinkage and solid shrinkage which
can be summarized graphically in Figure 26 Nearly all materials whether in their liquid
solid or gas state experience a volume expansion associated with heating and a volume
decrease associated with cooling The shrinking volume of the liquid during cooling is a
nonissue when there is more liquid metal available to replenish the volume An issue
develops because there is a shrinkage associated with the transition from a liquid to a
smaller volume crystal Additionally the casting will experience further shrinkage due to
- 45 -
the thermal expansion coefficient of the solid metal that will be active from the
solidification temperature to room temperature2
Macroporosity can be combated with the addition of risers chills and insulation
placed in key areas to ensure that the casting itself is not the last to solidify Ideally the
casting will directionally solidify towards the riser such that the riser is the last part to
solidify and that it can continue to feed the shrinking casting with its remaining liquid
metal Figure 27 illustrates the macroporosity solidification defect that forms at the top of
the riser known as a pipe2
Figure 26 Volume of metal in different phases as a function of temperature Most materials shrink as they
are cooled due to the mean vibration distances decreasing because there is less thermal energy in the
bonding There is an exceptional decrease in the volume of metal during solidification shrinkage due to the
formation of the crystal structures which is ordered2
- 46 -
Figure 27 Solidifying metal will shrink this shows how a pipe forms in a cube sand casting It will begin
by forming a solidified skin on top at the mold-casting interface which isolates this section from the rest of
the casting that is still liquid Thus liquid metal cannot replenish this void2
172 Macrosegregation
The last part of the actual casting to solidify not including the riser will be at the
centerline of the thickest mass section When an alloy solidifies unless it is a eutectic
composition it will solidify over a temperature range The exact composition solidifying
is represented by an isothermal line drawn from the alloyrsquos composition line (C0) to the
solidus line this can be best illustrated with Figure 28 This solidification range creates
solute migration because the first part of the casting to solidify will be solute poor and the
last part of the casting to solidify will be solute rich Macrosegregation can be combated
by a faster solidification rate so that there is not time allowed for solute migration Heat
treating the casting will also help reduce the segregation after the casting is solidified
however solid state diffusion rates are substantially slower than diffusion rates in the
liquid238
- 47 -
Figure 28 This is an example of a two-phase solidification region where solidification happens over a
range of temperatures The lever rule can be used to determine specific composition of the solute falling out
of solution at any point in time below the liquidus line38
173 Microporosity
Solidification shrinkage will also cause microporosity When the casting is
solidifying it is common for the dendrites to grow into one-another such that they
impede liquid metal flow in the inner-dendritic region Then solidification shrinkage
occurs within the dendritic region and since liquid metal is not available to replenish the
shrinking volume a micropore will form Figure 29 provides an illustration of this
phenomenon Microporosity is exacerbated by alloys that solidify through a larger two-
phase region because these have a higher propensity for form dendrites due to the larger
freezing range This defect can be combated with any mechanism that breaks up the
dendrites such as ultrasonic vibrations magnetic eddy currents or higher velocity
pouring metal2
- 48 -
Figure 29 Dendrites are the primary cause of microporosity because the dendritic arms grow together and
liquid metal cannot replenish the micropore that forms due to the solidifying metal This action is illustrated
above The kinetics of solidification in the space between inter-dendritic arms is also a leading cause for
microsegregation2
174 Microsegregation
Microsegregation is another byproduct of the solidification kinetics of an alloy
The last composition of the alloy to solidify will have a high solute content This can
cause intermetallic phases and inclusions to form primarily between dendrites These
both have the tendency to be brittle and should be avoided if possible The primary side-
effect to the intermetallic phase and inclusions is hot shortness which is cracking that
occurs during any subsequent hot working process Microsegregation can be rectified by
the same process alterations as for macrosegregation Additionally it was reported that a
homogenizing heat treatment works well to remedy the problem The secondary-dendritic
arm spacing normally has the largest effect on microsegregation and this spacing can be
used to determine the time and temperature of the homogenization that is needed23940
175 Gas Porosity
Gas porosity is also a common defect which is caused by the absorption of gases
into the liquid phase prior to solidification The primary gases that are responsible for gas
porosity in iron and steel are H2 N2 and CO The primary mechanism for gas porosity is
- 49 -
the dramatic decrease in gas solubility at the liquid-to-solid phase change which can be
illustrated in Figure 30 These gases are soluble in liquid metal and often times
solidification happens so quickly that when gases evolve out of the solidifying metal a
gas hole is left in their wake An example of a gas porosity hole in the solidified metal
can be observed in Figure 31 the nearly perfectly round hole is indicative of gas porosity
Gas porosity can be remedied by vacuum degassing the melt Hot-Isostatic-Pressing
(HIPrsquoing) the finished part the addition of inclusion formers and all around cleanliness
of the melt241
Figure 30 Hydrogen gas content in a metal as a function of temperature illustrates that the liquid form of a
metal has a much greater gas solubility than does the solid phase There is a sharp discontinuity in the
solubility graph at the solidification temperature and this is why gas hole porosity is seen in metals The
metal is solidifying with ample amounts of gas in it and often times it solidifies before the gas has a chance
to escape Thus leaving a gas hole in its wake
- 50 -
Figure 31 Round pores seen in micrographs commonly indicate gas porosity because the gas bubble is
round and when the metal solidifies around it as the gas is escaping it leaves its own trace in the metal41
18 Heat Treating of Steels
Heat treating is commonly performed on both cast and wrought steels Depending
on categorization there are arguably seven different heat treatments that are performed
on metals homogenization full anneal process anneal normalization austenitize-
quench-temper spheroidizing and stress relieve Consult the Fe-C phase diagram in
Figure 32 that has the temperature ranges for each heat treatments superimposed upon it
for reference during each of the following sections18
Common to most every heat treatment of steels is heating first above the A1
transition line to fully austenitize the steel This is important because the FCC structure
has a higher solubility for carbon and other alloying elements Austenite can be thought
of as the ldquoparent phaserdquo to most microstructures and phases in steels because most
microstructures are formed by cooling from the austenite region It is because of the
- 51 -
austenite region that there are so many heat treatments possible for steel Cooling rate
will control the diffusion which along with the composition dictate the resultant
microstructure in cast steels Slower cooling rates will allow phases solute and particles
that were stable in the austenite region but not stable in the α+Fe3C region to precipitate
out as second phases Faster cooling rates will keep these solutes in solution in a
metastable form2542
Figure 32 Partial phase diagram of temperature vs carbon wt illustrates the ranges for each type of heat
treating and thermomechanical processes up to 15 wt C Notice this depicts the A1 temperature line at
1341 ˚F (727 ˚C) so frequently referenced18
The austenite region in steels is important for other reasons too For example it is
single phase at most temperatures and compositions that are commonly used plus it is a
high-temperature phase that it naturally more ductile This increased ductility enables
thermomechanically deformation of steels in the austenite region to be cost-effective
- 52 -
Also the austenite phase forms its own grains by a standard nucleation and growth
process There is a kinetic barrier that needs overcome for them to start growing because
α+Fe3C needs to be transformed The final size that the austenite grains grow to will
affect how easily the microstructure can be transformed back into α+Fe3C upon cooling
Therefore they have an effect on ferrite microstructure For example toughness is
sensitive to prior-austenite grains and it is reduced as the size of the prior austenite grains
are increased Once cooled the remnants of the austenite grains are called prior-austenite
grains (these grains are visible when subjected to special etches and microscopy)2542
181 Homogenization
During solidification of an alloy microsegregation and macrosegregation can be
mitigated by subsequent homogenization heat treatments Compositional supercooling
creates a multitude of problems because there is not a uniform composition throughout
the solidified metal At ambient temperatures the solute atoms will not diffuse fast
enough to achieve an equilibrium composition throughout To quicken diffusion rates a
homogenization heat treatment is performed to enable the systemrsquos concentration
gradients to equilibrate across the matrix Most ingot castings are homogenized before
hot working to improve workability mechanical properties and repeatability because the
solute atoms are dissolved Homogenization is performed approximately in the 1830-
2190 ˚F (1000-1200 ˚C) temperature range followed by an air cool which produces
larger coarse grains upon completion as opposed to a quench Homogenization normally
happens simultaneously with the nucleation and growth of the austenite grains therefore
one could argue that austenitizing and homogenizing are the same heat treatment Often
- 53 -
thermomechanical deformation is performed directly after homogenization so that the
ingot does not have to be reheated later254243
182 Full Anneal
Performing a full anneal in steels will produce a microstructure characteristic of
equiaxed ferrite and coarse pearlite that will have soft and ductile mechanical properties
The temperature ranges involved are just above the A3 temperature line for hypoeutectoid
steels and just above the A1 temperature line for hypereutectoid steels If a hypereutectoid
steel is cooled slowly through the γ + Cementite region the steel will have a tendency to
form proeutectoid cementite along the grain boundaries which is too brittle for use A
full anneal is normally held at temperature for an hour per inch thick of steel and it
finishes with a furnace cool1844
183 Process Anneal
A process anneal is also called a recrystallization anneal and it is primarily used
to restore ductility to a piece of metal that has been cold worked As explained
previously when a steel is cold worked dislocations form and they impede each otherrsquos
flow This makes the material less ductile because dislocation motion is a mechanism for
slip A process anneal can annihilate these dislocations so cold working can continue
without damaging the steel additionally increased ductility can be achieved There are
three phases of a process anneal heat treatment 1) dislocation annihilation (recovery) 2)
recrystallization 3) new grain growth The recovery phase reduces strain in the matrix
and the recrystallization phase nucleates new strain-free grains It should be made clear
that no phase change is achieved during a process anneal the upper temperature limit is
less than A1 temperature line1844
- 54 -
184 Normalization
Normalizing is used to refine the grain structure of the steel typically after cold or
hot working Steel is commonly sold in this condition because it produces fine equiaxed
grains and fine pearlite that is desirable for good mechanical properties such as strength
and ductility Normalizing involves an air cool from temperatures above the A3
temperature line but still relatively low in the austenite region The cooling rate is
dependent upon ambient conditions casting size and casting geometry1844
185 Austenitize-Quench-Temper
The highest strength and hardness microstructure in steels is called martensite
This is formed via a diffusionless transformation from the austenite region initiated via a
quench A quench is the act of cooling the material quickly in a medium that can be
water oil or brine A martensitic microstructure is not used without subsequently being
tempered due to un-tempered martensitersquos brittleness and lack of toughness that would
make the steel prone to catastrophic failure45
1851 Hardness vs Hardenability
It is important to distinguish the difference between hardness and hardenability
The ability of a steel to form martensite is called hardenability and hardness is a
materialrsquos resistance to deformation These also have different influences as well the
ultimate hardness potential of martensite is only a function of the carbon content of the
steel while hardenability is controlled by the following carbon content alloying
elements prior-austenite grain size cooling rate (severity of quench) and the size of the
steel being quenched192045
- 55 -
The factors affecting hardenability are straightforward The higher the carbon
content and alloying content the higher the hardenability because additives decrease
diffusion rates Since the formation of pearlite and bainite are diffusion dependent the
system will have a higher tendency to form martensite This can be observed on a Time-
Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram as seen in Figure 33 Any effect that slows
diffusion like the addition of alloying elements moves the curve to the right
Hardenability is increased with increasing prior-austenite grain size because there are
fewer grain boundaries with coarser grains which results in fewer nucleation sites for
pearlite formation19204647
Figure 33Time-Temperature-Transformation (TTT) diagram This particular TTT diagram has a Fe-C
phase diagram attached on the left This illustrates how martensite finish (Mf) decreases with C content
This is an isothermal diagram and therefore no kinetic effects during the cooling will be taken into
account ie it assumes infinitely fast cooling to the desired temperature46
Intuitively depth of hardness increases with increasing hardenability and the
severity of the quench The quenching medium affects the severity for example an oil
quench is less severe than a water quench which is the most common medium
Additionally section size will influence cooling rates A small sample will experience a
more severe quench1920454849
- 56 -
1852 Martensite
A martensitic structure in steels results from a diffusionless athermal and shear-
type formation To catalyze the formation of this hardest possible steel microstructure
the steel must undergo a severe quench from austenite to its room temperature stable
phase The austenite phase at 1674 ˚F (912 ˚C) is capable of handling up to 211 wt C
due to its more open FCC structure but the maximum carbon that the α-phase can handle
is 002 wt C because of its more enclosed BCC structure This means that with typical
cooling rates carbon will partition itself out of the α-ferrite and form the secondary phase
of Fe3C To form full martensite a quench must happen quickly such that carbon cannot
diffuse out of the octahedral sites in α-Fe into a second phase of Fe3C hence the
diffusionless transformation Carbon remains trapped in the BCC lattice however it
strains the BCC lattice deforming it into a Body Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice
where carbon is still in the octahedral sites This is observed in Figure 34 Martensite is
not a thermodynamically stable phase which means that martensite is metastable and that
the diffusion was only suppressed45
Martensite strengthens steel to such a high degree because of the Bain strain that
is induced by the carbon wedged into the BCT lattice The strain field that forms around
each carbon atom inhibits dislocation motion There is also a solid solution strengthening
effect from the carbon that contributes to the overall hardness of the martensite A surface
tilting is normally associated with martensite formation based upon which habit plane
that it forms upon from the austenite phase These habit planes will be dependent upon
alloy composition Figure 35 illustrates this habit plane relationship45
- 57 -
Figure 34 The Body-Centered Tetragonal (BCT) lattice of martensite Carbon atoms become stuck in the
interstices between larger atoms during the rapid quench from the FCC phase of austenite The system
wants to assume the BCC phase of ferrite however cooling happens so rapidly that carbon does not have
time to migrate and now it is trapped in this metastable phase45
It should be noted that martensite formation occurs over a range of temperatures
The alloy must first be quenched through its martensite start temperature (MS) This is
determined by a thermodynamic driving force that is required to start the shear
transformation from austenite to martensite The MS will vary directly with carbon
content the higher the carbon content the lower MS This may seem counterintuitive
because one method for increasing hardenability is to increase the carbon content
however since carbon is an interstitial alloying element in steels it places strain even on
the FCC lattice of austenite This increases austenitersquos resistance to shear Therefore
since martensite formation is a shear transformation there needs to be a larger
thermodynamic driving force to initiate this change which is catalyzed by a larger
undercooling There is also a MF which occurs when all of the austenite has transformed
into martensite Figure 36 illustrates martensite start temperature45
- 58 -
Figure 35 Martensite is characteristic of causing Bain strain The exceptionally high strains associated
with the shear transformation for the formation of martensite will twist and tilt the martensite surface to
start the formation The austenite phase that was not transformed yet has to be plastic enough to allow this
to happen45
There are two different types of martensite that exist lath and plate However
they do not exist exclusively and can mix together The type of martensite formed is
dependent upon composition Plate martensite will form above 10 wt C and lath
martensite will dominate below 06 wt C with a mix of both occurring between 06
and 10 wt C This relationship is illustrated in Figure 36 as well as the martensite start
temperature Plate martensite is characteristic of irrational habit planes macroscopic in
nature (can be seen with optical microscopy) and subject to mostly twinned planes Lath
martensite has the tendency to form in parallel packets with more dislocations than twins
and its habit plane is defined as 11145
- 59 -
Figure 36 There are two different types of martensite lath and plate Formation is dictated by carbon
content As observed a range up to 06 wt C will produce lath and a range upwards of 10 wt C will
produce plate martensite When the wt C is between these ranges a mixture of lath and plate martensite
can be expected45
1853 Tempering Kinetics
Martensitic steel must be tempered to restore ductility and toughness to prevent
possible catastrophic brittle failure Tempering must be performed cautiously because
over-tempering is possible such that the steel becomes too soft Since martensite is a
metastable phase whose diffusion was only suppressed due to kinetics it takes relatively
little thermal energy to enable the carbon to migrate out of the BCT lattice Thermal
energy is introduced to the system in the form of tempering Once carbon leaves the BCT
structure the lattice will relax and reform its thermodynamically stable BCC lattice that
has 002 wt C maximum Therefore the extra carbon that was supersaturated into the
BCT lattice will now precipitate out as the second phase of cementite (Fe3C) Since the
primary goal of tempering is to soften the metal at the expense of hardness it becomes a
balancing act between how long and at what temperatures tempering is conducted to
obtain the desired mechanical properties455051
- 60 -
186 Spheroidizing
Spheroidite is the softest and most ductile microstructure possible for a given steel
because of the formation of spherical carbides which have a low surface-area-to-volume
ratio relative to other carbide shapes Therefore there is less interaction area with the
matrix and in turn less of a strain field that is formed Steels subjected to this heat
treatment have great machining properties because of the increased ductility To achieve
this microstructure the steel is held just below the A1 temperature for multiple hours to
give ample time for carbon diffusion18
187 Stress Relieving
This heat treatment is performed to remove internal stresses induced by welding
machining cold-working etc There is no recrystallization or significant microstructural
changes as with process annealing The temperature for stress relieving is approximately
750 ˚F (400 ˚C) which is the temperature required for dislocation annihilation to
occur1844
19 Introduction to High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) Steels
HSLA steels are low carbon content steels typically with pearlite and ferrite
microstructures that achieve relatively high strengths formability and toughness despite
the fact that they have a low carbon content Their weldability is also superb due to the
low carbon content To achieve strength an HSLA steel must be able to precipitation
harden the ferrite HSLA steels are commonly microalloyed with vanadium niobium
titanium or another strong carbide forming element and with a solid solution
strengthener such as silicon or manganese Another essential aspect to the strength of
- 61 -
HSLA steels is a fine grain structure Reduced grain size is an additional mechanism for
strength but it also increases toughness while lowering the DBTT5253
191 Precipitation Hardening
Commonly known as age hardening in non-ferrous alloys this secondary-
hardening process closely resembles an austenitize-quench-temper cycle for normal
steels Technically a solution-treat and age cannot be performed in conventional steels
because of the lack of carbon solubility However with the additions of microalloys a
true precipitation hardening can be achieved in HSLA steels A precipitation hardening
technique is similar to an austenitize-quench-temper in terms of its heat treatment cycle
During the quench the goal is to make a metastable supersaturated solid solution Then
when thermal energy is introduced to the system the precipitates (alloy carbides nitrides
and carbonitrides) age or precipitate into the matrix These processes occur at the same
time that the martensite is quenched and tempered54
110 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent (CE)
A cornerstone of this project is ensuring that the alloy developed will have
superior weldability but first the term weldability must be defined such that it can be
understood The weldability of low alloy steels is commonly expressed in terms of
Carbon Equivalent (CE) which is calculated solely from the chemical composition of a
steel The following are the definitions adopted and how they are defined for this project
1101 Weldability
Weldability is defined by the American Welding Society (AWS) as ldquoThe capacity
of a material to be welded under fabrication techniques imposed in a specific suitably
- 62 -
designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended servicerdquo However there
are many characteristics of a steel that could influence its weldability55 Colloquially one
would just say that a steel which welds successfully without pre-heating has a good
weldability
1102 Carbon Equivalent (CE)
One of the best metrics for weldability assessment is through an empirically
derived formula called the carbon equivalent (CE) This was created as a way to quantify
the relative likelihood of hydrogen induced cracking problems and heat affected zone
(HAZ) martensite formation in a steel A knowledgeable welder will use the CE value as
a tool to determine how the metal is going to weld and what welding procedures to follow
to avoid weld zone problems For example if the CE is high the welder will know to pre-
heat the metal to decrease the likelihood of martensite formation upon cooling after
welding In this sense a steel with good weldability (low CE) has poor hardenability56
- 63 -
Chapter 2 Literature Review
The essence of HSLA steels was briefly introduced in Chapter 19 however this
section will serve as a review of the development of HSLA wrought and cast steels
21 Microalloying of Steels
The importance of alloying steel was discovered early in the 20th century in
Europe One of the first microalloying elements added to steel was vanadium57
211 Early Microalloying History with Vanadium
Vanadium was the first element added to microalloy steels Research in the early
1900s in England and France lead to the first commercial microalloyed steel
Metallurgists at that time learned the strength of plain carbon steel could be increased
substantially with additions of vanadium especially when a quench and temper was
performed They did not understand the strengthening mechanisms at work but they
knew that vanadium increased strength and toughness57
Steel containing vanadium made its way to America in about 1910 when Henry
Ford spectated an auto race in France and saw a violent crash He was surprised at how
little damage occurred to the racecarrsquos crankshaft and this sparked his curiosity He
managed to get a sample of the steel tested and it was found to contain vanadium Ford
deduced that additions of vanadium to steel used in Ford vehicles would improve a steelrsquos
strength and shock resistance on American roads even though they did not understand
why Thus vanadium as a microalloy enters markets in the United States however it
would be years before serious focus was applied to development and integration of
microalloy HSLA steels into more areas57
- 64 -
World War II advanced welding technologies greatly Metallurgists soon
discovered that they could not just increase the strength of steels by increasing carbon
content due to the toughness decrease observed when higher carbon content steels are
welded This catalyzed a focus to develop alternative strengthening mechanism to carbon
which lead to the development of grain refining and microalloy precipitation for an
additional strengthening mechanism in steel that required a high weldability From this
deeper investigations into the metallurgy of microalloying continued to develop57
22 HSLA Steels
Even small additions of microalloys to low-carbon steel matched with simple heat
treatments can produce mechanical properties that are comparable to more expensive
steels low alloy steels that require advanced processing steps58 High-Strength-Low-Alloy
steels are based on the microalloying principles discussed previously The term
microalloying and HSLA are used synonymously The concept for strengthening in HSLA
steels is straightforward from a metallurgical point of view there needs to be 1) a refined
grain structure present such that it encourages strength and toughness 2) lower carbon
content to improve weldability 3) strength is achieved through the addition of
microalloys such as vanadium manganese and niobium 4) finally HSLA steels take
advantage of secondary hardening that disperses fine precipitates throughout the ferrite
matrix that further strengthens the steel53
One of the first large scale uses of HSLA steels in the United States was during
construction of the Alaskan Pipeline in 1969 and 1970 It was imperative that steels used
in this pipeline remained tough during the artic conditions so that they would not be
prone to brittle failure Equally important was weldability This caused metallurgists to
- 65 -
analyze previous work done with microalloying of steels and eventually the name
ldquoHSLA steelrdquo was adopted52 The Alaskan Pipeline success with microalloying steels
initiated many investigations into microalloying effects and jump-started broad use of
HSLA steels
221 Strengthening Mechanisms of Microalloys
Microalloys work well for strengthening steel because they can combine the
strengthening mechanisms of grain refinement and precipitation hardening without
decreasing weldability These combined effects counteract the lower carbon content For
microalloys to be effective they must be able to alter the matrix of the ferrite by either
grain refinement or precipitation hardening (normally in the form of carbo-nitrides) or by
a combination of these two57
Grain refinement is the act of making the ferrite grains smaller after final
processing This is achieved when the dispersed microalloys solidify and create a
heterogeneous nucleation site to prevent prior-austenite grain growth During lower
temperature heat treatments in the austenite region often times the stable precipitates will
not fully solutionize and they act as heterogeneous nucleation sites upon cooling which
inhibits austenite grain growth Regardless the microalloying precipitate falls out of
solution before ferrite grains are nucleated57
Precipitation strengthening by microalloying occurs because the microalloys are
precipitated into the ferrite as carbonitrides (CN) but most commonly in HSLA steels as
vanadium-nitrides (VN) or vanadium-carbonitrides (VCN) through a secondary-
hardening process during aging or tempering57 Carbonitrides of vanadium niobium and
titanium can precipitate in both the austenite region and ferrite region59 Additionally
- 66 -
when some form of a CN or VCN is present and a subsequent heat treatment is
performed such as normalizing these carbonitrides will act as austenite grain stabilizers
that prevent grain growth This preserves grain refinement because smaller prior-
austenite grains lead to smaller final ferrite grains They will also pin the ferrite grains
from deformation and growth before the A1 temperature is reached during heating Both
of these mechanisms work together simultaneously to improve the microstructure6061 If
hot rolling is performed on wrought steel austenite grains become elongated which will
increase the grain boundary area Thus increasing the driving force for transformation in
addition to providing more heterogenous nucleation sites26 More nucleation sites are
added indirectly in a steel during hot rolling because it can make precipitation of carbides
happen more favorably60
Microalloying also has a profound effect on the recrystallization during hot
rolling This is important in wrought steels because if the prior-austenite grains are
pinned by microalloys and cannot coarsen then a finer ferrite structure will form upon
cooling There is also a developed argument that solute drag is responsible for limiting
recrystallization57
222 Carbides Nitrides and Carbonitrides
Elements such as vanadium niobium and titanium have tendencies to form stable
carbides nitrides and carbonitrides in steel when precipitated through a secondary
hardening reaction They are the primary microalloying elements used today in HSLA
steels62 The formation of carbides and nitrides are diffusion dependent processes
Complex microalloy carbide and nitride and phases do not diffuse as rapidly as the
conventional Fe3C phase during heat treatment This has a few important consequences
- 67 -
metallurgically First carbides reduce the rate of softening effects such as a temper
because they inhibit the diffusion driven coarsening that Fe3C would experience
Secondly metal carbides that are formed will be resistant to coarsening This limits their
size and enables them to maintain a fine dispersion throughout the matrix Finally it
provides great creep resistance at high temperatures because they will combat steel
softening at elevated temperatures63
Carbides of vanadium niobium and titanium are commonly found in the form of
MC M2C M6C and M23C6 where ldquoMrdquo is comprised of various metals and ldquoCrdquo is
carbon the common stoichiometric carbides are summarized in Figure 37 These carbides
and carbonitrides have the FCC crystal structure and comparable lattice parameters thus
they have extensive mutual solubilities The carbides and nitrides formed by vanadium
niobium and titanium are also known to be harder than martensite This is quantified in
Figure 38 which displays the hardness values of common carbides and martensite63
- 68 -
Figure 37 Chart displaying compositions of some common stoichiometric carbides present in HSLA
steels ldquoMrdquo can vary with multiple chemistries63
Figure 38 Stoichiometric carbides formed with vanadium niobium and titanium that commonly have a
hardness greater than martensite this is important especially for the strengthening effects in prior-austenite
grain pinning63
- 69 -
2221 Vanadium Microalloy Additions
Vanadium is the workhorse in the microalloyed steel families and is more soluble
in the austenite phase than niobium and titanium It has a high affinity for nitrogen and
carbon and readily forms VN VC and VCN These stable carbides and nitrides of
vanadium will have high solubilities in austenite as well compared to niobium and
titanium These solubilities are summarized in Figure 39 Solutionizing of vanadium and
its carbides and nitrides occurs at approximately 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C) Upon cooling
vanadium will begin to precipitate out of solution at this temperature While cooling
passed the solutionizing temperature which is still in the austenite phase nearly pure VN
is the first to precipitate into the matrix Then when the nitrogen supply is all but
exhausted the system will transition precipitation of VN to VCN and finally to VC
(normally in the form of MC) as nitrogen is depleted There will be a sharp drop in the
solubility of VCN in the matrix around the A1 temperature because of the phase
transition Thus more VCNrsquos are precipitated at this temperature57 Vanadium is
commonly the alloying choice over niobium for precipitation strengthening because
niobium solutionizes at a higher temperature which means that it also precipitates out of
solution at higher temperatures It will fall out of solution during the upper region of the
austenite phase this provides the NbCN too much of an opportunity to coarsen during
cooling Therefore vanadium tends to form the finest precipitates in the ferrite matrix60
- 70 -
Figure 39 Mole fraction of nitrogen in the V-carbonitrides as a function of temperature Vanadium
preferentially bonds with nitrogen at higher temperatures until nitrogen is nearly depleted Then there is a
sharp transition at approximately 1470 ˚F (800 ˚C) to vanadium bonding with carbon preferentially over
nitrogen57
Previous work in the literature regarding microalloying with V in HSLA wrought
steels is extensive some key findings follow
bull Vanadium addition ranges from 003 to 010 wt V increase toughness in
HSLA steels because it will stabilize the dissolved nitrogen64
bull During thermomechanical deformation vanadium has been shown to
precipitate out of solution while the steel is being hot rolled in the form of a
VN60
bull VN will help to prevent austenitic grain growth and recrystallization of
austenite grains However if the solubility product of VN is too low or if the
cooling rates are too fast VN will not form in austenite It has been shown
- 71 -
that raising the nitrogen content will increase the amount of VN that
precipitates60
bull The presence of other alloying elements such as niobium titanium and
aluminum will affect how vanadium behaves Albeit vanadium has the
highest affinity for nitrogen but the other elements precipitate out sooner such
that they will consume all of the nitrogen before vanadium has precipitated60
bull Vanadium does not retard ferrite formation as do molybdenum therefore
vanadium steels are less prone to bainite formation and acicular ferrite
Vanadium reduces the embrittlement likelihood especially in high-carbon
steel Additionally vanadium alloys will not be as susceptible to Heat
Affected Zone (HAZ) embrittlement60
bull VCN precipitation in the austenite region is limited due to sluggish kinetics
therefore most VCN will be precipitated in the ferrite region57
bull Precipitation of VCN in low-carbon and low-nitrogen steels (010 wt C and
010 wt N) will occur mostly at 1292 ˚F (700 ˚C) and below57
bull VC has a higher solubility in austenite and ferrite compared to VN this is
because the thermodynamic driving force for VN precipitation is much
higher57
bull When nitrogen content is decreased the VN precipitate size increases
considerably This is an effect of nucleation rate similar to that observed in
pearlite formation The end-resulting grain size is based on the number of
nuclei57
- 72 -
bull Vanadium will form non-stoichiometric carbides and nitrides VC073 to VC089
are a common VC composition range65
bull Using orientation relationships it is possible to determine whether VCN was
precipitated during the austenite or ferrite phase When the VCN assumes the
Baker-Nutting orientation of 100α-Fe||100VCN and lt100gt α-
Fe||lt010gtVCN it was precipitated in the ferrite When the VCN assumes the
Kurdjumov-Sachs orientation of 110α-Fe||111VCN and lt111gt α-
Fe||lt110gtVCN it was precipitated in the austenite66
2222 Niobium Microalloy Addition
Niobium solutionizes at higher temperatures than vanadium 2100 ˚F (1150 ˚C)
compared to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) respectively The implications are that niobium will pin
austenite grains from growing until much higher austenitizing temperatures resulting in
reduced prior-austenite grain size1 Niobium as shown in Figure 40 also works better
than vanadium or titanium for inhibiting recrystallization of austenite temperatures59
Figure 40 Niobium has the optimum effect on increasing the recrystallization temperature of austenite
Vanadium performs the worst in this category This is significant because larger prior-austenite grains will
increase hardenability as well as decrease grain refinement59
- 73 -
2223 Titanium Microalloy Additions
Titanium forms the most stable nitrides in steel (TiN) of all microalloying
elements Most studies suggest that TiN will not solutionize at any temperature in the
austenite region57 Its insolubility in austenite ensures that it will prevent austenite grain
growth during welding and hot processing techniques It can be observed in Figure 41
that TiN has a very low solubility in the austenite phase compared to VC The addition of
titanium levels as low as 001 wt Ti are sufficient to perform its primary
microalloying functions57
Figure 41 Solubilities of common carbides and nitrides of HSLA steels This graph displays the logarithm
of the solubility constant (k) as a function of logarithmic temperature It should be observed that TiN has
very low solubility and that VC has the highest solubility In fact TiN has been known to resist
solutionizing even in the upper region of the austenite phase it is virtually insoluble57
2224 The Roll of Manganese in HSLA Steels
Manganese is an effective solid solution strengthener for ferrite in HSLA steels it
is usually in a range from 15-20 wt Mn67 Manganese will increase VN solubility in
- 74 -
austenite because it increases the activity coefficient of vanadium in tandem with
decreasing the activity coefficient of carbon This increases the amount of microalloying
precipitation during the phase transition from austenite to ferrite Additionally
manganese will lower the AR3 temperature which contributes to ferrite grain refinement
because ferrite grains will get less time to grow All of these factors make higher
manganese (08-14 wt Mn) HSLA steels more effective than low-carbon steels with
conventional manganese levels576063 It has also been shown that manganese additions
will not be detrimental to toughness as other microalloying elements68
23 HSLA Cast Steels
Cast steels can be considered to be at a disadvantage because they do not have the
luxury of being thermomechanically deformed to increase strength as do wrought steels
They must rely solely on heat treating and alloying Other than this there are relatively
minute differences between cast and wrought HSLA steels The 30-year development in
the metallurgy of HSLA wrought steels transcended to HSLA cast steels There are slight
differences in chemistry and heat treatment that must be considered to replace the
benefits of thermomechanical deformation in wrought HSLA steels but the
microalloying concepts between HSLA cast and wrought steels remains the same The
following will review past work specific to the development of HSLA cast steels
154676970
Most of the early work developing HSLA cast steels was done in Europe The
first major work in the United States was conducted by Voigt et al starting in 198671
The first review published on HSLA cast steels was by WJ Jackson in 1978 titled ldquoThe
Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings ndash A Review of the Literaturerdquo In this review the
- 75 -
author detailed past accounts of successful microalloying of cast steels with vanadium
compositions The optimal chemistry ranges for the mechanical properties of cast plain-
carbon and low-alloy steels reviewed by Jackson are shown in Table 1 The yield point
of these steels increased by 30 percent compared to similar plain carbon steel without
microalloying additions with only a negligible decrease in ductility and toughness
Limited research was carried out to identify optimum chemistries for these C-Mn steels
which are summarized in Figure 42 It was determined that the best properties were
obtained with 01 wt vanadium because it produced the finest ferrite grain structure72
Table 1 Chemistry Range for Low-Carbon Vanadium Alloyed Cast Steel72
Elements C Si Mn Cr V
Wt 012-050 03-06 09-15 04-06 007-015
Figure 42 Influence of vanadium on the properties of a C-Mn microalloyed steel Optimum chemistry
occurs at 01 wt V 130 wt Mn 034 wt Si and all carbon in the study was 032 or 033 wt C
At this chemistry it is evident that some properties of toughness decreased All samples were water
quenched and the subsequently tempered at 1202 ˚F (650 ˚C) The V-free steel was quenched from 1616 ˚F
(880 ˚C) and the vanadium steels were quenched from 1688 ˚F (920 ˚C)57
In this study normalizing between 1796-1976 ˚F (920-1080 ˚C) produced a
microstructure of bainite or acicular ferrite microstructure When a subsequent temper is
performed at 1112 ˚F (600 ˚C) an increase in hardness was found because of the
secondary-hardening effects of the precipitation of VCN However extended tempering
times at elevated temperature caused the system to overage which reduced hardness due
- 76 -
to coarsening of precipitates This is one of the reasons why Jacksonrsquos research suggested
that it is imperative to have better control when heat treating microalloyed steel compared
to conventional steels72
It was discussed previously that vanadium and other microalloying elements act
as grain refiners in the austenite region for wrought processed HSLA steels A similar
behavior was observed for cast steels upon initial cooling from the melt VCN acted as a
grain refiner because it fell out of solution slightly before grains grew72
231 Temperaging
To achieve the highest possible strength with HSLA steels they must be
subjected to a quench and temper heat treatment which initiates a precipitation hardening
effect The temper dually functions to soften martensite into ferrite and cementite while
simultaneously aging fine precipitates into the matrix This dual function has become
known to some metallurgists as the portmanteau ldquotemperagingrdquo17367
232 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent in Previous Work
There are different CE formulas for different welding applications however the
CE formula used in this project is AWSD11 that is displayed in Equation 4 The CE
formula which is most appropriate for structural steel welding varies between steels
because different alloying elements have different influences on weldability For
example how much they slow diffusion rates and whether or not they are carbide
formers In general the addition of other alloying elements to a C-Mn steel will have the
same hardenability and weldability influence of an increase in carbon content Individual
alloying elements directly affect the weldability of the steel to varying degrees This is
- 77 -
why the effect of each element on the CE is scaled by a factor that can be expressed as a
carbon equivalent factor for that steel This means that if a particular steel had been
alloyed with just carbon it would theoretically weld simularly56
119862119864119860119882119878 11986311 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 4
There are other CE formulae used throughout industry but they all have a similar
goal which is being a weldability predictor High carbon content steels have low
weldabilities therefore a high CE steel will also have a low weldability The most
common CE used in industry is displayed in Equation 5 is adopted by the International
Institute of Welding (IIW) as their official CE equation5473 The following ASTM
Standards also follow CE calculated by Equation 5 A216 A352 A709 (Grade 50s)
A913 and A1043 Both ASTM A216 and A352 are cast steel specific standards
Equation 6 is the typical HSLA CE for C-Mn steels Equation 7 is used in ASTM A529
and it is the only CE equation that includes Nb This is because Nb rarely contributes to
the cold-cracking of steels54 Equation 8 is utilized by the Japanese Welding Engineering
Society for low-carbon content steels (lt 011 wt C)74
119862119864119860119878119879119872 = 119862 +119872119899
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 5
119862119864119879 = 119862 +119872119899+119872119900
10+
119862119903+119862119906
20+
119873119894
40 Eq 6
119862119864119860119878119879119872 119860529 = 119862 +119872119899+119878119894
6+
119862119903+119872119900+119881+119873119887
5+
119873119894+119862119906
15 Eq 7
119875119862119872 = 119862 +119878119894
30+
119862119903+119862119906+119872119899
20+
119873119894
60+
119872119900
15+
119881
10+ 5119861 Eq 8
- 78 -
Jacksonrsquos Review analyzed CEASTM for HSLA cast steels and utilized Equation 5
with the following results72
bull CEASTM le 041 Good weldability and no need for preheating
bull CEASTM le 045 Good weldability when the welding is completed with low H2
electrodes
bull CEASTM ge 045 Preheating is required for welding use of low H2 electrodes is
required
bull CEASTM ge 060 Only specific conditions enable the steel to be weldable
One nuance that should be stressed to the reader is this project has a goal of
integrating a cast steel designed for structural applications into an existing wrought
ASTM Standard The implications are that a structural welding steel obeys the structural
welding code as seen in AWS D11 such as their CEAWS D11 in Equation 4 while most
ASTM Standards obey CEASTM as seen in Equation 5 This is bound to cause confusion
and all parties involved must be made aware
233 Pertinent Cast Steel ASTM Standards
There are ASTM Standards specifically for cast steel A27 A148 A216 A217
A352 A356 A487 and A958 Most relevant are ASTM A216 Standard Specification
for Steel Castings Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service
and its low-temperature counterpart of ASTM A352 Standard Specification for Steel
Castings Ferritic and Martensitic for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-
Temperature Service Both standards obey the CEASTM in Equation 5 and they have
CEASTM max values of 050 or 055 depending on the specific grade Grade WCB from
- 79 -
ASTM A216 is of particular interest because it was posited by the SFSA that the YS
requirements for this project could be attained through slight manipulation of chemistries
permitted in this standard
234 Key Findings from Previous Work
Previous work has found interesting differences between processing for HSLA
wrought steels and HSLA cast steels The key findings follow
bull It may be necessary to homogenize large casting sections for up to 6 hours at
temperatures ranging from 1740-2010 ˚F (950-1100 ˚C) to combat alloy
segregation Then an accelerated cooling is desired because it will yield a refined
ferrite grain structure73 The length of the homogenizing time and temperature in
general will dependent upon the casting size67
bull Austenitizing temperatures of greater than 1700 ˚F (930 ˚C) are required to
produce full strengthening of V-microalloys73
bull If an insufficient quench is performed coarse VCN will precipitate out during the
initial cooling Coarse VCN does not produce the high hardness that is seen with
finely dispersed precipitates However there is still a strengthening effect that is
seen when temperaging following a weak quench This implies that a temperaging
effect can be seen with thick casting sections as well 73
bull Rapid quench rates will produce the highest hardness however only a slight
decrease in hardness will be observed after temperaging because of the secondary
hardening effect This implies that the softening effect of martensite is more
dominant than the secondary hardening which is aging73
- 80 -
bull Non-heat-treated cast steels tend to have lower ductility compared to cast steel
subjected to heat treating Interestingly non-heat-treated steels have a higher yield
strength70
bull Minimal overaging in the temperaging process is acceptable and sometimes
desired to improve toughness at the expense of only a slight decrease in yield
strength67 Overaging is associated with decreasing the coherency of the
precipitates in the matrix54
bull Higher austenitizing temperatures will enable more precipitates to form during
temperaging because it increases the re-solution of microalloying elements while
in the austenite phase67 Austenitizing temperatures of 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) were
proven sufficient for normalize and temper (NampT) cast steels the strength levels
of quench and tempered (QampT) cast steels were greatly increased by austenitizing
at 1920 ˚F (1050 ˚C)69
bull A typical NampT heat treatment can still precipitation harden during temperaging
however the resulting microstructure is less hard than a QampT67
bull According to early research with microalloying HSLA steels with niobium it will
increase strength more than vanadium when heat treating at high austenitizing
temperatures because it prevents austenite grains from coarsening However
coarsening of austenite grains was not observed by Voigt and Rassizadehghani in
1989 They proved this by austenitizing at high temperatures with and without
niobium and then performing the proper etch to display the prior-austenite
grains54
- 81 -
bull Intercritical heat treatments although not used in this body of work have yielded
promising results and high strength and toughness combinations in the past54
- 82 -
Chapter 3 Hypothesis and Statement of Work
31 Hypothesis
A 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength cast steel with a high weldability for structural
and military applications will be developed using high-strength-low-alloy (HSLA) steel
metallurgical techniques Finally the materialrsquos composition and properties can be
conveniently placed within an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels
allowing ready adoption of these cast steels for applications using cast-weld construction
techniques
32 Statement of Work
Weldable 50 ksi (350 MPa) yield strength cast steel composition and heat
treatment guidelines will be determined with four primary steps 1) examination of
composition heat treating and mechanical property data from the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of Americarsquos (SFSA) database of cast C-Mn steels to identify fundamental
structure-property relationships 2) Thermocalc modeling will define stable phases in
equilibrium and determine solutionizing temperatures for a range of C-Mn steel alloys
with vanadium and niobium microalloying additions 3) heat treating and mechanical
testing of various compositions of steel will provide a validation of how alloys respond to
respective heat treatments 4) Finally rational composition and processing guidelines will
be developed so that future work can establish appropriate ASTM and AWS placement
for this alloy system
- 83 -
Chapter 4 Experimental Procedure
All samples in this study were standard ASTM keel block castings with two test
specimen legs donated by SFSA member foundries in the United States The keel blocks
used in this study had a thick body attached to two legs The keel block measured
approximately 60 in X 40 in X 40 in (1525 cm X 102 cm X 102 cm) and each leg
was approximately 60 in X 10 in X 20 in (1525 cm X 254 cm X 51 cm) The keel
block legs were halved lengthwise with a band saw such that the final dimensions of the
keel block legs used for heat treating were 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X 254 cm
X 254 cm) Thus each keel block could yield four keel block tensile test specimens All
times and temperatures for heat treating and tempers were obtained from the literature
notably from previous work completed by Voigt Rassizadehghani and the
SFSA154676973 Heat treating time was started when the temperature of the furnace
stabilized after loading the samples into the furnace
In all of the following sections keel blocks and keel block legs were heat treated
in a Thermo-Scientific Lindberg Blue M and the Brinell hardness tests were performed
with a NEWAGE Brinell NB3010 Additionally all mechanical testing conformed to
ASTM E8 Standard Test Method for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
41 Heat Treating Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial alloys investigated in this study were reformulations of conventional
WCB C-Mn cast steel with and without vanadium ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo and ldquoModified C-
Mn-Vrdquo alloys were developed to obtain an understanding of C-Mn cast steel capabilities
and the effects of alloying a similar composition with small amounts of vanadium Keel
- 84 -
block legs were removed from the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V keel blocks
and halved lengthwise on a band saw Both the keel block and keel blocks legs which
become test bar specimens were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 10 hr Half of each
alloy were subjected to a normalizing air cool and the other half were water quenched
Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching was performed at
1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks and at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr for keel
block legs Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for both the
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
42 Tempering Study
An investigation into the temperaging response of the vanadium alloyed material
in particular was necessary to develop heat treating guidelines Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were used to compare a plain WCB type steel to one that should
experience a temperaging response respectively Keel block legs of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V were cut from the keel blocks and austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for
20 hr Keel block legs were either normalized in an air cool or water quenched Then the
keel block legs were sliced into approximately 025 in (~6 mm) thick sections for
subsequent tempering such that different times and temperatures can be easily studied
for each alloy
bull A sample for each composition in the normalized and quenched conditions was
subjected to a specific temperature for either 10 hr or 40 hr These temperatures
ranged from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments
resulting in 56 total samples The furnace used for these small samples was a
Barnstead Thermolyne 47900
- 85 -
bull Each sample was then Rockwell hardness tested to develop an understanding of
temperaging for these alloys The machine used was a NEWAGE Rockwell
Digital ME-2
43 Special Heat-Treating Options
431 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
Heat treating has to be more controlled with HSLA steels than conventional steels
due to the microalloys and the secondary hardening72 A concern was that thicker sections
of castings could not be quenched quickly enough to produce a supersaturated solution of
microalloys without having them fall out of solution prior to tempering Keel blocks of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were heat treated as described in Chapter 41
Then they were cut at frac14 thickness and the cut faces were Brinell hardness tested
bull A range of 12-14 Brinell Hardness indentations were performed on each samplersquos
face to obtain a hardness profile from the edge to the center of these 40 in (102
cm) sections
432 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real world casting scenarios castings are not uniform in shape and
size such as a keel block leg This poses kinetic and thermal property issues associated
with cooling rates Theoretically a thin section of casting could form a completely
different microstructure than a thick section on the same casting cooled with the same
cooling media This was investigated with keel blocks of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V that were cut differently than for previous heat-treating studies A keel block for
each alloy had one of its legs removed from the keel block body This resulted in two
- 86 -
keel block legs of the dimensions used previously 60 in X 10 in X 10 in (1525 cm X
254 cm X 254 cm) and two identical to it still attached to the keel block body Each
keel block with legs attached and its separated legs were austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C)
for 2 hr and then subjected to a normalized air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating the keel block legs still attached to the keel
blocks were removed and all keel block legs were subsequently tensile tested
433 Double Normalize
For some microalloyed steel alloys a double normalize heat treatment is
commonly used to improve mechanical properties such as increased ductility with a
relatively small strength penalty75 A keel block and keel block legs from Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to a double normalizing heat treatment The first
austenitizing was at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 05 hr followed by an air cool The second
austenitizing was at 1600 ˚F (871 ˚C) for 20 hr followed by another air cool
bull Upon completion of the heat treating these keel block legs were then subjected to
tensile testing
44 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
To obtain a better understanding of composition limits for carbon manganese
and vanadium Alloys C D E and F with variations in carbon manganese and
vanadium contents were created This enabled analysis into the influence that alloys
upon one-another and how effective one alloy is with and without others present Keel
block legs were removed from Alloys C D E and Frsquos keel blocks and halved lengthwise
on a band saw Both the keel block legs and keel blocks were austenitized to 1750 ˚F
- 87 -
(955 ˚C) for 10 hr Subsequent tempering that followed both normalizing and quenching
was performed at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 25 hr for keel blocks at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20
hr for keel block legs
bull Heat treated keel block legs were subjected to tensile tests for Alloys C D E and
F
45 Metallography of Samples
Samples prepared for metallography include Alloys A-F NampT and QampT Alloys
A and B double normalize and thick section normalized No metallography was
performed on tempering study 0250 in (~6 mm) thick wafers The samples prepared
were sliced sections of tensile test bar ends These were hot-pressed in Allied High-Tech
Products Inc Phenolic mounting powder using a ldquoTech Press 2rdquo manufactured by Allied
High-Tech Products Inc Samples were ground using automated grinding set to 150
RPMs with a pressing force of 18 N Each sample was ground for 30 s at each of the
following grits 240 320 400 and 600 (grinding with the 600-grit pad was performed
twice for a better surface finish)
Next the samples were polished using 1 μm diamond slurry polish for 5 min
followed by a subsequent polish using a 025 μm diamond slurry polish for 3 min After
each grinding and polishing step the samples were rinsed with distilled water The last
step of preparation was to etch both steel alloys using a 2 nital mix This mixture was 2
mL of nitric acid and 98 mL of methanol Upon etching the samples were rinsed with
ethanol
- 88 -
bull Optical microscopy was used to analyze the microstructures of all the steel
samples The microscope used was a Zeiss Axiovert 10 Inverted Microscope
- 89 -
Chapter 5 Results and Discussions
The United States has failed to dedicate the same effort to developing both HSLA
cast and wrought steels compared to Europe and Asia The largest body of work
currently is that created by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of America (SFSA) and Voigt et
al The following work was conducted as a continuation of previous work done as well as
a new attempt at integrating 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield strength HSLA cast steels into
existing HSLA wrought standards
51 SFSA Database for Conventional C-Mn (WCB) Steel
The SFSA has compiled a database of over 20000 C-Mn cast steel chemistries
and mechanical properties data from participating steel casting foundries in the United
States This spreadsheet consisted of WCB (ASTM A216) conventional C-Mn cast steel
that was either normalized NampT or QampT The data was analyzed to determine whether
or not it is possible to reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) with conventional C-Mn steel
compositions without microalloying with vanadium and niobium The data was cleaned
and the resulting spreadsheet contained approximately 2500 data entries It should be
noted that ASTM A216 grade WCB is for conventional C-Mn cast steel with a minimum
36 ksi (248 MPa) YS and a maximum CEASTM 050 wt CEASTM The CEASTM does not
consider the effects of silicon which the CEAWS D11 does Additionally as with most
ASTM standards for steel ASTM A216 grade WCB is based more on mechanical
properties than composition Albeit there are composition limits in this standard their
allowable ranges are rather large
- 90 -
The spreadsheet was organized by heat treatments performed on the cast steel test
bars normalized NampT and QampT Scatter plots were made from these data to determine
if correlations between YS composition and CEAWS D11 (weldability) could be detected
Figures 43-45 show the trends between YS and CEAWS D11 (not CEASTM) carbon content
and manganese content respectively
Figure 43 Scatterplot of YS vs CE for all heat treatments (normalize NampT and QampT) According to the
spreadsheet there is a broad range of weldabilities that produce a YS of 50 ksi (345 MPa)
Figure 43 suggests that high YS values of over 50 ksi (345 MPa) are possibly but
not when a CEAWS D11 le 045 wt CE is maintained ASTM A215 grade WCB specifies
that a CEASTM le 050 wt CE be maintained this plot helps to show the decrease in
weldability when silicon is accounted for because there are copious samples that now
exceed the 050 wt CEAWS D11
- 91 -
Figure 44 YS vs Carbon Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment related
to YS There is negligible correlation The highest R2 value in this data set is 004 which gives a positive
correlation for increasing carbon content providing a higher YS in the QampT condition However a R2 value
this low should not be considered statistically significant
Figure 45 YS vs Manganese Content This scatterplot is color coded to detect trends in heat treatment
related to YS There is slightly better correlation with YS as a function of manganese content than as a
function of carbon content However the best correlation observed is an R2 value of 01 for a positive
correlation of QampT improving YS with increasing manganese content Likewise this should not be
considered statistically significant
- 92 -
Figures 43-45 do not suggest a statistically significant trend in YS as a function of
composition for any type of heat treatment Therefore to make possible trends of
chemical composition and mechanical properties more apparent the database was split
into two groups of high-strength-high-weldability and low-strength-low-weldability
Then the composition of materials with these extremes in mechanical properties and
weldability were compared in Table 2
Table 2 SFSA Spreadsheet Analysis of Mechanical Property Extremes to Detect Trends
in Composition
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0214 0687 00002 0384
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0231 0816 0006 0451
Despite the significant difference in mechanical properties the compositions
show little variance There is only a 0017 wt C difference between the YS less than or
equal to 45 ksi (3102 MPa) and a YS greater than or equal to 55 ksi (3792 MPa) The
difference in manganese and silicon is greater however this is still a small difference
These composition variations are smaller than most allowable composition ranges as
would be seen with an ASTM standard Even after these extrema of the spreadsheet data
have been analyzed there is no strong correlation between mechanical properties
weldability and composition
The correlation between normalize NampT and QampT heat treatments and YS CE
ranges is shown in Table 3 It should be noted that 55 ksi (3792 MPa) was chosen as the
upper range instead of 50 ksi (345 MPa) because 50 ksi (345 MPa) is the bare minimum
YS requirement This strength level must be achieved consistently so perturbations in the
YS distribution curve must be taken into account
- 93 -
Table 3 Percentage of Heat Treatments per Designation for the SFSA Spreadsheet
Designation Range Overall Normalize
NampT QampT
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 91 43 42 047
For the entire spreadsheet only 041 of all cast steels obtained 55 ksi (345 MPa)
while maintaining a maximum 042 CEAWS D11 Surprisingly a majority of these were
normalize heat treatment instead of QampT A possible contribution to this result is that the
normalized heat-treated steel samples in this spreadsheet greatly outnumbered the NampT
and QampT heat treated samples There were 1318 normalized samples 347 NampT samples
and only 51 QampT samples The difference in number of samples can also be observed in
Figures 46-48 which display YS as a function of normalized NampT and QampT heat
treatments respectively Tables 4-6 are paired with them as well
Figure 46 All normalized heat treatments and how their YS is a function of weldability The correlation is
poor for plain normalized There is not an increase in YS with increasing the CE but rather a slightly
negative trend
- 94 -
Table 4 Average Chemistries per Designation in the Normalized Condition Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0218 0669 00002 0392
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0243 0667 0004 0421
Figure 46 and Table 4 display normalized heat treatment data obtained from the
SFSA spreadsheet Figure 46 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS
D11) and there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content leading to an increase in YS Table 4 displays the average chemical composition
for each respective designation In this case there is only a 0035 wt C difference over
a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Figure 47 NampT heat treatments with YS as a function of weldability The correlation suggests that
increasing CE in this condition will decrease YS
- 95 -
Table 5 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the NampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE 0 0 0 0
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE 0218 0975 0006 0484
Figure 47 and Table 5 display NampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 47 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is no statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying content
leading to an increase in YS Table 5 displays the average chemical composition for each
respective designation In this case there were not any data points that met the high-
strength-low-CE designation
Figure 48 QampT heat treatments and their YS as a function of weldability The correlation is the best out of
normalize and NampT however there is a negative trend suggesting that increasing CE will decrease YS
- 96 -
Table 6 Average Chemistries for Property Ranges of the QampT Data Set
Designation Range C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
High Strength
Low CE
ge 55 ksi le
042 CE
0195 0795 0 0333
Low Strength
High CE
le 45 ksi ge
045 CE
0239 0740 0012 0427
Figure 48 and Table 6 display QampT heat treatment data obtained from the SFSA
spreadsheet Figure 48 is a scatterplot of YS as a function of weldability (CEAWS D11) and
there is only a slight statistically significant correlation between an increase in alloying
content and increasing YS This negative trend in the R2 of 01 suggests that there is a
slight correlation between increasing alloying elements and a decrease in YS Table 6
displays the average chemical composition for each respective designation In this case
there is a 0044 wt C difference over a 10 ksi (689 MPa) YS change
Finally the last analysis completed on this spreadsheet was dividing it up into
quartiles based on YS and then analyzing the average and standard deviation in chemical
composition for the top and bottom quartile The results are displayed in Table 7 The
middle 50 percent of data were ignored because the extreme differences in mechanical
properties from the database should better expose any existing chemical-property
relationships of WCB conventional C-Mn cast steels
Table 7 Weight Percent Addition of Primary Alloying Elements with Respective Total
Top Quartile and Bottom Quartile Average and Standard Deviation
YS Ave C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 023
plusmn 002
075
plusmn 014
043
plusmn 006
0003
plusmn 0004
030
plusmn 016
046
plusmn 005
49 (339)
plusmn 39 (27)
Top 25 023
plusmn 002
074
plusmn 010
042
plusmn 006
0002
plusmn 0004
032
plusmn 023
046
plusmn 004
54 (369)
plusmn 11 (78)
Bottom 25 023
plusmn 002
081
plusmn 020
044
plusmn 007
0005
plusmn 0004
028
plusmn 009
048
plusmn 005
44 (304)
plusmn 32 (219)
- 97 -
The results displayed in Table 7 support the previous analyses of the spreadsheet
The WCB conventional cast steel spreadsheet compiled by the SFSA suggests results that
do not make sense metallurgically It is highly improbable that an increase in carbon
content andor manganese content would not make a cast steel stronger There should be
positive correlations in YS with increasing carbon content and manganese content
however this was not observed The positive correlations that did exist had very small R2
values that were not statistically significant the largest being 01 for YS as a function of
manganese content as observed in Figure 45 In Table 7 the difference between the
average wt C for the top quartile of YS and the average wt C for the bottom
quartile of YS is only 0006 wt C This is because the overall ranges in composition in
this database was not large Table 8 is a summary table depicting the total percentages of
the spreadsheet that achieved certain strengths and weldability values
Table 8 Database Summary Table Depicting Percentages of Samples within YS and
Weldability Ranges
Designation Range Overall
Normalize
NampT
QampT
High Strength Low
CE
ge 55 ksi le 042
CE 041 035 0 005
Low Strength High
CE
le 45 ksi ge 045
CE 91 43 42 047
The spreadsheet data suggests lack of composition correlation with mechanical
properties and variation in spectrometry and mechanical testing This was not a
controlled study that was conducted by the SFSA There were nine foundries that
participated in data collection each using their own spectrometer to provide a chemistry
analysis It would only take a slight variation between foundries data collection validity
for the values of this spreadsheet to be drastically different Additionally there was no
- 98 -
control of the mechanical testing It is unknown where each foundry sent their tensile test
bars for mechanical testing or if they were tested on-site by each foundry Nonetheless
more reputable data would have been obtained if all tensile test bars were sent to one
mechanical testing facility that would perform the mechanical test as well as retrieve an
official chemistry analysis Nonetheless since only 041 of samples in the entire
database reached YS and weldability requirements it can be concluded that conventional
C-Mn cast steels cannot achieve 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS and CEAWS D11 le 045 CE
consistently enough to be used Therefore microalloying is needed
52 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
The initial two heats of material were designed to build off of previous work done
in the literature ldquoModified C-Mnrdquo is a reformulated version of conventional WCB C-Mn
cast steel ldquoModified C-Mn-Vrdquo is has less carbon content but more manganese and there
is a modest vanadium addition These alloys were meant to contrast a plain C-Mn cast
steel with a similar cast steel microalloyed with vanadium and slightly more manganese
The complete spectrometer readout is displayed in Table 9 and the CEAWS D11 and
CEASTM values are given in Table 10 Both CE values were computed with the data in
Table 8 not the ldquotarget carbonrdquo shown in Table 11
- 99 -
Table 9 Complete Spectrometer Readout for Compositions of Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V
Element Modified C-Mn (wt addition) Modified C-Mn-V (wt addition)
C 0180 0153
Mn 117 123
P 0010 0017
S 0003 0003
Si 035 043
Cr 017 024
Ni 006 006
Mo 0020 002
Cu 0060 007
Al 0055 0057
W 0002 0002
V 0002 0097
Nb 0001 0006
Zr 0028 0023
N 0012 NA
Table 10 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-
Mn-V
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
Modified C-Mn 042 048 043 005
Modified C-Mn-V 044 051 043 008
Table 11 Target Carbon Weight Percent vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from
Multiple Foundries for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo)
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
LECO
Carbon
A 020 0180 0141 0196 0171
B 015 0153 0106 0166 0159
Table 11 displays inconsistent chemistry measurements for carbon content
between foundries and measurement methods This severely compromises a foundryrsquos
ability to accurately meet chemistry targets For example the target carbon composition
for Modified C-Mn is 020 wt C and according to all spectrometers used and the
LECO there is a up to a 059 wt C difference between all measures This could have
profound effects associated with inconsistencies Customers could be receiving steel that
- 100 -
both themselves and the casting foundry believe to be in spec when the actual chemistry
is significantly different This also has direct ramifications with the CE errors due
inaccurate carbon content reporting This could cause weld defects due to lack of
preheating when the CE calculated for that specific steel determined that no preheat was
needed Ultimately this reinforces the theory that variance in spectrometers between
foundries is probably one of the major contributing factors to such large scatter in the
spreadsheet data from the SFSA
53 Thermocalc CALPHAD Modeling
Due to the microalloy additions of vanadium a full austenitic transformation must
occur during austenitizing heat treatments such that all VC VN and VCN are
solutionized This will increase the propensity for fine dispersed precipitation of VC VN
and VCN during subsequent temperaging If a fully cohesive austenite phase it not
formed ie not all microalloying additions are solutionized then there will be unwanted
growth during cooling of non-quenched heat treatments as well as in all subsequent
tempers This produces overly large VC VN and VCN that will not have the same
strengthening effects in the ferrite matrix of fine dispersed precipitates This is because
many fine-dispersed precipitates have a greater surface area interaction with the matrix
than fewer larger precipitates57 Figures 49-51 are outputs from Thermo-Calc Software
TCFE SteelsFe-alloys database version 8 which show phase fraction as a function of
temperature for the Modified C-Mn chemistry Modified C-Mn-V chemistry and the
Modified C-Mn-V with 003 wt Nb respectively76 A niobium addition is modeled
such that an understanding can be developed for the difference in solutionizing
temperature between itself and vanadium
- 101 -
Figure 49 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn All carbides and other present
phases solutionize completely by 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
Figure 50 Phase fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V All carbides and other
present phases solutionize by 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C)
- 102 -
Figure 51 Phase Fraction as a function of temperature for Modified C-Mn-V with a 003 wt Nb
addition All carbides and other present phases solutionize by 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C)
Fully homogenous austenite occurs at 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn 2003
˚F (1095 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V and 2187 ˚F (1197 ˚C) for Modified C-Mn-V with a
003 wt Nb addition The results for Modified C-Mn-V were not expected because it is
repeated throughout the literature that the solutionizing temperature for vanadium is
approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1 Admittedly these Thermo-Calc models were created
after all heat treating was completed because literature is so adamant about the
solutionizing temperatures of vanadium which is why austenitizing of the Modified C-
Mn-V samples was performed at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) This creates controversy because if
Thermo-Calc is correct the austenitizing temperature of 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) was not
adequate to fully solutionize the vanadium which could lead to oversized precipitates
It should be noted that there are limitations to the commercial databases used in
Thermo-Calc when full systems of alloying elements are modeled because of the program
has difficulty calculating the free energies of non-Fe elements Miscibility gaps can
siphon vanadium away from carbides and form different FCC sublattices These are
- 103 -
depicted in Figures 49-51 To create more accurate Thermo-Calc models a specific
database for all present elements would be needed Even when ldquoartifactrdquo phases are not
displayed graphically Thermo-Calc still calculates their existence even though it is not
visible on the graph Therefore the other phases that are depicted behave the same
whether ldquoartifactsrdquo are visible or not The major problem with this database when
modeling microalloying additions with vanadium is that it does not recognize the
introduction of nitrogen into the carbide which is a crucial component
54 Tempering Study
A tempering investigation was conducted to observe temperaging effects of the
microalloying elements present in Modified C-Mn-V versus Modified C-Mn which did
not contain vanadium These graphs should serve as heat treating guidelines for foundries
and metallurgists The curve drawn between the data points are suggestions rather than
ldquofitted curvesrdquo The Keel block legs from Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were
austenitized to 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 20 hr and then normalized in an air cool or water
quenched Subsequent 10 hr or 40 hr tempers were performed with temperatures
ranging from 900 ˚F to 1200 ˚F (482 ˚C to 649 ˚C) in 50˚F (28 ˚C) increments as seen in
Figures 52-61 More specifically Figures 52-57 show the effect of the tempering times
and temperatures for each Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V Figures 57-61 show a
comparison between the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V so that effects of
vanadium during tempering can be more clearly seen
bull The hardness readings shown in each figure is the average hardness from multiple
readings on each sample
bull The reading at 00 hr is the initial hardness before any tempering is performed
- 104 -
Figure 52 Modified C-Mn NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures There is no
temperaging response observed however a negligible increase in hardness happened for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
at 1 hr
Figure 53 Modified C-Mn QampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr tempering times for different
temperatures There was dramatic softening especially with the 1200 ˚F temperature at 4 hr due to
standard tempering mechanisms
- 105 -
Figure 54 Modified C-Mn-V NampT showing HRB at 1 hr and 4 hr for various temperatures Initially at 1
hr standard tempering softening occurs at all temperatures The most effective being 1100 ˚F (593 ˚C)
Then precipitation aging occurs before 4 hr and a hardness increase is observed
Figure 55 Modified C-Mn-V QampT This is less straightforward than the NampT heat treatment however
similar results are obtained There was a drastic softening at 1 hr and a subsequent increased hardness due
to aging by 4 hr for 900 ˚F (482 ˚C) There was only a slight temperaging response for 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C)
and the 1200 ˚F (649 ˚C) temperature only softened after 1 hr
- 106 -
Figure 56 Modified C-Mn where both NampT and QampT are placed on the same HRB scale such that a direct
comparison can be appreciated of the effects of a normalize and quench can have on starting hardness
values for the same material and their subsequent tempering responses
Figure 57 Modified C-Mn-V displaying both NampT and QampT on the same HRB scale enabling direct
comparison between the two heat treatments and their subsequent temper(aging) responses
- 107 -
Figure 58 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to NampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
1000 ˚F and 1100 ˚F (538 ˚C and 593 ˚C) The other results did not indicate temperaging
Figure 59 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V This serves to analyze the presence of vanadium when
subjected to QampT Modified C-Mn-V experienced a hardness increase from 1 hr to 4 hr when tempered at
900 ˚F (482 ˚C) The other results did not indicate sufficient temperaging
- 108 -
Figure 60 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated A different sample was used for
each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn
Figure 61 Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition 1000 ˚F (538 ˚C) proves to be the
temperature where the temperaging response is predominantly initiated for Modified C-Mn-V at 1 hr
temper time Modified C-Mn-V for 4 hr temper time behaves anomalously A different sample was used
for each temperature and that these lines do not indicate a temperaging response for Modified C-Mn at 4 hr
temper time
- 109 -
This tempering study showed that ldquotemperagingrdquo effects are simultaneous
martensite softening and precipitation strengthening produced when microalloying with
vanadium It is hopeful that these tempering graphs can serve as suggestions for foundry
heat treating applications of cast steels containing vanadium As expected a temperaging
response was not observed in Modified C-Mn due to its lack of vanadium however not
all Modified C-Mn-V tempering samples showed a complete temperaging response
depending on the tempering temperature chosen It is customary to not exceed 100 HRB
such that HRC is used after this hardness point however all measurements were
completed using HRB so all hardness values could be compared using the same scale
The validity of this study needs to be explored with a future tempering study at
more tempering times and temperatures than used in this study Additionally fitted
curves should be applied such that a more accurate times and temperatures can be
approximated for optimum temperaging
55 Initial Round of Heat Treating
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments to establish benchmarks for behavior of conventional WCB C-Mn cast steel
alloys with and without vanadium additions
551 Analysis of Modified C-Mn
Modified C-Mn alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
containing no vanadium Table 12 displays mechanical property data for Modified C-Mn
after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 13 displays the averages
of the mechanical properties from Table 12
- 110 -
Table 12 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 458 (3158) 768 (5295) 289 620 150
NampT 473 (3261) 773 (5330) 289 625 144
QampT 727 (5012) 939 (6474) 250 638 205
QampT 780 (5378) 968 (6674) 226 600 216
Table 13 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn with YS and TS in
ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 466 (3210) 771 (53130 289 623 147
QampT 754 (5195) 954 (6574) 238 619 211
The results displayed in Tables 12 and 13 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 288 ksi (1986 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 64 HB over the NampT condition but
a 51 EL decrease
It is expected that there is a YS and hardness increase from the NampT condition to
the QampT condition in the Modified C-MN alloy The full quench of a steel produces
martensite which is the hardest microstructure possible in steels According to the
tempering studies full hardness of the Modified C-Mn alloy in the QampT condition
produces a Brinell hardness of approximately 240 HB Then during tempering of the
keel blocks legs at 1150 ˚F (621 ˚C) for 20 hr the rapid diffusion and coarsening of
cementite softened the matrix to 211 HB This was a pure softening effect as no
secondary hardening effects were seen due to the lack of vanadium and other
microalloying elements50 The microstructures of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
and QampT condition are in Figures 62 and 63 respectively
- 111 -
Figure 62 Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition
Figure 63 Modified C-Mn in the QampT Condition
- 112 -
Figures 62 and 63 show different microstructures of Modified C-Mn that are
induced by different heat-treating conditions Figure 62 indicates proeutectoid ferrite
(white) and pearlite (dark) According to Table 9 the carbon content of Modified C-Mn
is 018 wt C This composition places the alloy in the hypoeutectoid two-phase
cooling region far left of the eutectoid at 077 wt C which provides ample time for
proeutectoid ferrite nucleation and growth as seen in Figure 9 The slower cooling rates
of a NampT provide time for diffusion and nucleation and growth to enable this
microstructure The fast cooling of a quench does not allow for any diffusion to occur
Figure 63 is characteristic of a tempered martensite microstructure The dark regions are
cementite and the lighter areas are ferrite Tempering provided enough thermal energy for
some diffusion to occur and the laths of martensite are not visible
552 Analysis Modified C-Mn-V
Modified C-Mn-V alloy is a reformulation of a conventional WCB C-Mn alloy
with the addition of vanadium Tables 14 displays the mechanical property data for
Modified C-Mn-V after both NampT and QampT heat treatments were performed Table 15
displays the averages of the mechanical properties from Table 14
Table 14 Mechanical Property Data for NampT and QampT Modified C-Mn-V with YS and
TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 590 (4068) 859 (5923) 289 587 172
NampT 597 (4116) 856 (5902) 289 636 165
QampT 976 (6729) 1142 (7874) 196 496 231
QampT 991 (6833) 1156 (7970) 211 576 231
- 113 -
Table 15 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Modified C-Mn-V with YS and TS
in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 594 (4092) 858 (5913) 289 612 169
QampT 984 (6781) 1149 (7922) 2035 536 231
The results displayed in Tables 14 and 15 show that there is an average difference
in YS of 390 ksi (2689 MPa) between NampT condition and the stronger QampT condition
The QampT condition also has an average hardness of 62 HB over the NampT condition but
an 86 EL decrease There is an increase in YS from Modified C-Mn to Modified C-
Mn-V for both the NampT and QampT condition 128 ksi (883 MPa) and 23 ksi (1586
MPa) respectively
It is logical that strength levels for the vanadium containing Modified C-Mn-V
alloy are higher than for the Modified C-Mn alloy Additionally there is a 390 ksi (2689
MPa) YS increase from the NampT condition to the QampT condition in Modified C-Mn-V
compared to a 288 ksi (1986 MPa) strength increase from the NampT condition to the
QampT condition in the Modified C-Mn alloy This difference suggests that a secondary
hardening event occurred during the QampT heat treating of the Modified C-Mn-V If
temperaging did not occur it would be expected that the difference in strength between
the NampT condition and QampT conditions would be similar to what is observed in
Modified C-Mn The microstructures of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition and the
QampT condition are in Figures 64 and 65 respectively
- 114 -
Figure 64 Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
Figure 65 Modified C-Mn-V in the QampT condition
- 115 -
Figure 64 has micro-specs (precipitates) that are evident throughout the
proeutectoid ferrite matrix This dispersion is not seen as well QampT condition in Figure
65 due to the amount of tempered martensite which obscures the view These
precipitates are not visible in the vanadium-free Modified C-Mn alloy in Figures 62 and
63 Due to the uniform nature of the precipitates displayed in Figure 64 it can be
concluded that a normalizing cool is sufficient to retain the precipitates in solution until
below the critical transformation temperature such that they do not de-solutionize during
initial cooling If a finite amount of precipitates would have de-solutionized during the
initial air cool then there would be large precipitates visible with the fine precipitates
because the larger precipitates would have grown during initial cooling
553 SEM Analysis of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
Analysis of microstructures with a Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) was also
performed on the Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V alloys to compare the
microalloying effects of vanadium at a more microscopic level This was in response to
the precipitates that are visible in Figure 64 and an attempt to verify the existence of VN
VC andor VCN precipitates in addition to comparing the relative size of the precipitates
to determine if some de-solutionized The precipitates that de-solutionized during the
normalizing air cool would be larger than those aged into the matrix Figures 66-68
display Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
at 5000X and 10000X respectively
- 116 -
Figure 66 SEM image of Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition There are no precipitates in this alloy due
to the lack of microalloying additions
Figure 67 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition
- 117 -
Figure 68 SEM image of Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT condition at a higher magnification than Figure
67 The Precipitates of vanadium are more defined in this image
There are no precipitates or dispersoids visible in the SEM micrograph of
Modified C-Mn in the NampT condition in Figure 66 However in the SEM micrographs in
Figures 67 and 68 there are precipitates present Figure 68 which is 10000X
magnification shows these precipitates better than Figure 67 Most of the precipitates in
the image appear to be uniform in size however there are a few larger precipitates This
size difference was not visible with just optical microscopy Therefore it can now be
postulated that a small finite number of precipitates de-solutionized during normalizing
air cool but it is a small percentage Thus the air cool is still adequate for a subsequent
temper to induce aging and not over-age precipitates
Electron Dispersion Spectroscopy (EDS) was also performed on these samples to
determine the composition of the precipitates However a proper balance in eV could not
- 118 -
be found such that the beam either over-penetrated the sample and was reading the
composition of the matrix or it was not strong enough to read the sample This is due to
the nm magnitude of the precipitates It is suggested that a surface technique such as X-
Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) be performed so that over-penetration does not
occur and a quantitative analysis of the composition can be acquired
56 Special Heat-Treating Options
There needs to be more metallurgical control in heat treating of microalloyed
HSLA steels than with conventional steels to ensure that a proper temperaging response
is observed72 An open question is the heat treatment response of heavy section castings
that will have slower cooling rates for NampT and QampT heat treatments
561 Thick-Section Study Part I (Keel Block)
This thick-section study involves subjecting the keel block bodies of both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to NampT and QampT to better understand the
cooling rate effect of large section size Table 16 displays the results of a Brinell
Hardness testing profile across the 40 in (102 cm) face of keel blocks Table 17 also
displays the Brinell Hardness results but with an interpretation of the hardness at the
edge and center for each keel block
- 119 -
Table 16 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments Each ldquoIndentationrdquo Value is Represented as the Hardness Profile
Developed Across the Face
Indentation
Number
Alloy A
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy A
(QampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(NampT)
Hardness
Alloy B
(QampT)
Hardness
1 136 189 169 260
2 153 182 182 215
3 153 183 173 214
4 141 169 162 211
5 141 167 164 219
6 153 168 155 217
7 150 179 150 218
8 131 168 165 218
9 159 171 164 219
10 153 178 151 224
11 149 185 166 228
12 153 179 172 229
13 NA 184 168 242
14 NA 176 NA NA
Table 17 Brinell Hardness of Heavy Section Samples of Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo)
and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) Across 40 in (102 cm) Face After NampT and QampT
Heat Treatments
Sample and (HT) Midway Hardness (HB) Edge Hardness (HB)
Alloy A (NampT) 147 147
Alloy A (QampT) 172 180
Alloy B (NampT) 156 172
Alloy B (QampT) 216 234
The Brinell Hardness profiles across the 40 in (102 cm) faces of the keel blocks
determined that the edge hardness was greater for both conditions of Modified C-Mn-V
and the QampT condition of Modified C-Mn The NampT condition of Modified C-Mn did
not develop a profile
Cooling gradients are to be expected in thick-casting sizes due to the specific heat
capacity of the material Therefore the steel should be harder in areas near the edge of
the material where a faster cooling rate is observed than at the center where the material
- 120 -
is more insulated from severe quenches The results in Table 17 do not make sense for
the NampT condition of Modified C-Mn The QampT condition and both conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V have the expected profile
Additionally when the HRB values from the tempering study are converted to
HB values and applied to this data the results also are not consistent For example the
HB conversion value for the normalized condition of Modified C-Mn-V before a temper
is 180 HB (taken from tempering study) The hardest HB value in the thick-section data
is 182 for the same alloy after NampT Therefore the following are possible 1) incorrect
conversions from HRB to Brinell 2) a temperaging response increased the hardness in
the thick section meaning that the effects of age hardening overpowered the temper on a
slow cool which is very unlikely 3) the data is compromised and should be repeated
562 Thick-Section Study Part II (Normalizing Cooling Rate Effect)
Commonly in real-life situations metal castings are complex in shape and do not
experience uniform cooling rates The kinetic and thermal property issues associated with
this will be addressed It is important to understand how the microstructure of one-section
of casting could be significantly different than another section of the same casting
because of cooling rates To study this effect keel block legs were normalized with and
without the keel blocks still attached for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
these results are displayed in Tables 18 and 20 respectively Tables 19 and 21 are
summary tables displaying the averages of the mechanical properties from Tables 18 and
20
- 121 -
Table 18 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 453 (3123) 769 (5302) 282 518 146
A 442 (3047) 770 (5309) 266 520 150
B 518 (3571) 805 (5550) 274 426 153
B 522 (3599 806 (5557) 250 388 152
Table 19 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Attached to Keel
Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and
TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 448 (3085) 770 (5306) 274 519 148
B 520 (3585) 8055 (5554) 262 407 153
Table 20 Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from Keel Block for
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 475 (3275) 784 (5405) 304 552 150
A 470 (3240) 782 (5392) 289 603 148
B 544 (3751) 829 (5716 234 458 166
B 542 (3737) 832 (5736) 274 516 168
Table 21 Average of the Mechanical Property Data for Thin Section Separated from
Keel Block for Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS
and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 473 (3258) 783 (5399) 297 578 149
B 543 (3744) 831 (5726) 254 487 167
The data from Part II of the thick-section study investigated the cooling rate
effects of a thin-section attached to a thick-section versus a thin-section cooling
autonomously This was conducted for both Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V The
data suggests that faster cooling rates are observed when the thin-section is autonomous
versus when the thin-section is attached to a thick-section (keel block) Faster cooling
rates yield finer grain structures which are consistently found to increase strength
Consequently the YS values for both alloys are higher in Table 21 when the thin-section
- 122 -
cooled autonomously To analyze the difference in grain structure between cooling rates
Figures 69-72 display micrographs of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V attached to
the keel block and cooled autonomously respectively
Figure 69 Modified C-Mn attached to the keel block
- 123 -
Figure 70 Modified C-Mn-V attached to keel block
Figure 71 Modified C-Mn normalized autonomously from keel block
- 124 -
Figure 72 Modified C-Mn-V normalized autonomously from keel block
There is an obvious difference in grain size between samples that were cooled
while attached to the keel block (Figures 69 and 70) and ones that were cooled
autonomously (Figures 71 and 72)
563 Double Normalize
Double normalizing heat treatments have been reported to increase toughness and
ductility while sacrificing relatively little strength75 Therefore it became a heat treatment
of interest Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V were both subjected to the double
normalizing heat treatment There was no temper that followed either normalization heat
treatment Table 22 displays the mechanical properties of Modified C-Mn and Modified
C-Mn-V after a double normalize The averages are in Table 23
- 125 -
Table 22 Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment with
Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 493 (3399) 794 (5474) 312 646 153
A 508 (3503) 795 (5481) 352 680 150
A 498 (3434) 793 (5468) 312 652 153
A 493 (3413) 801 (5523) 336 678 156
B 557 (3840) 835 (5757) 304 634 165
B 551 (3799) 834 (5750) 312 645 162
B 560 (3861) 835 (5757 320 643 165
B 549 (3785) 829 (5716) 320 629 162
Table 23 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Double Normalize Heat Treatment
with Modified C-Mn (ldquoAlloy Ardquo) and Modified C-Mn-V (ldquoAlloy Brdquo) with YS and TS in
ksi
Alloy YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
A 498 (3437) 796 (5487) 328 664 153
B 554 (3821) 833 (5745) 314 638 164
The double normalizing heat treatment mechanical properties are best-compared
to the mechanical properties obtained by the single normalizing heat treatment of a keel
block leg in Table 21 The average YS for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V in
single normalizing condition is 473 ksi (3258 MPa) and 543 ksi (3744 MPa)
respectively These are both slightly weaker than the YS values produced with a double
normalizing heat treatment for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V 498 ksi (3437
MPa) and 554 ksi (3821 MPa) respectively Equally important was the EL increase
that was observed with the double normalizing heat treatment compared to the single
normalizing heat treatment These results are conducive with literature To analyze the
grain refinement that occurred Figures 73 and 74 are images of double normalized
condition Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
- 126 -
Figure 73 Modified C-Mn double normalize
Figure 74 Modified C-Mn-V double normalize
- 127 -
Figures 73 and 74 are micrographs of the double normalized condition of
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
57 Heat Treating of Factorial Design Alloys
The Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V used in previous experiments had
chemical composition data from multiple sources that was not consistent Additionally
they did not meet the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement Therefore more compositional data
needed testing and validation Factorial design alloys were also produced to better
develop compositional understandings and how much variance is allowed in composition
to still maintain strength Table 24 displays the 4 new alloys (C-F) and their designations
Table 25 shows the compositional targets for Alloys C-F and the actual spectrometer
compositions are shown in Table 26 Then the data from Table 26 was used to calculate
the CE values for these alloys and this data is displayed in Table 27 Finally carbon
content comparisons were made with spectrometer data from multiple foundries and the
results are shown in Table 28
Table 24 Alloy Name and Designation for Factorial Design Alloys
Alloy Designation
C Lo-CLo-MnLo-V
D Hi-CLo-MnHi-V
E Lo-CHi-MnHi-V
F Hi-CHi-MnLo-V
Table 25 Alloy C-F Compositional Targets for Carbon Manganese Vanadium and
Silicon
Alloy C wt Mn wt V wt Si wt
C 013 10 007 lt 04
D 017 10 011 lt 04
E 013 14 011 lt 04
F 017 14 007 lt 04
- 128 -
Table 26 Actual Chemical Compositions for Alloys C-F as Determined by
Spectrometry
Element Alloy C (wt
addition)
Alloy D (wt
addition)
Alloy E (wt
addition)
Alloy F (wt
addition)
C 014 017 012 0159
Mn 088 098 104 135
P 0007 001 0008 0008
S 0005 0005 0002 0004
Si 025 033 025 041
Cr 015 017 036 019
Ni 003 008 006 007
Mo 001 002 003 0018
Cu 006 007 006 009
Al NA NA NA NA
W NA NA NA NA
V 010 012 011 0075
Nb NA NA NA NA
Zr NA NA NA NA
N NA NA NA NA
Table 27 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEASTM CEAWS D11 CEAWS Primary CEAWS Residual
C 035 039 033 006
D 041 046 039 007
E 040 044 034 010
F 045 049 043 004
Table 28 Target Carbon Wt vs Multiple Spectrometer Readings from Multiple
Foundries for Alloys C-F
Alloy Target
Carbon
Spectrometer
1 Carbon
Spectrometer
2 Carbon
Spectrometer
3 Carbon
Leco
Carbon
C 013 0140 0167 0149 0184
D 017 0170 0188 0180 0190
E 013 0120 0139 0134 0167
F 017 0159 0172 0165 0182
Alloys C-F faced similar compositional difficulties that Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V did The actual compositions do not match the target compositions
- 129 -
571 Analysis of Alloy C-F
Alloys C-F were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments and their
mechanical property data is dispersed in Tables 29-36
Table 29 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 435 (2999) 664 (4578) 336 655 130
NampT 464 (3199) 676 (4661) 328 655 137
QampT 828 (5709) 990 (6826) 242 603 216
QampT 785 (5412) 961 (6626) 234 606 222
Table 30 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy C with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 450 (3099) 670 (4620) 332 655 134
QampT 807 (5561) 976 (6726 238 605 219
Table 31 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 751 (5178) 297 589 156
NampT 520 (3585) 753 (5192) 312 620 156
QampT 964 (6647) 1117 (7701) 203 525 240
QampT 947 (6529) 1103 (7605) 203 525 240
Table 32 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy D with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 520 (3585) 752 (5185) 305 605 156
QampT 956 (6588) 1110 (7653) 203 525 240
Table 33 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 501 (3454) 717 (4944) 320 666 141
NampT 521 (3592) 724 (4992) 336 675 141
QampT 905 (6240) 1061 (7315) 219 583 240
QampT 858 (5916) 1020 (7033) 203 581 228
- 130 -
Table 34 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy E with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 511 (3523) 721 (4968) 328 671 141
QampT 882 (6078) 1041 (7174) 211 582 234
Table 35 Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F NampT and QampT YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 543 (3754) 802 (5530) 336 689 159
NampT 556 (3833) 807 (5564) 304 661 162
QampT 1013 (6984) 1142 (7873) 1795 561 258
QampT 1060 (7308) 1167 (8046) 1955 589 247
Table 36 Average of Mechanical Property Data for Alloy F with YS and TS in ksi
Heat
Treatment YS (MPa) TS (MPa) EL RA HB
NampT 550 (3794) 805 (5547) 320 675 161
QampT 1037 (7146) 1155 (7960) 188 575 253
Alloys C and E are the only two alloys that have an acceptable CE value (lt045
wt CE) including Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V In the QampT condition
Alloy C has adequate YS with 807 ksi (5561 MPa) Alloy E in both NampT and QampT
conditions exceeds the 50 ksi threshold with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078
MPa) respectively This can be attributed to their low carbon contents which helps to
limit CE moderate amounts of manganese and high vanadium contents An observation
of the micrographs for Alloys C-F in both the NampT and QampT conditions can be made
with Figures 74-82
- 131 -
Figure 75 Alloy C in the NampT condition
Figure 76 Alloy C in the QampT condition
- 132 -
Figure 77 Alloy D in the NampT condition
Figure 78 Alloy D in the QampT condition
- 133 -
Figure 79 Alloy E in the NampT condition
Figure 80 Alloy E in the QampT condition
- 134 -
Figure 81 Alloy F in the NampT condition
Figure 82 Alloy F in the QampT condition
- 135 -
There does not appear to be any significant difference between the QampT condition
micrographs amongst Alloys D-F The main difference to note between the alloys is the
grain refinement observed with Alloy E in the NampT condition which is noticeably more
than in the other alloyrsquos NampT conditions Additionally there appears to be more
precipitates dispersed throughout the ferrite comparatively Consequently Alloy E is the
only Alloy to reach both the YS and CEAWS D11 requirement
58 Weldability and Carbon Equivalent Analysis
There is a need for an understanding of allowable compositional variance ie
how much can the composition of certain alloying elements deviate and still reach
required strength levels Furthermore this becomes important for standards where there
are large allowable composition windows which is common since most steel casting
standards are based on mechanical properties This analysis was completed using the
Factorial Design alloys (Alloys C-F) Figures 83-88 are graphs that have ISO-YS lines as
a function of carbon content (Y-Axis) and manganese content (X-Axis) Figures 83-85
are for the NampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V and 012 wt V
respectively Figures 86-88 are for the QampT condition for 00 wt V 008 wt V
and 012 wt V respectively Therefore if a metallurgist wants to maintain a certain
YS for a certain wt V then they just have to alloy the wt C and wt Mn
according to the X and Y axis on the graphs The regression equations used for NampT and
QampT are shown in Equations 9 and 10 respectively
119884119878 = 51547 + (42064 times 119862) + (284495 times 119872119899) + (999979 times 119881) Eq 9
119884119878 = minus157501 + (1548821 times 119862) + (543727 times 119872119899) + (2631891 times 119881) Eq 10
- 136 -
Figure 83 NampT with no vanadium content
Figure 84 NampT with 008 wt V
- 137 -
Figure 85 NampT with 012 wt V
Figure 86 QampT with no vanadium content
- 138 -
Figure 87 QampT with 008 wt V
Figure 88 QampT with 012 wt V
- 139 -
The graphs display ISO-YS lines such that if the composition of the alloy waivers
in between two YS lines which are a function of carbon content and manganese content
then the YS of the alloy with that specific heat treatment and vanadium content will fall
between the two lines The correlation (R2 value) for the accuracy of the regression
equations are 08662 and 09879 for NampT and QampT respectively
59 ASTM Considerations
The final goal of this project involves integration of the developed alloy (most
likely some slight variation of Alloy E) into an existing ASTM Standard Table 37
provides suggestions of possible ASTM Standards both for wrought and cast grades
where a 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS cast steel could be integrated
Table 37 ASTM Specification Summary
ASTM Form TS-YS-EL (2rdquo)-
CVN
CE Cmax Mnmax
A487 Steel cast pressure (W) 85-55-22-Yes No 030 100
A242 HSLA Structural (W) 70-50-21-No No 015 100
A500 Cold-Formed Welded Tube
(W)
62-50-21-No No 023 135
A529 High-Strength C-Mn (W) 65-50-21-No 055 027 135
A709 Structural Bridge Multiple
Grade (W)
65-50-21-Yes No 023 135
A913 HSLA QST Grade 50 (W) 65-50-21-No 038 012 160
A992 Structural Steel Shapes (W) 65-50-21-No 045 023 160
A1043 Structural Build Grade 50
(W)
65-50-21-Yes 045 020 160
A148 Carbon Steel (C) 80-50-22-No No NA NA
A216 WCB (C) 70-36-22-No 050 030 100
A217 High-P High-T (C) 105-50-18-No No 021 080
A356 Low Alloy Grade 8 (C) 80-50-18-No No 020 090
A958 Steel Multiple Grades (C) 80-50-22-No No
consult original standard for more information
(W) for Wrought
(C) for Cast
- 140 -
Table 37 just serves to display possibilities This is groundwork that can help
assist in future deliberations regarding the matter It should also be noted that the goal is
to integrate the alloy into both an ASTM Standard and the AWS D11 Structural Welding
Code for Steel Integration of the developed alloy into an ASTM Standard and AWS
D11 Structural Welding Code is a highly political decision that is not taken lightly
There will be many composition tests welding tests mechanical tests and deliberations
to emerge
- 141 -
Chapter 6 Summary Conclusion and Future Work
61 Summary
This research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield Strength (YS)
cast steel alloy using common alloying elements complete with heat treating guidelines
such that any foundry in the United States can produce this alloy and consistently achieve
the strength requirements Interest for this research spawned from industry and the
militaryrsquos transition from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA wrought steels to 50
ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades Alloys investigated were
restricted to a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to ensure that optimum
weldability is maintained Introductory work was completed for implementation of this
alloy into an existing ASTM Standard for wrought or cast steels and certification of this
alloy into the AWS D11 Structural Welding Code for steel Implementation of the high
weldability 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel into these standards and codes will enable the full
potential of the developed cast steel to be realized It will enable complex shapes of 50
ksi (345 MPa) cast steel to be cast into the final form and welded into place to expedite
construction processes
The research began with analysis of a conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216
WCB grade specific cast steel) database that was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo
Society of America (SFSA) to determine whether or not it was possible to reach the
desired properties and CE requirements with conventional cast steels The database
consisted of mechanical property data composition and heat treatment for conventional
C-Mn cast steels produced by a multitude of foundries across North America
- 142 -
The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS and
CE requirements This suggested that it is not possible to obtain the required YS while
maintaining the CE requirements with conventional C-Mn cast steel Additional findings
of the database analysis implied much variance in spectrometer data between foundries
because there was no significant correlation between increasing alloying content and an
increasing YS regardless of heat treatment
The second stage of research was conducted to compare and contrast the
microalloying effects of vanadium in Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steels
that had compositions based on previous literature work1 The compositions were
modeled using Thermo-Calc to verify austenitizing temperatures for complete
solutionizing of VCN These alloys were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments a
tempering study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis
normalizing cooling rate study and double normalizing The tempering study analyzed
hardness values of normalized or quenched wafers that were subjected to tempering times
of either 10 hr or 40 hr for various times These values were then plotted to obtain
tempering curves however these curves were not true ldquofitted curvesrdquo but merely
suggestions The thick-section analysis was completed with keel blocks to see the effects
of cooling rates because it was postulated that thick-sections may not cool fast enough for
vanadium to stay in solution Keel blocks were subjected to NampT and QampT heat
treatments and were subsequently sliced at frac14 thickness Brinell hardness testing was then
perform across the freshly exposed keel block faces to develop hardness profiles The
normalizing cooling rate study was done to mimic real-world cooling of complex casting
shapes which may not cool uniformly One of the two keel block legs was removed from
- 143 -
a keel block and its mate remained on the keel block Then both the autonomous keel
block leg and the one still attached to the keel block were normalized The difference in
cooling rates divulged different properties These samples were not tempered Finally a
double normalizing heat treatment was performed because it is commonly done in
industry to HSLA cast steels to improve ductility with only a slight strength penalty75
bull Thermocalc modeling predicted that the full austenitizing temperatures for the full
solutionizing of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C)
and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This is a contradiction with literature which
suggests that vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C)1
bull Optical microscopy was performed on both samples and there was precipitation
hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy for both NampT and QampT
conditions
bull The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not achieved by the casting foundry
this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051 wt CE for Modified C-
Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively
bull There was also substantial variance in spectrometer readings between foundries
bull The resulting average YS of the NampT condition for the Modified C-Mn and
Modified C-Mn-V alloys were 466 ksi (3210 MPa) and 594 ksi (4092 MPa)
respectively Likewise the average YS of the QampT condition were 754 ksi (5195
MPa) and 984 ksi (6781 MPa) respectively
bull The tempering study found temperaging effects in the vanadium containing alloy
There was an initial softening at 10 hr due to tempering of martensite The
kinetics for aging take time to initiate and hardness increased on some samples at
- 144 -
40 hr Some C-Mn-V samples especially higher temperature samples did not
display an aging response at hour 40 however this was probably due to
overaging Therefore it can be posited that C-Mn-V samples exposed to higher
temperatures probably hit peak-age in between 10 and 40 hr
bull The thick-section study produced hardness profiles as expected (higher hardness
at the edge than at the center) in all samples except the Modified C-Mn in the
NampT condition Testing of this sample in particular should be repeated to verify
the results However the Brinell hardness of the Modified C-Mn thick-section in
the NampT condition identically matched its tensile test bar in the NampT condition
for hardness 147 HB
bull Other findings of the thick-section study were that the edge hardness values for
Modified C-Mn in the QampT condition were 180 HB compared to its tensile test
bar in the QampT condition which were 211 HB This can be attributed to slower
cooling rates for the keel block It allowed precipitates to de-solutionize during
the initial cooling from the austenite phase Both the NampT and QampT conditions of
Modified C-Mn-V had higher hardness at the edges of the keel blocks than their
respective tensile test bars average hardness 172 HB compared to 169 HB for the
NampT condition and 234 HB compared to 231 HB for QampT condition However
these results have a negligible difference This proves thicker sections can be
quenched rapidly enough to prevent precipitates from de-solutionizing
bull The normalizing cooling rate study found that test bars cooled autonomously had
a more refined grain structure and higher average YS values and higher average
hardness values Modified C-Mn had a YS of 448 ksi (3085 MPa) and hardness
- 145 -
of 148 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of 473 (3258 MPa) and a
hardness of 149 HB when cooled separately Modified C-Mn-v had a YS of 520
ksi (3585 MPa) and hardness of 153 HB attached to the keel block and a YS of
543 (3744 MPa) and a hardness of 167 HB when cooled separately
bull The double normalizing study found that average EL is increased for both
Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V when compared to NampT and QampT
conditions For Modified C-Mn in the NampT and QampT conditions the average EL
was 29 and 24 respectively while in the double normalized condition
the average EL was 328 For Modified C-Mn-V in the NampT and QampT
conditions the average EL was 29 and 30 respectively while in the
double normalized condition the average EL was 314
bull The double normalizing study also found that there was an increase in YS and EL
when compared to the single normalizing heat treatment that the autonomous
tensile test bars were subjected to in the normalizing cooling rate study The
average double normalizing YS values are 498 ksi (3437 MPa) and 554 ksi
(3821 MPa) for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively This is due
to a more refined grain structure that is present in the double normalizing
condition
The third stage of research was conducted to determine the compositional range
allowable to still maintain YS values Alloys C-F were created to further analyze this All
samples were subjected to NampT and QampT heat treatments to the same processing
parameters as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
- 146 -
bull Only Alloy C and Alloy E reached the CEAWS D11 requirement with 039 wt
CE and 044 wt CE respectively
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the NampT condition are 450 ksi (3099 MPa)
520 ksi (3585 MPa) 511 ksi (3523 MPa) 550 ksi (3794 MPa)
bull The YS values for Alloys C-F in the QampT condition are 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
956 ksi (6588 MPa) 882 ksi (6078 MPa) and 1037 ksi (7146 MPa)
respectively
bull Alloy C met both the CE requirement and YS requirement in its QampT condition
with 807 ksi (5561 MPa)
bull Alloy E met both the CE requirement and YS for both NampT and QampT conditions
with 511 ksi (3523 MPa) and 882 ksi (6078 MPa) respectively
bull Optical microscopy was performed on all samples and it was determined that
precipitation hardening occurred in both NampT and QampT conditions for Alloys C-
F
bull The compositions of Alloys C-F were not on target Therefore a full factorial
design could not be completed however this further bolsters the fact that it is
difficult for foundries to produce compositions accurately Additionally when the
spectrometer data was compared between foundries there was also a large
variance as seen with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
bull Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345
MPa) YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt
Si 036 wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt
- 147 -
V Therefore this is the composition that should be investigated for its
inception into an ASTM Standard or AWS welding code
62 Conclusion
In conclusion this research was conducted to develop a 50 ksi (345 MPa) Yield
Strength (YS) cast steel with a carbon equivalent (CEAWS D11) of le 045 wt CE to
ensure that optimum weldability is maintained without preheating This is in response to
industry and the military transitioning from 36 ksi (248 MPa) highly weldable HSLA
wrought steels to 50 ksi (345 MPa) HSLA wrought steels in recent decades It is desired
that complex shapes of 50 ksi (345 MPa) cast steel be cast into the final form and welded
into place to expedite construction processes Thus the reason for a high weldability
Additionally only common alloying elements are used to ensure that every steel foundry
in America has the capabilities to cast it To accomplish this an initial understanding of
conventional C-Mn cast steel capabilities needed to be developed A database of over
20000 conventional C-Mn cast steel (ASTM A216 WCB grade specific cast steel)
compositions and mechanical properties was compiled by the Steel Foundersrsquo Society of
America (SFSA) It was analyzed to determine the limitations of conventional C-Mn cast
steel Ie if these can meet YS and CE requirements or if microalloying additions would
be needed The database analysis found that only 041 of the cast steels reached YS
and CE requirements thus microalloying was needed to achieve YS and CE
requirements
There was a need to develop a basic understanding of the microalloying effects of
vanadium when compared to a similar compositional sample without vanadium This was
accomplished with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V cast steel samples that were
- 148 -
based upon compositions from previous literature work1 These alloys were subjected to
NampT and QampT heat treatments (austenitizing at 1750 ˚F (955 ˚C) for 2 hr) a tempering
study and special heat treatments that included thick-section analysis normalizing
cooling rate study and double normalizing Optical microscopy was performed on both
samples and there was precipitation hardening observed in the Modified C-Mn-V alloy
for both NampT and QampT conditions The targeted chemistry for both alloys was not
achieved by the casting foundry this resulted in high CE for both alloys 048 and 051
wt CE for Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V respectively Further work
continued because these alloys did not meet YS and CE requirements Thermocalc
modeling of these alloys was completed to understand at what temperature the system
would fully solutionize It predicted the solutionizing temperatures of Modified C-Mn
and Modified C-Mn-V to be 1531 ˚F (833 ˚C) and 2003 ˚F (1095 ˚C) respectively This
suggests that the vanadium in the Modified C-Mn-V would not have been fully
solutionized This is however a contradiction with literature which suggests that
vanadium fully solutionizes at approximately 1740 ˚F (950 ˚C) Future work should
investigate this disagreement
Next Alloys C-F were developed with a focus on how much variation in
composition is allowable to still achieve YS requirements and they were tested for
mechanical properties in the NampT and QampT conditions Alloy C and Alloy E met CE
requirements with 039 and 044 wt CE respectively Alloy C earned a YS of 81 ksi
(558 MPa) in the QampT condition but did not reach 50 ksi (345 MPa) in the NampT
condition Alloy E reached YS requirements in both the NampT and QampT conditions Thus
Alloy E has the optimum composition to achieve high weldability and 50 ksi (345 MPa)
- 149 -
YS with the following composition 012 wt C 104 wt Mn 025 wt Si 036
wt Cr 006 wt Ni 003 wt Mo 006 wt Cu and 011 wt V Therefore
this is the composition that should be investigated further for future implementation into
ASTM Standards and AWS Structural Welding Codes
63 Future Work
Future work must revisit the following to either validate the existing work or to
develop the theory more comprehensively
bull Tempering Study with larger samples of Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to see if results are repeatable Then curves should be ldquofittedrdquo to obtain true
tempering profiles
bull Hardness Profiles for the thick-section study to see if the results are repeatable
and to compare how the hardness values compare to the ones produced in the
tempering study
bull Perform optical microscopy on the thick-section castings
bull Reinvestigate Thermo-Calc models with a specific database for HSLA steels
Future work must continue in the following areas that were either beyond the
scope of this project or not permitted with time and funding allotted
bull Double normalize and temper study with Modified C-Mn and Modified C-Mn-V
to compare these results with the existing double normalizing heat treatment
results
bull Complete more investigations with variations of Alloy E
- 150 -
Appendix A
Figure 89 Comparing and contrasting a conventional cast steel microstructure with a microalloyed HSLA
cast steel microstructure1
- 151 -
Figure 90 As-Cast microstructure of HSLA steels vs normalized microstructure for HSLA cast steel1
- 152 -
Figure 91 Original estimate for vanadium content to obtain 50 ksi (345 MPa) YS as a function of carbon
content and manganese content
Figure 92 Original attempt at creating a 50 ksi (345 MPa) surface as a function of carbon content and
manganese content
- 153 -
Appendix B
Table 38 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys A and B
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
A (C-Mn) 048 0421 0312 0264 043
B (C-Mn-V) 051 0438 0295 0256 043
Table 39 Summary of Carbon Equivalent Values for Alloys C-F
Alloy CEAWS D11 CEIIW CET PCM CEAWS Primary
C 0386 0345 024 0214 0328
D 046 0405 0284 0257 0388
E 0443 0401 025 0215 0335
F 0493 0451 0312 0259 0426
Table 40 Original Quartile Analysis for Database
C Mn Si V CMn CEAWS
D11 YS (MPA)
Total Ave 0229 0753 0425 0003 0304 046 49230 (339429)
Ave Top
025 YS 0232 0735 0420 0002 0316 046 53574 (369380)
Ave Bottom
025 YS 0226 0812 0441 0005 0278 048 44022 (303521)
Total Std
Dev 0022 0138 0065 0004 0162 0048 3917 (27007)
Std Dev
Top 025 YS 0022 0099 0063 0004 0225 0042 1137 (7839)
Std Dev
Bottom 025
YS
0018 0197 0067 0004 0091 0049 3182 (21939)
- 154 -
References
(1) Voigt Robert C Blair M and Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of
High-Strength Low-Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1994
(2) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoSolidification and Casting Processesrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 18ndash75
(3) Pakker E R Zackay V F Materials Science of Modern Steels Prog Solid State
Chem 1975 9 (C) 105ndash138
(4) Krauss G ldquoHistory and Primary Steel Processingrdquo In Steels-Processing
Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park
OH 2016 pp 9ndash16
(5) Beddoes J Bibby M J ldquoMetal Processing and Manufacturingrdquo In Principles of
Metal Manufacturing Processes Elsevier Butterworth Heinemann Amsterdam
Netherlands 2003 pp 1ndash17
(6) Australian-Foundry-Association ldquoMelting Technologyrdquo In Cleaner Production
Manual for the Queensland Foundry Industry 1999 p Chapter 3
(7) Hurtuk D J ldquoSteel Ingot Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 911ndash917
(8) Jorstad J L Technologies J L J ldquoShape Casting ProcessesmdashAn Introductionrdquo
In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH
2018 pp 485ndash487
(9) ASM-International ldquoGreen Sand Moldingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting
ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 549ndash566
(10) What-When-How Sand Castings httpwhat-when-howcommaterialsparts-and-
finishessand-castings
(11) ECS-Staff Guide to Casting and Molding Processes 2006
(12) ASM-International ldquoPermanent Mold Castingrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 1 pp 689ndash699
(13) AFS US Casting Sales Reach 331 Billion Modern Casting 2019 pp 27ndash29
(14) Krauss G ldquoPearlite Ferrite and Cementiterdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
39ndash62
(15) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Diagramsrdquo In Fundamentals of
Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp Sons
INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 359ndash420
(16) Krauss G ldquoPhases and Structuresrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
15ndash32
- 155 -
(17) Okamoto H The C-Fe (Carbon-Iron) System J Phase Equilibria 1992 13 (5)
543ndash565
(18) Krauss G ldquoNormalizing Annealing and Spheroidizing Treatments
FerritePearlite and Spherical Carbides In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
277ndash291
(19) Krauss G ldquoHardness and Hardenabilityrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
297ndash325
(20) Brooks C R ldquoHardenabilityrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
43ndash86
(21) Tuttle R Understanding the Mechanism of Grain Refinement in Plain Carbon
Steels Int J Met 2013 7 (4) 7ndash16
(22) Krauss G ldquoDeformation Strengthening and Fracture of Ferritic Microstructuresrdquo
In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 213ndash232
(23) Gladman T ldquoMicrostructure-Property Relationshipsrdquo In The Physical Metallurgy
of Microalloyed Steels The Institute of Materials London England 1997 pp 19ndash
79
(24) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoMorphological Evolution Due to
Capillary and Applied Forces Diffusional Creep and Sinteringrdquo In Kinetics of
Materials John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 387ndash418
(25) Krauss G ldquoAustenite in Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 133ndash162
(26) Smith R M Chandra T Dunne D P Ferrite Grain Refinement in HSLA Steels
Strength Mater Alloy 1983 1 235ndash240
(27) Brooks C R ldquoStructural Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
263ndash306
(28) Duckworth W E Thermomechanical Treatment of Metals J Met 1966 No
August 915ndash922
(29) Kula E B Radcliffe V Thermomechanical Treatment of Steel J Met 1963 52
(7) 96ndash97
(30) Callister-Jr W D Rethwisch D G ldquoPhase Transformationsrdquo In Fundamentals
of Material Science and Engineering An Integrated Approach John Wiley amp
Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2012 pp 421ndash482
(31) Balluffi R W Allen S M Carter W C ldquoNucleationrdquo In Kinetics of Materials
John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2005 pp 459ndash500
(32) Kingery W D Bowen H K Uhlmann D ldquoPhase-Transformations Glass
- 156 -
Formation and Glass-Ceramicsrdquo In Introduction to Ceramics Second Edition
John Wiley amp Sons INC New York New York 1976 pp 320ndash380
(33) Perepezko J H Madison W ldquoNucleation Kinetics and Grain Refinementrdquo In
ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018
Vol 15 pp 276ndash287
(34) Kurz W Fe E P ldquoPlane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 293ndash298
(35) Krauss G ldquoPrimary Processing Effects on Steel Microstructure and Propertiesrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 163ndash196
(36) Trivedi R Sunseri E ldquoNon-Plane Front Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2008 pp 299ndash306
(37) Edwards L Endean M ldquoManufacturing with Materialsrdquo Butterworth
Heinemann Oxford United Kingdom 1990
(38) Beckermann C ldquoMacrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 348ndash352
(39) Dantzig J A ldquoTransport Phenomena During Solidificationrdquo In ASM Handbook
Vol 15 Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 70ndash74
(40) Brody H D ldquoMicrosegregationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15 Casting ASM
International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 338ndash347
(41) Han Q ldquoShrinkage Porosity and Gas Porosityrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 Vol 9 pp 370ndash374
(42) Brooks C R ldquoAustentization of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of
Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999
pp 205ndash234
(43) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHomogenizationrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 402ndash403
(44) Brooks C R ldquoAnnealing Normalizing Martempering and Austemperingrdquo In
Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM
International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 235ndash262
(45) Krauss G ldquoMartensite In Steels-Processing Structure and Performance
Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 63ndash97
(46) Krauss G ldquoIsothermal and Continuous Cooling Transformation Diagramsrdquo In
Steels-Processing Structure and Performance Second Edition ASM
International Materials Park OH 2016 pp 197ndash211
(47) Brooks C R ldquoThe Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Time-Temperature-
Transformation (TTT) Diagramsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
3ndash41
(48) Brooks C R ldquoQuenching of Steelsrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain
- 157 -
Carbon and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp
87ndash126
(49) Chaudhury S K Honeywell-Int ldquoHeat Treatmentrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 15
Casting ASM International Materials Park OH 2018 pp 404ndash407
(50) Krauss G ldquoTempering of Steelrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
373ndash403
(51) Brooks C R ldquoTemperingrdquo In Principles of the Heat Treatment of Plain Carbon
and Low Alloy Steels ASM International Materials Park OH 1999 pp 127ndash204
(52) Krauss G ldquoLow-Carbon Steelsrdquo In Steels-Processing Structure and
Performance Second Edition ASM International Materials Park OH 2016 pp
233ndash275
(53) Zackay V F Thermomechanical Processing Mater Sci Eng 1976 25 247ndash261
(54) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Properties and Processing of HSLA Cast Steels
1989
(55) Lippold J C ldquoIntroductionrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and Weldability John Wiley
amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 1ndash8
(56) Lippold J C ldquoHydrogen-Induced Crackingrdquo In Welding Metallurgy and
Weldability John Wiley amp Sons INC Hoboken New Jersey 2015 pp 213ndash262
(57) Lagneborg R Siwecki T Zajac S Hutchinson B The Role of Vanadium in
Microalloyed Steels Scand J Metall 1999 28 (October) 186ndash241
(58) Purtscher PT Cheng Y-W Structure-Property Relationships in Microalloyed
Ferrite-Pearlite Steels Phase 1 Literature Review Research Plan and Initial
Results Gov Res Announc Index 1993 1ndash59
(59) Deardo A J Niobium in Modern Steels Int Mater Rev 2003 48 (6) 371ndash402
(60) Sage A M The Use of Vanadium in Low Alloy Structural Steels In Specialty
Steels and Hard Materials Proceedings of the International Conference on Recent
Developments in Specialty Steels and Hard Materials (Materials Development
rsquo82) held in Pretoria South Africa 8-12 November 1982 Pergamon Press Ltd
1983 pp 111ndash125
(61) Ohtani H Hillert M A Thermodynamic Assessment of the Fe-N-V System
Calphad 1991 15 (1) 25ndash39
(62) Liu Z Thermodynamic Calculations of Carbonitrides in Microalloyed Steels Scr
Mater 2004 50 601ndash606
(63) ASM-International ldquoHigh-Strength Structural and High-Strength Low-Alloy
Steelsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol 1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and
High-Performance Alloys ASM International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1
pp 389ndash423
(64) Wright P H ldquoHigh-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Forgingsrdquo In ASM Handbook Vol
1 Properties and Selection Irons Steels and High-Performance Alloys ASM
- 158 -
International Materials Park OH 1990 Vol 1 pp 358ndash362
(65) Jack D H Jack K H Invited Review Carbides and Nitrides in Steel Mater
Sci Eng 1973 11 1ndash27
(66) Baker T N Processes Microstructure and Properties of Vanadium Microalloyed
Steels Mater Sci Technol 2009 25 (9) 1083ndash1107
(67) Voigt Robert C Rassizadehhghani J Initial Investigation of Microalloyed Cast
Steel 1987
(68) Naylor D J Review of International Activity on Microalloyed Engineering Steels
Ironmak Steelmak 1989 16 (4) 246ndash252
(69) Voigt R C Rassizadehghani J Gattu R K The Development of High Strength
Low Alloy (HSLA) Cast Steels 1988
(70) Voigt R C Tu C-H Rosmait R L Development of As-Cast Steels 1990
(71) Dutcher D E Production and Properties of Microalloyed Steel Castings 1987
(72) Jackson W J The Use of Vanadium in Steel Castings A Review of the Literature
1978
(73) Voigt R C Blair M Rassizadehhghani J High Stength Low Alloy Cast Steels
1990
(74) Collie-Welding Carbon Equivalent Calculators
httpwwwcollieweldingcomcecalculatorsphp (accessed Oct 15 2019)
(75) Panneer Selvi S Sakthivel T Parameswaran P Laha K Effect of
Normalization Heat Treatment on Creep and Tensile Properties of Modified 9Crndash
1Mo Steel Trans Indian Inst Met 2016 69 (2) 261ndash269
(76) Thermo-Calc Thermo-Calc Software TCFE SteelsFe-Alloys Database Version 8
2016